Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 8, 2012

Securities Act File No. 333-                

 

 

U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM N-2

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

(Check appropriate box or boxes)

 

 

Pre-Effective Amendment No.     

Post-Effective Amendment No.     

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in charter)

 

 

400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310

Palo Alto, CA 94301

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code: (650) 289-3060

Manuel A. Henriquez

Chief Executive Officer

Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc.

400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310

Palo Alto, CA 94301

(Name and address of agent for service)

 

 

COPIES TO:

Cynthia M. Krus

Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP

1275 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.

Washington, DC 20004

APPROXIMATE DATE OF PROPOSED PUBLIC OFFERING:

As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

 

 

If any securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box.   x

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):   x   when declared effective pursuant to section 8(c).

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

 

Title of Securities Being Registered   

Amount
Being Registered    

   Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price (1)
    Amount of
Registration Fee (1)
 

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (2)

                     

Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (2)

                     

Warrants (2)

                     

Subscription Rights (3)

                     

Debt Securities (4)

                     

TOTAL

        $ 200,000,000 (5)     $ 22,920   

 

(1) Estimated pursuant to Rule 457 solely for the purposes of determining the registration fee. The proposed maximum offering price per security will be determined, from time to time, by the Registrant in connection with the sale by the Registrant of the securities registered under this registration statement.
(2) Subject to Note 5 below, there is being registered hereunder an indeterminate number of shares of common stock, preferred stock, or warrants as may be sold, from time to time. Warrants represent rights to purchase common stock, preferred stock or debt securities.
(3) Subject to Note 5 below, there is being registered hereunder an indeterminate number of subscription rights as may be sold, from time to time, representing rights to purchase common stock.
(4) Subject to Note 5 below, there is being registered hereunder an indeterminate principal amount of debt securities as may be sold, from time to time. If any debt securities are issued at an original issue discount, then the offering price shall be in such greater principal amount as shall result in an aggregate price to investors not to exceed $200,000,000.
(5) In no event will the aggregate offering price of all securities issued from time to time pursuant to this registration statement exceed $200,000,000.

THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

February     , 2012

$200,000,000

 

LOGO

Common Stock

Preferred Stock

Warrants

Subscription Rights

Debt Securities

This prospectus relates to the offer, from time to time, up to $200,000,000 of shares of our common stock, par value $0.001 per share, preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, warrants representing rights to purchase shares of our common stock, preferred stock or debt securities, subscription rights or debt securities, which we refer to, collectively, as the “securities.” We may sell our securities through underwriters or dealers, “at-the-market” to or through a market maker into an existing trading market or otherwise directly to one or more purchasers, including existing stockholders in a rights offering, or through agents or through a combination of methods of sale. The identities of such underwriters, dealers, market makers or agents, as the case may be, will be described in one or more supplements to this prospectus. The securities may be offered at prices and on terms to be described in one or more supplements to this prospectus.

We may offer shares of common stock at a discount to net asset value per share in certain circumstances. On June 1, 2011, our common stockholders voted to allow us to issue common stock at a price below net asset value per share for a period of one year ending June 1, 2012. Sales of common stock at prices below net asset value per share dilute the interests of existing stockholders, have the effect of reducing our net asset value per share and may reduce our market price per share. In the event we offer common stock, the offering price per share will not be less than the net asset value per share of our common stock at the time we make the offering except (1) in connection with a rights offering to our existing stockholders, (2) with the consent of the holders of the majority of our voting securities and approval of our board of directors, or (3) under such circumstances as the Securities and Exchange Commission may permit. See “Risk Factors” for more information.

We are a specialty finance company that provides debt and equity growth capital to technology-related companies at various stages of development from seed and emerging growth to expansion and established stages of development, which include select publicly listed companies and lower middle market companies. We primarily finance privately-held companies backed by leading venture capital and private equity firms and also may finance certain publicly-traded companies that lack access to public capital or are sensitive to equity ownership dilution. We source our investments through our principal office located in Silicon Valley, as well as additional offices in Boston, MA, Boulder, CO and McLean, VA. Our goal is to be the leading structured debt financing provider of choice for venture capital and private equity backed technology-related companies requiring sophisticated and customized financing solutions. We invest primarily in structured debt with warrants and, to a lesser extent, in senior debt and equity investments.

Our investment objective is to maximize our portfolio total return by generating current income from our debt investments and capital appreciation from our equity-related investments. We are an internally-managed, non-diversified closed-end investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “HTGC.” On February 7, 2012, the last reported sale price of a share of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market was $10.61. The net asset value per share of our common stock at September 30, 2011 (the last date prior to the date of this prospectus on which we determined net asset value) was $9.61.

 

 

An investment in our securities may be speculative and involves risks including a heightened risk of total loss of investment. In addition, the companies in which we invest are subject to special risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 16 to read about risks that you should consider before investing in our securities, including the risk of leverage.

Please read this prospectus before investing and keep it for future reference. It contains important information about us that a prospective investor ought to know before investing in our securities. We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information about us with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The information is available free of charge by contacting us at 400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310, Palo Alto, California 94301 or by telephone calling collect at (650) 289-3060 or on our website at www.herculestech.com. The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains such information.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

This prospectus may not be used to consummate sales of any securities unless accompanied by a prospectus supplement.

The date of this prospectus is                     


Table of Contents

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized any dealer, salesperson or other person to provide you with different information or to make representations as to matters not stated in this prospectus. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. This prospectus is not an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy, any securities by any person in any jurisdiction where it is unlawful for that person to make such an offer or solicitation or to any person in any jurisdiction to whom it is unlawful to make such an offer or solicitation. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of its date, and under no circumstances should the delivery of this prospectus or the sale of any securities imply that the information in this prospectus is accurate as of any later date or that the affairs of Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. have not changed since the date hereof. This prospectus will be updated to reflect material changes.

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Summary

     1   

Fees and Expenses

     12   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     14   

Risk Factors

     16   

Forward-Looking Statements

     47   

Use of Proceeds

     49   

Price Range of Common Stock and Distributions

     50   

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

     53   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     54   

Business

     86   

Portfolio Companies

     99   

Senior Securities

     113   

Management

     115   

Corporate Governance

     121   

Control Persons and Principal Stockholders

     151   

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

     153   

Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

     154   

Regulation

     163   

Determination of Net Asset Value

     169   

Sales of Common Stock Below Net Asset Value

     172   

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

     176   

Description of Capital Stock

     177   

Description of Our Preferred Stock

     184   

Description of Our Subscription Rights

     186   

Description of Warrants

     188   

Description of Our Debt Securities

     190   

Plan of Distribution

     203   

Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices

     205   

Custodian, Transfer and Dividend Paying Agent and Registrar

     205   

Legal Matters

     205   

Experts

     205   

Change in Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     206   

Available Information

     206   

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

 

Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., our logo and other trademarks of Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. mentioned in this prospectus are the property of Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. All other trademarks or trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.


Table of Contents

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

This prospectus is part of a registration statement that we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission using the “shelf” registration process. Under the shelf registration process, which constitutes a delayed offering in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, we may offer, from time to time, up to $200,000,000 of our common stock, preferred stock, warrants representing rights to purchase shares of our common stock, preferred stock or debt securities, subscription rights or debt securities on the terms to be determined at the time of the offering. We may sell our securities through underwriters or dealers, “at-the-market” to or through a market maker, into an existing trading market or otherwise directly to one or more purchasers, including existing stockholders in a rights offering, or through agents or through a combination of methods of sale. The identities of such underwriters, dealers, market makers or agents, as the case may be, will be described in one or more supplements to this prospectus. The securities may be offered at prices and on terms described in one or more supplements to this prospectus. This prospectus provides you with a general description of the securities that we may offer. Each time we use this prospectus to offer securities, we will provide a prospectus supplement that will contain specific information about the terms of that offering. Please carefully read this prospectus and any such supplements together with the additional information described under “Where You Can Find Additional Information” in the “Summary” and “Risk Factors” sections before you make an investment decision.

A prospectus supplement may also add to, update or change information contained in this prospectus.


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

This summary highlights some of the information in this prospectus and may not contain all of the information that is important to you. For a more complete understanding of this offering, we encourage you to read this entire prospectus and the documents that are referenced in this prospectus, together with any accompanying supplements. In this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, the “Company,” “Hercules Technology Growth Capital,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. and our wholly-owned subsidiaries.

Our Company

We are a specialty finance company that provides debt and equity growth capital to technology-related companies at various stages of development from seed and emerging growth to expansion and established stages of development, which include select publicly listed companies and select lower middle market companies. Our investment objective is to maximize our portfolio total return by generating current income from our debt investments and capital appreciation from our equity-related investments. We are an internally-managed, non-diversified closed-end investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or the 1940 Act.

As of September 30, 2011 our total assets were approximately $688.6 million, of which, our investments comprised $576.5 million at fair value and $587.4 million at cost. Our investments at fair value were comprised of our debt investments, warrant portfolio and equity investments valued at approximately $513.4 million, $27.3 million and $35.8 million, respectively, or 89.1%, 4.7% and 6.2% of total investments, respectively. Our total investments at value in foreign companies were approximately $14.2 million or 2.5% of total assets at September 30, 2011. During the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011, we made debt commitments totaling $214.7 million and $463.1 million, respectively and funded approximately $146.1 million and $351.3 million, respectively. During the three and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2011, we made and funded equity commitments of approximately $1.1 million and $1.6 million to 2 and 3 portfolio companies, respectively. Debt commitments for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 included commitments of approximately $298.3 million to 25 new portfolio companies and $164.8 million to 14 existing portfolio companies. Since inception through September 30, 2011, we have made debt and equity commitments of approximately $2.6 billion to our portfolio companies.

We also make investments in qualifying small businesses through two wholly-owned, small business investment company (“SBIC”) subsidiaries, Hercules Technology II, L.P. (“HT II”) and Hercules Technology III, L.P. (“HT III”). As SBICs, HT II and HT III are subject to a variety of regulations concerning, among other things, the size and nature of the companies in which they may invest and the structure of those investments. As of September 30, 2011, we held investments in HT II in 84 companies with a fair value of approximately $180.8 million. HT II’s portfolio companies accounted for approximately 31.4% of our total portfolio at September 30, 2011. As of September 30, 2011, we held investments in HT III in 20 companies with a fair value of approximately $92.4 million. HT III’s portfolio accounted for approximately 16.0% of our total portfolio at September 30, 2011.

We primarily finance privately-held companies backed by leading venture capital and private equity firms and also may finance certain select publicly-traded companies that lack access to public capital or are sensitive to equity ownership dilution. As of September 30, 2011, our proprietary SQL-based database system included over 25,000 technology-related companies and approximately 6,300 venture capital, private equity sponsors/investors, as well as various other industry contacts. Our principal executive office is located in Silicon Valley, and we have additional offices in Boston, MA, Boulder, CO and McLean, VA. Our goal is to be the leading structured debt financing provider of choice for venture capital and private equity backed technology-related companies requiring sophisticated and customized financing solutions. Our strategy is to evaluate and invest in a broad

 

 

1


Table of Contents

range of ventures active in the technology, clean technology and life science industries and to offer a full suite of growth capital products up and down the capital structure. We invest primarily in structured debt with warrants and, to a lesser extent, in senior debt and equity investments. We use the term “structured debt with warrants” to refer to any debt investment, such as a senior or subordinated secured loan, that is coupled with an equity component, including warrants, options or rights to purchase common or preferred stock. Our structured debt with warrants investments will typically be secured by select or all of the assets of the portfolio company.

We focus our investments in companies active in technology industry sub-sectors characterized by products or services that require advanced technologies, including, but not limited to, computer software and hardware, networking systems, semiconductors, semiconductor capital equipment, information technology infrastructure or services, Internet consumer and business services, telecommunications, telecommunications equipment, and media and life sciences. Within the life sciences sub-sector, we focus on medical devices, bio-pharmaceutical, drug discovery, drug delivery, health care services and information systems companies. Within the clean technology sub-sector, we focus on sustainable and renewable energy technologies and energy efficiency and monitoring technologies. We refer to all of these companies as “technology-related” companies and intend, under normal circumstances, to invest at least 80% of the value of our assets in such businesses.

Our primary business objectives are to increase our net income, net operating income and net asset value by investing in structured debt with warrants and equity of venture capital and private equity backed technology-related companies with attractive current yields and the potential for equity appreciation and realized gains. Our structured debt investments typically include warrants or other equity interests, giving us the potential to realize equity-like returns on a portion of our investments. Our equity ownership in our portfolio companies may represent a controlling interest. In some cases, we receive the right to make additional equity investments in our portfolio companies in connection with future equity financing rounds. Capital that we provide directly to venture capital and private equity backed technology-related companies is generally used for growth and general working capital purposes as well as in select cases for acquisitions or recapitalizations.

Our portfolio is comprised of, and we anticipate that our portfolio will continue to be comprised of, investments in technology-related companies at various stages of development. Consistent with regulatory requirements, we invest primarily in United States based companies and to a lesser extent in foreign companies. See “Regulation—Qualifying Assets.” Since 2007, our investing emphasis has been primarily on private companies following or in connection with a subsequent institutional round of equity financing, which we refer to as expansion-stage companies and private companies in their later rounds of financing and certain public companies, which we refer to as established stage companies and lower middle market companies. We have also historically focused our investment activities in private companies following or in connection with the first institutional round of financing, which we refer to as emerging-growth companies.

Beginning in the fall of 2008, the global economy entered a financial crisis and recession. Volatile capital and credit markets, declining business and consumer confidence and increased unemployment precipitated a continuing economic slowdown. Although there have been signs of recovery in many regions, economic weakness could continue or worsen. For example, the current U.S. debt ceiling and budget deficit concerns, together with signs of deteriorating sovereign debt conditions in Europe, have increased the possibility of credit-rating downgrades and economic slowdowns. Although U.S. lawmakers passed legislation to raise the federal debt ceiling, Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating on the United States from “AAA” to “AA+” on August 5, 2011. The impact of this or any further downgrades to the U.S. government’s sovereign credit rating, or its perceived creditworthiness, and the impact of the current crisis in Europe with respect to the ability of certain European Union countries to continue to service their sovereign debt obligations is inherently unpredictable and could adversely effect the U.S. and global financial markets and economic conditions. During market disruptions, we may have difficulty raising debt or equity capital especially as a result of regulatory constraints. There can be no assurance that governmental or other measures to aid economic recovery will be effective.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

As of September 30, 2011, our investment professionals, including Manuel A. Henriquez, our co-founder, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, are currently comprised of 29 professionals who have, on average, more than 15 years of experience in venture capital, structured finance, commercial lending or acquisition finance with the types of technology-related companies that we are targeting. We believe that we can leverage the experience and relationships of our management team to successfully identify attractive investment opportunities, underwrite prospective portfolio companies and structure customized financing solutions.

Our Market Opportunity

We believe that technology-related companies compete in one of the largest and most rapidly growing sectors of the U.S. economy and that continued growth is supported by ongoing innovation and performance improvements in technology products as well as the adoption of technology across virtually all industries in response to competitive pressures. We believe that an attractive market opportunity exists for a specialty finance company focused primarily on investments in structured debt with warrants in technology-related companies for the following reasons:

 

   

Technology-related companies have generally been underserved by traditional lending sources;

 

   

Unfulfilled demand exists for structured debt financing to technology-related companies as the number of lenders has declined due to the recent financial market turmoil; and

 

   

Structured debt with warrants products are less dilutive and complement equity financing from venture capital and private equity funds.

Technology-Related Companies are Underserved by Traditional Lenders. We believe many viable technology-related companies backed by financial sponsors have been unable to obtain sufficient growth financing from traditional lenders, including financial services companies such as commercial banks and finance companies, particularly due to the recent credit market dislocation and because traditional lenders have continued to consolidate and have adopted a more risk-averse approach to lending. More importantly, we believe traditional lenders are typically unable to underwrite the risk associated with financial sponsor-backed emerging-growth or expansion-stage companies effectively.

The unique cash flow characteristics of many technology-related companies include significant research and development expenditures and high projected revenue growth thus often making such companies difficult to evaluate from a credit perspective. In addition, the balance sheets of emerging-growth and expansion-stage companies often include a disproportionately large amount of intellectual property assets, which can be difficult to value. Finally, the speed of innovation in technology and rapid shifts in consumer demand and market share add to the difficulty in evaluating technology-related companies.

Due to the difficulties described above, we believe traditional lenders are generally refraining from entering the structured mezzanine marketplace, instead preferring the risk-reward profile of asset based lending. Traditional lenders generally do not have flexible product offerings that meet the needs of technology-related companies. The financing products offered by traditional lenders typically impose on borrowers many restrictive covenants and conditions, including limiting cash outflows and requiring a significant depository relationship to facilitate rapid liquidation.

Unfulfilled Demand for Structured Debt Financing to Technology-Related Companies. Private debt capital in the form of structured debt financing from specialty finance companies continues to be an important source of funding for technology-related companies. We believe that the level of demand for structured debt financing is a function of the level of annual venture equity investment activity. In the first nine months of 2011, venture capital-backed companies received, in approximately 2,229 transactions, equity financing in an aggregate

 

 

3


Table of Contents

amount of approximately $23.3 billion, representing a 29.4% increase from the same period of the preceding year, as reported by Dow Jones VentureSource. In addition, overall, the median round size in the first three month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $6.0 million and $5.0 million, respectively. We believe the larger number of companies provides us a greater opportunity to provide debt financing to these venture backed companies. Overall, seed- and first-round deals made up 42% of the deal flow in the three months ended September 30, 2011 and later-stage deals made up roughly 37% of the deal activity in the quarter.

We believe that demand for structured debt financing is currently underserved, in part because of the credit market collapse in 2008 and the resulting exit of debt capital providers to technology-related companies. The venture capital market for the technology-related companies in which we invest has been active and is continuing to show signs of increased investment activity. In addition, lending requirements of traditional lenders have become more stringent due to the significant write-offs in the financial services sector, the re-pricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated market and the financial turmoil affecting the banking system and financial market, which have negatively impacted the debt and equity capital market in the United States and most other markets. At the same time, the venture capital market for the technology-related companies in which we invest has continued to be active. Therefore, to the extent we have capital available, we believe this is an opportune time to be active in the structured lending market for technology-related companies.

Structured Debt with Warrants Products Complement Equity Financing From Venture Capital and Private Equity Funds. We believe that technology-related companies and their financial sponsors will continue to view structured debt securities as an attractive source of capital because it augments the capital provided by venture capital and private equity funds. We believe that our structured debt with warrants product provides access to growth capital that otherwise may only be available through incremental investments by existing equity investors. As such, we provide portfolio companies and their financial sponsors with an opportunity to diversify their capital sources. Generally, we believe emerging-growth and expansion-stage companies target a portion of their capital to be debt in an attempt to achieve a higher valuation through internal growth. In addition, because financial sponsor-backed companies have potentially reached a more mature stage prior to reaching a liquidity event, we believe our investments provide the debt capital needed to grow or recapitalize companies during the extended period prior to liquidity events.

Our Business Strategy

Our strategy to achieve our investment objective includes the following key elements:

Leverage the Experience and Industry Relationships of Our Management Team and Investment Professionals. We have assembled a team of experienced investment professionals with extensive experience as venture capitalists, commercial lenders, and originators of structured debt and equity investments in technology-related companies. Our investment professionals have, on average, more than 15 years of experience as equity investors in, and/or lenders to, technology-related companies. Our team members have originated structured debt, structured debt with warrants and equity investments in over 180 technology-related companies, representing over $2.6 billion in commitments from inception to September 30, 2011 and have developed a network of industry contacts with investors and other participants within the venture capital and private equity communities. In addition, members of our management team also have operational, research and development and finance experience with technology-related companies. We have established contacts with leading venture capital and private equity fund sponsors, public and private companies, research institutions and other industry participants, which should enable us to identify and attract well-positioned prospective portfolio companies.

We concentrate our investing activities generally in industries in which our investment professionals have investment experience. We believe that our focus on financing technology-related companies will enable us to leverage our expertise in structuring prospective investments, to assess the value of both tangible and intangible

 

 

4


Table of Contents

assets, to evaluate the business prospects and operating characteristics of technology-related companies and to identify and originate potentially attractive investments with these types of companies.

Mitigate Risk of Principal Loss and Build a Portfolio of Equity-Related Securities. We expect that our investments have the potential to produce attractive risk adjusted returns through current income, in the form of interest and fee income, as well as capital appreciation from equity-related securities. We believe that we can mitigate the risk of loss on our debt investments through the combination of loan principal amortization, cash interest payments, relatively short maturities, security interests in the assets of our portfolio companies, and, on select investments, covenants requiring prospective portfolio companies to have certain amounts of available cash and the continued support from a venture capital or private equity firm at the time we make our investment.

Historically, our structured debt investments to technology-related companies typically include warrants or other equity interests, giving us the potential to realize equity-like returns on a portion of our investment. In addition, in some cases, we receive the right to make additional equity investments in our portfolio companies in connection with future equity financing rounds. We believe these equity interests will create the potential for meaningful long-term capital gains in connection with the future liquidity events of these technology-related companies.

Provide Customized Financing Complementary to Financial Sponsors’ Capital. We offer a broad range of investment structures and possess expertise and experience to effectively structure and price investments in technology-related companies. Unlike many of our competitors that only invest in companies that fit a specific set of investment parameters, we have the flexibility to structure our investments to suit the particular needs of our portfolio companies. We offer customized financing solutions ranging from senior debt to equity capital, with a focus on structured debt with warrants.

We use our relationships in the financial sponsor community to originate investment opportunities. Because venture capital and private equity funds typically invest solely in the equity securities of their portfolio companies, we believe that our debt investments will be viewed as an attractive and complementary source of capital, both by the portfolio company and by the portfolio company’s financial sponsor. In addition, we believe that many venture capital and private equity fund sponsors encourage their portfolio companies to use debt financing for a portion of their capital needs as a means of potentially enhancing equity returns, minimizing equity dilution and increasing valuations prior to a subsequent equity financing round or a liquidity event.

Invest at Various Stages of Development. We provide growth capital to technology-related companies at all stages of development, from emerging-growth companies, to expansion-stage companies, including select publicly listed companies and select lower middle market companies and established-stage companies. We believe that this provides us with a broader range of potential investment opportunities than those available to many of our competitors, who generally focus their investments on a particular stage in a company’s development. Because of the flexible structure of our investments and the extensive experience of our investment professionals, we believe we are well positioned to take advantage of these investment opportunities at all stages of prospective portfolio companies’ development.

Benefit from Our Efficient Organizational Structure. We believe that the perpetual nature of our corporate structure enables us to be a long-term partner for our portfolio companies in contrast to traditional mezzanine and investment funds, which typically have a limited life. In addition, because of our access to the equity markets, we believe that we may benefit from a lower cost of capital than that available to private investment funds. We are not subject to requirements to return invested capital to investors nor do we have a finite investment horizon. Capital providers that are subject to such limitations are often required to seek a liquidity event more quickly than they otherwise might, which can result in a lower overall return on an investment.

Deal Sourcing Through Our Proprietary Database. We have developed a proprietary and comprehensive structured query language-based (SQL) database system to track various aspects of our investment process

 

 

5


Table of Contents

including sourcing, originations, transaction monitoring and post-investment performance. As of September 30, 2011, our proprietary SQL-based database system included over 25,000 technology-related companies and over 6,300 venture capital, private equity sponsors/investors, as well as various other industry contacts. This proprietary SQL system allows us to maintain, cultivate and grow our industry relationships while providing us with comprehensive details on companies in the technology-related industries and their financial sponsors.

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

We have adopted an opt-out dividend reinvestment plan through which distributions are paid to stockholders in the form of additional shares of our common stock, unless a stockholder elects to receive cash. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.” Those stockholders whose shares are held by a broker or other financial intermediary may receive distributions in cash by notifying their broker or other financial intermediary of their election.

Taxation

Prior to 2006, we were taxed as a corporation under Subchapter C of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to in this prospectus as the Code. We elected to be treated for federal income tax purposes as a regulated investment company (a “RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code with the filing of our federal corporate income tax return for 2006, which election was effective as of January 1, 2006. As a RIC, we generally will not pay corporate-level federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that we distribute to our stockholders as dividends, which allows us to reduce or eliminate our corporate level tax. See “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations.” To maintain our RIC status, we must meet specified source-of-income and asset diversification requirements and distribute annually an amount equal to at least 90% of the sum of our net ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any, out of assets legally available for distribution. There is no assurance that we will meet these tests and be able to maintain our RIC status. If we do not qualify as a RIC, we would be taxed as a C corporation.

Use of Proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds from selling our securities for general corporate purposes, which includes investing in debt and equity securities, repayment of indebtedness and other general corporate purposes. The supplement to this prospectus relating to an offering will more fully identify the use of proceeds from such offering.

Leverage

We borrow funds to make additional investments, and we have granted, and may in the future grant, a security interest in our assets to a lender in connection with any such borrowings, including any borrowings by any of our subsidiaries. We use this practice, which is known as “leverage,” to attempt to increase returns to our common stockholders. However, leverage involves significant risks. See “Risk Factors.” With certain limited exceptions, we are only allowed to borrow amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% after such borrowing. Our asset coverage for senior indebtedness as of September 30, 2011 was 971.5% excluding our SBIC debentures as a result of our exemptive order from the SEC which allows us to exclude all SBA leverage from our asset coverage ratio. Total leverage when including our SBIC debentures was 263.1% at September 30, 2011. The amount of leverage that we employ will depend on our assessment of market and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Wells Facility

In August 2008, we entered into a $50.0 million two-year revolving senior secured credit facility with Wells Fargo Capital Finance (the “Wells Facility”). On June 20, 2011, we renewed the Wells Facility. Under this three-year senior secured facility, Wells Fargo Capital Finance has made commitments of $75.0 million. The facility contains an accordion feature, in which we can increase the credit line up to an aggregate of $300.0 million, funded by additional lenders and with the agreement of Wells Fargo Capital Finance and subject to other customary conditions. We expect to continue discussions with various other potential lenders to join the new facility; however, there can be no assurances that additional lenders will join the Wells Facility.

Borrowings under the Wells Facility will generally bear interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus 3.50%, with a floor of 5.00% and an advance rate of 50% against eligible loans. The Wells Facility is secured by loans in the borrowing base. The Wells Facility requires the monthly payment of a non-use fee of 0.3% for each payment date on or before September 1, 2011. The monthly payment of a non-use fee thereafter shall depend on the average balance that was outstanding on a scale between 0.0% and 0.75%. From September 1, 2011 through September 30, 2011, this non-use fee was 0.75%. On June 20, 2011 we paid an additional $1.1 million in structuring fees in connection with the Wells Facility which is being amortized through June 2014. There was no outstanding debt under the Wells Facility at September 30, 2011.

The Wells Facility includes various financial and operating covenants applicable to us and our subsidiaries, in addition to those applicable to Hercules Funding II, LLC. These covenants require us to maintain certain financial ratios and a minimum tangible net worth in an amount, when added to outstanding subordinated indebtedness, that is in excess of $314.0 million plus 90% of the cumulative amount of equity raised after March 31, 2011. In addition, the tangible net worth covenant will increase by 90 cents on the dollar for every dollar of equity capital subsequently raised by the Company. The Wells Facility provides for customary events of default, including, but not limited to, payment defaults, breach of representations or covenants, bankruptcy events and change of control. We were in compliance with all covenants at September 30, 2011.

Union Bank Facility

On February 10, 2010, we entered a $20.0 million one-year revolving senior secured credit facility with Union Bank (the “Union Bank Facility”). On November 2, 2011, we renewed and amended the Union Bank Facility and added a new lender under the Union Bank Facility. Union Bank and RBC Capital Markets have made commitments of $30.0 million and $25.0 million, respectively. The Union Bank Facility contains an accordion feature, in which we can increase the credit line up to an aggregate of $150.0 million, funded by additional lenders and with the agreement of Union Bank and subject to other customary conditions. We expect to continue discussions with various other potential lenders to join the new facility; however, there can be no assurances that additional lenders will join the Union Bank Facility.

Borrowings under the Union Bank Facility will generally bear interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus 2.25% with a floor of 4.0%. At September 30, 2011, there were no borrowings outstanding on this facility. The Union Bank Facility requires the payment of a non-use fee of 0.25% annually. The Union Bank Facility is collateralized by debt investments in our portfolio companies, and includes an advance rate equal to 50.0% of eligible loans placed in the collateral pool. The Union Bank Facility generally requires payment of interest on a monthly basis. All outstanding principal is due upon maturity.

The Union Bank Facility requires various financial and operating covenants. These covenants require us to maintain certain financial ratios and a minimum tangible net worth in an amount, when added to outstanding subordinated indebtedness, that is in excess of $314.0 million plus 90% of the amount of net cash proceeds received from the sale of common stock after March 31, 2011. The Union Bank Facility will mature on November 2, 2014, approximately three years from the date of issuance, revolving through the first 24 months

 

 

7


Table of Contents

with a term out provision for the remaining 12 months. The Union Bank Facility requires the payment of a non-use fee of 0.50% annually. Union Bank Facility also provides for customary events of default, including, but not limited to, payment defaults, breach of representations or covenants, bankruptcy events and change of control. We were in compliance with all covenants at September 30, 2011.

SBICs

Hercules Technology II, L.P. (“HT II”) and Hercules Technology III, L.P. (“HT III”), our wholly owned subsidiaries, are licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration (“SBA”) as small business investment companies (“SBICs”) under the Small Business Investment Act of 1958. As of September 30, 2011, we held investments in HT II in 84 companies with a fair value of approximately $180.8 million. HT II’s portfolio companies accounted for approximately 31.4% of our total portfolio at September 30, 2011. As of September 30, 2011, we held investments in HT III in 20 companies with a fair value of approximately $92.4 million. HT III’s portfolio accounted for approximately 16.0% of our total portfolio at September 30, 2011.

On September 27, 2006, HT II received a license to operate as a SBIC under the SBIC program and is able to borrow funds from the SBA against eligible investments and additional contributions to regulatory capital. As of September 30, 2010, the maximum statutory limit on the dollar amount of outstanding SBA guaranteed debentures issued by a single SBIC is $150.0 million, subject to periodic adjustments by the SBA. With our net investment of $75.0 million in HT II as of September 30, 2011, HT II has the capacity to issue a total of $125.0 million of SBA guaranteed debentures, subject to SBA approval of which $125.0 million was outstanding as of September 30, 2011.

On May 26, 2010, HT III received a license to operate as a SBIC under the SBIC program and is able to borrow funds from the SBA against eligible investments and additional contributions to regulatory capital. As of September 30, 2011, HT III had the potential to borrow up to $100.0 million of SBA-guaranteed debentures under the SBIC program. With our net investment of $50.0 million in HT III as of September 30, 2011, HT III has the capacity to issue a total of $100.0 million of SBA guaranteed debentures, subject to SBA approval, of which $63.75 million was outstanding as of September 30, 2011. As of September 30, 2011, HT III has paid the SBA commitment fees of approximately $750,000. There is no assurance that HT II or HT III will be able to draw up to the maximum limit available under the SBIC program.

In aggregate, HT II and HT III hold approximately $334.9 million in assets, and accounted for approximately 35.5% of our total assets prior to consolidation at September 30, 2011.

Distributions

As a RIC, we are required to distribute annually to our stockholders at least 90% of the sum of our net ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any. We are not subject to corporate level income taxation on income we timely distribute to our stockholders as dividends. See “Certain Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations.” We pay regular quarterly dividends based upon an estimate of annual taxable income available for distribution to shareholders and the amount of taxable income carried over from the prior year for distribution in the current year.

Principal Risk Factors

Investing in our common stock may be speculative and involves certain risks relating to our structure and our investment objective that you should consider before deciding whether to invest. In addition, we expect that our portfolio will continue to consist primarily of securities issued by privately-held technology-related companies, which generally require additional capital to become profitable. These investments may involve a high degree of business and financial risk, and they are generally illiquid. Our portfolio companies typically will

 

 

8


Table of Contents

require additional outside capital beyond our investment in order to succeed or to fully repay the amounts owed to us. A large number of entities compete for the same kind of investment opportunities as we seek.

We borrow funds to make our investments in portfolio companies. As a result, we are exposed to the risks of leverage, which may be considered a speculative investment technique. Borrowings magnify the potential for gain and loss on amounts invested and, therefore increase the risks associated with investing in our common stock. Also, we are subject to certain risks associated with valuing our portfolio, changing interest rates, accessing additional capital, fluctuating quarterly results, and operating in a regulated environment. See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding whether to invest in our securities.

Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions

Our charter and bylaws, as well as certain statutes and regulations, contain provisions that may have the effect of discouraging a third party from making an acquisition proposal for our company. This could delay or prevent a transaction that could give our stockholders the opportunity to realize a premium over the price for their securities.

Recent Developments

New Investments Since September 30, 2011

During the quarter ended December 31, 2011, we originated loan commitments of approximately $165.0 million to new and existing portfolio companies. In 2011, we closed total loan commitments of approximately $630.0 million, which represents a 20% increase from the year ended December 31, 2010. Since inception through December 31, 2011, we have extended debt and equity commitments to portfolio companies totaling approximately $2.7 billion to 190 companies. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this prospectus supplement for more information relating to our commitments. Our new investments included:

 

   

$500,000 commitment to AHHHA, Inc., a social ideation platform designed to leverage ideas from concept into a real-world product, service or company.

 

   

$15.0 million commitment to Blurb, Inc., a creative publishing and marketing platform.

 

   

$20.0 million commitment to Cempra Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a clinical-stage pharmaceutical company focused on developing antibacterials. On October 12, 2011, Cempra Holdings, LLC (“Cempra”) filed its S-1 registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission in anticipation of its contemplated initial public offering, or IPO. There can be no assurances that Cempra will complete its IPO in a timely manner or at all.

 

   

$20 million commitment to Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a clinical stage biotechnology company focused on creating differentiated small molecule drugs.

 

   

$3.0 million commitment to Integrated Photovoltaics, Inc., a company producing solar-power solutions through silicon photovoltaic technology.

 

   

$9.2 million commitment to MedCall, LLC, a provider of on-call pharmacy services.

 

   

$10.0 million commitment to Navidea Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. (NYSE Amex: NAVB), a biomedical company focused on the development and commercialization of precision diagnostic and radiopharmaceutical agents.

 

   

$20.0 million commitment to NextWave Pharmaceuticals Incorporated, an emerging pharmaceutical company focused on the development and commercialization of products for the treatment of ADHD and related CNS disorders.

 

 

9


Table of Contents
   

$11.0 million commitment to Scientific Conservation, Inc., a provider of a cloud-based energy management platform for building owners and operators.

 

   

$600,000 commitment to Tada Innovations, Inc., an interactive online website operated by Shopzilla.com.

 

   

$21.0 million commitment to Westwood One, Inc. (NASDAQ: WWON), a provider of network radio programming. On October 21, 2011, Westwood One announced the consummation of a merger transaction, by and among Westwood, Radio Network Holdings, LLC, and Verge Media Companies, Inc. Westwood One, Inc. was renamed Dial Global, Inc. on December 12, 2011.

In addition, we made over $35.0 million in loan commitments to existing portfolio companies.

In the fourth quarter, we entered into an agreement to acquire approximately $9.6 million through a secondary marketplace in Facebook, Inc., the social networking company, acquiring on December 13, 2011 and December 20, 2011 an aggregate of 307,500 shares at an average price of $31.08 per share. The investments are subject to certain closing conditions and a right of first refusal by Facebook, Inc. which expires thirty days after the date of investment. As a result, there is no assurance that our investment in Facebook, Inc. will close in a timely fashion or at all.

Liquidity Events

In the fourth quarter of 2011, Covidien plc (NYSE: COV) announced its acquisition of our portfolio company, BARRX Medical, Inc. for an aggregate consideration of approximately $325.0 million, net of cash and short-term investments. The transaction closed on January 5, 2012. See our “Consolidated Schedule of Investments” in this prospectus for more information with respect to our investment in BARRX Medical, Inc.

As of February 6, 2012, we held warrant positions in over 104 different technology-related companies, six of which have filed Form S-1 registration statements in anticipation of completing a potential initial public offering, or IPO. There can be no assurances that any of these companies will complete their respective IPO in a timely manner or at all. These portfolio companies include:

 

1. Annies, Inc.

   4. Merrimack Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

2. BrightSource Energy, Inc.

   5. NEXX Systems, Inc.

3. Enphase Energy, Inc.

   6. WageWorks, Inc.

On February 2, 2012, our portfolio company, Cempra Holdings, LLC, priced its initial public offering, pricing the offering at $6.00 per share. See our “Consolidated Schedule of Investments” in this prospectus for more information with respect to our investment in Cempra Holdings, LLC.

Hercules Cleantech

On June 15, 2011, Hercules Clean Technology Capital, Inc., or Hercules Cleantech, filed its registration statement on Form N-2 in contemplation of its IPO. Hercules Cleantech is a specialty finance company formed for the purpose of lending to, and investing in, privately held and select publicly traded clean technology or clean technology related companies. The investment activities of Hercules Cleantech will be managed by Olympus Advisers, LLC. It is intended that the investment professionals of Olympus Advisers, LLC, including Manuel Henriquez, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, will be members of our management team. We also will provide the administrative services necessary for Hercules Cleantech to operate. There can be no assurance that Hercules Cleantech will complete its IPO in a timely process or at all.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

Debt Issuance and Borrowing

In the fourth quarter of 2011, we issued an additional $36.25 million of SBA guaranteed debentures and borrowed approximately $10.3 million principal amount under our revolving senior secured credit facility with Wells Fargo Capital Finance.

Personnel Update

On October 4, 2011, we announced that Samir Bhaumik, Senior Managing Director and Technology Group Head of the Company, resigned from all his positions with the Company and its subsidiaries. On October 13, 2011, the Board appointed Todd Jacquez-Fissori, our Cleantech Group Head, as Technology Group Head of the Company.

Common Stock Offering

On January 24, 2012, we completed a public offering through which we sold 5,000,000 shares of common stock at a price of $9.61 per share. Total proceeds from the offering were $48,050,000, before deducting estimated offering expenses payable by us.

General Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310, Palo Alto, California 94301, and our telephone number is (650) 289-3060. We also have offices in Boston, Massachusetts and Boulder, Colorado. We maintain a website on the Internet at www.herculestech.com. Information contained in our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider that information to be part of this prospectus.

We file annual, quarterly and current periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which we refer to as the Exchange Act. This information is available at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information about the operation of the SEC’s public reference room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet website, at www.sec.gov, that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers, including us, who file documents electronically with the SEC.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table is intended to assist you in understanding the various costs and expenses that an investor in our securities will bear directly or indirectly. However, we caution you that some of the percentages indicated in the table below are estimates and may vary. Except where the context suggests otherwise, whenever this prospectus contains a reference to fees or expenses paid by “you” or “us” or that “we” will pay fees or expenses, stockholders will indirectly bear such fees or expenses as investors in the Company.

 

Stockholder Transaction Expenses (as a percentage of the public offering price):

  

Sales load (as a percentage of offering price) (1)

     —  

Offering expenses (as a percentage of offering price)

     —   % (2)  

Dividend reinvestment plan fees

     —   % (3)  
  

 

 

 

Total stockholder transaction expenses (as a percentage of the public offering price)

     —   %  
  

 

 

 

Annual Expenses (as a percentage of net assets attributable to common stock): (10)

  

Operating expenses

     5.7 % (4)(5)  

Interest payments on borrowed funds

     3.2 % (6)  

Fees paid in connection with borrowed funds

     0.6 % (7)  

Acquired fund fees and expenses (8)

     0.0
  

 

 

 

Total annual expenses

     9.5 % (9)  
  

 

 

 

 

(1) In the event that the securities to which this prospectus relates are sold to or through underwriters, a corresponding prospectus supplement will disclose the applicable sales load and the Example will be updated accordingly.
(2) The related prospectus supplement will disclose the public offering price, applicable offering expenses and total stockholder transaction expenses.
(3) The expenses associated with the administration of our dividend reinvestment plan are included in “Operating expenses.” We pay all brokerage commissions incurred with respect to open market purchases, if any, made by the administrator under the plan. For more details about the plan, see “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
(4) “Operating expenses” represent our estimated operating expenses for the year ending December 31, 2011 including income tax expense (benefit) including excise tax, excluding interests and fees on indebtedness. This percentage for the year ended December 31, 2010 was 5.6%. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis and Results of Operations,” “Management,” and “Compensation of Executive Officers and Directors.”
(5) We do not have an investment adviser and are internally managed by our executive officers under the supervision of our Board of Directors. As a result, we do not pay investment advisory fees, but instead we pay the operating costs associated with employing investment management professionals.
(6) “Interest payments on borrowed funds” represents estimated interest payments on borrowed funds for 2011 including our Wells Facility, Union Bank Facility, the Convertible Senior Notes, the Citigroup Warrant Participation Agreement and the SBA debentures. On November 2, 2011, we renewed and amended the Union Bank Facility. Union Bank and RBC Capital Markets have made commitments of $30.0 million and $25.0 million, respectively. The Union Bank Facility will mature on November 2, 2014 and requires the payment of a non-use fee of 0.50% annually. See “Recent Developments” in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this prospectus.
(7) “Fees paid in connection with borrowed funds” represents estimated fees paid in connection with borrowed funds for 2011 including our Wells Facility, Union Bank Facility, Convertible Senior Notes, Citigroup Warrant Participation Agreement and the SBA debentures. This item is based on our assumption that our borrowings and interest costs after an offering will remain similar to those prior to such offering. The prospectus supplement related to the offering of any debt securities pursuant to this prospectus will calculate this item based on the effects of our borrowings and interest costs after the issuance of such debt securities. The amount of leverage that we employ at any particular time will depend on, among other things, our board of directors’ assessment of market and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing. See “Risk Factors.” This percentage for the year ended December 31, 2010 was approximately 0.3%.
(8) For the quarter ended September 30, 2011 and for the year ended December 31, 2010, we did not have any investments in shares of Acquired Funds that are not consolidated and, as a result, we did not directly or indirectly incur any fees from Acquired Funds.
(9) “Total annual expenses” is the sum of “operating expenses,” “interest payments on borrowed funds” and “fees paid in connection with borrowed funds.”
(10) “Average net assets attributable to common stock” equals the weighted estimated average net assets for 2011 which is $418.1 million.

 

12


Table of Contents

Example

The following example demonstrates the projected dollar amount of total cumulative expenses that would be incurred over various periods with respect to a hypothetical investment in our common stock. These amounts are based upon our payment of annual operating expenses at the levels set forth in the table above and assume no additional leverage.

 

     1 Year      3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  

You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 common stock investment, assuming a 5% annual return

   $ 155       $ 317       $ 465       $ 782   

The example and the expenses in the tables above should not be considered a representation of our future expenses, and actual expenses may be greater or lesser than those shown. Moreover, while the example assumes, as required by the applicable rules of the SEC, a 5% annual return, our performance will vary and may result in a return greater or lesser than 5%. In addition, while the example assumes reinvestment of all dividends and distributions at net asset value, participants in our dividend reinvestment plan may receive shares valued at the market price in effect at that time. This price may be at, above or below net asset value. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” for additional information regarding our dividend reinvestment plan.

 

13


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Senior Securities” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere herein. The selected balance sheet data as of the end of fiscal 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006 and the selected statement of operations data for fiscal 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006 have been derived from our audited financial statements for these years, which have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, our former independent registered public accounting firm. The historical data are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any future period. The selected balance sheet data as of the end of fiscal 2010 and the financial statement of operations data for fiscal 2010 have been derived from our audited financial statements, which have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm.

 

    For the nine
months ended
September 30,
    For the year ended December 31,  
  2011     2010     2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  

Investment income:

             

Interest

  $ 16,410      $ 14,122      $ 54,700      $ 62,200      $ 67,283      $ 48,757      $ 26,278   

Fees

    2,274        1,524        4,774        12,077        8,552        5,127        3,230   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment income

    18,684        15,646        59,474        74,277        75,835        53,884        29,508   

Operating expenses:

             

Interest

    3,408        2,139        8,572        9,387        13,121        4,404        5,770   

Loan fees

    881        333        1,259        1,880        2,649        1,290        810   

General and administrative

    1,659        1,680        7,086        7,281        6,899        5,437        5,409   

Employee Compensation:

             

Compensation and benefits

    3,273        2,594        10,474        10,737        11,595        9,135        5,779   

Stock-based compensation

    870        752        2,709        1,888        1,590        1,127        617   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total employee compensation

    4,143        3,346        13,183        12,625        13,185        10,262        6,396   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    10,091        7,498        30,100        31,173        35,854        21,393        18,385   

Net investment income before provision for income taxes and investment gains and losses

    8,593        8,148        29,374        43,104        39,981        32,491        11,123   

Provision for income taxes

    —          —         —          —          —          2        643   

Net investment income

    8,593        8,148        29,374        43,104        39,982        32,489        10,480   

Net realized gain (loss) on investments

    (1,601     (18,865     (26,382     (30,801     2,643        2,791        (1,604

Provision for Excise Tax

    —          —         —          —          (203     (139     —     

Net increase (decrease) in unrealized appreciation on investments

    (769     (2,894     1,990        1,269        (21,426     7,268        2,508   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)

    (2,370     (15,971     (24,392     (29,532     (18,986     9,920        904   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations

  $ 6,223      $ (7,823   $ 4,982      $ 13,572      $ 20,995      $ 42,409      $ 11,384   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and stock dividends declared per common share

  $ 0.67      $ 0.57      $ 0.80      $ 1.26      $ 1.32      $ 1.20      $ 0.90   

 

14


Table of Contents

 

    As of September 30,     As of December 31,  
($ in thousands, except per share data)   2011           2010           2009     2008     2007     2006  

Balance sheet data:

           

Investments, at value

  $ 576,477      $ 472,032      $ 374,669      $ 578,211      $ 525,492      $ 280,596   

Cash and cash equivalents

    96,309        107,014        124,828        17,242        7,856        16,404   

Total assets

    688,637        591,247        508,967        608,672        541,943        301,142   

Total liabilities

    266,587        178,716        142,452        226,214        141,206        45,729   

Total net assets

    422,050        412,531        366,515        382,458        400,737        255,413   

Other Data:

           

Total debt investments, at value

  $ 513,366,685      $ 401,618      $ 325,134      $ 536,964      $ 477,643      $ 264,086   

Total warrant investments, at value

    27,317,545        23,690        14,450        17,883        21,646        8,441   

Total equity investments, at value

    35,792,528       
46,724
  
    35,085        23,364        26,203        8,069   

Unfunded commitments

    148,246        117,200        11,700        82,000        130,602        55,500   

Net asset value per share (1)

  $ 9.61      $ 9.50      $ 10.29      $ 11.56      $ 12.31      $ 11.65   

 

(1) Based on common shares outstanding at period end.

The following tables set forth certain quarterly financial information for each of the eleven quarters up to and ending September 30, 2011. This information was derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements. Results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for the full year or for any future quarter.

 

     For the Quarter End  
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)    September 30,
2011
     June 30,
2011
     March 31,
2011
 

Selected Quarterly Data (unaudited):

        

Total investment income

   $ 18,684       $ 20,820       $ 19,151   

Net investment income before provision for income taxes and investment gains and losses

     8,593         10,360         9,804   

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations

     6,223         24,317         (1,178 )

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations per common share (basic)

   $ 0.14       $ 0.56       $ (0.03 )

 

    For the Quarter End  
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)   December 31,
2010
    September 30,
2010
    June 30,
2010
    March 31,
2010
 

Selected Quarterly Data (unaudited):

       

Total investment income

  $
16,807
  
  $ 15,646      $ 14,501      $ 12,520   

Net investment income before provision for income taxes and investment gains and losses

   
8,751
  
    8,148        6,863        5,612   

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations

    11,721        (7,823     (4,630     5,714   

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations per common share (basic)

 

$

0.30

  

  $ (0.23   $ (0.14   $ 0.16   

 

    For the Quarter End  
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)   December 31,
2009
    September 30,
2009
    June 30,
2009
    March 31,
2009
 

Selected Quarterly Data (unaudited):

       

Total investment income

  $ 16,666      $ 17,681      $ 19,480      $ 20,450   

Net investment income before provision for income taxes and investment gains and losses

    9,377        10,347        11,821        11,558   

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations

    8,459        13,690        (13,059     4,482   

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations per common share (basic)

  $ 0.24      $ 0.39      $ (0.38   $ 0.14   

 

15


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our securities may be speculative and involves a high degree of risk. Before you invest in our securities, you should be aware of various risks, including those described below. You should carefully consider these risks, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, before you decide whether to make an investment in our securities. The risks set forth below are not the only risks we face. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In such case, our net asset value and the trading price of our securities could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to our Business Structure and Current Economic and Market Conditions

We have a limited operating history as a business development company, which may affect our ability to manage our business and may impair your ability to assess our prospects.

The 1940 Act and the Code impose numerous constraints on the operations of BDCs and RICs. For example, under the 1940 Act, BDCs are required to invest at least 70% of their total assets primarily in securities of private or thinly traded U.S. public companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high quality debt investments that mature in one year or less. Moreover, qualification for taxation as a RIC under subchapter M of the Code requires satisfaction of source-of-income and diversification requirements and our ability to avoid corporate level taxes on our income and gains depends on our satisfaction of distribution requirements. The failure to comply with these provisions in a timely manner could prevent us from qualifying as a BDC or RIC or could force us to pay unexpected taxes and penalties, which could be material. These constraints, among others, may hinder our ability to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities and to achieve our investment objective. Our experience operating under these constraints is limited to the period since our inception.

Capital markets have experienced a period of disruption and instability and we cannot predict whether these conditions will reoccur.

The global capital markets have experienced a period of disruption as evidenced by a lack of liquidity in the debt capital markets, write-offs in the financial services sector, the re-pricing of credit risk and the failure of certain major financial institutions. Despite actions of the United States federal government and foreign governments, these events contributed to worsening general economic conditions that have materially and adversely impacted the broader financial and credit markets and reduced the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole and financial services firms in particular. While indicators suggest improvement in the capital markets, these conditions could deteriorate in the future. During such market disruptions, we may have difficulty raising debt or equity capital especially as a result of regulatory constraints. Market conditions may in the future make it difficult to extend the maturity of or refinance our existing indebtedness and any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business. The illiquidity of our investments may make it difficult for us to sell such investments if required. As a result, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we have recorded our investments. In addition, significant changes in the capital markets, including the disruption and volatility, have had, and may in the future have, a negative effect on the valuations of our investments and on the potential for liquidity events involving our investments. An inability to raise capital, and any required sale of our investments for liquidity purposes, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, and our business and stock price may be adversely affected if we have not adequately addressed the weakness.

As a result of our evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting for the year ended December 31, 2010, management identified a material weakness related to our valuation process specifically involving debt investments. We have corrected the valuation process to refine our application of ASC 820 and believe that our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010 reflect the fair value of our debt

 

16


Table of Contents

investments in accordance with ASC 820 using the new valuation procedure. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we recognized additional unrealized depreciation of $803,000, which is not material to the 2010 consolidated financial statements. Management has evaluated the remedial action, assessed the operating effectiveness of the remediated controls and concluded that it has remediated the material weakness described above.

In connection with the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements for the three-month period ended March 31, 2011, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting related to manual input errors in calculations used to derive the fair value of some investment portfolio holdings as of the measurement date, thereby impacting reported amounts with respect to investments and net increase (decrease) in unrealized appreciation on investments. Our consolidated financial statements for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 reflect the fair value of our investments and we have taken remediation steps to enhance the internal control procedures in order to effectively remediate the deficiencies in our internal control processes related to such errors.

If we cannot produce reliable financial reports, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, the market price of our stock and the Convertible Senior Notes could decline significantly, we may be unable to obtain additional financing to operate and expand our business, and our business and financial condition could be harmed. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Controls and Procedures.”

Our business is subject to increasingly complex corporate governance, public disclosure and accounting requirements that could adversely affect our business and financial results.

We are subject to changing rules and regulations of federal and state government as well as the stock exchange on which our common stock is listed. These entities, including the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, the SEC and the Nasdaq Stock Market, have issued a significant number of new and increasingly complex requirements and regulations over the course of the last several years and continue to develop additional regulations and requirements in response to laws enacted by Congress. On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, was enacted. There are significant corporate governance and executive compensation-related provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act that require the SEC to adopt additional rules and regulations in these areas such as “say on pay” and proxy access. Our efforts to comply with these requirements have resulted in, and are likely to continue to result in, an increase in expenses and a diversion of management’s time from other business activities.

The impact of recent financial reform legislation on us is uncertain.

In light of current conditions in the U.S. and global financial markets and the U.S. and global economy, legislators, the presidential administration and regulators have increased their focus on the regulation of the financial services industry. The Dodd-Frank Act institutes a wide range of reforms that will have an impact on all financial institutions. Many of these provisions are subject to rule making procedures and studies that will be conducted in the future. Accordingly, we cannot predict the effect the Dodd-Frank Act or its implementing regulations will have on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

We have and may in the future choose to pay dividends in our own stock, in which case you may be required to pay tax in excess of the cash you receive.

Under applicable Treasury regulations and certain private rulings issued by the Internal Revenue Service, RICs are permitted to treat certain distributions payable in up to 80% in their stock, as taxable dividends that will satisfy their annual distribution obligations for federal income tax and excise tax purposes provided that shareholders have the opportunity to elect to receive the distribution in cash. Taxable stockholders receiving such dividends will be required to include the full amount of the dividend as ordinary income (or as long-term capital

 

17


Table of Contents

gain to the extent such distribution is properly designated as a capital gain dividend) to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits for United States federal income tax purposes. As a result, a U.S. stockholder may be required to pay tax with respect to such dividends in excess of any cash received. If a U.S. stockholder sells the stock it receives as a dividend in order to pay this tax, the sales proceeds may be less than the amount included in income with respect to the dividend, depending on the market price of our stock at the time of the sale. Furthermore, with respect to non-U.S. stockholders, we may be required to withhold U.S. tax with respect to such dividends, including in respect of all or a portion of such dividend that is payable in stock. In addition, if a significant number of our stockholders determine to sell shares of our stock in order to pay taxes owed on dividends, then such sales may put downward pressure on the trading price of our stock. We previously determined to pay a portion of our first quarter 2009 dividend in shares of newly issued common stock, and we may in the future determine to distribute taxable dividends that are payable in part in our common stock.

We are dependent upon key management personnel for their time availability and our future success, particularly Manuel A. Henriquez, and if we are not able to hire and retain qualified personnel, or if we lose any member of our senior management team, our ability to implement our business strategy could be significantly harmed.

We depend upon the members of our senior management, particularly Mr. Henriquez, as well as other key personnel for the identification, final selection, structuring, closing and monitoring of our investments. These employees have critical industry experience and relationships on which we rely to implement our business plan. If we lose the services of Mr. Henriquez, or of any other senior management members, we may not be able to operate the business as we expect, and our ability to compete could be harmed, which could cause our operating results to suffer. Furthermore, we do not have an employment agreement with Mr. Henriquez and our senior management is not restricted from creating new investment vehicles subject to compliance with applicable law. We believe our future success will depend, in part, on our ability to identify, attract and retain sufficient numbers of highly skilled employees. If we do not succeed in identifying, attracting and retaining such personnel, we may not be able to operate our business as we expect.

Our business model depends to a significant extent upon strong referral relationships with venture capital and private equity fund sponsors, and our inability to develop or maintain these relationships, or the failure of these relationships to generate investment opportunities, could adversely affect our business.

We expect that members of our management team will maintain their relationships with venture capital and private equity firms, and we will rely to a significant extent upon these relationships to provide us with our deal flow. If we fail to maintain our existing relationships, our relationships become strained as a result of enforcing our rights with respect to non-performing portfolio companies in protecting our investments or we fail to develop new relationships with other firms or sources of investment opportunities, then we will not be able to grow our investment portfolio. In addition, persons with whom members of our management team have relationships are not obligated to provide us with investment opportunities and, therefore, there is no assurance that such relationships will lead to the origination of debt or other investments.

We operate in a highly competitive market for investment opportunities, and we may not be able to compete effectively.

A number of entities compete with us to make the types of investments that we plan to make in prospective portfolio companies. We compete with a large number of venture capital and private equity firms, as well as with other investment funds, investment banks and other sources of financing, including traditional financial services companies such as commercial banks and finance companies. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of funds and/or access to funding sources that are not available to us. This may enable some competitors to make commercial loans with interest rates that are comparable to or lower than the rates that we typically offer. We may lose prospective portfolio companies if we do not match competitors’

 

18


Table of Contents

pricing, terms and structure. If we do match competitors’ pricing, terms or structure, we may experience decreased net interest income and increased risk of credit losses. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments, establish more relationships and build their market shares. Furthermore, many potential competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a business development company or that the Code would impose on us as a RIC. If we are not able to compete effectively, our business, financial condition, and results of operations will be adversely affected. As a result of this competition, there can be no assurance that we will be able to identify and take advantage of attractive investment opportunities that we identify, or that we will be able to fully invest our available capital.

Because we intend to distribute substantially all of our income to our stockholders in order to qualify as a RIC, we will continue to need additional capital to finance our growth. If additional funds are unavailable or not available on favorable terms, our ability to grow will be impaired.

In order to satisfy the tax requirements applicable to a RIC, to avoid payment of excise taxes and to minimize or avoid payment of income taxes, we intend to distribute to our stockholders substantially all of our ordinary income and realized net capital gains except for certain realized net long-term capital gains, which we may retain, pay applicable income taxes with respect thereto and elect to treat as deemed distributions to our stockholders. As a business development company, we generally are required to meet a coverage ratio of total assets to total borrowings and other senior securities, which includes all of our borrowings and any preferred stock that we may issue in the future, of at least 200%. This requirement limits the amount that we may borrow. This limitation may prevent us from incurring debt and require us to raise additional equity at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. We cannot assure you that debt and equity financing will be available to us on favorable terms, or at all, and debt financings may be restricted by the terms of any of our outstanding borrowings. If we are unable to incur additional debt, we may be required to raise additional equity at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. In addition, shares of closed-end investment companies have recently traded at discounts to their net asset values. This characteristic of closed-end investment companies is separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value per share may decline. We cannot predict whether shares of our common stock will trade above, at or below our net asset value. If our common stock trades below its net asset value, we generally will not be able to issue additional shares of our common stock at its market price without first obtaining the approval for such issuance from our stockholders and our independent directors. If additional funds are not available to us, we could be forced to curtail or cease new lending and investment activities, and our net asset value could decline. In addition, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Because we borrow money, there could be increased risk in investing in our company.

Lenders have fixed dollar claims on our assets that are superior to the claims of stockholders, and we have granted, and may in the future grant, lenders a security interest in our assets in connection with borrowings. In the case of a liquidation event, those lenders would receive proceeds before our stockholders. In addition, borrowings, also known as leverage, magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and, therefore, increase the risks associated with investing in our securities. Leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique. If the value of our assets increases, then leveraging would cause the net asset value attributable to our common stock to increase more than it otherwise would have had we not leveraged. Conversely, if the value of our assets decreases, leveraging would cause the net asset value attributable to our common stock to decline more than it otherwise would have had we not leveraged. Similarly, any increase in our revenue in excess of interest expense on our borrowed funds would cause our net income to increase more than it would without the leverage. Any decrease in our revenue would cause our net income to decline more than it would have had we not borrowed funds and could negatively affect our ability to make distributions on common stock. Our ability to service any debt that we incur will depend largely on our financial performance and will be subject to prevailing economic conditions and competitive pressures. We and, indirectly, our stockholders will bear the cost associated with our leverage activity. Our secured credit facilities with Wells Fargo Capital Finance

 

19


Table of Contents

LLC and Union Bank, N.A. and our Convertible Senior Notes contain financial and operating covenants that could restrict our business activities, including our ability to declare dividends if we default under certain provisions.

As of September 30, 2011, there were zero amounts outstanding under our secured facilities with Wells Fargo and Union Bank and $188.75 million principal amount of indebtedness outstanding incurred by our SBIC subsidiaries. In the fourth quarter of 2011, we issued an additional $36.25 million of SBA guaranteed debentures and borrowed approximately $10.3 million principal amount under the Wells Facility. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in obtaining any additional debt capital on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to obtain debt capital, then our equity investors will not benefit from the potential for increased returns on equity resulting from leverage to the extent that our investment strategy is successful and we may be limited in our ability to make new commitments or fundings to our portfolio companies.

As a business development company, generally we are not permitted to incur indebtedness unless immediately after such borrowing we have an asset coverage for total borrowings of at least 200% (i.e., the amount of debt may not exceed 50% of the value of our assets). In addition, we may not be permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on our outstanding common shares, or purchase any such shares, unless, at the time of such declaration or purchase, we have asset coverage of at least 200% after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution, or purchase price. If this ratio declines below 200%, we may not be able to incur additional debt and may need to sell a portion of our investments to repay some debt when it is disadvantageous to do so, and we may not be able to make distributions. As of September 30, 2011 our asset coverage ratio under our regulatory requirements as a business development company was 971.5%, excluding our SBIC debentures as a result of our exemptive order from the SEC which allows us to exclude all SBA leverage from our asset coverage ratio. Total leverage when including our SBIC debentures was 263.1% at September 30, 2011.

 

     Assumed Return on Our Portfolio
(Net of Expenses)
 
     (10)%     (5)%     0%     5%     10%  

Corresponding return to stockholder (1)

     (33.6 )%      (20.1 )%      (6.6 )%      6.9     20.41

 

(1) Assumes $688.6 million in total assets, $258.8 million in debt outstanding, $422.1 million in stockholders’ equity, and an average cost of funds of 6.5%, which is the approximate average cost of funds of the SBA debentures for the period ended September 30, 2011. Actual interest payments may be different.

Because most of our investments typically are not in publicly-traded securities, there is uncertainty regarding the value of our investments, which could adversely affect the determination of our net asset value.

At September 30, 2011, portfolio investments, which are valued at fair value by the Board of Directors, were approximately 83.7% of our total assets. We expect our investments to continue to consist primarily of securities issued by privately-held companies, the fair value of which is not readily determinable. In addition, we are not permitted to maintain a general reserve for anticipated loan losses. Instead, we are required by the 1940 Act to specifically value each investment and record an unrealized gain or loss for any asset that we believe has increased or decreased in value.

There is no single standard for determining fair value in good faith. We value these securities at fair value as determined in good faith by our Board of Directors, based on the recommendations of our Valuation Committee. The Valuation Committee uses its best judgment in arriving at the fair value of these securities. As a result, determining fair value requires that judgment be applied to the specific facts and circumstances of each portfolio investment while applying a valuation process for the types of investments we make which includes, but is not limited to, deriving a hypothetical exit price. However, the Board of Directors retains ultimate authority as to the appropriate valuation of each investment. Because such valuations are inherently uncertain and may be based on estimates, our determinations of fair value may differ materially from the values that would be assessed if a ready

 

20


Table of Contents

market for these securities existed. We adjust quarterly the valuation of our portfolio to reflect the Board of Directors’ determination of the fair value of each investment in our portfolio. Any changes in fair value are recorded in our statement of operations as net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation. Our net asset value could be adversely affected if our determinations regarding the fair value of our investments were materially higher than the values that we ultimately realize upon the disposal of such securities.

Our financial results could be negatively affected if a significant portfolio investment fails to perform as expected.

Our total investment in companies may be significant individually or in the aggregate. As a result, if a significant investment in one or more companies fails to perform as expected, our financial results could be more negatively affected and the magnitude of the loss could be more significant than if we had made smaller investments in more companies. The following table shows the fair value of the totals of investments held in portfolio companies at September 30, 2011 that represent greater than 5% of net assets:

 

     September 30, 2011  
(in thousands)    Fair Value      Percentage of
Net Assets
 

Aveo Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

   $ 29,887         7.1

Women’s Marketing, Inc.

   $ 29,405         7.0

Tectura Corporation

   $ 26,574         6.3

Pacira Pharmaceuticals, Inc

   $ 26,264         6.2

Anthera Pharmaceuticals, Inc

   $ 25,705         6.1

Brightsource Energy, Inc

   $ 25,261         6.0

Revance Therapeutics, Inc

   $ 21,814         5.2

Aveo Pharmaceuticals, Inc. is a biopharmaceutical company dedicated to the discovery and development of new, targeted cancer therapeutics.

Women’s Marketing, Inc. is a media solutions company, delivering premium media at value pricing across all platforms.

Tectura Corporation is an IT services firm that specializes in Microsoft Business Solutions applications.

Pacira Pharmaceuticals, Inc. is an emerging specialty pharmaceutical company focused on the development, commercialization and manufacture of new pharmaceutical products.

Anthera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. is a biopharmaceutical company focused on developing and commercializing products to treat serious diseases, including cardiovascular and autoimmune diseases.

Brightsource Energy, Inc. designs, develops and sells solar thermal power systems that deliver reliable, clean energy to utilities and industrial companies.

Revance Therapeutics, Inc. is a privately held biopharmaceutical company developing products that will change the way that drugs are delivered by carrying active levels of drug across the skin to deliver at specific and targeted depths.

Our financial results could be negatively affected if these portfolio companies or any of our other significant portfolio companies encounter financial difficulty and fail to repay their obligations or to perform as expected.

 

21


Table of Contents

Regulations governing our operations as a business development company may affect our ability to, and the manner in which, we raise additional capital, which may expose us to risks.

Our business will require a substantial amount of capital. We may acquire additional capital from the issuance of senior securities, including borrowings, securitization transactions or other indebtedness, or the issuance of additional shares of our common stock. However, we may not be able to raise additional capital in the future on favorable terms or at all. We may issue debt securities, other evidences of indebtedness or preferred stock, and we may borrow money from banks or other financial institutions, which we refer to collectively as “senior securities,” up to the maximum amount permitted by the 1940 Act. Under the 1940 Act, we are not permitted to incur indebtedness unless immediately after such borrowing we have an asset coverage for total borrowings of at least 200% (i.e., the amount of debt may not exceed 50% of the value of our assets). In addition, we may not be permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on our outstanding common shares, or purchase any such shares, unless, at the time of such declaration or purchase, we have an asset coverage of at least 200% after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution, or purchase price. Our ability to pay dividends or issue additional senior securities would be restricted if our asset coverage ratio were not at least 200%. If the value of our assets declines, we may be unable to satisfy this test. If that happens, we may be required to liquidate a portion of our investments and repay a portion of our indebtedness at a time when such sales may be disadvantageous. As a result of issuing senior securities, we would also be exposed to typical risks associated with leverage, including an increased risk of loss. If we issue preferred stock, the preferred stock would rank “senior” to common stock in our capital structure, preferred stockholders would have separate voting rights and might have rights, preferences, or privileges more favorable than those of our common stockholders and the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a transaction or a change of control that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or otherwise be in your best interest.

To the extent that we are constrained in our ability to issue debt or other senior securities, we will depend on issuances of common stock to finance operations. Other than in certain limited situations such as rights offerings, as a business development company, we are generally not able to issue our common stock at a price below net asset value without first obtaining required approvals from our stockholders and our independent directors. If we raise additional funds by issuing more common stock or senior securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, our common stock, then the percentage ownership of our stockholders at that time will decrease, and you might experience dilution. Moreover, we can offer no assurance that we will be able to issue and sell additional equity securities in the future, on favorable terms or at all.

In addition to issuing securities to raise capital as described above, we anticipate that, in the future, we may securitize our loans to generate cash for funding new investments. The securitization market has effectively shut down with the recent financial market collapse and we cannot assure you that will be able to securitize our loans in the near future, or at all. An inability to successfully securitize our loan portfolio could limit our ability to grow our business and fully execute our business strategy.

Our equity ownership in a portfolio company may represent a Control Investment. Our ability to exit an investment in a timely manner because we are in a control position or have access to inside information in the portfolio company could result in a realized loss on the investment.

If we obtain a Control Investment in a portfolio company our ability to divest ourselves from a debt or equity investment could be restricted due to illiquidity in a private stock, limited trading volume on a public company’s stock, inside information on a company’s performance, insider blackout periods, or other factors that could prohibit us from disposing of the investment as we would if it were not a Control Investment. Additionally, we may choose not to take certain actions to protect a debt investment in a Control Investment portfolio company. As a result, we could experience a decrease in the value of our portfolio company holdings and potentially incur a realized loss on the investment.

 

22


Table of Contents

When we are a debt or minority equity investor in a portfolio company, we may not be in a position to control the entity, and management of the company may make decisions that could decrease the value of our portfolio holdings.

We make both debt and minority equity investments; therefore, we are subject to the risk that a portfolio company may make business decisions with which we disagree, and the stockholders and management of such company may take risks or otherwise act in ways that do not serve our interests. As a result, a portfolio company may make decisions that could decrease the value of our portfolio holdings.

If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could fail to qualify as a business development company or be precluded from investing according to our current business strategy.

As a business development company, we may not acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such acquisition, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets. See “Regulation.”

We believe that most of the senior loans we make will constitute qualifying assets. However, we may be precluded from investing in what we believe are attractive investments if such investments are not qualifying assets for purposes of the 1940 Act. If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could lose our status as a business development company, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Similarly, these rules could prevent us from making follow-on investments in existing portfolio companies (which could result in the dilution of our position) or could require us to dispose of investments at inappropriate times in order to comply with the 1940 Act. If we need to dispose of such investments quickly, it would be difficult to dispose of such investments on favorable terms. For example, we may have difficulty in finding a buyer and, even if we do find a buyer, we may have to sell the investments at a substantial loss.

A failure on our part to maintain our qualification as a business development company would significantly reduce our operating flexibility.

If we fail to continuously qualify as a business development company, we might be subject to regulation as a registered closed-end investment company under the 1940 Act, which would significantly decrease our operating flexibility. In addition, failure to comply with the requirements imposed on business development companies by the 1940 Act could cause the SEC to bring an enforcement action against us. For additional information on the qualification requirements of a business development company, see “Regulation.”

We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income.

In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and tax requirements, we include in income certain amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as contracted payment-in-kind interest, which represents contractual interest added to a loan balance and due at the end of such loan’s term. In addition to the cash yields received on our loans, in some instances, certain loans may also include any of the following: end-of-term payments, exit fees, balloon payment fees or prepayment fees. The increases in loan balances as a result of contracted payment-in-kind arrangements are included in income for the period in which such payment-in-kind interest was accrued, which is often in advance of receiving cash payment, and are separately identified on our statements of cash flows. We also may be required to include in income certain other amounts prior to receiving the related cash.

Any warrants that we receive in connection with our debt investments will generally be valued as part of the negotiation process with the particular portfolio company. As a result, a portion of the aggregate purchase price for the debt investments and warrants will be allocated to the warrants that we receive. This will generally result in “original issue discount” for tax purposes, which we must recognize as ordinary income, increasing the

 

23


Table of Contents

amount that we are required to distribute to qualify for the federal income tax benefits applicable to RICs. Because these warrants generally will not produce distributable cash for us at the same time as we are required to make distributions in respect of the related original issue discount, we would need to obtain cash from other sources or to pay a portion of our distributions using shares of newly issued common stock, consistent with Internal Revenue Service requirements, to satisfy such distribution requirements.

Other features of the debt instruments that we hold may also cause such instruments to generate an original issue discount, resulting in a dividend distribution requirement in excess of current cash interest received. Since in certain cases we may recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income, we may have difficulty meeting the RIC tax requirement to distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any. Under such circumstances, we may have to sell some of our assets, raise additional debt or equity capital or reduce new investment originations to meet these distribution requirements. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources and are otherwise unable to satisfy such distribution requirements, we may fail to qualify for the federal income tax benefits allowable to RICs and, thus, become subject to a corporate-level income tax on all our income. See “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

There is a risk that you may not receive distributions or that our distributions may not grow over time.

We intend to make distributions on a quarterly basis to our stockholders. We cannot assure you that we will achieve investment results, or our business may not perform in a manner that will allow us to make a specified level of distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. In addition, due to the asset coverage test applicable to us as a business development company, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions. Also, our credit facilities limit our ability to declare dividends if we default under certain provisions.

If we are unable to manage our future growth effectively, we may be unable to achieve our investment objective, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations and cause the value of your investment to decline.

Our ability to achieve our investment objective will depend on our ability to sustain growth. Sustaining growth will depend, in turn, on our senior management team’s ability to identify, evaluate, finance and invest in suitable companies that meet our investment criteria. Accomplishing this result on a cost-effective basis is largely a function of our marketing capabilities, our management of the investment process, our ability to provide efficient services and our access to financing sources on acceptable terms. Failure to manage our future growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our quarterly and annual operating results are subject to fluctuation as a result of the nature of our business, and if we fail to achieve our investment objective, the net asset value of our common stock may decline.

We could experience fluctuations in our quarterly and annual operating results due to a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control, including, but not limited to, the interest rate payable on the debt securities that we acquire, the default rate on such securities, the level of our expenses, variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized and unrealized gains or losses, changes in our portfolio composition, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets and general economic conditions. As a result of these factors, results for any period should not be relied upon as being indicative of performance in future periods.

In addition, any of these factors could negatively impact our ability to achieve our investment objectives, which may cause our net asset value of our common stock to decline.

Fluctuations in interest rates may adversely affect our profitability.

A portion of our income will depend upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the interest rate on the debt securities in which we invest. Because we will borrow money to make investments, our

 

24


Table of Contents

net investment income is dependent upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the rate at which we invest these funds. Typically, we anticipate that our interest-earning investments will accrue and pay interest at both variable and fixed rates, and that our interest-bearing liabilities will accrue interest at variable rates. As a result, there can be no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income. We anticipate using a combination of equity and long-term and short-term borrowings to finance our investment activities.

A significant increase in market interest rates could harm our ability to attract new portfolio companies and originate new loans and investments. We expect that most of our current initial investments in debt securities will be at floating rate with a floor. However, in the event that we make investments in debt securities at variable rates, a significant increase in market interest rates could also result in an increase in our non-performing assets and a decrease in the value of our portfolio because our floating-rate loan portfolio companies may be unable to meet higher payment obligations. In periods of rising interest rates, our cost of funds would increase, resulting in a decrease in our net investment income. In addition, a decrease in interest rates may reduce net income, because new investments may be made at lower rates despite the increased demand for our capital that the decrease in interest rates may produce. We may, but will not be required to, hedge against the risk of adverse movement in interest rates in our short-term and long-term borrowings relative to our portfolio of assets. If we engage in hedging activities, it may limit our ability to participate in the benefits of lower interest rates with respect to the hedged portfolio. Adverse developments resulting from changes in interest rates or hedging transactions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our realized gains are reduced by amounts paid pursuant to the warrant participation agreement.

Citigroup, a former credit facility provider to Hercules, has an equity participation right through a warrant participation agreement on the pool of loans and certain warrants formerly collateralized under its then existing credit facility (the “Citigroup Facility”). Pursuant to the warrant participation agreement, we granted to Citigroup a 10% participation in all warrants held as collateral. As a result, Citigroup is entitled to 10% of the realized gains on certain warrants until the realized gains paid to Citigroup pursuant to the agreement equals $3,750,000 (the “Maximum Participation Limit”). The obligations under the warrant participation agreement continue even after the Citigroup Facility is terminated until the Maximum Participation Limit has been reached.

During the quarter ended September 30, 2011, the Company recorded an increase on participation liability and increased its unrealized gains by a net amount of approximately $229,000 for Citigroup’s participation. Since inception of the agreement, we have paid Citigroup approximately $1.1 million under the warrant participation agreement thereby reducing our realized gains. In addition, our realized gains will be reduced by the amounts owed to Citigroup under the warrant participation agreement. The value of Citigroup’s participation right on unrealized gains in the related equity investments since inception of the agreement was approximately $727,000 at September 30, 2011 and is included in accrued liabilities and decreased the unrealized gain recognized by us at September 30, 2011. Citigroup’s rights under the warrant participation agreement increase our cost of borrowing and reduce our realized gains.

It is likely that the terms of any long-term or revolving credit or warehouse facility we may enter into in the future could constrain our ability to grow our business.

In August 2008, we entered into the Wells Facility, which we renewed on June 20, 2011. Under this three-year senior secured facility, Wells Fargo Capital Finance has made commitments of $75.0 million. The facility contains an accordion feature, in which we can increase the credit line up to an aggregate of $300.0 million, funded by additional lenders and with the agreement of Wells Fargo Capital Finance and subject to other customary conditions. We expect to continue discussions with various other potential lenders to join the new facility; however, there can be no assurances that additional lenders will join the Wells Facility.

Borrowings under the Wells Facility will generally bear interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus 3.50%, with a floor of 5.00% and an advance rate of 50% against eligible loans. The Wells Facility is secured by

 

25


Table of Contents

loans in the borrowing base. The Wells Facility requires the monthly payment of a non-use fee of 0.3% for each payment date on or before September 1, 2011. The monthly payment of a non-use fee thereafter shall depend on the average balance that was outstanding on a scale between 0.0% and 0.75%. From September 1, 2011 through September 30, 2011, this non-use fee was 0.75%. On June 20, 2011 we paid an additional $1.1 million in structuring fees in connection with the Wells Facility which is being amortized through June 2014. There was no outstanding debt under the Wells Facility at September 30, 2011.

The Wells Facility includes various financial and operating covenants applicable to us and our subsidiaries, in addition to those applicable to Hercules Funding II, LLC. These covenants require us to maintain certain financial ratios and a minimum tangible net worth in an amount, when added to outstanding subordinated indebtedness, that is in excess of $314.0 million plus 90% of the cumulative amount of equity raised after March 31, 2011. In addition, the tangible net worth covenant will increase by 90 cents on the dollar for every dollar of equity capital subsequently raised by the Company. The Wells Facility provides for customary events of default, including, but not limited to, payment defaults, breach of representations or covenants, bankruptcy events and change of control. We were in compliance with all covenants at September 30, 2011.

On February 10, 2010, we entered into the Union Bank Facility. On November 2, 2011, we renewed and amended the Union Bank Facility and added a new lender under the Union Bank Facility. Union Bank and RBC Capital Markets have made commitments of $30.0 million and $25.0 million, respectively. The Union Bank Facility contains an accordion feature, in which we can increase the credit line up to an aggregate of $150.0 million, funded by additional lenders and with the agreement of Union Bank and subject to other customary conditions. We expect to continue discussions with various other potential lenders to join the new facility; however, there can be no assurances that additional lenders will join the Union Bank Facility.

Borrowings under the Union Bank Facility will generally bear interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus 2.25% with a floor of 4.0%. At September 30, 2011, there were no borrowings outstanding on this facility. The Union Bank Facility requires the payment of a non-use fee of 0.25% annually. The Union Bank Facility is collateralized by debt investments in our portfolio companies, and includes an advance rate equal to 50.0% of eligible loans placed in the collateral pool. The Union Bank Facility generally requires payment of interest on a monthly basis. All outstanding principal is due upon maturity.

The Union Bank Facility requires various financial and operating covenants. These covenants require us to maintain certain financial ratios and a minimum tangible net worth in an amount, when added to outstanding subordinated indebtedness, that is in excess of $314.0 million plus 90% of the amount of net cash proceeds received from the sale of common stock after March 31, 2011. The Union Bank Facility will mature on November 2, 2014, approximately three years from the date of issuance, revolving through the first 24 months with a term out provision for the remaining 12 months. The Union Bank Facility requires the payment of a non-use fee of 0.50% annually. Union Bank Facility also provides for customary events of default, including, but not limited to, payment defaults, breach of representations or covenants, bankruptcy events and change of control. We were in compliance with all covenants at September 30, 2011.

The current lenders under the Wells Facility and the Union Bank Facility have, and any future lender or lenders will have, fixed dollar claims on our assets that are senior to the claims of our stockholders and, thus, will have a preference over our stockholders with respect to our assets in the collateral pool. In addition, we may grant a security interest in our assets in connection with any such borrowing. These facilities contain customary default provisions such as a minimum net worth amount, a profitability test, and a restriction on changing our business and loan quality standards. In addition, such facilities require or are expected to require the repayment of all outstanding debt on the maturity which may disrupt our business and potentially, the business our portfolio companies that are financed through the facilities. An event of default under these facilities would likely result, among other things, in termination of the availability of further funds under that facility and an accelerated maturity date for all amounts outstanding under the facility, which would likely disrupt our business and, potentially, the business of the portfolio companies whose loans we financed through the facility. This could

 

26


Table of Contents

reduce our revenues and, by delaying any cash payment allowed to us under our facility until the lender has been paid in full, reduce our liquidity and cash flow and impair our ability to grow our business and maintain our status as a RIC.

The terms of future available financing may place limits on our financial and operating flexibility. If we are unable to obtain sufficient capital in the future, we may:

 

   

be forced to reduce or discontinue our operations;

 

   

not be able to expand or acquire complementary businesses; and

 

   

not be able to develop new services or otherwise respond to changing business conditions or competitive pressures.

In addition to regulatory restrictions that restrict our ability to raise capital, the Wells Facility, the Union Bank Facility and the Convertible Senior Notes contain various covenants which, if not complied with, could accelerate repayment under the facility, thereby materially and adversely affecting our liquidity, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay dividends.

The credit agreements governing the Wells Facility and the Union Bank Facility and the Convertible Senior Notes require us to comply with certain financial and operational covenants. These covenants require us to, among other things, maintain certain financial ratios, including asset coverage, debt to equity and interest coverage. Our ability to continue to comply with these covenants in the future depends on many factors, some of which are beyond our control. There are no assurances that we will be able to comply with these covenants. Failure to comply with these covenants would result in a default which, if we were unable to obtain a waiver from the lenders under the Wells Facility and the Union Bank facility or the trustee or holders under the Convertible Senior Notes, could accelerate repayment under the facilities or the Convertible Senior Notes and thereby have a material adverse impact on our liquidity, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay dividends. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Borrowings.”

If we cannot obtain additional capital because of either regulatory or market price constraints, we could be forced to curtail or cease our new lending and investment activities, our net asset value could decrease and our level of distributions and liquidity could be affected adversely.

Our ability to secure additional financing and satisfy our financial obligations under indebtedness outstanding from time to time will depend upon our future operating performance, which is subject to the prevailing general economic and credit market conditions, including interest rate levels and the availability of credit generally, and financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. The prolonged continuation or worsening of current economic and capital market conditions could have a material adverse effect on our ability to secure financing on favorable terms, if at all.

If we are unable to obtain debt capital, then our equity investors will not benefit from the potential for increased returns on equity resulting from leverage to the extent that our investment strategy is successful and we may be limited in our ability to make new commitments or fundings to our portfolio companies.

As of September 30, 2011, we did not have any outstanding borrowings under either of our secured credit facilities with Wells Fargo or Union Bank and $188.75 million principal amount of indebtedness outstanding incurred by our SBIC subsidiaries. Available borrowing capacity under these facilities as of September 30, 2011 was $131.25 million and subject to terms, conditions and approvals of the SBA.

 

27


Table of Contents

Two of our wholly-owned subsidiaries are licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration, and as a result, we will be subject to SBA regulations.

Our wholly-owned subsidiaries HT II and HT III are licensed to act as SBICs and are regulated by the SBA. As of September 30, 2011, HT II’s and HT III’s portfolio companies accounted for approximately 31.4% and 16.0%, respectively, of our total portfolio. The SBIC licenses allow our SBIC subsidiaries to obtain leverage by issuing SBA-guaranteed debentures, subject to the issuance of a capital commitment by the SBA and other customary procedures. The SBA regulations require, among other things, that a licensed SBIC be examined periodically and audited by an independent auditor to determine the SBIC’s compliance with the relevant SBA regulations.

Under current SBA regulations, a licensed SBIC can provide capital to those entities that have a tangible net worth not exceeding $18.0 million and an average annual net income after Federal income taxes not exceeding $6.0 million for the two most recent fiscal years. In addition, a licensed SBIC must devote 25.0% of its investment activity to those entities that have a tangible net worth not exceeding $6.0 million and an average annual net income after Federal income taxes not exceeding $2.0 million for the two most recent fiscal years. The SBA regulations also provide alternative size standard criteria to determine eligibility, which depend on the industry in which the business is engaged and are based on factors such as the number of employees and gross sales. The SBA regulations permit licensed SBICs to make long term loans to small businesses, invest in the equity securities of such businesses and provide them with consulting and advisory services. The SBA also places certain limitations on the financing terms of investments by SBICs in portfolio companies and prohibits SBICs from providing funds for certain purposes or to businesses in a few prohibited industries. Compliance with SBA requirements may cause HT II and HT III to forego attractive investment opportunities that are not permitted under SBA regulations.

Further, the SBA regulations require that a licensed SBIC be periodically examined and audited by the SBA to determine its compliance with the relevant SBA regulations. The SBA prohibits, without prior SBA approval, a “change of control” of an SBIC or transfers that would result in any person (or a group of persons acting in concert) owning 10.0% or more of a class of capital stock of a licensed SBIC. If either HT II or HT III fail to comply with applicable SBA regulations, the SBA could, depending on the severity of the violation, limit or prohibit HT II’s or HT III’s use of debentures, declare outstanding debentures immediately due and payable, and/ or limit HT II or HT III from making new investments. Such actions by the SBA would, in turn, negatively affect us because HT II and HT III are our wholly owned subsidiaries. HT II and HT III were in compliance with the terms of the SBIC’s leverage as of September 30, 2011 as a result of having sufficient capital as defined under the SBA regulations. See “Regulation—Small Business Administration Regulations.”

There is no assurance that HT II or HT III will be able to draw up to the maximum limit available under the SBIC program.

On September 27, 2006, HT II received a license to operate as a SBIC under the SBIC program and is able to borrow funds from the SBA against eligible investments and additional contributions to regulatory capital. As of September 30, 2011, HT II had the potential to borrow up to $125.0 million of SBA-guaranteed debentures under the SBIC program. With our net investment of $75.0 million in HT II as of September 30, 2011, HT II has the capacity to issue a total of $125.0 million of SBA guaranteed debentures, subject to SBA approval, of which $125.0 million is outstanding as of September 30, 2011.

On May 26, 2010, HT III received a license to operate as a SBIC under the SBIC program and is able to borrow funds from the SBA against eligible investments and additional contributions to regulatory capital. As of September 30, 2011, HT III had the potential to borrow up to $100.0 million of SBA-guaranteed debentures under the SBIC program. With our net investment of $50.0 million in HT III as of September 30, 2011, HT III has the capacity to issue a total of $100.0 million of SBA guaranteed debentures, subject to SBA approval, of which $63.75 million was outstanding as of September 30, 2011.

 

28


Table of Contents

As of September 30, 2011, there was $188.75 million principal amount of indebtedness outstanding incurred by our SBIC subsidiaries. Access to the remaining leverage is subject to SBA approval and compliance with SBA regulations.

There is no assurance that HT II or HT III will be able to draw up to the maximum limit available under the SBIC program.

Our wholly-owned SBIC subsidiaries may be unable to make distributions to us that will enable us to meet or maintain RIC status, which could result in the imposition of an entity-level tax.

In order for us to continue to qualify for RIC tax treatment and to minimize corporate-level taxes, we will be required to distribute substantially all of our net ordinary income and net capital gain income, including income from certain of our subsidiaries, which includes the income from our SBIC subsidiaries. We will be partially dependent on our SBIC subsidiaries for cash distributions to enable us to meet the RIC distribution requirements. Our SBIC subsidiaries may be limited by the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, and SBA regulations governing SBICs, from making certain distributions to us that may be necessary to maintain our status as a RIC. We may have to request a waiver of the SBA’s restrictions for our SBIC subsidiaries to make certain distributions to maintain our RIC status. We cannot assure you that the SBA will grant such waiver. If our SBIC subsidiaries are unable to obtain a waiver, compliance with the SBA regulations may result in loss of RIC tax treatment and a consequent imposition of an entity-level tax on us. See “Regulation—Small Business Administration Regulations.”

If we are unable to satisfy Code requirements for qualification as a RIC, then we will be subject to corporate-level income tax, which would adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We elected to be treated as a RIC for federal income tax purposes with the filing of our federal corporate income tax return for 2006. We will not qualify for the tax treatment allowable to RICs if we are unable to comply with the source of income, asset diversification and distribution requirements contained in Subchapter M of the Code, or if we fail to maintain our election to be regulated as a business development company under the 1940 Act. If we fail to qualify for the federal income tax benefits allowable to RICs for any reason and become subject to a corporate-level income tax, the resulting taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distribution to our stockholders and the actual amount of our distributions. Such a failure would have a material adverse effect on us, the net asset value of our common stock and the total return, if any, obtainable from your investment in our common stock. Any net operating losses that we incur in periods during which we qualify as a RIC will not offset net capital gains (i.e., net realized long-term capital gains in excess of net realized short-term capital losses) that we are otherwise required to distribute, and we cannot pass such net operating losses through to our stockholders. In addition, net operating losses that we carry over to a taxable year in which we qualify as a RIC normally cannot offset ordinary income or capital gains.

Changes in laws or regulations governing our business could negatively affect the profitability of our operations.

Changes in the laws or regulations, or the interpretations of the laws and regulations, which govern business development companies, SBICs, RICs or non-depository commercial lenders could significantly affect our operations and our cost of doing business. We are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations and are subject to judicial and administrative decisions that affect our operations, including our loan originations, maximum interest rates, fees and other charges, disclosures to portfolio companies, the terms of secured transactions, collection and foreclosure procedures, and other trade practices. If these laws, regulations or decisions change, or if we expand our business into jurisdictions that have adopted more stringent requirements than those in which we currently conduct business, then we may have to incur significant expenses in order to comply or we may have to restrict our operations. In addition, if we do not comply with applicable laws, regulations and decisions, then we may lose licenses needed for the conduct of our business and be subject to civil fines and criminal penalties, any of which could have a material adverse effect upon our business results of operations or financial condition.

 

29


Table of Contents

Results may fluctuate and may not be indicative of future performance.

Our operating results may fluctuate and, therefore, you should not rely on current or historical period results to be indicative of our performance in future reporting periods. Factors that could cause operating results to fluctuate include, but are not limited to, variations in the investment origination volume and fee income earned, changes in the accrual status of our debt investments, variations in timing of prepayments, variations in and the timing of the recognition of net realized gains or losses and changes in unrealized appreciation or depreciation, the level of our expenses, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets, and general economic conditions.

Risks Related to Our Investments

Our investments are concentrated in certain industries and in a number of technology-related companies, which subjects us to the risk of significant loss if any of these companies default on their obligations under any of their debt securities that we hold, or if any of the technology-related industry sectors experience a downturn.

We have invested and intend to continue investing in a limited number of technology-related companies. A consequence of this limited number of investments is that the aggregate returns we realize may be significantly adversely affected if a small number of investments perform poorly or if we need to write down the value of any one investment. Beyond the asset diversification requirements to which we will be subject as a RIC, we do not have fixed guidelines for diversification or limitations on the size of our investments in any one portfolio company and our investments could be concentrated in relatively few issuers. In addition, we have invested in and intend to continue investing, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of our total assets (including the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes) in technology-related companies. As of September 30, 2011, approximately 28.6% of the fair value of our portfolio was composed of investments in three industries: 14.1% was composed of investments in the drug discovery industry, 10.7% was composed of investments in the specialty pharma industry and 3.8% was composed of investments in the software industry. As a result, a downturn in technology-related industry sectors and particularly those in which we are heavily concentrated could materially adversely affect our financial condition.

Our investments may be in portfolio companies which may have limited operating histories and financial resources.

We expect that our portfolio will continue to consist of investments that may have relatively limited operating histories. These companies may be particularly vulnerable to economic downturns such as the current recession, may have more limited access to capital and higher funding costs, may have a weaker financial position and may need more capital to expand or compete. These businesses also may experience substantial variations in operating results. They may face intense competition, including from companies with greater financial, technical and marketing resources. Furthermore, some of these companies do business in regulated industries and could be affected by changes in government regulation. Accordingly, these factors could impair their cash flow or result in other events, such as bankruptcy, which could limit their ability to repay their obligations to us, and may adversely affect the return on, or the recovery of, our investment in these companies. We cannot assure you that any of our investments in our portfolio companies will be successful. Our portfolio companies compete with larger, more established companies with greater access to, and resources for, further development in these new technologies. We may lose our entire investment in any or all of our portfolio companies.

Our investment strategy focuses on technology-related companies, which are subject to many risks, including volatility, intense competition, shortened product life cycles and periodic downturns, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

We have invested and will continue investing primarily in technology-related companies, many of which may have narrow product lines and small market shares, which tend to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and market conditions, as well as to general economic downturns. The revenues, income (or losses), and

 

30


Table of Contents

valuations of technology-related companies can and often do fluctuate suddenly and dramatically. In addition, technology-related markets are generally characterized by abrupt business cycles and intense competition. Beginning in mid-2000, there was substantial excess production capacity and a significant slowdown in many technology-related industries. This overcapacity, together with a cyclical economic downturn, resulted in substantial decreases in the market capitalization of many technology-related companies. While such valuations have recovered to some extent, such decreases in market capitalization may occur again, and any future decreases in technology-related company valuations may be substantial and may not be temporary in nature. Therefore, our portfolio companies may face considerably more risk of loss than do companies in other industry sectors.

Because of rapid technological change, the average selling prices of products and some services provided by technology-related companies have historically decreased over their productive lives. As a result, the average selling prices of products and services offered by technology-related companies may decrease over time, which could adversely affect their operating results, their ability to meet obligations under their debt securities and the value of their equity securities. This could, in turn, materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A natural disaster may also impact the operations of our portfolio companies, including our technology-related portfolio companies. The nature and level of natural disasters cannot be predicted and may be exacerbated by global climate change. A portion of our technology-related portfolio companies rely on items assembled or produced in areas susceptible to natural disasters, and may sell finished goods into markets susceptible to natural disasters. A major disaster, such as an earthquake, tsunami, flood or other catastrophic event could result in disruption to the business and operations of our technology-related portfolio companies. For example, the 2011 earthquake and tsunami in Japan may have an adverse impact on us or our portfolio companies.

We have invested in and may continue investing in technology-related companies that do not have venture capital or private equity firms as equity investors, and these companies may entail a higher risk of loss than do companies with institutional equity investors, which could increase the risk of loss of your investment.

Our portfolio companies will often require substantial additional equity financing to satisfy their continuing working capital and other cash requirements and, in most instances, to service the interest and principal payments on our investment. Portfolio companies that do not have venture capital or private equity investors may be unable to raise any additional capital to satisfy their obligations or to raise sufficient additional capital to reach the next stage of development. Portfolio companies that do not have venture capital or private equity investors may be less financially sophisticated and may not have access to independent members to serve on their boards, which means that they may be less successful than portfolio companies sponsored by venture capital or private equity firms. Accordingly, financing these types of companies may entail a higher risk of loss than would financing companies that are sponsored by venture capital or private equity firms.

Price declines and illiquidity in the corporate debt markets could adversely affect the fair value of our portfolio investments, reducing our net asset value through increased net unrealized depreciation.

As a business development company, we are required to carry our investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at fair market value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of our board of directors. As part of the valuation process, we may take into account the following types of factors, if relevant, in determining the fair value of our investments: the enterprise value of a portfolio company (an estimate of the total fair value of the portfolio company’s debt and equity), the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flow, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, a comparison of the portfolio company’s securities to publicly traded securities, changes in the interest rate environment and the credit markets generally that may affect the price at which similar investments may be made in the future and other relevant factors. When an external event such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, we use the pricing indicated by the external event to corroborate our valuation. Decreases in the market values or fair values of our investments are recorded as unrealized depreciation.

 

31


Table of Contents

If macro and micro market conditions should deteriorate, we could incur substantial realized losses and may suffer substantial unrealized depreciation in future periods, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Economic recessions or downturns could impair the ability of our portfolio companies to repay loans, which, in turn, could increase our non-performing assets, decrease the value of our portfolio, reduce our volume of new loans and harm our operating results, which might have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Many of our portfolio companies may be susceptible to economic slowdowns or recessions and may be unable to repay our loans during such periods. In such periods, our non-performing assets are likely to increase and the value of our portfolio is likely to decrease during such periods. Adverse economic conditions also may decrease the value of collateral securing some of our loans and the value of our equity investments. Economic slowdowns or recessions could lead to financial losses in our portfolio and a decrease in revenues, net income and assets. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us.

A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of the portfolio company’s loans and foreclosure on its secured assets, which could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize the portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt securities that we hold. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting portfolio company. In addition, if a portfolio company goes bankrupt, even though we may have structured our investment as senior debt or secured debt, depending on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which we actually provided significant “managerial assistance,” if any, to that portfolio company, a bankruptcy court might re-characterize our debt holding and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to that of other creditors. These events could harm our financial condition and operating results.

Generally, we do not control our portfolio companies. These portfolio companies may face intense competition, including competition from companies with greater financial resources, more extensive research and development, manufacturing, marketing and service capabilities and greater number of qualified and experienced managerial and technical personnel. They may need additional financing which they are unable to secure and which we are unable or unwilling to provide, or they may be subject to adverse developments unrelated to the technologies they acquire.

Any unrealized losses we experience on our investment portfolio may be an indication of future realized losses, which could reduce our income available for distribution and could adversely affect our ability to service our outstanding borrowings.

As a business development company, we are required to carry our investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of our Board of Directors. Decreases in the market values or fair values of our investments will be recorded as unrealized depreciation. Any unrealized losses in our investment portfolio could be an indication of a portfolio company’s inability to meet its repayment obligations to us with respect to the affected investments. This could result in realized losses in the future and ultimately in reductions of our income available for distribution in future periods and could adversely affect our ability to service our outstanding borrowings.

A lack of initial public offering opportunities may cause companies to stay in our portfolio longer, leading to lower returns, unrealized depreciation, or realized losses.

A lack of IPO opportunities for venture capital-backed companies could lead to companies staying longer in our portfolio as private entities still requiring funding. This situation may adversely affect the amount of available

 

32


Table of Contents

funding for early-stage companies in particular as, in general, venture-capital firms are being forced to provide additional financing to late-stage companies that cannot complete an IPO. In the best case, such stagnation would dampen returns, and in the worst case, could lead to unrealized depreciation and realized losses as some companies run short of cash and have to accept lower valuations in private fundings or are not able to access additional capital at all. A lack of IPO opportunities for venture capital-backed companies can also cause some venture capital firms to change their strategies, leading some of them to reduce funding of their portfolio companies and making it more difficult for such companies to access capital and to fulfill their potential, which can result in unrealized depreciation and realized losses in such companies by other companies such as ourselves who are co-investors in such companies.

To the extent venture capital or private equity firms decrease or discontinue funding to their portfolio companies, our portfolio companies may not be able to meet their obligations under the debt securities that we hold.

Most of our portfolio companies rely heavily on future rounds of funding from venture capital or private equity firms in order to continue operating their businesses and repaying their obligations to us under the debt securities that we hold. Venture capital and private equity firms in turn rely on their limited partners to pay in capital over time in order to fund their ongoing and future investment activities.

Our investments in the life science industry are subject to extensive government regulation and certain other risks particular to that industry.

We have invested and plan to continue investing in companies in the life science industry that are subject to extensive regulation by the Food and Drug Administration and to a lesser extent, other federal and state agencies. If any of these portfolio companies fail to comply with applicable regulations, they could be subject to significant penalties and claims that could materially and adversely affect their operations. Portfolio companies that produce medical devices or drugs are subject to the expense, delay and uncertainty of the regulatory approval process for their products and, even if approved, these products may not be accepted in the marketplace. In addition, new laws, regulations or judicial interpretations of existing laws and regulations might adversely affect a portfolio company in this industry. Portfolio companies in the life science industry may also have a limited number of suppliers of necessary components or a limited number of manufacturers for their products, and therefore face a risk of disruption to their manufacturing process if they are unable to find alternative suppliers when needed. Any of these factors could materially and adversely affect the operations of a portfolio company in this industry and, in turn, impair our ability to timely collect principal and interest payments owed to us.

Our investments in the clean technology industry are subject to many risks, including volatility, intense competition, shortened product life cycles and periodic downturns.

Our investments in clean technology companies are subject to substantial operational risks, such as failed drilling or well development, unscheduled outages, underestimated cost projections, unanticipated operation and maintenance expenses, failure to obtain the necessary permits to operate and failure of third-party contractors ( e.g. , energy producers and shippers) to perform their contractual obligations. In addition, energy companies employ a variety of means of increasing cash flow, including increasing utilization of existing facilities, expanding operations through new construction or acquisitions, or securing additional long-term contracts. Thus, some energy companies may be subject to construction risk, acquisition risk or other risks arising from their specific business strategies. Furthermore, production levels for wind, solar and other renewable energies may be dependent upon adequate wind, sunlight, or biogas production, which can vary from period to period, resulting in volatility in production levels and profitability. In addition, clean technology companies have narrow product lines and small market shares, which tend to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and market conditions, as well as to general economic downturns. The revenues, income (or losses) and valuations of clean technology companies can and often do fluctuate suddenly and dramatically and the markets in which clean technology companies operate are generally characterized by abrupt business cycles and intense competition.

 

33


Table of Contents

Demand for clean technology and renewable energy is also influenced by the available supply and prices for other energy products, such as coal, oil and natural gases. A change in prices in these energy products could reduce demand for alternative energy. There is particular uncertainty about whether agreements providing incentives for reductions in greenhouse gas emissions, such as the Kyoto Protocol, will continue and whether countries around the world will enact or maintain legislation that provides incentives for reductions in greenhouse gas emissions, without which such investments in clean technology dependent portfolio companies may not be economical or financing for such projects may become unavailable. As a result, these portfolio company investments face considerable risk, including the risk that favorable regulatory regimes expire or are adversely modified. This could, in turn, materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If the assets securing the loans that we make decrease in value, then we may lack sufficient collateral to cover losses.

We believe that our portfolio companies generally will be able to repay our loans from their available capital, from future capital-raising transactions, or from cash flow from operations. However, to attempt to mitigate credit risks, we will typically take a security interest in the available assets of these portfolio companies, including the equity interests of their subsidiaries and, in some cases, the equity interests of our portfolio companies held by their stockholders. In many cases, our loans will include a period of interest-only payments. There is a risk that the collateral securing our loans may decrease in value over time, may be difficult to sell in a timely manner, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based upon the success of the business and market conditions, including as a result of the inability of a portfolio company to raise additional capital. In some circumstances, our lien could be subordinated to claims of other creditors. Additionally, deterioration in a portfolio company’s financial condition and prospects, including its inability to raise additional capital, may be accompanied by deterioration in the value of the collateral for the loan. Moreover, in the case of some of our structured debt with warrants, we may not have a first lien position on the collateral. Consequently, the fact that a loan is secured does not guarantee that we will receive principal and interest payments according to the loan’s terms, or that we will be able to collect on the loan should we be forced to enforce our remedies.

In addition, because we invest in technology-related companies, a substantial portion of the assets securing our investment may be in the form of intellectual property, if any, inventory and equipment and, to a lesser extent, cash and accounts receivable. Intellectual property, if any, that is securing our loan could lose value if, among other things, the company’s rights to the intellectual property are challenged or if the company’s license to the intellectual property is revoked or expires. Inventory may not be adequate to secure our loan if our valuation of the inventory at the time that we made the loan was not accurate or if there is a reduction in the demand for the inventory.

Similarly, any equipment securing our loan may not provide us with the anticipated security if there are changes in technology or advances in new equipment that render the particular equipment obsolete or of limited value, or if the company fails to adequately maintain or repair the equipment. Any one or more of the preceding factors could materially impair our ability to recover principal in a foreclosure.

Economic downturns or recessions could impair the value of the collateral for our loans to our portfolio companies, increase our funding costs, limit our access to the credit and capital markets, impair the ability of a portfolio company to satisfy covenants imposed by its lenders and consequently increase the possibility of an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Many of our portfolio companies are susceptible to economic recessions and may be unable to repay our loans during such periods. Therefore, our non-performing assets are likely to increase and the value of our portfolio is likely to decrease during such periods. Adverse economic conditions may also decrease the value of collateral securing some of our loans and the value of our equity investments. In particular, intellectual property owned or controlled by our portfolio companies may constitute an important portion of the value of the collateral

 

34


Table of Contents

of our loans to our portfolio companies. Adverse economic conditions may decrease the demand for our portfolio companies’ intellectual property and consequently its value in the event of a bankruptcy or required sale through a foreclosure proceeding. As a result, our ability to fully recover the amounts owed to us under the terms of the loans may be impaired by such events.

Economic slowdowns or recessions could lead to financial losses in our portfolio and a decrease in revenues, net income and assets. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of the portfolio company’s loans and foreclosure on its secured assets, which could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize the portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt securities that we hold. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting portfolio company.

Beginning in the fall of 2008, the global economy entered a financial crisis and recession. Volatile capital and credit markets, declining business and consumer confidence and increased unemployment precipitated a continuing economic slowdown. Although there have been signs of recovery in many regions, economic weakness could continue or worsen. For example, the current U.S. debt ceiling and budget deficit concerns, together with signs of deteriorating sovereign debt conditions in Europe, have increased the possibility of credit-rating downgrades and economic slowdowns. Although U.S. lawmakers passed legislation to raise the federal debt ceiling, Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating on the United States from “AAA” to “AA+” on August 5, 2011. The impact of this or any further downgrades to the U.S. government’s sovereign credit rating, or its perceived creditworthiness, and the impact of the current crisis in Europe with respect to the ability of certain European Union countries to continue to service their sovereign debt obligations is inherently unpredictable and could adversely effect the U.S. and global financial markets and economic conditions. There can be no assurance that governmental or other measures to aid economic recovery will be effective. Continued adverse economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may suffer a loss if a portfolio company defaults on a loan and the underlying collateral is not sufficient.

In the event of a default by a portfolio company on a secured loan, we will only have recourse to the assets collateralizing the loan. If the underlying collateral value is less than the loan amount, we will suffer a loss. In addition, we sometimes make loans that are unsecured, which are subject to the risk that other lenders may be directly secured by the assets of the portfolio company. In the event of a default, those collateralized lenders would have priority over us with respect to the proceeds of a sale of the underlying assets. In cases described above, we may lack control over the underlying asset collateralizing our loan or the underlying assets of the portfolio company prior to a default, and as a result the value of the collateral may be reduced by acts or omissions by owners or managers of the assets.

In the event of bankruptcy of a portfolio company, we may not have full recourse to its assets in order to satisfy our loan, or our loan may be subject to equitable subordination. In addition, certain of our loans are subordinate to other debt of the portfolio company. If a portfolio company defaults on our loan or on debt senior to our loan, or in the event of a portfolio company bankruptcy, our loan will be satisfied only after the senior debt receives payment. Where debt senior to our loan exists, the presence of intercreditor arrangements may limit our ability to amend our loan documents, assign our loans, accept prepayments, exercise our remedies (through “standstill” periods) and control decisions made in bankruptcy proceedings relating to the portfolio company. Bankruptcy and portfolio company litigation can significantly increase collection losses and the time needed for us to acquire the underlying collateral in the event of a default, during which time the collateral may decline in value, causing us to suffer losses.

 

35


Table of Contents

If the value of collateral underlying our loan declines or interest rates increase during the term of our loan, a portfolio company may not be able to obtain the necessary funds to repay our loan at maturity through refinancing. Decreasing collateral value and/or increasing interest rates may hinder a portfolio company’s ability to refinance our loan because the underlying collateral cannot satisfy the debt service coverage requirements necessary to obtain new financing. If a borrower is unable to repay our loan at maturity, we could suffer a loss which may adversely impact our financial performance.

The inability of our portfolio companies to commercialize their technologies or create or develop commercially viable products or businesses would have a negative impact on our investment returns.

The possibility that our portfolio companies will not be able to commercialize their technology, products or business concepts presents significant risks to the value of our investment. Additionally, although some of our portfolio companies may already have a commercially successful product or product line when we invest, technology-related products and services often have a more limited market- or life-span than have products in other industries. Thus, the ultimate success of these companies often depends on their ability to continually innovate, or raise additional capital, in increasingly competitive markets. Their inability to do so could affect our investment return. In addition, the intellectual property held by our portfolio companies often represents a substantial portion of the collateral, if any, securing our investments. We cannot assure you that any of our portfolio companies will successfully acquire or develop any new technologies, or that the intellectual property the companies currently hold will remain viable. Even if our portfolio companies are able to develop commercially viable products, the market for new products and services is highly competitive and rapidly changing. Neither our portfolio companies nor we have any control over the pace of technology development. Commercial success is difficult to predict, and the marketing efforts of our portfolio companies may not be successful.

An investment strategy focused primarily on privately-held companies presents certain challenges, including the lack of available information about these companies, a dependence on the talents and efforts of only a few key portfolio company personnel and a greater vulnerability to economic downturns.

We invest primarily in privately-held companies. Generally, very little public information exists about these companies, and we are required to rely on the ability of our management team to obtain adequate information to evaluate the potential returns from investing in these companies. If we are unable to uncover all material information about these companies, then we may not make a fully informed investment decision, and we may not receive the expected return on our investment or lose some or all of the money invested in these companies. Also, privately-held companies frequently have less diverse product lines and a smaller market presence than do larger competitors. Privately-held companies are, thus, generally more vulnerable to economic downturns and may experience more substantial variations in operating results than do larger competitors. These factors could affect our investment returns and our results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, our success depends, in large part, upon the abilities of the key management personnel of our portfolio companies, who are responsible for the day-to-day operations of our portfolio companies. Competition for qualified personnel is intense at any stage of a company’s development, and high turnover of personnel is common in technology-related companies. The loss of one or more key managers can hinder or delay a company’s implementation of its business plan and harm its financial condition. Our portfolio companies may not be able to attract and retain qualified managers and personnel. Any inability to do so may negatively impact our investment returns and our results of operations and financial condition.

If our portfolio companies are unable to protect their intellectual property rights, then our business and prospects could be harmed. If our portfolio companies are required to devote significant resources to protecting their intellectual property rights, then the value of our investment could be reduced.

Our future success and competitive position depend in part upon the ability of our portfolio companies to obtain and maintain proprietary technology used in their products and services, which will often represent a

 

36


Table of Contents

significant portion of the collateral, if any, securing our investment. The portfolio companies will rely, in part, on patent, trade secret and trademark law to protect that technology, but competitors may misappropriate their intellectual property, and disputes as to ownership of intellectual property may arise. Portfolio companies may, from time to time, be required to institute litigation in order to enforce their patents, copyrights or other intellectual property rights, to protect their trade secrets, to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others or to defend against claims of infringement. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources. Similarly, if a portfolio company is found to infringe upon or misappropriate a third party’s patent or other proprietary rights, that portfolio company could be required to pay damages to such third party, alter its own products or processes, obtain a license from the third party and/or cease activities utilizing such proprietary rights, including making or selling products utilizing such proprietary rights. Any of the foregoing events could negatively affect both the portfolio company’s ability to service our debt investment and the value of any related debt and equity securities that we own, as well as any collateral securing our investment.

We may not be able to realize our entire investment on equipment-based loans in the case of default.

We may from time-to-time provide loans that will be collateralized only by equipment of the portfolio company. If the portfolio company defaults on the loan we would take possession of the underlying equipment to satisfy the outstanding debt. The residual value of the equipment at the time we would take possession may not be sufficient to satisfy the outstanding debt and we could experience a loss on the disposition of the equipment.

Our investments in foreign securities may involve significant risks in addition to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.

Our investment strategy contemplates that a portion of our investments may be in securities of foreign companies. Investing in foreign companies may expose us to additional risks not typically associated with investing in U.S. companies. These risks include changes in exchange control regulations, political and social instability, expropriation, imposition of foreign taxes, less liquid markets and less available information than is generally the case in the U.S., higher transaction costs, less government supervision of exchanges, brokers and issuers, less developed bankruptcy laws, difficulty in enforcing contractual obligations, lack of uniform accounting and auditing standards and greater price volatility. Our total investments at value in foreign companies were approximately $14.2 million or 2.5% of total assets at September 30, 2011.

Some of our portfolio companies may need additional capital, which may not be readily available.

Our portfolio companies will often require substantial additional equity financing to satisfy their continuing working capital and other requirements, and in most instances to service the interest and principal payments on our investment. Each round of venture financing is typically intended to provide a company with only enough capital to reach the next stage of development. We cannot predict the circumstances or market conditions under which our portfolio companies will seek additional capital. It is possible that one or more of our portfolio companies will not be able to raise additional financing or may be able to do so only at a price or on terms unfavorable to us, either of which would negatively impact our investment returns. Some of these companies may be unable to obtain sufficient financing from private investors, public capital markets or traditional lenders. Accordingly, financing these types of companies may entail a higher risk of loss than would financing companies that are able to utilize traditional credit sources.

We may be unable or decide not to make additional cash investments in our portfolio companies which could result in our losing our initial investment if the portfolio company fails.

We may have to make additional cash investments in our portfolio companies to protect our overall investment value in the particular company. We retain the discretion to make any additional investments as our management determines. The failure to make such additional investments may jeopardize the continued viability of a portfolio company, and our initial (and subsequent) investments. Moreover, additional investments may limit

 

37


Table of Contents

the number of companies in which we can make initial investments. In determining whether to make an additional investment our management will exercise its business judgment and apply criteria similar to those used when making the initial investment. We cannot assure you that we will have sufficient funds to make any necessary additional investments, which could adversely affect our success and result in the loss of a substantial portion or all of our investment in a portfolio company.

If our investments do not meet our performance expectations, you may not receive distributions.

We intend to make distributions on a quarterly basis to our stockholders. We may not be able to achieve operating results that will allow us to make distributions at a specific level or to increase the amount of these distributions from time to time. In addition, due to the asset coverage test applicable to us as a business development company, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions. See “Regulation.” Also, restrictions and provisions in any future credit facilities may limit our ability to make distributions. As a RIC, if we do not distribute a certain percentage of our income annually, we will suffer adverse tax consequences, including failure to obtain, or possible loss of, the federal income tax benefits allowable to RICs. See “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation as a Regulated Investment Company.” We cannot assure you that you will receive distributions at a particular level or at all.

We may not have sufficient funds to make follow-on investments. Our decision not to make a follow-on investment may have a negative impact on a portfolio company in need of such an investment or may result in a missed opportunity for us.

After our initial investment in a portfolio company, we may be called upon from time to time to provide additional funds to such company or have the opportunity to increase our investment in a successful situation, for example, the exercise of a warrant to purchase common stock. Any decision we make not to make a follow-on investment or any inability on our part to make such an investment may have a negative impact on a portfolio company in need of such an investment or may result in a missed opportunity for us to increase our participation in a successful operation and may dilute our equity interest or otherwise reduce the expected yield on our investment. Moreover, a follow-on investment may limit the number of companies in which we can make initial investments. In determining whether to make a follow-on investment, our management will exercise its business judgment and apply criteria similar to those used when making the initial investment. There is no assurance that we will make, or will have sufficient funds to make, follow-on investments and this could adversely affect our success and result in the loss of a substantial portion or all of our investment in a portfolio company.

Any unrealized depreciation that we experience on our loan portfolio may be an indication of future realized losses, which could reduce our income available for distribution and could adversely affect our ability to service our outstanding borrowings.

As a business development company, we are required to carry our investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at the fair value as determined in good faith by our Board of Directors in accordance with procedures approved by our Board of Directors. Decreases in the market values or fair values of our investments will be recorded as unrealized depreciation. Any unrealized depreciation in our loan portfolio could be an indication of a portfolio company’s inability to meet its repayment obligations to us with respect to the affected loans. This could result in realized losses in the future and ultimately in reductions of our income available for distribution in future periods and could adversely affect our ability to service our outstanding borrowings.

The lack of liquidity in our investments may adversely affect our business and, if we need to sell any of our investments, we may not be able to do so at a favorable price. As a result, we may suffer losses.

We generally invest in debt securities with terms of up to seven years and hold such investments until maturity, and we do not expect that our related holdings of equity securities will provide us with liquidity

 

38


Table of Contents

opportunities in the near-term. We invest and expect to continue investing in companies whose securities have no established trading market and whose securities are and will be subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or whose securities are and will be less liquid than are publicly-traded securities. The illiquidity of these investments may make it difficult for us to sell these investments when desired. In addition, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we had previously recorded these investments. As a result, we do not expect to achieve liquidity in our investments in the near-term. However, to maintain our qualification as a business development company and as a RIC, we may have to dispose of investments if we do not satisfy one or more of the applicable criteria under the respective regulatory frameworks. Our investments are usually subject to contractual or legal restrictions on resale, or are otherwise illiquid, because there is usually no established trading market for such investments. The illiquidity of most of our investments may make it difficult for us to dispose of the investments at a favorable price and, as a result, we may suffer losses.

Our portfolio companies may incur debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, our investments in such companies.

We invest primarily in debt securities issued by our portfolio companies. In some cases, portfolio companies will be permitted to have other debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, the debt securities in which we invest. Such debt instruments may provide that the holders thereof are entitled to receive payment of interest or principal on or before the dates on which we are entitled to receive payments in respect of the debt securities in which we invest. Also, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of a portfolio company, holders of debt instruments ranking senior to our investment in that portfolio company would typically be entitled to receive payment in full before we receive any distribution in respect of our investment. After repaying such senior creditors, such portfolio company might not have any remaining assets to use for repaying its obligation to us. In the case of debt ranking equally with debt securities in which we invest, we would have to share on a pari passu basis any distributions with other creditors holding such debt in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy. In addition, we would not be in a position to control any portfolio company by investing in its debt securities. As a result, we are subject to the risk that a portfolio company in which we invest may make business decisions with which we disagree and the management of such companies, as representatives of the holders of their common equity, may take risks or otherwise act in ways that do not best serve our interests as debt investors.

Our equity related investments are highly speculative, and we may not realize gains from these investments. If our equity investments do not generate gains, then the return on our invested capital will be lower than it would otherwise be, which could result in a decline in the value of shares of our common stock.

When we invest in debt securities, we generally expect to acquire warrants or other equity securities as well. Our goal is ultimately to dispose of these equity interests and realize gains upon disposition of such interests. Over time, the gains that we realize on these equity interests may offset, to some extent, losses that we experience on defaults under debt securities that we hold. However, the equity interests that we receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses that we experience.

We generally do not control our portfolio companies and therefore our portfolio companies may make decisions with which we disagree.

Generally, we do not control any of our portfolio companies, even though we may have board observation rights and our debt agreements may contain certain restrictive covenants. As a result, we are subject to the risk that a portfolio company in which we invest may make business decisions with which we disagree and the management of such company, as representatives of the holders of their common equity, may take risks or otherwise act in ways that do not serve our interests as debt investors.

 

39


Table of Contents

Prepayments of our debt investments by our portfolio companies could adversely impact our results of operations and reduce our return on equity.

During the quarter ended September 30, 2011, we received early loan repayments and pay down of working capital loans of approximately $172.2 million. We are subject to the risk that the investments we make in our portfolio companies may be repaid prior to maturity. When this occurs, we will generally reinvest these proceeds in temporary investments, pending their future investment in new portfolio companies. These temporary investments will typically have substantially lower yields than the debt being prepaid and we could experience significant delays in reinvesting these amounts. Any future investment in a new portfolio company may also be at lower yields than the debt that was repaid. As a result, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected if one or more of our portfolio companies elect to prepay amounts owed to us. Additionally, prepayments could negatively impact our return on equity, which could result in a decline in the market price of our common stock.

We may not realize gains from our equity investments.

When we invest in debt securities, we generally expect to acquire warrants or other equity securities as well. However, the equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience.

Our financial results could be negatively affected if we are unable to recover our principal investment as a result of a negative pledge on the intellectual property of our portfolio companies.

In some cases, we collateralize our investments by obtaining a first priority security interest in a portfolio companies’ assets, which may include their intellectual property. In other cases, we may obtain a first priority security interest in a portion of a portfolio company’s assets and a negative pledge covering a company’s intellectual property and a first priority security interest in the proceeds from such intellectual property. In the case of a negative pledge, the portfolio company cannot encumber or pledge their intellectual property without our permission. In the event of a default on a loan, the intellectual property of the portfolio company will most likely be liquidated to provide proceeds to pay the creditors of the company. As a result, a negative pledge may affect our ability to fully recover our principal investment. In addition, there can be no assurance that our security interest in the proceeds of the intellectual property will be enforceable in a court of law or bankruptcy court.

At September 30, 2011, approximately 60.9% of our portfolio company loans were secured by a first priority security in all of the assets of the portfolio company, 38.3% of portfolio company loans were prohibited from pledging or encumbering their intellectual property, and 0.8% of portfolio company loans had an equipment only lien.

We may choose to waive or defer enforcement of covenants in the debt securities held in our portfolio, which may cause us to lose all or part of our investment in these companies.

We structure the debt investments in our portfolio companies to include business and financial covenants placing affirmative and negative obligations on the operation of the company’s business and its financial condition. However, from time to time we may elect to waive breaches of these covenants, including our right to payment, or waive or defer enforcement of remedies, such as acceleration of obligations or foreclosure on collateral, depending upon the financial condition and prospects of the particular portfolio company. These actions may reduce the likelihood of our receiving the full amount of future payments of interest or principal and be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of the underlying collateral as many of these companies may have limited financial resources, may be unable to meet future obligations and may go bankrupt. This could negatively impact our ability to pay dividends, could adversely affect our results of operation and financial condition and cause the loss of all or part of your investment.

 

40


Table of Contents

Our loans could be subject to equitable subordination by a court which would increase our risk of loss with respect to such loans.

Courts may apply the doctrine of equitable subordination to subordinate the claim or lien of a lender against a borrower to claims or liens of other creditors of the borrower, when the lender or its affiliates is found to have engaged in unfair, inequitable or fraudulent conduct. The courts have also applied the doctrine of equitable subordination when a lender or its affiliates is found to have exerted inappropriate control over a client, including control resulting from the ownership of equity interests in a client. We have made direct equity investments or received warrants in connection with loans representing approximately 10.9% of the aggregate outstanding balance of our portfolio as of September 30, 2011. Payments on one or more of our loans, particularly a loan to a client in which we also hold an equity interest, may be subject to claims of equitable subordination. If we were deemed to have the ability to control or otherwise exercise influence over the business and affairs of one or more of our portfolio companies resulting in economic hardship to other creditors of that company, this control or influence may constitute grounds for equitable subordination and a court may treat one or more of our loans as if it were unsecured or common equity in the portfolio company. In that case, if the portfolio company were to liquidate, we would be entitled to repayment of our loan on a pro-rata basis with other unsecured debt or, if the effect of subordination was to place us at the level of common equity, then on an equal basis with other holders of the portfolio company’s common equity only after all of its obligations relating to its debt and preferred securities had been satisfied.

Risks Related to Our Securities

Investing in our securities may involve an above average degree of risk.

The investments we make in accordance with our investment objective may result in a higher amount of risk, volatility or loss of principal than alternative investment options. Our investments in portfolio companies may be highly speculative and aggressive, and therefore, an investment in our securities may not be suitable for investors with lower risk tolerance.

Our common stock may trade below its net asset value per share, which limits our ability to raise additional equity capital.

If our common stock is trading below its net asset value per share, we will generally not be able to issue additional shares of our common stock at its market price without first obtaining the approval for such issuance from our stockholders and our independent directors. If our common stock trades below net asset value, the higher cost of equity capital may result in it being unattractive to raise new equity, which may limit our ability to grow. The risk of trading below net asset value is separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value per share may decline. We cannot predict whether shares of our common stock will trade above, at or below our net asset value.

Provisions of our charter and bylaws could deter takeover attempts and have an adverse impact on the price of our securities.

Our charter and bylaws contain provisions that may have the effect of discouraging, delaying, or making difficult a change in control of our company or the removal of our incumbent directors.

Under our charter, our Board of Directors is divided into three classes serving staggered terms, which will make it more difficult for a hostile bidder to acquire control of us. In addition, our Board of Directors may, without stockholder action, authorize the issuance of shares of stock in one or more classes or series, including preferred stock. Subject to compliance with the 1940 Act, our Board of Directors may, without stockholder action, amend our charter to increase the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have authority to issue. The existence of these provisions, among others, may have a negative impact on the price of our common stock and may discourage third party bids for ownership of our company. These provisions may prevent any premiums being offered to you for shares of our common stock. See “Description of our Capital Stock.”

 

41


Table of Contents

If we conduct an offering of our common stock at a price below net asset value, investors are likely to incur immediate dilution upon the closing of the offering.

We are not generally able to issue and sell our common stock at a price below net asset value per share. We may, however, sell our common stock, at a price below the current net asset value of the common stock, or sell warrants, options or rights to acquire such common stock, at a price below the current net asset value of the common stock if our board of directors determines that such sale is in the best interests of the Company and our stockholders have approved the practice of making such sales.

At our Annual Meeting of Stockholders on June 1, 2011, our stockholders approved a proposal authorizing us to sell up to 20% of our common stock at a price below the Company’s net asset value per share, subject to Board approval of the offering. If we were to issue shares at a price below net asset value, such sales would result in an immediate dilution to existing common stockholders, which would include a reduction in the net asset value per share as a result of the issuance. This dilution would also include a proportionately greater decrease in a stockholder’s interest in our earnings and assets and voting interest in us than the increase in our assets resulting from such issuance.

In addition, if we determined to conduct additional offerings in the future there may be even greater discounts if we determine to conduct such offerings at prices below net asset value. As a result, investors will experience further dilution and additional discounts to the price of our common stock.

Because the number of shares of common stock that could be so issued and the timing of any issuance is not currently known, the actual dilutive effect of an offering cannot be predicted. We did not sell any of our common stocks at a price below our net asset value during the quarter ended September 30, 2011.

We may again obtain the approval of our stockholders to issue shares of our common stock at prices below the then current net asset value per share of our common stock. If we receive such approval from the stockholders, we may again issue shares of our common stock at a price below the then current net asset value per share of common stock. Any such issuance could materially dilute your interest in our common stock and reduce our net asset value per share.

We may again obtain the approval of our stockholders to issue shares of our common stock at prices below the then current net asset value per share of our common stock. Such approval has allowed and may again allow us to access the capital markets in a way that we typically are unable to do as a result of restrictions that, absent stockholder approval, apply to business development companies under the 1940 Act. Any decision to sell shares of our common stock below the then current net asset value per share of our common stock is subject to the determination by our board of directors that such issuance and sale is in our and our stockholders’ best interests.

Any sale or other issuance of shares of our common stock at a price below net asset value per share has resulted and will continue to result in an immediate dilution to your interest in our common stock and a reduction of our net asset value per share. This dilution would occur as a result of a proportionately greater decrease in a stockholder’s interest in our earnings and assets and voting interest in us than the increase in our assets resulting from such issuance. Because the number of future shares of common stock that may be issued below our net asset value per share and the price and timing of such issuances are not currently known, we cannot predict the actual dilutive effect of any such issuance. We also cannot determine the resulting reduction in our net asset value per share of any such issuance at this time. We caution you that such effects may be material, and we undertake to describe all the material risks and dilutive effects of any offering that we make at a price below our then current net asset value in the future in a prospectus supplement issued in connection with any such offering. We cannot predict whether shares of our common stock will trade above, at or below our net asset value.

 

42


Table of Contents

Our shares may trade at discounts from net asset value or at premiums that are unsustainable over the long term.

Shares of business development companies may trade at a market price that is less than the net asset value that is attributable to those shares. Our shares have traded above and below our NAV. The possibility that our shares of common stock will trade at a discount from net asset value or at a premium that is unsustainable over the long term is separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value will decrease. It is not possible to predict whether our shares will trade at, above or below net asset value in the future.

We may allocate the net proceeds from an offering in ways with which you may not agree.

We have significant flexibility in investing the net proceeds of an offering and may use the net proceeds from an offering in ways with which you may not agree or for purposes other than those contemplated at the time of the offering.

If we issue preferred stock, debt securities or convertible debt securities, the net asset value and market value of our common stock may become more volatile.

We cannot assure you that the issuance of preferred stock and/or debt securities would result in a higher yield or return to the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, debt securities or convertible debt would likely cause the net asset value and market value of our common stock to become more volatile. If the dividend rate on the preferred stock, or the interest rate on the debt securities, were to approach the net rate of return on our investment portfolio, the benefit of leverage to the holders of our common stock would be reduced. If the dividend rate on the preferred stock, or the interest rate on the debt securities, were to exceed the net rate of return on our portfolio, the use of leverage would result in a lower rate of return to the holders of common stock than if we had not issued the preferred stock or debt securities. Any decline in the net asset value of our investment would be borne entirely by the holders of our common stock. Therefore, if the market value of our portfolio were to decline, the leverage would result in a greater decrease in net asset value to the holders of our common stock than if we were not leveraged through the issuance of preferred stock. This decline in net asset value would also tend to cause a greater decline in the market price for our common stock.

There is also a risk that, in the event of a sharp decline in the value of our net assets, we would be in danger of failing to maintain required asset coverage ratios which may be required by the preferred stock, debt securities, convertible debt or units or of a downgrade in the ratings of the preferred stock, debt securities, convertible debt or units or our current investment income might not be sufficient to meet the dividend requirements on the preferred stock or the interest payments on the debt securities. If we do not maintain our required asset coverage ratios, we may not be permitted to declare dividends. In order to counteract such an event, we might need to liquidate investments in order to fund redemption of some or all of the preferred stock, debt securities or convertible debt. In addition, we would pay (and the holders of our common stock would bear) all costs and expenses relating to the issuance and ongoing maintenance of the preferred stock, debt securities, convertible debt or any combination of these securities. Holders of preferred stock, debt securities or convertible debt may have different interests than holders of common stock and may at times have disproportionate influence over our affairs.

Holders of any preferred stock that we may issue will have the right to elect members of the board of directors and have class voting rights on certain matters.

The 1940 Act requires that holders of shares of preferred stock must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if dividends on such preferred stock are in arrears by two years or more, until such arrearage is eliminated. In addition, certain matters under the 1940 Act require the separate vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred stock, including changes in fundamental investment restrictions and conversion to open-end status and, accordingly, preferred stockholders could veto any

 

43


Table of Contents

such changes. Restrictions imposed on the declarations and payment of dividends or other distributions to the holders of our common stock and preferred stock, both by the 1940 Act and by requirements imposed by rating agencies, might impair our ability to maintain our qualification as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Your interest in us may be diluted if you do not fully exercise your subscription rights in any rights offering. In addition, if the subscription price is less than our net asset value per share, then you will experience an immediate dilution of the aggregate net asset value of your shares.

In the event we issue subscription rights, stockholders who do not fully exercise their subscription rights should expect that they will, at the completion of a rights offering pursuant to this prospectus, own a smaller proportional interest in us than would otherwise be the case if they fully exercised their rights. We cannot state precisely the amount of any such dilution in share ownership because we do not know at this time what proportion of the shares will be purchased as a result of such rights offering.

In addition, if the subscription price is less than the net asset value per share of our common stock, then our stockholders would experience an immediate dilution of the aggregate net asset value of their shares as a result of the offering. The amount of any decrease in net asset value is not predictable because it is not known at this time what the subscription price and net asset value per share will be on the expiration date of a rights offering or what proportion of the shares will be purchased as a result of such rights offering. Such dilution could be substantial.

The trading market or market value of our publicly issued debt securities may fluctuate.

Our publicly issued debt securities may or may not have an established trading market. We cannot assure you that a trading market for our publicly issued debt securities will ever develop or be maintained if developed. In addition to our creditworthiness, many factors may materially adversely affect the trading market for, and market value of, our publicly issued debt securities. These factors include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

the time remaining to the maturity of these debt securities;

 

   

the outstanding principal amount of debt securities with terms identical to these debt securities;

 

   

the ratings assigned by national statistical ratings agencies;

 

   

the general economic environment;

 

   

the supply of debt securities trading in the secondary market, if any;

 

   

the redemption or repayment features, if any, of these debt securities;

 

   

the level, direction and volatility of market interest rates generally; and

 

   

market rates of interest higher or lower than rates borne by the debt securities. You should also be aware that there may be a limited number of buyers when you decide to sell your debt securities. This too may materially adversely affect the market value of the debt securities or the trading market for the debt securities.

Terms relating to redemption may materially adversely affect your return on any debt securities that we may issue.

If your debt securities are redeemable at our option, we may choose to redeem your debt securities at times when prevailing interest rates are lower than the interest rate paid on your debt securities. In addition, if your debt securities are subject to mandatory redemption, we may be required to redeem your debt securities also at times when prevailing interest rates are lower than the interest rate paid on your debt securities. In this circumstance, you may not be able to reinvest the redemption proceeds in a comparable security at an effective interest rate as high as your debt securities being redeemed.

 

44


Table of Contents

Our credit ratings may not reflect all risks of an investment in our debt securities.

Our credit ratings are an assessment by third parties of our ability to pay our obligations. Consequently, real or anticipated changes in our credit ratings will generally affect the market value of our debt securities. Our credit ratings, however, may not reflect the potential impact of risks related to market conditions generally or other factors discussed above on the market value of or trading market for the publicly issued debt securities.

Investors in offerings of our common stock will likely incur immediate dilution upon the closing of such offering.

We generally expect the public offering price of any offering of shares of our common stock to be higher than the book value per share of our outstanding common stock (unless we offer shares pursuant to a rights offering or after obtaining prior approval for such issuance from our stockholders and our independent directors). Accordingly, investors purchasing shares of common stock in offerings pursuant to this prospectus may pay a price per share that exceeds the tangible book value per share after such offering.

Our stockholders will experience dilution in their ownership percentage if they opt out of our dividend reinvestment plan.

All dividends declared in cash payable to stockholders that are participants in our dividend reinvestment plan are automatically reinvested in shares of our common stock. As a result, our stockholders that opt out of our dividend reinvestment plan will experience dilution in their ownership percentage of our common stock over time.

Our stockholders may experience dilution upon the conversion of the Convertible Notes.

The Convertible Senior Notes are convertible into shares of our common stock beginning October 15, 2015, or, under certain circumstances, earlier. Upon conversion of the Convertible Notes, we have the choice to pay or deliver, as the case may be, at our election, cash, shares of our common stock or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock. The current conversion price of the Convertible Senior Notes is approximately $11.89 per share of common stock, in each case subject to adjustment in certain circumstances. If we elect to deliver shares of common stock upon a conversion at the time our tangible book value per share exceeds the conversion price in effect at such time, our stockholders may incur dilution. In addition, our stockholders will experience dilution in their ownership percentage of common stock upon our issuance of common stock in connection with the conversion of the Convertible Senior Notes and any dividends paid on our common stock will also be paid on shares issued in connection with such conversion after such issuance.

Our common stock price has been and continues to be volatile and may decrease substantially.

As with any company, the price of our common stock will fluctuate with market conditions and other factors, which include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

 

   

significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of securities of RICs, business development companies or other financial services companies;

 

   

any inability to deploy or invest our capital;

 

   

fluctuations in interest rates;

 

   

any shortfall in revenue or net income or any increase in losses from levels expected by investors or securities analysts;

 

   

the financial performance of specific industries in which we invest in on a recurring basis;

 

45


Table of Contents
   

announcement of strategic developments, acquisitions, and other material events by us or our competitors, or operating performance of companies comparable to us;

 

   

changes in regulatory policies or tax guidelines with respect to RICs, SBICs or business development companies;

 

   

losing RIC status;

 

   

actual or anticipated changes in our earnings or fluctuations in our operating results, or changes in the expectations of securities analysts;

 

   

changes in the value of our portfolio of investments;

 

   

realized losses in investments in our portfolio companies;

 

   

general economic conditions and trends;

 

   

inability to access the capital markets;

 

   

loss of a major funded source; or

 

   

departures of key personnel.

In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. Due to the potential volatility of our stock price, we may be the target of securities litigation in the future. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and could divert management’s attention and resources from our business.

 

46


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The matters discussed in this prospectus, as well as in future oral and written statements by management of Hercules Technology Growth Capital, that are forward-looking statements are based on current management expectations that involve substantial risks and uncertainties which could cause actual results to differ materially from the results expressed in, or implied by, these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements relate to future events or our future financial performance. We generally identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar words. Important assumptions include our ability to originate new investments, achieve certain margins and levels of profitability, the availability of additional capital, and the ability to maintain certain debt to asset ratios. In light of these and other uncertainties, the inclusion of a projection or forward-looking statement in this prospectus should not be regarded as a representation by us that our plans or objectives will be achieved. The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include statements as to:

 

   

our future operating results;

 

   

our business prospects and the prospects of our prospective portfolio companies;

 

   

the impact of investments that we expect to make;

 

   

the impact of a protracted decline in the liquidity of credit markets on our business;

 

   

our informal relationships with third parties including in the venture capital industry;

 

   

the expected market for venture capital investments and our addressable market;

 

   

the dependence of our future success on the general economy and its impact on the industries in which we invest;

 

   

our ability to access debt markets and equity markets;

 

   

the ability of our portfolio companies to achieve their objectives;

 

   

our expected financings and investments;

 

   

our regulatory structure and tax status;

 

   

our ability to operate as a business development company, a small business investment company and a RIC;

 

   

the adequacy of our cash resources and working capital;

 

   

the timing of cash flows, if any, from the operations of our portfolio companies;

 

   

the timing, form and amount of any dividend distributions;

 

   

the impact of fluctuations in interest rates on our business;

 

   

the valuation of any investments in portfolio companies, particularly those having no liquid trading market; and

 

   

our ability to recover unrealized losses.

For a discussion of factors that could cause our actual results to differ from forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus, please see the discussion under “Risk Factors.” You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made and are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933.

This prospectus contains third-party estimates and data regarding valuations of venture capital-backed companies. This data was reported by Dow Jones VentureSource, an independent venture capital industry research company which we refer to as VentureSource. VentureSource is commonly relied upon as an information source in

 

47


Table of Contents

the venture capital industry. Although we have not independently verified any such data, we believe that the industry information contained in such releases and data tables and included in this prospectus is reliable.

We have compiled certain industry estimates presented in this prospectus from internally generated information and data. While we believe our estimates are reliable, they have not been verified by any independent sources. The estimates are based on a number of assumptions, including increasing investment in venture capital and private equity-backed companies. Actual results may differ from projections and estimates, and this market may not grow at the rates projected, or at all. If this market fails to grow at projected rates, our business and the market price of our common stock could be materially adversely affected.

 

48


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We intend to use the net proceeds from selling our securities for funding investments in debt and equity securities in accordance with our investment objective and other general corporate purposes. The supplement to this prospectus relating to an offering will more fully identify the use of proceeds from such offering.

We anticipate that substantially all of the net proceeds from any offering of our securities will be used as described above within twelve months, but in no event longer than two years. Pending such uses and investments, we will invest the net proceeds primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment. Our ability to achieve our investment objective may be limited to the extent that the net proceeds of any offering, pending full investment, are held in lower yielding short-term instruments.

 

49


Table of Contents

PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “HTGC.”

The following table sets forth the range of high and low sales prices of our common stock as reported on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the sales price as a percentage of net asset value and the dividends declared by us for each fiscal quarter. The stock quotations are interdealer quotations and do not include markups, markdowns or commissions.

 

          Price Range     Premium/
Discount
of High Sales
Price to NAV
    Premium/
Discount
of Low Sales
Price to NAV
    Cash
Dividend
per Share (2)
 
    NAV (1)     High     Low        

2009

           

First quarter

  $ 10.94      $ 8.62      $ 3.93        78.8     31.2   $ 0.320   

Second quarter

  $ 10.27      $ 8.89      $ 4.76        86.6     46.3   $ 0.300   

Third quarter

  $ 10.37      $ 10.35      $ 8.33        99.8     80.3   $ 0.300   

Fourth quarter

  $ 10.29      $ 11.22      $ 8.96        109.0     87.1   $ 0.340   

2010

           

First quarter

  $  10.11      $ 11.15      $ 9.16        110.3     90.6   $ 0.200   

Second quarter

  $ 9.80      $ 11.50      $ 8.62        117.3     88.0   $ 0.200   

Third quarter

  $ 9.36      $ 10.57      $ 9.13        112.9     97.5   $ 0.200   

Fourth quarter

  $ 9.50      $ 10.91      $ 9.87        114.8     103.8   $ 0.200   

2011

           

First quarter

  $ 9.20      $ 11.40      $ 10.42        123.9     113.3   $ 0.220   

Second quarter

  $ 9.67      $ 11.36      $ 10.09        117.5     104.3   $ 0.220   

Third quarter

  $ 9.61      $ 10.75      $ 8.51        111.9     88.6   $ 0.220   

Fourth quarter

    *      $ 9.99      $ 8.20        *        *      $ 0.220   

2012

           

First quarter (through February 7, 2012)

    *      $ 10.90      $ 9.53        *        *        —     

 

(1) Net asset value per share is generally determined as of the last day in the relevant quarter and therefore may not reflect the net asset value per share on the date of the high and low sales prices. The net asset values shown are based on outstanding shares at the end of each period.
(2) Represents the dividend declared in the specified quarter. The dividend paid in the first quarter of 2009 was comprised of cash and stock.
 * Net asset value has not yet been calculated for this period.

The last reported price for our common stock on February 7, 2012 was $10.61 per share.

Shares of business development companies may trade at a market price that is less than the value of the net assets attributable to those shares. The possibility that our shares of common stock will trade at a discount from net asset value or at premiums that are unsustainable over the long term are separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value will decrease. At times, our shares of common stock have traded at a premium to net asset value and at times our shares of common stock have traded at a discount to the net assets attributable to those shares. It is not possible to predict whether the shares offered hereby will trade at, above, or below net asset value.

 

50


Table of Contents

Dividends

The following table summarizes our dividends declared and paid on all shares, including restricted stock, to date:

 

Date Declared

   Record Date    Payment Date    Amount Per Share  

October 27, 2005

   November 1, 2005    November 17, 2005    $ 0.025   

December 9, 2005

   January 6, 2006    January 27, 2006      0.300   

April 3, 2006

   April 10, 2006    May 5, 2006      0.300   

July 19, 2006

   July 31, 2006    August 28, 2006      0.300   

October 16, 2006

   November 6, 2006    December 1, 2006      0.300   

February 7, 2007

   February 19, 2007    March 19, 2007      0.300   

May 3, 2007

   May 16, 2007    June 18, 2007      0.300   

August 2, 2007

   August 16, 2007    September 17, 2007      0.300   

November 1, 2007

   November 16, 2007    December 17, 2007      0.300   

February 7, 2008

   February 15, 2008    March 17, 2008      0.300   

May 8, 2008

   May 16, 2008    June 16, 2008      0.340   

August 7, 2008

   August 15, 2008    September 15, 2008      0.340   

November 6, 2008

   November 14, 2008    December 15, 2008      0.340   

February 12, 2009

   February 23, 2009    March 30, 2009      0.320

May 7, 2009

   May 15, 2009    June 15, 2009      0.300   

August 6, 2009

   August 14, 2009    September 14, 2009      0.300   

October 15, 2009

   October 20, 2009    November 23, 2009      0.300   

December 16, 2009

   December 24, 2009    December 30, 2009      0.040   

February 11, 2010

   February 19, 2010    March 19, 2010      0.200   

May 3, 2010

   May 12, 2010    June 18, 2010      0.200   

August 2, 2010

   August 12, 2010    September 17, 2010      0.200   

November 4, 2010

   November 10, 2010    December 17, 2010      0.200   

March 1, 2011

   March 10, 2011    March 24, 2011      0.220   

May 5, 2011

   May 11, 2011    June 23, 2011      0.220   

August 4, 2011

   August 15, 2011    September 15, 2011      0.220   

November 3, 2011

   November 14, 2011    November 29, 2011      0.220   
        

 

 

 
         $ 6.685   
        

 

 

 

 

* Dividend paid in cash and stock

On November 3, 2011, the Board of Directors announced a cash dividend of $0.22 per share which was paid on November 29, 2011 to shareholders of record as of November 14, 2011. This dividend was the Company’s twenty-sixth consecutive quarterly dividend declaration since its initial public offering, and brings the total cumulative dividend declared to date to $6.69 per share.

Our Board of Directors maintains a variable dividend policy with the objective of distributing four quarterly distributions in an amount that approximates 90 – 100% of our taxable quarterly income or potential annual income for a particular year. In addition, at the end of the year, we may also pay an additional special dividend or fifth dividend, such that we may distribute approximately all of our annual taxable income in the year it was earned, while maintaining the option to spill over our excess taxable income.

Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. The determination of the tax attributes of our distributions is made annually as of the end of our fiscal year based upon our taxable income for the full year and distributions paid for the full year, therefore a determination made on a quarterly basis may not be representative of the actual tax attributes of our distributions for a full year. If we had determined the tax attributes of our distributions year-to-date as of September 30, 2011,

 

51


Table of Contents

approximately 97% would be from ordinary income and spill over earnings from 2010 and 3% would be a return of capital. However there can be no certainty to stockholders that this determination is representative of what the tax attributes of our 2011 distributions to stockholders will actually be.

We intend to distribute quarterly dividends to our stockholders. In order to avoid certain excise taxes imposed on RICs, we currently intend to distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of our ordinary income for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of our capital gains in excess of capital losses for the one year period ending on October 31 of the calendar year, and (3) any ordinary income and net capital gains for the preceding year that were not distributed during such year. We will not be subject to excise taxes on amounts on which we are required to pay corporate income tax (such as retained net capital gains). In order to obtain the tax benefits applicable to RICs, we will be required to distribute to our stockholders with respect to each taxable year at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses.

We can offer no assurance that we will achieve results that will permit the payment of any cash distributions and, if we issue senior securities, we will be prohibited from making distributions if doing so causes us to fail to maintain the asset coverage ratios stipulated by the 1940 Act or if distributions are limited by the terms of any of our borrowings. See “Regulation.”

We maintain an “opt-out” dividend reinvestment plan for our common stockholders. As a result, if we declare a dividend, cash dividends will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock unless the stockholder specifically “opts out” of the dividend reinvestment plan and chooses to receive cash dividends. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

Our ability to make distributions will be limited by the asset coverage requirements under the 1940 Act. For a more detailed discussion, see “Regulation.”

 

52


Table of Contents

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

For the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006, our ratio of earnings to fixed charges, computed as set forth below, were as follows:

 

     For the nine
months ended
September 30,
2011
     For the year
ended
December 31,
2010
     For the year
ended
December 31,
2009
     For the year
ended
December 31,
2008
     For the year
ended
December 31,
2007
     For the year
ended
December 31,
2006
 

Earnings to Fixed
Charges
(1)

     2.60         0.51         1.20         1.33         7.45         1.73   

 

For purposes of computing the ratios of earnings to fixed charges, earnings represent net increase in stockholders’ equity resulting from operations plus (or minus) income tax expense (benefit) including excise tax expense plus fixed charges. Fixed charges include interest and credit facility fees expense and amortization of debt issuance costs.

 

(1) Earnings include net realized and unrealized gains or losses. Net realized and unrealized gains or losses can vary substantially from period to period.

 

53


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this report. In addition to historical information, the following discussion and other parts of this report contain forward-looking information that involves risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated by such forward-looking information due to the factors discussed under “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements” appearing elsewhere herein.

Overview

We are a specialty finance company that provides debt and equity growth capital to technology-related companies at various stages of development from seed and emerging growth to expansion and established stages of development, which include select publicly listed companies and select lower middle market technology companies. We primarily finance privately-held companies backed by leading venture capital and private equity firms, and also may finance certain publicly-traded companies that lack access to public capital or are sensitive to equity ownership dilution. We source our investments through our principal office located in Silicon Valley, as well as through additional offices in Boston, Massachusetts, Boulder, Colorado, and McLean, Virginia.

Our goal is to be the leading structured debt financing provider of choice for venture capital and private equity backed technology-related companies requiring sophisticated and customized financing solutions. Our strategy is to evaluate and invest in a broad range of technology-related companies including clean technology, life sciences and select lower middle market technology companies and to offer a full suite of growth capital products up and down the capital structure. We invest primarily in structured debt with warrants and, to a lesser extent, in senior debt and equity investments. We use the term “structured debt with warrants” to refer to any debt investment, such as a senior or subordinated secured loan, that is coupled with an equity component, including warrants, options or rights to purchase common or preferred stock. Our structured debt with warrants investments will typically be secured by some or all of the assets of the portfolio company.

Our investment objective is to maximize our portfolio total return by generating current income from our debt investments and capital appreciation from our equity-related investments. Our primary business objectives are to increase our net income, net operating income and net asset value by investing in structured debt with warrants and equity of venture capital and private equity backed technology-related companies with attractive current yields and the potential for equity appreciation and realized gains. Our structured debt investments typically include warrants or other equity interests, giving us the potential to realize equity-like returns on a portion of our investments. Our equity ownership in our portfolio companies may represent a controlling interest. In some cases, we receive the right to make additional equity investments in our portfolio companies in connection with future equity financing rounds. Capital that we provide directly to venture capital and private equity backed technology-related companies is generally used for growth and general working capital purposes as well as in select cases for acquisitions or recapitalizations.

We are an internally managed, non-diversified closed-end investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company under the 1940 Act. As a business development company, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. For instance, we generally have to invest at least 70% of our total assets in “qualifying assets,” including securities of private U.S. companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less.

From incorporation through December 31, 2005, we were taxed as a corporation under Subchapter C of the Internal Revenue Code, or the Code. As of January 1, 2006, we have elected to be treated for federal income tax purposes as a regulated investment company, or a RIC, under Subchapter M of the Code. Pursuant to this election, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level taxes on any income that we distribute to our

 

54


Table of Contents

stockholders. However, such an election and qualification to be treated as a RIC requires that we comply with certain requirements contained in Subchapter M of the Code. For example, a RIC must meet certain requirements, including source-of income, asset diversification and income distribution requirements. The income source requirement mandates that we receive 90% or more of our income from qualified earnings, typically referred to as “good income.” Qualified earnings may exclude such income as management fees received in connection with our SBIC or other potential outside managed funds and certain other fees.

Our portfolio is comprised of, and we anticipate that our portfolio will continue to be comprised of, investments primarily in technology-related companies at various stages of their development. Consistent with regulatory requirements, we invest primarily in United States based companies and to a lesser extent in foreign companies. Our investing emphasis has been primarily on private companies following or in connection with a subsequent institutional round of equity financing, which we refer to as expansion-stage companies and private companies in later rounds of financing and certain public companies, which we refer to as established-stage companies and select lower middle market companies. We have focused our investment activities in private companies following or in connection with the first institutional round of financing, which we refer to as emerging-growth companies.

Portfolio and Investment Activity

The total value of our investment portfolio was $576.5 million at September 30, 2011 as compared to $472.0 million at December 31, 2010.

Debt commitments for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2011 included commitments of approximately $298.3 million to twenty-five new portfolio companies and $164.8 million to fourteen existing companies. During the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011 we made debt commitments to new and existing portfolio companies, including restructured loans, totaling $214.7 million and $463.1 million and funded approximately $147.2 million and $356.4 million, respectively, of debt and equity investments. During the three and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2011 we made and funded equity commitments of $1.1 million to two existing companies and $1.6 million to three existing companies.

At September 30, 2011, we had unfunded contractual commitments of approximately $148.2 million to twenty-six portfolio companies. These commitments will be subject to the same underwriting and ongoing portfolio maintenance as the on-balance sheet financial instruments that we hold. Since these commitments may expire without being drawn, unfunded commitments do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. In addition, we have approximately $136.0 million of non-binding term sheets outstanding to nine new and existing companies at September 30, 2011. Non-binding outstanding term sheets are subject to completion of our due diligence and final approval process, as well as the negotiation of definitive documentation with the prospective portfolio companies. Not all non-binding term sheets are expected to close and do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

The fair value of the loan portfolio at September 30, 2011 was approximately $513.4 million, compared to a fair value of approximately $352.0 million at September 30, 2010. The fair value of the equity portfolio at September 30, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $35.8 million and $39.4 million, respectively. The fair value of our warrant portfolio at September 30, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $27.3 million and $19.0 million, respectively.

We receive payments in our loan portfolio based on scheduled amortization of the outstanding balances. In addition, we receive repayments of some of our loans prior to their scheduled maturity date. The frequency or volume of these repayments may fluctuate significantly from period to period. During the nine-month period ended September 30, 2011, we received normal principal amortization repayments of approximately $51.0 million, and early repayments and working line of credit pay-downs of approximately $172.2 million.

 

55


Table of Contents

During the nine-month period ended September 30, 2011, we restructured the debt for three portfolio companies for approximately $8.1 million, $4.7 million and $3.3 million, converted $3.5 million of debt to equity, and received approximately $23.8 million in early repayments associated with the sale of Infologix, Inc.

Total portfolio investment activity as of September 30, 2011 (unaudited) and for the year ended December 31, 2010 is as follows:

 

(in millions)    September 30, 2011     December 31, 2010  

Beginning Portfolio

   $ 472.0      $ 374.7   

Purchase of debt investments

     332.3        320.4   

Equity Investments

     6.3        2.3   

Sale of Investments

     (17.5     (34.2 )

Principal payments received on investments

     (54.4     (81.6 )

Early pay-offs and recoveries

     (168.8     (114.5 )

Accretion of loan discounts and paid-in-kind principal

     9.2        3.3   

Net change in unrealized depreciation in investments

     (2.6     1.6   

Restructure fundings

     16.1        78.4   

Restructure payoffs

     (16.1     (78.4 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Portfolio

   $ 576.5      $ 472.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table shows the fair value of our portfolio of investments by asset class:

 

     September 30, 2011     December 31, 2010  
(in thousands)    Investments at Fair
Value
     Percentage of Total
Portfolio
    Investments at Fair
Value
     Percentage of Total
Portfolio
 

Senior secured debt with warrants

   $ 414,723         71.9   $ 357,963         75.8 %

Senior secured debt

     125,962         21.9     59,251         12.6 %

Preferred stock

     28,928         5.0     26,813         5.7 %

Subordinated Debt

     —           0.0     8,094         1.7 %

Common Stock

     6,864         1.2     19,911         4.2 %
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 576,477         100.0   $ 472,032         100.0 %
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

A summary of our investment portfolio at value by geographic location is as follows:

 

     September 30, 2011     December 31, 2010  
(in thousands)    Investments at Fair
Value
     Percentage of Total
Portfolio
    Investments at Fair
Value
     Percentage of Total
Portfolio
 

United States

   $ 562,296         97.5   $ 438,585         92.9 %

Canada

     808         0.1     20,876         4.4 %

England

     9,082         1.6     10,653         2.3 %

Ireland

     3,893         0.7     —           0.0 %

Israel

     398         0.1     1,918         0.4 %
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 576,477         100.0   $ 472,032         100.0 %
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our portfolio companies are primarily privately-held expansion and established-stage companies in the biotechnology, drug discovery, drug delivery, specialty pharmaceuticals, therapeutics, clean technology, communications and networking, consumer and business products, electronics and computers, information services, internet consumer and business services and products, medical devices, semiconductor and software industry sectors. These sectors are characterized by high margins, high growth rates, consolidation and product and market extension opportunities. Value is often vested in intangible assets and intellectual property.

 

56


Table of Contents

As of September 30, 2011, over 99.2% of our debt investments were in a senior secured position, and more than 91.1% of the debt investment portfolio was priced at floating interest rates or floating interest rates with a Prime or LIBOR based interest rate floor. Our investments in senior secured debt with warrants have equity enhancement features, typically in the form of warrants or other equity-related securities designed to provide us with an opportunity for capital appreciation. Our warrant coverage generally ranges from 3% to 20% of the principal amount invested in a portfolio company, with a strike price equal to the most recent equity financing round. As of September 30, 2011, we held warrants in 104 portfolio companies, with a fair value of approximately $27.3 million. These warrant holdings would require us to invest approximately $70.7 million to exercise such warrants. However, these warrants may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our warrant interests. The value of our senior secured debt (without warrants) at September 30, 2011 was approximately $126.0 million compared to approximately $59.3 million at December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily attributable to two new investments in lower middle market technology companies in the nine month period ended September 30, 2011, which typically do not have equity enhancement features.

 

As required by the 1940 Act, we classify our investments by level of control. “Control Investments” are defined in the 1940 Act as investments in those companies that we are deemed to “Control”. Generally, under the 1940 Act, we are deemed to “Control” a company in which we have invested if we own 25% or more of the voting securities of such company or have greater than 50% representation on its board. “Affiliate Investments” are investments in those companies that are “Affiliated Companies” of us, as defined in the 1940 Act, which are not Control Investments. We are deemed to be an “Affiliate” of a company in which we have invested if we own 5% or more but less than 25% of the voting securities of such company. “Non-Control/Non-Affiliate Investments” are investments that are neither Control Investments nor Affiliate Investments.

The following table summarizes our realized and unrealized gain and loss and changes in our unrealized appreciation and depreciation on control and affiliate investments for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2010:

 

(in thousands)   Three months ended September 30, 2011     Nine months ended September 30, 2011  
Portfolio Company   Type   Fair Value at
September 30,
2011
    Investment
Income
    Unrealized
(Depreciation)
/Appreciation
    Realized
Gain
/(Loss)
    Investment
Income
    Unrealized
(Depreciation)
/Appreciation
    Reversal of
Unrealized
(Depreciation)
/Appreciation
    Realized
Gain/
(Loss)
 

MaxVision Holding, LLC.

  Control   $ 2,983      $ 10      $ 14      $ —       $ 861      $ (3,546 )     —       $ —    

E-Band Communiations, Corp.

  Non-Controlled
Affiliate
    —         5        (53 )     —         9        (3,425 )     —         —    
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    $ 2,983      $ 15      $ (39 )   $ —       $ 870      $ (6,971 )   $ —       $ —    
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)   Three months ended September 30, 2010     Nine months ended September 30, 2010  
Portfolio Company   Type   Fair Value at
September 30,
2011
    Investment
Income
    Unrealized
(Depreciation)
/Appreciation
    Realized
Gain /
(Loss)
    Investment
Income
    Unrealized
(Depreciation)
/Appreciation
    Reversal of
Unrealized
(Depreciation)
/Appreciation
    Realized
Gain /
(Loss)
 

InfoLogix, Inc.

  Control   $ 33,935      $ 796      $ (4,266 )   $ —       $ 2,488      $ (1,419 )   $ 128      $ 2,500   

E-Band Communiations, Corp.

  Non-Controlled
Affiliate
    2,846        —         (371 )     —         —         572        —         —    
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    $ 36,781      $ 796      $ (4,637 )   $  —        $ 2,488      $ (847 )   $ 128      $ 2,500   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Our investment in InfoLogix, Inc., a company that was a Control Investment as of December 31, 2010, was sold to Stanley Black & Decker (NYSE:SWK) in January 2011. Approximately $8.3 million of realized gains and $8.4 million of net change in unrealized depreciation was recognized on this control investment during the three-month period ended March 31, 2011.

 

57


Table of Contents

The following table shows the fair value of our portfolio by industry sector at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

 

     September 30, 2011     December 31, 2010  
(in thousands)    Investments at
Fair Value
     Percentage of Total
Portfolio
    Investments at
Fair Value
     Percentage of Total
Portfolio
 

Drug Discovery

   $ 81,264         14.1 %   $ 52,777         11.2 %

Drug Delivery

     66,734         11.6 %     35,250         7.5 %

Internet Consumer & Business Services

     65,975         11.4 %     7,255         1.5 %

Specialty Phamaceuticals

     61,603         10.7 %     63,607         13.5 %

Clean Tech

     59,793         10.4 %     25,722         5.4 %

Communications & Networking

     56,119         9.7 %     65,098         13.8 %

Information Services

     38,812         6.7 %     10,857         2.3 %

Therapeutic

     32,562         5.7 %     25,300         5.4 %

Media/Content/Info

     30,852         5.4 %     2,223         0.5 %

Biotechnology Tools

     23,796         4.1 %     5,987         1.3 %

Software

     22,094         3.8 %     96,508         20.4 %

Diagnostic

     14,889         2.6 %     14,911         3.2 %

Surgical Devices

     7,683         1.3 %     10,172         2.1 %

Semiconductors

     6,916         1.2 %     3,227         0.7 %

Consumer & Business Products

     4,345         0.8 %     45,316         9.6 %

Electronics & Computer Hardware

     3,040         0.5 %     7,819         1.6 %

Energy

     —          0.0 %     3         0.0 %
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 576,477         100.0 %   $ 472,032         100.0 %
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

We use an investment grading system, which grades each debt investment on a scale of 1 to 5, to characterize and monitor our expected level of risk on the debt investments in our portfolio with 1 being the highest quality. The following table shows the distribution of our outstanding debt investments on the 1 to 5 investment grading scale at fair value as of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

 

     September 30, 2011     December 31, 2010  
(in thousands)    Investments at
Fair Value
     Percentage of Total
Portfolio
    Investments at
Fair Value
     Percentage of Total
Portfolio
 

Investment Grading

          

1

   $ 108,038         21.0 %   $ 65,345         16.3 %

2

     368,878         71.9 %     232,713         57.9 %

3

     24,866         4.8 %     90,739         22.6 %

4

     8,602         1.7 %     8,777         2.2 %

5

     2,983         0.6 %     4,045         1.0 %
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 513,367         100.0 %   $ 401,619         100.0 %
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of September 30, 2011, our investments had a weighted average investment grading of 1.96 as compared to 2.21 at December 31, 2010. The improvement in investment grading is primarily attributable to one new investment rated 1 and the improvements from rated 2 to rated 1 of two investments, approximately 27 new investments to the portfolio rated 2, and the improvement from level 3 to level 2 of four investments. Our policy is to lower the grading on our portfolio companies as they approach the point in time when they will require additional equity capital. Additionally, we may downgrade our portfolio companies if they are not meeting our financing criteria and their respective business plans. Various companies in our portfolio will require additional funding in the near term or have not met their business plans and have therefore been downgraded until their funding is complete or their operations improve. At September 30, 2011, four portfolio companies were graded 3, three portfolio companies were graded 4, and two portfolio companies were graded 5 as compared to eight portfolio companies that were graded 3, two portfolio companies that were graded 4 and two portfolio companies that were graded 5 at December 31, 2010.

 

58


Table of Contents

At September 30, 2011, there was one portfolio company on non-accrual status with a fair value of zero. There were two loans on non-accrual status as of December 31, 2010 with a fair value of approximately $4.0 million. During the three months ended March 31, 2011 we wrote off our warrant, equity and debt investments in one of these portfolio companies for a realized loss of approximately $5.2 million.

The effective yield on our debt investments for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 was 17.8% and 16.2%, respectively. This yield was higher period over period due to unearned income accelerations attributed to early payoffs. The effective yield on our debt investments for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 excluding payoffs was 11.5% and 11.3%, respectively.

The overall weighted average yield to maturity of our loan obligations was approximately 13.0% and 13.9% at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010. The weighted average yield to maturity is computed using the interest rates in effect at the inception of each of the loans, and includes amortization of the loan facility fees, commitment fees and market premiums or discounts over the expected life of the debt investments, weighted by their respective costs when averaged and based on the assumption that all contractual loan commitments have been fully funded and held to maturity.

We generate revenue in the form of interest income, primarily from our investments in debt securities, and commitment and facility fees. Fees generated in connection with our debt investments are recognized over the life of the loan or, in some cases, recognized as earned. In addition, we generate revenue in the form of capital gains, if any, on warrants or other equity-related securities that we acquire from our portfolio companies. Our investments generally range from $1.0 million to $25.0 million. Our debt investments have a term of between two and seven years and typically bear interest at a rate ranging from PRIME to 14% as of September 30, 2011. In addition to the cash yields received on our loans, in some instances, our loans may also include any of the following: end-of-term payments, exit fees, balloon payment fees, PIK provisions, prepayment fees, and diligence fees, which may be required to be included in income prior to receipt.

Loan origination and commitment fees received in full at the inception of a loan are deferred and amortized into fee income as an enhancement to the related loan’s yield over the contractual life of the loan. We recognize nonrecurring fees amortized over the remaining term of the loan commencing in the quarter relating to specific loan modifications. Loan exit fees to be paid at the termination of the loan are accreted into interest income over the contractual life of the loan. We had approximately $9.8 million and $6.6 million of unamortized fees at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, and approximately $7.2 million and $5.1 million in exit fees receivable at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

We have loans in our portfolio that contain a PIK provision. The PIK interest, computed at the contractual rate specified in each loan agreement, is added to the principal balance of the loan and recorded as interest income. To maintain our status as a RIC, this non-cash source of income must be paid out to stockholders in the form of dividends even though we have not yet collected the cash. Amounts necessary to pay these dividends may come from available cash or the liquidation of certain investments. We recorded approximately $1.4 million and $1.7 million in PIK income in the nine month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010.

In some cases, the Company collateralizes its investments by obtaining a first priority security interest in a portfolio company’s assets, which may include their intellectual property. In other cases, the Company may obtain a negative pledge covering a company’s intellectual property.

At September 30, 2011, approximately 60.9% of our portfolio company loans were secured by a first priority security in all of the assets of the portfolio company, 38.3% of the loans were to portfolio companies that were prohibited from pledging or encumbering their intellectual property and 0.8% of portfolio company loans had an equipment only lien.

Interest on debt securities is generally payable monthly, with amortization of principal typically occurring over the term of the security for emerging-growth, expansion-stage and established-stage companies. In addition,

 

59


Table of Contents

certain loans may include an interest-only period ranging from three to eighteen months for emerging-growth and expansion-stage companies and longer for established-stage companies. In limited instances in which we choose to defer amortization of the loan for a period of time from the date of the initial investment, the principal amount of the debt securities and any accrued but unpaid interest become due at the maturity date.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the three and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

Investment Income

Interest income totaled approximately $16.4 and $50.9 million for the three and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2011, compared to $14.1 and $38.1 million for the three and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2010. Income from commitment, facility and loan related fees totaled approximately $2.3 and $7.7 million for the three and nine-month period ended September 30, 2011, compared with $1.5 and $4.5 million for the same periods ended September 30, 2010, respectively. The increase in interest income is attributable to a higher average interest earning investment portfolio and income from early repayments. Income from commitment, facility and loan related fees are primarily the result of an increase in facilities fees of approximately $1.4 million during the period ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same period ended September 30, 2010.

PIK Income

The following table shows the PIK-related activity for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, at cost:

 

     Nine months ended
September 30,
 
(in thousands)    2011     2010  

Beginning PIK loan balance

   $ 3,955      $ 2,315   

PIK interest capitalized during the period

     1,801        2,366   

Payments received from PIK loans

     (3,567 )     (1,087 )

PIK converted to other securities

     (440 )     —    

Realized Loss

     —         (327 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending PIK loan balance

   $ 1,749      $ 3,267   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The increase in payments received from PIK loans during the nine months September 30, 2011 includes $1.5 million of PIK collected in conjunction with the sale of our investment in Infologix, Inc. in the first quarter of 2011.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses, which are comprised of interest and fees, general and administrative and employee compensation, totaled approximately $10.1 million and $7.5 million during the three month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Operating expenses totaled approximately $29.9 million and $22.0 million during the nine month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Interest and fees totaled approximately $4.3 million and approximately $11.3 million during the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011, respectively, and approximately $2.5 million and $7.2 million during the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2010. The increase is primarily attributed to $1.3 million and $2.3 million of interest and fee expenses during the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011, respectively, related to the $75.0 million of Convertible Senior Notes issued on April 15, 2011. Additionally, the Company incurred approximately $271,000 and $496,000 of non cash interest expense

 

60


Table of Contents

during the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011, respectively, attributed to the accretion of the fair value of the conversion feature on the Convertible Senior Notes. The Company had a weighted average cost of debt comprised of interest and fees of approximately 6.5% at September 30, 2011, as compared to 6.2% during the third quarter of 2010. The increase was primarily attributed to the weighted average cost of debt on the senior convertible notes of 8.2% offset by a lower weighted average cost of debt on outstanding SBA debentures at 5.2% in the third quarter of 2011 versus 6.1% in the third quarter of 2010.

General and administrative expenses include legal, consulting and accounting fees, insurance premiums, rent, workout and various other expenses. Expenses remained relatively flat at approximately $1.7 million for the three month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 and increased to $6.2 million from $5.2 million for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively, primarily due to increased recruiting, accounting and legal expenses.

Employee compensation and benefits totaled approximately $3.3 million and approximately $9.9 million during the three and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2011, respectively. Employee compensation and benefits totaled approximately $2.6 million and approximately $7.7 million during the three and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2010, respectively. This increase is primarily due to an increase in employee headcount and increased salary and executive severance costs as compared to the same period of 2010. We expect to continue to hire to meet our portfolio growth. Stock-based compensation totaled approximately $870,000 and approximately $2.5 million during the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011 respectively and approximately $752,000 and approximately $2.0 million during the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2010. These increases were due primarily to the expense on restricted stock grants issued in the first quarter of 2011. See “Financial Condition, Liquidity, and Capital Resources” for disclosure of additional expenses.

Net Investment Income Before Investment Gains and Losses

Net investment income per share was $0.20 for the quarter ended September 30, 2011 compared to $0.23 per share in the quarter ended September 30, 2010. Net investment income before investment gains and losses for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011 totaled $8.6 million and $28.8 million, respectively as compared to $8.1 million and $20.6 million in the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2010, respectively. The changes are made up of the items described above under “Investment Income” and “Operating Expenses.”

Net Investment Realized Gains and Losses and Unrealized Appreciation and Depreciation

Realized gains or losses are measured by the difference between the net proceeds from the repayment or sale and the cost basis of the investment without regard to unrealized appreciation or depreciation previously recognized, and includes investments charged off during the period, net of recoveries. Net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation primarily reflects the change in portfolio investment values during the reporting period, including the reversal of previously recorded unrealized appreciation or depreciation when gains or losses are realized.

During the three and nine-months ended September 30, 2011 the Company recognized total net realized gains of approximately $10.1 million from the sale of common stock in its public portfolio companies and realized losses of approximately $1.6 million and approximately $6.7 million from equity, loan, and warrant investments in portfolio companies that have been liquidated. The loss is primarily attributed to the termination of warrants in LaboPharm, Inc. of $0.6 million and the write-off of equity in Solarflare, Inc. of $0.6 million. During the three and nine-month period ended September 30, 2010 the Company recognized net realized losses of approximately $18.9 million and approximately $19.2 million from equity, loan and warrant investments in portfolio companies that have been liquidated and realized gains of approximately $3.6 million from the sale of common stock in public companies and approximately $465,000 from the mergers of private portfolio companies.

 

61


Table of Contents

A summary of realized gains and losses for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
(in millions)        2011             2010             2011             2010      

Realized gains

   $ 0.3      $ —       $ 10.6      $ 4.4   

Realized losses

     (1.9 )     (18.9 )     (7.2 )     (19.5 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net realized gains (losses)

   $ (1.6 )   $ (18.9 )   $ 3.4      $ (15.1 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the three month period ended September 30, 2011 net change in unrealized depreciation totaled approximately $769,000 from loan, warrant and equity investments. Approximately $5.9 million was due to net unrealized appreciation on equity and loans, primarily attributed to the exercise of our warrants in Aveo Pharmaceuticals, Inc. to common shares. Approximately $6.6 million was due to unrealized depreciation on warrant investments, primarily attributable to the exercise of our warrants and the decrease in fair market value for public company holdings.

During the nine month period ended September 30, 2011 net change in unrealized depreciation totaled approximately $2.8 million from loan, warrant and equity investments. Approximately $4.0 million was due to net unrealized appreciation on debt and warrants, primarily attributable to the increase in fair market value for public company holdings. Approximately $6.8 million was due to unrealized depreciation on equity investments, primarily attributable to the sale of InfoLogix, Inc. in the first quarter of 2011. Approximately $8.3 million of realized gains and $8.4 million of net change in unrealized depreciation was recognized on this control investment during the three-month period ended March 31, 2011.

During the same periods ending September 30, 2010 net unrealized appreciation totaled approximately $2.9 million and net unrealized depreciation totaled approximately $12.2 million, respectively.

For the three month period ended September 30, 2011 approximately $2.2 million and $3.7 million of the net unrealized appreciation recognized was attributable to debt and equity investments, respectively, and approximately $6.6 million of net unrealized depreciation on our warrant investments. Included in this amount is unrealized appreciation of approximately $1.5 million attributable to the reversal of prior period net unrealized depreciation upon being realized as a loss and approximately $2.9 million in unrealized depreciation attributable to the exercise of warrants to equity. For the nine month period ended September 30, 2011 approximately $3.4 million and $616,000 of the net unrealized appreciation was attributable to debt and warrant investments, respectively, and approximately $6.8 million of depreciation was attributable to equity investments. As of September 30, 2011, the net unrealized depreciation recognized by the Company was increased by approximately $229,000 due to the warrant participation agreement with Citigroup. For a more detailed discussion of the warrant participation agreement, see the discussion set forth under Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this prospectus supplement.

The net unrealized appreciation and depreciation of our investments is based on fair value of each investment determined in good faith by our Board of Directors. This net unrealized appreciation was primarily comprised of increases in the fair value of our portfolio companies due to positive company performance and market conditions.

 

62


Table of Contents

The following table itemizes the change in net unrealized appreciation/depreciation of investments for the three and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
 

(in thousands)

   2011     2010  

Gross unrealized appreciation on portfolio investments

   $ 11,928      $ 4,565   

Gross unrealized depreciation on portfolio investments

     (11,423 )     (15,824 )

Reversal of prior period net unrealized appreciation upon realization

     (3,323 )     (3,912 )

Reversal of prior period net unrealized depreciation upon realization

     1,913        17,888   

Citigroup Warrant Participation

     136        177   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on portfolio investments

   $ (769 )   $ 2,894   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 

(in thousands)

   2011     2010  

Gross unrealized appreciation on portfolio investments

   $ 41,945      $ 26,369   

Gross unrealized depreciation on portfolio investments

     (38,833 )     (52,867 )

Reversal of prior period net unrealized appreciation upon realization

     (13,225 )     (3,902 )

Reversal of prior period net unrealized depreciation upon realization

     7,519        18,048   

Citigroup Warrant Participation

     (229 )     134   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on portfolio investments

   $ (2,823 )   $ (12,218 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income and Excise Taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes, which requires that deferred income taxes be determined based upon the estimated future tax effects of differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities given the provisions of the enacted tax law. Valuation allowances are used to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount likely to be realized.

Net Increase in Net Assets Resulting from Operations and Change in Net Assets per Share

For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, the net increase in net assets resulting from operations totaled approximately $6.2 million and $29.4 million, respectively. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, the net decrease in net assets resulting from operations totaled approximately $7.8 million and $6.7 million. These changes are made up of the items previously described.

Basic and fully diluted net change in net assets per common share for the three and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2011 was $0.14 and $0.67, respectively, as compared to basic and fully diluted change in net assets per common share of $(0.23) and $(0.20) for the three and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2010, respectively.

Comparison of periods ended December 31, 2010 and 2009

Investment Income

Interest income totaled approximately $54.7 million and $62.2 million for 2010 and 2009, respectively. The decrease in interest income was directly related to a lower average investment portfolio outstanding in 2010 than in 2009. In 2010 and 2009, interest income included approximately $6.2 million and $6.7 million of income from accrued exit fees, respectively. Income from commitment, facility and loan related fees such as amendment fees and pre-payment penalties totaled approximately $4.8 million and $12.1 million for 2010 and 2009, respectively. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had approximately $6.6 million and $2.4 million of deferred income related to commitment and facility fees, respectively. The increase in deferred income was attributed to increased investment originations in 2010.

 

63


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses, which are comprised of interest and fees, general and administrative and employee compensation, totaled approximately $30.1 million and $31.2 million during the periods ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Interest and fees totaled approximately $9.8 million and $11.3 million during the periods ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. This $1.5 million year over year decrease is primarily attributable to the interest expense and one time fees incurred in 2009 on the Citigroup Credit Facility that was paid off in full in March of 2009 offset by an increase in interest expense on higher borrowings under our SBA debentures.

General and administrative expenses include legal, consulting and accounting fees, insurance premiums, rent, workout and various other expenses. Expenses decreased to $7.1 million from $7.3 million for the periods ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, primarily due to lower workout related expenses.

Employee compensation and benefits totaled approximately $10.5 million and $10.7 million during the periods ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. This decrease is primarily due to a lower bonus accrual during the period ended December 31, 2010 as compared to 2009. Stock-based compensation totaled approximately $2.7 million and $1.9 million during the periods ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. These increases were due to the higher expense attributed to restricted stock grants issued in the first quarter of 2010.

Net Investment Income Before Income Tax Expense and Investment Gains and Losses

Net investment income before income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 totaled $29.4 million as compared with a net investment income before income tax expense in 2009 of approximately $43.1 million. The changes are made up of the items described above under “Investment Income” and “Operating Expenses.”

Net Investment Realized Gains and Losses and Unrealized Appreciation and Depreciation

Realized gains or losses are measured by the difference between the net proceeds from the repayment or sale and the cost basis of the investment without regard to unrealized appreciation or depreciation previously recognized, and include investments charged off during the period, net of recoveries. Net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation primarily reflects the change in portfolio investment values during the reporting period, including the reversal of previously recorded unrealized appreciation or depreciation when gains or losses are realized.

In 2010, we generated realized gains totaling approximately $4.7 million primarily due to the sale of warrants and common stock of 12 portfolio companies. We recognized realized losses in 2010 of approximately $31.1 million on the disposition of investments in 10 portfolio companies. We recognized realized gains of approximately $3.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2009 primarily due to the sale of warrants and common stock of four portfolio companies. We recognized realized losses in 2009 of approximately $34.5 million on the disposition of investments in 16 portfolio companies. A summary of realized gains and losses for the years end December 31, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 

     December 31,  
(in thousands)    2010     2009  

Realized gains

   $ 4,677      $ 3,738   

Realized losses

     (31,059     (34,539
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net realized (losses)

   $ (26,382   $ (30,801
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

64


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2010, net unrealized appreciation totaled approximately $2.0 million and for the year ended December 31, 2009, net unrealized appreciation totaled approximately $1.3 million. The year to year increase is primarily due to the reversal of unrealized depreciation to realized losses.

The net unrealized appreciation and depreciation of investments is based on portfolio asset valuations determined in good faith by our Board of Directors. During the year ended December 31, 2010, net unrealized investment appreciation recognized by the company was reduced by approximately $13,000 for a warrant participation agreement with Citigroup. For a more detailed discussion, see the discussion set forth under “—Borrowings.”

The following table itemizes the change in net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments for 2010 and 2009:

 

       December 31,  
(in thousands)    2010     2009  

Gross unrealized appreciation on portfolio investments

   $ 40,696      $ 42,272   

Gross unrealized depreciation on portfolio investments

     (64,465     (73,969

Reversal of prior period net unrealized appreciation upon a realization event

     (3,902     (2,319

Reversal of prior period net unrealized depreciation upon a realization event

     29,674        35,256   

Citigroup Warrant Participation

     (13     29   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized appreciation/(depreciation) on portfolio investments

   $ 1,990      $ 1,269   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

For a more detailed discussion, see the discussion set forth under “—Critical Accounting Policies—Valuation of Portfolio Investments.”

Net Increase in Net Assets Resulting from Operations and Earnings Per Share

For the year ended December 31, 2010 net increase in net assets resulting from operations totaled approximately $5.0 million compared to net income of approximately $13.6 million for the period ended December 31, 2009. These changes are made up of the items previously described.

Basic and fully diluted net change in net assets per common share were $0.12 and $0.12, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to a basic and fully diluted net income per share of $0.38 and $0.37, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Comparison of periods ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

Investment Income

Interest income totaled approximately $62.2 million and $67.3 million for 2009 and 2008, respectively. The decrease in interest income was directly related to decreases in investment assets. In 2009 and 2008, interest income included approximately $6.7 million and $4.3 million of income from accrued exit fees. Income from commitment, facility and loan related fees such as amendment fees and pre-payment penalties totaled approximately $12.1 million and $8.6 million for 2009 and 2008, respectively. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had approximately $2.4 million and $6.9 million of deferred income related to commitment and facility fees, respectively. The decrease in deferred income was attributed to the amortization of fee income and the lower deferred income due to lower investment originations.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses totaled approximately $31.2 million and $35.9 million during 2009 and 2008, respectively. Operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 included interest expense,

 

65


Table of Contents

loan fees and unused commitment fees of approximately $11.3 and $15.8 million, respectively. The 28.6% decrease in interest expense was primarily due to lower outstanding loan balances on our credit facilities and lower cost of financing. The average debt balance outstanding in 2009 is $147.4 million as compared to $196.9 million in 2008. The weighted average cost of debt was approximately 7.7% at December 31, 2009 as compared to 8.0% at December 31, 2008. Employee compensation and benefits were approximately $10.7 million and $11.6 million during 2009 and 2008, respectively. General and administrative expenses include legal and accounting fees, insurance premiums, rent and various other expenses totaling $7.3 million and $6.9 million in 2009 and 2008 respectively.

Net Investment Income Before Income Tax Expense and Investment Gains and Losses

Net investment income before income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 totaled $43.1 as compared with a net investment income before income tax expense in 2008 of approximately $40.0 million. This change is made up of the items described above.

Net Investment Realized Gains and Losses and Unrealized Appreciation and Depreciation

In 2009, we generated realized gains totaling approximately $3.7 million primarily due to the sale of warrants and common stock of four portfolio companies. We recognized realized losses in 2009 of approximately $34.5 million on the disposition of investments in sixteen portfolio companies. We recognized realized gains of approximately $6.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2008 from the sale of common stock of nine portfolio companies. We recognized realized losses in 2008 of approximately $4.3 million on the disposition of investments in ten portfolio companies. A summary of realized gains and losses for the years end December 31, 2009 and 2008 is as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2009     2008  
(in thousands)             

Realized gains

   $ 3,738      $ 6,925   

Realized losses.

     (34,539   $ (4,282
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net realized (losses)

   $ (30,801   $ 2,643   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2009, net unrealized investment depreciation totaled approximately $1.3 million and for the year ended December 31, 2008, net unrealized appreciation totaled approximately $21.4 million. The net unrealized appreciation and depreciation of investments is based on portfolio asset valuations determined in good faith by our Board of Directors. As of December 31, 2009, the net unrealized investment appreciation recognized by the company was reduced by approximately $29,000 for a warrant participation agreement with Citigroup. For a more detailed discussion, see the discussion set forth under “—Borrowings.” The following table itemizes the change in net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments for 2009 and 2008:

 

     December 31,  
     2009     2008  
(in thousands)             

Gross unrealized appreciation on portfolio investments

   $ 42,272      $ 6,139   

Gross unrealized depreciation on portfolio investments

     (73,969     (25,250

Reversal of prior period net unrealized appreciation upon a realization event

     32,937        (2,458

Citigroup Warrant Participation

     29        143   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized appreciation/(depreciation) on portfolio investments

   $ 1,269      $ (21,426
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

66


Table of Contents

Income and Excise Taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes, which requires that deferred income taxes be determined based upon the estimated future tax effects of differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities given the provisions of the enacted tax law. Valuation allowances are used to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount likely to be realized.

Through December 31, 2005 we were taxed under Subchapter C of the Code. We elected to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code with the filing of our 2006 federal income tax return. Provided we continue to qualify as a RIC, our income generally will not be subject to federal income or excise taxes to the extent we make the requisite distributions to stockholders. At December 31, 2009, zero excise tax provision was recorded since we have paid out distributable earnings. See “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations.” Of the dividends declared during the year ended December 31, 2009, 100% was comprised of ordinary income. In 2008, of the dividends paid, $1.23 was comprised of ordinary income and $0.09 was comprised of capital gains.

Net Increase in Net Assets Resulting from Operations and Earnings Per Share

For the year ended December 31, 2009, net income totaled approximately $13.6 million compared to net income of approximately $21.0 million for the period ended December 31, 2008. These changes are made up of the items previously described.

Basic and fully diluted net change in net assets per common share were $0.38 and $0.37, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to both basic net and fully diluted net income per share of $0.64 for the year ended December 31, 2008.

Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

At September 30, 2011, we had approximately $96.3 million in cash and cash equivalents and available borrowing capacity of approximately $75.0 million under the Wells Facility, $20.0 million under the Union Bank Facility and $36.25 million under the SBA program, subject to existing terms and advance rates and regulatory requirements. We primarily invest cash on hand in interest bearing deposit accounts.

As of September 30, 2011, net assets totaled $422.1 million, with a net asset value per share of $9.61. We intend to generate additional cash primarily from cash flows from operations, including income earned from investments in our portfolio companies and, to a lesser extent, from the temporary investment of cash in U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less as well as from future borrowings as required to meet our lending activities. Our primary use of funds will be investments in portfolio companies and cash distributions to holders of our common stock. Additionally, we expect to raise additional capital to support our future growth through future equity offerings, issuances of senior securities and/or future borrowings, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. To the extent we determine to raise additional equity through an offering of our common stock at a price below net asset value, existing investors will experience dilution. During our 2011 Annual Shareholder Meeting held on June 1, 2011, our shareholders authorized us, with the approval of our Board of Directors, to sell up to 20% of our outstanding common stock at a price below our then current net asset value per share and to offer and issue debt with warrants or debt convertible into shares of our common stock at an exercise or conversion price that will not be less than the fair market value per share but may be below the then current net asset value per share. However, there can be no assurance that these capital resources will be available given the credit constraints of the banking and capital markets.

As required by the 1940 Act, our asset coverage must be at least 200% after each issuance of senior securities. As of September 30, 2011 our asset coverage ratio under our regulatory requirements as a business development company was 971.5%, excluding our SBIC debentures as a result of our exemptive order from the SEC which allows us to exclude all SBA leverage from our asset coverage ratio. Total leverage when including our SBIC debentures was 263.1% at September 30, 2011.

 

 

67


Table of Contents

During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, our operating activities used $72.5 million of cash and cash equivalents, compared to $45.6 million used during the nine months ended September 30, 2010. The $26.9 million increase in cash used in operating activities resulted primarily from increased investing activity. During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, our financing activities provided $62.0 million of cash, compared to $4.2 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2010. This $57.9 million increase in cash provided by financing activities was due primarily due to the issuance of $75.0 million of Convertible Senior Notes in April 2011.

At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, we had the following borrowing capacity and outstanding amounts:

 

     September 30, 2011      December 31, 2010  
     Total
Available
     Carrying
Value (1)
     Total
Available
     Carrying
Value (1)
 

Union Bank Facility

   $ 20,000       $ —        $ 20,000       $ —    

Wells Facility

     75,000         —          50,000         —    

Convertible Senior Notes (2)

     75,000         70,082         —          —    

SBA Debenture (3)

     225,000         188,750         225,000         170,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 395,000       $ 258,832       $ 295,000       $ 170,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Except for the Convertible Senior Notes (as defined below), all carrying values are the same as the principal amount outstanding.

(2)  

Represents the aggregate principal amount outstanding of the Convertible Senior Notes (as defined below) less the unaccreted discount initially recorded upon issuance of the Convertible Notes. The total unaccreted discount for the Convertible Senior Notes was $4,918 at September 30, 2011.

(3)  

The Company has the ability to borrow an additional $36.3 million subject to SBA approval and compliance with SBIC regulations.

On September 27, 2006, HT II received a license and on May 26, 2010 HT III received a license to operate as SBICs under the SBIC program and are able to borrow funds from the SBA against eligible investments. As of September 30, 2011, all required contributed capital from the Company has been invested into HT II and HT III. The Company is the sole limited partner of HT II and HT III and HTM is the general partner. HTM is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. If HT II or HT III fails to comply with applicable SBA regulations, the SBA could, depending on the severity of the violation, limit or prohibit HT II’s or HT III’s use of debentures, declare outstanding debentures immediately due and payable, and/or limit HT II or HT III from making new investments. In addition, HT II or HT III may also be limited in their ability to make distributions to us if they do not have sufficient capital in accordance with SBA regulations. Such actions by the SBA would, in turn, negatively affect us because HT II and HT III are our wholly owned subsidiaries. HT II and HT III were in compliance with the terms of the SBIC’s leverage as of September 30, 2011 as a result of having sufficient capital as defined under the SBA regulations.

In aggregate, HT II and HT III hold approximately $334.9 million in assets, and accounted for approximately 35.5% of our total assets prior to consolidation at September 30, 2011.

With our net investment of $75.0 million in HT II as of September 30, 2011, HT II has the capacity to issue a total of $125.0 million of SBA guaranteed debentures, of which $125.0 million was outstanding at September 30, 2011. As of September 30, 2011, the maximum statutory limit on the dollar amount of outstanding SBA guaranteed debentures issued by a single SBIC is $150.0 million, subject to periodic adjustments by the SBA. As of September 30, 2011, we held investments in HT II in 84 companies with a fair value of approximately $180.8 million, accounting for approximately 31.4% of our total portfolio at September 30, 2011.

As of September 30, 2011, the maximum statutory limit on the dollar amount of combined outstanding SBA guaranteed debentures is $225.0 million, subject to periodic adjustments by the SBA. As of September 30, 2011,

 

68


Table of Contents

HT III had the potential to borrow up to $100.0 million of SBA-guaranteed debentures under the SBIC program. With our net investment of $50.0 million in HT III as of September 30, 2011, HT III has the capacity to issue a total of $100.0 million of SBA guaranteed debentures, subject to SBA approval, of which $63.75 million was outstanding at September 30, 2011. As of September 30, 2011, HT III has paid the SBA commitment fees of approximately $750,000. As of September 30, 2011, we held investments in HT III in 20 companies with a fair value of approximately $92.4 million accounting for approximately 16.0% of our total portfolio at September 30, 2011.

 

(in thousands)

Issuance/Pooling Date

   Maturity Date    Interest  Rate (1)     September 30,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 

SBA Debentures:

          

September 26, 2007

   September 1, 2017      6.43 %   $ 12,000       $ 12,000   

March 26, 2008

   March 1, 2018      6.38 %   $ 58,050       $ 58,050   

September 24, 2008

   September 1, 2018      6.63 %   $ 13,750       $ 38,750   

March 25, 2009

   March 1, 2019      5.53 %   $ 18,400       $ 18,400   

September 23, 2009

   September 1, 2019      4.64 %   $ 3,400       $ 3,400   

September 22, 2010

   September 1, 2020      3.62 %   $ 6,500       $ 6,500   

September 22, 2010

   September 1, 2020      3.50 %   $ 22,900       $ 32,900   

March 29, 2011

   March 1, 2021      4.37 %   $ 28,750       $ —    

September 21, 2011

   September 1, 2021      3.16 %   $ 25,000       $ —    
       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total SBA Debentures

        $  188,750       $  170,000   
       

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Interest rate includes annual charge

Current Market Conditions

Beginning in the fall of 2008, the global economy entered a financial crisis and recession. Volatile capital and credit markets, declining business and consumer confidence and increased unemployment precipitated a continuing economic slowdown. Although there have been signs of recovery in many regions, economic weakness could continue or worsen. For example, the current U.S. debt ceiling and budget deficit concerns, together with signs of deteriorating sovereign debt conditions in Europe, have increased the possibility of credit-rating downgrades and economic slowdowns. Although U.S. lawmakers passed legislation to raise the federal debt ceiling, Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating on the United States from “AAA” to “AA+” on August 5, 2011. The impact of this or any further downgrades to the U.S. government’s sovereign credit rating, or its perceived creditworthiness, and the impact of the current crisis in Europe with respect to the ability of certain European Union countries to continue to service their sovereign debt obligations is inherently unpredictable and could adversely effect the U.S. and global financial markets and economic conditions. There can be no assurance that governmental or other measures to aid economic recovery will be effective. We anticipate that there may be yield compression as 2011 comes to an end, however, given our level of liquidity and pipeline, we believe that we are well positioned despite the uncertainty in the market. Continued adverse economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may acquire a portfolio of investments or sell a portion of our portfolio on an opportunistic basis. We, from time to time, engage in discussions with counterparties in respect of various potential transactions. Some of these transactions could be material to our business. Consummation of any such transaction will be subject to completion of due diligence finalization of key business and financial terms (including price) and negotiation of final definitive documentation as well as a number of other factors and conditions including, without limitation, the approval of our Board of Directors and required third party consents and, in certain cases, the approval of our stockholders. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that any such transaction would be consummated.

We periodically review and assess investment portfolio acquisition opportunities of target companies that would be accretive to us. In the future, we may determine to acquire such portfolios which could affect our liquidity position and necessitate our need to raise additional capital to fund our growth.

 

69


Table of Contents

Commitments

In the normal course of business, we are party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk. These consist primarily of unfunded commitments to extend credit, in the form of loans, to our portfolio companies. Unfunded commitments to provide funds to portfolio companies are not reflected on our balance sheet. Our origination activity unfunded commitments may be significant from time to time. As of September 30, 2011, we had unfunded commitments of approximately $148.2 million. These commitments will be subject to the same underwriting and ongoing portfolio maintenance as are the on-balance sheet financial instruments that we hold. Since these commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Closed commitments generally fund 70-80% of the committed amount in aggregate over the life of the commitment. We intend to use cash flow from normal and early principal repayments, SBA debentures, our Wells Facility, our Union Bank Facility and proceeds from Senior Secured Notes to fund these commitments. However, there can be no assurance that we will have sufficient capital available to fund these commitments as they come due.

In addition, we had approximately $136.0 million of non-binding term sheets outstanding with nine companies, which generally convert to contractual commitments within approximately 45 to 60 days of signing. Non-binding outstanding term from prior release are subject to completion of our due diligence and final approval process, as well as the negotiation of definitive documentation with the prospective portfolio companies. Not all non-binding term sheets are expected to close and do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

Contractual Obligations

The following table shows our contractual obligations as of September 30, 2011:

 

     Payments due by period
(in thousands)
 

Contractual Obligations (1)(2)

   Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3
years
     3-5
years (3)
     After
5 years (4)
 

Borrowings

   $ 258,832       $ —        $ —        $ 70,082       $ 188,750   

Operating Lease Obligations (5)

     2,488         1,242         1,245         —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 261,320       $ 1,242       $ 1,245       $ 70,082       $ 188,750   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Excludes commitments to extend credit to our portfolio companies.

(2)

We also have warrant participation obligation with Citigroup. See “Borrowings.”

(3)

Represents the aggregate principal amount outstanding of the Convertible Senior Notes (as defined below) less the unaccreted discount initially recorded upon issuance of the Convertible Notes. The total unaccreted discount for the Convertible Senior Notes was $4,918 at September 30, 2011.

(4)

Borrowings under the SBA debentures

(5)

Long-term facility leases

Hercules and its executives and directors are covered by Directors and Officers Insurance, with the directors and officers being indemnified by Hercules to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law subject to the restrictions in the 1940 Act.

Borrowings

Long-term SBA Debentures

On September 27, 2006, HT II received a license to operate as a SBIC under the SBIC program and is able to borrow funds from the SBA against eligible investments and regulatory capital. Under the Small Business Investment Company Act and current SBA policy applicable to SBICs, a SBIC can have outstanding at any time

 

70


Table of Contents

SBA guaranteed debentures up to twice the amount of its regulatory capital. As of September 30, 2011, the maximum statutory limit on the dollar amount of outstanding SBA guaranteed debentures issued by a single SBIC is $150.0 million, subject to periodic adjustments by the SBA. HT II has a total of $125.0 million of SBA guaranteed debentures outstanding as of September 30, 2011 and has paid the SBA commitment fees of approximately $1.5 million. As of September 30, 2011, the Company held investments in HT II in 84 companies with a fair value of approximately $180.8 million, accounting for approximately 31.4% of our total portfolio at September 30, 2011.

On May 26, 2010, HT III received a license to operate as a SBIC under the SBIC program and is able to borrow funds from the SBA against eligible investments and additional contributions to regulatory capital. With the Company’s net investment of $50.0 million in HT III as of September 30, 2011, HT III has the capacity to issue a total of $100.0 million of SBA guaranteed debentures, subject to SBA approval, of which $63.75 million was outstanding as of September 30, 2011. As of September 30, 2011, HT III has paid commitment fees of approximately $750,000. As of September 30, 2011, the Company held investments in HT III in 20 companies with a fair value of approximately $92.4 million accounting for approximately 16.0% of our total portfolio at September 30, 2011.

There is no assurance that HT II or HT III will be able to draw up to the maximum limit available under the SBIC program.

SBICs are designed to stimulate the flow of private equity capital to eligible small businesses. Under present SBA regulations, eligible small businesses include businesses that have a tangible net worth not exceeding $18 million and have average annual fully taxed net income not exceeding $6.0 million for the two most recent fiscal years. In addition, SBICs must devote 25.0% of its investment activity to “smaller” concerns as defined by the SBA. A smaller concern is one that has a tangible net worth not exceeding $6.0 million and has average annual fully taxed net income not exceeding $2.0 million for the two most recent fiscal years. SBA regulations also provide alternative size standard criteria to determine eligibility, which depend on the industry in which the business is engaged and are based on such factors as the number of employees and gross sales. According to SBA regulations, SBICs may make long-term loans to small businesses, invest in the equity securities of such businesses and provide them with consulting and advisory services. Through its wholly-owned subsidiaries HT II and HT III, the Company plans to provide long-term loans to qualifying small businesses, and in connection therewith, make equity investments.

HT II and HT III are periodically examined and audited by the SBA’s staff to determine their compliance with SBA regulations. If HT II or HT III fails to comply with applicable SBA regulations, the SBA could, depending on the severity of the violation, limit or prohibit HT II’s or HT III’s use of debentures, declare outstanding debentures immediately due and payable, and/or limit HT II or HT III from making new investments. In addition, HT II or HT III may also be limited in their ability to make distributions to the Company if they do not have sufficient capital in accordance with SBA regulations. Such actions by the SBA would, in turn, negatively affect the Company because HT II and III are the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries. HT II and HT III were in compliance with the terms of the SBIC’s leverage as of September 30, 2011 as a result of having sufficient capital as defined under the SBA regulations. As of September 30, 2011, HT III could draw up to $36.25 million, respectively, of additional leverage from SBA.

The rates of borrowings under various draws from the SBA beginning in April 2007 are set semiannually in March and September and range from 2.88% to 5.73%. Interest payments on SBA debentures are payable semi-annually. There are no principal payments required on these issues prior to maturity and no prepayment penalties. Debentures under the SBA generally mature ten years after being borrowed. Based on the initial draw down date of April 2007, the initial maturity of SBA debentures will occur in April 2017. In addition, the SBA charges a fee that is set annually, depending on the Federal fiscal year the leverage commitment was delegated by the SBA, regardless of the date that the leverage was drawn by the SBIC. The annual fees related to HT II debentures that pooled on September 22, 2010 were 0.406% and 0.285%, depending upon the year the underlying commitment

 

71


Table of Contents

was closed in. The annual fee related to HT III debentures that pooled on September 21, 2011 was 0.285%. The annual fees on other debentures have been set at 0.906%. The average amount of debentures outstanding for the quarter ended September 30, 2011 for HT II was approximately $125.0 million with an average interest rate of approximately 5.0%. The average amount of debentures outstanding for the quarter ended September 30, 2011 for HT III was approximately $63.75 million with an average interest rate of approximately 3.5%.

Wells Facility

On August 25, 2008, Hercules, through a special purpose wholly-owned subsidiary, Hercules Funding II, LLC, entered into a two-year revolving senior secured credit facility with an optional one-year extension with total commitments of $50.0 million, with Wells Fargo Capital Finance as a lender and as an arranger and administrative agent (the “Wells Facility”). The Wells Facility has the capacity to increase to $300.0 million if additional lenders are added to the syndicate.

Borrowings under the Wells Facility will generally bear interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus 3.25% or PRIME plus 2.0%, but not less than 5.0%. The Wells Facility is collateralized by debt investments in our portfolio companies, and includes an advance rate equal to 50% of eligible loans placed in the collateral pool. The Wells Facility generally requires payment of interest on a monthly basis. All outstanding principal is due upon maturity. We have paid a total of $1.1 million in structuring fees in connection with the Wells Facility which has been amortized through August 2011.

The Wells Facility includes various financial and operating covenants applicable to the Company and its subsidiaries, in addition to those applicable to Hercules Funding II, LLC. These covenants require us to maintain certain financial ratios and a minimum tangible net worth in an amount, when added to outstanding Subordinated Indebtedness, that is in excess of $314.0 million plus 90% of the cumulative amount of equity raised after March 31, 2011. In addition, the tangible net worth covenant will increase by 90 cents on the dollar for every dollar of equity capital subsequently raised by the Company. The Wells Facility provides for customary events of default, including, but not limited to, payment defaults, breach of representations or covenants, bankruptcy events and change of control. We were in compliance with all covenants at September 30, 2011.

On June 20, 2011, we renewed the Wells Facility. Under this three-year senior secured facility, Wells Fargo Capital Finance has made commitments of $75.0 million. Borrowings under the facility will generally bear interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus 3.50%, with a floor of 5.00% and an advance rate of 50% against eligible loans. The facility will be secured by loans in the borrowing base. The Wells Facility requires the monthly payment of a non-use fee of 0.3% for each payment date on or before September 1, 2011. The monthly payment of a non-use fee thereafter shall depend on the average balance that was outstanding on a scale between 0.0% and 0.75%. From September 1, 2011 through September 30, 2011, this non-use fee was 0.75%. The facility contains an accordion feature, in which we can increase the credit line up to an aggregate of $300.0 million, funded by additional lenders and with the agreement of Wells Fargo Capital Finance and subject to other customary conditions. We expect to continue discussions with various other potential lenders to join the new facility; however, there can be no assurances that additional lenders will join the new credit facility. This new arrangement replaced the previous $300.0 million Wells Facility under which Wells Fargo Capital Finance had committed $50.0 million in capital. On June 20, 2011 we paid an additional $1.1 million in structuring fees in connection with the Wells Facility which is being amortized through June 2014. There was no outstanding debt under the Wells Facility at September 30, 2011.

We anticipate incurring a non-use fee expense of approximately $200,000 or $0.005 per share per quarter until we borrow under the Wells Facility. In total, we expect the expense from the Convertible Senior Notes and facility fees to negatively impact earnings in the near term by approximately $1.5 million or $0.04 per quarter until any of the capital is deployed.

 

72


Table of Contents

Union Bank Facility

On February 10, 2010, we entered a $20.0 million one-year revolving senior secured credit facility with Union Bank (the “Union Bank Facility”). Borrowings under the Union Bank Facility will generally bear interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus 2.25% with a floor of 4.0%, an advance rate of 50% against eligible loans, and secured by loans in the borrowing base. The Union Bank Facility required the payment of a non-use fee of 0.25% annually. The Union Bank Facility is collateralized by debt investments in our portfolio companies, and includes an advance rate equal to 50.0% of eligible loans placed in the collateral pool. The Union Bank Facility generally requires payment of interest on a monthly basis. All outstanding principal is due upon maturity. In February 2011, the maturity date of the facility was extended from May 1, 2011 to July 31, 2011. Union Bank Facility provides for customary events of default, including, but not limited to, payment defaults, breach of representations or covenants, bankruptcy events and change of control. We were in compliance with all covenants at September 30, 2011.

On June 7, 2011, we entered into an amendment to the Union Bank Facility which extended the borrowing termination date to September 30, 2011. The amendment to the Union Bank Facility also amends the maturity date of Union Bank’s $20.0 million commitment to mean the earliest of: (a) December 31, 2011; (b) the date on which Union Bank’s obligation to make loans is terminated and the obligations are declared to be due and payable or the commitment is terminated; or (c) the date of prepayment in full by the Company. There was no outstanding debt under the Union Bank Facility at September 30, 2011.

On November 2, 2011, we renewed and amended the Union Bank Facility. Union Bank and RBC Capital Markets have made commitments of $30.0 million and $25.0 million, respectively. The Union Bank Facility requires various financial and operating covenants. These covenants require us to maintain certain financial ratios and a minimum tangible net worth in an amount, when added to outstanding Subordinated Indebtedness, that is in excess of $314.0 million plus 90% of the amount of net cash proceeds received from the sale of common stock after March 31, 2011. The Union Bank Facility will mature on November 2, 2014, approximately three years from the date of issuance, revolving through the first 24 months with a term out provision for the remaining 12 months. The Union Bank Facility requires the payment of a non-use fee of 0.50% annually. The other terms of the Union Bank Facility generally remain unchanged, including the stated interest rate. The Union Bank Facility contains an accordion feature, in which we can increase the credit line up to an aggregate of $150.0 million, funded by additional lenders and with the agreement of Union Bank and subject to other customary conditions.

Convertible Senior Notes

In April 2011, we issued $75.0 million in aggregate principle amount of 6.00% convertible senior notes (the “Convertible Senior Notes”) due 2016. As of September 30, 2011, the carrying value of the Convertible Senior Notes, comprised of the aggregate principal amount outstanding less the unaccreted discount initially recorded upon issuance of the Convertible Senior Notes, is approximately $70.1 million.

The Convertible Senior Notes mature on April 15, 2016 (the “Maturity Date”), unless previously converted or repurchased in accordance with their terms. The Convertible Senior Notes bear interest at a rate of 6.00% per year payable semiannually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing on October 15, 2011. The Convertible Senior Notes are our senior unsecured obligations and rank senior in right of payment to our existing and future indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Convertible Senior Notes; equal in right of payment to our existing and future unsecured indebtedness that is not so subordinated; effectively junior in right of payment to any of our secured indebtedness (including unsecured indebtedness that we later secure) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and structurally junior to all existing and future indebtedness (including trade payables) incurred by our subsidiaries, financing vehicles or similar facilities.

Prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding October 15, 2015, holders may convert their Convertible Senior Notes only under certain circumstances set forth in the Indenture. On or after

 

73


Table of Contents

October 15, 2015 until the close of business on the scheduled trading day immediately preceding the Maturity Date, holders may convert their Convertible Senior Notes at any time. Upon conversion, we will pay or deliver, as the case may be, at our election, cash, shares of its common stock or a combination of cash and shares of its common stock. The conversion rate will initially be 84.0972 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of Convertible Senior Notes (equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $11.89 per share of common stock). The conversion rate will be subject to adjustment in some events but will not be adjusted for any accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, if certain corporate events occur prior to the Maturity Date, the conversion rate will be increased for converting holders.

We may not redeem the Convertible Senior Notes prior to maturity. No sinking fund is provided for the Convertible Senior Notes. In addition, if certain corporate events occur, holders of the Convertible Senior Notes may require us to repurchase for cash all or part of their Convertible Senior Notes at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Convertible Senior Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest through, but excluding, the required repurchase date.

In accounting for the Convertible Senior Notes, we estimated that the values of the debt and the embedded conversion feature of the Convertible Senior Notes were approximately 92.8% and 7.2%, respectively. The original issue discount of 7.2% attributable to the conversion feature of the Convertible Senior Notes has initially be recorded in “capital in excess of par value” in the consolidated statement of assets and liabilities. As a result, we record interest expense comprised of both stated interest expense as well as accretion of the original issue discount resulting in an estimated effective interest rate of approximately 7.9%.

As of September 30, 2011, the components of the carrying value of the Convertible Senior Notes were as follows:

 

(in thousands)    As of September 30, 2011  

Principal amount of debt

   $ 75,000   

Original issue discount, net of accretion

     (4,918 )
  

 

 

 

Carrying value of debt

   $ 70,082   
  

 

 

 

For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, the components of interest expense and cash paid for interest expense for the Convertible Senior Notes were as follows:

 

(in thousands)    Three Months Ended
September 30,

2011
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,

2011
 

Stated interest expense

   $ 1,125       $ 2,062   

Accretion of original issue discount

     270         496   

Amortization of debt issuance cost

     144         264   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense

   $ 1,539       $ 2,822   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest expense

   $ —        $ —    

As of September 30, 2011, we are in compliance with the terms of the indentures governing the Convertible Senior Notes. See Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 for more detail on the Convertible Senior Notes.

Citibank Credit Facility

We, through Hercules Funding Trust I, an affiliated statutory trust, had a securitized credit facility (the “Citibank Credit Facility”) with Citigroup Global Markets Realty Corp. During the first quarter of 2009, we paid off all remaining principal and interest owed under the Citibank Credit Facility. Citigroup has an equity participation right through a warrant participation agreement on the pool of loans and warrants collateralized

 

74


Table of Contents

under the Citibank Credit Facility. Pursuant to the warrant participation agreement, we granted to Citigroup a 10% participation in all warrants held as collateral. However, no additional warrants were included in collateral subsequent to the facility amendment on May 2, 2007. As a result, Citigroup is entitled to 10% of the realized gains on the warrants until the realized gains paid to Citigroup pursuant to the agreement equal $3,750,000 (the “Maximum Participation Limit”). The obligations under the warrant participation agreement continue even after the Citibank Credit Facility is terminated until the Maximum Participation Limit has been reached. The value of their participation right on unrealized gains in the related equity investments was approximately $727,000 as of September 30, 2011 and is included in accrued liabilities. There can be no assurances that the unrealized appreciation of the warrants will not be higher or lower in future periods due to fluctuations in the value of the warrants, thereby increasing or reducing the effect on the cost of borrowing. Since inception of the agreement, we have paid Citigroup approximately $1.1 million under the warrant participation agreement thereby reducing its realized gains by this amount. We will continue to pay Citigroup under the warrant participation agreement until the Maximum Participation Limit is reached or the warrants expire.

Outstanding Borrowings

At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, we had the following borrowing capacity and outstanding borrowings:

 

     September 30, 2011      December 31, 2010  
     Total
Available
     Carrying
Value (1)
     Total
Available
     Carrying
Value (1)
 

Union Bank Facility

   $ 20,000       $ —        $ 20,000       $ —    

Wells Facility

     75,000         —          50,000         —    

Convertible Senior Notes (2)

     75,000         70,082         —          —    

SBA Debenture (3)

     225,000         188,750         225,000         170,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 395,000       $ 258,832       $ 295,000       $ 170,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Except for the Convertible Senior Notes (as defined above), all carrying values are the same as the principal amount outstanding.

(2)

Represents the aggregate principal amount outstanding of the Convertible Senior Notes (as defined above) less the unaccreted discount initially recorded upon issuance of the Convertible Notes. The total unaccreted discount for the Convertible Senior Notes was $4,918 at September 30, 2011.

(3)

The Company has the ability to borrow an additional $36.3 million subject to SBA approval and compliance with SBIC regulations for which they have received a commitment.

 

75


Table of Contents

Dividends

The following table summarizes our dividends declared and paid or to be paid on all shares, including restricted stock, to date:

 

Date Declared

   Record Date      Payment Date      Amount Per Share  

October 27, 2005

     November 1, 2005         November 17, 2005       $ 0.025   

December 9, 2005

     January 6, 2006         January 27, 2006         0.300   

April 3, 2006

     April 10, 2006         May 5, 2006         0.300   

July 19, 2006

     July 31, 2006         August 28, 2006         0.300   

October 16, 2006

     November 6, 2006         December 1, 2006         0.300   

February 7, 2007

     February 19, 2007         March 19, 2007         0.300   

May 3, 2007

     May 16, 2007         June 18, 2007         0.300   

August 2, 2007

     August 16, 2007         September 17, 2007         0.300   

November 1, 2007

     November 16, 2007         December 17, 2007         0.300   

February 7, 2008

     February 15, 2008         March 17, 2008         0.300   

May 8, 2008

     May 16, 2008         June 16, 2008         0.340   

August 7, 2008

     August 15, 2008         September 19, 2008         0.340   

November 6, 2008

     November 14, 2008         December 15, 2008         0.340   

February 12, 2009

     February 23, 2009         March 30, 2009         0.320 *

May 7, 2009

     May 15, 2009         June 15, 2009         0.300   

August 6, 2009

     August 14, 2009         September 14, 2009         0.300   

October 15, 2009

     October 20, 2009         November 23, 2009         0.300   

December 16, 2009

     December 24, 2009         December 30, 2009         0.040   

February 11, 2010

     February 19, 2010         March 19, 2010         0.200   

May 3, 2010

     May 12, 2010         June 18, 2010         0.200   

August 2, 2010

     August 12, 2010         September 17, 2010         0.200   

November 4, 2010

     November 10, 2010         December 17, 2010         0.200   

March 1, 2011

     March 10, 2011         March 24, 2011         0.220   

May 5, 2011

     May 11, 2011         June 23, 2011         0.220   

August 4, 2011

     August 15, 2011         September 15, 2011         0.220   

November 3, 2011

     November 14, 2011         November 29, 2011         0.220   
        

 

 

 
         $ 6.685   
        

 

 

 

 

* Dividend paid in cash and stock.

On November 3, 2011, the Board of Directors announced a cash dividend of $0.22 per share to be paid on November 29, 2011 to shareholders of record as of November 14, 2011. This dividend is the Company’s twenty-sixth consecutive quarterly dividend declaration since its initial public offering, and will bring the total cumulative dividend declared to date to $6.69 per share.

Our Board of Directors maintains a variable dividend policy with the objective of distributing four quarterly distributions in an amount that approximates 90 - 100% of our taxable quarterly income or potential annual income for a particular year. In addition, at the end of the year, we may also pay an additional special dividend or fifth dividend, such that we may distribute approximately all of our annual taxable income in the year it was earned, while maintaining the option to spill over our excess taxable income.

Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits would generally be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. The determination of the tax attributes of our distributions is made annually as of the end of our fiscal year based upon our taxable income for the full year and distributions paid for the full year, therefore a determination made on a quarterly basis may not be representative of the tax attributes of our 2011 distributions

 

76


Table of Contents

to stockholders. If we had determined the tax attributes of our distributions year-to-date as of September 30, 2011, approximately 97% would be from ordinary income and spillover earnings from 2010, and 3% would be a return of capital.

We intend to distribute quarterly dividends to our stockholders. In order to avoid certain excise taxes imposed on RICs, we currently intend to distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of our ordinary income for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of our capital gains in excess of capital losses for the one year period ending on October 31 of the calendar year, and (3) any ordinary income and net capital gains for the preceding year that were not distributed during such year. We will not be subject to excise taxes on amounts on which we are required to pay corporate income tax (such as retained net capital gains). In order to obtain the tax benefits applicable to RICs, we will be required to distribute to our stockholders with respect to each taxable year at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses.

We can offer no assurance that we will achieve results that will permit the payment of any cash distributions and, if we issue senior securities, we will be prohibited from making distributions if doing so causes us to fail to maintain the asset coverage ratios stipulated by the 1940 Act or if distributions are limited by the terms of any of our borrowings. See “Regulation” in the accompanying prospectus.

We maintain an “opt-out” dividend reinvestment plan for our common stockholders. As a result, if we declare a dividend, cash dividends will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock unless the stockholder specifically “opts out” of the dividend reinvestment plan and chooses to receive cash dividends. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” in the accompanying prospectus.

Our ability to make distributions will be limited by the asset coverage requirements under the 1940 Act.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and revenues and expenses during the period reported. On an ongoing basis, our management evaluates its estimates and assumptions, which are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Changes in our estimates and assumptions could materially impact our results of operations and financial condition.

Valuation of Portfolio Investments.   The most significant estimate inherent in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements is the valuation of investments and the related amounts of unrealized appreciation and depreciation of investments recorded.

Our investments are carried at fair value in accordance with the 1940 Act and Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) topic 820 Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, (formerly known as SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements). At September 30, 2011, approximately 83.7% of the Company’s total assets represented investments in portfolio companies that are valued at fair value by the Board of Directors. Value, as defined in Section 2(a)(41) of the 1940 Act, is (i) the market price for those securities for which a market quotation is readily available and (ii) for all other securities and assets, fair value is as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. Our debt securities are primarily invested in equity sponsored technology-related companies including life science, clean technology and select lower middle market technology companies. Given the nature of lending to these types of businesses, our investments in these portfolio companies are generally considered Level 3 assets under ASC 820 because there is no known or accessible market or market indexes for these investment securities to be traded or exchanged. As such, it values substantially all of its investments at fair value as determined in good faith pursuant to a consistent valuation policy and our Board of Directors in

 

77


Table of Contents

accordance with the provisions of ASC 820 and the 1940 Act. Due to the inherent uncertainty in determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of our investments determined in good faith by our Board may differ significantly from the value that would have been used had a readily available market existed for such investments, and the differences could be material.

Our Board of Directors may from time to time engage an independent valuation firm to provide us with valuation assistance with respect to certain of our portfolio investments on a quarterly basis. We intend to continue to engage an independent valuation firm to provide us with assistance regarding our determination of the fair value of selected portfolio investments each quarter unless directed by the Board of Directors to cancel such valuation services. The scope of the services rendered by an independent valuation firm is at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors is ultimately and solely responsible for determining the fair value of our investments in good faith.

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available or when such market quotations are deemed not to represent fair value, our Board of Directors has approved a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

(1) our quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals responsible for the portfolio investment;

(2) preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with our investment committee;

(3) the valuation committee of the Board of Directors reviews the preliminary valuation of the investment committee and that of the independent valuation firm and responds to the valuation recommendation of the independent valuation firm to reflect any comments, if any, and

(4) the Board of Directors discusses valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith based on the input of, where applicable, the respective independent valuation firm and the valuation committee.

We adopted ASC 820 on January 1, 2008. ASC 820 establishes a framework for measuring the fair value of the assets and liabilities and outlines a fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value and the effect of fair value measures on earnings. ASC 820 also enhances disclosure requirements for fair value measurements based on the level within the hierarchy of the information used in the valuation. ASC 820 applies whenever other standards require (or permit) assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value but does not expand the use of fair value in any new circumstances. ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

We have categorized all investments recorded at fair value in accordance with ASC 820 based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair value. Hierarchical levels, defined by ASC 820 and directly related to the amount of subjectivity associated with the inputs to fair valuation of these assets and liabilities, are as follows:

Level 1—Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets at the measurement date. The types of assets carried at Level 1 fair value generally are equities listed in active markets.

Level 2—Inputs (other than quoted prices included in Level 1) are either directly or indirectly observable for the asset in connection with market data at the measurement date and for the extent of the instrument’s anticipated life. Fair valued assets that are generally included in this category are warrants held in a public company.

Level 3—Inputs reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset at the measurement date. It includes prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable. Generally, assets carried at fair value and included in this category are the debt investments and warrants and equities held in a private company.

 

78


Table of Contents

Debt Investments

We follow the guidance set forth in ASC 820 which establishes a framework for measuring the fair value of assets and liabilities and outlines a fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value and the effect of fair value measures on earnings. Our debt securities are primarily invested in equity sponsored technology, life science and clean technology companies. Given the nature of lending to these types of businesses, our investments in these portfolio companies are considered Level 3 assets under ASC 820 because there is no known or accessible market or market indexes for these investment securities to be traded or exchanged.

We apply a procedure that assumes a sale of investment in a hypothetical market to a hypothetical market participant where buyers and sellers are willing participants. The hypothetical market does not include scenarios where the underlying security was simply repaid or extinguished, but includes an exit concept. Under this process, we also evaluate the collateral for recoverability of the debt investments as well as apply all of its historical fair value analysis. We use pricing on recently issued comparable debt securities to determine the baseline hypothetical market yields as of the measurement date. We consider each portfolio company’s credit rating, security liens and other characteristics of the investment to adjust the baseline yield to derive a hypothetical yield for each investment as of the measurement date. The anticipated future cash flows from each investment are then discounted at the hypothetical yield to estimate each investment’s fair value as of the measurement date.

Our process includes, among other things, the underlying investment performance, the current portfolio company’s financial condition and market changing events that impact valuation, estimated remaining life, current market yield and interest rate spreads of similar securities as of the measurement date. If there is a significant deterioration of the credit quality of a debt investment, we may consider other factors than those a hypothetical market participant would use to estimate fair value, including the proceeds that would be received in a liquidation analysis.

We record unrealized depreciation on investments when it believes that an investment has decreased in value, including where collection of a loan is doubtful or if under the in exchange premise when the value of a debt security were to be less than amortized cost of the investment. Conversely, where appropriate, we record unrealized appreciation if we believe that the underlying portfolio company has appreciated in value and, therefore, that our investment has also appreciated in value or if under the in exchange premise the value of a debt security were to be greater than amortized cost.

When originating a debt instrument, we generally receive warrants or other equity-related securities from the borrower. We determine the cost basis of the warrants or other equity-related securities received based upon their respective fair values on the date of receipt in proportion to the total fair value of the debt and warrants or other equity-related securities received. Any resulting discount on the loan from recordation of the warrant or other equity instruments is accreted into interest income over the life of the loan.

Equity-Related Securities and Warrants

Securities that are traded in the over-the-counter markets or on a stock exchange will be valued at the prevailing bid price at period end. We have a limited number of equity securities in public companies. In accordance with the 1940 Act, unrestricted publicly traded securities for which market quotations are readily available are valued at the closing market quote on the valuation date.

We estimate the fair value of warrants using a Black Scholes pricing model. At each reporting date, privately held warrant and equity related securities are valued based on an analysis of various factors including, but not limited to, the portfolio company’s operating performance and financial condition and general market conditions, price to enterprise value or price to equity ratios, discounted cash flow, valuation comparisons to comparable public companies or other industry benchmarks. When an external event occurs, such as a purchase

 

79


Table of Contents

transaction, public offering, or subsequent equity sale, the pricing indicated by that external event is utilized to corroborate our valuation of the warrant and equity related. We periodically review the valuation of our portfolio companies that have not been involved in a qualifying external event to determine if the enterprise value of the portfolio company may have increased or decreased since the last valuation measurement date.

Income Recognition.

We record interest income on the accrual basis and we recognize it as earned in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement to the extent that such amounts are expected to be collected. Original Issue Discount (“OID”) initially represents the value of detachable equity warrants obtained in conjunction with the acquisition of debt securities and is accreted into interest income over the term of the loan as a yield enhancement. When a loan becomes 90 days or more past due, or if management otherwise does not expect the portfolio company to be able to service its debt and other obligations, we will generally place the loan on non-accrual status and cease recognizing interest income on that loan until all principal has been paid. Any uncollected interest related to prior periods is reversed from income in the period that collection of the interest receivable is determined to be doubtful. However, we may make exceptions to this policy if the investment has sufficient collateral value and is in the process of collection. As of September 30, 2011, we had one portfolio company on non-accrual status with a fair value of zero. There were two loans on non-accrual status with a fair value of approximately $4.0 million as of December 31, 2010. During the three months ended March 31, 2011 we wrote off our warrant, equity and debt investments in one of these portfolio companies for a realized loss of approximately $5.2 million.

Paid-In-Kind and End of Term Income.

Contractual paid-in-kind (“PIK”) interest, which represents contractually deferred interest added to the loan balance that is generally due at the end of the loan term, is generally recorded on the accrual basis to the extent such amounts are expected to be collected. We will generally cease accruing PIK interest if there is insufficient value to support the accrual or we do not expect the portfolio company to be able to pay all principal and interest due. In addition, we may also be entitled to an end-of-term payment that we amortize into income over the life of the loan. To maintain our status as a RIC, PIK and end-of-term income must be paid out to stockholders in the form of dividends even though we have not yet collected the cash. Amounts necessary to pay these dividends may come from available cash or the liquidation of certain investments. The Company recorded approximately $285,000 and $1.4 million in PIK income in the three and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2011, respectively. The Company recorded approximately $552,000 and $1.7 million in the same periods ended September 30, 2010, respectively.

Fee Income.

Fee income, generally collected in advance, includes loan commitment and facility fees for due diligence and structuring, as well as fees for transaction services and management services rendered by us to portfolio companies and other third parties. Loan and commitment fees are amortized into income over the contractual life of the loan. Management fees are generally recognized as income when the services are rendered. Loan origination fees are capitalized and then amortized into interest income using the effective interest rate method. In certain loan arrangements, warrants or other equity interests are received from the borrower as additional origination fees.

We recognize nonrecurring fees amortized over the remaining term of the loan commencing in the quarter relating to specific loan modifications. Certain fees may still be recognized as one-time fees, including prepayment penalties, fees related to select covenant default waiver fees and acceleration of previously deferred loan fees and original issue discount (OID) related to early loan pay-off or material modification of the specific debt outstanding.

 

80


Table of Contents

Equity Offering Expenses

Our offering costs, excluding underwriter’s fees, are charged against the proceeds from equity offerings when received.

Debt Issuance Costs

Debt issuance costs are being amortized over the life of the related debt instrument using the straight line method, which closely approximates the effective yield method.

Stock-Based Compensation.

We have issued and may, from time to time, issue additional stock options and restricted stock to employees under our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and Board members under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. We follow ASC 718, formally known as FAS 123R “ Share-Based Payments ” to account for stock options granted. Under ASC 718, compensation expense associated with stock-based compensation is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized.

Federal Income Taxes.

We intend to operate so as to qualify to be taxed as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code and, as such, will not be subject to federal income tax on the portion of our taxable income and gains distributed to stockholders. To qualify as a RIC, we are required to distribute at least 90% of our investment company taxable income, as defined by the Code. We are subject to a non-deductible federal excise tax if we do not distribute at least 98% of our taxable income and 98.2% of our capital gain net income for each one year period ending on October 31. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, no excise tax was recorded. At December 31, 2008, we recorded a liability for excise tax of approximately $203,000 on income and capital gains of approximately $5.0 million which was distributed in 2009. Because federal income tax regulations differ from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, distributions in accordance with tax regulations may differ from net investment income and realized gains recognized for financial reporting purposes. Differences may be permanent or temporary. Permanent differences are reclassified among capital accounts in the financial statement to reflect their tax character. Temporary differences arise when certain items of income, expense, gain or loss are recognized at some time in the future. Differences in classification may also result from the treatment of short-term gains as ordinary income for tax purposes.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-06,  Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures   (“ASU 2010-06”), which amends ASC 820 and requires additional disclosure related to recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements with respect to transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2 and activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. The update also clarifies existing disclosure requirements related to the level of disaggregation and disclosure about inputs and valuation techniques. ASU 2010-06 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2009 except for disclosures related to activity in Level 3 fair value measurements which are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010 and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company adopted the requirements of ASU-2010-06 in the fourth quarter of 2009 and its adoption did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued  Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-04—Fair Value Measurement: Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS , or ASU 2011-04. ASU 2011-04 clarifies the application of existing fair value measurement and disclosure requirements, changes the application of some requirements for measuring fair value and requires additional disclosure for fair value measurements. The highest and best use valuation premise is only applicable to non-financial assets. In addition, the disclosure requirements are expanded to include for fair value measurements

 

81


Table of Contents

categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy: (1) a quantitative disclosure of the unobservable inputs and assumptions used in the measurement; (2) a description of the valuation processes in place; and (3) a narrative description of the sensitivity of the fair value to changes in unobservable inputs and interrelationships between those inputs. ASU 2011-04 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, for public entities. We are evaluating the impact that our adoption of this update may have on our financial position or results of operations.

Subsequent Events

Closed and Pending Commitments

As of November 3, 2011, we have closed commitments of approximately $45.0 million to new and existing portfolio companies, and funded approximately $30.0 million since the close of the third quarter. In addition, we have pending commitments (signed term sheets) of approximately $129.0 million.

The table below summarizes our year-to-date closed and pending commitments as follows:

2011 Closed Commitments and Pending Commitments (in millions)

  

January 1–September 30 Closed Commitments

   $ 465.0   

Q4-11 Closed Commitments (as of November 3, 2011)

   $ 45.0   
  

 

 

 

Total year to date 2011 Closed Commitments (a)

   $  510.0   

Pending Commitments (as November 3, 2011) (b)

   $ 129.0   
  

 

 

 

Total year to date

   $ 639.0   
  

 

 

 

 

a. Not all Closed Commitments result in future cash requirements. Commitments generally fund over the two succeeding quarters from close.
b. Not all Pending Commitments (signed non-binding term sheets) are expected to close and do not necessarily represent any future cash requirements.

Portfolio Company Developments

In October 2011, Hercules’ portfolio company LaboPharm, Inc. was acquired by Paladin Labs resulting in the full repayment of Hercules’ debt of approximately $12.0 million and the cancellation of the remaining warrants.

Company Developments

In October 2011, Hercules announced the opening of its new office in McLean, Virginia, thereby expanding to the Mid-Atlantic and South-Atlantic regions where the Company was previously under represented.

On November 2, 2011, the Company renewed and amended the Union Bank Facility. The Union Bank Facility will mature on November 2, 2014, revolving through the first 24 months with a term out provision for the remaining 12 months. The Union Bank Facility requires the payment of a non-use fee of 0.50% annually. The other terms of the Union Bank Facility generally remain unchanged, including the stated interest rate.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are subject to financial market risks, including changes in interest rates. Interest rate risk is defined as the sensitivity of our current and future earnings to interest rate volatility, variability of spread relationships, the difference in re-pricing intervals between our assets and liabilities and the effect that interest rates may have on our cash flows. Changes in the general level of interest rates can affect our net investment income, which is the difference between the interest income earned on interest earning assets and our interest expense incurred in connection with our interest bearing debt and liabilities. Changes in interest rates can also affect, among other things, our ability to acquire and originate loans and securities and the value of our investment portfolio.

 

82


Table of Contents

As of September 30, 2011, approximately 91.1% of our portfolio loans were at variable rates or variable rates with a floor and 8.9% of our loans were at fixed rates. Over time additional investments may be at variable rates. We do not currently engage in any hedging activities. However , we may, in the future, hedge against interest rate fluctuations by using standard hedging instruments such as futures, options, and forward contracts. While hedging activities may insulate us against changes in interest rates, they may also limit our ability to participate in the benefits of lower interest rates with respect to our borrowed funds and higher interest rates with respect to our portfolio of investments. Interest rates on our borrowings are based primarily on LIBOR. Borrowings under our SBA program are fixed at the ten year treasury rate every March and September for borrowings of the preceding six months. Borrowings under the program are charged interest based on ten year treasury rates plus a spread and the rates are generally set for a pool of debentures issued by the SBA in three-month periods. The rates of borrowings under the various draws from the SBA beginning in April 2007 and set semiannually in March and September range from 3.22% to 5.73%. In addition, the SBA charges a fee that is set annually, depending on the Federal fiscal year the leverage commitment was delegated by the SBA, regardless of the date that the leverage was drawn by the SBIC. The annual fee related to HT III debentures that pooled on September 21, 2011 was 0.285%. The annual fees related to HT II debentures that pooled on September 22, 2010 were 0.406% and 0.285%, depending upon the year the underlying commitment was closed in. The annual fees on other debentures have been set at 0.906%. The average amount of debentures outstanding for the quarter ended September 30, 2011 for HT II was approximately $125.0 million with an average interest rate of approximately 5.0%, and for HT III was approximately $63.75 million with an average interest rate of approximately 3.5%. Interest is payable semiannually and there are no principal payments required on these issues prior to maturity. Debentures under the SBA generally mature ten years after being borrowed. Based on the initial draw down date of April 2007, the initial maturity of SBA debentures will occur in April 2017.

Borrowings under the Wells Facility will generally bear interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus 3.50% with a floor of 5.0%. The Wells Facility is collateralized by debt investment in our portfolio companies, and includes an advance rate equal to 50% of eligible loans placed in the collateral pool. The Wells Facility generally requires payment of interest on a monthly basis. The Wells Facility requires the monthly payment of a non-use fee of 0.3% for each payment date on or before September 1, 2011. From September 1, 2011 through September 30, 2011, this non-use fee was 0.75%. The monthly payment of a non-use fee thereafter shall depend on the average balance that was outstanding on a scale between 0.0% and 0.75% .   All outstanding principal is due upon maturity. There were no borrowings outstanding under this facility at September 30, 2011. The facility expires in June 2014.

Borrowings under the Union Bank Facility will generally bear interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus 2.25% with a floor of 4.0%. The Union Bank Facility required the payment of an unused fee of 0.25% annually. The Union Bank Facility is collateralized by debt investments in our portfolio companies, and includes an advance rate equal to 50% of eligible loans placed in the collateral pool. The Union Bank Facility generally requires payment of interest on a monthly basis. All outstanding principal is due upon maturity. There were no outstanding borrowings under this facility at September 30, 2011. In June 2011, the maturity date under the credit facility was extended from July 31, 2011 to December 31, 2011, subject to the same terms and conditions. On November 2, 2011, we renewed and amended the Union Bank Facility. The Union Bank Facility requires the payment of a non-use fee of 0.50% annually. The other terms of the Union Bank Facility generally remain unchanged, including the stated interest rate. The Union Bank Facility will mature on November 2, 2014, revolving through the first 24 months with a term out provision for the remaining 12 months.

Borrowings under the Convertible Senior Notes mature on April 15, 2016 (the “Maturity Date”), unless previously converted or repurchased in accordance with their terms. The Convertible Senior Notes bear interest at a rate of 6.00% per year payable semiannually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing on October 15, 2011. The Convertible Senior Notes are our senior unsecured obligations and rank senior in right of payment to the our existing and future indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Convertible Senior Notes; equal in right of payment to our existing and future unsecured indebtedness that is not so subordinated; effectively junior in right of payment to any of our secured indebtedness

 

83


Table of Contents

(including unsecured indebtedness that we later secure) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and structurally junior to all existing and future indebtedness (including trade payables) incurred by our subsidiaries, financing vehicles or similar facilities.

Because we currently borrow, and plan to borrow in the future, money to make investments, our net investment income is dependent upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the rate at which we invest the funds borrowed. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income. In periods of rising interest rates, our cost of funds would increase, which could reduce our net investment income if there is not a corresponding increase in interest income generated by variable rate assets in our investment portfolio.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of its management, including its Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of these disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e), as of September 30, 2011. Based on this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer) concluded that its disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of as of September 30, 2011, the end of the period covered by its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, because of the continuing remediation efforts discussed below.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

As described in Item 9A of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 and in the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended March 31, 2011, management identified remedial steps that were implemented with respect to disclosed material weaknesses. In light of these material weaknesses, the Company refined its procedures to ensure its financial statements were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The status of the remediation efforts, as discussed below, was regularly reviewed with management and the Company’s Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. The Audit Committee was advised of issues encountered and key decisions reached by management relating to the remediation efforts. Accordingly, management believes that the financial statements included in its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and this Registration Statement present fairly in all material respects the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented.

During the three month period ended December 31, 2010, and in connection with the year-end audit process, the Company corrected the valuation process to refine its application of ASC 820. The Company applied a new procedure that assumes a sale of an investment in a hypothetical market to a hypothetical market participant where buyers and sellers are willing participants. The hypothetical market does not include scenarios where the underlying security was simply repaid or extinguished, but includes an exit concept. Under the new process, the Company has continued to evaluate the collateral for recoverability of the debt investments as well as apply all of its historical fair value analysis. The Company uses pricing on recently issued comparable debt securities to determine the baseline hypothetical market yields as of the measurement date. The Company considers each portfolio company’s credit rating, security liens and other characteristics of the investment to adjust the baseline yield to derive a hypothetical yield for each investment. The anticipated future cash flows from each investment are then discounted at the hypothetical yield to estimate each investment’s fair value as of the measurement date. The Company has completed its evaluation and testing of these additional processes. During the three months ended March 31, 2011, management evaluated the remedial action, assessed the operating effectiveness of the remediated controls and concluded that it has remediated the material weakness described above.

In connection with the preparation of the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements for the three-month period ended March 31, 2011, the Company identified a material weakness in its internal control over financial

 

84


Table of Contents

reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the registrant’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. In particular, management became aware of matters where existing controls did not operate effectively to detect manual input errors in calculations used to derive the fair value of some investment portfolio holdings as of the measurement date, thereby impacting reported amounts with respect to investments and net increase (decrease) in unrealized appreciation on investments. This control deficiency could result in misstatements of the aforementioned accounts and disclosures that would result in a material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected. Because of this material weakness, management concluded that the Company did not maintain effective control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2011. The Company designed and implemented its remediation efforts, as outlined below, to address the material weakness identified as of March 31, 2011 and to strengthen its internal control over financial reporting. Beginning in the second quarter of 2011, the Company has implemented the following remediation steps to address the material weakness as it relates to manual input errors in calculations used and to improve its internal control over financial reporting:

 

   

adding additional layers of review to ensure accuracy, existence and completeness of the number of equity security holdings as of the measurement date;

 

   

adding additional review steps, particularly surrounding any manually input data, in the calculations used to support the fair value of investments as of the measurement date; and

 

   

seeking to recruit additional experienced professionals to augment and upgrade its financial staff to address issues of timeliness and completeness in financial reporting.

As of September 30, 2011, management believes it has placed in operation controls to address the material weakness, however given the timing of certain remediation activities there was not sufficient evidence to conclude upon their sustained effectiveness. As a result, during 2011, management continued to monitor and test the controls that have been implemented to ensure sustained effectiveness and will further remediate should any evidence of ineffectiveness be found.

The Audit Committee has directed management to monitor and test the controls implemented and develop additional controls should any of these new controls require further enhancement. In addition, under the direction of the Audit Committee, management will continue to review and make necessary changes to the overall design of the Company’s internal control environment, as well as policies and procedures to improve the overall effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.

Management believes the measures described above and others that will be implemented as necessary will remediate the control deficiencies the Company has identified and strengthen its internal control over financial reporting. Management is committed to continuous improvement of the Company’s internal control processes and will continue to diligently review the Company’s financial reporting controls and procedures. As management continues to evaluate and work to improve internal control over financial reporting, the Company may determine to take additional measures to address control deficiencies or to determine to modify, or in appropriate circumstances not to complete, certain of the remediation measures described above.

 

85


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

We are a specialty finance company that provides debt and equity growth capital to technology-related companies at various stages of development from seed and emerging growth to expansion and established stages of development, which include select publicly listed companies and select lower middle market companies. We primarily finance privately-held companies backed by leading venture capital and private equity firms and also may finance certain select publicly-traded companies that lack access to public capital or are sensitive to equity ownership dilution. We source our investments through our principal office located in Silicon Valley, as well as our additional offices in Boston, MA, Boulder CO, and McLean, VA.

We also make investments in qualifying small businesses through two wholly-owned, small business investment company (“SBIC”) subsidiaries, Hercules Technology II, L.P. (“HT II”) and Hercules Technology III, L.P. (“HT III”). As SBICs, HT II and HT III are subject to a variety of regulations concerning, among other things, the size and nature of the companies in which they may invest and the structure of those investments. As of September 30, 2011, we held investments in HT II in 84 companies with a fair value of approximately $180.8 million. HT II’s portfolio companies accounted for approximately 31.4% of our total portfolio at September 30, 2011. As of September 30, 2011, we held investments in HT III in 20 companies with a fair value of approximately $92.4 million. HT III’s portfolio accounted for approximately 16.0% of our total portfolio at September 30, 2011.

Our goal is to be the leading structured debt financing provider of choice for venture capital and private equity-backed technology-related companies requiring sophisticated and customized financing solutions. Our strategy is to evaluate and invest in a broad range of companies active in the technology, clean technology and life-science industries and to offer a full suite of growth capital products up and down the capital structure. We invest primarily in structured debt with warrants and, to a lesser extent, in senior debt and equity investments. We use the term “structured debt with warrants” to refer to any debt investment, such as a senior or subordinated secured loan, that is coupled with an equity component, including warrants, options or rights to purchase common or preferred stock. Our structured debt with warrants investments will typically be secured by select or all of the assets of the portfolio company.

We focus our investments in companies active in the technology industry sub-sectors characterized by products or services that require advanced technologies, including, but not limited to, computer software and hardware, networking systems, semiconductors, semiconductor capital equipment, information technology infrastructure or services, Internet consumer and business services, telecommunications, telecommunications equipment, renewable or alternative energy, media and life sciences. Within the life sciences sub-sector, we generally focus on medical devices, bio-pharmaceutical, drug discovery, drug delivery, health care services and information systems companies. Within the clean technology sub-sector, we focus on sustainable and renewable energy technologies and energy efficiency and monitoring technologies. We refer to all of these companies as “technology-related” companies and intend, under normal circumstances, to invest at least 80% of the value of our assets in such businesses.

Our investment objective is to maximize our portfolio total return by generating current income from our debt investments and capital appreciation from our equity-related investments. Our primary business objectives are to increase our net income, net operating income and net asset value by investing in structured debt with warrants and equity of venture capital and private equity backed technology-related companies with attractive current yields and the potential for equity appreciation and realized gains. Our structured debt investments typically include warrants or other equity interests, giving us the potential to realize equity-like returns on a portion of our investments. Our equity ownership in our portfolio companies may represent a controlling interest. In some cases, we receive the right to make additional equity investments in our portfolio companies in connection with future equity financing rounds. Capital that we provide directly to venture capital and private equity backed technology-related companies is generally used for growth and general working capital purposes as well as in select cases for acquisitions or recapitalizations.

 

86


Table of Contents

Our portfolio is comprised of, and we anticipate that our portfolio will continue to be comprised of, investments in technology-related companies at various stages of development. Consistent with regulatory requirements, we invest primarily in United States based companies and to a lesser extent in foreign companies. Since 2007, our investing emphasis has been primarily on private companies following or in connection with a subsequent institutional round of equity financing, which we refer to as expansion-stage companies and private companies in later rounds of financing and certain public companies, which we refer to as established-stage companies and lower middle market companies. We have also historically focused our investment activities in private companies following or in connection with the first institutional round of financing, which we refer to as emerging-growth companies.

Current Market Conditions

Beginning in the fall of 2008, the global economy entered a financial crisis and recession. Volatile capital and credit markets, declining business and consumer confidence and increased unemployment precipitated a continuing economic slowdown. Although there have been signs of recovery in many regions, economic weakness could continue or worsen. For example, the current U.S. debt ceiling and budget deficit concerns, together with signs of deteriorating sovereign debt conditions in Europe, have increased the possibility of credit-rating downgrades and economic slowdowns. Although U.S. lawmakers passed legislation to raise the federal debt ceiling, Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating on the United States from “AAA” to “AA+” on August 5, 2011. The impact of this or any further downgrades to the U.S. government’s sovereign credit rating, or its perceived creditworthiness, and the impact of the current crisis in Europe with respect to the ability of certain European Union countries to continue to service their sovereign debt obligations is inherently unpredictable and could adversely effect the U.S. and global financial markets and economic conditions. There can be no assurance that governmental or other measures to aid economic recovery will be effective. Given our level of liquidity and pipeline, we believe that we are well positioned despite the uncertainty in the market. Continued adverse economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may acquire a portfolio of investments or sell a portion of our portfolio on an opportunistic basis. We, from time to time, engage in discussions with counterparties in respect of various potential transactions. Some of these transactions could be material to our business. Consummation of any such transaction will be subject to completion of due diligence, finalization of key business and financial terms (including price) and negotiation of final definitive documentation as well as a number of other factors and conditions including, without limitation, the approval of our Board of Directors and required third party consents and, in certain cases, the approval of our stockholders. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that any such transaction would be consummated.

We periodically review and assess investment portfolio acquisition opportunities of target companies that would be accretive to us. In the future, we may determine to acquire such portfolios which could affect our liquidity position and necessitate our need to raise additional capital to fund our growth.

Corporate History and Offices

We are a Maryland Corporation formed in December 2003 that began investment operations in September 2004. We are an internally managed, non-diversified, closed-end investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 Act. As a business development company, we are required to meet various regulatory tests. A business development company is required to invest at least 70% of its total assets in “qualifying assets,” including securities of private and thinly traded public U.S. companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less. A business development company also must meet a coverage ratio of

 

87


Table of Contents

total net assets to total senior securities, which include all of our borrowings (including accrued interest payable) except for debentures issued by the Small Business Administration, and any preferred stock we may issue in the future, of at least 200% subsequent to each borrowing or issuance of senior securities. See “Regulation”.

From incorporation through December 31, 2005, we were taxed as a corporation under Subchapter C of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or as amended (the “Code”). We have elected to be treated for federal income tax purposes as a regulated investment company, or “RIC,” under the Code. In order to continue to qualify as a RIC for federal income tax purposes, we must meet certain requirements, including certain minimum distribution requirements. See “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

Our principal executive offices are located at 400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310, Palo Alto, California 94301 and our telephone number is (650) 289-3060. We also have additional offices in Boston, MA, Boulder, CO and McLean, VA. We maintain a website on the Internet at www.herculestech.com. Information contained in our website is not incorporated by reference into this Prospectus, and you should not consider that information as part of this Prospectus. Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and our current reports on Form 8-K, as well as any amendments to those reports, are available free of charge through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after we file them with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). These reports are also available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

We may acquire a portfolio of investments or sell a portion of our portfolio on an opportunistic basis. We, from time to time, engage in discussions with counterparties in respect of various potential transactions. Some of these transactions could be material to our business. Consummation of any such transaction will be subject to completion of due diligence finalization of key business and financial terms (including price) and negotiation of final definitive documentation as well as a number of other factors and conditions including, without limitation, the approval of our board of directors and required third party consents and, in certain cases, the approval of our stockholders. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that any such transaction would be consummated.

Our Market Opportunity

We believe that technology-related companies compete in one of the largest and most rapidly growing sectors of the U.S. economy and that continued growth is supported by ongoing innovation and performance improvements in technology products as well as the adoption of technology across virtually all industries in response to competitive pressures. We believe that an attractive market opportunity exists for a specialty finance company focused primarily on investments in structured debt with warrants in technology-related companies for the following reasons:

 

   

Technology-related companies have generally been underserved by traditional lending sources;

 

   

Unfulfilled demand exists for structured debt financing to technology-related companies as the number of lenders has declined due to the recent financial market turmoil; and

 

   

Structured debt with warrants products are less dilutive and complement equity financing from venture capital and private equity funds.

Technology-Related Companies are Under served by Traditional Lenders. We believe many viable technology-related companies backed by financial sponsors have been unable to obtain sufficient growth financing from traditional lenders, including financial services companies such as commercial banks and finance companies, particularly due to the recent credit market dislocation and because traditional lenders have continued to consolidate and have adopted a more risk-averse approach to lending. More importantly, we believe traditional lenders are typically unable to underwrite the risk associated with financial sponsor-backed emerging growth or expansion-stage companies effectively.

 

88


Table of Contents

The unique cash flow characteristics of many technology-related companies include significant research and development expenditures and high projected revenue growth thus often making such companies difficult to evaluate from a credit perspective. In addition, the balance sheets of emerging-growth and expansion-stage companies often include a disproportionately large amount of intellectual property assets, which can be difficult to value. Finally, the speed of innovation in technology and rapid shifts in consumer demand and market share add to the difficulty in evaluating technology-related companies.

Due to the difficulties described above, we believe traditional lenders are generally refraining from entering the structured mezzanine marketplace, instead preferring the risk-reward profile of asset based lending. Traditional lenders generally do not have flexible product offerings that meet the needs of technology-related companies. The financing products offered by traditional lenders typically impose on borrowers many restrictive covenants and conditions, including limiting cash outflows and requiring a significant depository relationship to facilitate rapid liquidation.

Unfulfilled Demand for Structured Debt Financing to Technology-Related Companies. Private debt capital in the form of structured debt financing from specialty finance companies continues to be an important source of funding for technology-related companies. We believe that the level of demand for structured debt financing is a function of the level of annual venture equity investment activity. In the first nine months of 2011, venture capital-backed companies received, in approximately 2,229 transactions, equity financing in an aggregate amount of approximately $23.3 billion, representing a 29.4% increase from the same period of the preceding year, as reported by Dow Jones VentureSource. In addition, overall, the median round size during the three-month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $6.0 million and $5.0 million, respectively. We believe the larger number of venture-backed companies receiving financing provides us a greater opportunity to provide debt financing to these venture backed companies. Overall, seed- and first-round deals made up 42% of the deal flow in the three months ended September 30, 2011 and later-stage deals made up roughly 37% of the deal activity in the quarter.

We believe that demand for structured debt financing is currently underserved, in part because of the credit market collapse in 2008 and the resulting exit of debt capital providers to technology-related companies. The venture capital market for the technology-related companies in which we invest has been active and is continuing to show signs of increased investment activity. In addition, lending requirements of traditional lenders have become more stringent due to the significant write-offs in the financial services sector, the re-pricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated market and the financial turmoil affecting the banking system and financial market, which have negatively impacted the debt and equity capital market in the United States and most other markets. At the same time, the venture capital market for the technology-related companies in which we invest has continued to be active. Therefore, to the extent we have capital available, we believe this is an opportune time to be active in the structured lending market for technology-related companies.

Structured Debt with Warrants Products Complement Equity Financing From Venture Capital and Private Equity Funds. We believe that technology-related companies and their financial sponsors will continue to view structured debt securities as an attractive source of capital because it augments the capital provided by venture capital and private equity funds. We believe that our structured debt with warrants product provides access to growth capital that otherwise may only be available through incremental investments by existing equity investors. As such, we provide portfolio companies and their financial sponsors with an opportunity to diversify their capital sources. Generally, we believe technology-related companies at all stages of development target a portion of their capital to be debt in an attempt to achieve a higher valuation through internal growth. In addition, because financial sponsor-backed companies have reached a more mature stage prior to reaching a liquidity event, we believe our investments could provide the debt capital needed to grow or recapitalize during the extended period prior to liquidity events.

 

89


Table of Contents

Our Business Strategy

Our strategy to achieve our investment objective includes the following key elements:

Leverage the Experience and Industry Relationships of Our Management Team and Investment Professionals. We have assembled a team of experienced investment professionals with extensive experience as venture capitalists, commercial lenders, and originators of structured debt and equity investments in technology-related companies. Our investment professionals have, on average, more than 15 years of experience as equity investors in, and/or lenders to, technology-related companies. In addition, at Hercules, our team members have originated structured debt, debt with warrants and equity investments in over 180 technology-related companies, representing over $2.6 billion in commitments from inception to September 30, 2011, and have developed a network of industry contacts with investors and other participants within the venture capital and private equity communities. In addition, members of our management team also have operational, research and development and finance experience with technology-related companies. We have established contacts with leading venture capital and private equity fund sponsors, public and private companies, research institutions and other industry participants, which should enable us to identify and attract well-positioned prospective portfolio companies.

We concentrate our investing activities generally in industries in which our investment professionals have investment experience. We believe that our focus on financing technology-related companies will enable us to leverage our expertise in structuring prospective investments, to assess the value of both tangible and intangible assets, to evaluate the business prospects and operating characteristics of technology-related companies and to identify and originate potentially attractive investments with these types of companies.

Mitigate Risk of Principal Loss and Build a Portfolio of Equity-Related Securities. We expect that our investments have the potential to produce attractive risk adjusted returns through current income, in the form of interest and fee income, as well as capital appreciation from equity-related securities. We believe that we can mitigate the risk of loss on our debt investments through the combination of loan principal amortization, cash interest payments, relatively short maturities, security interests in the assets of our portfolio companies, and on select investment covenants requiring prospective portfolio companies to have certain amounts of available cash at the time of our investment and the continued support from a venture capital or private equity firm at the time we make our investment.

Historically our structured debt investments to technology-related companies, typically include warrants or other equity interests, giving us the potential to realize equity-like returns on a portion of our investment. In addition, in some cases, we receive the right to make additional equity investments in our portfolio companies in connection with future equity financing rounds. We believe these equity interests will create the potential for meaningful long-term capital gains in connection with the future liquidity events of these technology-related companies.

Provide Customized Financing Complementary to Financial Sponsors’ Capital. We offer a broad range of investment structures and possess expertise and experience to effectively structure and price investments in technology-related companies. Unlike many of our competitors that only invest in companies that fit a specific set of investment parameters, we have the flexibility to structure our investments to suit the particular needs of our portfolio companies. We offer customized financing solutions ranging from senior debt to equity capital, with a focus on structured debt with warrants.

We use our relationships in the financial sponsor community to originate investment opportunities. Because venture capital and private equity funds typically invest solely in the equity securities of their portfolio companies, we believe that our debt investments will be viewed as an attractive and complimentary source of capital, both by the portfolio company and by the portfolio company’s financial sponsor. In addition, we believe that many venture capital and private equity fund sponsors encourage their portfolio companies to use debt financing for a portion of their capital needs as a means of potentially enhancing equity returns, minimizing equity dilution and increasing valuations prior to a subsequent equity financing round or a liquidity event.

 

90


Table of Contents

Invest at Various Stages of Development. We provide growth capital to technology-related companies at all stages of development, from emerging-growth companies, to expansion-stage companies and established-stage companies, including select publicly listed companies and select lower middle market companies. We believe that this provides us with a broader range of potential investment opportunities than those available to many of our competitors, who generally focus their investments on a particular stage in a company’s development. Because of the flexible structure of our investments and the extensive experience of our investment professionals, we believe we are well positioned to take advantage of these investment opportunities at all stages of prospective portfolio companies’ development.

Benefit from Our Efficient Organizational Structure. We believe that the perpetual nature of our corporate structure enables us to be a long-term partner for our portfolio companies in contrast to traditional mezzanine and investment funds, which typically have a limited life. In addition, because of our access to the equity markets, we believe that we may benefit from a lower cost of capital than that available to private investment funds. We are not subject to requirements to return invested capital to investors nor do we have a finite investment horizon. Capital providers that are subject to such limitations are often required to seek a liquidity event more quickly than they otherwise might, which can result in a lower overall return on an investment.

Deal Sourcing Through Our Proprietary Database. We have developed a proprietary and comprehensive structured query language-based (SQL) database system to track various aspects of our investment process including sourcing, originations, transaction monitoring and post-investment performance. As of September 30, 2011, our proprietary SQL-based database system included over 25,000 technology-related companies and approximately 6,300 venture capital, private equity sponsors/investors, as well as various other industry contacts. This proprietary SQL system allows us to maintain, cultivate and grow our industry relationships while providing us with comprehensive details on companies in the technology-related industries and their financial sponsors.

Our Investments and Operations

We principally invest in debt securities and, to a lesser extent, equity securities, with a particular emphasis on structured debt with warrants.

We generally seek to invest in companies that have been operating for at least six to 12 months prior to the date of our investment. We anticipate that such entities may, at the time of investment, be generating revenues or will have a business plan that anticipates generation of revenues within 24 to 48 months. Further, we anticipate that on the date of our investment we will generally obtain a lien on available assets, which may or may not include intellectual property, and these companies will have sufficient cash on their balance sheet to operate as well as potentially amortize their debt for at least three to nine months following our investment. We generally require that a prospective portfolio company, in addition to having sufficient capital to support leverage, demonstrate an operating plan capable of generating cash flows or raising the additional capital necessary to cover its operating expenses and service its debt, for an additional six to 12 months subject to market conditions.

We expect that our investments will generally range from $1.0 million to $25.0 million. We typically structure our debt securities to provide for amortization of principal over the life of the loan, but may include an interest-only period of three to 18 months for emerging growth and expansion-stage companies and longer for established-stage companies. Our loans will be collateralized by a security interest in the borrower’s assets, although we may not have the first claim on these assets and the assets may not include intellectual property. Our debt investments carry fixed or variable contractual interest rates which generally ranged from PRIME to 14% as of September 30, 2011. As of September 30, 2011, 91.1% of our loans were at variable rates or variable rates with a floor and 8.9% of the loans were at fixed rates. In addition to the cash yields received on our loans, in some instances, certain loans may also include any of the following: end of term payments, exit fees, balloon payment fees, success fees, payment-in-kind (“PIK”) provisions or prepayment fees, which we may be required to include in income prior to receipt. We also generate revenue in the form of commitment and facility fees.

 

91


Table of Contents

In addition, the majority of our venture capital-backed companies structured debt investments generally have equity enhancement features, typically in the form of warrants or other equity-related securities designed to provide us with an opportunity for potential capital appreciation. The warrants typically will be immediately exercisable upon issuance and generally will remain exercisable for the lesser of five to seven years or one to three years after completion of an initial public offering. The exercise prices for the warrants varies from nominal exercise prices to exercise prices that are at or above the current fair market value of the equity for which we receive warrants. We may structure warrants to provide minority rights provisions or on a very select basis put rights upon the occurrence of certain events. We generally target a total annualized return (including interest, fees and value of warrants) of 12% to 25% for our debt investments.

Typically, our structured debt and equity investments take one of the following forms:

 

   

Structured debt with warrants. We seek to invest a majority of our assets in structured debt with warrants of prospective portfolio companies. Traditional “mezzanine” debt is a layer of high-coupon financing between debt and equity that most commonly takes the form of subordinated debt coupled with warrants, combining the cash flow and risk characteristics of both senior debt and equity. However, our investments in structured debt with warrants may be the only debt capital on the balance sheet of our portfolio companies, and in many cases we have a first priority security interest in all of our portfolio company’s assets, or in certain investments we may have a negative pledge on intellectual property. Our structured debt with warrants typically have maturities of between two and seven years, with full amortization after an interest only period for emerging-growth or expansion-stage companies and longer deferred amortization for select established-stage companies. Our structured debt with warrants generally carry a contractual interest rate between PRIME and 14% and may include an additional end-of-term payment or PIK (“Paid in Kind”), and are in an amount between $1.0 million and $25.0 million. In most cases we collateralize our investments by obtaining security interests in our portfolio companies’ assets, which may include their intellectual property. In other cases we may prohibit a company from pledging or otherwise encumbering their intellectual property. We may structure our structured debt with warrants with restrictive affirmative and negative covenants, default penalties, prepayment penalties, lien protection, equity calls, change-in-control provisions or board observation rights.

 

   

Senior Debt. We seek to invest a limited portion of our assets in senior debt. Senior debt may be collateralized by accounts receivable and/or inventory financing of prospective portfolio companies. Senior debt has a senior position with respect to a borrower’s scheduled interest and principal payments and holds a first priority security interest in the assets pledged as collateral. Senior debt also may impose covenants on a borrower with regard to cash flows and changes in capital structure, among other items. We generally collateralize our investments by obtaining security interests in our portfolio companies’ assets, which may include their intellectual property. In other cases we may obtain a negative pledge covering a company’s intellectual property. Our senior loans, in certain instances, may be tied to the financing of specific assets. In connection with a senior debt investment, we may also provide the borrower with a working capital line-of-credit that will carry an interest rate ranging from Prime or LIBOR plus a spread with a floor, generally maturing in one to three years, and will be secured by accounts receivable and/or inventory.

 

   

Equipment Loans. We intend to invest a limited portion of our assets in equipment-based loans to early-stage prospective portfolio companies. Equipment-based loans are secured by a first priority security interest in only the specific assets financed. These loans are generally for amounts up to $3.0 million, carry a contractual interest rate between PRIME and PRIME plus 10%, and have an average term between three and four years. Equipment loans may also include end of term payments.

 

   

Equity-Related Securities. The equity-related securities we hold consist primarily of warrants or other equity interests generally obtained in connection with our structured debt investments. In addition to the warrants received as a part of a structured debt financing, we typically receive the right to make equity investments in a portfolio company in connection with that company’s next round of equity financing. We may also on certain debt investments have the right to convert a portion of the debt

 

92


Table of Contents
 

investment into equity. These rights will provide us with the opportunity to further enhance our returns over time through opportunistic equity investments in our portfolio companies. These equity-related investments are typically in the form of preferred or common equity and may be structured with a dividend yield, providing us with a current return, and with customary anti-dilution protection and preemptive rights. In the future, we may achieve liquidity through a merger or acquisition of a portfolio company, a public offering of a portfolio company’s stock or by exercising our right, if any, to require a portfolio company to buy back the equity-related securities we hold. We may also make stand alone direct equity investments into portfolio companies in which we may not have any debt investment in the company. As of September 30, 2011, we held equity interests in 39 portfolio companies.

A comparison of the typical features of our various investment alternatives is set forth in the chart below.

 

      Structured Debt with
Warrants
  Senior Debt   Equipment Loans   Equity-Related
Securities
Typical Structure  

Term debt with
warrants

 

  Term or revolving
debt
  Term debt with
warrants
  Preferred stock or
common stock
Investment
Horizon
 

Long term, ranging
from 2 to 7 years,
with an average of
3 years

 

  Usually under 3
years
  Ranging from 3 to 4
years
  Ranging from 3 to 7 years
Ranking/Security  

Senior secured,
either first out or
last out second lien

 

  Senior/First lien   Secured only by
underlying
equipment
  None/unsecured
Covenants  

Less restrictive;
Mostly financial;
Maintenance-based

 

  Generally
borrowing base
and financial
  None   None
Risk Tolerance  

Medium/High

 

  Low   High   High
Coupon/Dividend  

Cash pay—fixed
and floating rate;
Payment-in-kind in
limited cases

 

  Cash pay—floating
or fixed rate
  Cash pay-floating
or fixed rate and
may include
Payment-in-kind
  Generally none

Customization or
Flexibility

 

  More flexible   Little to none   Little to none   Flexible
Equity Dilution   Low to medium  

None to low

 

  Low   High

Investment Criteria

We have identified several criteria, among others, that we believe are important in achieving our investment objective with respect to prospective portfolio companies. These criteria, while not inclusive, provide general guidelines for our investment decisions.

Portfolio Composition. While we generally focus our investments in venture capital and private equity-backed technology-related companies, we seek to diversify across various financial sponsors as well as across various stages of companies’ development and various technology industry sub-sectors and geographies. During 2010, we began increasing our investments in lower middle market companies that may be or are approaching an operational level where they are EBITDA positive and possibly cash flow positive thereby decreasing their reliance on additional venture capital or private equity investments. At September 30, 2011, our investments in lower middle market companies accounted for approximately 27.2% of our total investments.

 

93


Table of Contents

Continuing Support from One or More Financial Sponsors. We generally invest in companies in which one or more established financial sponsors have previously invested and continue to make a contribution to the management of the business. We believe that having established financial sponsors with meaningful commitments to the business is a key characteristic of a prospective portfolio company. In addition, we look for representatives of one or more financial sponsors to maintain seats on the Board of Directors of a prospective portfolio company as an indication of such commitment.

Company Stage of Development. While we invest in companies at various stages of development, we generally require that prospective portfolio companies be beyond the seed stage of development and generally have received or anticipate to have commitments for their first institutional round of equity financing for early stage companies. Starting in 2008, we began shifting our focus to expansion and established-stage companies that have revenues or significant anticipated revenue growth. We expect a prospective portfolio company to demonstrate progress in its product development or demonstrate a path towards revenue generation or increase its revenues and operating cash flow over time. The anticipated growth rate of a prospective portfolio company is a key factor in determining the value that we ascribe to any warrants or other equity securities that we may acquire in connection with an investment in debt securities.

Operating Plan. We generally require that a prospective portfolio company, in addition to having potential access to capital to support leverage, demonstrate an operating plan capable of generating cash flows or the ability to potentially raise the additional capital necessary to cover its operating expenses and service its debt for a specific period. Specifically, we require that a prospective portfolio company demonstrate at the time of our proposed investment that it has cash on its balance sheet, or is in the process of completing a financing so that it will have cash on its balance sheet, sufficient to support its operations for a minimum of three to nine months.

Security Interest. In many instances we seek a first priority security interest in all of the portfolio company’s tangible and intangible assets as collateral for our debt investment, subject in some cases to permitted exceptions. In other cases we may obtain a negative pledge prohibiting a company from pledging or otherwise encumbering their intellectual property. Although we do not intend to operate as an asset-based lender, the estimated liquidation value of the assets, if any, collateralizing the debt securities that we hold is an important factor in our credit analysis and subject to assumptions that may change over the life of the investment especially when attempting to estimate the value of intellectual property. We generally evaluate both tangible assets, such as accounts receivable, inventory and equipment, and intangible assets, such as intellectual property, customer lists, networks and databases.

Covenants. Our investments may include one or more of the following covenants; cross-default, or material adverse change provisions, require the portfolio company to provide periodic financial reports and operating metrics and will typically limit the portfolio company’s ability to incur additional debt, sell assets, dividend recapture, engage in transactions with affiliates and consummate an extraordinary transaction, such as a merger or recapitalization without our consent. In addition, we may require other performance or financial based covenants, as we deem appropriate.

Exit Strategy. Prior to making a debt investment that is accompanied by an equity-related security in a prospective portfolio company, we analyze the potential for that company to increase the liquidity of its equity through a future event that would enable us to realize appreciation in the value of our equity interest. Liquidity events may include an initial public offering, a private sale of our equity interest to a third party, a merger or an acquisition of the company or a purchase of our equity position by the company or one of its stockholders.

Investment Process

We have organized our management team around the four key elements of our investment process:

 

   

Origination;

 

   

Underwriting;

 

94


Table of Contents
   

Documentation; and

 

   

Loan and Compliance Administration.

Our investment process is summarized in the following chart:

 

LOGO

Origination

The origination process for our investments includes sourcing, screening, preliminary due diligence and deal structuring and negotiation, all leading to an executed non-binding term sheet. Our investment origination team, which consists of approximately 29 investment professionals, is headed by our Senior Managing Directors of Technology, Clean Technology and Life Science, and our Chief Executive Officer. The origination team is responsible for sourcing potential investment opportunities and members of the investment origination team use their extensive relationships with various leading financial sponsors, management contacts within technology-related companies, trade sources, technology conferences and various publications to source prospective portfolio companies. Our investment origination team is divided into middle market, technology and life sciences sub-teams to better source potential portfolio companies.

In addition, we have developed a proprietary and comprehensive SQL-based database system to track various aspects of our investment process including sourcing, originations, transaction monitoring and post-investment performance. As of September 30, 2011, our proprietary SQL-based database system included over 25,000 technology-related companies and approximately 6,300 venture capital private equity sponsors/investors, as well as various other industry contacts. This proprietary SQL system allows our origination team to maintain, cultivate and grow our industry relationships while providing our origination team with comprehensive details on companies in the technology-related industries and their financial sponsors.

If a prospective portfolio company generally meets certain underwriting criteria, we perform preliminary due diligence, which may include high level company and technology assessments, evaluation of its financial sponsors’ support, market analysis, competitive analysis, identify key management, risk analysis and transaction size, pricing, return analysis and structure analysis. If the preliminary due diligence is satisfactory, and the origination team recommends moving forward, we then structure, negotiate and execute a non-binding term sheet

 

95


Table of Contents

with the potential portfolio company. Upon execution of a term sheet, the investment opportunity moves to the underwriting process to complete formal due diligence review and approval.

Underwriting

The underwriting review includes formal due diligence and approval of the proposed investment in the portfolio company.

Due Diligence. Our due diligence on a prospective investment is typically completed by two or more investment professionals whom we define as the underwriting team. The underwriting team for a proposed investment consists of the deal sponsor who typically possesses general industry knowledge and is responsible for originating and managing the transaction, other investment professional(s) who perform due diligence, credit and corporate financial analyses and, as needed, our Chief Legal Officer and other legal professionals. To ensure consistent underwriting, we generally use our standardized due diligence methodologies, which include due diligence on financial performance and credit risk as well as an analysis of the operations and the legal and applicable regulatory framework of a prospective portfolio company. The members of the underwriting team work together to conduct due diligence and understand the relationships among the prospective portfolio company’s business plan, operations and financial performance.

As part of our evaluation of a proposed investment, the underwriting team prepares an investment memorandum for presentation to the investment committee. In preparing the investment memorandum, the underwriting team typically interviews with select key management of the company and select financial sponsors and assembles information necessary to the investment decision. If and when appropriate, the investment professionals may also contact industry experts and customers, vendors or, in some cases, competitors of the company.

Approval Process. The sponsoring managing director or principal presents the investment memorandum to our investment committee for consideration. The approval of a majority of our investment committee and an affirmative vote by our Chief Executive Officer is required before we proceed with any investment. The members of our investment committee are our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Legal Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, our Chief Credit Officer and the Senior Managing Directors of Technology, Clean Technology and Life Science. The investment committee generally meets weekly and more frequently on an as-needed basis. The Senior Managing Directors abstain from voting with respect to investments they originate.

Documentation

Our documentation group, headed by our Chief Legal Officer, administers the front-end documentation process for our investments. This group is responsible for documenting the term sheet approved by the investment committee to memorialize the transaction with a prospective portfolio company. This group negotiates loan documentation and, subject to the approval of the Chief Legal Officer and/or the Associate General Counsel, final documents are prepared for execution by all parties. The documentation group generally uses the services of external law firms to complete the necessary documentation.

Loan and Compliance Administration

Our loan and compliance administration group, headed by our Chief Financial Officer and Senior Credit Officer, administers loans and tracks covenant compliance, if applicable, of our investments and oversees periodic reviews of our critical functions to ensure adherence with our internal policies and procedures. After funding of a loan in accordance with the investment committee’s approval, the loan is recorded in our loan administration software and our SQL-based database system. The loan and compliance administration group is also responsible for ensuring timely interest and principal payments and collateral management as well as advising the investment committee on the financial performance and trends of each portfolio company, including

 

96


Table of Contents

any covenant violations that occur, to aid us in assessing the appropriate course of action for each portfolio company and evaluating overall portfolio quality. In addition, the loan and compliance administration group advises the investment committee and the Valuation Committee of our Board of Directors, accordingly, regarding the credit and investment grading for each portfolio company as well as changes in the value of collateral that may occur.

The loan and compliance administration group monitors our portfolio companies in order to determine whether the companies are meeting our financing criteria and their respective business plans and also monitors the financial trends of each portfolio company from its monthly or quarterly financial statements to assess the appropriate course of action for each company and to evaluate overall portfolio quality. In addition, our management team closely monitors the status and performance of each individual company through our SQL-based database system and periodic contact with our portfolio companies’ management teams and their respective financial sponsors.

Credit and Investment Grading System. Our loan and compliance administration group uses an investment grading system to characterize and monitor our outstanding loans. Our loan and compliance administration group monitors and, when appropriate, recommends changes to investment grading. Our investment committee reviews the recommendations and/or changes to the investment grading, which are submitted on a quarterly basis to the Valuation Committee and our Board of Directors for approval.

From time to time, we will identify investments that require closer monitoring or become workout assets. We develop a workout strategy for workout assets and our investment committee monitors the progress against the strategy. We will incur losses from our investing activities, however, we work with our troubled portfolio companies in order to recover as much of our investments as is practicable, including possibly taking control of the portfolio company. There can be no assurance that principal will be recovered.

We use the following investment grading system approved by our Board of Directors:

 

  Grade 1. Loans involve the least amount of risk in our portfolio. The borrower is performing above expectations, and the trends and risk profile is generally favorable.

 

  Grade 2. The borrower is performing as expected and the risk profile is neutral to favorable. All new loans are initially graded 2.

 

  Grade 3. The borrower may be performing below expectations, and the loan’s risk has increased materially since origination. We increase procedures to monitor a borrower that may have limited amounts of cash remaining on the balance sheet, is approaching its next equity capital raise within the next three to six months, or if the estimated fair value of the enterprise may be lower than when the loan was originated. We will generally lower the loan grade to a level 3 even if the company is performing in accordance to plan as it approaches the need to raise additional cash to fund its operations. Once the borrower closes its new equity capital raise, we may increase the loan grade back to grade 2.

 

  Grade 4. The borrower is performing materially below expectations, and the loan risk has substantially increased since origination. Loans graded 4 may experience some partial loss or full return of principal but are expected to realize some loss of interest which is not anticipated to be repaid in full, which, to the extent not already reflected, may require the fair value of the loan to be reduced to the amount we anticipate will be recovered. Grade 4 investments are closely monitored.

 

  Grade 5. The borrower is in workout, materially performing below expectations and a significant risk of principal loss is probable. Loans graded 5 will experience some partial principal loss or full loss of remaining principal outstanding is expected. Grade 5 loans will require the fair value of the loans be reduced to the amount, if any, we anticipate will be recovered.

At September 30, 2011, our investments had a weighted average investment grading of 1.96.

 

97


Table of Contents

Managerial Assistance

As a business development company, we are required to offer, and provide upon request, managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. This assistance could involve, among other things, monitoring the operations of our portfolio companies, participating in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising officers of portfolio companies and providing other organizational and financial guidance. We may receive fees for these services.

Competition

Our primary competitors provide financing to prospective portfolio companies and include non-bank financial institutions, federally or state chartered banks, venture debt funds, financial institutions, venture capital funds, private equity funds, investment funds and investment banks. Many of these entities have greater financial and managerial resources than we have, and the 1940 Act imposes certain regulatory restrictions on us as a business development company to which many of our competitors are not subject. However, we believe that few of our competitors possess the expertise to properly structure and price debt investments to venture capital and private equity backed technology-related companies. We believe that our specialization in financing technology-related companies will enable us to determine a range of potential values of intellectual property assets, evaluate the business prospects and operating characteristics of prospective portfolio companies and, as a result, identify investment opportunities that produce attractive risk-adjusted returns. For additional information concerning the competitive risks we face, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Business Structure and Current Economic and Market Conditions—We operate in a highly competitive market for investment opportunities, and we may not be able to compete effectively.”

Corporate Structure

We are a Maryland corporation and an internally-managed, non-diversified, closed-end investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company under the 1940 Act. Hercules Technology II, L.P. (“HT II”) and Hercules Technology III, L.P. (“HT III”), our wholly-owned subsidiaries, are licensed under the Small Business Investment Act of 1958 as SBICs. Hercules Technology SBIC Management, LLC (“HTM”), another wholly-owned subsidiary, serves as the general partner of HT II and HT III. We also use wholly owned subsidiaries, all of which are structured as Delaware corporations and limited liability companies, to permit us to hold portfolio companies organized as limited liability companies, or LLCs, (or other forms of pass-through entities) and still satisfy the RIC tax requirement that at least 90% of our gross income for income tax purposes is investment income. Our wholly owned subsidiary, Hercules Funding II, LLC, functions as a vehicle to collateralize loans under our securitized facility with Wells Fargo Capital Finance.

Our principal executive offices are located at 400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310, Palo Alto, California 94301. We also have offices in Boston, MA, Boulder, CO and McLean, VA.

Employees

As of September 30, 2011, we had 52 employees, including 29 investment and portfolio management professionals all of whom have extensive experience working on financing transactions for technology-related companies.

 

98


Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO COMPANIES

(dollars in thousands)

The following tables set forth certain information as of September 30, 2011 regarding each portfolio company in which we had a debt or equity investment. The general terms of our loans and other investments are described in “Business—Our Investments.” We offer to make available significant managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. In addition, we may receive rights to observe the Board of Directors’ meetings of our portfolio companies.

 

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Percentage
of Class
Held on a
Fully
Diluted
Basis (8)
    Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

Acceleron Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  

Drug Discovery

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.48        69         878   

149 Sidney Street

     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.12        35         186   

Cambridge, MA 02139

     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.05        39         85   
     

Preferred Stock

     0.82        1,341         2,473   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Acceleron Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

             1,484         3,622   

Anthera Pharmaceuticals inc.

  

Drug Discovery

  

Senior Debt

          

6160 Stoneridge Mall Road,

Ste 330

Pleasanton, CA 94588

     

Matures September 2014

Interest rate Prime + 7.3% or

Floor rate of 10.55%

     $ 25,000         24,269         25,019   
     

Common Stock Warrants

     0.43        541         378   
     

Common Stock Warrants

     0.36        443         308   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Anthera Pharmaceuticals inc.

             25,253         25,705   

Aveo Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  

Drug Discovery

  

Senior Debt

          

75 Sidney Street 4th Floor

Cambridge, MA 02139

     

Matures June 2014

Interest rate Prime + 7.15% or

Floor rate of 11.9%

     $ 25,000         26,554         27,304   
     

Common Stock

     0.39        842         2,583   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Aveo Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

                27,396         29,887   

Dicerna Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  

Drug Discovery

   Senior Debt           

480 Arsenal Street

Bldg 1, Suite 120

Watertown, MA 02472

     

Matures January 2015

Interest rate Prime + 5.75% or

Floor rate of 10.15%

     $ 7,000         6,986         6,986   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.81        206         90   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.07        31         26   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.14        28         15   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.60        187         143   
     

Preferred Stock

     0.76        502         439   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Dicerna Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

             7,940         7,699   

EpiCept Corporation

  

Drug Discovery

  

Common Stock Warrants

     0.46        4         13   

777 Old Saw Mill River Road

Tarrytown, NY 10591

                
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total EpiCept Corporation

                4         12   

Horizon Therapeutics, Inc.

  

Drug Discovery

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.11        231         1   

1033 Skokie Boulevard, Suite 355

Northbrook, IL 60062

                
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Horizon Therapeutics, Inc.

                231         1   

Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corp.

  

Drug Discovery

  

Preferred Stock

     0.10        1,500         —     

33 Hayden Avenue, 2nd Floor

Lexington, MA 02421

                
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corp.

             1,500         —     

Merrimack Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  

Drug Discovery

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.31        155         1,115   

One Kendall Square

Building 700, 2nd Floor

Cambridge, MA 02139

     

Preferred Stock

     0.56        2,000         3,825   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Merrimack Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

             2,155         4,940   

 

99


Table of Contents

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Percentage
of Class
Held on a
Fully
Diluted
Basis (8)
    Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

Paratek Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  

Drug Discovery

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.53        137         140   

75 Kneeland Street

Boston, MA 02111

     

Preferred Stock

     0.61        1,000         1,348   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Paratek Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

             1,137         1,488   

PolyMedix, Inc.

  

Drug Discovery

  

Senior Debt

          

170 N. Radnor Chester Road

Suite 300

Radnor, PA 19087

     

Matures September 2013

Interest rate Prime + 7.1% or

Floor rate of 12.35%

     $ 9,224         7,394         7,546   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.59        480         78   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total PolyMedix, Inc.

                7,874         7,624   

Portola Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  

Drug Discovery

             

270 E Grand Avenue

South San Francisco, CA 94080

     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.32        152         285   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Portola Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

             152         285   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Drug Discovery (19.25%)*

                75,126         81,264   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Affinity Videonet, Inc.

  

Communications

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

     4.45        102         149   

1641 California, 3rd Floor

  

& Networking

             

Denver, CO 80202

                
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Affinity Videonet, Inc.

                102         149   

E-band Communications, Corp.(6)

  

Communications

  

Convertible Senior Debt

          

10095 Scripps Ranch Ct. Suite A.

  

& Networking

  

Matures May 2013

          

San Diego, CA 92131

     

Interest rate Fixed 6.00%

     $ 356         356         —     
     

Preferred Stock

     10.38        2,880         —     
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total E-Band Communications, Corp.

             3,236         —     

IKANO Communications, Inc.

  

Communications

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

     1.43        45         —     

124 N. Charles Lindbergh

  

& Networking

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

     2.18        72         —     

Salt Lake City, UT 84111

                
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total IKANO Communications, Inc.

             117         —     

Intelepeer, Inc.

2855 Campus Drive, Suite 450

  

Communications

& Networking

  

Senior Debt

          

San Mateo, CA 94404

     

Matures May 2013

          
     

Interest rate Prime + 8.12% or

Floor rate of 11.37%

     $ 6,524         6,509         6,640   
     

Senior Debt

          
     

Matures May 2012

Interest rate Prime + 4.25%

     $ 1,100         998         998   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.33        102         123   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Intelepeer, Inc.

                7,609         7,761   

Neonova Holding Company

  

Communications

             

1000 Perimeter Park Drive,

Suite K

  

& Networking

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

     1.61        94         21   

Morrisville, NC 27560

     

Preferred Stock

     1.79        250         197   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Neonova Holding Company

                344         218   

Opsource, Inc.

  

Communications

             

5201 Great America Parkway

Suite 120

Santa Clara, CA 95054

  

& Networking

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.58        0         0   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Opsource, Inc.

                0         0   

Pac-West Telecomm, Inc.

  

Communications

  

Senior Debt

          

555 12th Street

Suite 250

Oakland, CA 94607

  

& Networking

  

Matures October 2014

Interest rate Prime + 7.50% or

Floor rate of 12.00%

     $ 4,369         4,164         4,164   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.78        121         —     
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Pac-West Telecomm, Inc.

                4,285         4,164   

 

100


Table of Contents

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Percentage
of Class
Held on a
Fully
Diluted
Basis (8)
    Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

PeerApp, Inc.

  

Communications

  

Senior Debt

          

375 Elliot Street, Suite 150K

Newton Upper Falls, MA 02464

  

& Networking

  

Matures April 2013

Interest rate Prime + 7.5% or

Floor rate of 11.50%

     $ 2,072         2,091         2,112   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.39        61         91   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total PeerApp, Inc.

                2,152         2,203   

Peerless Network, Inc.

  

Communications

             

200 S. Wacker Drive, Suite 3100

  

& Networking

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.43        95         187   

Chicago, IL 60606

     

Preferred Stock

     3.21        1,000         2,370   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Peerless Network, Inc.

                1,095         2,557   

Ping Identity Corporation

  

Communications

             

1099 18th Street, Suite 2950

Denver, CO 80202

  

& Networking

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.68        52         410   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Ping Identity Corporation

                52         410   

PointOne, Inc.

  

Communications

  

Senior Debt

          
  

& Networking

  

Matures April 2013

Interest rate Libor + 9.0% or

Floor rate of 11.50%

     $ 8,375         8,153         8,153   
     

Common Stock Warrants

     1.50        131         194   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total PointOne, Inc.

                8,284         8,347   

Purcell Systems, Inc.

  

Communications

             

16125 East Euclid Avenue

Spokane, WA 99216

  

& Networking

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

     1.18        123         89   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Purcell Systems, Inc.

                123         89   

Seven Networks, Inc.

  

Communications

             

2100 Seaport Blvd, Suite 100

Redwood City, CA 94063

  

& Networking

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.89        174         —     
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Seven Networks, Inc.

                174         —     

Stoke, Inc. (4)

  

Communications

  

Senior Debt

          

5403 Betsy Ross Drive

Santa Clara, CA 94043

  

& Networking

  

Matures May 2013

Interest rate Prime + 7.0% or

Floor rate of 10.25%

     $ 3,051         2,995         3,025   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.24        53         68   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.11        65         54   
     

Preferred Stock

     0.23        500         500   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Stoke, Inc.

                3,613         3,647   

Tectura Corporation

  

Communications

  

Senior Debt

          

333 Twin Dolphin Drive,

Suite 750

Redwood City, CA 94065

  

& Networking

  

Matures December 2012

Interest rate 11%

     $ 8,125         9,324         9,209   
     

Revolving Line of Credit

          
     

Matures July 2011

Interest rate 11%

     $ 17,207         17,332         17,332   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.22        51         33   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Tectura Corporation

                26,707         26,574   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Communications & Networking (13.30%)*

             57,893         56,119   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Atrenta, Inc.

  

Software

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.77        102         368   

2077 Gateway Place, Suite 300

     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.25        34         121   

San Jose, CA 95110

     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.30        95         174   
     

Preferred Stock

     0.25        250         375   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Atrenta, Inc.

                481         1,038   

Blurb, Inc.

     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.44        25         403   

580 California Street, Suite 300

San Francisco, CA 94104

     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.44        298         400   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Blurb, Inc.

                323         803   

 

101


Table of Contents

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Percentage
of Class
Held on a
Fully
Diluted
Basis (8)
    Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

Braxton Technologies, LLC.

  

Software

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.62        188         —     

770 Wooten Road, Suite 105

Colorado Springs, CO 80915

                
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Braxton Technologies, LLC.

                188         —     

Bullhorn, Inc.

  

Software

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.80        43         188   

33-41 Farnsworth, 5th Floor

Boston, MA 02210

                
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Bullhorn, Inc.

                43         188   

Central Desktop, Inc.

  

Software

  

Senior Debt

          

100 North Lake Avenue, #205

Pasadena, CA 91101

     

Matures April 2014

Interest rate Prime + 6.75% or

Floor rate of 10.50%

     $ 3,000         2,872         2,872   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     1.95        108         299   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Central Desktop, Inc.

                2,980         3,171   

Clickfox, Inc.

  

Software

  

Senior Debt

          

3445 Peachtree Road, Suite 1250

Atlanta, GA 30326

     

Matures July 2013

Interest rate Prime + 6.00% or

Floor rate of 11.25%

     $ 4,565         4,462         4,553   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.83        177         327   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.75        152         296   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Clickfox, Inc.

                4,791         5,176   

Forescout Technologies, Inc.

10001 De Anza Blvd., Suite 220

Cupertino, CA 95014

  

Software

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.88        99         47   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Forescout Technologies, Inc.

                99         47   

GameLogic, Inc.

411 Waverly Oakds Road,

Suite 312

Boston, MA 02452

  

Software

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

     2.67        92         —     
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total GameLogic, Inc.

                92         —     

HighJump Acquisition, LLC.

  

Software

  

Senior Debt

          

6455 City West Parkway

Eden Prairie, MN 55344

     

Matures May 2013

Interest rate Libor + 8.75% or

Floor rate of 12.00%

     $ 0         0         0   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total HighJump Acquisition, LLC.

                0         0   

HighRoads, Inc.

150 Presidential Way

Woburn, MA 01801

  

Software

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.83        44         7   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total HighRoads, Inc.

                44         7   

Kxen, Inc.

  

Software

  

Senior Debt

          

201 Mission Street Suit 1950

San Francisco, CA 94105

     

Matures January 2015

Interest rate Prime + 5.08% or

Floor rate of 8.33%

     $ 3,000         2,938         2,938   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.46        47         29   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Kxen, Inc.

                2,985         2,967   

RichRelevance, Inc.

  

Software

  

Senior Debt

          

275 Battery Street Suite 1150

San Francisco, CA 94111

     

Matures January 2015

Interest rate Prime + 3.25% or

Floor rate of 7.50%

     $ 5,000         4,857         4,857   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.20        98         23   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total RichRelevance, Inc.

                4,955         4,880   

Rockyou, Inc.

585 Broadway Street, Suite A

Redwood City, CA 94036

  

Software

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.08        117         7   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Rockyou, Inc.

                117         7   

 

102


Table of Contents

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Percentage
of Class
Held on a
Fully
Diluted
Basis (8)
    Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

Sportvision, Inc.

4619 N. Ravenswood

Chicago, IL 60640

  

Software

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

     1.89        39         —     
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Sportvision, Inc.

                39         —     

SugarSync Inc.

  

Software

  

Senior Debt

          

2121 South El Camino Real #600

San Mateo, CA 94403

     

Matures April 2015

Interest rate Prime + 4.50% or

Floor rate of 8.25%

     $ 2,000         1,946         1,946   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.47        78         77   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total SugarSync Inc.

                2,024         2,023   

Unify Corporation

  

Software

             

1420 Rocky Ridge Drive,

Suite 380

Roseville, CA 95661

     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     3.69        1,434         332   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Unify Corporation

                1,434         332   

White Sky, Inc.

  

Software

  

Senior Debt

          

1825 S. Grant Street Suite 250

San Mateo, CA 94402

     

Matures June 2014

Interest rate Prime + 7.00% or

Floor rate of 10.25%

     $ 1,500         1,443         1,443   
  

Software

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.44        54         1   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total White Sky, Inc.

                1,497         1,444   

WildTangent, Inc.

  

Software

             

18578 NE 67th Court, Building 5

Redmond, WA 98052

     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.17        238         11   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total WildTangent, Inc.

                238         11   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Software (5.23%)*

                22,330         22,094   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Luminus Devices, Inc.

  

Electronics &

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.06        183         —     

1100 Technology Park Drive

  

Computer

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.01        84         —     

Billerica, MA 02821

  

Hardware

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.02        334         —     
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Luminus Devices, Inc.

                601         —     

Maxvision Holding, LLC.

  

Electronics &

  

Senior Debt

          

495 Production Avenue

Huntsville, AL 35758

  

Computer

Hardware

  

Matures December 2013

Interest rate Prime + 8.25% or

Floor rate of 12.00%, PIK

interest 5.00%

     $ 4,366         4,462         2,069   
     

Senior Debt

          
     

Matures December 2013

Interest rate Prime + 6.25% or

Floor rate of 10.00%, PIK

interest 2.00%

     $ 2,681         2,653         —     
     

Revolving Line of Credit

          
     

Matures December 2013

Interest rate Prime + 6.25% or

Floor rate of 10.00%

     $ 923         914         914   
     

Common Stock

     24.06        3,581         —     
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Maxvision Holding, LLC

                11,610         2,983   

Shocking Technologies, Inc.

  

Electronics &

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.25        63         57   

5870 Hellyer Avenue

  

Computer

             

San Jose, CA 95138

  

Hardware

             
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Shocking Technologies, Inc.

                63         57   

Spatial Photonics, Inc. (8)

  

Electronics &

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.19        130         —     

930 Hamlin Court

  

Computer

  

Preferred Stock

          

Sunnyvale, CA 94086

  

Hardware

        0.84        767         —     
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Spatial Photonics Inc.

                898         —     

VeriWave, Inc.

  

Electronics &

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

     1.22        —           —     

8770 SW Nimbus Avenue, Suite B

  

Computer

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.31        —           —     

Beaverton, OR 97008

  

Hardware

             
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total VeriWave, Inc.

                —           —     
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Electronics & Computer Hardware (.72%)*

             13,172         3,040   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

103


Table of Contents

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Percentage
of Class
Held on a
Fully
Diluted
Basis (8)
    Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

Aegerion Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  

Specialty

  

Senior Debt

          

1140 Route 22 East, Suite 304

Bridgewater, NJ 08807

  

Pharmaceuticals

  

Matures September 2014

Interest rate Prime + 5.65% or

Floor rate of 10.40%

     $ 10,000         10,138         10,325   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.52        69         722   
     

Common Stock

     0.69        1,093         1,825   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Aegerion Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

                11,300         12,872   

Althea Technologies, Inc.

  

Specialty

  

Senior Debt

          

11040 Roselle Street

San Diego, CA 92121

  

Pharmaceuticals

  

Matures October 2013

Interest rate Prime + 7.70% or

Floor rate of 10.95%

     $ 10,990         10,844         11,135   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     3.04        309         362   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Althea Technologies, Inc.

                11,153         11,497   

Chroma Therapeutics, Ltd. (5)

  

Specialty

  

Senior Debt

          

93 Milton Park

Abington, Oxon OX14 4RY

  

Pharmaceuticals

  

Matures September 2013 Interest rate Prime + 7.75% or Floor rate of 12.00%

     $ 8,540         8,738         8,738   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.60        490         345   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Chroma Therapeutics, Ltd.

                9,228         9,082   

Pacira Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  

Specialty

  

Senior Debt

          

5 Sylvan Way

Parsippany, NJ 07054

  

Pharmaceuticals

  

Matures August 2014

Interest rate Prime + 6.25% or

Floor rate of 10.25%

     $ 11,250         11,237         11,237   
     

Senior Debt

          
     

Matures August 2014

Interest rate Prime + 8.65% or

Floor rate of 12.65%

     $ 15,000         14,255         14,443   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     1.04        1,086         584   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Pacira Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

                26,578         26,264   

QuatRx Pharmaceuticals Company

     

Convertible Senior Debt

          

777 East Eisenhower Pkwy

     

Matures March 2012

     $ 1,888         1,888         1,888   

Suite 100

     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.51        220         —     

Ann Arbor, MI 48108

     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.42        307         —     
     

Preferred Stock

     0.46        750         —     
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Quatrx Pharmaceuticals Company

                3,165         1,888   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Specialty Pharmaceuticals (14.60%)*

             61,424         61,603   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Annie’s, Inc.

   Consumer              

564 Gateway Drive

   & Business    Preferred Stock Warrants      0.47        321         96   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Napa, CA 94558

   Products              

Total Annie’s, Inc.

                321         96   

IPA Holdings, LLC (4)

      Preferred Stock Warrants      2.26        275         24   

2775 Premiere Parkway,

Suite 100

      Common Stock      1.74        500         260   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deluth, GA 30097

                

Total IPA Holding, LLC

                775         284   

Market Force Information, Inc.

   Consumer    Preferred Stock Warrants      0.36        24         105   

1877 Broadway Suite 200

   & Business    Preferred Stock      0.68        500         481   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Boulder, CO 80302

   Products              

Total Market Force Information, Inc.

                524         586   

TV Guide, Inc.

   Consumer &    Revolving Line of Credit           

11 W 42nd Street,

New York, NY 10036

  

Business

Products

  

Matures October 2011

Interest rate Prime + 11.00% or

Floor rate of 13.00%

     $ 500         479         479   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total TV Guide, Inc.

                479         479   

 

104


Table of Contents

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Percentage
of Class
Held on a
Fully
Diluted
Basis (8)
    Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

Wageworks, Inc.

   Consumer &    Preferred Stock Warrants      1        252         2,510   

1100 Park Place 4th Floor

   Business    Preferred Stock      0        250         390   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

San Mateo, CA 94403

   Products              

Total Wageworks, Inc.

                502         2,900   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Consumer & Business Products (1.03%)*

             2,601         4,345   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Achronix Semiconductor Corporation

   Semiconductors    Senior Debt           

333 West San Carlo Street

Suite 1050 San Jose, CA 95110

     

Matures January 2015

Interest rate Prime + 10.60% or

Floor rate of 13.85%

     $ 2,500         2,396         2,396   
      Preferred Stock Warrants      0.70        160         152   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Achronix Semiconductor Corporation

             2,556         2,548   

Enpirion, Inc.

   Semiconductors    Preferred Stock Warrants      0.21        157         —     
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

53 Frontage Road, Suite 210

                

Perryville III Corporate Park

Hampton, NJ 08807

                

Total Enpirion, Inc.

                157         —     

iWatt, Inc.

   Semiconductors    Preferred Stock Warrants      0.23        46         3   

90 Albright Way

      Preferred Stock Warrants      0.10        51         1   

Los Gatos, CA 95032-1827

      Preferred Stock Warrants      0.12        73         2   
      Preferred Stock Warrants      0.58        458         7   
      Preferred Stock      0.99        490         983   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total iWatt, Inc.

                1,118         996   

Kovio Inc.

   Semiconductors    Senior Debt           

233 S. Hillview Drive

Milpitas, CA 95035

     

Matures March 2015

Interest rate Prime + 5.50% or

Floor rate of 9.25%

     $ 1,250         1,213         1,213   
      Preferred Stock Warrants      0.12        27         27   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Kovio Inc.

                1,240         1,240   

NEXX Systems, Inc.

   Semiconductors    Preferred Stock Warrants      1.99        297         1,330   

900 Middlesex Turnpike

Billerica, MA 01821-3929

      Preferred Stock      0.86        277         802   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total NEXX Systems, Inc.

                574         2,132   

Quartics, Inc.

   Semiconductors    Preferred Stock Warrants      0.04        53         —     
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

15241 Laguna Canyon Road

                

Suite 200 Irvine, CA 92618

                

Total Quartics, Inc.

                53         —     

Solarflare Communications, Inc.

   Semiconductors    Preferred Stock Warrants      0.00        —           —     

9501 Jeronino Rd. Suite 100

Irvine, CA 92618

      Common Stock      0.00        —           —     
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Solarflare Communications, Inc.

             —           —     
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Semiconductors (1.64%)*

                5,698         6,916   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

AcelRX Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

   Drug Delivery    Senior Debt           

575 Chespeake Drive Redwood City, CA 94063

     

Matures December 2014 Interest rate Prime + 3.25% or Floor rate of 8.50%

     $ 5,000         4,889         4,889   
      Senior Debt           
     

Matures December 2014 Interest rate Prime + 3.25% or Floor rate of 8.50%

     $ 5,000         4,889         4,889   
      Common Stock Warrants      0.71        178         102   
      Common Stock Warrants      0.71        178         102   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total AcelRX Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

                10,134         9,982   

Alexza Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (4)

   Drug Delivery    Senior Debt           

2091 Stierlin Court Mountain View, CA 94303

     

Matures October 2013 Interest rate Prime + 6.5% or Floor rate of 10.75%

     $ 11,770         11,699         12,121   
      Preferred Stock Warrants      0.52        645         103   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Alexza Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

                12,344         12,224   

 

105


Table of Contents

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Percentage
of Class
Held on a
Fully
Diluted
Basis (8)
    Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

BIND Biosciences, Inc.

   Drug Delivery    Senior Debt           

64 Sidney Street Cambridge, MA 02139

     

Matures July 2014

Interest rate Prime + 7.45% or Floor rate of 10.70%

     $ 5,000         4,655         4,805   
      Preferred Stock Warrants           53         75   
      Preferred Stock Warrants           50         76   
      Preferred Stock Warrants      0.40        188         312   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total BIND Biosciences, Inc.

                4,946         5,268   

Labopharm USA, Inc. (5)

   Drug Delivery    Senior Debt           

480 Armand-Frappier Blvd. Laval, Canada H7V 4B4

     

Matures December 2012 Interest rate 10.95%

     $ 9,771         9,718         9,718   
      Senior Debt           
     

Matures December 2012 Interest rate Prime + 3.20% or Floor rate of 10.95%

     $ 3,257         3,417         3,417   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Labopharm USA, Inc.

                13,135         13,135   

Merrion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (5)

   Drug Delivery    Senior Debt           

3200 Lake Drive Citwest Business Campus Dublin,

Ireland 2

     

Matures January 2015

Interest rate Prime + 9.20% or Floor rate of 12.45%

     $ 5,000         4,735         3,870   
      Common Stock Warrants      1.40        214         23   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Merrion Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

                4,948         3,893   

Transcept Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

   Drug Delivery    Common Stock Warrants      0.18        36         57   

1003 W. Cutting Blvd, Suite 110 Point Richmond, CA 94804

      Common Stock Warrants      0.27        51         86   
      Common Stock      0.31        500         275   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Transcept Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

                587         418   

Revance Therapeutics, Inc.

   Drug Delivery    Senior Debt           

2400 Bayshore Parkway Suite 100 Mountain View, CA 94043

     

Matures March 2015

Interest rate Prime + 6.60% or Floor rate of 9.85%

     $ 22,000         21,257         21,257   
      Preferred Stock Warrants      0.69        557         557   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revance Therapeutics, Inc.

                21,814         21,814   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Drug Delivery (15.81%)*

                67,908         66,734   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

BARRX Medical, Inc.

   Therapeutic    Senior Debt           

540 Oakmead Parkway

Sunnyvale, CA 94085

     

Mature December 2011

Interest rate 11.00%

     $ 768         1,295         1,295   
      Preferred Stock Warrants      0.11        76         110   
      Preferred Stock      1.23        1,501         2,607   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total BARRX Medical, Inc.

                2,872         4,012   

EKOS Corporation

   Therapeutic    Preferred Stock Warrants      0.39        175         —     

22030 20th Ave. Southeast,

Suite 101 Bothell, WA 98021

      Preferred Stock Warrants      0.77        153         —     
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total EKOS Corporation

                328         —     

Gelesis, Inc. (7)

   Therapeutic    Senior Debt           

222 Berkley Street, Suite 1040

Boston, MA 02116

     

Matures May 2012

Interest rate Prime + 7.5% or

Floor rate of 10.75%

     $ 2,771         2,820         —     
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Gelesis, Inc.

                2,820         —     

Gynesonics, Inc.

   Therapeutic    Senior Debt           

604 5th Avenue, Suite D

Redwood City, CA 94063

     

Mature October 2013

Interest rate Prime + 8.25% or Floor rate of 11.50%

     $ 6,500         5,775         5,842   
      Preferred Stock Warrants      1.69        228         240   
      Preferred Stock      1.22        532         451   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Gynesonics, Inc.

                6,535         6,533   

 

106


Table of Contents

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Percentage
of Class
Held on a
Fully
Diluted
Basis (8)
    Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

Light Science Oncology, Inc.

   Therapeutic    Preferred Stock Warrants      0.15        99         176   

15405 SE 37th Street, Suite 100

Bellevue, WA 98006

                
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Light Science Oncology, Inc.

                99         176   

Novasys Medical, Inc.

   Therapeutic    Preferred Stock Warrants      0.19        71         —     

39684 Eureka Drive

      Preferred Stock Warrants      0.05        54         1   

Newark, CA 94560

      Preferred Stock      1.86        1,000         1,001   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Novasys Medical, Inc.

                1,125         1,001   

Oraya Therapeutics, Inc.

   Therapeutic    Senior Debt           

8000 Jarvis Avenue Menlo Park,

CA 94560

     

Matures March 2015

Interest rate Prime + 4.75% or Floor rate of 9.50%

     $ 7,500         7,317         7,317   
      Preferred Stock Warrants      0.64        232         232   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Oraya Therapeutics, Inc.

                7,549         7,549   

Pacific Child & Family Associates, LLC

   Therapeutic    Senior Debt           

216 N. Eighth Street Santa

Paula, CA 93060

     

Matures January 2015

Interest rate LIBOR + 8.0% or Floor rate of 10.50%

     $ 5,685         5,592         5,592   
      Revolving Line of Credit           
     

Matures January 2015

Interest rate LIBOR + 6.5% or Floor rate of 9.00%

     $ 1,500         1,483         1,396   
      Senior Debt           
     

Matures January 2015

Interest rate LIBOR + 10.50% or Floor rate of 13.0%,

PIK interest 3.75%

     $ 5,900         6,185         6,302   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Pacific Child & Family

Associates, LLC

                13,260         13,290   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Therapeutic (7.72%)*

                34,588         32,562   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cozi Group, Inc.

  

Internet Consumer &

   Preferred Stock Warrants      0.81        147         —     

506 Second Avenue, Suite 710

Seattle, WA 98104

   Business Services    Preferred Stock      0.58        177         48   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Cozi Group, Inc.

                324         48   

Invoke Solutions, Inc.

   Internet Consumer &    Preferred Stock Warrants      1.48        56         —     

375 Totten Pond Road, Suite

400 Waltham, MA 02451

   Business Services    Preferred Stock Warrants      0.33        26         —     
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Invoke Solutions, Inc.

                82         —     

InXpo, Inc.

   Internet Consumer &    Senior Debt           

770 N Halsted Street, Suite 6s

Chicago, IL 60642

   Business Services   

Matures March 2014

Interest rate Prime + 7.5% or

Floor rate of 10.75%

     $ 3,500         3,403         3,403   
      Preferred Stock Warrants      0.62        98         82   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total InXpo, Inc.

                3,501         3,484   

Prism Education Group, Inc.

   Internet Consumer &              

233 Needham Street Newton,

MA 02464

   Business Services    Preferred Stock Warrants      1.00        43         109   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Prism Education Group, Inc.

                43         109   

RazorGator Interactive Group, Inc.

   Internet Consumer &    Preferred Stock Warrants      0.90        13         —     

11150 Santa Monica Blvd.

   Business Services    Preferred Stock Warrants      0.11        28         —     

Suite 500 Los Angeles,

      Preferred Stock Warrants      1.97        1,183         —     

CA 90025

      Preferred Stock      1.20        1,000         —     
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total RazorGator Interactive Group, Inc.

                2,224         —     

 

107


Table of Contents

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Percentage
of Class
Held on a
Fully
Diluted
Basis (8)
    Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

Reply! Inc. (4)

   Internet Consumer &    Senior Debt           

12667 Alcosta Blvd., Suite 200

San Ramon, CA 94583

   Business Services   

Matures June 2015

Interest rate Prime + 6.87% or Floor rate of 10.12%

     $ 13,000         12,862         12,862   
      Preferred Stock Warrants      1.10        320         206   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Reply! Inc.

                13,182         13,068   

ScriptSave

                

(Medical Security Card

Company, LLC)

   Internet Consumer & Business Services    Senior Debt           

4911 E. Broadway, Suite 200

     

Matures February 2016

          

Tucson, AZ 85711

     

Interest rate Prime + 8.75% or Floor rate of 11.25%

     $ 20,158         19,786         20,391   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total ScriptSave

                19,786         20,391   

Trulia, Inc.

   Internet Consumer &    Senior Debt           

500 Treat Avenue Suite 200

   Business Services   

Matures March 2015

          

San Francisco, CA 94110

     

Interest rate Prime + 2.75% or Floor rate of 6.00%

     $ 5,000         4,856         4,856   
     

Senior Debt

          
     

Matures March 2015

Interest rate Prime + 5.50% or

Floor rate of 8.75%

     $ 5,000         4,857         4,857   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.19        188         187   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Trulia, Inc.

                9,901         9,900   

Vaultlogix, Inc.

   Internet Consumer &    Senior Debt           

75 Sylvan Street

   Business Services   

Matures September 2016

          

Danvers, MA 01923

     

Interest rate Libor + 8.50% or Floor rate of 10.00%, PIK interest 2.50%

     $ 7,500         7,382         7,382   
     

Senior Debt

          
     

Matures September 2015

Interest rate Libor + 7.00% or

Floor rate of 8.50%

     $ 11,500         11,309         11,309   
     

Revolving Line of Credit

          
     

Matures September 2015

Interest rate Libor + 6.00% or

Floor rate of 7.50%

     $ 300         283         283   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Vaultlogix, Inc.

                18,974         18,974   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Internet Consumer & Business Services (15.63%)

             68,017         65,975   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Lilliputian Systems, Inc.

   Energy    Preferred Stock Warrants      0.09        106         —     

36 Jonspin Road Wilmington,

MA 01887

      Common Stock Warrants      0.01        48         —     
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Lilliputian Systems, Inc.

                154         —     
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Energy (0.00%)*

                154         —     
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Box.net, Inc.

   Information    Senior Debt           

1895 El Camino Real

   Services              

Palo Alto, CA 94306

     

Matures March 2015

Interest rate Prime + 3.75% or Floor rate of 7.50%

     $ 4,808         4,686         4,686   
     

Senior Debt

          
     

Matures July 2014

Interest rate Prime + 5.25% or

Floor rate of 8.50%

     $ 1,590         1,602         1,634   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.38        73         1,998   
      Preferred Stock Warrants      0.28        117         1,352   
      Preferred Stock Warrants      0.09        194         191   
      Preferred Stock      0.55        500         3,137   
      Preferred Stock      0.40        1,500         2,270   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Box.net, Inc.

                8,672         15,270   

 

108


Table of Contents

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Percentage
of Class
Held on a
Fully
Diluted
Basis (8)
    Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

Buzznet, Inc.

   Information    Preferred Stock Warrants      0.01        9         —     

6464 Sunset Blvd., Suite 650

Los Angeles, CA 90028

   Services    Preferred Stock      0.12        250         34   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Buzznet, Inc.

                259         34   

Cha Cha Search, Inc.

   Information    Senior Debt           

14550 Clay Terrace Blvd. Suite 130 Carmel, IN 46032

   Services   

Matures February 2015

Interest rate Prime + 6.25% or Floor rate of 9.50%

     $ 3,000         2,916         2,916   
      Preferred Stock Warrants      0.24        58         10   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Cha Cha Search, Inc.

                2,974         2,926   

XL Education Corp.

   Information              

185 Madison Avenue, 5th Floor New York, NY 10016

   Services    Common Stock      0.01        880         880   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total XL Education Corp.

                880         880   

hi5 Networks, Inc.

   Information    Preferred Stock Warrants      0.10        213         —     

55 Second St., Suite 300

San Francisco, CA 94105

   Services    Preferred Stock      0.71        250         741   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total hi5 Networks, Inc.

                463         741   

Jab Wireless, Inc.

   Information    Senior Debt           

5350 S. Roslyn St., Suite 306 Greenwood Village, CO 80111

   Services   

Matures August 2016

Interest rate Prime + 6.25% or Floor rate of 6.75%

     $ 18,121         17,858         17,858   
      Preferred Stock Warrants      0.78        265         281   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Jab Wireless, Inc.

                18,123         18,139   

Solutionary, Inc.

   Information    Preferred Stock Warrants      0.60        94         —     

9420 Underwood Avenue

3rd Floor Omaha, NE 68114

   Services    Preferred Stock Warrants      0.02        2         —     
      Preferred Stock      0.26        250         42   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Solutionary, Inc.

                346         42   

Intelligent Beauty, Inc.

   Information              

2301 Rosecrans Ave., Suite 4100 Manhattan Beach, CA 90245

   Services    Preferred Stock Warrants      0.35        230         90   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Intelligent Beauty, Inc.

                230         90   

Good Technologies, Inc.

   Information              

101 Redwood Shores Parkway Suite 400

Redwood Shores,

CA 94065

   Services    Common Stock      0.17        603         95   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Good Technologies, Inc.

                603         95   

Coveroo, Inc.

   Information              

333 Bryant Street

San Francisco, CA 94107

   Services    Preferred Stock Warrants      0.08        0         —     
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Coveroo, Inc.

                0         —     

Zeta Interactive Corporation

   Information    Preferred Stock Warrants      1.19        172         110   

99 Park Ave, 23rd Floor

New York, NY 10016

   Services    Preferred Stock      0.96        501         485   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Zeta Interactive Corporation

                673         595   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Information Services (9.20%)

             33,223         38,812   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Novadaq Technologies, Inc. (5)

   Diagnostic              

2585 Skymark Ave., Suite 306 Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4L5

     

Common Stock

     0.56        1,415         808   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Novadaq Technologies, Inc.

                1,415         808   

 

109


Table of Contents

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Percentage
of Class
Held on a
Fully
Diluted
Basis (8)
    Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

Optiscan Biomedical, Corp.

   Diagnostic   

Senior Debt

          

1105 Atlantic Ave., Suite 101 Alameda, CA 94501

     

Matures December 2013 Interest rate Prime + 8.20% or Floor rate of 11.45%

     $ 10,750         10,792         11,162   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     2.43        1,069         668   
     

Preferred Stock

     3.18        3,655         2,251   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Optiscan Biomedical, Corp.

                15,517         14,081   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Diagnostic (3.53%)*

                16,932         14,889   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

deCODE genetics ehf.

   Biotechnology   

Senior Debt

          

Sturlugata 8 IS-101 Reykjavik

Reykjavik, Iceland

   Tools   

Matures September 2014 Interest rate Prime + 10.25% or Floor rate of 13.50%, PIK interest 2.00%

     $ 5,000         4,740         4,740   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     1.36        305         358   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deCODE genetics ehf.

                5,045         5,098   

Kamada, LTD.

   Biotechnology              

Science Park, Kiryat Weizmann, Ness Ziona, Israel, 76327

   Tools   

Common Stock

     0.26        427         398   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Kamada, LTD.

                427         398   

Labcyte, Inc.

   Biotechnology   

Senior Debt

          

1190 Borregas Avenue Sunnyvale, CA 94089

   Tools   

Matures May 2013 Interest rate Prime + 8.6% or Floor rate of 11.85%

     $ 2,800         2,774         2,849   
     

Common Stock Warrants

     0.67        192         190   
     

Common Stock Warrants

     0.02        5         5   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Labcyte, Inc.

                2,971         3,044   

NeurogesX, Inc.

   Biotechnology   

Senior Debt

          

981F Industrial Road San Carlos, CA 94070

   Tools   

Matures February 2015 Interest rate Prime + 6.25% or Floor rate of 9.50%

     $ 15,000         14,433         14,433   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     2.67        503         132   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total NeurogesX, Inc.

                14,936         14,565   

NuGEN Technologies, Inc.

   Biotechnology   

Preferred Stock Warrants

     1.00        45         203   

821 Industrial Road, Unit A San Carlos, CA 94070

   Tools   

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.15        33         15   
     

Preferred Stock

     0.92        500         473   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total NuGEN Technologies, Inc.

                578         691   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Biotechnology Tools (5.64%)*

             23,957         23,796   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Entrigue Surgical, Inc.

   Surgical Devices   

Senior Debt

          

12672 Silicon Drive Suite 150 San Antonio, TX 78249

     

Matures December 2014 Interest rate Prime + 5.90% or Floor rate of 9.65%

     $ 3,000         2,863         2,863   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.55        87         87   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Entrigue Surgical, Inc.

                2,950         2,950   

Transmedics, Inc. (4)

   Surgical Devices   

Senior Debt

          

200 Minuteman Road, Suite 302 Andover, MA 01810

     

Matures February 2014 Interest rate Prime + 9.70% or Floor rate of 12.95%

     $ 8,375         9,115         4,733   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

     0.31        225         —     
      Preferred Stock      0.43        1,169         —     
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Transmedics, Inc.

                10,509         4,733   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Surgical Devices (1.82%)*

                13,459         7,683   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Glam Media, Inc.

   Media/Content/Info              

8000 Marina Blvd., Suite 130 Brisbane, CA 94005

      Preferred Stock Warrants      0.22        482         138   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Glam Media, Inc.

                482         138   

 

110


Table of Contents

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Percentage
of Class
Held on a
Fully
Diluted
Basis (8)
    Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

Everyday Health, Inc. (Waterfront Media, Inc.)

                

45 Main Street, Suite 800 Brooklyn, NY 11201

      Preferred Stock Warrants      0.27        60         364   
      Preferred Stock      0.36        1,000         945   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Everyday Health

                1,060         1,309   

Women’s Marketing, Inc.

   Media/Content/Info    Senior Debt           

1221 Post Road East Suite 201 Westport, CT 06880

     

Matures May 2016 Interest rate Libor + 9.50% or Floor rate of 12.00%, PIK interest 3.00%

     $ 10,000         9,866         9,866   
      Senior Debt           
     

Matures November 2015 Interest rate Libor + 7.50% or Floor rate of 10.0%

     $ 9,875         9,648         9,648   
      Senior Debt           
     

Matures November 2015 Interest rate Libor + 7.50% or Floor rate of 10.0%

     $ 10,125         9,891         9,891   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Women’s Marketing, Inc.

                29,405         29,405   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Media/Content/Info (7.31%)*

             30,947         30,852   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

BrightSource Energy, Inc.

   Clean Tech    Senior Debt           

1999 Harrison Street Suite 500 Oakland, CA 94612

     

Matures December 2011 Interest rate Prime + 7.75% or Floor rate of 11.0%

     $ 11,250         11,096         11,096   
      Senior Debt           
     

Matures December 2012 Interest rate Prime + 9.55% or Floor rate of 12.8%

     $ 13,750         13,542         13,542   
      Preferred Stock Warrants      0.12        675         623   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total BrightSource Energy, Inc.

                25,313         25,261   

Calera, Inc.

   Clean Tech    Preferred Stock Warrants           

14600 Winchester Boulevard Los Gatos, CA 95032

           2.08        513         660   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Calera, Inc.

                513         660   

EcoMotors, Inc.

   Clean Tech    Senior Debt           

17000 Federal Dr., Suite 200 Allen Park, MI 48101

     

Matures February 2014 Interest rate Prime + 6.1% or Floor rate of 9.35%

     $ 5,383         5,260         5,421   
      Preferred Stock Warrants      0.54        154         451   
      Common Stock Warrants      0.54        154         451   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total EcoMotors, Inc.

                5,568         6,323   

Enphase Energy, Inc.

   Clean Tech    Senior Debt           

201 1st Street Suite 111 Petaluma, CA 94952

     

Matures June 2014 Interest rate Prime + 5.75% or Floor rate of 9.0%

     $ 4,248         4,135         4,135   
      Preferred Stock Warrants      0.12        102         17   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Enphase Energy, Inc.

                4,237         4,152   

GreatPoint Energy, Inc.

   Clean Tech              

222 Third Street Suite 2163 Cambridge, MA 02142

      Preferred Stock Warrants      0.13        548         203   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total GreatPoint Energy, Inc.

                548         203   

NanoSolar, Inc.

   Clean Tech    Senior Debt           

2440 Embarcadero Way Palo Alto, CA 94303

     

Matures September 2014 Interest rate Prime + 7.75% or Floor rate of 11.0%

     $ 10,000         9,515         9,515   
      Preferred Stock Warrants      0.03        355         355   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total NanoSolar, Inc.

                9,870         9,870   

 

111


Table of Contents

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Percentage
of Class
Held on a
Fully
Diluted
Basis (8)
    Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

Propel Biofuels, Inc.

   Clean Tech    Senior Debt           

2317 Broadway Street Redwood City, CA 94063

     

Matures September 2013 Interest rate 11.0%

     $ 1,540         1,562         1,570   
      Preferred Stock Warrants      1.52        211         195   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Propel Biofuels, Inc.

                1,773         1,765   

Scientific Conservation, Inc.

   Clean Tech    Senior Debt           

2107 Dwight Way #120 Berkely, CA 94704

     

Matures October 2014 Interest rate 6.25%

     $ 202         196         196   
      Preferred Stock Warrants      0.02        8         2   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Scientific Conservation, Inc.

                204         198   

Solexel, Inc.

   Clean Tech    Senior Debt           

1530 McCarthy Blvd. Milpitas, CA 95035

     

Matures June 2013 Interest rate Prime + 8.25% or Floor rate of 11.50%

     $ 1,031         966         966   
      Senior Debt           
     

Matures June 2013 Interest rate Prime + 7.25% or Floor rate of 10.50%

     $ 8,927         9,660         9,660   
      Preferred Stock Warrants      0.09        335         11   
      Preferred Stock Warrants      0.06        259         71   
      Preferred Stock Warrants      0.05        142         142   
      Preferred Stock Warrants      0.14        426         427   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Solexel, Inc.

                11,788         11,278   

Trilliant, Inc.

   Clean Tech    Preferred Stock Warrants      0.07        89         46   

1100 Island Drive Redwood City, CA 94065

      Preferred Stock Warrants      0.06        73         38   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Trilliant, Inc.

                162         84   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Clean Tech (14.17%)*

                59,976         59,793   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investments

                587,405         576,477   
             

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Value as a percent of net assets
(1) Preferred and common stock, warrants, and equity interests are generally non-income producing.
(2) Gross unrealized appreciation, gross unrealized depreciation, and net depreciation for federal income tax purposes totaled $28,443, $40,649 and $12,205 respectively. The tax cost of investments is $588,807.
(3) Except for warrants in twelve publicly traded companies and common stock in five publicly traded companies, all investments are restricted at September 30, 2011. No unrestricted securities of the same issuer are outstanding. The Company uses the Standard Industrial Code for classifying the industry grouping of its portfolio companies.
(4) Debt investments of this portfolio company have been pledged as collateral under the Wells Facility.
(5) Non-U.S. company or the company’s principal place of business is outside the United States.
(6) Affiliate investment that is defined under the Investment Company Act of 1940 as companies in which HTGC owns at least 5% but not more than 25% of the voting securities of the company.
(7) Control investment that is defined under the Investment Company Act of 1940 as companies in which HTGC owns at least 25% of the voting securities of the company, or has greater than 50% representation on its board.
(8) Debt is on non-accrual status at September 30, 2011, and is therefore considered non-income producing.

 

112


Table of Contents

SENIOR SECURITIES

Information about our senior securities is shown in the following table for the periods as of December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006, 2005 and 2004. The information for the periods ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006, 2005 and 2004 has been derived from our audited financial statements for these periods, which have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, our former independent registered public accounting firm. The information for the period ended December 31, 2010 has been derived from our audited financial statement for fiscal 2010, which have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Borrowings” and Note 13 to the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for updated senior securities information.

 

Class and Year

   Total Amount
Outstanding
Exclusive of
Treasury
Securities (1)
     Asset Coverage
per Unit (2)
     Average
Market
Value
per Unit (3)
 

Bridge Loan Credit Facility with Alcmene Funding L.L.C

        

December 31, 2004

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2005

   $ 25,000,000       $ 2,505         N/A   

December 31, 2006

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2007

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2008

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2009

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2010

     —           —           N/A   

September 30, 2011 (unaudited)

     —           —           N/A   

Securitized Credit Facility with Wells Fargo Capital Finance

        

December 31, 2004

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2005

   $ 51,000,000       $ 2,505         N/A   

December 31, 2006

   $ 41,000,000       $ 7,230         N/A   

December 31, 2007

   $ 79,200,000       $ 6,755         N/A   

December 31, 2008

   $ 89,582,000       $ 6,689         N/A   

December 31, 2009 (6)

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2010 (6)

     —           —           N/A   

September 30, 2011 (6) (unaudited)

     —           —           N/A   

Securitized Credit Facility with Union Bank, NA

        

December 31, 2004

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2005

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2006

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2007

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2008

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2009

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2010 (6)

     —           —           N/A   

September 30, 2011 (unaudited) (6)

     —           —           N/A   

Small Business Administration Debentures (HT II) (4)

        

Debentures (4)

        

December 31, 2004

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2005

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2006

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2007

   $ 55,050,000       $ 9,718         N/A   

December 31, 2008

   $ 127,200,000       $ 4,711         N/A   

December 31, 2009

   $ 130,600,000       $ 3,806         N/A   

December 31, 2010

   $ 150,000,000       $ 3,942         N/A   

September 30, 2011 (unaudited)

   $ 125,000,000       $ 4,595         N/A   

Small Business Administration Debentures (HT III) (5)

        

December 31, 2004

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2005

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2006

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2007

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2008

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2009

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2010

   $ 20,000,000       $ 29,564         N/A   

September 30, 2011 (unaudited)

   $ 38,750,000       $ 14,823         N/A   

Senior Convertible Notes

        

September 30, 2012 (Unaudited)

   $ 70,082,000       $ 9,826         875   

 

113


Table of Contents

 

(1) Total amount of each class of senior securities outstanding at the end of the period presented, rounded to nearest thousand.
(2) The asset coverage ratio for a class of senior securities representing indebtedness is calculated as our consolidated total assets, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, divided by senior securities representing indebtedness. This asset coverage ratio is multiplied by $1,000 to determine the Asset Coverage per Unit.
(3) Not applicable because senior securities are not registered for public trading.
(4) Issued by HT II, one of our SBIC subsidiaries, to the SBA. These categories of senior securities were not subject to the asset coverage requirements of the 1940 Act.
(5) Issued by HT III, one of our SBIC subsidiaries, to the SBA. These categories of senior securities were not subject to the asset coverage requirements of the 1940 Act.
(6) The Company’s Wells Facility and Union Bank Facility had no borrowings outstanding during the periods noted above.

 

114


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors elects our officers who serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors currently consists of four members, one who is an “interested person” of Hercules Technology Growth Capital as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act and three who are not interested persons and who we refer to as our independent directors.

Directors, Executive Officers and Key Employees

Our executive officers, directors and key employees and their positions are set forth below. The address for each executive officer, director and key employee is c/o Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., 400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310, Palo Alto, California 94301.

 

Name

   Age     

Positions

Interested Director:

     

Manuel A. Henriquez (1)

     48       Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer

Independent Directors:

     

Robert P. Badavas (2)(3)(4)(5)

     59       Director

Joseph W. Chow (2)(3)(4)(5)

     59       Director

Allyn C. Woodward, Jr. (2)(3)(4)(5)

     71       Director

Executive Officers:

     

Jessica Baron

     37       Vice President of Finance and Interim Chief Financial Officer

Scott Bluestein

     33       Chief Credit Officer

Todd Jaquez-Fissori

     41       Senior Managing Director, Technology Group Head and Clean Technology Group Head

Scott Harvey

     57       Secretary and Chief Legal Officer

Parag I. Shah

     40       Senior Managing Director and Life Sciences Group Head

 

(1) Mr. Henriquez is an interested person, as defined in section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act, of the Company due to his position as an executive officer of the Company.
(2) Member of the Audit Committee.
(3) Member of the Valuation Committee.
(4) Member of the Compensation Committee.
(5) Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

Set forth below is information regarding our current directors, including each director’s (i) name and age; (ii) a brief description of their recent business experience, including present occupations and employment during at least the past five years; (iii) directorships, if any, that each director holds and has held during the past five years; and (iv) the year in which each person became a director of the Company. As the information that follows indicates, the nominee and each continuing director brings strong and unique experience, qualifications, attributes, and skills to the Board. This provides the Board, collectively, with competence, experience, and perspective in a variety of areas, including: (i) corporate governance and Board service; (ii) executive management, finance, and accounting; (iii) venture capital financing with a technology-related focus; (iv) business acumen; and (v) an ability to exercise sound judgment.

Moreover, the nominating and corporate governance committee believes that it is important to seek a broad diversity of experience, professions, skills, geographic representation and backgrounds. The nominating and corporate governance committee does not assign specific weights to particular criteria and no particular criterion is necessarily applicable to all prospective nominees. We believe that the backgrounds and qualifications of the

 

115


Table of Contents

directors, considered as a group, should provide a significant composite mix of experience, knowledge and abilities that will allow the Board to fulfill its responsibilities. Our Board does not have a specific diversity policy, but considers diversity of race, religion, national origin, gender, sexual orientation, disability, cultural background and professional experiences in evaluating candidates for Board membership.

Interested Director

Manuel A. Henriquez is a co-founder of the Company and has been our Chairman and CEO since December 2003 and our President since April 2005. Prior to co-founding the Company, Mr. Henriquez was a Partner at VantagePoint Venture Partners, a $2.5 billion multi-stage technology venture fund, from August 2000 through July 2003. Prior to VantagePoint Venture Partners, Mr. Henriquez was the President and Chief Investment Officer of Comdisco Ventures, a division of Comdisco, Inc., a leading technology and financial services company, from November 1999 to March 2000. Prior to that, from March 1997 to November 1999, Mr. Henriquez was a Managing Director of Comdisco Ventures. Mr. Henriquez was a senior member of the investment team at Comdisco Ventures that originated over $2.0 billion of equipment lease, debt and equity transactions from 1997 to 2000. Mr. Henriquez serves on the board of directors of one of the Company’s portfolio companies, E-Band Communications Corporation, supplier of ultra high capacity of wireless solutions. Also, Mr. Henriquez serves on the board of directors of Charles Armstrong School, an independent elementary and middle school that serves students with language-based learning differences. Mr. Henriquez received a B.S. in Business Administration from Northeastern University.

Through his broad experience as an officer and director of several private and public companies, in addition to skills acquired with firms engaged in investment banking, banking and financial services, Mr. Henriquez brings to the Company a unique business expertise and knowledge of financing technology related companies as well as extensive financial and risk assessment abilities. Mr. Henriquez possesses a vast array of knowledge in venture capital financing which assists us in the markets in which we compete. Mr. Henriquez’s years of experience as our Chairman and CEO since co-founding the Company demonstrates his leadership skills that are valuable in his role as our Chairman and CEO.

Independent Directors

Each of the following directors is “independent” under the Nasdaq Stock Market rules and are not “interested directors” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.

Robert P. Badavas has served as a director since March 2006. Mr. Badavas is a private investor and, since his retirement from TAC Worldwide, a multi-national workforce management and business services company, has served as President of Petros Ventures, Inc., a management and advisory services company. Mr. Badavas served as President and Chief Executive Officer of TAC Worldwide from December 2005 through October 2009, and was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of TAC Worldwide from November 2003 to December 2005. Prior to joining TAC Worldwide, Mr. Badavas was Partner and Chief Operating Officer of Atlas Venture, an international venture capital firm, from September 2001 to September 2003. Mr. Badavas also serves on the board of directors and is chairman of the audit committee of both Airvana, Inc. (NASDAQ: AIRV), a provider of mobile broadband network infrastructure products, and Constant Contact, Inc. (NASDAQ: CTCT), a provider of on demand email marketing, event marketing and online survey solutions for small organizations. In addition, Mr. Badavas serves on the board of directors of The Learning Center for the Deaf in Framingham, MA, Hellenic College/Holy Cross School of Theology in Brookline, MA and Bentley University in Waltham, MA. In addition to being a certified public accountant with nine years of experience at PriceWaterhouseCoopers, an independent registered public accounting firm, and the chief financial officer of a publicly traded company, Mr. Badavas has completed a program that studied strategies to make corporate boards more effective at the Harvard Business School. Mr. Badavas is active in board of director organizations and regularly attends professional seminars addressing issues of current import to boards of directors. Mr. Badavas is a graduate of Bentley University with a BS in Accounting and Finance.

 

116


Table of Contents

Through his prior experience as a director, chief executive officer, chief operating officer and chief financial officer, Mr. Badavas brings business expertise, finance and audit skills to his Board service with the Company. Mr. Badavas’ expertise, experience and skills closely align with our operations, and his prior investment experience with a venture capital firm facilitates an in-depth understanding of our investment business. Mr. Badavas’ expertise and experience also qualify him to serve as Chairman of our audit committee and our audit committee financial expert.

 

Joseph W. Chow has served as a director since February 2004. Mr. Chow retired in March 2011 as Executive Vice President at State Street Corporation (NYSE: STT), a leading global provider of asset servicing and investment management services to institutional investors, where he was responsible for the development of business strategies for emerging economies. He served on the company’s Asia Pacific and European Executive Boards, as a board director of State Street’s Technology Center in China, and chaired State Street’s Corporate Environmental Sustainability Committee. Previously, having retired from State Street in 2003 and returned in 2004, he assumed the role of Executive Vice President and chief risk and corporate administration officer responsible for Enterprise Risk Management, Compliance, Regulatory Affairs, Basel Capital Accord Implementation, and Community Affairs; he was a member of the Operating Group, the company’s most senior 11-member strategy and policy management committee. Prior to 2003, Mr. Chow was State Street’s Executive Vice President and head of credit and risk policy responsible for corporate-wide risk management, focusing on credit, market, operational, fiduciary, and compliance risks. He chaired the company’s Major Risk Committee, Fiduciary Review Committee, and Securities Finance Risk Management Committee and served as a member of the Asset Liability Management Committee and Financial Policy Committee. Before joining State Street, Mr. Chow worked at Bank of Boston in various international and corporate banking roles from 1981 to 1990 and specialized in the financing of emerging-stage high technology companies. Mr. Chow is a director of the Hong Kong Association of Massachusetts and served on the board of directors of China Universal Asset Management, Inc. in Shanghai, the Greater Boston Chamber of Commerce, and the Asian Community Development Corporation, a not-for-profit community development corporation focused on building affordable housing in Boston. Mr. Chow is a graduate of Brandeis University with a B.A. in Economics. He also received a Master in City Planning from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and an M.S. in Management (Finance) from the MIT Sloan School of Management.

Through his experience as a senior executive of a major financial institution, Mr. Chow brings business expertise, finance and risk assessment skills to his Board service with the Company. Mr. Chow’s experience and skills closely align with our business, and his lending and credit experience facilitates an in-depth understanding of risk associated with the structuring of investments in technology related companies. Mr. Chow’s risk management expertise and credit related experience also qualify him to serve as Chairman of our Valuation Committee.

Allyn C. Woodward, Jr. has served as a director since February 2004. Mr. Woodward was Vice Chairman of Adams Harkness Financial Group (AHFG-formerly Adams, Harkness & Hill) from April 2001 until January 2006 when AHFG was sold to Canaccord, Inc., an independent investment dealer. He previously served as President of AHFG from 1995 to 2001. AHFG was an independent institutional research, brokerage and investment banking firm headquartered in Boston, MA. Prior to joining AHFG, Mr. Woodward worked for Silicon Valley Bank from April 1990 to April 1995, initially as Executive Vice President and Co-founder of the Wellesley, MA office and more recently as Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the parent bank in California. Silicon Valley Bank is a commercial bank, headquartered in Santa Clara, CA whose principal lending focus is directed toward the technology, healthcare and venture capital industries. Prior to joining Silicon Valley Bank, Mr. Woodward was Senior Vice President and Group Manager of the Technology group at Bank of New England, Boston, MA where he was employed from 1963-1990. Mr. Woodward is currently the Chairman of the Board of Directors and a member of the Compensation Committee of Lecroy Corporation (NASDAQ: LCRY), a leading provider of oscilloscopes, protocol analyzers and related test and measurement solutions. He is also a former Director of Viewlogic and Cayenne Software, Inc. Mr. Woodward serves on the boards of three private companies and is on the boards of advisors of five venture capital funds. Mr. Woodward holds a Masters Professional Director Certification from the American College of

 

117


Table of Contents

Corporate Directors, a public company director education and credentialing organization, and is a member of the National Association of Corporate Directors. Mr. Woodward is on the Board of Overseers and a member of the Finance Committee of Newton Wellesley Hospital, a 250 bed hospital located in Newton, MA. Mr. Woodward is on the Board of Overseers and the Investment Committee and the Finance Committee of Babson College in Babson Park, MA. Mr. Woodward graduated from Babson College with a degree in finance and accounting. He also graduated from the Stonier Graduate School of Banking at Rutgers University.

Mr. Woodward’s executive and board experience brings extensive business, finance and investment expertise to his Board service with the Company. His experiences with financial services, bank and technology related companies provide a unique perspective on matters involving business, finance and technology. Mr. Woodward’s many board related experiences makes him skilled in leading committees requiring substantive expertise. He is uniquely qualified to lead in the continued development of our Board’s policies regarding compensation and governance best practices by serving as Chairman of our Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and by serving as our Lead Independent Director.

Non-director Executive Officers

Jessica Baron joined our Company in October 2006 as Corporate Controller and was promoted to Vice President of Finance in October 2010. Effective June 1, 2011, our Board appointed Ms. Baron as Vice President of Finance and Interim Chief Financial Officer. During her tenure at Hercules, Ms. Baron has been involved in financial reporting, financial process and systems design and implementation. Prior to joining Hercules, she was served in strategic finance roles at Cisco Systems, Inc. from 2004 to 2006 and at Levi Strauss and Company from 2002 to 2004. Ms Baron also served as a finance and accounting manager at Dominion Ventures and Dominion Capital Management from 2000 to 2002. She also was at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP in supervisory roles in both its consulting and business assurance divisions from 1997 to 2000. Ms. Baron earned a Bachelor of Arts degree in Human Biology and a Master of Arts degree in Sociology from Stanford University and a Master of Business Administration degree with an emphasis in Finance from the University of California, Berkeley, Haas School of Business. She is a Certified Public Accountant in the state of California.

Scott Bluestein joined our Company in November 2010 as Chief Credit Officer. Mr. Bluestein previously served as founder and partner of Century Tree Capital Management from February 2009 until June 2010. Prior to that, he was managing director at Laurus-Valens Capital Management, a New York based investment firm specializing in providing financing to small and micro cap growth oriented businesses through a combination of secured debt and equity securities, including new investments, portfolio management, and restructurings from June 2003 until February 2010. Previously, Mr. Bluestein worked at UBS Investment Bank, where he was a member of their Financial Institutions Coverage Group focused on the Financial Technology space. Mr. Bluestein received his Bachelor of Business Administration from Emory University.

Todd Jaquez-Fissori  joined our Company in November 2009 as Managing Director and was promoted by our Board to the position of Clean Technology Group Head in May 2011 and Technology Group Head in October 2011. Before joining Hercules Technology in 2009, Mr. Jaquez-Fissori served as a director at TriplePoint Capital from February 2008 to December 2008 and was the general partner in charge of clean technology investing at Siemens Venture Capital from March 2004 to February 2008. Prior to working at Siemens Venture Capital, Mr. Jaquez-Fissori served as a principal at Boulder Ventures from March 2000 to March 2004 and as an analyst at Mayfield from May 1996 to September 1998. Mr. Jaquez-Fissori received a B.A. from Penn State University and an M.B.A. from the University of Pennsylvania Wharton School of Business.

Scott Harvey is a co-founder of our Company and has been our Chief Legal Officer and Secretary since December 2003. Mr. Harvey has been our Chief Compliance Officer since February 2005. Mr. Harvey has over 24 years of legal and business experience with leveraged finance and financing public and private technology-related companies. Since July 2002, and prior to co-founding the Company, Mr. Harvey was in a diversified private law practice. Previously, Mr. Harvey was Deputy General Counsel of Comdisco, Inc., a leading technology and

 

118


Table of Contents

financial services company, from January 1997 to July 2002. From 1991 to 1997, Mr. Harvey served as Vice President of Marketing, Administration & Alliances with Comdisco, Inc. and was Corporate Counsel from 1983 to 1991. Mr. Harvey received a B.S. in Agricultural Economics from the University of Missouri, a J.D. and LLM in taxation from The John Marshall Law School and an M.B.A. from Illinois Institute of Technology.

Parag I. Shah joined our Company in November 2004 as Managing Director of Life Sciences and was promoted to Senior Managing Director in June 2006. During March 2008 Mr. Shah was promoted by our Board to the position of Life Science Group Head. Prior to joining Hercules, Mr. Shah served as Managing Director for Biogenesys Capital from April 2004 to November 2004. From April 2000 to April 2004, Mr. Shah was employed by Imperial Bank, where he served as a Senior Vice President in Imperial Bank’s Life Sciences Group, beginning in October 2000, which was acquired by Comerica Bank in early 2001. Prior to working at Comerica Bank, Mr. Shah was an Assistant Vice President at Bank Boston from January 1997 to March 2000. Bank Boston was acquired by Fleet Bank in 1999. Mr. Shah completed his Masters degrees in Technology, Management and Policy as well as his Bachelor’s degree in Molecular Biology at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT). During his tenure at MIT, Mr. Shah conducted research at the Whitehead Institute for Biomedical Research and was chosen to serve on the Whitehead Institute’s Board of Associates in 2003.

Board of Directors

The number of directors is currently fixed at four directors.

Our Board of Directors is divided into three classes. Class I directors hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2011, Class II directors hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2012 and Class III directors hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2013. Each director holds office for the term to which he or she is elected and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies. Mr. Woodward’s term expires in 2012, Mr. Henriquez’s term expires in 2013 and Messrs. Badavas and Chow’s terms expire in 2014. At each annual meeting of our stockholders, the successors to the class of directors whose terms expire at such meeting will be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election and until their successors are duly elected and qualify.

Compensation of Directors

The Compensation Committee has the authority from the Board for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the Company’s outside compensation consultant. The Compensation Committee generally engages a compensation consultant every other year to assist the Compensation Committee with its responsibilities related to the Company’s director compensation program. In 2010, the Compensation Committee engaged Pearl Meyer & Partners, LLC (“Pearl Meyer”), an independent compensation consultant, to provide summary compensation information regarding the compensation to be awarded to the Company’s directors for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (the “2010 Report”). In the 2010 Report, Pearl Meyer made certain recommendations regarding the mix of cash and equity compensation to be offered to the Company’s directors, as well as the types of long-term incentives to be granted to the Company’s directors. The Compensation Committee reviewed the 2010 Report when evaluating the director compensation program for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010. In connection with the retention, the Compensation Committee determined that Pearl Meyer had the necessary experience, skill and independence to advise the Committee. Pearl Meyer does not provide services to the Company other than under its engagement by the Compensation Committee related to compensation matters. For more information about the compensation information provided by Pearl Meyer, see “Executive Compensation—Compensation Discussion and Analysis” below.

 

119


Table of Contents

The following table discloses the cash, equity awards and other compensation earned, paid or awarded, as the case may be, to each of our directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.

 

Name

   Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash ($) (1)
     Stock
Awards  ($)
     Option
Awards  ($)
     All Other
Compensation ($) (3)
     Total ($)  

Robert P. Badavas

   $ 160,000         —           —         $ 2,221       $ 162,221   

Joseph W. Chow

   $ 160,000         —           —         $ 2,221       $ 162,221   

Allyn C. Woodward, Jr.

   $ 175,000         —           —         $ 3,777       $ 178,777   

Manuel A. Henriquez (2)

     —           —           —           —           —     

 

(1) Mr. Badavas, Mr. Chow and Mr. Woodward earned $125,000, $125,000 and $140,000, respectively, and elected to receive an additional retainer fee as 3,493 shares of our common stock in lieu of cash. The total value of the shares issued to Mr. Badavas, Mr. Chow and Mr. Woodward for services in fiscal 2010 was $35,000 each.
(2) As an employee director, Mr. Henriquez does not receive any compensation for his service as a director. The compensation Mr. Henriquez receives as Chief Executive Officer of the Company is disclosed in the Summary Compensation Table as set forth herein.
(3) Represents dividends paid on unvested restricted stock awards during 2010.

As compensation for serving on our Board, each of our independent directors receives an annual fee of $50,000 and the chairperson of each committee receives an additional $15,000 annual fee. Each independent director also receives $2,000 for each Board or committee meeting they attend, whether in person or telephonically. In 2010, we granted each independent director an additional retainer of $35,000, which was distributed as shares of common stock in lieu of cash. Employee directors and non-independent directors do not receive compensation for serving on the Board. In addition, we reimburse our directors for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending Board meetings.

Directors do not receive any perquisites or other personal benefits from the Company.

Under current SEC rules and regulations applicable to business development companies (“BDC”), a BDC may not grant options or restricted stock to non-employee directors unless it receives exemptive relief from the SEC. The Company filed an exemptive relief request with the SEC to allow options and restricted stock to be issued to its non-employee directors, which was approved on October 10, 2007. On June 22, 2010, the Company received approval from the SEC regarding its exemptive relief request permitting its employees to exercise their stock options and restricted stock and pay any related income taxes using a cashless exercise program.

On June 21, 2007, the stockholders approved amendments to the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan allowing for the grant of restricted stock. The 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan limit the combined maximum amount of restricted stock that may be issued under both of the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and 2006 Non- Employee Director Plan to 10% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock on the effective date of the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan plus 10% of the number of shares of common stock issued or delivered by the Company during the terms of the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan. See the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2010 for more information.

Stock Ownership Guidelines

The Company implemented stock ownership guidelines which are outlined in the Company’s Corporate Governance Guidelines. The Company has implemented stock ownership guidelines because it believes that material stock ownership by directors plays a role in effectively aligning the interests of directors with those of our stockholders and strongly motivates the building of long-term stockholder value. Pursuant to the Company’s stock ownership guidelines, each director is required to beneficially own at least three times the individual’s annual retainer fee in Company stock, based on market value, within three years of joining the Company. The Board may make exceptions to this requirement based on particular circumstances. Each director has exceeded his respective guideline as of December 31, 2010.

 

120


Table of Contents

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Our business, property and affairs are managed under the direction of our Board. Members of our Board are kept informed of our business through discussions with our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, our Chief Credit Officer, our Chief Legal Officer, and other officers and employees, and by reviewing materials provided to them and participating in meetings of the Board and its committees.

Corporate Governance Changes in Fiscal Year 2010 and for Fiscal Year 2011

Because our Board is committed to strong and effective corporate governance, it regularly monitors our corporate governance policies and practices to ensure we meet or exceed the requirements of applicable laws, regulations and rules, and the Nasdaq’s listing standards. During fiscal year 2010 and for fiscal year 2011, our Board made the following changes to our corporate governance policies and practices:

 

   

adopting and implementing Corporate Governance Guidelines which address, among other topics: (i) Board responsibilities, composition, leadership, compensation and performance, (ii) management’s responsibilities; and (iii) the Board’s relationship to senior management.;

 

   

recommending an annual vote on executive compensation be held annually; and

 

   

adopting and implementing a succession plan for our Chief Executive Officer; and

 

   

implementing stock ownership guidelines for management and directors.

The changes made to our corporate governance policies and practices build upon our solid corporate governance structure, which is exemplified by:

 

   

using a Lead Independent Director whose duties and responsibilities are set forth in our Corporate Governance Guidelines;

 

   

adopting committee charters, which clearly establish the roles and responsibilities of each of the committees;

 

   

establishing Board committees that are comprised of and chaired solely by independent directors;

 

   

scheduling regular executive session meetings of non-employee and independent directors;

 

   

implementing a strong risk management program with specific responsibilities assigned to management, the Board, and the Board’s committees;

 

   

adopting our clear code of ethics;

 

   

limiting the use of perquisites for directors and executive officers; and

 

   

engaging an independent compensation consultant by the Compensation Committee.

Board Leadership Structure

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

The Board currently combines the role of Chairman of the Board with the role of Chief Executive Officer, coupled with a Lead Independent Director position to further strengthen the governance structure. The Board believes this provides an efficient and effective leadership model for the Company. Combining the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer roles fosters clear accountability, effective decision-making, and alignment on corporate strategy. Since our inception in 2005, Mr. Henriquez has served as both Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer.

 

121


Table of Contents

No single leadership model is right for all companies at all times. The Board recognizes that depending on the circumstances, other leadership models, such as a separate independent chairman of the board, might be appropriate. Accordingly, the Board periodically reviews its leadership structure.

Moreover, the Board believes that its governance practices provide adequate safeguards against any potential risks that might be associated with having a combined Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Specifically:

 

   

three of the four current directors of the Company are independent directors;

 

   

all of the members of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and Valuation Committee are independent directors;

 

   

the Board and its committees regularly conduct scheduled meetings in executive session, out of the presence of Mr. Henriquez and other members of management;

 

   

the Board and its committees regularly conduct meetings which specifically include Mr. Henriquez;

 

   

the Board and its committees remain in close contact with, and receive reports on various aspects of the Company’s management and enterprise risk directly from the Company’s senior management and independent auditors; and

 

   

the Board and its committees interact with employees of the Company outside the ranks of senior management.

Lead Independent Director

The Board has instituted the Lead Independent Director position to provide an additional measure of balance, ensure the Board’s independence, and enhance its ability to fulfill its management oversight responsibilities. Allyn C. Woodward, Jr., the Chairman of the Compensation Committee and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, currently serves as the Lead Independent Director. The Lead Independent Director:

 

   

presides over all meetings of the directors at which the Chairman is not present, including executive sessions of the independent directors;

 

   

has the authority to call meetings of the independent directors;

 

   

frequently consults with the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer about strategic policies;

 

   

provides the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer with input regarding Board meetings;

 

   

serves as a liaison between the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and the independent directors; and

 

   

otherwise assumes such responsibilities as may be assigned to him by the independent directors.

Having a combined Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, coupled with a substantial majority of independent, experienced directors, including a Lead Independent Director with specified responsibilities on behalf of the independent directors, provides the right leadership structure for the Company and is best for the Company and its stockholders at this time.

Board Oversight of Risk

While risk management is primarily the responsibility of the Company’s management team, the Board is responsible for the overall supervision of the Company’s risk management activities. The Board’s oversight of the material risks faced by our Company occurs at both the full Board level and at the committee level.

The Board’s Audit Committee has oversight responsibility not only for financial reporting with respect to the Company’s major financial exposures and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures, but also for the effectiveness of management’s enterprise risk management process that monitors and

 

122


Table of Contents

manages key business risks facing the Company. In addition to the Audit Committee, the other committees of the Board consider the risks within their areas of responsibility. For example, the Compensation Committee considers the risks that may be implicated by our executive compensation program.

Management provides regular updates throughout the year to the Board regarding the management of the risks they oversee at each regular meeting of the Board. Also, the Board receives presentations throughout the year from various department and business group heads that include discussion of significant risks as necessary. Additionally, through dedicated sessions focusing entirely on corporate strategy, the full Board reviews in detail the Company’s short and long-term strategies, including consideration of significant risks facing the Company and their potential impact.

Director Independence

The Nasdaq Market’s listing standards and Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act require that a majority of our Board and every member of the Audit, Compensation, and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees are “independent.” Under the Nasadq Market’s listing standards and our Corporate Governance Guidelines, no director will be considered to be independent unless and until our Board affirmatively determines that such director has no direct or indirect material relationship with the Company or our management. Our Board reviews the independence of its members annually.

 

In determining that Messrs. Badavas, Chow and Woodward are independent, the Board, through the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, considered the financial services, commercial, family and other relationships between each director and his or her immediate family members or affiliated entities, on the one hand, and Hercules and its subsidiaries, on the other hand.

Committees of the Board

The Board has established an Audit Committee, a Valuation Committee, a Compensation Committee, and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. A brief description of each committee is included in this Proxy Statement and the charters of the Audit, Compensation, and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees are available on the Investor Relations section of the Company’s website at http://investor.htgc.com/governance.cfm

The table below provides current membership (M) and chairmanship (C) information for each standing Board committee.

 

Name   Audit   Valuation   Compensation   Nominating and
Corporate Governance

Robert P. Badavas

  C   M   M   M

Joseph W. Chow

  M   C   M   M

Allyn C. Woodward, Jr.

  M   M   C   C

Manuel A. Henriquez

  —     —     —     —  

During 2010, the Board held seventeen Board meetings, eighteen committee meetings and acted by written consent. All of the directors attended at least 94% of the Board meetings and all of the respective committee meetings on which they serve. Each director makes a diligent effort to attend all Board and committee meetings, as well as the Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Each of the directors attended the Company’s 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders in person.

Audit Committee . Our Board has established an Audit Committee. The Audit Committee is comprised of Messrs. Badavas, Chow and Woodward, each of whom is an independent director and satisfies the independence

 

123


Table of Contents

requirements for purposes of the rules promulgated by the Nasdaq Stock Market and the requirements to be a non-interested director as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. Mr. Badavas currently serves as Chairman of the Audit Committee and is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by applicable SEC rules. The Audit Committee is responsible for approving our independent accountants, reviewing with our independent accountants the plans and results of the audit engagement, approving professional services provided by our independent accountants, reviewing the independence of our independent accountants and reviewing the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. During the last fiscal year, the Audit Committee held eight meetings and acted by written consent.

The Audit Committee provides assistance to our Board in various matters, including, among other things, fulfilling its responsibilities with respect to the following:

 

   

evaluating the appointment, compensation and retention of any registered public accounting firm engaged for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or performing other audit, review or attest services for the Company and its subsidiaries, including resolution of disagreements between management and the independent auditor regarding financial reporting;

 

   

pre-approving any independent auditor’s engagement to render audit and/or permissible non-audit services (including the fees charged and proposed to be charged by the independent auditors).

 

   

receiving formal written statements, at least annually, from the independent auditor regarding the auditor’s independence, including a delineation of all relationships between the auditor and the Company;

 

   

at least annually, obtaining and reviewing a report from the independent auditor detailing: (i) the firm’s internal quality-control procedures; (ii) any material issues raised by the independent auditor’s internal quality control review, peer review; or (iii) any governmental or other professional inquiry performed within the past five years and any remedial actions implemented by the firm;

 

   

obtaining from the independent auditors annually a formal written statement of the fees billed in the last fiscal year for each of the designated categories of services rendered by the independent auditors:

 

   

monitoring the rotation of the lead (or coordinating) audit partner (or other employees of the independent auditor if required by SEC rules and regulations) having primary responsibility for the audit and the concurring (or reviewing) audit partner;

 

   

considering the effect on the Company of:

 

   

any changes in accounting principles or practices proposed by management or the independent auditors;

 

   

any changes in service providers, such as the accountants, that could impact the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

   

any changes in schedules (such as fiscal or tax year-end changes) or structures or transactions that required special accounting activities, services or resources

 

   

evaluating the efficiency and appropriateness of the services provided by the independent auditors, including any significant difficulties with the audit or any restrictions on the scope of their activities or access to required records, data and information;

 

   

interacting with the independent auditors, including reviewing and, where necessary, resolving any problems or difficulties the independent auditors may have encountered in connection with the annual audit or otherwise, any management letters provided to the Committee and the Company’s responses;

 

   

reviewing with the independent auditors the effect of regulatory and accounting initiatives, as well as off balance sheet structures, on the financial statements of the Company;

 

   

reviewing with independent auditor the overall scope and plans for audits;

 

124


Table of Contents
   

meeting with the Company’s independent auditors at least four times during each fiscal year, including private meetings, and review written materials prepared by the independent auditors, as appropriate;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management and independent auditor the Company’s system of internal controls (including any significant deficiencies in the design or operation of those controls which could adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data), its financial and critical accounting practices, and policies relating to risk assessment and management;

 

   

receiving and reviewing reports of the independent auditor discussing: (i) all critical accounting policies and practices to be used in the firm’s audit of the Company’s financial statements, (ii) all alternative treatments of financial information within generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) that have been discussed with management, ramifications of the use of such alternative disclosures and treatments, and the treatment preferred by the independent auditor, and (iii) other material written communications between the independent auditor and management, such as any management letter or schedule of unadjusted differences;

 

   

discussing with management and the independent auditor any changes in the Company’s critical accounting policies and the effects of alternative GAAP methods, off-balance sheet structures and regulatory and accounting initiatives;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management and independent auditor the Company’s annual and quarterly financial statements;

 

   

reviewing the Company’s earnings press releases, as well as the nature of financial information provided to analysts and rating agencies;

 

   

reviewing material pending legal proceedings involving the Company and other contingent liabilities;

 

   

periodically, meeting separately with management (or other personnel responsible for the internal audit function) and with independent auditors to discuss results of examinations of the Company’s internal controls and procedures;

 

   

discussing with the independent auditors the matters required to be communicated to the Audit Committee in accordance with Statement on Auditing Standards No. 61;

 

   

establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the Company regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, and the confidential, anonymous submissions by employees, consultants or contractors of concerns regarding questionable accounting or accounting matters; and

 

   

reviewing with the independent auditor any significant audit problems or difficulties and management’s response.

Valuation Committee . Our Board has established a Valuation Committee. The Valuation Committee is comprised of Messrs. Badavas, Chow and Woodward, each of whom is an independent director and satisfies the independence requirements for purposes of the rules promulgated by the Nasdaq Stock Market and the requirements to be a non-interested director as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. Mr. Chow currently serves as Chairman of the Valuation Committee. The Valuation Committee is responsible for reviewing and recommending to the full Board the fair value of debt and equity securities in accordance with established valuation procedures. The Valuation Committee may utilize the services of an independent valuation firm in determining the fair value of these securities. During the last fiscal year, the Valuation Committee held six meetings.

The Valuation Committee provides assistance to our Board in various matters, including, among other things, fulfilling its responsibilities with respect to the following:

 

   

determining the fair value of the Company’s portfolio debt and equity securities and other assets in accordance with the 1940 Act and the valuation policies and procedures adopted by the Board, as

 

125


Table of Contents
 

amended from time to time, in order to recommend the portfolio valuation to the full Board for approval; and

 

   

retaining, terminating and determining the compensation for an independent valuation firm and any legal, accounting or other expert or experts to assist in: (i) reviewing the Company’s valuation processes applicable to non-publicly traded companies; (ii) reviewing fair market value calculations as requested from time to time with respect to select companies; and (iii) carrying out the Valuation Committee’s duties and responsibilities.

Compensation Committee . Our Board has established a Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee is comprised of Messrs. Badavas, Chow and Woodward, each of whom is an independent director and satisfies the independence requirements for purposes of the rules promulgated by the Nasdaq Stock Market and the requirements to be a non-interested director as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. Mr. Woodward currently serves as Chairman of the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee determines compensation for our executive officers, in addition to administering the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan. During the last fiscal year, the Compensation Committee held three meetings.

The Compensation Committee provides assistance to our Board in various matters, including, among other things, fulfilling its responsibilities with respect to the following:

 

   

assisting the Board in developing and evaluating potential candidates for executive positions (including the Chief Executive Officer) and overseeing the development of executive succession plans;

 

   

annually, reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the Chief Executive Officer and other executive officer’s total compensation, evaluating the Chief Executive Officer’s and other executive officers’ performance to ensure that it is designed to achieve the objectives of rewarding the Company’s executive officers appropriately for their contributions to corporate growth and profitability and, together with the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, evaluating and approving the compensation of the Company’s other executive officers;

 

   

annually, determining and approving the compensation paid to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

annually, reviewing the corporation’s compensation practices and the relationship among risk, risk management and compensation in light of the corporation’s objectives, including its safety and soundness and the avoidance of practices that would encourage excessive risk;

 

   

periodically, reviewing the Company’s incentive compensation plans and perquisites, if any, to ensure such plans are consistent with the Company’s goals and objectives and appropriately aligning executive officers’ interests with those of the Company’s stockholders, make recommendations to the Board regarding the adoption of new employee incentive compensation plans and equity-based plans, and administer the Company’s existing incentive compensation plans and equity-based plans, including reviewing and approving stock option and restricted stock grants;

 

   

periodically, reviewing diversity programs;

 

   

periodically, evaluating the compensation of directors, including compensation for service on Board Committees, and making recommendations regarding adjustments to such compensation;

 

   

producing a Committee report on executive compensation for inclusion in the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K or proxy statement for the annual meeting of stockholders in accordance with Item 402 of Regulation S-K;

 

   

annually reviewing and discussing with Company management the executive compensation disclosure to be included in the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K or the Company’s proxy statement for the annual meeting of stockholders, including the Compensation Discussion and Analysis (“CD&A”)

 

126


Table of Contents
 

required by Item 402 of Regulation S-K, and subsequent to such review determine whether to recommend to the Board that such disclosure be included;

 

   

periodically, reviewing and assessing the adequacy of the Compensation Committee charter and submitting any changes to the Board for approval;

 

   

reviewing such other matters as the Board or the Committee shall deem appropriate; and

 

   

determining funding necessary for ordinary administrative expenses that are necessary or appropriate in carrying out the committee’s duties.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee . Our Board has established a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is comprised of Messrs. Badavas, Chow and Woodward, each of whom is an independent director and satisfies the independence requirements for purposes of the rules promulgated by the Nasdaq Stock Market and the requirements to be a non-interested director as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. Mr. Woodward currently serves as Chairman of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will nominate to the Board for consideration candidates for election as directors to the Board. During the last fiscal year, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee held one meeting.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee provides assistance to our Board in various matters, including, among other things, fulfilling its responsibilities with respect to the following:

 

   

identifying individuals qualified to become Board members, consistent with criteria approved by the Board, receiving nominations for such qualified individuals, selecting, or recommending that the Board select, the director nominees for the next annual meeting of stockholders, taking into account each candidate’s ability, judgment and experience and the overall diversity and composition of the Board;

 

   

recommending to the Board candidates for election to the Board and evaluate the Board in accordance with criteria set forth below or determined as provided below;

 

   

monitoring Board composition and recommend candidates as necessary to ensure that the number of independent directors serving on the Board satisfies the Nasdaq Global Select Market and SEC requirements;

 

   

developing and periodically evaluating initial orientation guidelines and continuing education guidelines for each member of the Board and each member of each committee thereof regarding his or her responsibilities as a director generally and as a member of any applicable committee of the Board;

 

   

establishing a policy under which stockholders of the Company may recommend a candidate to the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee for consideration for nomination as a director;

 

   

recommending to the Board qualified individuals to serve as committee members on the various Board committees;

 

   

articulating to each director what is expected of their tenure on the Board, including directors’ basic duties and responsibilities with respect to attendance at Board meetings and advance review of meeting materials;

 

   

developing and periodically evaluating orientation guidelines and continuing education guidelines for each member of the Board and each member of each committee thereof regarding his or her responsibilities as a director generally and as a member of any applicable committee of the Board;

 

   

reviewing the Company’s practices and policies with respect to directors, including the size of the Board, the ratio of employee directors to non-employee directors, the meeting frequency of the Board and the structure of Board meetings and make recommendations to the Board with respect thereto;

 

   

overseeing the maintenance and presentation to the Board of management’s plans for succession to senior management positions in the Company;

 

127


Table of Contents
   

monitoring and making recommendations to the Board on matters of Company policies and practices relating to corporate governance;

 

   

in concert with the Board, reviewing the Company’s policies with respect to significant issues of corporate public responsibility, including contributions;

 

   

considering and reporting to the Board any questions of possible conflicts of interest of Board members; and

 

   

reviewing stockholder proposals regarding corporate governance and making recommendations to the Board.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will consider qualified director nominees recommended by stockholders when such recommendations are submitted in accordance with the Company’s bylaws and any other applicable law, rule or regulation regarding director nominations. When submitting a nomination to the Company for consideration, a stockholder must provide certain information that would be required under applicable SEC rules, including the following minimum information for each director nominee: full name, age, and address; class, series and number of shares of stock of the Company beneficially owned by the nominee, if any; the date such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition; whether such stockholder believes the individual is an “interested person” of the Company, as defined in the 1940 Act; and all other information required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest or is otherwise required.

In evaluating director nominees, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee considers the following factors:

 

   

the appropriate size and the diversity of the Company’s Board;

 

   

whether or not the nominee is an “interested person” of the Company as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act;

 

   

the needs of the Company with respect to the particular talents and experience of its directors;

 

   

the knowledge, skills and experience of nominees in light of prevailing business conditions and the knowledge, skills and experience already possessed by other members of the Board;

 

   

experience with accounting rules and practices;

 

   

the desire to balance the considerable benefit of continuity with the periodic injection of the fresh perspective provided by new members; and

 

   

all applicable laws, rules, regulations, and listing standards.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee identifies nominees by first evaluating the current members of the Board willing to continue in service. Current members of the Board with skills and experience that are relevant to the Company’s business and who are willing to continue in service are considered for re-nomination, balancing the value of continuity of service by existing members of the Board with that of obtaining a new perspective. If any member of the Board does not wish to continue in service or if the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee or the Board decides not to re-nominate a member for re-election, or if the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee recommends to expand the size of the Board, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee identifies the desired skills and experience of a new nominee in light of the criteria above. Current members of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and the Board provide suggestions as to individuals meeting the criteria of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Consultants may also be engaged to assist in identifying qualified individuals.

 

128


Table of Contents

Communication with the Board

We believe that communications between our Board, our stockholders and other interested parties are an important part of our corporate governance process. Stockholders with questions about the Company are encouraged to contact Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc.’s Investor Relations department at (650) 289-3060. However, if stockholders believe that their questions have not been addressed, they may communicate with the Company’s Board by sending their communications to Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., c/o Scott Harvey, Secretary and Chief Legal Officer, 400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310, Palo Alto, California 94301. All stockholder communications received in this manner will be delivered to one or more members of the Board.

All communications involving accounting, internal accounting controls and auditing matters, possible violations of, or non-compliance with, applicable legal and regulatory requirements or the Codes, or retaliatory acts against anyone who makes such a complaint or assists in the investigation of such a complaint, will be referred to our Chief Legal Officer. The communication will be forwarded to the chair of the Audit Committee if the Chief Legal Officer determines that the matter has been submitted in conformity with our whistleblower procedures or otherwise determines that the communication should be so directed.

The acceptance and forwarding of a communication to any director does not imply that the director owes or assumes any fiduciary duty to the person submitting the communication, all such duties being only as prescribed by applicable law.

Code of Ethics

Our code of ethics, which is signed by directors and executive officers of the Company, requires that directors and executive officers avoid any conflict, or the appearance of a conflict, between an individual’s personal interests and the interests of the Company. Pursuant to the code of ethics which is available on our website at http://investor.htgc.com/governance.cfm , each director and executive officer must disclose any conflicts of interest, or actions or relationships that might give rise to a conflict, to the Audit Committee. Certain actions or relationships that might give rise to a conflict of interest are reviewed and approved by the Board.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

All members of the Compensation Committee are independent directors and none of the members are present or past employees of the Company. No member of the Compensation Committee: (i) has had any relationship with the Company requiring disclosure under Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or (ii) is an executive officer of another entity, at which one of our executive officers serves on the Board.

Executive Compensation

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Overview of the Compensation Program

This section describes the compensation programs for our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer in fiscal year 2010 as well as each of our three most highly compensated executive officers employed at the end of fiscal year 2010, all of whom we refer to collectively as our named executive officers, or NEOs. Our named executive officers for fiscal year 2010 are:

 

   

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Manuel A. Henriquez;

 

129


Table of Contents
   

Former Chief Financial Officer, David M. Lund;

 

   

Secretary and Chief Legal Officer, Scott Harvey;

 

   

Former Senior Managing Director and Technology Group Head, Samir Bhaumik; and

 

   

Senior Managing Director and Life Science Group Head, Parag I. Shah.

Executive Summary

Our compensation programs are intended to align our NEOs’ interests with those of our stockholders by rewarding performance that meets or exceeds the goals the Compensation Committee establishes. In line with our compensation philosophy described below, the total compensation received by our NEOs will vary based on individual and corporate performance in light of our annual and long-term performance goals. Our NEOs’ total compensation is comprised of a mix of annual base salary, annual cash bonus based on corporate objectives and executive performance factors and long-term equity incentive and retention awards in the form of stock option and/or restricted stock awards.

We delivered strong investment portfolio growth and improved credit quality for fiscal year 2010 as seen in the year over year comparison set forth below.

 

     Fiscal Year
2010

(in  thousands)
     Fiscal Year
2009

(in  thousands)
     Change %  

Investments

   $ 472.0       $ 374.7         26.0

Total Assets

   $ 591.2       $ 509.0         16.1

Total Net Assets

   $ 412.5       $ 366.5         12.6

In 2010, we delivered the following portfolio highlights:

 

   

achieved a record year for new commitments of approximately $523.0 million, up 189% for 2009;

 

   

funded approximately $322.0 million in investments, up 237% compared with 2009;

 

   

grew total investment assets 26.0% year over year to approximately $472.0 million as of December 31, 2010, compared to $375.0 million as of December 31, 2009; and

 

   

improved the credit quality of our total portfolio. On a scale of 1-5, 1 being the highest credit quality, we finished 2010 with an average credit rating of 2.21 as compared to 2.71 at the end of 2009.

Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations” for a more detailed description of our fiscal year 2010 results.

Compensation Philosophy

The compensation and benefit programs of the Company adopted by our Compensation Committee are designed with the goal of providing compensation that is fair, reasonable and competitive and are intended to help us align the compensation paid to our NEOs with both our short-term and long-term objectives. The Compensation Committee reviews various metrics when determining compensation for the executive officers. The Compensation Committee does not use specific metrics for the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer in accordance with the 1940 Act. The key elements of our compensation philosophy include:

 

   

designing compensation programs that enable us to attract and retain the best talent in the industries in which we compete;

 

   

using long-term equity retention and incentive awards to align employee and stockholder interests;

 

130


Table of Contents
   

aligning executive compensation packages with the Company’s performance; and

 

   

ensuring that our compensation program complies with the requirements of the 1940 Act.

We have designed compensation programs based on the following:

 

   

Achievement of Corporate Objectives and Executive Performance Factors —We believe that the best way to align compensation with the interests of our stockholders is to link executive compensation with individual performance and contribution along with the achievements of certain corporate objectives. The Compensation Committee determines executive compensation consistent with the achievement of certain corporate objectives and executive performance factors that have been established to achieve short-term and long-term objectives of the Company.

 

   

Discretionary Annual Bonus Pool— Over the course of the year, the Compensation Committee, together with input from our Chief Executive Officer, develops a range of amounts likely to be available for the discretionary annual cash bonus pool. The range for this bonus pool is dependent upon the Company’s current financial outlook and executive performance contributing to achieving our corporate objectives, does not utilize specified targets and is subject to the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee. This range is further refined during our third and fourth fiscal quarters into a specified pool to be used for discretionary annual cash bonuses for our NEOs. If executive performance exceeds expectation and performance goals established during the year, compensation levels for the NEOs may exceed the specified pool amount at the discretion of our Compensation Committee. If executive performance falls below expectations, compensation levels may fall below the specified pool amount.

 

   

Competitiveness and Market Alignment —Our compensation and benefits programs are designed to be competitive with those provided by companies with whom we compete for investment professionals and to be sufficient to attract and retain the best talent for top performers within the industries in which we compete. We compete for talent with venture capital funds, private equity firms, mezzanine lenders, hedge funds and other specialty finance companies including certain specialized commercial banks. Thus, we believe that our employee compensation benefit plans should be designed to be competitive in the businesses in which we compete sufficient to attract and retain talent. Our benefit programs, which include general health and welfare benefits, consisting of life, long-term and short-term disability, health, dental, vision insurance benefits and the opportunity to participate in our defined contribution 401(k) plan, are designed to provide competitive benefits and are not based on performance. As part of its annual review process, the Compensation Committee reviews the competitiveness of the Company’s current compensation levels of its NEOs relative to that of our comparative group companies identified herein with a third-party compensation consultant.

 

   

Alignment with Requirements of the 1940 Act— Our compensation program must align with the requirements of the 1940 Act, which imposes certain limitations on the structure of a BDC’s compensation program. For example, the 1940 Act prohibits a BDC from maintaining an incentive stock option award plan and a profit sharing arrangement simultaneously. As a result, if a BDC has an incentive stock option award plan, such as we do, it is prohibited from using specific performance measurements commonly utilized by non-BDC companies as a form of compensation or a profit sharing arrangement, such as a carried interest formula, a common form of compensation in the private equity industry. These limitations and other similar restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act limit the compensation arrangements that we can utilize in order to attract and retain our NEOs.

Components of Total Compensation

The Compensation Committee determined that the compensation packages for 2010 for our NEOs should consist of the following three key components:

 

   

annual base salary;

 

131


Table of Contents
   

annual cash bonus based on corporate objectives and executive performance factors; and

 

   

long-term equity incentive and retention awards in the form of stock option and/or restricted stock awards.

Annual Base Salary

The annual base salary is designed to provide a minimum, fixed level of cash compensation to our NEOs in order to attract and retain experienced executive officers who can drive the achievement of our goals and objectives. While our NEOs’ initial base salaries are determined by an assessment of competitive market levels for comparable experience and responsibilities, the performance factors used in determining changes in base salary include individual performance, changes in role and/or responsibility and changes in the market environment.

Annual Cash Bonus

The annual cash bonus is designed to reward our NEOs that have achieved certain corporate objectives and executive performance factors. The amount of the annual cash bonus is determined by the Compensation Committee on a discretionary basis and is dependent on the achievement of certain executive performance factors, as described herein under the heading “Assessment of Corporate Performance” during the year. The Compensation Committee established these performance factors because it believes they are related to our achievement of both short-term and long-term corporate objectives and the creation of stockholder value.

Long-Term Equity Incentive and Retention Awards

The Compensation Committee’s principal goals in awarding incentive stock options and/or restricted stock are to retain executive officers as well as align each NEO’s interests with our success and the long-term financial interests of its stockholders by linking a portion of the NEO’s compensation with the performance of the Company and the value delivered to stockholders. The Compensation Committee evaluates a number of criteria, including the past service of each NEO, the present and potential performance contributions of such NEO to our success, years of service, position, and such other factors as the Compensation Committee believes to be relevant in connection with accomplishing the purposes of the long-term goals of the Company. The Compensation Committee neither assigns a formula, nor assigns specific weights to any of these factors when making its determination of the NEOs’ long-term incentive awards. The Compensation Committee awards incentive stock options and/or restricted stock on a subjective basis, and such awards depend in each case on the performance of the NEO under consideration, and in the case of new hires, on their potential performance.

Option awards under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan are generally awarded upon initial employment and on an annual basis thereafter. Options generally vest, subject to continued employment, one-third after one year of the date of grant and ratably over the succeeding 24 months. Options are granted as incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, to the extent permitted, with the remainder granted as nonqualified stock options.

In May 2007, we received SEC exemptive relief, and our stockholders approved amendments to the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan, permitting us to grant restricted stock awards. Restricted stock awards granted under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan were previously awarded annually and vest subject to continued employment one fourth each year over a four year period beginning with the first anniversary of such grant. In 2009 and 2010, restricted stock awards vest subject to continued employment one-fourth on the one year anniversary of the date of grant and ratably over the succeeding 36 months.

The 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan limit the combined maximum amount of restricted stock that may be issued under both of the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan to 10% of the outstanding shares of our stock on the effective date of the 2004

 

132


Table of Contents

Equity Incentive Plan and 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan plus 10% of the number of shares of stock issued or delivered by our Company during the terms of the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan. The approved amendments further specify that no one person will be granted awards of restricted stock relating to more than 25% of the shares available for issuance under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. Further, the amount of voting securities that would result from the exercise of all our outstanding warrants, options and rights, together with any restricted stock issued pursuant to the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan, at the time of issuance will not exceed 25% of our outstanding voting securities, except that if the amount of voting securities that would result from such exercise of all of our outstanding warrants, options and rights issued to our directors and executive officers, together with any restricted stock issued pursuant to the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan, would exceed 15% of our outstanding voting securities, then the total amount of voting securities that would result from the exercise of all outstanding warrants, options and rights, together with any restricted stock issued pursuant to the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan, at the time of issuance will not exceed 20% of our outstanding voting securities. Eligibility includes all of our NEOs. Each grant of restricted stock under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan to our NEOs will contain such terms and conditions, including consideration and vesting, as our Board deems appropriate and as allowed for within the provisions of the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. We believe that by having two forms of long term equity incentive rewards we are able to reward stockholder value creation in different ways. Stock options have exercise prices equal to the market price of our common stock on the date of the grant and reward employees only if our stock price increases. Restricted stock, although affected by both stock price increases and decreases, maintains value during periods of market volatility.

Benefits and Perquisites

Our NEOs receive the same benefits and perquisites as other full-time employees. Our benefit program is designed to provide competitive benefits and is not based on performance. Other than the benefits described below, our NEOs do not receive any other benefits, including retirement benefits, or perquisites from the Company. Our NEOs and other full-time employees receive general health and welfare benefits, which consist of life, long-term and short-term disability, health, dental, vision insurance benefits and the opportunity to participate in our defined contribution 401(k) plan. During 2010, our 401(k) plan provided for a match of contributions by the Company for up to $6,500 per full-time employee.

Tax and Accounting Implications

Stock-Based Compensation. We account for stock-based compensation, including options and shares of restricted stock granted pursuant to our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan in accordance with the requirements of FASB ASC Topic 718. Under the FASB ASC Topic 718, we estimate the fair value of our option awards at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model, which requires the use of certain subjective assumptions. The most significant of these assumptions are our estimates on the expected term, volatility and forfeiture rates of the awards. Forfeitures are not estimated due to our limited history but are reversed in the period in which forfeiture occurs. As required under the accounting rules, we review our valuation assumptions at each grant date and, as a result, are likely to change our valuation assumptions used to value stock-based awards granted in future periods. We estimate the fair value of our restricted stock awards based on grant date market closing price.

Deductibility of Executive Compensation. When analyzing both total compensation and individual elements of compensation paid to our NEOs, the Compensation Committee considers the income tax consequences to the Company of its compensation policies and procedures. In particular, the Compensation Committee considers Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, which limits the deductibility of non-performance-based compensation paid to certain of the NEOs to $1,000,000 per affected NEO. The Compensation Committee intends to balance its objective of providing compensation to our NEOs that is fair, reasonable, and competitive with the Company’s capability to take an immediate compensation expense deduction. The Board believes that the best interests of the Company and its stockholders are served by executive compensation programs that

 

133


Table of Contents

encourage and promote the Company’s principal compensation philosophy, enhancement of stockholder value, and permit the Compensation Committee to exercise discretion in the design and implementation of compensation packages. Accordingly, the Company may from time to time pay compensation to its NEOs that may not be fully tax deductible, including certain bonuses and restricted stock. Stock options granted under our stock plan are intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) and are generally fully deductible. We will continue to review the Company’s executive compensation plans periodically to determine what changes, if any, should be made as a result of the limitation on deductibility.

Establishing Compensation Levels

Role of the Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee is comprised entirely of independent directors who are also non-employee directors as defined in Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, independent directors as defined by the Nasdaq Stock Market rules, and are not “interested persons” of our Company, as defined by Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. The Compensation Committee currently consists of Messrs. Woodward, Badavas and Chow.

The Compensation Committee operates pursuant to a charter that sets forth the mission of the Compensation Committee and its specific goals and responsibilities. A key component of the Compensation Committee’s goals and responsibilities is to evaluate and make recommendations to the Board regarding the compensation of the NEOs of the Company, and to review their performance relative to their compensation to assure that they are compensated effectively in a manner consistent with the compensation philosophy discussed above. In addition, the Compensation Committee evaluates and makes recommendations to the Board regarding the compensation of the directors for their services. Annually, the Compensation Committee:

 

  (i) reviews and approves corporate goals and objectives relevant to the NEOs’ total compensation, evaluates the Chief Executive Officer’s performance to ensure that the compensation program is designed to achieve the objective of rewarding our Chief Executive Officer appropriately for his contributions to corporate performance;

 

  (ii) reviews the Chief Executive Officer’s evaluation of the other NEOs’ performance to ensure that the compensation program is designed to achieve the objectives of rewarding our other NEOs appropriately for their contributions to corporate performance;

 

  (iii) determines and approves the compensation paid to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer; and

 

  (iv) together with our Chief Executive Officer’s input, reviews and approves the compensation of the other NEOs.

Periodically, the Compensation Committee reviews our incentive compensation plans and perquisites, if any, to ensure that such plans are consistent with our goals and corporate objectives and appropriately align our NEOs’ interests with those of the Company’s stockholders and makes recommendations to the Board regarding adoption of new employee incentive compensation plans and equity-based plans. The Compensation Committee administers our stock incentive arrangements with our NEOs. The Compensation Committee may not delegate its responsibilities discussed above.

Role of Management

The key member of management involved in the compensation process is our Chief Executive Officer, Manuel A. Henriquez. Mr. Henriquez identifies and proposes certain corporate and executive performance factors that have been established to achieve short-term and long-term corporate objectives that are used by the Compensation Committee to determine total compensation. Over the course of the year, our Chief Executive Officer provides inputs to the Compensation Committee with his recommendations for the funding level for our

 

134


Table of Contents

discretionary annual cash bonus pool as it applies to our NEOs. These recommendations are based upon his evaluation of our current financial outlook and the performance of our NEOs, including their contributions to achieving our short-term and long-term corporate objectives as they relate to each NEO’s specific roles and responsibilities within our Company. Mr. Henriquez’s recommendations are presented to the Compensation Committee for their review and approval, but he is not a member of the Compensation Committee and is not involved in the deliberations of the Compensation Committee.

The Compensation Committee makes all decisions with respect to compensation of all of our NEOs, including the allocation between long-term and current compensation, subject to review by the full Board. Our Compensation Committee meets outside of the presence of our Chief Executive Officer when reviewing and determining his compensation.

Role of the Compensation Consultant

The Compensation Committee has the authority from the Board for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the Company’s outside compensation consultant. The Compensation Committee generally engages a compensation consultant every other year to assist the Compensation Committee with its responsibilities related to the Company’s executive compensation programs. In 2010, the Compensation Committee engaged Pearl Meyer, an independent compensation consultant, to provide summary compensation information regarding the compensation to be awarded to the Company’s executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (the “2010 Report”). Pearl Meyer also assisted the Company with the definition of its executive compensation strategy, provided market benchmark information, supported the design of incentive compensation plans and provided regulatory and governance guidance. In connection with the retention, the Compensation Committee determined that Pearl Meyer had the necessary experience, skill and independence to advise the Committee. Pearl Meyer does not provide services to the Company other than under its engagement by the Compensation Committee related to compensation matters. Pearl Meyer received approximately $21,000 for the 2010 Report and its related services and does not provide any other services to the Company.

The Compensation Committee reviewed the 2010 Report when evaluating the Company’s executive compensation program for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010. Given the Company’s complex business requiring investment professionals with specialized knowledge and experience, coupled with the fact that many of the Company’s direct competitors for such talent are venture capital funds, venture debt funds or private equity firms, mezzanine lenders, hedge funds and other specialty finance companies, including certain specialized commercial banks, specific compensation information with respect to the Company’s direct competitors typically is not publicly available. The compensation consultant, together with inputs from the Chief Executive Officer and the Compensation Committee, developed a list of comparative group companies, primarily other BDCs, based on market size, industries, geographic regions and other factors to be used for compensation and financial analyses. The compensation consultant incorporated data from the comparative group companies as well as supplemental data from broader market survey sources that focused on the venture capital and private equity industries as part of its analysis. Through this process, the Compensation Committee benchmarks the Company’s compensation for NEOs, including the CEO, to competitive market data. The Compensation Committee considered the 2010 Report and the referenced surveys and the comparative group companies as one factor in determining compensation for our NEOs.

The comparative group utilized by Pearl Meyer in its 2010 Report included ten internally managed companies, six of which are BDCs. The Compensation Committee primarily looked to the comparative group companies to perform compensation comparisons. Comparative group companies included the following:

 

American Capital, Ltd.

   Triangle Capital Corporation

Main Street Capital Corporation

   Harris & Harris Group, Inc.

SVB Financial Group

   Redwood Trust, Inc.

Bridge Capital Holdings

   Kohlberg Capital Corporation

MCG Capital Corporation

   Safeguard Scientifics Inc.

 

135


Table of Contents

Many of our direct competitors for talent are private partnerships without external financial reporting requirements. As a result, specific compensation with respect to most competitors typically is not publicly available. The Compensation Committee utilized the information contained in and the recommendations provided by Pearl Meyer in the 2010 Report when evaluating the Company’s executive compensation program for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.

Company Compensation Policies

The Compensation Committee reviews performance factors which relate to achieving corporate objectives when approving the compensation provided to our NEOs. Compensation levels for NEOs are determined based on their performance and the achievement of certain corporate objectives and executive performance factors that have been established to achieve our short-term and long-term corporate objectives. In approving the individual compensation for the Company’s NEOs, the Compensation Committee considers the total compensation to be awarded to each NEO and exercises discretion in approving the portion allocated to the various performance factors of total compensation. We believe that the focus on total compensation provides the ability to align compensation decisions with short-term and long-term needs of the business. This approach also allows for the flexibility needed to recognize differences in performance by providing differentiated compensation plans to the NEOs. In determining the 2010 compensation packages for the Company’s NEOs, the Compensation Committee considered certain attributes, specifically the demonstrated skill level, including special or unique knowledge, cumulative experience, level of responsibility, decision making authority, and caliber of overall performance. Based on these considerations, the Compensation Committee approved what it believed to be the appropriate short-term cash and long-term equity compensation for each of our NEOs.

Short-term cash is designed and awarded in an amount appropriate to compensate for annual performance relating to short-term goals that NEOs should be rewarded for in the year performed. Long-term equity incentives are intended to reward for long-term objectives in a manner that ties NEOs’ compensation to the continued success of the Company.

Use of Comparative Compensation Data

The Compensation Committee considers comparative data in approving our NEOs’ compensation. However, comparative data is not a determinative factor in setting compensation. The Compensation Committee annually reviews comparative compensation data, including reports provided by our outside compensation consultant. Comparative compensation data reviewed by the Compensation Committee also includes certain of the Company’s NEO’s salary history, scope of responsibilities and promotion history, and other factors deemed relevant by the Compensation Committee as discussed below. The Compensation Committee uses the comparative compensation data to obtain an overview of all elements of actual and potential future compensation for its NEOs so that the Compensation Committee may analyze individual elements of compensation as well as the aggregate total amount of actual and projected compensation for each NEO. The use of comparative compensation data also enables the Compensation Committee to consider total compensation for all NEOs together with the attributes discussed above when considering internal pay equity among each of the Company’s NEOs.

Upon review, the Compensation Committee determined that 2010 annual compensation amounts and awards for our NEOs were within a reasonable range with the compensation amounts and awards of our listed comparative group companies, including the CEO who was in the 75th percentile, and were appropriately aligned with the Compensation Committee’s expectations.

Internal Pay Equity Analysis

Our compensation program is designed with the goal of providing compensation to our NEOs that is fair, reasonable, and competitive. To achieve this goal, we believe it is important to compare compensation paid to each NEO not only with compensation in our comparative group companies, as discussed above, but also with compensation paid to each of our other NEOs. Such an internal comparison is important to ensure that compensation is equitable among our NEOs.

 

136


Table of Contents

As part of the Compensation Committee review, we made a comparison of our Chief Executive Officer’s total compensation paid for the three-year period ending December 31, 2010 against that paid to our other NEOs during the same years. Upon review, the Compensation Committee determined that the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation relative to that of the other NEOs was justified relative to the compensation paid to our other NEOs because of his level and scope of responsibilities, expertise and performance history, and other factors deemed relevant by the Compensation Committee as compared to the other NEOs. The Compensation Committee also reviewed the mix of the individual elements of compensation paid to the NEOs for the three-year period. In the course of its review, the Compensation Committee also considered the individual performance of each NEO and any changes in responsibilities of the NEO. Based on its review, the Compensation Committee determined that our Chief Executive Officer’s total compensation comprised of base salary, annual cash bonus and long-term equity incentive and retention awards was properly aligned in comparison to total compensation paid to the other NEOs.

Benchmarking

We do not specifically benchmark the compensation of our NEOs against that paid by other companies with publicly traded securities. This is because we believe that our primary competitors in both our business and for recruiting executives are venture capital funds, private equity firms, mezzanine lenders, hedge funds and other specialty finance companies, including certain specialized commercial banks. Many of these entities do not publicly report the compensation of their executive officers nor do they typically report publicly information on their corporate performance. While various salary surveys, such as those noted above and from other private sources may become available to us with regard to these private equity firms, we believe that without accurate, publicly disclosed information on these private entities that would serve as benchmarks, it is inappropriate for us to set formal benchmarking procedures.

Assessment of Corporate Performance

The global capital markets have experienced a period of disruption as evidenced by a lack of liquidity in the debt capital markets, write-offs in the financial services sector, the re-pricing of credit risk and the failure of certain major financial institutions. Despite actions of the U.S. federal government and foreign governments, these events contributed to worsening general economic conditions that have materially and adversely impacted the broader financial and credit markets and reduced the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole and financial services firms in particular. While indicators suggest improvement in the capital markets, these conditions could deteriorate in the future. During such market disruptions, we may have difficulty raising debt or equity capital especially as a result of regulatory constraints.

At the same time, the venture capital market for the technology-related companies in which we invest has been active and is continuing to show signs of increased investment activity in 2010 as compared to 2009. Therefore, to the extent we have capital available, we believe this is an opportune time to invest in the structured lending market for technology-related companies. Today’s economy creates potentially new attractive lending opportunities and we believe that the market for technology-related companies in 2011 is improving as evidenced by the improved IPO market in 2010 as compared to the previous two years.

We considered 2010 to be a year for rebuilding our investment portfolio, as compared to 2009 when we were more heavily focused on credit management given the unprecedented disruption in the global capital markets. We achieved several strategic and corporate objectives in 2010, such as growing our investment portfolio, adding to our borrowing capacity, increasing liquidity through a capital raise, and strengthening our management and investment professional teams, amongst other objectives. In reviewing and approving the 2010 discretionary annual cash bonuses for the NEOs, the Compensation Committee considered the relative achievement of these strategic and corporate objectives, executive performance factors and individual performance of each of our NEOs, as critical to achieving our short-term and long-term corporate objectives. Listed below are the most significant performance factors for 2010 taken into account:

 

   

total investment income;

 

137


Table of Contents
   

total net investment income;

 

   

realized and unrealized gains and losses;

 

   

yield to maturity and effective yield of the investment portfolio;

 

   

overall credit performance of the total investment portfolio;

 

   

building liquidity;

 

   

operating efficiency performance;

 

   

growth of the overall investment portfolio;

 

   

adding resources and expanding the organizations at all levels, including adding and retaining our NEOs within the organization as the organization continues to grow;

 

   

improving and innovating the Company’s information systems;

 

   

maintaining appropriate dividend distributions to stockholders;

 

   

raising additional debt capital;

 

   

raising additional equity;

 

   

return on average assets; and

 

   

return on average equity.

We delivered improved portfolio and investment growth for fiscal year 2010 as seen in the year over year comparison set forth below. Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations” for a more detailed description of our fiscal year 2010 results.

 

     Fiscal Year
2010

(in  thousands)
     Fiscal Year
2009

(in  thousands)
     Change %  

Investments

   $ 472.0       $ 374.7         26.0

Total Assets

   $ 591.2       $ 509.0         16.1

Total Net Assets

   $ 412.5       $ 366.5         12.6

In 2010, we delivered the following portfolio and financial highlights:

 

   

achieved a record year for new commitments of approximately $523.0 million, up 189% for 2009;

 

   

funded approximately $322.0 million in investments, up 237% compared with 2009;

 

   

grew total investment assets 26.0% year over year to approximately $472.0 million as of December 31, 2010, compared to $375.0 million as of December 31, 2009;

 

   

improved the credit quality of our total portfolio. On a scale of 1-5, 1 being the highest credit quality, we finished 2010 with an average credit rating of 2.21 as compared to 2.71 at the end of 2009;

 

   

received approximately $196.1 million of principal repayments, including $114.5 million of early principal repayments, $26.0 million in working capital pay-downs, and $55.6 million in scheduled principal repayments;

 

   

ended 2010 with total unfunded debt commitments of approximately $117.0 million;

 

   

generated net investment income of approximately $29.4 million, or $0.80 per share on 36.2 million basic shares outstanding;

 

138


Table of Contents
   

recorded DNOI of approximately $32.1 million, or $0.89 per share on 36.2 million basic weighted shares;

 

   

finished 2010 in a strong liquidity position with approximately $232.0 million in available liquidity, including $107.0 million in cash, $55.0 million in SBA commitments, and $70.0 million in credit facilities;

 

   

entered into a $20.0 million credit facility with Union Bank;

 

   

obtained a second license to operate a Small Business Investment Company, allowing access to an additional $75.0 million of capital;

 

   

repurchased approximately 402,833 shares of common stock at an accretive price to book value 3.7 million at the time of repurchase;

 

   

completed an accretive capital raise resulting in gross proceeds of approximately $71.9 million; and

 

   

distributed $0.80 per share of dividends to stockholders, 100% from earnings and profits. Total return to stockholders during 2010 was approximately 7.70%.

Stock Ownership Guidelines

The Company implemented stock ownership guidelines which are outlined in the Company’s Corporate Governance Guidelines. The Company has implemented stock ownership guidelines because it believes that material stock ownership by executives plays a role in effectively aligning the interests of these employees with those of our stockholders and strongly motivates executives to build long-term stockholder value. Pursuant to the Company’s stock ownership guidelines, each member of senior management is required to beneficially own at least two times the individual’s annual salary in Company stock, based on market value, within three years of joining the Company. The Board may make exceptions to this requirement based on particular circumstances. Each NEO has exceeded his respective guideline as of December 31, 2010.

Determination of 2010 Annual Base Salaries of Our NEOs

NEO compensation is determined based on the achievement of specific corporate and individual performance objectives discussed above. In determining the amount of each NEO’s base salary, the Compensation Committee considers the scope of their responsibilities, taking into account available competitive market compensation paid by other companies for similar positions as discussed above. The Compensation Committee considered the Chief Executive Officer’s experience, performance, and contribution to our overall corporate performance when determining his base salary for 2010. Base salaries for our other NEOs were also set by the Compensation Committee, together with the Chief Executive Officer’s input, based upon each NEO’s individual experience and contribution to the overall performance of our Company.

Base salaries for the NEOs are intended to be competitive with the compensation paid to executives with comparable qualifications, experience and responsibilities in the same or similar businesses of comparable size. In order to attract and retain the outstanding levels of executives that we need, the Compensation Committee reviews the Company’s base salaries relative to those offered by other comparative group companies, venture capital funds and private equity firms, mezzanine lenders, hedge funds, and other specialty finance companies, including certain specialized commercial banks. Variation relative to the salaries of the listed comparative group companies and venture capital funds, private equity firms, mezzanine lenders, hedge funds and other specialty finance companies, including certain specialized commercial banks is made in the judgment of management and/or the Compensation Committee, as appropriate, based on the value of the NEO’s experience, performance, change in role or responsibility or specific skill set. Upon review, the Compensation Committee determines whether adjustments to certain NEO’s salaries are necessary to realign salaries with the market for a given position, to recognize NEO’s assumption of significant additional responsibilities and related performance increases, or to achieve an appropriate compensation level due to promotion or other internal equity matters. The

 

139


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee makes all decisions with respect to the base salary compensation of the Chief Executive Officer and together with the Company’s Chief Executive Officer evaluates and approves the Company’s other NEOs’ salary compensation. Our Compensation Committee meets outside of the presence of our Chief Executive Officer when reviewing and determining his base salary compensation.

The following is a table of the annual base salaries for our NEOs as set during the preceding two years:

 

     Fiscal
Year 2010 Base
Salary (1)
     Fiscal
Year 2009 Base
Salary
 

Manuel A. Henriquez

   $ 700,000       $ 700,000   

David M. Lund (2)

   $ 250,000       $ 250,000   

Scott Harvey

   $ 210,000       $ 210,000   

Samir Bhaumik (3)

   $ 270,000       $ 270,000   

Parag I. Shah

   $ 315,000       $ 315,000   

 

(1) Effective April 1, 2011, the base salaries for our Chief Executive Officer and the NEOs were increased by 5% and 7%, respectively.
(2) On May 18, 2011, David M. Lund announced his resignation, effective May 31, 2011, from his position as Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer of the Company. Effective June 1, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors appointed Jessica Baron as Vice President of Finance and Interim Chief Financial Officer of the Company.
(3) On October 4, 2011, the Company announced that Samir Bhaumik, Senior Managing Director and Technology Group Head of the Company, resigned from all his positions with the Company and its subsidiaries. On October 13, 2011, the Board appointed Todd Jaquez-Fissori, the Company’s Cleantech Group Head, as Technology Group Head of the Company.

Determination of 2010 Annual Cash Bonus for Our NEOs

Over the course of the year the Compensation Committee, together with input from our Chief Executive Officer, developed a specific bonus pool for the 2010 operating year to be available for our discretionary annual cash bonus program. The amount determined to be available for this bonus program was at the discretion of the Compensation Committee, and was dependent upon many factors as outlined previously, including, but not limited to, our current financial performance and performance related contributions of our NEOs in achieving our performance objectives.

The annual cash bonus is “at risk” discretionary compensation that is designed to motivate our NEOs to achieve financial and non-financial goals that are consistent with the Company’s 2010 operating plan. “At risk” discretionary compensation means that it is up to the Compensation Committee to determine whether any cash bonus amount will be awarded to any of our NEOs. In approving the amount of a NEO’s variable compensation—the annual cash bonus—the Compensation Committee reviews the Chief Executive Officer’s evaluation of the performance of each NEO and considers each NEO’s performance in light of the factors identified above. Within those guidelines, the Compensation Committee considers the overall funding available for such cash bonus awards, the performance of NEOs and the desired mix between the various components of total compensation. Discretion is exercised in determining the overall total compensation to be awarded to the NEOs. As a result, the amounts delivered in the form of an annual cash bonus are designed to work together in conjunction with base salary to deliver an appropriate total cash compensation level to the NEOs.

We believe that the discretionary design of our variable cash compensation program supports our overall compensation objectives by allowing for significant differentiation of cash compensation based on executive performance and by providing the flexibility necessary to ensure that overall compensation packages for our NEOs are competitive relative to our market.

We typically determine and award cash bonuses for our NEOs during the first quarter of the following year. In evaluating the performance of our NEOs to arrive at their 2010 cash bonus awards, the Compensation Committee considered the performance factor achievements against our corporate objectives as discussed above under “Assessment of Corporate Performance.” The Compensation Committee also reviewed the Chief Executive Officer’s evaluation of the NEOs’ performance achievements. When an NEO’s performance exceeds

 

140


Table of Contents

expectations and performance goals established during the year, actual cash bonus compensation for the NEO may exceed the specified bonus pool amount at the discretion of our Compensation Committee.

After due deliberation, the Compensation Committee awarded Messrs. Henriquez, Lund, Harvey, Bhaumik and Shah the following annual cash bonuses relating to their performance during the year ending December 31, 2010:

 

     2010 Annual Cash
Bonus
 

Manuel A. Henriquez

   $ 925,000   

David M. Lund (1)

     —     

Scott Harvey

   $ 50,000   

Samir Bhaumik (2)

   $ 125,000   

Parag I. Shah

   $ 210,000   

 

(1) On May 18, 2011, David M. Lund announced his resignation, effective May 31, 2011, from his position as Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer of the Company. Effective June 1, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors appointed Jessica Baron as Vice President of Finance and Interim Chief Financial Officer of the Company.
(2) On October 4, 2011, the Company announced that Samir Bhaumik, Senior Managing Director and Technology Group Head of the Company, resigned from all his positions with the Company and its subsidiaries. On October 13, 2011, the Board appointed Todd Jaquez-Fissori, the Company’s Cleantech Group Head, as Technology Group Head of the Company.

Long-term Equity Retention and Incentive Awards

Our principal objective in awarding stock option and/or restricted stock awards to eligible NEOs is to retain and align each NEO’s interests with our success and the financial interests of our stockholders by linking a portion of such NEO’s compensation with the Company’s long-term goals. We continue to believe that the use of stock and stock-based awards offers the best approach to achieving our retention and long-term performance goals. Our equity program is designed to encourage NEOs to work with a long-term view of the Company’s performance and to reinforce their long-term affiliation with the Company by imposing vesting schedules over several years of employment. The Compensation Committee awards stock option and/or restricted stock awards on a discretionary basis and such awards depend in each case on the performance of the NEOs under consideration, and in the case of new hires, their potential performance. Stock option awards are priced at the closing price of the stock on the date the Compensation Committee meets and the grant is issued.

Determination of 2009 and 2010 Long-term Equity Incentive Awards for Our NEOs

The Compensation Committee reviewed the performance of our NEOs following the end of our 2009 fiscal year relative to the long-term equity incentive and retention awards program the Compensation Committee administers. As a result of these deliberations, in March 2010, the Compensation Committee awarded the following long-term equity incentive and retention awards, in the form of restricted stock to our NEOs related to their 2009 year’s performance as set forth in the table below. The value of the restricted stock was determined to be the Company’s closing price on March 16, 2010 or March 24, 2010, the date of the grant. Each restricted stock award vests as to 25% of the award one year after the date of grant and ratably over the succeeding 36 months subject to a four year forfeiture schedule. No stock options were awarded to our NEOs for the 2009 fiscal year.

 

     Grant Date      2010
Restricted
Stock
Awards
     Fair Value of
Restricted Stock
Awards
 

Manuel A. Henriquez

     03/24/2010         225,000       $ 2,362,500   

David M. Lund (1)

     03/16/2010         5,000       $ 51,350   

Scott Harvey

     03/16/2010         10,000       $ 102,700   

Samir Bhaumik (2)

     03/16/2010         60,000       $ 616,200   

Parag I. Shah

     03/16/2010         105,000       $ 1,078,350   

Parag I. Shah

     03/24/2010         25,000       $ 262,500   

 

141


Table of Contents

 

(1) On May 18, 2011, David M. Lund announced his resignation, effective May 31, 2011, from his position as Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer of the Company. Effective June 1, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors appointed Jessica Baron as Vice President of Finance and Interim Chief Financial Officer of the Company.
(2) On October 4, 2011, the Company announced that Samir Bhaumik, Senior Managing Director and Technology Group Head of the Company, resigned from all his positions with the Company and its subsidiaries. On October 13, 2011, the Board appointed Todd Jaquez-Fissori, the Company’s Cleantech Group Head, as Technology Group Head of the Company.

The Compensation Committee reviewed the performance of our NEOs following the end of our 2010 fiscal year relative to the long-term equity incentive and retention awards program the Compensation Committee administers. As a result of these deliberations, the Compensation Committee awarded the following long-term equity incentive and retention awards, in the form of restricted stock to our NEOs related to their 2010 year’s performance as set forth in the table below. The value of the restricted stock for Messrs. Henriquez, Lund, Harvey, Bhaumik and Shah was determined to be the Company’s closing price on March 30, 2011, the date of their grants. Each restricted stock award vests 25% of the award one year after the date of grant and ratably over the succeeding 36 months subject to a four year forfeiture schedule. No stock options were awarded to our NEOs for the 2010 fiscal year.

 

     Grant Date      2011
Restricted
Stock
Awards
     Fair Value of
Restricted Stock
Awards
 

Manuel A. Henriquez

     03/30/2011         125,000       $ 1,395,000   

David M. Lund (1)

     —           —           —     

Scott Harvey

     03/30/2011         4,000       $ 44,640   

Samir Bhaumik (2)

     03/30/2011         45,000       $ 502,200   

Parag I. Shah

     03/30/2011         62,500       $ 697,500   

 

(1) On May 18, 2011, David M. Lund announced his resignation, effective May 31, 2011, from his position as Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer of the Company. Effective June 1, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors appointed Jessica Baron as Vice President of Finance and Interim Chief Financial Officer of the Company.
(2) On October 4, 2011, the Company announced that Samir Bhaumik, Senior Managing Director and Technology Group Head of the Company, resigned from all his positions with the Company and its subsidiaries. On October 13, 2011, the Board appointed Todd Jaquez-Fissori, the Company’s Cleantech Group Head, as Technology Group Head of the Company.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control

No NEO or employee of the Company has a written employment or severance agreement.

Upon specified covered transactions (as defined in the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan), in which there is an acquiring or surviving entity, the Board may provide for the assumption of some or all outstanding awards, or for the grant of new awards in substitution, by the acquirer or survivor or an affiliate of the acquirer or survivor, in each case on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Board determines. In the absence of such an assumption or if there is no substitution, except as otherwise provided in the award, each award will become fully exercisable prior to the covered transaction on a basis that gives the holder of the award a reasonable opportunity, as determined by the Board, to participate as a stockholder in the covered transaction following exercise, and the award will terminate upon consummation of the covered transaction. A covered transaction includes the following: (i) a merger or other transaction in which the Company is not the surviving corporation or which results in the acquisition of all or substantially all of the Company’s then outstanding common stock by a single person or entity or by a group of persons and/or entities; (ii) a sale of substantially all of the Company’s assets; (iii) a dissolution or liquidation of the Company; or (iv) a change in a majority of the Board’s composition unless approved by a majority of the directors continuing in office.

 

142


Table of Contents

Risk Assessment of the Compensation Programs

The Board believes that risks arising from our compensation policies and practices for our employees are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company. We have designed our compensation programs, including our incentive compensation plans, with specific features to address potential risks while rewarding employees for achieving long-term financial and strategic objectives through prudent business judgment and appropriate risk taking. The “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” section describes generally our compensation policies and practices that are applicable for executive and management employees. The Company uses common variable compensation designs across all employees of the Company with a significant focus on individual performance and contribution along with achievement of certain corporate objectives as generally described in this Proxy Statement.

In view of the current economic and financial environment, the Compensation Committee and our Board reviewed our compensation programs to assess whether any aspect of the programs would encourage any of our employees to take any unnecessary or inappropriate risks that could threaten the value of the Company. The Compensation Committee has designed our compensation programs to reward our employees for achieving annual profitability and long-term increase in stockholder value.

The Board recognizes that the pursuit of corporate objectives possibly leads to behaviors that could weaken the link between pay and performance, and, therefore, the correlation between the compensation delivered to employees and the return realized by stockholders. Accordingly, the Compensation Committee has designed our executive compensation program to mitigate these possibilities and to ensure that our compensation practices and decisions are consistent with our risk profile. These features include the following:

 

   

the financial performance objectives of our annual cash incentive program that are the budgeted objectives that are reviewed and approved by the Board;

 

   

bonus payouts that are not based solely on corporate performance objectives, but also require achievement of individual performance objectives;

 

   

the financial opportunity in our long-term incentive program that is best realized through long-term appreciation of our stock price, which mitigates excessive short-term risk-taking;

 

   

annual cash bonuses that are paid in one installment after the end of the fiscal year to which the bonus payout relates; and

 

   

final decision making by the Compensation Committee and the Board on all awards.

Additionally, the Compensation Committee considered an assessment of compensation-related risks for all of our employees. Based on this assessment, the Compensation Committee concluded that our compensation programs do not create risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company. In making this evaluation, the Compensation Committee reviewed the key design elements of our compensation programs in relation to industry “best practices,” as well as the means by which any potential risks may be mitigated, such as through our internal controls and oversight by management and the Board. In addition, management completed an inventory of incentive programs below the executive level and reviewed the design of these incentives and concluded that such incentive programs do not encourage excessive risk-taking.

 

143


Table of Contents

Executive Compensation Tables

Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides information concerning the compensation of the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and the three other most highly compensated executive officers for fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary  ($) (1)     Bonus  ($) (2)     Stock
Awards
($) (3)
    Option
Awards  ($) (4)
    All Other
Compensation
($) (5)
    Total ($)  

Manuel A. Henriquez

    2010      $ 700,000      $ 925,000      $ 2,362,500        —        $ 226,812      $ 4,214,312   

Chairman & Chief Executive

    2009      $ 700,000      $ 1,350,000      $ 421,000      $ 96,025      $ 132,500      $ 2,699,525   

Officer

    2008      $ 700,000      $ 1,175,000      $ 686,250      $ 232,137      $ 60,375      $ 2,853,762   

David M. Lund (6)

    2010      $ 250,000        —        $ 51,350        —        $ 31,700      $ 333,050   

Former Chief Financial Officer

    2009      $ 250,000      $ 85,000      $ 105,250      $ 24,966      $ 38,000      $ 503,216   
    2008      $ 250,000      $ 170,000      $ 195,200      $ 33,162      $ 19,320      $ 667,682   

Scott Harvey

    2010      $ 210,000      $ 50,000      $ 102,700        —        $ 31,250      $ 393,950   

Secretary and Chief Legal

    2009      $ 210,000      $ 75,000      $ 84,200      $ 7,682      $ 31,700      $ 408,582   

Officer

    2008      $ 210,000      $ 125,000      $ 183,000      $ 13,928      $ 18,300      $ 550,228   

Samir Bhaumik (7)

    2010      $ 270,000      $ 125,000      $ 616,200        —        $ 72,500      $ 1,083,700   

Former Senior Managing Director

    2009      $ 270,000      $ 165,000      $ 126,300      $ 24,966      $ 44,300      $ 630,566   
    2008      $ 270,000      $ 160,000      $ 312,070      $ 71,287      $ 28,500      $ 841,857   

Parag I. Shah

    2010      $ 315,000      $ 210,000      $ 1,340,850        —        $ 130,450      $ 1,996,300   

Senior Managing Director

    2009      $ 315,000      $ 340,000      $ 189,450      $ 96,025      $ 63,200      $ 1,003,675   
    2008      $ 315,000      $ 340,000      $ 491,650      $ 201,845      $ 43,120      $ 1,391,615   

 

(1) Salary column amounts represent base salary compensation received by each NEO for the listed fiscal year.
(2) Bonus column amounts represent the annual cash bonus earned during the fiscal year and awarded and paid out during the first quarter of the following fiscal year.
(3) The amounts reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of stock awards made to our NEOs during the applicable year computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The grant date fair value of each restricted stock is measured based on the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant.
(4) The amount reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of option awards made to our NEOs during the applicable year computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The fair value of each option grant is estimated based on the fair market value on the date of grant and using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model.
(5) Represents matching contributions of $6,500 in 2010 and 2009 and a matching contribution of $3,000 in 2008 to each NEO to its 401(k) plan. Dividends to Messrs. Henriquez, Lund, Harvey, Bhaumik and Shah in the amount of $220,312, $25,200, $24,750, $66,000 and $123,950, respectively, were paid on unvested restricted stock awards during 2010. Dividends on unvested restricted stock awards paid to Messrs. Henriquez, Lund, Harvey, Bhaumik and Shah were $126,000, $31,500, $25,200, $37,800 and $56,700, respectively, during 2009. Dividends on unvested restricted stock awards paid to Messrs. Henriquez, Lund, Harvey, Bhaumik and Shah were $57,375, $16,320, $15,300, $25,500 and $40,120, respectively, during 2008. NEOs did not receive any other perquisites or personal benefits from the Company.
(6) On May 18, 2011, David M. Lund announced his resignation, effective May 31, 2011, from his position as Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer of the Company. Effective June 1, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors appointed Jessica Baron as Vice President of Finance and Interim Chief Financial Officer of the Company.
(7) On October 4, 2011, the Company announced that Samir Bhaumik, Senior Managing Director and Technology Group Head of the Company, resigned from all his positions with the Company and its subsidiaries. On October 13, 2011, the Board appointed Todd Jaquez-Fissori, the Company’s Cleantech Group Head, as Technology Group Head of the Company.

 

144


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan Based Awards

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the restricted stock awards granted during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 to each of our NEOs. No stock options were awarded to our NEOs during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Grant Date     All Other Stock
Awards: Number of
Shares of
Stock or Units (1)
    All Other Option
Awards: Number of
Securities Underlying
Options
    Exercise or Base
Price of Restricted
Stock Awards
    Grant Date
Fair Value of
Stock and
Option
Awards (2)
 

Manuel A. Henriquez

    03/24/2010        225,000        —        $ 10.50      $ 2,362,500   

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

         

David M. Lund (3)

    03/16/2010        5,000        —        $ 10.27      $ 51,350   

Former Chief Financial Officer

         

Scott Harvey

    03/16/2010        10,000        —        $ 10.27      $ 102,700   

Secretary and Chief Legal Officer

         

Samir Bhaumik (4)

    03/16/2010        60,000        —        $ 10.27      $ 616,200   

Former Senior Managing Director

         

Parag I. Shah

    03/16/2010        105,000        —        $ 10.27      $ 1,078,350   

Senior Managing Director

    03/24/2010        25,000        —        $ 10.50      $ 262,500   

 

(1) Restricted stock awards vest 25% one year after the date of grant and ratably over the succeeding 36 months. When payable, dividends are paid on a current basis on the unvested shares.
(2) The amounts reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of restricted stock awards made to our NEOs during 2010 computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.
(3) On May 18, 2011, David M. Lund announced his resignation, effective May 31, 2011, from his position as Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer of the Company. Effective June 1, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors appointed Jessica Baron as Vice President of Finance and Interim Chief Financial Officer of the Company.
(4) On October 4, 2011, the Company announced that Samir Bhaumik, Senior Managing Director and Technology Group Head of the Company, resigned from all his positions with the Company and its subsidiaries. On October 13, 2011, the Board appointed Todd Jaquez-Fissori, the Company’s Cleantech Group Head, as Technology Group Head of the Company.

 

145


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

The following table shows outstanding stock option awards classified as exercisable and unexercisable and stock awards as of December 31, 2010 for each of the named executive officers:

 

Name and Principal Position

  Option Awards     Stock Awards  
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable (1 )
    Option
Exercise
Price ($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number
of Shares
or Units
of
Stock That
Have
Not Vested
    Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have
Not Vested (5)
 

Manuel A. Henriquez

    125,000        —        $ 15.00        06/23/11        —          —     

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

    605,000        —        $ 13.00        06/17/12        —          —     
    97,400        —        $ 12.14        06/16/13        —          —     
    450,000        —        $ 14.02        01/25/14        —          —     
    236,787        13,929 (2)     $ 12.20        02/25/15        —          —     
    20,834        104,167 (4)     $ 4.21        03/17/16        —          —     
    —          —          —          —          28,125      $ 291,375   
    —          —          —          —          56,251      $ 582,760   
    —          —          —          —          225,000      $ 2,331,000   

David M. Lund (6)

    40,000        —        $ 13.00        07/15/12        —          —     

Former Chief Financial Officer

    45,000        —        $ 12.14        06/16/13        —          —     
    35,000        —        $ 14.02        01/25/14        —          —     
    33,827        1,990 (2)     $ 12.20        02/25/15        —          —     
    37,917        27,083 (4)     $ 4.21        03/17/16        —          —     
    —          —          —          —          8,000      $ 82,880   
    —          —          —          —          14,063      $ 145,692   
    —          —          —          —          5,000      $ 51,800   

Scott Harvey

    12,821        —        $ 15.00        06/23/11        —          —     

Chief Legal Officer

    141,000        —        $ 13.00        06/17/12        —          —     
    30,000        —        $ 12.14        06/16/13        —          —     
    30,000        —        $ 14.02        01/25/14        —          —     
    14,208        835 (2)     $ 12.20        02/25/15        —          —     
    2,775        8,325 (4)     $ 4.21        03/17/16        —          —     
    —          —          —          —          7,500      $ 77,700   
    —          —          —          —          11,250      $ 116,550   
    —          —          —          —          10,000      $ 103,600   

Samir Bhaumik (7)

    6,000        —        $ 15.00        12/13/11        —          —     

Former Senior Managing Director

    38,000        —        $ 13.00        06/17/12        —          —     
    93,900        —        $ 12.14        06/16/13        —          —     
    12,000        —        $ 14.02        01/25/14        —          —     
    67,654        3,979 (2)     $ 12.20        02/25/15        —          —     
    4,668        1,332 (3)     $ 10.49        08/15/15        —          —     
    3,611        27,073 (4)     $ 4.21        03/17/16        —          —     
    —          —          —          —          11,500      $ 119,140   
    —          —          —          —          1,500      $ 15,540   
    —          —          —          —          16,875      $ 174,825   
    —          —          —          —          60,000      $ 621,600   

Parag I. Shah

    5,500        —        $ 15.00        12/13/11        —          —     

Senior Managing Director

    38,000        —        $ 13.00        06/17/12        —          —     
    94,400        —        $ 12.14        06/16/13        —          —     
    80,000        —        $ 14.02        01/25/14        —          —     
    192,814        11,341 (2)     $ 12.20        02/25/15        —          —     
    12,057        3,443 (3)     $ 10.49        08/15/15        —          —     
    33,401        104,157 (4)     $ 4.21        03/17/16        —          —     
    —          —          —          —          18,000      $ 186,480   
    —          —          —          —          2,500      $ 25,900   
    —          —          —          —          25,313      $ 262,242   
    —          —          —          —          105,000      $ 1,087,800   
    —          —          —          —          25,000      $ 259,000   

 

(1) Options expiring in 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014 were 100% vested on the date of grant. All other options generally vest 33% one year after the date of grant and the remainder will vest ratably over the succeeding 24 months. All options may be exercised for a period ending seven years after the date of grant.

 

146


Table of Contents
(2) The options vested 33% on February 25, 2009 and then ratably on a monthly basis ending February 25, 2011.
(3) The options vested 33% on August 15, 2009 and then ratably on a monthly basis ending August 15, 2011.
(4) The options vested 33% on March 17, 2010 and then ratably on a monthly basis ending March 17, 2012.
(5) Market value is computed by multiplying the closing market price of the Company’s stock at December 31, 2009 by the number of shares.
(6) On May 18, 2011, David M. Lund announced his resignation, effective May 31, 2011, from his position as Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer of the Company. Effective June 1, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors appointed Jessica Baron as Vice President of Finance and Interim Chief Financial Officer of the Company.
(7) On October 4, 2011, the Company announced that Samir Bhaumik, Senior Managing Director and Technology Group Head of the Company, resigned from all his positions with the Company and its subsidiaries. On October 13, 2011, the Board appointed Todd Jaquez-Fissori, the Company’s Cleantech Group Head, as Technology Group Head of the Company.

Options Exercised and Restricted Stock Vested

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to options exercised and the shares of restricted stock that vested during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 to each of our NEOs.

 

     Option Awards      Stock Awards  

Name and Principal Position

   Number of Shares
Acquired on
Exercise
     Value Realized
on Exercise
     Number of Shares
Acquired on
Vesting
     Value Realized
on Vesting
 

Manuel A. Henriquez

     124,999       $ 737,494         57,812       $ 581,396   

Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

           

David M. Lund (1)

     —           —           14,937       $ 150,028   

Former Chief Financial Officer

           

Scott Harvey

     8,900       $ 53,667         12,500       $ 125,345   

Secretary and Chief Legal Officer

           

Samir Bhaumik (2)

     34,316       $ 211,730         19,625       $ 196,413   

Former Senior Managing Director

           

Parag I. Shah

     112,442       $ 581,815         29,937       $ 299,437   

Senior Managing Director

           

 

(1) On May 18, 2011, David M. Lund announced his resignation, effective May 31, 2011, from his position as Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer of the Company. Effective June 1, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors appointed Jessica Baron as Vice President of Finance and Interim Chief Financial Officer of the Company.
(2) On October 4, 2011, the Company announced that Samir Bhaumik, Senior Managing Director and Technology Group Head of the Company, resigned from all his positions with the Company and its subsidiaries. On October 13, 2011, the Board appointed Todd Jaquez-Fissori, the Company’s Cleantech Group Head, as Technology Group Head of the Company.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table sets forth information as of December 31, 2010 with respect to compensation plans under which the Company’s equity securities are authorized for issuance:

 

Plan Category

  (a)
Number of Securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options,
restricted stock and
warrants
    (b)
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
restricted stock and
warrants
    (c)
Number of securities remaining
available for future issuance
under equity compensation
plans (excluding securities
reflected in column (a))
 

Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders:

     

2004 Equity Incentive Plan

    4,664,849      $ 11.33        796,382   

2006 Non-Employee Director Plan

    65,000      $ 10.88        913,332   

Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders

    —          —          —     

Total

    5,108,766      $ 11.27        1,709,714   

 

147


Table of Contents

2004 Equity Incentive Plan

Our Board and our stockholders have approved the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan for the purpose of attracting and retaining the services of executive officers, directors and other key employees. Under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan our Compensation Committee may award incentive stock options (“ISOs”), within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, and non-qualified stock options to employees and employee directors. The following is a summary of the material features of the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.

Under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, we have authorized for issuance up to 7,000,000 shares of common stock of which 350,329 were available for issuance as of April 18, 2011. Participants in the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan may receive awards of options to purchase our common stock and/or restricted shares, as determined by our Compensation Committee. Options granted under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan generally may be exercised for a period of no more than ten years from the date of grant unless the option agreement provides for an earlier expiration. Unless sooner terminated by our Board, the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of its adoption and no additional awards may be made under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan after that date. The 2004 Equity Incentive Plan provides that all awards granted under the plan are subject to modification as required to ensure that such awards do not conflict with the requirements of the 1940 Act applicable to us.

Options granted under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan will entitle the optionee, upon exercise, to purchase shares of common stock from us at a specified exercise price per share. ISOs must have a per share exercise price of no less than the fair market value of a share of stock on the date of the grant or, if the optionee owns or is treated as owning (under Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, 110% of the fair market value of a share of stock on the date of the grant. Nonstatutory stock options granted under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan must have a per share exercise price of no less than the fair market value of a share of stock on the date of the grant. Options will not be transferable other than by laws of descent and distribution, or in the case of nonstatutory stock options, by gift, and will generally be exercisable during an optionee’s lifetime only by the optionee.

Under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, we are permitted to issue shares of restricted stock to all key employees of the Company and its affiliates consistent with such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. Our Board determines the time or times at which such shares of restricted stock will become exercisable and the terms on which such shares will remain exercisable. Any shares of restricted stock for which forfeiture restrictions have not vested at the point at which the participant terminates his employment will terminate immediately and such shares will be returned to the Company and will be available for future awards under this plan.

Our Board administers the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and has the authority, subject to the provisions of the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, to determine who will receive awards under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and the terms of such awards. The Board has the authority to adjust the number of shares available for awards, the number of shares subject to outstanding awards and the exercise price for awards following the occurrence of events such as stock splits, dividends, distributions and recapitalizations. The exercise price of an option may be paid in the form of shares of stock that are already owned by such option holder.

Upon specified covered transactions (as defined in the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan), all outstanding awards under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan may either be assumed or substituted for by the surviving entity. If the surviving entity does not assume or substitute similar awards, the awards held by the participants will be accelerated in full and then terminated to the extent not exercised prior to the covered transaction.

On March 30, 2011 the Board granted 125,000 shares, 4,000 shares, 45,000 shares and 62,500 shares of restricted stock to Messrs. Henriquez, Harvey, Bhaumik and Shah, respectively.

 

148


Table of Contents

2006 Non-Employee Director Plan

Our Board and our stockholders have approved the 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan. Under current SEC rules and regulations applicable to BDCs absent exemptive relief, a BDC may not grant options or shares of restricted stock to non-employee directors. On February 15, 2007, we received exemptive relief from the SEC to permit us to grant options to non-employee directors as a portion of their compensation for service on our Board. On May 23, 2007, we received exemptive relief from the SEC to permit us to grant shares of restricted stock to non-employee directors as a portion of their compensation for service on our Board. The following is a summary of the material features of the 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan.

The Company has instituted the 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan for the purpose of advancing the interests of the Company by providing for the grant of awards under the 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan to eligible non-employee directors. Under the 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan, we have authorized for issuance up to 1,000,000 shares of common stock of which 913,332 shares were available for issuance as of April 18, 2011. The 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan authorizes the issuance to non-employee directors of non-statutory stock options (“NSOs”) to purchase shares of common stock at a specified exercise price per share and/or restricted stock. NSOs granted under the 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan will have a per share exercise price of no less than the current market value of a share of stock as determined in good faith by the Board on the date of the grant. The amount of the options that may be granted are limited by the terms of the 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan, which prohibits any grant that would cause the Company to be in violation of Section 61(a)(3) of the 1940 Act.

Under the 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan, non-employee directors will each receive an initial grant of an option to purchase 10,000 shares of stock upon initial election to such position. The options granted will vest over two years, in equal installments on each of the first two anniversaries of the date of grant, provided that the non-employee director remains in service on such dates. In addition, each non-employee director shall automatically be granted an option to purchase 15,000 shares of stock on the date of such non-employee director’s re-election to the Board and such grant will vest over three years, in equal installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant, provided that the non-employee director remains in service on such dates. The Compensation Committee has, subject to SEC approval, the authority to determine from time to time which of the persons eligible under the 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan shall be granted awards; when and how each award shall be granted, including the time or times when a person shall be permitted to exercise an award; and the number of shares of stock with respect to which an award shall be granted to such person. The exercise price of options granted under the 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan is set at the closing price of the Company’s market price on the Nasdaq Global Select Market as of the date of grant and will not be adjusted unless the Company receives an exemptive order from the SEC or written confirmation from the staff of the SEC that the Company may do so (except for adjustments resulting from changes in the Company’s capital structure, such as stock dividends, stock splits and reverse stock splits).

Unless sooner terminated by the Board, the 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan will terminate on May 29, 2016 and no additional awards may be made under the 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan after that date. The 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan provides that all awards granted under the 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan are subject to modification as required to ensure that such awards do not conflict with the requirements of the 1940 Act.

The Compensation Committee will determine the period during which any options granted under the 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan shall remain exercisable, provided that no option will be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date on which it was granted. Options granted under the 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan are not transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or by gift, and will generally be exercisable during a non-employee director’s lifetime only by such non-employee director. In general, any portion of any options that are not then exercisable will terminate upon the termination of the non-employee director’s services to the Company. Generally, any portion of any options that are exercisable at

 

149


Table of Contents

the time of the termination of the non-employee director’s services to the Company will remain exercisable for the lesser of (i) a period of three months (or one year if the non-employee director’s services to the Company terminated by reason of the non-employee director’s death) or (ii) the period ending on the latest date on which such options could have been exercised had the non-employee director’s services to the Company not terminated. In addition, if the Board determines that a non-employee director’s service to the Company terminated for reasons that cast such discredit on the non-employee director as to justify immediate termination of the non-employee director’s options, then all options then held by the non-employee director will immediately terminate.

Under the 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan, we also are permitted to issue shares of restricted stock to our non-employee directors. Upon initial election to such position, non-employee directors will automatically be granted 3,333 shares of restricted stock. The forfeiture restrictions for such initial shares of restricted stock will vest as to one-half of such shares on the first anniversary of the date of grant and as to an additional one-half of the restricted stock on the second anniversary of the date of grant. In addition, each non-employee director shall automatically be granted 5,000 shares of restricted stock on the date of such non-employee director’s re-election to the Board and the forfeiture restrictions on such shares will vest as to one-third of such shares on the anniversary of such grant over three years, provided that the non-employee director remains in service on such dates.

The Compensation Committee administers the 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan. If there is a change in the capital structure of the Company by reason of a stock dividend, stock split or combination of shares (including a reverse stock split), recapitalization or other change in the Company’s capital structure, the Board will make appropriate adjustments to the number and class of shares of stock subject to the 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan and each option outstanding under it. In the event of a consolidation, merger, stock sale, a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, a dissolution or liquidation of the Company or other similar events (a “Covered Transaction”), the Board may provide for the assumption of some or all outstanding options or for the grant of new substitute options by the acquirer or survivor. If no such assumption or substitution occurs, all outstanding options will become exercisable prior to the Covered Transaction and will terminate upon consummation of the Covered Transaction.

The Board may, subject to SEC prior approval, at any time or times amend the 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan or any outstanding award for any purpose which may at the time be permitted by law, and may at any time terminate the 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan as to any future grants of awards; provided, that except as otherwise expressly provided in the 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan the Board may not, without the participant’s consent, alter the terms of an award so as to affect adversely the participant’s rights under the award, unless the Board expressly reserved the right to do so at the time of the grant of the award. In 2010, no options or restricted shares were granted to the Board as there were no non-employee directors re-elected to the Board.

 

150


Table of Contents

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth, as of February 7, 2012, the beneficial ownership of each current director, each nominee for director, the Company’s executive officers, each person known to us to beneficially own 5% or more of the outstanding shares of our common stock, and the executive officers and directors as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. Common stock subject to options or warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of February 7, 2012 are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding such options or warrants. Such shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Percentage of ownership is based on 48,905,082 shares of common stock outstanding as of February 7, 2012.

Unless otherwise indicated, to our knowledge, each stockholder listed below has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by the stockholder, except to the extent authority is shared by spouses under applicable law, and maintains an address of c/o Company. Our address is 400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310, Palo Alto, California 94301.

The Company’s directors are divided into two groups—interested directors and independent directors. Interested directors are “interested persons” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

   Number of Shares
Owned Beneficially (1)
     Percentage
of Class
 

Interested Director

     

Manuel A. Henriquez ( 2 )

     2,675,206         5.5

Independent Directors

     

Robert P. Badavas ( 3 )

     119,443         *   

Joseph W. Chow ( 4 )

     123,172         *   

Allyn C. Woodward, Jr. ( 5 )

     169,523         *   

Executive Officers

     

Scott Bluestein (6)

    
69,899
  
     *   

Todd Jaquez-Fissori (7)

     20,500      

H. Scott Harvey ( 8 )

     278,514         *   

Parag I. Shah ( 9 )

     844,578         1.7

Jessica Baron ( 10)

     76,582         *   

Executive officers and directors as a group (11)

     4,377,417         9.0

 

 * Less than 1%.
(1) Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
(2) Includes 1,417,005 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options and 290,105 shares of restricted stock. Includes shares of our common stock held by certain trusts controlled by Mr. Henriquez.
(3) Includes 20,000 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options and 5,000 shares of restricted common stock.
(4) Includes 20,000 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options and 5,000 shares of restricted common stock.
(5) Includes 20,000 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options and 5,000 shares of restricted common stock.
(6) Includes 48,820 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options and 7,500 shares of restricted common stock.
(7) Includes 10,500 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options and 10,000 shares of restricted common stock.
(8) Includes 221,593 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options and 19,001 shares of restricted common stock.

 

151


Table of Contents
(9) Includes 561,044 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options and 156,292 shares of restricted common stock.
(10) Includes 45,010 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options and 16,564 shares of restricted common stock.
(11) Includes 2,363,972 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options and 511,128 shares of restricted common stock.

The following table sets forth as of February 7, 2012, the dollar range of our securities owned by our directors and portfolio management employees.

 

Name

   Dollar Range of  Equity
Securities in the Company (1)

Independent Directors:

  

Robert P. Badavas

   over $100,000

Joseph W. Chow

   over $100,000

Allyn C. Woodward, Jr.  

   over $100,000

Interested Director/Portfolio Management Employee:

  

Manuel A. Henriquez

   over $100,000

Portfolio Management Employees:

  

Scott Bluestein

   over $100,000

Todd Jaquez-Fissori

   over $100,000

Scott Harvey

   over $100,000

Parag I. Shah

   over $100,000

Jessica Baron

   over $100,000

 

(1) Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

152


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into transactions with portfolio companies that may be considered related party transactions. In order to ensure that we do not engage in any prohibited transactions with any persons affiliated with us, we have implemented certain policies and procedures whereby our executive officers screen each of our transactions for any possible affiliations, close or remote, between the proposed portfolio investment, us, companies controlled by us and our employees and directors.

The Company will not enter into any agreements unless and until we are satisfied that no affiliations prohibited by the 1940 Act exist or, if such affiliations exist, the Company has taken appropriate actions to seek Board review and approval or exemptive relief for such transaction.

 

153


Table of Contents

CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following discussion is a general summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to our qualification and taxation as a RIC and the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our preferred stock or common stock, but does not purport to be a complete description of the income tax considerations relating thereto. For example, we have not described tax consequences that we assume to be generally known by investors or certain considerations that may be relevant to certain types of investors subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, including investors subject to the alternative minimum tax, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, dealers in securities, pension plans and trusts, financial institutions, traders in securities that elect to use the mark-to-market method of accounting for securities holdings, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, United States expatriates, United States persons with a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar, persons that hold notes as part of an integrated investment (including a “straddle”), “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” or corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid United States federal income tax. This summary is limited to beneficial owners of our preferred stock or common stock that will hold our preferred stock or common stock as a capital assets (within the meaning of the Code). The discussion is based upon the Code, temporary and final U.S. Treasury regulations, and administrative and judicial interpretations, each as of the date hereof and all of which are subject to change, possibly retroactively, which could affect the continuing validity of this discussion. We have not sought and will not seek any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) regarding our preferred stock or common stock. This summary does not discuss any aspects of U.S. estate or gift tax or foreign, state or local tax. It does not discuss the special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws that could result if we invested in tax-exempt securities or certain other investment assets.

This summary does not discuss the consequences of an investment in our subscription rights, debt securities or warrants representing rights to purchase shares of our preferred stock, common stock or debt securities or as units comprised of combinations of securities. The U.S. federal income tax consequences of such an investment will be discussed in the relevant prospectus supplement. In addition, we may issue preferred stock with terms resulting in U.S. federal income taxation of beneficial owners with respect to such preferred stock in a manner different from as set forth in this summary. In such instances, such differences will be discussed in a relevant prospectus supplement.

If a partnership (including an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds shares of our preferred stock or common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Investors treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes (or investors that are partners in such a partnership), are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our preferred stock or common stock.

Tax matters are very complicated and the tax consequences to an investor of an investment in our securities will depend on the facts of their particular situation. We encourage investors to consult their own tax advisors regarding the specific consequences of such an investment, including tax reporting requirements, the applicability of federal, state, local and foreign tax laws, eligibility for the benefits of any applicable tax treaty and the effect of any possible changes in tax laws.

Election to be Taxed as a RIC

Through December 31, 2005, we were subject to Federal income tax as an ordinary corporation under subchapter C of the Code. Effective beginning on January 1, 2006 we met the criteria specified below to qualify as a RIC, and elected to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code with the filing of our federal income tax return for 2006. As a RIC, we generally will not have to pay corporate taxes on any income we distribute to our stockholders as dividends, which allows us to reduce or eliminate our corporate level tax. On December 31, 2005, immediately before the effective date of our RIC election, we held assets with “built-in gain,” which are

 

154


Table of Contents

assets whose fair market value as of the effective date of the election exceeded their tax basis as of such date. We elected to recognize all of our net built-in gains at the time of the conversion and paid tax on the built-in gain with the filing of our 2005 federal income tax return. In making this election, we marked our portfolio to market at the time of our RIC election and paid approximately $294,000 in tax on the resulting gains.

Taxation as a Regulated Investment Company

For any taxable year in which we:

 

   

qualify as a RIC; and

 

   

distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and realized net short-term gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any (the “Annual Distribution Requirement”);

we generally will not be subject to federal income tax on the portion of our investment company taxable income and net capital gain ( i.e. , net realized long-term capital gains in excess of net realized short-term capital losses) that we distribute (or are deemed to distribute) to stockholders with respect to that year. As described above, we made the election to recognize built-in gains as of the effective date of our election to be treated as a RIC and therefore will not be subject to built-in gains tax when we sell those assets. However, if we subsequently acquire built-in gain assets from a C corporation in a carryover basis transaction, then we may be subject to tax on the gains recognized by us on dispositions of such assets unless we make a special election to pay corporate-level tax on such built-in gain at the time the assets are acquired. We will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the regular corporate rates on any income or capital gains not distributed (or deemed distributed) to our stockholders.

In order to qualify as a RIC for federal income tax purposes and obtain the tax benefits of RIC status, in addition to satisfying the Annual Distribution Requirement, we must, among other things:

 

   

have in effect at all times during each taxable year an election to be regulated as business development company under the 1940 Act;

 

   

derive in each taxable year at least 90% of our gross income from (a) dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale of stock or other securities, or other income derived with respect to our business of investing in such stock or securities and (b) net income derived from an interest in a “qualified publicly traded partnership” (the “90% Income Test”); and

 

   

diversify our holdings so that at the end of each quarter of the taxable year:

 

   

at least 50% of the value of our assets consists of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities if such other securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of the value of our assets or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer; and

 

   

no more than 25% of the value of our assets is invested in (i) securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs) of one issuer, (ii) securities of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable tax rules, by us and that are engaged in

  the same or similar or related trades or businesses or (iii) securities of one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (the “Diversification Tests”).

Qualified earnings may exclude such income as management fees received in connection with our SBIC or other potential outside managed funds and certain other fees.

Under applicable Treasury regulations and certain private rulings issued by the Internal Revenue Service, RICs are permitted to treat certain distributions payable in up to 80% in their stock, as taxable dividends that will satisfy their annual distribution obligations for federal income tax and excise tax purposes provided that shareholders have the opportunity to elect to receive the distribution in cash. Taxable stockholders receiving such

 

155


Table of Contents

dividends will be required to include the full amount of the dividend as ordinary income (or as long-term capital gain to the extent such distribution is properly designated as a capital gain dividend) to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits for United States federal income tax purposes. As a result, a U.S. stockholder may be required to pay tax with respect to such dividends in excess of any cash received. If a U.S. stockholder sells the stock it receives as a dividend in order to pay this tax, the sales proceeds may be less than the amount included in income with respect to the dividend, depending on the market price of our stock at the time of the sale. Furthermore, with respect to non-U.S. stockholders, we may be required to withhold U.S. tax with respect to such dividends, including in respect of all or a portion of such dividend that is payable in stock. In addition, if a significant number of our stockholders determine to sell shares of our stock in order to pay taxes owed on dividends, then such sales may put downward pressure on the trading price of our stock. We previously determined to pay a portion of our first quarter 2009 dividend in shares of newly issued common stock, and we may in the future determine to distribute taxable dividends that are payable in part in our common stock.

As a RIC, we will be subject to a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax on certain undistributed income unless we distribute in a timely manner an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of our ordinary income for each calendar year, (2) 98.2% of our capital gain net income for the 1-year period ending October 31 in that calendar year and (3) any income recognized, but not distributed, in preceding years and on which we paid no federal income tax (the “Excise Tax Avoidance Requirements”). We will not be subject to excise taxes on amounts on which we are required to pay corporate income tax (such as retained net capital gains). Depending on the level of taxable income earned in a tax year, we may choose to carry over taxable income in excess of current year distributions from such taxable income into the next tax year and pay a 4% excise tax on such income, as required. The maximum amount of excess taxable income that may be carried over for distribution in the next year under the Code is the total amount of dividends paid in the following year, subject to certain declaration and payment guidelines. To the extent we choose to carry over taxable income into the next tax year, dividends declared and paid by us in a year may differ from taxable income for that year as such dividends may include the distribution of current year taxable income, the distribution of prior year taxable income carried over into and distributed in the current year, or returns of capital.

We may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as debt instruments with payment-in-kind interest or, in certain cases, increasing interest rates or debt instruments that were issued with warrants), we must include in income each year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. Because any original issue discount accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our stockholders in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement and the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount.

Gain or loss realized by us from the sale or exchange of warrants acquired by us as well as any loss attributable to the lapse of such warrants generally will be treated as capital gain or loss. Such gain or loss generally will be long-term or short-term, depending on how long we held a particular warrant.

We are authorized to borrow funds and to sell assets in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement and the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement (collectively, the “Distribution Requirements”). However, under the 1940 Act, we are not permitted to make distributions to our stockholders while our debt obligations and other senior securities are outstanding unless certain “asset coverage” tests are met. See “Regulation—Senior Securities; Coverage Ratio.” We may be restricted from making distributions under the terms of our debt obligations themselves unless certain conditions are satisfied. Moreover, our ability to dispose of assets to meet the Distribution Requirements may be limited by (1) the illiquid nature of our portfolio, or (2) other requirements

 

156


Table of Contents

relating to our status as a RIC, including the Diversification Tests. If we dispose of assets in order to meet the Distribution Requirements, we may make such dispositions at times that, from an investment standpoint, are not advantageous. If we are prohibited from making distributions or are unable to obtain cash from other sources to make the distributions, we may fail to qualify as a RIC, which would result in us becoming subject to corporate-level federal income tax.

In addition, we will be partially dependent on our SBIC subsidiaries for cash distributions to enable us to meet the RIC Distribution Requirements. Our SBIC subsidiaries may be limited by the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, and SBA regulations governing SBICs, from making certain distributions to us that may be necessary to maintain our status as a RIC. We may have to request a waiver of the SBA’s restrictions for our SBIC subsidiaries to make certain distributions to maintain our RIC status. We cannot assure you that the SBA will grant such waiver. If our SBIC subsidiaries are unable to obtain a waiver, compliance with the SBA regulations may cause us to fail to qualify as a RIC, which would result in us becoming subject to corporate-level federal income tax.

Any transactions in options, futures contracts, constructive sales, hedging, straddle, conversion or similar transactions, and forward contracts will be subject to special tax rules, the effect of which may be to accelerate income to us, defer losses, cause adjustments to the holding periods of our investments, convert long-term capital gains into short-term capital gains, convert short-term capital losses into long-term capital losses or have other tax consequences. These rules could affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to stockholders. We do not currently intend to engage in these types of transactions.

A RIC is limited in its ability to deduct expenses in excess of its “investment company taxable income” (which is, generally, ordinary income plus net realized short-term capital gains in excess of net realized long-term capital losses). If our expenses in a given year exceed gross taxable income (e.g., as the result of large amounts of equity-based compensation), we would experience a net operating loss for that year. However, a RIC is not permitted to carry forward net operating losses to subsequent years and such net operating losses do not pass through to the RIC’s stockholders. In addition, expenses can be used only to offset investment company taxable income, not net capital gain. A RIC may not use any net capital losses (that is, realized capital losses in excess of realized capital gains) to offset the RIC’s investment company taxable income, but may carry forward such losses, and use them to offset capital gains indefinitely. Due to these limits on the deductibility of expenses, and net capital losses, we may for tax purposes have aggregate taxable income for several years that we are required to distribute and that is taxable to our stockholders even if such income is greater than the aggregate net income we actually earned during those years. Such required distributions may be made from our cash assets or by liquidation of investments, if necessary. We may realize gains or losses from such liquidations. In the event we realize net capital gains from such transactions, you may receive a larger capital gain distribution than you would have received in the absence of such transactions.

Investment income received from sources within foreign countries, or capital gains earned by investing in securities of foreign issuers, may be subject to foreign income taxes withheld at the source. In this regard, withholding tax rates in countries with which the United States does not have a tax treaty are often as high as 35% or more. The United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries that may entitle us to a reduced rate of tax or exemption from tax on this related income and gains. The effective rate of foreign tax cannot be determined at this time since the amount of our assets to be invested within various countries is not now known. We do not anticipate being eligible for the special election that allows a RIC to treat foreign income taxes paid by such RIC as paid by its shareholders.

If we acquire stock in certain foreign corporations that receive at least 75% of their annual gross income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, rents, royalties or capital gain) or hold at least 50% of their total assets in investments producing such passive income (“passive foreign investment companies”), We could be subject to federal income tax and additional interest charges on “excess distributions” received from such companies or gain from the sale of stock in such companies, even if all income or gain actually received by us is

 

157


Table of Contents

timely distributed to our shareholders. We would not be able to pass through to our shareholders any credit or deduction for such a tax. Certain elections may, if available, ameliorate these adverse tax consequences, but any such election requires us to recognize taxable income or gain without the concurrent receipt of cash. We intend to limit and/or manage our holdings in passive foreign investment companies to minimize our tax liability. Foreign exchange gains and losses realized by us in connection with certain transactions involving non-dollar debt securities, certain foreign currency futures contracts, foreign currency option contracts, foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currencies, or payables or receivables denominated in a foreign currency are subject to Code provisions that generally treat such gains and losses as ordinary income and losses and may affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to our stockholders. Any such transactions that are not directly related to our investment in securities (possibly including speculative currency positions or currency derivatives not used for hedging purposes) could, under future Treasury regulations, produce income not among the types of “qualifying income” from which a RIC must derive at least 90% of its annual gross income.

Taxation of U.S. Stockholders

A “U.S. stockholder” generally is a beneficial owner of shares of our preferred stock or common stock who is for United States federal income tax purposes:

   

a citizen or individual resident of the United States including an alien individual who is a lawful permanent resident of the United States or meets the “substantial presence” test under Section 7701(b) of the Code;

 

   

a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation, for United States federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;

 

   

a trust if (1) a court in the United States has primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons has the authority to control all substantial decisions of such trust or (2) if such trust validly elects to be treated as a U.S. person for federal income tax purposes; or

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source.

For federal income tax purposes, distributions by us generally are taxable to U.S. stockholders as ordinary income or capital gains. Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” (which is, generally, our ordinary income plus net realized short-term capital gains in excess of net realized long-term capital losses) will be taxable as ordinary income to U.S. stockholders to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional preferred stock or common stock. To the extent such distributions paid by us through 2012 (unless extended by legislation) to non-corporate U.S. stockholders (including individuals) are attributable to dividends from U.S. corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations, such distributions may be reported by us as “qualified dividend income” eligible to be taxed in the hands of non-corporate stockholders at the rates applicable to long-term capital gains, provided certain holding period and other requirements are met at both the stockholder and company levels. In this regard, it is anticipated that distributions paid by us generally will not be attributable to dividends and, therefore, generally will not be qualified dividend income. Distributions of our net capital gains (which is generally our realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses) properly reported by us as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable to a U.S. stockholder as long-term capital gains (currently at a maximum rate of 15% through 2012, unless extended by legislation, in the case of individuals, trusts or estates), regardless of the U.S. stockholder’s holding period for his, her or its preferred stock or common stock and regardless of whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional preferred stock or common stock. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits first will reduce a U.S. stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in such stockholder’s preferred stock or common stock and, after the adjusted basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gains to such U.S. stockholder.

We currently intend to retain some or all of our realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses, but to designate the retained net capital gain as a “deemed distribution.” In that case,

 

158


Table of Contents

among other consequences, we will pay tax on the retained amount, each U.S. stockholder will be required to include his, her or its share of the deemed distribution in income as if it had been actually distributed to the U.S. stockholder, and the U.S. stockholder will be entitled to claim a tax credit equal to his, her or its allocable share of the tax paid thereon by us. Since we expect to pay tax on any retained net capital gains at our regular corporate tax rate, and since that rate is in excess of the maximum rate currently payable by non-corporate stockholders on long-term capital gains, the amount of tax that non-corporate stockholders will be treated as having paid and for which they will receive a credit will exceed the tax they owe on the retained net capital gain. Such excess generally may be claimed as a credit against the U.S. stockholder’s other federal income tax obligations or may be refunded to the extent it exceeds a stockholder’s liability for federal income tax. A stockholder that is not subject to federal income tax or otherwise required to file a federal income tax return would be required to file a federal income tax return on the appropriate form in order to claim a refund for the taxes we paid. For federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of shares owned by a U.S. stockholder will be increased by an amount equal under current law to the difference between the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the U.S. stockholder’s gross income and the tax deemed paid by the U.S. stockholder as described in this paragraph. In order to utilize the deemed distribution approach, we must provide written notice to our stockholders prior to the expiration of 60 days after the close of the relevant taxable year. We cannot treat any of our investment company taxable income as a “deemed distribution.”

For purposes of determining (1) whether the Annual Distribution Requirement is satisfied for any year and (2) the amount of the deduction for ordinary income and capital gain dividends paid for that year, we may, under certain circumstances, elect to treat a dividend that is paid during the following taxable year as if it had been paid during the taxable year in question. If we make such an election, the U.S. stockholder will still be treated as receiving the dividend in the taxable year in which the distribution is made. However, any dividend declared by us in October, November or December of any calendar year, payable to stockholders of record on a specified date in such a month and actually paid during January of the following year, will be treated as if it had been received by our U.S. stockholders on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.

If an investor purchases shares of our preferred stock or common stock shortly before the record date of a distribution, the price of the shares will include the value of the distribution and the investor will be subject to tax on the distribution even though economically it may represent a return of his, her or its investment.

A U.S. stockholder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss if the U.S. stockholder sells or otherwise disposes of his, her or its shares of our preferred stock or common stock. Any gain arising from such sale or disposition generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. stockholder has held his, her or its shares for more than one year. Otherwise, it will be classified as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any capital loss arising from the sale or disposition of shares of our preferred stock or common stock held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of capital gain dividends received, or undistributed capital gain deemed received, with respect to such shares. In addition, all or a portion of any loss recognized upon a disposition of shares of our preferred stock or common stock may be disallowed if other shares of our common stock are purchased (whether through reinvestment of distributions or otherwise) within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

In general, individual U.S. stockholders currently are subject to a reduced maximum federal income tax rate of 15% (through 2012, unless extended by legislation) on their net capital gain ( i.e. , the excess of realized net long-term capital gain over realized net short-term capital loss for a taxable year) including any long-term capital gain derived from an investment in our shares. Such rate is lower than the maximum rate on ordinary income currently payable by individuals. In addition, for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, individuals with income in excess of $200,000 ($250,000 in the case of married individuals filing jointly) and certain estates and trusts are subject to an additional 3.8% tax on their “net investment income,” which generally includes net income from interest, dividends, annuities, royalties, and rents, and net capital gains (other than certain amounts earned from trades or businesses). Corporate U.S. stockholders currently are subject to federal income tax on net

 

159


Table of Contents

capital gain at the maximum 35% rate also applied to ordinary income. Non-corporate U.S. stockholders with net capital losses for a year ( i.e. , capital losses in excess of capital gains) generally may deduct up to $3,000 of such losses against their ordinary income each year; any net capital losses of a non-corporate stockholder in excess of $3,000 generally may be carried forward and used in subsequent years as provided in the Code. Corporate U.S. stockholders generally may not deduct any net capital losses for a year, but may carry back such losses for three years or carry forward such losses for five years.

We will send to each of our U.S. stockholders, as promptly as possible after the end of each calendar year, a notice reporting the amounts includible in such U.S. stockholder’s taxable income for such year as ordinary income and as long-term capital gain. In addition, the federal tax status of each year’s distributions generally will be reported to the Internal Revenue Service (including the amount of dividends, if any, eligible for the 15% “qualified dividend income” rate). Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local, and foreign taxes depending on a U.S. stockholder’s particular situation. Dividends distributed by us generally will not be eligible for the corporate dividends-received deduction or the preferential rate applicable to “qualified dividend income.”

In some taxable years, we may be subject to the alternative minimum tax (“AMT”). If we have tax items that are treated differently for AMT purposes than for regular tax purposes, we may apportion those items between us and our stockholders, and this may affect our stockholder’s AMT liabilities. Although regulations explaining the precise method of apportionment have not yet been issued by the Internal Revenue Service, we may apportion these items in the same proportion that dividends paid to each stockholder bear to our taxable income (determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction), unless we determine that a different method for a particular item is warranted under the circumstances. You should consult your own tax advisor to determine how an investment in our stock could affect your AMT liability.

We may be required to withhold federal income tax (“backup withholding”) from all distributions to any non-corporate U.S. stockholder (1) who fails to furnish us with a correct taxpayer identification number or a certificate that such stockholder is exempt from backup withholding, or (2) with respect to whom the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) notifies us that such stockholder has failed to properly report certain interest and dividend income to the IRS and to respond to notices to that effect. An individual’s taxpayer identification number is his or her social security number. Any amount withheld under backup withholding is allowed as a credit against the U.S. stockholder’s federal income tax liability, provided that proper information is timely provided to the IRS.

Dividend Reinvestment Plan We have adopted a dividend reinvestment plan through which all dividend distributions are paid to our common stockholders in the form of additional shares of our common stock, unless a stockholder elects to receive cash in accordance with the terms of the plan. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan”. Any distributions made to a U.S. stockholder that are reinvested under the plan will nevertheless remain taxable to the U.S. stockholder. The U.S. stockholder will have an adjusted tax basis in the additional shares of our common stock purchased through the plan equal to the amount of the reinvested distribution. The additional shares will have a new holding period commencing on the day following the day on which the shares are credited to the U.S. stockholder’s account.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders

A “Non-U.S. stockholder” is a beneficial owner of shares of our preferred stock or common stock that is not a U.S. stockholder or a partnership (including an entity treated as a partnership) for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Whether an investment in our shares is appropriate for a Non-U.S. stockholder will depend upon that person’s particular circumstances. An investment in the shares by a Non-U.S. stockholder may have adverse tax consequences. Non-U.S. stockholders should consult their tax advisors before investing in our preferred stock or common stock.

 

160


Table of Contents

In general, dividend distributions (other than certain distributions derived from net long-term capital gains) paid by us to a Non-U.S. stockholder are subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate) even if they are funded by income or gains (such as portfolio interest, short-term capital gains, or foreign-source dividend and interest income) that, if paid to a Non-U.S. stockholder directly, would not be subject to withholding. If the distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. stockholder (and, if an income tax treaty applies, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. stockholder in the United States), we will not be required to withhold federal income tax if the Non-U.S. stockholder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements, although the distributions will be subject to federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. stockholders. (Special certification requirements apply to a Non-U.S. stockholder that is a foreign partnership or a foreign trust, and such entities are urged to consult their own tax advisors.)

For taxable years beginning prior to January 1, 2012, except as provided below, we generally were not required to withhold any amounts with respect to certain distributions of (i) U.S.-source interest income, and (ii) net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, in each case to the extent we properly report such distributions. In respect of distributions described in clause (i) above, we were required to withhold amounts with respect to distributions to a Non-U.S. stockholder:

 

   

that had not provided a satisfactory statement that the beneficial owner is not a U.S. person;

 

   

to the extent that the dividend is attributable to certain interest on an obligation if the Non-U.S. stockholder is the issuer or is a 10% stockholder of the issuer;

 

   

that is within certain foreign countries that have inadequate information exchange with the United States; or

 

   

to the extent the dividend is attributable to interest paid by a person that is a related person of the Non-U.S. stockholder and the Non-U.S. stockholder is a “controlled foreign corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes.

This special exemption from withholding tax on certain distributions expired on January 1, 2012. No assurance can be given as to whether this exemption will be extended for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2012, or whether any of our distributions will be reported as eligible for this special exemption from withholding tax if extended.

Actual or deemed distributions of our net capital gains to a Non-U.S. stockholder, and gains realized by a Non-U.S. stockholder upon the sale of our preferred stock or common stock, will not be subject to federal withholding tax and generally will not be subject to federal income tax unless the distributions or gains, as the case may be, are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. stockholder (and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. stockholder in the United States), or in the case of an individual stockholder, the stockholder is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale or capital gain dividend and certain other conditions are met.

If we distribute our net capital gains in the form of deemed rather than actual distributions, a Non-U.S. stockholder will be entitled to a federal income tax credit or tax refund equal to the stockholder’s allocable share of the tax we pay on the capital gains deemed to have been distributed. In order to obtain the refund, the Non-U.S. stockholder must obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number and file a federal income tax return even if the Non-U.S. stockholder would not otherwise be required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number or file a federal income tax return. For a corporate Non-U.S. stockholder, distributions (both actual and deemed), and gains realized upon the sale of our preferred stock or common stock that are effectively connected to a U.S. trade or business may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (or at a lower rate if provided for by an applicable treaty). Accordingly, investment in the shares may not be appropriate for a Non-U.S. stockholder.

 

161


Table of Contents

A Non-U.S. stockholder who is a non-resident alien individual, and who is otherwise subject to withholding of federal income tax, may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding of federal income tax on dividends unless the Non-U.S. stockholder provides us or the dividend paying agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN (or an acceptable substitute or successor form) or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a Non-U.S. stockholder or otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding.

Recently enacted legislation generally imposes a 30% withholding tax on payments of certain types of income to foreign financial institutions that fail to enter into an agreement with the United States Treasury to report certain required information with respect to accounts held by United States persons (or held by foreign entities that have United States persons as substantial owners). The types of income subject to the tax include U.S. source interest and dividends paid after December 31, 2013 and the gross proceeds from the sale of any property that could produce U.S.-source interest or dividends paid after December 31, 2014. The information required to be reported includes the identity and taxpayer identification number of each account holder that is a U.S. person and transaction activity within the holder’s account. In addition, subject to certain exceptions, this legislation also imposes a 30% withholding (subject to the same effective dates) on payments to foreign entities that are not financial institutions unless the foreign entity certifies that it does not have a greater than 10% U.S. owner or provides the withholding agent with identifying information on each greater than 10% U.S. owner. When these provisions become effective, depending on the status of a Non-U.S. stockholders and the status of the intermediaries through which they hold their shares, Non-U.S. stockholders could be subject to this 30% withholding tax with respect to distributions on their shares and proceeds from the sale of their shares. Under certain circumstances, a Non-U.S. stockholders might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.

Non-U.S. persons should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the United States federal income tax and withholding tax, and state, local and foreign tax consequences of an investment in the shares.

Failure to Qualify as a Regulated Investment Company

If we fail to satisfy the 90% Income Test or the Diversification Tests for any taxable year, we may nevertheless continue to qualify as a RIC for such year if certain relief provisions are applicable (which may, among other things, require us to pay certain corporate-level federal taxes or to dispose of certain assets).

If we were unable to qualify for treatment as a RIC and the foregoing relief provisions are not applicable, we would be subject to tax on all of our taxable income at regular corporate rates. We would not be able to deduct distributions to stockholders, nor would they be required to be made. Such distributions would be taxable to our stockholders and if made in a taxable year beginning on or before December 31, 2012 and provided certain holding period and other requirements were met, could qualify for treatment as “qualified dividend income” eligible for the 15% maximum rate to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. Subject to certain limitations under the Code, corporate distributions would be eligible for the dividends-received deduction. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. To requalify as a RIC in a subsequent taxable year, we would be required to satisfy the RIC qualification requirements for that year and dispose of any earnings and profits from any year in which we failed to qualify as a RIC. Subject to a limited exception applicable to RICs that qualified as such under Subchapter M of the Code for at least one year prior to disqualification and that requalify as a RIC no later than the second year following the nonqualifying year, we could be subject to tax on any unrealized net built-in gains in the assets held by us during the period in which we failed to qualify as a RIC that are recognized within the subsequent 10 years, unless we made a special election to pay corporate-level tax on such built-in gain at the time of our requalification as a RIC.

 

162


Table of Contents

REGULATION

The following discussion is a general summary of the material prohibitions and descriptions governing business development companies generally. It does not purport to be a complete description of all of the laws and regulations affecting business development companies.

A business development company primarily focuses on investing in or lending to private companies and making managerial assistance available to them. A business development company provides stockholders with the ability to retain the liquidity of a publicly-traded stock, while sharing in the possible benefits of investing in emerging-growth, expansion-stage or established-stage companies. The 1940 Act contains prohibitions and restrictions relating to transactions between business development companies and their directors and officers and principal underwriters and certain other related persons and requires that a majority of the directors be persons other than “interested persons,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. In addition, the 1940 Act provides that we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw our election as, a business development company unless approved by a majority of our outstanding voting securities. A majority of the outstanding voting securities of a company is defined under the 1940 Act as the lesser of: (i) 67% or more of such company’s shares present at a meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding shares of such company are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of such company.

Qualifying Assets

Under the 1940 Act, a business development company may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, which are referred to as qualifying assets, unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets. The principal categories of qualifying assets relevant to our proposed business are the following:

 

  (1) Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain limited exceptions) is an eligible portfolio company, or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding 13 months, an affiliated person of an eligible portfolio company, or from any other person, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the SEC. An eligible portfolio company is defined in the 1940 Act as any issuer which:

 

  (a) is organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, the United States;

 

  (b) is not an investment company (other than a small business investment company wholly owned by the business development company) or a company that would be an investment company but for certain exclusions under the 1940 Act; and

 

  (c) does not have any class of securities listed on a national securities exchange; or if it has securities listed on a national securities exchange such company has a market capitalization of less than $250 million; is controlled by the business development company and has an affiliate of a business development company on its board of directors; or meets such other criteria as may be established by the SEC.

 

  (2) Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident thereto, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities was unable to meet its obligations as they came due without material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements.

 

  (3) Securities of an eligible portfolio company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and we already own 60% of the outstanding equity of the eligible portfolio company.

 

163


Table of Contents
  (4) Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described in (1) through (4) above, or pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights relating to such securities.

 

  (5) Cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment.

Control, as defined by the 1940 Act, is presumed to exist where a business development company beneficially owns more than 25% of the outstanding voting securities of the portfolio company.

We do not intend to acquire securities issued by any investment company that exceed the limits imposed by the 1940 Act. Under these limits, we generally cannot acquire more than 3% of the voting stock of any investment company (as defined in the 1940 Act), invest more than 5% of the value of our total assets in the securities of one such investment company or invest more than 10% of the value of our total assets in the securities of such investment companies in the aggregate. With regard to that portion of our portfolio invested in securities issued by investment companies, it should be noted that such investments might subject our stockholders to additional expenses.

Significant Managerial Assistance

In order to count portfolio securities as qualifying assets for the purpose of the 70% test discussed above, a business development company must either control the issuer of the securities or must offer to make available significant managerial assistance; except that, where the business development company purchases such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, one of the other persons in the group may make available such managerial assistance. Making available significant managerial assistance means, among other things, any arrangement whereby the business development company, through its directors, officers or employees, offers to provide and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company through monitoring of portfolio company operations, selective participation in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising a portfolio company’s officers or other organizational or financial guidance.

Temporary Investments

Pending investment in other types of qualifying assets, as described above, our investments may consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment, which we refer to, collectively, as temporary investments, so that 70% of our assets are qualifying assets. Typically, we invest in U.S. treasury bills or in repurchase agreements, provided that such agreements are fully collateralized by cash or securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies. A repurchase agreement involves the purchase by an investor, such as us, of a specified security and the simultaneous agreement by the seller to repurchase it at an agreed upon future date and at a price which is greater than the purchase price by an amount that reflects an agreed-upon interest rate. There is no percentage restriction on the proportion of our assets that may be invested in such repurchase agreements. However, if more than 25% of our total assets constitute repurchase agreements from a single counterparty, we would not meet the diversification tests imposed on us by the Code in order to qualify as a RIC for federal income tax purposes. Thus, we do not intend to enter into repurchase agreements with a single counterparty in excess of this limit. We will monitor the creditworthiness of the counterparties with which we enter into repurchase agreement transactions.

Warrants and Options

Under the 1940 Act, a business development company is subject to restrictions on the amount of warrants, options, restricted stock or rights to purchase shares of capital stock that it may have outstanding at any time. In particular, the amount of capital stock that would result from the conversion or exercise of all outstanding

 

164


Table of Contents

warrants, options or rights to purchase capital stock cannot exceed 25% of the business development company’s total outstanding shares of capital stock. This amount is reduced to 20% of the business development company’s total outstanding shares of capital stock if the amount of warrants, options or rights issued pursuant to an executive compensation plan would exceed 15% of the business development company’s total outstanding shares of capital stock. We have received exemptive relief from the SEC permitting us to issue stock options and restricted stock to our employees and directors subject to the above conditions, among others. For a discussion regarding the conditions of this exemptive relief, see Note 7 to the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Senior Securities; Coverage Ratio

We will be permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of stock senior to our common stock if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 200% immediately after each such issuance. In addition, we may not be permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on our outstanding common shares, or purchase any such shares, unless, at the time of such declaration or purchase, we have asset coverage of at least 200% after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution, or purchase price. We may also borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes. For a discussion of the risks associated with the resulting leverage, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business Structure and Current Economic and Market Conditions—Because we borrow money, there could be increased risk in investing in our company.”

Capital Structure

We are not generally able to issue and sell our common stock at a price below net asset value per share. We may, however, sell our common stock, at a price below the current net asset value of the common stock, or sell warrants, options or rights to acquire such common stock, at a price below the current net asset value of the common stock if our board of directors determines that such sale is in the best interests of the Company and our stockholders have approved the practice of making such sales. On June 1, 2011, our stockholders voted to allow us to issue up to an amount equal to 20% of our outstanding common stock at a price below our net asset value per share for a period of one year ending June 1, 2012. Our stockholders also approved a similar proposal at our 2008, 2009 and 2010 Annual Meetings of Stockholders. We have not conducted any public offering of our shares at a price below our net asset value. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price which, in the determination of our board of directors, closely approximates the market value of such securities (less any distributing commission or discount).

Code of Ethics

We have adopted and will maintain a code of ethics that establishes procedures for personal investments and restricts certain personal securities transactions. Personnel subject to the code may invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by us, so long as such investments are made in accordance with the code’s requirements. Our code of ethics will generally not permit investments by our employees in securities that may be purchased or held by us. We may be prohibited under the 1940 Act from conducting certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our directors who are not interested persons and, in some cases, the prior approval of the SEC.

Our code of ethics is posted on our website at www.herculestech.com and was filed with the SEC as an exhibit to the registration statement (Registration No. 333-126604) for our initial public offering. You may read and copy the code of ethics at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. In addition, the code of ethics is attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and is available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov . You may also obtain copies of the code of ethics, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov , or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

 

165


Table of Contents

Privacy Principles

We are committed to maintaining the privacy of our stockholders and safeguarding their non-public personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information we collect, how we protect that information and why, in certain cases, we may share information with select other parties.

Generally, we do not receive any non-public personal information relating to our stockholders, although certain non-public personal information of our stockholders may become available to us. We do not disclose any non-public personal information about our stockholders or former stockholders, except as permitted by law or as is necessary in order to service stockholder accounts (for example, to a transfer agent).

We restrict access to non-public personal information about our stockholders to our employees with a legitimate business need for the information. We maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to protect the non-public personal information of our stockholders.

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

We vote proxies relating to our portfolio securities in the best interest of our stockholders. We review on a case-by-case basis each proposal submitted to a stockholder vote to determine its impact on the portfolio securities held by us. Although we generally vote against proposals that may have a negative impact on our portfolio securities, we may vote for such a proposal if there exists compelling long-term reasons to do so.

Our proxy voting decisions are made by our investment committee, which is responsible for monitoring each of our investments. To ensure that our vote is not the product of a conflict of interest, we require that: (i) anyone involved in the decision making process disclose to our Chief Compliance Officer any potential conflict that he or she is aware of and any contact that he or she has had with any interested party regarding a proxy vote; and (ii) employees involved in the decision making process or vote administration are prohibited from revealing how we intend to vote on a proposal in order to reduce any attempted influence from interested parties.

Exemptive Relief

On June 21, 2005, we filed a request with the SEC for exemptive relief to allow us to take certain actions that would otherwise be prohibited by the 1940 Act, as applicable to business development companies. Specifically, we requested that the SEC permit us to issue stock options to our non-employee directors as contemplated by Section 61(a)(3)(B)(i)(II) of the 1940 Act. On February 15, 2007, we received approval from the SEC on this exemptive request. In addition, in June 2007, we filed an amendment to the February 2007 order to adjust the number of shares issued to the non-employee directors. On October 10, 2007, we received approval from the SEC on this amended exemptive request.

On April 5, 2007, we received exemptive relief from the SEC that permits us to exclude the indebtedness that our wholly-owned subsidiary, HT II, which is qualified as a small business investment company, issues to the Small Business Administration from the 200% asset coverage requirement applicable to us.

On May 2, 2007, we received approval from the SEC regarding our exemptive request permitting us to issue restricted stock to our employees, officers and directors. On June 21, 2007, our shareholders approved amendments to the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and 2006 Non-Employee Incentive Plan permitting such restricted grants.

On June 22, 2010, we received approval from the SEC regarding our exemptive request permitting our employees to exercise their stock options and restricted stock and pay any related income taxes using a cashless exercise program.

 

166


Table of Contents

Other

We will be periodically examined by the SEC for compliance with the 1934 Act and the 1940 Act.

We are required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect us against larceny and embezzlement. Furthermore, as a business development company, we are prohibited from protecting any director or officer against any liability to our stockholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.

We are required to adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the federal securities laws, review these policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation. We have designated Mr. Harvey, our Chief Legal Officer, as our Chief Compliance Officer who is responsible for administering these policies and procedures.

Small Business Administration Regulations

HT II and HT III, our wholly-owned subsidiaries, are licensed by the SBA as SBICs under Section 301(c) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958. Under the Small Business Investment Company Act and current SBA policy applicable to SBICs, a SBIC can have outstanding at any time SBA guaranteed debentures up to twice the amount of its regulatory capital.

As of September 30, 2011, the maximum statutory limit on the dollar amount of outstanding SBA guaranteed debentures issued by a single SBIC is $150.0 million, subject to periodic adjustments by the SBA. With our net investment of $75.0 million in HT II as of September 30, 2011, HT II has the current capacity to issue up to a total of $125.0 million of SBA guaranteed debentures, of which $125.0 million was outstanding. Currently, HT II has paid commitment fees of approximately $1.5 million. As of September 30, 2011, HT II had the potential to borrow up to $125.0 million of SBA-guaranteed debentures under the SBIC program. As of September 30, 2011, the maximum statutory limit on the dollar amount of combined outstanding SBA guaranteed debentures is $225.0 million, subject to periodic adjustments by the SBA. As of September 30, 2011, HT III had the potential to borrow up to $100.0 million of SBA-guaranteed debentures under the SBIC program. With our net investment of $50.0 million in HT III as of September 30, 2011, HT III has the capacity to issue a total of $100.0 million of SBA guaranteed debentures, subject to SBA approval, of which $63.75 million was outstanding at September 30, 2011. Currently, HT III has paid commitment fees of approximately $750,000. There is no assurance that HT II or HT III will be able to draw up to the maximum limit available under the SBIC program.

SBICs are designed to stimulate the flow of private equity capital to eligible small businesses. Under present SBA regulations, eligible small businesses include businesses that have a tangible net worth not exceeding $18 million and have average annual fully taxed net income not exceeding $6.0 million for the two most recent fiscal years. In addition, SBICs must devote 25.0% of its investment activity to “smaller” concerns as defined by the SBA. A smaller concern is one that has a tangible net worth not exceeding $6.0 million and has average annual fully taxed net income not exceeding $2.0 million for the two most recent fiscal years. SBA regulations also provide alternative size standard criteria to determine eligibility, which depend on the industry in which the business is engaged and are based on such factors as the number of employees and gross sales. According to SBA regulations, SBICs may make long-term loans to small businesses, invest in the equity securities of such businesses and provide them with consulting and advisory services. Through its wholly-owned subsidiaries HT II and HT III, we plan to provide long-term loans to qualifying small businesses, and in connection therewith, make equity investments.

HT II and HT III are periodically examined and audited by the SBA’s staff to determine its compliance with SBIC regulations. If HT II or HT III fails to comply with applicable SBA regulations, the SBA could, depending on the severity of the violation, limit or prohibit HT II’s or HT III’s use of debentures, declare outstanding debentures immediately due and payable, and/or limit HT II or HT III from making new investments. In addition, HT II or HT III may also be limited in their ability to make distributions to us if they do not have sufficient capital in accordance with SBA regulations. Such actions by the SBA would, in turn, negatively affect us because

 

167


Table of Contents

HT II and HT III are our wholly owned subsidiaries. HT II and HT III were in compliance with the terms of the SBIC’s leverage as of September 30, 2011 as a result of having sufficient capital as defined under the SBA regulations. As of September 30, 2011, HT II and HT III could draw up to $25.0 million and $36.25 million, respectively, of additional leverage from SBA. The rates of borrowings under various draws from the SBA beginning in April 2007 and set semiannually in March and September range from 3.22% to 5.73%. In addition, the SBA charges a fee that is set annually, depending on the Federal fiscal year the leverage commitment was delegated by the SBA, regardless of the date that the leverage was drawn by the SBIC. The annual fees related to HT II debentures that pooled on September 22, 2010 were 0.406% and 0.285%, depending upon the year the underlying commitment was closed in. The annual fees on other debentures have been set at 0.906%. The average amount of debentures outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2010 for HT II was approximately $139.4 million with an average interest rate of approximately 5.11 %. The average amount of debentures outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2010 for HT III was approximately $13.9 million with an average interest rate of approximately 3.215%. Interest is payable semiannually and there are no principal payments required on these issues prior to maturity. Debentures under the SBA generally mature ten years after being borrowed. Based on the initial draw down date of April 2007, the initial maturity of SBA debentures will occur in April 2017.

The SBA restricts the ability of SBICs to repurchase their capital stock. SBA regulations also include restrictions on a “change of control” or transfer of an SBIC and require that SBICs invest idle funds in accordance with SBA regulations. In addition, HT II and HT III may also be limited in their ability to make distributions to us if they do not have sufficient capital, in accordance with SBA regulations.

Our SBIC subsidiaries are subject to regulation and oversight by the SBA, including requirements with respect to maintaining certain minimum financial ratios and other covenants. Receipt of an SBIC license does not assure that our SBIC subsidiaries will receive SBA guaranteed debenture funding, which is dependent upon our SBIC subsidiaries continuing to be in compliance with SBA regulations and policies. The SBA, as a creditor, will have a superior claim to our SBIC subsidiaries’ assets over our stockholders in the event we liquidate our SBIC subsidiaries or the SBA exercises its remedies under the SBA-guaranteed debentures issued by our SBIC subsidiaries upon an event of default.

 

168


Table of Contents

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

We determine the net asset value per share of our common stock quarterly. The net asset value per share is equal to the value of our total assets minus liabilities and any preferred stock outstanding divided by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding. As of the date of this report, we do not have any preferred stock outstanding.

Our investments are carried at fair value in accordance with the 1940 Act and Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) topic 820 Fair Value Measures and Disclosures (formerly known as SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements). At September 30, 2011, approximately 83.7% of our total assets represented investments in portfolio companies recorded at fair value, as determined by the Board of Directors. Value, as defined in Section 2(a)(41) of the 1940 Act, is (i) the market price for those securities for which a market quotation is readily available and (ii) for all other securities and assets, fair value is as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors in accordance with established valuation procedures and the recommendation of the Valuation Committee of the Board of Directors. Since there is typically no readily available market value for the investments in our portfolio, we value substantially all of our investments at fair value as determined in good faith by our Board of Directors pursuant to a valuation policy and a consistent valuation process. Due to the inherent uncertainty in determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of our investments determined in good faith by our Board of Directors may differ significantly from the value that would have been used had a ready market existed for such investments, and the differences could be material.

Our Board of Directors may from time to time engage an independent valuation firm to provide us with valuation assistance with respect to certain of our portfolio companies on a quarterly basis. We intend to continue to engage an independent valuation firm to provide us with assistance regarding our determination of the fair value of selected portfolio investments each quarter unless directed by the Board of Directors to cancel such valuation services. The scope of the services rendered by an independent valuation firm is at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors is ultimately and solely responsible for determining the fair value of our investments in good faith.

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available or when such market

quotations are deemed not to represent fair value, our board of directors has approved a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

(1) our quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals responsible for the portfolio investment;

(2) preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with our investment committee;

(3) the valuation committee of the board of directors reviews the preliminary valuation of the investment committee and that of the independent valuation firm and responds to the valuation recommendation of the independent valuation firm to reflect any comments, if any; and

(4) the board of directors discusses valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith based on the input of, where applicable, the respective independent valuation firm and the valuation committee.

We adopted ASC 820 on January 1, 2008. ASC 820 establishes a framework for measuring the fair value of the assets and liabilities and outlines a fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value and the effect of fair value measures on earnings. ASC 820 also enhances disclosure requirements for fair value measurements based on the level within the hierarchy of the information used in the valuation. ASC 820 applies whenever other standards require (or permit) assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value but doesn’t expand the use of fair value in any new circumstances. ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

 

169


Table of Contents

The Company has categorized all investments recorded at fair value in accordance with ASC 820 based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair value. Hierarchical levels, defined by ASC 820 and directly related to the amount of subjectivity associated with the inputs to fair valuation of these assets and liabilities, are as follows:

Level 1—Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets at the measurement date. The types of assets carried at Level 1 fair value generally are equities listed in active markets.

Level 2—Inputs (other than quoted prices included in Level 1) are either directly or indirectly observable for the asset in connection with market data at the measurement date and for the extent of the instrument’s anticipated life. Fair valued assets that are generally included in this category are warrants held in a public company.

Level 3—Inputs reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the

asset at the measurement date. It includes prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to

the fair value measurement and unobservable. Generally, assets carried at fair value and included in this category are the debt investments and warrants and equities held in a private company.

Debt Investments

The Company follows the guidance set forth in ASC 820 which establishes a framework for measuring the fair value of assets and liabilities and outlines a fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value and the effect of fair value measures on earnings. The Company’s debt securities are primarily invested in equity sponsored technology, life science and clean technology companies. Given the nature of lending to these types of businesses, the Company’s investments in these portfolio companies are considered Level 3 assets under ASC 820 because there is no known or accessible market or market indexes for these investment securities to be traded or exchanged.

We apply a procedure that assumes a sale of investment in a hypothetical market to a hypothetical market participant where buyers and sellers are willing participants. The hypothetical market does not include scenarios where the underlying security was simply repaid or extinguished, but includes an exit concept. Under the new process, the Company also evaluates the collateral for recoverability of the debt investments as well as apply all of its historical fair value analysis excluding its interest rate sensitivity analysis, which was replaced by the hypothetical market participant method, as discussed above. The Company uses pricing on recently issued comparable debt securities to determine the baseline hypothetical market yields as of the measurement date. The Company considers each portfolio company’s credit rating, security liens and other characteristics of the investment to adjust the baseline yield to derive a hypothetical yield for each investment. The anticipated future cash flows from each investment are then discounted at the hypothetical yield to estimate each investment’s fair value as of the measurement date.

 

The Company’s process includes, among other things, the underlying investment performance, the current portfolio company’s financial condition and market changing events that impact valuation, estimated remaining life, current market yield and interest rate spreads of similar securities as of the measurement date. If there is a significant deterioration of the credit quality of a debt investment, the Company may consider other factors to estimate fair value, including the proceeds that would be received in a liquidation analysis.

The Company records unrealized depreciation on investments when it believes that an investment has decreased in value, including where collection of a loan is doubtful or if under the in exchange premise when the value of a debt security were to be less than amortized cost of the investment. Conversely, where appropriate, the Company records unrealized appreciation if it believes that the underlying portfolio company has appreciated in value and, therefore, that its investment has also appreciated in value or if under the in exchange premise the value of a debt security were to greater than amortized cost.

When originating a debt instrument, the Company generally receives warrants or other equity-related securities from the borrower. The Company determines the cost basis of the warrants or other equity-related

 

170


Table of Contents

securities received based upon their respective fair values on the date of receipt in proportion to the total fair value of the debt and warrants or other equity-related securities received. Any resulting discount on the loan from recordation of the warrant or other equity instruments is accreted into interest income over the life of the loan.

Equity-Related Securities and Warrants

Securities that are traded in the over-the-counter markets or on a stock exchange will be valued at the prevailing bid price at period end. We have a limited number of equity securities in public companies. In accordance with the 1940 Act, unrestricted publicly traded securities for which market quotations are readily available are valued at the closing market quote on the valuation date.

The Company estimates the fair value of warrants using a Black Scholes pricing model. At each reporting date, privately held warrant and equity related securities are valued based on an analysis of various factors including, but not limited to, the portfolio company’s operating performance and financial condition and general market conditions, price to enterprise value or price to equity ratios, discounted cash flow, valuation comparisons to comparable public companies or other industry benchmarks. When an external event occurs, such as a purchase transaction, public offering, or subsequent equity sale, the pricing indicated by that external event is utilized to corroborate the Company’s valuation of the warrant and equity related. The Company periodically reviews the valuation of its portfolio companies that have not been involved in a qualifying external event to determine if the enterprise value of the portfolio company may have increased or decreased since the last valuation measurement date.

Determinations In Connection With Offerings

In connection with each offering of shares of our common stock, the Board of Directors or a committee thereof is required to make the determination that we are not selling shares of our common stock at a price below our then current net asset value at the time at which the sale is made. The Board of Directors considers the following factors, among others, in making such determination:

 

   

the net asset value of our common stock disclosed in the most recent periodic report we filed with the SEC;

 

   

our management’s assessment of whether any material change in the net asset value has occurred (including through the realization of net gains on the sale of our portfolio investments) from the period beginning on the date of the most recently disclosed net asset value to the period ending two days prior to the date of the sale of our common stock; and

 

   

the magnitude of the difference between the net asset value disclosed in the most recent periodic report we filed with the SEC and our management’s assessment of any material change in the net asset value since the date of the most recently disclosed net asset value, and the offering price of the shares of our common stock in the proposed offering.

Importantly, this determination does not require that we calculate net asset value in connection with each offering of shares of our common stock, but instead it involves the determination by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof that we are not selling shares of our common stock at a price below the then current net asset value at the time at which the sale is made.

Moreover, to the extent that there is even a remote possibility that we may (i) issue shares of our common stock at a price below the then current net asset value of our common stock at the time at which the sale is made or (ii) trigger the undertaking (which we provided to the SEC in the registration statement to which this prospectus is a part) to suspend the offering of shares of our common stock pursuant to this prospectus if the net asset value fluctuates by certain amounts in certain circumstances until the prospectus is amended, the Board of Directors or a committee thereof will elect, in the case of clause (i) above, either to postpone the offering until

 

171


Table of Contents

such time that there is no longer the possibility of the occurrence of such event or to undertake to determine net asset value within two days prior to any such sale to ensure that such sale will not be below our then current net asset value, and, in the case of clause (ii) above, to comply with such undertaking or to undertake to determine net asset value to ensure that such undertaking has not been triggered.

These processes and procedures are part of our compliance policies and procedures. Records will be made contemporaneously with all determinations described in this section and these records will be maintained with other records we are required to maintain under the 1940 Act.

SALES OF COMMON STOCK BELOW NET ASSET VALUE

On June 1, 2011, our common stockholders voted to allow us to issue common stock at a discount from our net asset value (NAV) per share for a period of one year ending on June 1, 2012. In connection with the receipt of such stockholder approval, we agreed to limit the number of shares that we issue at a price below net asset value pursuant to this authorization so that the aggregate dilutive effect on our then outstanding shares will not exceed 20%.

In order to sell shares pursuant to this authorization:

 

   

a majority of our independent directors who have no financial interest in the sale must have approved the sale; and

 

   

a majority of such directors, who are not interested persons of the Company, in consultation with the underwriter or underwriters of the offering if it is to be underwritten, must have determined in good faith, and as of a time immediately prior to the first solicitation by us or on our behalf of firm commitments to purchase such shares or immediately prior to the issuance of such shares, that the price at which such shares are to be sold is not less than a price which closely approximates the market value of those shares, less any underwriting commission or discount.

Any offering of common stock below NAV per share will be designed to raise capital for investment in accordance with our investment objectives and business strategies.

In making a determination that an offering below NAV per share is in our and our stockholders’ best interests, our Board of Directors would consider a variety of factors including:

 

   

The effect that an offering below NAV per share would have on our stockholders, including the potential dilution they would experience as a result of the offering;

 

   

The amount per share by which the offering price per share and the net proceeds per share are less than the most recently determined NAV per share;

 

   

The relationship of recent market prices of our common stock to NAV per share and the potential impact of the offering on the market price per share of our common stock;

 

   

Whether the proposed offering price would closely approximate the market value of our shares;

 

   

The potential market impact of being able to raise capital during the current financial market difficulties;

 

   

The nature of any new investors anticipated to acquire shares in the offering;

 

   

The anticipated rate of return on and quality, type and availability of investments to be funded with the proceeds from the offering, if any; and

 

   

The leverage available to us, both before and after any offering, and the terms thereof.

Sales by us of our common stock at a discount from NAV pose potential risks for our existing stockholders whether or not they participate in the offering, as well as for new investors who participate in the offering.

 

172


Table of Contents

The following three headings and accompanying tables will explain and provide hypothetical examples on the impact of an offering at a price less than NAV per share on three different sets of investors:

 

   

existing stockholders who do not purchase any shares in the offering;

 

   

existing stockholders who purchase a relatively small amount of shares in the offering or a relatively large amount of shares in the offering; and

 

   

new investors who become stockholders by purchasing shares in the offering.

Impact on Existing Stockholders who do not Participate in the Offering

Our existing stockholders who do not participate in an offering below NAV per share or who do not buy additional shares in the secondary market at the same or lower price we obtain in the offering (after expenses and commissions) face the greatest potential risks. All stockholders will experience an immediate decrease (often called dilution) in the NAV of the shares they hold. Stockholders who do not participate in the offering will also experience a disproportionately greater decrease in their participation in our earnings and assets and their voting power than stockholders who do participate in the offering. All stockholders may also experience a decline in the market price of their shares, which often reflects to some degree announced or potential decreases in NAV per share. This decrease could be more pronounced as the size of the offering and level of discount to NAV increases.

The following table illustrates the level of NAV dilution that would be experienced by a nonparticipating stockholder in different hypothetical offerings of different sizes and levels of discount from NAV per share. Actual sales prices and discounts may differ from the presentation below.

The examples assume that Company XYZ has 3,000,000 common shares outstanding, $40,000,000 in total assets and $10,000,000 in total liabilities. The current net asset value and NAV are thus $30,000,000 and $10.00, respectively. The table illustrates the dilutive effect on nonparticipating Stockholder A of (1) an offering of 300,000 shares (10% of the outstanding shares) with proceeds to the Company XYZ at $9.00 per share after offering expenses and commissions, and (2) an offering of 600,000 shares (20% of the outstanding shares) with proceeds to the Company at $0.001 per share after offering expenses and commissions (a 100% discount from net asset value).

 

     Prior to
Sale Below
NAV
    Example 1
10% Offering
at 10% Discount
    Example 2
20% Offering
at 100% Discount
 
       Following
Sale
    %
Change
    Following
Sale
    %
Change
 

Offering Price

          

Price per Share to Public (1)

     —        $ 9.47        —        $ 0.001        —     

Net Proceeds per Share to Issuer

     —        $ 9.00        —        $ 0.001        —     

Decrease to NAV

          

Total Shares Outstanding

     3,000,000        3,300,000        10.00     3,600,000        20.00

NAV per Share

   $ 10.00      $ 9.91        (0.90 )%    $ 8.33        (16.67 )% 

Share Dilution to Stockholder

          

Shares Held by Stockholder A

     30,000        30,000        —          30,000        —     

Percentage of Shares Held by Stockholder A

     1.00     0.91     (9.09 )%      0.83     (16.67 )% 

Total Asset Values

          

Total NAV Held by Stockholder A

   $ 300,000      $ 297,273        (0.90 )%    $ 250,005        (16.67 )% 

Total Investment by Stockholder A (Assumed to Be $10.00 per Share)

   $ 300,000      $ 300,000        —        $ 300,000        —     

Total Dilution to Stockholder A (Change in Total NAV Held By Stockholder)

     $ (2,727     —        $ (49,995     —     

Per Share Amounts

          

NAV per Share Held by Stockholder A

     —        $ 9.91        —        $ 8.33        —     

Investment per Share Held by Stockholder A (Assumed to be $10.00 per Share on Shares Held Prior to Sale)

   $ 10.00      $ 10.00        —        $ 10.00        —     

Dilution per Share Held by Stockholder A

     —        $ (0.09     —        $ (1.67     —     

Percentage Dilution per Share Held by Stockholder A

     —          —          (0.90 )%      —          (16.67 )% 

 

(1) Assumes 5% in selling compensation and expenses paid by Company XYZ.

 

173


Table of Contents

Impact on Existing Stockholders who do Participate in the Offering

Our existing stockholders who participate in an offering below NAV per share or who buy additional shares in the secondary market at the same or lower price as we obtain in the offering (after expenses and commissions) will experience the same types of NAV dilution as the nonparticipating stockholders, albeit at a lower level, to the extent they purchase less than the same percentage of the discounted offering as their interest in our shares immediately prior to the offering. The level of NAV dilution on an aggregate basis will decrease as the number of shares such stockholders purchase increases. Existing stockholders who buy more than their proportionate percentage will experience NAV dilution but will, in contrast to existing stockholders who purchase less than their proportionate share of the offering, experience an increase (often called accretion) in NAV per share over their investment per share and will also experience a disproportionately greater increase in their participation in our earnings and assets and their voting power than our increase in assets, potential earning power and voting interests due to the offering. The level of accretion will increase as the excess number of shares purchased by such stockholder increases. Even a stockholder who over-participates will, however, be subject to the risk that we may make additional discounted offerings in which such stockholder does not participate, in which case such a stockholder will experience NAV dilution as described above in such subsequent offerings. These stockholders may also experience a decline in the market price of their shares, which often reflects to some degree announced or potential decreases in NAV per share. This decrease could be more pronounced as the size of the offering and the level of discount to NAV increases.

The following chart illustrates the level of dilution and accretion in the hypothetical 20% discount offering from the prior chart (Example 3) for a stockholder that acquires shares equal to (1) 50% of its proportionate share of the offering (i.e., 3,000 shares, which is 0.5% of an offering of 600,000 shares rather than its 1.0% proportionate share) and (2) 150% of such percentage (i.e., 9,000 shares, which is 1.5% of an offering of 600,000 shares rather than its 1.0% proportionate share). The prospectus supplement pursuant to which any discounted offering is made will include a chart for this example based on the actual number of shares in such offering and the actual discount from the most recently determined NAV per share.

 

     Prior to
Sale Below
NAV
    50%
Participation
    150%
Participation
 
     Following
Sale
    %
Change
    Following
Sale
    %
Change
 

Offering Price

          

Price per Share to Public (1)

     —        $ 8.42        —        $ 8.42        —     

Net Proceeds per Share to Issuer

     —        $ 8.00        —        $ 8.00        —     

Increase in Shares and Decrease to NAV

          

Total Shares Outstanding

     3,000,000        3,600,000        20.00     3,600,000        20.00

NAV per Share

   $ 10.00      $ 9.67        (3.33 )%    $ 9.67        (3.33 )% 

Dilution/Accretion to Participating Stockholder A

          

Share Dilution/Accretion

          

Shares Held by Stockholder A

     30,000        33,000        10.00     39,000        30.00

Percentage Outstanding Held by Stockholder A

     1.00     0.92     (8.33 )%      1.08     8.33

NAV Dilution/Accretion

          

Total NAV Held by Stockholder A

   $ 300,000      $ 319,110        6.33   $ 377,130        25.67

Total Investment by Stockholder A (Assumed to be $10.00 per Share on Shares Held Prior to Sale)

     —        $ 325,260        —        $ 375,780        —     

Total Dilution/Accretion to Stockholder A (Total NAV Less Total Investment)

     —        $ (6,150     —        $ 1,350        —     

NAV Dilution/Accretion per Share

          

NAV per Share Held by Stockholder A

     —        $ 9.67        —        $ 9.67        —     

Investment per Share Held by Stockholder A (Assumed to be $10.00 per Share on Shares Held Prior to Sale)

   $ 10.00      $ 9.86        (1.44 )%    $ 9.64        (3.65 )% 

NAV Dilution/Accretion per Share Experienced by Stockholder A (NAV per Share Less Investment per Share)

     —        $ (0.19     —        $ 0.03        —     

Percentage NAV Dilution/Accretion Experienced by Stockholder A (NAV Dilution/Accretion per Share Divided by Investment per Share)

     —          —          (1.93 )%      —          0.31

 

(1) Assumes 5% in selling compensation and expenses paid by Company XYZ.

 

174


Table of Contents

Impact on New Investors

Investors who are not currently stockholders, but who participate in an offering below NAV and whose investment per share is greater than the resulting NAV per share (due to selling compensation and expenses paid by us) will experience an immediate decrease, albeit small, in the NAV of their shares and their NAV per share compared to the price they pay for their shares. Investors who are not currently stockholders and who participate in an offering below NAV per share and whose investment per share is also less than the resulting NAV per share will experience an immediate increase in the NAV of their shares and their NAV per share compared to the price they pay for their shares. All these investors will experience a disproportionately greater participation in our earnings and assets and their voting power than our increase in assets, potential earning power and voting interests. These investors will, however, be subject to the risk that we may make additional discounted offerings in which such new stockholder does not participate, in which case such new stockholder will experience dilution as described above in such subsequent offerings. These investors may also experience a decline in the market price of their shares, which often reflects to some degree announced or potential decreases in NAV per share. This decrease could be more pronounced as the size of the offering and level of discount to NAV increases.

The following chart illustrates the level of dilution or accretion for new investors that would be experienced by a new investor in the same hypothetical 10% and 100% discounted offerings as described in the first chart above. The illustration is for a new investor who purchases the same percentage (1.00%) of the shares in the offering as Stockholder A in the prior examples held immediately prior to the offering. The prospectus supplement pursuant to which any discounted offering is made will include a chart for these examples based on the actual number of shares in such offering and the actual discount from the most recently determined NAV per share.

 

    Prior to
Sale Below

NAV
    Example 1
10% Offering
at 10% Discount
    Example 2
20% Offering
at 100% Discount
 
    Following
Sale
    %
Change
    Following
Sale
    %
Change
 

Offering Price

         

Price per Share to Public (1)

    —        $ 9.47        —        $ 0.001        —     

Net Proceeds per Share to Issuer

    —        $ 9.00        —        $ 0.001        —     

Increase in Shares and Decrease to NAV

         

Total Shares Outstanding

    3,000,000        3,300,000        10.00     3,600,000        20.00

NAV per Share

  $ 10.00      $ 9.91        (0.90 )%    $ 8.33        (16.67 )% 

Dilution/Accretion to New Investor A

         

Share Dilution

         

Shares Held by Investor A

    —          3,000        —          6,000        —     

Percentage Outstanding Held by Investor A

    0.00     0.09     —          0.17     —     

NAV Dilution

         

Total NAV Held by Investor A

    —        $ 29,730        —        $ 50,001        —     

Total Investment by Investor A (At Price to Public)

    —        $ 28,410        —        $ 6        —     

Total Dilution/Accretion to Investor A (Total NAV Less Total Investment)

    —        $ 1,320        —        $ 49,995        —     

NAV Dilution per Share

         

NAV per Share Held by Investor A

    $ 9.91        —        $ 8.33        —     

Investment per Share Held by Investor A

    —        $ 9.47        —        $ 0.001        —     

NAV Dilution/Accretion per Share Experienced by Investor A (NAV per Share Less Investment per Share)

    —        $ 0.44        —        $ 8.33        —     

Percentage NAV Dilution/Accretion Experienced by Investor A (NAV Dilution/Accretion per Share Divided by Investment per Share)

    —          —          4.65     —          99.99

 

(1) Assumes 5% in selling compensation and expenses paid by Company XYZ.

 

175


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

We have adopted a dividend reinvestment plan (the “DRP”), through which all dividend distributions are paid to our stockholders in the form of additional shares of our common stock, unless a stockholder elects to receive cash as provided below. In this way, a stockholder can maintain an undiluted investment in our common stock and still allow us to pay out the required distributable income.

No action is required on the part of a registered stockholder to receive a dividend distribution in shares of our common stock. A registered stockholder may elect to receive an entire dividend distribution in cash by notifying American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, the plan administrator and our transfer agent and registrar, so that such notice is received by the plan administrator no later than three days prior to the payment date for dividend distributions to stockholders. The plan administrator will set up an account for shares acquired through the DRP for each stockholder who has not elected to receive distributions in cash (each a “Participant”) and hold such shares in non-certificated form. Upon request by a Participant, received not less than three days prior to the payment date, the plan administrator will, instead of crediting shares to the Participant’s account, issue a certificate registered in the Participant’s name for the number of whole shares of our common stock and a check for any fractional share.

Those stockholders whose shares are held by a broker or other financial intermediary may receive distributions in cash by notifying their broker or other financial intermediary of their election.

We expect to use primarily newly-issued shares to implement the DRP, whether our shares are trading at a premium or at a discount to net asset value, although we have the option under the DRP to purchase shares in the market to fulfill DRP requirements. The number of shares to be issued to a stockholder is determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the dividend distribution payable to such stockholder by the market price per share of our common stock at the close of regular trading on the Nasdaq Global Market on the valuation date for such dividend distribution. Market price per share on that date will be the closing price for such shares on the Nasdaq Global Select Market or, if no sale is reported for such day, at the average of their electronically-reported bid and asked prices. The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after giving effect to payment of the distribution cannot be established until the value per share at which additional shares will be issued has been determined and elections of our stockholders have been tabulated.

There is no charge to our stockholders for receiving their dividend distributions in the form of additional shares of our common stock. The plan administrator’s fees for handling dividend distributions in stock are paid by us. There are no brokerage charges with respect to shares we have issued directly as a result of dividend distributions payable in stock. If a Participant elects by internet or by written or telephonic notice to the plan administrator to have the plan administrator sell part or all of the shares held by the plan administrator in the Participant’s account and remit the proceeds to the Participant, the plan administrator is authorized to deduct a $15.00 transaction fee plus brokerage commissions from the proceeds.

Any shares issued in connection with a stock split or stock dividend will be added to a Participant’s account with the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator may curtail or suspend transaction processing until the completion of such stock split or payment of such stock dividend.

Stockholders who receive dividend distributions in the form of stock generally are subject to the same federal, state and local tax consequences as are stockholders who elect to receive their dividend distributions in cash. A stockholder’s basis for determining gain or loss upon the sale of stock received in a dividend distribution from us will be equal to the total dollar amount of the dividend distribution payable to the stockholder.

The DRP may be terminated by us upon notice in writing mailed to each Participant at least 30 days prior to any record date for the payment of any dividend distribution by us. All correspondence concerning the DRP, including requests for additional information, should be directed to the plan administrator by mail at American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, Attn: Dividend Reinvestment Department, P.O. Box 922, Wall Street Station, New York, NY 10269-0560 or by phone at 1-866-669-9888.

 

176


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following description is based on relevant portions of the Maryland General Corporation Law and on our charter and bylaws. This summary may not contain all of the information that is important to you, and we refer you to the Maryland General Corporation Law and our charter and bylaws for a more detailed description of the provisions summarized below.

Under the terms of our charter, our authorized capital stock consists of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of which 48,905,082 shares are outstanding as of February 7, 2012. Under our charter, our Board of Directors is authorized to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of stock into other classes or series of stock, and to cause the issuance of such shares, without obtaining stockholder approval. In addition, as permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law, but subject to the 1940 Act, our charter provides that the Board of Directors, without any action by our stockholders, may amend the charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have authority to issue. Under Maryland law, our stockholders generally are not personally liable for our debts or obligations.

Common Stock

All shares of our common stock have equal rights as to earnings, assets, dividends and voting privileges, except as described below and, when they are issued, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

Distributions may be paid to the holders of our common stock if, as and when authorized by our Board of Directors and declared by us out of assets legally available therefor. Shares of our common stock have no conversion, exchange, preemptive or redemption rights. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Hercules Technology Growth Capital each share of our common stock would be entitled to share ratably in all of our assets that are legally available for distribution after we pay all debts and other liabilities and subject to any preferential rights of holders of our preferred stock, if any preferred stock is outstanding at such time. Each share of our common stock is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors. Except as provided with respect to any other class or series of stock, the holders of our common stock will possess exclusive voting power. There is no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which means that holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock will elect all of our directors, and holders of less than a majority of such shares will be unable to elect any director.

 

Title of Class

   Amount
Authorized
     Amount Held
by Company
for its Account
     Amount
Outstanding
 

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

     100,000,000         —           48,905,082   

Preferred Stock

Our charter authorizes our Board of Directors to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of stock into other classes or series of stock, including preferred stock. Prior to issuance of shares of each class or series, the Board of Directors is required by Maryland law and by our charter to set the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for each class or series. Thus, the Board of Directors could authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock with terms and conditions which could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or otherwise be in their best interest. You should note, however, that any issuance of preferred stock must comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act requires, among other things, that (1) immediately after issuance and before any dividend or other distribution is made with respect to our common stock and before

 

177


Table of Contents

any purchase of common stock is made, such preferred stock together with all other senior securities must not exceed an amount equal to 50% of our total assets after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price, as the case may be, and (2) the holders of shares of preferred stock, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if dividends on such preferred stock are in arrears by two years or more. Certain matters under the 1940 Act require the separate vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred stock. We believe that the availability for issuance of preferred stock will provide us with increased flexibility in structuring future financings and acquisitions.

Limitation on Liability of Directors and Officers; Indemnification and Advance of Expenses

Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment as being material to the cause of action. Our charter contains such a provision which eliminates directors’ and officers’ liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act.

Our charter authorizes us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while a director or officer and at our request, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee, from and against any claim or liability to which such person may become subject or which such person may incur by reason of his or her service in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which such person shall have been finally adjudicated in any proceeding not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that their action was in our best interest or to be liable to us or our stockholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office. Our charter also provides that, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, with the approval of our Board of Directors and provided that certain conditions described in our charter are met, we may pay certain expenses incurred by any such indemnified person in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such indemnified person to repay amounts we have so paid if it is ultimately determined that indemnification of such expenses is not authorized under our charter. Our bylaws obligate us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while a director or officer and at our request, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee and who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in any such capacity from and against any claim or liability to which that person may become subject or which that person may incur by reason of his or her service in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which such person shall have been finally adjudicated in any proceeding not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that their action was in our best interest or to be liable to us or our stockholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office. Our bylaws also provide that, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, with the approval of our Board of Directors and provided that certain conditions described in our bylaws are met, we may pay certain expenses incurred by any such indemnified person in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such indemnified person to repay amounts we have so paid if it is ultimately determined that indemnification of such expenses is not authorized under our bylaws.

Maryland law requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. Maryland law permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments,

 

178


Table of Contents

penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith or (2) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. However, under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that a personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification, and then only for expenses. In addition, Maryland law permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation’s receipt of (a) a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation and (b) a written undertaking by him or her or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.

We currently have in effect a directors’ and officers’ insurance policy covering our directors and officers and us for any acts and omissions committed, attempted or allegedly committed by any director or officer during the policy period. The policy is subject to customary exclusions.

Provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law and Our Charter and Bylaws

The Maryland General Corporation Law and our charter and bylaws contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a potential acquiror to acquire us by means of a tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. These provisions are expected to discourage certain coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our Board of Directors. We believe that the benefits of these provisions outweigh the potential disadvantages of discouraging any such acquisition proposals because, among other things, the negotiation of such proposals may improve their terms.

Classified Board of Directors

Our Board of Directors is divided into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms. The terms of the first, second and third classes will expire in 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Upon expiration of their current terms, directors of each class are eligible to serve for three-year terms or until their successors are duly elected and qualify. Each year one class of directors will be elected by the stockholders. A classified board may render a change in control or removal of our incumbent management more difficult. We believe, however, that the longer time required to elect a majority of a classified Board of Directors will help to ensure the continuity and stability of our management and policies.

Election of Directors

Our charter provides that, except as otherwise provided in the bylaws, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote in the election of directors will be required to elect each director. Our bylaws currently provide that directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast in the election of directors. Pursuant to our charter and bylaws, our Board of Directors may amend the bylaws to alter the vote required to elect directors.

Number of Directors; Vacancies; Removal

Our charter provides that the number of directors will be set only by the Board of Directors in accordance with our bylaws. Our bylaws provide that a majority of our entire Board of Directors may at any time increase or decrease the number of directors. However, unless the bylaws are amended, the number of directors may never

 

179


Table of Contents

be less than one nor more than 12. We have elected to be subject to the provision of Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the Maryland General Corporation Law regarding the filling of vacancies on the Board of Directors. Accordingly, at such time, except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of any class or series of preferred stock, any and all vacancies on the Board of Directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies, subject to any applicable requirements of the 1940 Act.

Our charter provides that a director may be removed only for cause, as defined in the charter, and then only by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors.

Action by Stockholders

Under the Maryland General Corporation Law, stockholder action may be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders or by unanimous consent in lieu of a meeting (unless the charter provides for stockholder action by less than unanimous written consent, which our charter does not). These provisions, combined with the requirements of our bylaws regarding the calling of a stockholder-requested special meeting of stockholders discussed below, may have the effect of delaying consideration of a stockholder proposal until the next annual meeting.

Advance Notice Provisions for Stockholder Nominations and Stockholder Proposals

Our bylaws provide that with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of business to be considered by stockholders may be made only (1) pursuant to our notice of the meeting, (2) by the Board of Directors or (3) by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice procedures of the bylaws. With respect to special meetings of stockholders, only the business specified in our notice of the meeting may be brought before the meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors at a special meeting may be made only (1) pursuant to our notice of the meeting, (2) by the Board of Directors or (3) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that directors will be elected at the meeting, by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice provisions of the bylaws.

The purpose of requiring stockholders to give us advance notice of nominations and other business is to afford our Board of Directors a meaningful opportunity to consider the qualifications of the proposed nominees and the advisability of any other proposed business and, to the extent deemed necessary or desirable by our Board of Directors, to inform stockholders and make recommendations about such qualifications or business, as well as to provide a more orderly procedure for conducting meetings of stockholders. Although our bylaws do not give our Board of Directors any power to disapprove stockholder nominations for the election of directors or proposals recommending certain action, they may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of directors or the consideration of stockholder proposals if proper procedures are not followed and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or to approve its own proposal without regard to whether consideration of such nominees or proposals might be harmful or beneficial to us and our stockholders.

Calling of Special Meeting of Stockholders

Our bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called by our Board of Directors and certain of our officers. Additionally, our bylaws provide that, subject to the satisfaction of certain procedural and informational requirements by the stockholders requesting the meeting, a special meeting of stockholders shall be called by our secretary upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting.

 

180


Table of Contents

Approval of Extraordinary Corporate Action; Amendment of Charter and Bylaws

Under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation generally cannot dissolve, amend its charter, merge, sell all or substantially all of its assets, engage in a share exchange or engage in similar transactions outside the ordinary course of business, unless approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. However, a Maryland corporation may provide in its charter for approval of these matters by a lesser percentage, but not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Our charter generally provides for approval of charter amendments and extraordinary transactions by the stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Our charter also provides that certain charter amendments and any proposal for our conversion, whether by merger or otherwise, from a closed-end company to an open-end company or any proposal for our liquidation or dissolution requires the approval of the stockholders entitled to cast at least 75% of the votes entitled to be cast on such matter. However, if such amendment or proposal is approved by at least 75% of our continuing directors (in addition to approval by our Board of Directors), such amendment or proposal may be approved by the stockholders entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on such a matter. The “continuing directors” are defined in our charter as our current directors, as well as those directors whose nomination for election by the stockholders or whose election by the directors to fill vacancies is approved by a majority of the continuing directors then on the Board of Directors.

Our charter and bylaws provide that the Board of Directors will have the exclusive power to make, alter, amend or repeal any provision of our bylaws.

No Appraisal Rights

Except with respect to appraisal rights arising in connection with the Control Share Act discussed below, as permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law, our charter provides that stockholders will not be entitled to exercise appraisal rights.

Control Share Acquisitions

The Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act (the “Control Share Act”) provides that control shares of a Maryland corporation acquired in a control share acquisition have no voting rights except to the extent approved by a vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Shares owned by the acquiror, by officers or by directors who are employees of the corporation are excluded from shares entitled to vote on the matter. Control shares are voting shares of stock which, if aggregated with all other shares of stock owned by the acquiror or in respect of which the acquiror is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquiror to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges of voting power:

 

   

one-tenth or more but less than one-third;

 

   

one-third or more but less than a majority; or

 

   

a majority or more of all voting power.

The requisite stockholder approval must be obtained each time an acquiror crosses one of the thresholds of voting power set forth above. Control shares do not include shares the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained stockholder approval. A control share acquisition means the acquisition of control shares, subject to certain exceptions.

A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition may compel the Board of Directors of the corporation to call a special meeting of stockholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the shares. The right to compel the calling of a special meeting is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including an undertaking to pay the expenses of the meeting. If no request for a meeting is made, the corporation may itself present the question at any stockholders meeting.

 

181


Table of Contents

If voting rights are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver an acquiring person statement as required by the statute, then the corporation may repurchase for fair value any or all of the control shares, except those for which voting rights have previously been approved. The right of the corporation to repurchase control shares is subject to certain conditions and limitations. Fair value is determined, without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of the last control share acquisition by the acquiror or of any meeting of stockholders at which the voting rights of the shares are considered and not approved. If voting rights for control shares are approved at a stockholders meeting and the acquiror becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other stockholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes of appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquiror in the control share acquisition.

The Control Share Act does not apply (a) to shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or share exchange if the corporation is a party to the transaction or (b) to acquisitions approved or exempted by the charter or bylaws of the corporation.

Our bylaws contain a provision exempting from the Control Share Act any and all acquisitions by any person of our shares of stock.

Business Combinations

Under the Maryland Business Combination Act (the “Business Combination Act”), “business combinations” between a Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. An interested stockholder is defined as:

 

   

any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation’s shares; or

 

   

an affiliate or associate of the corporation who, at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

A person is not an interested stockholder under this statute if the Board of Directors approved in advance the transaction by which such stockholder otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. However, in approving a transaction, the Board of Directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board.

After the 5-year prohibition, any business combination between the Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the Board of Directors of the corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least:

 

   

80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation; and

 

   

two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder.

These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if the corporation’s common stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.

The statute permits various exemptions from its provisions, including business combinations that are exempted by the Board of Directors before the time that the interested stockholder becomes an interested

 

182


Table of Contents

stockholder. Our Board of Directors has adopted a resolution exempting any business combination between us and any other person from the provisions of the Business Combination Act, provided that the business combination is first approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the directors who are not interested persons as defined in the 1940 Act.

Conflict with 1940 Act

Our bylaws provide that, if and to the extent that any provision of the Maryland General Corporation Law, or any provision of our charter or bylaws conflicts with any provision of the 1940 Act, the applicable provision of the 1940 Act will control.

Regulatory Restrictions

Our wholly-owned subsidiaries, HT II and HT III, have obtained SBIC licenses. The SBA prohibits, without prior SBA approval, a “change of control” or transfers which would result in any person (or group of persons acting in concert) owning 10% or more of any class of capital stock of a SBIC. A “change of control” is any event which would result in a transfer of the power, direct or indirect, to direct the management and policies of a SBIC, whether through ownership, contractual arrangements or otherwise.

 

183


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OUR PREFERRED STOCK

In addition to shares of common stock, our charter authorizes the issuance of preferred stock. We may issue preferred stock from time to time in one or more classes or series, without stockholder approval. If we offer preferred stock under this prospectus we will issue an appropriate prospectus supplement. Prior to issuance of shares of each class or series, our board of directors is required by Maryland law and by our charter to set the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for each class or series. Thus, the board of directors could authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock with terms and conditions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or otherwise be in their best interest. You should note, however, that any such an issuance must adhere to the requirements of the 1940 Act, Maryland law and any other limitations imposed by law.

The following is a general description of the terms of the preferred stock we may issue from time to time. Particular terms of any preferred stock we offer will be described in the prospectus supplement accompanying each preferred share offering.

The 1940 Act requires, among other things, that (i) immediately after issuance and before any dividend or other distribution is made with respect to our common stock and before any purchase of common stock is made, such preferred stock together with all other senior securities must not exceed an amount equal to 50% of our total assets after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price, as the case may be, (ii) the holders of shares of preferred stock, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if dividends or other distribution on the preferred stock are in arrears by two years or more, and (iii) such shares be cumulative as to dividends and have a complete preference over our common stock to payment of their liquidation in event of dissolution. Some matters under the 1940 Act require the separate vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred stock. For example, holders of preferred stock would vote separately from the holders of common stock on a proposal to cease operations as a business development company. We believe that the availability for issuance of preferred stock will provide us with increased flexibility in structuring future financings and acquisitions.

For any series of preferred stock that we may issue, our board of directors will determine and the articles supplementary and the prospectus supplement relating to such series will describe:

 

   

the designation and number of shares of such series;

 

   

the rate and time at which, and the preferences and conditions under which, any dividends or other distributions will be paid on shares of such series, as well as whether such dividends or other distributions are participating or non-participating;

 

   

any provisions relating to convertibility or exchangeability of the shares of such series, including adjustments to the conversion price of such series;

 

   

the rights and preferences, if any, of holders of shares of such series upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs;

 

   

the voting powers, if any, of the holders of shares of such series;

 

   

any provisions relating to the redemption of the shares of such series;

 

   

any limitations on our ability to pay dividends or make distributions on, or acquire or redeem, other securities while shares of such series are outstanding;

 

   

any conditions or restrictions on our ability to issue additional shares of such series or other securities;

 

   

if applicable, a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations; and

 

   

any other relative powers, preferences and participating, optional or special rights of shares of such series, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.

 

184


Table of Contents

All shares of preferred stock that we may issue will be identical and of equal rank except as to the particular terms thereof that may be fixed by our board of directors, and all shares of each series of preferred stock will be identical and of equal rank except as to the dates from which dividends or other distributions, if any, thereon will be cumulative. To the extent we issue preferred stock, the payment of dividends to holders of our preferred stock will take priority over payment of dividends to our common stockholders.

 

185


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OUR SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS

The following is a general description of the terms of the subscription rights we may issue from time to time. Particular terms of any subscription rights we offer will be described in the prospectus supplement relating to such subscription rights.

We may issue subscription rights to our stockholders to purchase common stock. Subscription rights may be issued independently or together with any other offered security and may or may not be transferable by the person purchasing or receiving the subscription rights. In connection with a subscription rights offering to our stockholders, we would distribute certificates evidencing the subscription rights and a prospectus supplement to our stockholders on the record date that we set for receiving subscription rights in such subscription rights offering.

Our stockholders will indirectly bear all of the expenses of the subscription rights offering, regardless of whether our stockholders exercise any subscription rights.

A prospectus supplement will describe the particular terms of any subscription rights we may issue, including the following:

 

   

the period of time the offering would remain open (which shall be open a minimum number of days such that all record holders would be eligible to participate in the offering and shall not be open longer than 120 days);

 

   

the title and aggregate number of such subscription rights;

 

   

the exercise price for such subscription rights (or method of calculation thereof);

 

   

the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which the price of such subscription rights may be payable;

 

   

if applicable, the designation and terms of the securities with which the subscription rights are issued and the number of subscription rights issued with each such security or each principal amount of such security;

 

   

the ratio of the offering (which, in the case of transferable rights, will require a minimum of three shares to be held of record before a person is entitled to purchase an additional share);

 

   

the number of such subscription rights issued to each stockholder;

 

   

the extent to which such subscription rights are transferable and the market on which they may be traded if they are transferable;

 

   

the date on which the right to exercise such subscription rights shall commence, and the date on which such right shall expire (subject to any extension);

 

   

if applicable, the minimum or maximum number of subscription rights that may be exercised at one time;

 

   

the extent to which such subscription rights include an over-subscription privilege with respect to unsubscribed securities and the terms of such over-subscription privilege;

 

   

any termination right we may have in connection with such subscription rights offering;

 

   

the terms of any rights to redeem, or call such subscription rights;

 

   

information with respect to book-entry procedures, if any;

 

186


Table of Contents
   

the terms of the securities issuable upon exercise of the subscription rights;

 

   

the material terms of any standby underwriting, backstop or other purchase arrangement that we may enter into in connection with the subscription rights offering;

 

   

if applicable, a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to the issuance or exercise of such subscription rights; and

 

   

any other terms of such subscription rights, including exercise, settlement and other procedures and limitations relating to the transfer and exercise of such subscription rights.

Each subscription right will entitle the holder of the subscription right to purchase for cash or other consideration such amount of shares of common stock at such subscription price as shall in each case be set forth in, or be determinable as set forth in, the prospectus supplement relating to the subscription rights offered thereby. Subscription rights may be exercised as set forth in the prospectus supplement beginning on the date specified therein and continuing until the close of business on the expiration date for such subscription rights set forth in the prospectus supplement. After the close of business on the expiration date, all unexercised subscription rights will become void.

Upon receipt of payment and the subscription rights certificate properly completed and duly executed at the corporate trust office of the subscription rights agent or any other office indicated in the prospectus supplement we will forward, as soon as practicable, the shares of common stock purchasable upon such exercise. If less than all of the rights represented by such subscription rights certificate are exercised, a new subscription certificate will be issued for the remaining rights. Prior to exercising their subscription rights, holders of subscription rights will not have any of the rights of holders of the securities purchasable upon such exercise. To the extent permissible under applicable law, we may determine to offer any unsubscribed offered securities directly to persons other than stockholders, to or through agents, underwriters or dealers or through a combination of such methods, as set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement.

Under the 1940 Act, we may generally only offer subscription rights (other than rights to subscribe expiring not later than 120 days after their issuance and issued exclusively and ratably to a class or classes of our security holders) on the condition that (1) the subscription rights expire by their terms within ten years; (2) the exercise price is not less than the current market value at the date of issuance; (3) our stockholders authorize the proposal to issue such subscription rights, and a “required” majority of our Board of Directors approves of such issuance on the basis that the issuance is in the best interests of the Company and our stockholders; and (4) if the subscription rights are accompanied by other securities, the subscription rights are not separately transferable unless no class of such subscription rights and the securities accompanying them has been publicly distributed. A “required” majority of our Board of Directors is a vote of both a majority of our directors who have no financial interest in the transaction and a majority of the directors who are not interested persons of the company. The 1940 Act also provides that the amount of our voting securities that would result from the exercise of all outstanding warrants, options and subscription rights at the time of issuance may not exceed 25% of our outstanding voting securities.

For information regarding the dilutive impact of rights offerings, please see “Risks—Risks Related to an Investment in our Securities—” Your interest in us may be diluted if you do not fully exercise your subscription rights in any rights offering. In addition, if the subscription price is less than our net asset value per share, then you will experience an immediate dilution of the aggregate net asset value of your shares.”

 

187


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF WARRANTS

The following is a general description of the terms of the warrants we may issue from time to time. Particular terms of any warrants we offer will be described in the prospectus supplement relating to such warrants and will be subject to compliance with the 1940 Act.

We may issue warrants to purchase shares of our common stock, preferred stock or debt securities. Such warrants may be issued independently or together with shares of common stock, preferred stock or debt securities and may be attached or separate from such securities. We will issue each series of warrants under a separate warrant agreement to be entered into between us and a warrant agent. The warrant agent will act solely as our agent and will not assume any obligation or relationship of agency for or with holders or beneficial owners of warrants.

A prospectus supplement will describe the particular terms of any series of warrants we may issue, including the following:

 

   

the title and aggregate number of such warrants;

 

   

the price or prices at which such warrants will be issued;

 

   

the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which the price of such warrants may be payable;

 

   

if applicable, the designation and terms of the securities with which the warrants are issued and the number of warrants issued with each such security or each principal amount of such security;

 

   

in the case of warrants to purchase debt securities, the principal amount of debt securities purchasable upon exercise of one warrant and the price at which and the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which this principal amount of debt securities may be purchased upon such exercise;

 

   

in the case of warrants to purchase common stock or preferred stock, the number of shares of common stock or preferred stock, as the case may be, purchasable upon exercise of one warrant and the price at which and the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which these shares may be purchased upon such exercise;

 

   

the date on which the right to exercise such warrants shall commence and the date on which such right will expire (subject to any extension);

 

   

whether such warrants will be issued in registered form or bearer form;

 

   

if applicable, the minimum or maximum amount of such warrants that may be exercised at any one time;

 

   

if applicable, the date on and after which such warrants and the related securities will be separately transferable;

 

   

the terms of any rights to redeem, or call such warrants;

 

   

information with respect to book-entry procedures, if any;

 

   

the terms of the securities issuable upon exercise of the warrants;

 

   

if applicable, a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations; and

 

   

any other terms of such warrants, including terms, procedures and limitations relating to the exchange and exercise of such warrants.

We and the warrant agent may amend or supplement the warrant agreement for a series of warrants without the consent of the holders of the warrants issued thereunder to effect changes that are not inconsistent with the provisions of the warrants and that do not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of the warrants.

 

188


Table of Contents

Each warrant will entitle the holder to purchase for cash such common stock or preferred stock at the exercise price or such principal amount of debt securities as shall in each case be set forth in, or be determinable as set forth in, the prospectus supplement relating to the warrants offered thereby. Warrants may be exercised as set forth in the prospectus supplement beginning on the date specified therein and continuing until the close of business on the expiration date set forth in the prospectus supplement. After the close of business on the expiration date, unexercised warrants will become void.

Upon receipt of payment and a warrant certificate properly completed and duly executed at the corporate trust office of the warrant agent or any other office indicated in the prospectus supplement, we will, as soon as practicable, forward the securities purchasable upon such exercise. If less than all of the warrants represented by such warrant certificate are exercised, a new warrant certificate will be issued for the remaining warrants. If we so indicate in the applicable prospectus supplement, holders of the warrants may surrender securities as all or part of the exercise price for warrants.

Prior to exercising their warrants, holders of warrants will not have any of the rights of holders of the securities purchasable upon such exercise, including, in the case of warrants to purchase debt securities, the right to receive principal, premium, if any, or interest payments, on the debt securities purchasable upon exercise or to enforce covenants in the applicable indenture or, in the case of warrants to purchase common stock or preferred stock, the right to receive dividends or other distributions, if any, or payments upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up or to exercise any voting rights.

Under the 1940 Act, we may generally only offer warrants provided that (i) the warrants expire by their terms within ten years, (ii) the exercise or conversion price is not less than the current market value at the date of issuance, (iii) our stockholders authorize the proposal to issue such warrants, and our board of directors approves such issuance on the basis that the issuance is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders and (iv) if the warrants are accompanied by other securities, the warrants are not separately transferable unless no class of such warrants and the securities accompanying them has been publicly distributed. The 1940 Act also provides that the amount of our voting securities that would result from the exercise of all outstanding warrants, as well as options and rights, at the time of issuance may not exceed 25% of our outstanding voting securities.

 

189


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OUR DEBT SECURITIES

We may issue debt securities in one or more series. The specific terms of each series of debt securities will be described in this prospectus and in the particular prospectus supplement relating to that series. The prospectus supplement may or may not modify the general terms found in this prospectus and will be filed with the SEC. For a complete description of the terms of a particular series of debt securities, including any supplemental indenture, you should read both this prospectus and the prospectus supplement relating to that particular series.

As required by federal law for all bonds and notes of companies that are publicly offered, the debt securities are governed by a document called an “indenture.” An indenture is a contract between us and U.S. Bank National Association, a financial institution acting as trustee on your behalf, and is subject to and governed by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. The trustee has two main roles. First, the trustee can enforce your rights against us if we default. There are some limitations on the extent to which the trustee acts on your behalf, described in the second paragraph under “Events of Default—Remedies if an Event of Default Occurs.” Second, the trustee performs certain administrative duties for us.

Because this section is a summary, it does not describe every aspect of the debt securities and the indenture. The following description summarizes the material provisions of the indenture. We urge you to read the indenture because it, and not this description, defines your rights as a holder of debt securities. For example, in this section, we use capitalized words to signify terms that are specifically defined in the indenture. We have filed the form of the indenture with the SEC. See “Available Information” for information on how to obtain a copy of the indenture.

A prospectus supplement, which will accompany this prospectus, will describe the particular terms of any series of debt securities being offered, including the following:

 

   

the designation or title of the series of debt securities;

 

   

the total principal amount of the series of debt securities;

 

   

the percentage of the principal amount at which the series of debt securities will be offered;

 

   

the date or dates on which principal will be payable;

 

   

the rate or rates (which may be either fixed or variable) and/or the method of determining such rate or rates of interest, if any;

 

   

the date or dates from which any interest will accrue, or the method of determining such date or dates, and the date or dates on which any interest will be payable;

 

   

the terms for redemption, extension or early repayment, if any;

 

   

the currencies in which the series of debt securities are issued and payable;

 

   

whether the amount of payments of principal, premium or interest, if any, on a series of debt securities will be determined with reference to an index, formula or other method (which could be based on one or more currencies, commodities, equity indices or other indices) and how these amounts will be determined;

 

   

the place or places, if any, other than or in addition to the City of New York, of payment, transfer, conversion and/or exchange of the debt securities;

 

   

the denominations in which the offered debt securities will be issued;

 

   

the provision for any sinking fund;

 

   

any restrictive covenants;

 

190


Table of Contents
   

any Events of Default;

 

   

whether the series of debt securities are issuable in certificated form;

 

   

any provisions for defeasance or covenant defeasance;

 

   

if applicable, U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to original issue discount;

 

   

whether and under what circumstances we will pay additional amounts in respect of any tax, assessment or governmental charge and, if so, whether we will have the option to redeem the debt securities rather than pay the additional amounts (and the terms of this option);

 

   

any provisions for convertibility or exchangeability of the debt securities into or for any other securities;

 

   

whether the debt securities are subject to subordination and the terms of such subordination;

 

   

the listing, if any, on a securities exchange; and

 

   

any other terms.

The debt securities may be secured or unsecured obligations. Unless the prospectus supplement states otherwise, principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, will be paid by us in immediately available funds.

We are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 200% immediately after each such issuance. In addition, while any indebtedness and other senior securities remain outstanding, we must make provisions to prohibit any distribution to our stockholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. We may also borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes without regard to asset coverage. For a discussion of the risks associated with leverage, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business.”

General

The indenture provides that any debt securities proposed to be sold under this prospectus and the attached prospectus supplement (“offered debt securities”) and any debt securities issuable upon the exercise of warrants or upon conversion or exchange of other offered securities (“underlying debt securities”), may be issued under the indenture in one or more series.

For purposes of this prospectus, any reference to the payment of principal of or premium or interest, if any, on debt securities will include additional amounts if required by the terms of the debt securities.

The indenture does not limit the amount of debt securities that may be issued thereunder from time to time. Debt securities issued under the indenture, when a single trustee is acting for all debt securities issued under the indenture, are called the “indenture securities.” The indenture also provides that there may be more than one trustee thereunder, each with respect to one or more different series of indenture securities. See “Resignation of Trustee” section below. At a time when two or more trustees are acting under the indenture, each with respect to only certain series, the term “indenture securities” means the one or more series of debt securities with respect to which each respective trustee is acting. In the event that there is more than one trustee under the indenture, the powers and trust obligations of each trustee described in this prospectus will extend only to the one or more series of indenture securities for which it is trustee. If two or more trustees are acting under the indenture, then the indenture securities for which each trustee is acting would be treated as if issued under separate indentures.

We refer you to the prospectus supplement for information with respect to any deletions from, modifications of or additions to the Events of Default or our covenants that are described below, including any addition of a covenant or other provision providing event risk or similar protection.

 

191


Table of Contents

We have the ability to issue indenture securities with terms different from those of indenture securities previously issued and, without the consent of the holders thereof, to reopen a previous issue of a series of indenture securities and issue additional indenture securities of that series unless the reopening was restricted when that series was created.

Conversion and Exchange

If any debt securities are convertible into or exchangeable for other securities, the prospectus supplement will explain the terms and conditions of the conversion or exchange, including the conversion price or exchange ratio (or the calculation method), the conversion or exchange period (or how the period will be determined), if conversion or exchange will be mandatory or at the option of the holder or us, provisions for adjusting the conversion price or the exchange ratio and provisions affecting conversion or exchange in the event of the redemption of the underlying debt securities. These terms may also include provisions under which the number or amount of other securities to be received by the holders of the debt securities upon conversion or exchange would be calculated according to the market price of the other securities as of a time stated in the prospectus supplement.

Issuance of Securities in Registered Form

We may issue the debt securities in registered form, in which case we may issue them either in book-entry form only or in “certificated” form. Debt securities issued in book-entry form will be represented by global securities. We expect that we will usually issue debt securities in book-entry only form represented by global securities.

Book-Entry Holders

We will issue registered debt securities in book-entry form only, unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement. This means debt securities will be represented by one or more global securities registered in the name of a depositary that will hold them on behalf of financial institutions that participate in the depositary’s book-entry system. These participating institutions, in turn, hold beneficial interests in the debt securities held by the depositary or its nominee. These institutions may hold these interests on behalf of themselves or customers.

Under the indenture, only the person in whose name a debt security is registered is recognized as the holder of that debt security. Consequently, for debt securities issued in book-entry form, we will recognize only the depositary as the holder of the debt securities and we will make all payments on the debt securities to the depositary. The depositary will then pass along the payments it receives to its participants, which in turn will pass the payments along to their customers who are the beneficial owners. The depositary and its participants do so under agreements they have made with one another or with their customers; they are not obligated to do so under the terms of the debt securities.

As a result, investors will not own debt securities directly. Instead, they will own beneficial interests in a global security, through a bank, broker or other financial institution that participates in the depositary’s book-entry system or holds an interest through a participant. As long as the debt securities are represented by one or more global securities, investors will be indirect holders, and not holders, of the debt securities.

Street Name Holders

In the future, we may issue debt securities in certificated form or terminate a global security. In these cases, investors may choose to hold their debt securities in their own names or in “street name.” Debt securities held in

 

192


Table of Contents

street name are registered in the name of a bank, broker or other financial institution chosen by the investor, and the investor would hold a beneficial interest in those debt securities through the account he or she maintains at that institution.

For debt securities held in street name, we will recognize only the intermediary banks, brokers and other financial institutions in whose names the debt securities are registered as the holders of those debt securities and we will make all payments on those debt securities to them. These institutions will pass along the payments they receive to their customers who are the beneficial owners, but only because they agree to do so in their customer agreements or because they are legally required to do so. Investors who hold debt securities in street name will be indirect holders, and not holders, of the debt securities.

Legal Holders

Our obligations, as well as the obligations of the applicable trustee and those of any third parties employed by us or the applicable trustee, run only to the legal holders of the debt securities. We do not have obligations to investors who hold beneficial interests in global securities, in street name or by any other indirect means. This will be the case whether an investor chooses to be an indirect holder of a debt security or has no choice because we are issuing the debt securities only in book-entry form.

For example, once we make a payment or give a notice to the holder, we have no further responsibility for the payment or notice even if that holder is required, under agreements with depositary participants or customers or by law, to pass it along to the indirect holders but does not do so. Similarly, if we want to obtain the approval of the holders for any purpose (for example, to amend an indenture or to relieve us of the consequences of a default or of our obligation to comply with a particular provision of an indenture), we would seek the approval only from the holders, and not the indirect holders, of the debt securities. Whether and how the holders contact the indirect holders is up to the holders.

When we refer to you, we mean those who invest in the debt securities being offered by this prospectus, whether they are the holders or only indirect holders of those debt securities. When we refer to your debt securities, we mean the debt securities in which you hold a direct or indirect interest.

Special Considerations for Indirect Holders

If you hold debt securities through a bank, broker or other financial institution, either in book-entry form or in street name, we urge you to check with that institution to find out:

 

   

how it handles securities payments and notices,

 

   

whether it imposes fees or charges,

 

   

how it would handle a request for the holders’ consent, if ever required,

 

   

whether and how you can instruct it to send you debt securities registered in your own name so you can be a holder, if that is permitted in the future for a particular series of debt securities,

 

   

how it would exercise rights under the debt securities if there were a default or other event triggering the need for holders to act to protect their interests, and

 

   

if the debt securities are in book-entry form, how the depositary’s rules and procedures will affect these matters.

Global Securities

As noted above, we usually will issue debt securities as registered securities in book-entry form only. A global security represents one or any other number of individual debt securities. Generally, all debt securities represented by the same global securities will have the same terms.

 

193


Table of Contents

Each debt security issued in book-entry form will be represented by a global security that we deposit with and register in the name of a financial institution or its nominee that we select. The financial institution that we select for this purpose is called the depositary. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, known as DTC, will be the depositary for all debt securities issued in book-entry form.

A global security may not be transferred to or registered in the name of anyone other than the depositary or its nominee, unless special termination situations arise. We describe those situations below under “Special Situations when a Global Security Will Be Terminated”. As a result of these arrangements, the depositary, or its nominee, will be the sole registered owner and holder of all debt securities represented by a global security, and investors will be permitted to own only beneficial interests in a global security. Beneficial interests must be held by means of an account with a broker, bank or other financial institution that in turn has an account with the depositary or with another institution that has an account with the depositary. Thus, an investor whose security is represented by a global security will not be a holder of the debt security, but only an indirect holder of a beneficial interest in the global security.

Special Considerations for Global Securities

As an indirect holder, an investor’s rights relating to a global security will be governed by the account rules of the investor’s financial institution and of the depositary, as well as general laws relating to securities transfers. The depositary that holds the global security will be considered the holder of the debt securities represented by the global security.

If debt securities are issued only in the form of a global security, an investor should be aware of the following:

 

   

An investor cannot cause the debt securities to be registered in his or her name, and cannot obtain certificates for his or her interest in the debt securities, except in the special situations we describe below.

 

   

An investor will be an indirect holder and must look to his or her own bank or broker for payments on the debt securities and protection of his or her legal rights relating to the debt securities, as we describe under “Issuance of Securities in Registered Form” above.

 

   

An investor may not be able to sell interests in the debt securities to some insurance companies and other institutions that are required by law to own their securities in non-book-entry form.

 

   

An investor may not be able to pledge his or her interest in a global security in circumstances where certificates representing the debt securities must be delivered to the lender or other beneficiary of the pledge in order for the pledge to be effective.

 

   

The depositary’s policies, which may change from time to time, will govern payments, transfers, exchanges and other matters relating to an investor’s interest in a global security. We and the trustee have no responsibility for any aspect of the depositary’s actions or for its records of ownership interests in a global security. We and the trustee also do not supervise the depositary in any way.

 

   

If we redeem less than all the debt securities of a particular series being redeemed, DTC’s practice is to determine by lot the amount to be redeemed from each of its participants holding that series.

 

   

An investor is required to give notice of exercise of any option to elect repayment of its debt securities, through its participant, to the applicable trustee and to deliver the related debt securities by causing its participant to transfer its interest in those debt securities, on DTC’s records, to the applicable trustee.

 

   

DTC requires that those who purchase and sell interests in a global security deposited in its book-entry system use immediately available funds. Your broker or bank may also require you to use immediately available funds when purchasing or selling interests in a global security.

 

194


Table of Contents
   

Financial institutions that participate in the depositary’s book-entry system, and through which an investor holds its interest in a global security, may also have their own policies affecting payments, notices and other matters relating to the debt securities. There may be more than one financial intermediary in the chain of ownership for an investor. We do not monitor and are not responsible for the actions of any of those intermediaries.

Special Situations when a Global Security will be Terminated

In a few special situations described below, a global security will be terminated and interests in it will be exchanged for certificates in non-book-entry form (certificated securities). After that exchange, the choice of whether to hold the certificated debt securities directly or in street name will be up to the investor. Investors must consult their own banks or brokers to find out how to have their interests in a global security transferred on termination to their own names, so that they will be holders. We have described the rights of legal holders and street name investors under “Issuance of Securities in Registered Form” above.

The prospectus supplement may list situations for terminating a global security that would apply only to the particular series of debt securities covered by the prospectus supplement. If a global security is terminated, only the depositary, and not we or the applicable trustee, is responsible for deciding the names of the institutions in whose names the debt securities represented by the global security will be registered and, therefore, who will be the holders of those debt securities.

Payment and Paying Agents

We will pay interest to the person listed in the applicable trustee’s records as the owner of the debt security at the close of business on a particular day in advance of each due date for interest, even if that person no longer owns the debt security on the interest due date. That day, often approximately two weeks in advance of the interest due date, is called the “record date.” Because we will pay all the interest for an interest period to the holders on the record date, holders buying and selling debt securities must work out between themselves the appropriate purchase price. The most common manner is to adjust the sales price of the debt securities to prorate interest fairly between buyer and seller based on their respective ownership periods within the particular interest period. This prorated interest amount is called “accrued interest.”

Payments on Global Securities

We will make payments on a global security in accordance with the applicable policies of the depositary as in effect from time to time. Under those policies, we will make payments directly to the depositary, or its nominee, and not to any indirect holders who own beneficial interests in the global security. An indirect holder’s right to those payments will be governed by the rules and practices of the depositary and its participants.

Payments on Certificated Securities

We will make payments on a certificated debt security as follows. We will pay interest that is due on an interest payment date by check mailed on the interest payment date to the holder at his or her address shown on the trustee’s records as of the close of business on the regular record date. We will make all payments of principal and premium, if any, by check at the office of the applicable trustee in New York, New York and/or at other offices that may be specified in the prospectus supplement or in a notice to holders against surrender of the debt security.

Alternatively, if the holder asks us to do so, we will pay any amount that becomes due on the debt security by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account at a bank in New York City, on the due date. To request payment by wire, the holder must give the applicable trustee or other paying agent appropriate transfer instructions at least 15 business days before the requested wire payment is due. In the case of any interest

 

195


Table of Contents

payment due on an interest payment date, the instructions must be given by the person who is the holder on the relevant regular record date. Any wire instructions, once properly given, will remain in effect unless and until new instructions are given in the manner described above.

Payment when Offices are Closed

If any payment is due on a debt security on a day that is not a business day, we will make the payment on the next day that is a business day. Payments made on the next business day in this situation will be treated under the indenture as if they were made on the original due date, except as otherwise indicated in the attached prospectus supplement. Such payment will not result in a default under any debt security or the indenture, and no interest will accrue on the payment amount from the original due date to the next day that is a business day.

Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how they will receive payments on their debt securities.

Events of Default

You will have rights if an Event of Default occurs in respect of the debt securities of your series and is not cured, as described later in this subsection.

The term “Event of Default” in respect of the debt securities of your series means any of the following (unless the prospectus supplement relating to such debt securities states otherwise):

 

   

we do not pay the principal of, or any premium on, a debt security of the series on its due date, and do not cure this default within five days;

 

   

we do not pay interest on a debt security of the series when due, and such default is not cured within 30 days;

 

   

we do not deposit any sinking fund payment in respect of debt securities of the series on its due date, and do not cure this default within five days;

 

   

we remain in breach of a covenant in respect of debt securities of the series for 60 days after we receive a written notice of default stating we are in breach. The notice must be sent by either the trustee or holders of at least 25% of the principal amount of debt securities of the series;

 

   

we file for bankruptcy or certain other events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization occur and remain undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days;

 

   

on the last business day of each of 24 consecutive calendar months, we have an asset coverage of less than 100%; and

 

   

any other Event of Default in respect of debt securities of the series described in the applicable prospectus supplement occurs.

An Event of Default for a particular series of debt securities does not necessarily constitute an Event of Default for any other series of debt securities issued under the same or any other indenture. The trustee may withhold notice to the holders of debt securities of any default, except in the payment of principal, premium or interest, if it considers the withholding of notice to be in the best interests of the holders.

Remedies if an Event of Default Occurs

If an Event of Default has occurred and has not been cured, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the debt securities of the affected series may declare the entire principal amount of all the debt securities of that series to be due and immediately payable. This is called a declaration of acceleration of maturity. In certain circumstances, a declaration of acceleration of maturity may be canceled by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the debt securities of the affected series.

 

196


Table of Contents

The trustee is not required to take any action under the indenture at the request of any holders unless the holders offer the trustee reasonable protection from expenses and liability (called an “indemnity”). If reasonable indemnity is provided, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of the relevant series may direct the time, method and place of conducting any lawsuit or other formal legal action seeking any remedy available to the trustee. The trustee may refuse to follow those directions in certain circumstances. No delay or omission in exercising any right or remedy will be treated as a waiver of that right, remedy or Event of Default.

Before you are allowed to bypass your trustee and bring your own lawsuit or other formal legal action or take other steps to enforce your rights or protect your interests relating to the debt securities, the following must occur:

 

   

the holder must give your trustee written notice that an Event of Default has occurred and remains uncured;

 

   

the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of all outstanding debt securities of the relevant series must make a written request that the trustee take action because of the default and must offer reasonable indemnity to the trustee against the cost and other liabilities of taking that action;

 

   

the trustee must not have taken action for 60 days after receipt of the above notice and offer of indemnity; and

 

   

the holders of a majority in principal amount of the debt securities must not have given the trustee a direction inconsistent with the above notice during that 60 day period.

However, you are entitled at any time to bring a lawsuit for the payment of money due on your debt securities on or after the due date.

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the debt securities of the affected series may waive any past defaults other than:

 

   

the payment of principal, any premium or interest; or

 

   

in respect of a covenant that cannot be modified or amended without the consent of each holder.

Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how to give notice or direction to or make a request of the trustee and how to declare or cancel an acceleration of maturity.

Each year, we will furnish to each trustee a written statement of certain of our officers certifying that to their knowledge we are in compliance with the indenture and the debt securities, or else specifying any default.

Merger or Consolidation

Under the terms of the indenture, we are generally permitted to consolidate or merge with another entity. We may also be permitted to sell all or substantially all of our assets to another entity. However, unless the prospectus supplement relating to certain debt securities states otherwise, we may not take any of these actions unless all the following conditions are met:

 

   

where we merge out of existence or sell our assets, the resulting entity must agree to be legally responsible for our obligations under the debt securities;

 

   

immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have happened and be continuing;

 

   

under the indenture, no merger or sale of assets may be made if as a result any of our property or assets or any property or assets of one of our subsidiaries, if any, would become subject to any mortgage, lien

 

197


Table of Contents
 

or other encumbrance unless either (a) the mortgage, lien or other encumbrance could be created pursuant to the limitation on liens covenant in the indenture without equally and ratably securing the indenture securities or (b) the indenture securities are secured equally and ratably with or prior to the debt secured by the mortgage, lien or other encumbrance;

 

   

we must deliver certain certificates and documents to the trustee; and

 

   

we must satisfy any other requirements specified in the prospectus supplement relating to a particular series of debt securities.

Modification or Waiver

There are three types of changes we can make to the indenture and the debt securities issued thereunder.

Changes Requiring Approval

First, there are changes that we cannot make to debt securities without specific approval of all of the holders. The following is a list of those types of changes:

 

   

change the stated maturity of the principal of or interest on a debt security;

 

   

reduce any amounts due on a debt security;

 

   

reduce the amount of principal payable upon acceleration of the maturity of a security following a default;

 

   

adversely affect any right of repayment at the holder’s option;

 

   

change the place (except as otherwise described in the prospectus or prospectus supplement) or currency of payment on a debt security;

 

   

impair your right to sue for payment;

 

   

adversely affect any right to convert or exchange a debt security in accordance with its terms;

 

   

modify the subordination provisions in the indenture in a manner that is adverse to holders of the debt securities;

 

   

reduce the percentage of holders of debt securities whose consent is needed to modify or amend the indenture;

 

   

reduce the percentage of holders of debt securities whose consent is needed to waive compliance with certain provisions of the indenture or to waive certain defaults;

 

   

modify any other aspect of the provisions of the indenture dealing with supplemental indentures, modification and waiver of past defaults, changes to the quorum or voting requirements or the waiver of certain covenants; and

 

   

change any obligation we have to pay additional amounts.

Changes Not Requiring Approval

The second type of change does not require any vote by the holders of the debt securities. This type is limited to clarifications and certain other changes that would not adversely affect holders of the outstanding debt securities in any material respect. We also do not need any approval to make any change that affects only debt securities to be issued under the indenture after the change takes effect.

 

198


Table of Contents

Changes Requiring Majority Approval

Any other change to the indenture and the debt securities would require the following approval:

 

   

if the change affects only one series of debt securities, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in principal amount of that series; and

 

   

if the change affects more than one series of debt securities issued under the same indenture, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in principal amount of all of the series affected by the change, with all affected series voting together as one class for this purpose.

The holders of a majority in principal amount of all of the series of debt securities issued under an indenture, voting together as one class for this purpose, may waive our compliance with some of our covenants in that indenture. However, we cannot obtain a waiver of a payment default or of any of the matters covered by the bullet points included above under “—Changes Requiring Approval.”

Further Details Concerning Voting

When taking a vote, we will use the following rules to decide how much principal to attribute to a debt security:

 

   

for original issue discount securities, we will use the principal amount that would be due and payable on the voting date if the maturity of these debt securities were accelerated to that date because of a default;

 

   

for debt securities whose principal amount is not known (for example, because it is based on an index), we will use a special rule for that debt security described in the prospectus supplement; and

 

   

for debt securities denominated in one or more foreign currencies, we will use the U.S. dollar equivalent.

Debt securities will not be considered outstanding, and therefore not eligible to vote, if we have deposited or set aside in trust money for their payment or redemption. Debt securities will also not be eligible to vote if they have been fully defeased as described later under “Defeasance—Full Defeasance.”

We will generally be entitled to set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the holders of outstanding indenture securities that are entitled to vote or take other action under the indenture. If we set a record date for a vote or other action to be taken by holders of one or more series, that vote or action may be taken only by persons who are holders of outstanding indenture securities of those series on the record date and must be taken within eleven months following the record date.

Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how approval may be granted or denied if we seek to change the indenture or the debt securities or request a waiver.

Defeasance

The following provisions will be applicable to each series of debt securities unless we state in the applicable prospectus supplement that the provisions of covenant defeasance and full defeasance will not be applicable to that series.

Covenant Defeasance

Under current U.S. federal tax law, we can make the deposit described below and be released from some of the restrictive covenants in the indenture under which the particular series was issued. This is called “covenant

 

199


Table of Contents

defeasance.” In that event, you would lose the protection of those restrictive covenants but would gain the protection of having money and government securities set aside in trust to repay your debt securities. If applicable, you also would be released from the subordination provisions as described under the “Indenture Provisions—Subordination” section below. In order to achieve covenant defeasance, we must do the following:

 

   

if the debt securities of the particular series are denominated in U.S. dollars, we must deposit in trust for the benefit of all holders of such debt securities a combination of money and U.S. government or U.S. government agency notes or bonds that will generate enough cash to make interest, principal and any other payments on the debt securities on their various due dates;

 

   

we must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel confirming that, under current U.S. federal income tax law, we may make the above deposit without causing you to be taxed on the debt securities any differently than if we did not make the deposit and just repaid the debt securities ourselves at maturity; and

 

   

we must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel stating that the above deposit does not require registration by us under the 1940 Act, as amended, and a legal opinion and officers’ certificate stating that all conditions precedent to covenant defeasance have been complied with.

If we accomplish covenant defeasance, you can still look to us for repayment of the debt securities if there were a shortfall in the trust deposit or the trustee is prevented from making payment. For example, if one of the remaining Events of Default occurred (such as our bankruptcy) and the debt securities became immediately due and payable, there might be a shortfall. Depending on the event causing the default, you may not be able to obtain payment of the shortfall.

Full Defeasance

If there is a change in U.S. federal tax law, as described below, we can legally release ourselves from all payment and other obligations on the debt securities of a particular series (called “full defeasance”) if we put in place the following other arrangements for you to be repaid:

 

   

if the debt securities of the particular series are denominated in U.S. dollars, we must deposit in trust for the benefit of all holders of such debt securities a combination of money and United States government or United States government agency notes or bonds that will generate enough cash to make interest, principal and any other payments on the debt securities on their various due dates.

 

   

we must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion confirming that there has been a change in current U.S. federal tax law or an IRS ruling that allows us to make the above deposit without causing you to be taxed on the debt securities any differently than if we did not make the deposit and just repaid the debt securities ourselves at maturity. Under current U.S. federal tax law, the deposit and our legal release from the debt securities would be treated as though we paid you your share of the cash and notes or bonds at the time the cash and notes or bonds were deposited in trust in exchange for your debt securities and you would recognize gain or loss on the debt securities at the time of the deposit;

 

   

we must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel stating that the above deposit does not require registration by us under the 1940 Act, as amended, and a legal opinion and officers’ certificate stating that all conditions precedent to defeasance have been complied with;

 

   

Defeasance must not result in a breach of the indenture or any other material agreements; and

 

   

Satisfy the conditions for covenant defeasance contained in any supplemental indentures.

If we ever did accomplish full defeasance, as described above, you would have to rely solely on the trust deposit for repayment of the debt securities. You could not look to us for repayment in the unlikely event of any shortfall. Conversely, the trust deposit would most likely be protected from claims of our lenders and other creditors if we ever became bankrupt or insolvent. If applicable, you would also be released from the subordination provisions described later under “Indenture Provisions—Subordination.”

 

200


Table of Contents

Form, Exchange and Transfer of Certificated Registered Securities

Holders may exchange their certificated securities, if any, for debt securities of smaller denominations or combined into fewer debt securities of larger denominations, as long as the total principal amount is not changed.

Holders may exchange or transfer their certificated securities, if any, at the office of their trustee. We have appointed the trustee to act as our agent for registering debt securities in the names of holders transferring debt securities. We may appoint another entity to perform these functions or perform them ourselves.

Holders will not be required to pay a service charge to transfer or exchange their certificated securities, if any, but they may be required to pay any tax or other governmental charge associated with the transfer or exchange. The transfer or exchange will be made only if our transfer agent is satisfied with the holder’s proof of legal ownership.

If we have designated additional transfer agents for your debt security, they will be named in your prospectus supplement. We may appoint additional transfer agents or cancel the appointment of any particular transfer agent. We may also approve a change in the office through which any transfer agent acts.

If any certificated securities of a particular series are redeemable and we redeem less than all the debt securities of that series, we may block the transfer or exchange of those debt securities during the period beginning 15 days before the day we mail the notice of redemption and ending on the day of that mailing, in order to freeze the list of holders to prepare the mailing. We may also refuse to register transfers or exchanges of any certificated securities selected for redemption, except that we will continue to permit transfers and exchanges of the unredeemed portion of any debt security that will be partially redeemed.

Resignation of Trustee

Each trustee may resign or be removed with respect to one or more series of indenture securities provided that a successor trustee is appointed to act with respect to these series. In the event that two or more persons are acting as trustee with respect to different series of indenture securities under the indenture, each of the trustees will be a trustee of a trust separate and apart from the trust administered by any other trustee.

Indenture Provisions—Subordination

Upon any distribution of our assets upon our dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization, the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on any indenture securities denominated as subordinated debt securities is to be subordinated to the extent provided in the indenture in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all senior indebtedness (as defined below), but our obligation to you to make payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such subordinated debt securities will not otherwise be affected. In addition, no payment on account of principal (or premium, if any), sinking fund or interest, if any, may be made on such subordinated debt securities at any time unless full payment of all amounts due in respect of the principal (and premium, if any), sinking fund and interest on senior indebtedness has been made or duly provided for in money or money’s worth.

In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment by us is received by the trustee in respect of subordinated debt securities or by the holders of any of such subordinated debt securities before all senior indebtedness is paid in full, the payment or distribution must be paid over to the holders of the senior indebtedness or on their behalf for application to the payment of all the senior indebtedness remaining unpaid until all the senior indebtedness has been paid in full, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of the senior indebtedness. Subject to the payment in full of all senior indebtedness upon this distribution by us, the holders of such subordinated debt securities will be subrogated to the rights of the holders of the senior indebtedness to the extent of payments made to the holders of the senior indebtedness out of the distributive share of such subordinated debt securities.

 

201


Table of Contents

By reason of this subordination, in the event of a distribution of our assets upon our insolvency, certain of our senior creditors may recover more, ratably, than holders of any subordinated debt securities. The indenture provides that these subordination provisions will not apply to money and securities held in trust under the defeasance provisions of the indenture.

Senior indebtedness is defined in the indenture as the principal of (and premium, if any) and unpaid interest on:

 

   

our indebtedness (including indebtedness of others guaranteed by us), whenever created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed, for money borrowed (other than indenture securities issued under the indenture and denominated as subordinated debt securities), unless in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or under which the same is outstanding it is provided that this indebtedness is not senior or prior in right of payment to the subordinated debt securities; and

 

   

renewals, extensions, modifications and refinancings of any of this indebtedness.

If this prospectus is being delivered in connection with the offering of a series of indenture securities denominated as subordinated debt securities, the accompanying prospectus supplement will set forth the approximate amount of our senior indebtedness outstanding as of a recent date.

Secured Indebtedness

Certain of our indebtedness, including certain series of indenture securities, may be secured. The prospectus supplement for each series of indenture securities will describe the terms of any security interest for such series and will indicate the approximate amount of our secured indebtedness as of a recent date. In the event of a distribution of our assets upon our insolvency, the holders of unsecured indenture securities may recover less, ratably, than holders of any of our secured indebtedness.

The Trustee under the Indenture

U.S. Bank National Association will serve as the trustee under the indenture.

Certain Considerations Relating to Foreign Currencies

Debt securities denominated or payable in foreign currencies may entail significant risks. These risks include the possibility of significant fluctuations in the foreign currency markets, the imposition or modification of foreign exchange controls and potential illiquidity in the secondary market. These risks will vary depending upon the currency or currencies involved and will be more fully described in the applicable prospectus supplement.

 

202


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

We may offer, from time to time, in one or more offerings or series, up to $200,000,000 of our common stock, preferred stock, debt securities, subscription rights to purchase shares of our common stock or warrants representing rights to purchase shares of our common stock, preferred stock or debt securities, in one or more underwritten public offerings, at-the-market offerings, negotiated transactions, block trades, best efforts or a combination of these methods. We may sell the securities through underwriters or dealers, directly to one or more purchasers, including existing stockholders in a rights offering, through agents or through a combination of any such methods of sale. Any underwriter or agent involved in the offer and sale of the securities will be named in the applicable prospectus supplement. A prospectus supplement or supplements will also describe the terms of the offering of the securities, including: the purchase price of the securities and the proceeds we will receive from the sale; any over-allotment options under which underwriters may purchase additional securities from us; any agency fees or underwriting discounts and other items constituting agents’ or underwriters’ compensation; any expenses we incur in connection with the sale of such securities; the public offering price; any discounts or concessions allowed or re-allowed or paid to dealers; and any securities exchange or market on which the securities may be listed. Only underwriters named in the prospectus supplement will be underwriters of the securities offered by the prospectus supplement.

The distribution of the securities may be effected from time to time in one or more transactions at a fixed price or prices, which may be changed, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices, provided, however, that the offering price per share of our common stock, less any underwriting commissions or discounts, must equal or exceed the net asset value per share of our common stock at the time of the offering except (1) in connection with a rights offering to our existing stockholders, (2) with the consent of the majority of our voting securities or (3) under such circumstances as the SEC may permit. The price at which securities may be distributed may represent a discount from prevailing market prices. On June 1, 2011, our common stockholders voted to allow us to issue up to 20% of our outstanding common stock at a price below net asset value per share for a period of one year ending on the earlier or June 1, 2012 and the date of our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is expected to be held in June 2012. See “Sales of Common Stock Below Net Asset Value.”

In connection with the sale of our securities, underwriters or agents may receive compensation from us or from purchasers of our securities, for whom they may act as agents, in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions. Underwriters may sell our securities to or through dealers and such dealers may receive compensation in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the underwriters and/or commissions from the purchasers for whom they may act as agents. Underwriters, dealers and agents that participate in the distribution of our securities may be deemed to be underwriters under the Securities Act, and any discounts and commissions they receive from us and any profit realized by them on the resale of our securities may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. Any such underwriter or agent will be identified and any such compensation received from us will be described in the applicable prospectus supplement.

Any underwriter may engage in over-allotment, stabilizing transactions, short-covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act. Over-allotment involves sales in excess of the offering size, which create a short position. Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum price. Syndicate-covering or other short-covering transactions involve purchases of the securities, either through exercise of the over-allotment option or in the open market after the distribution is completed, to cover short positions. Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a dealer when the securities originally sold by the dealer are purchased in a stabilizing or covering transaction to cover short positions. Those activities may cause the price of the securities to be higher than it would otherwise be. If commenced, the underwriters may discontinue any of the activities at any time.

 

203


Table of Contents

Any underwriters that are qualified market makers on the Nasdaq Global Select Market may engage in passive market making transactions in our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act, during the business day prior to the pricing of the offering, before the commencement of offers or sales of our common stock. Passive market makers must comply with applicable volume and price limitations and must be identified as passive market makers. In general, a passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid for such security; if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, however, the passive market maker’s bid must then be lowered when certain purchase limits are exceeded. Passive market making may stabilize the market price of the securities at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

We may sell securities directly or through agents we designate from time to time. We will name any agent involved in the offering and sale of securities and we will describe any commissions we will pay the agent in the prospectus supplement. Unless the prospectus supplement states otherwise, our agent will act on a best-efforts basis for the period of its appointment.

Unless otherwise specified in the applicable prospectus supplement, each class or series of securities will be a new issue with no trading market, other than our common stock, which is traded on The Nasdaq Global Select Market. We may elect to list any other class or series of securities on any exchanges, but we are not obligated to do so. We cannot guarantee the liquidity of the trading markets for any securities.

Under agreements that we may enter, underwriters, dealers and agents who participate in the distribution of our securities may be entitled to indemnification by us against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribution with respect to payments that the agents or underwriters may make with respect to these liabilities. Underwriters, dealers and agents may engage in transactions with, or perform services for, us in the ordinary course of business.

If so indicated in the applicable prospectus supplement, we will authorize underwriters or other persons acting as our agents to solicit offers by certain institutions to purchase our securities from us pursuant to contracts providing for payment and delivery on a future date. Institutions with which such contracts may be made include commercial and savings banks, insurance companies, pension funds, investment companies, educational and charitable institutions and others, but in all cases such institutions must be approved by us. The obligations of any purchaser under any such contract will be subject to the condition that the purchase of our securities shall not at the time of delivery be prohibited under the laws of the jurisdiction to which such purchaser is subject. The underwriters and such other agents will not have any responsibility in respect of the validity or performance of such contracts. Such contracts will be subject only to those conditions set forth in the prospectus supplement, and the prospectus supplement will set forth the commission payable for solicitation of such contracts.

We may enter into derivative transactions with third parties, or sell securities not covered by this prospectus to third parties in privately negotiated transactions. If the applicable prospectus supplement indicates, in connection with those derivatives, the third parties may sell securities covered by this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement, including in short sale transactions. If so, the third party may use securities pledged by us or borrowed from us or others to settle those sales or to close out any related open borrowings of stock, and may use securities received from us in settlement of those derivatives to close out any related open borrowings of stock. The third parties in such sale transactions will be underwriters and, if not identified in this prospectus, will be identified in the applicable prospectus supplement.

In compliance with the guidelines of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, the maximum compensation to the underwriters or dealers in connection with the sale of our securities pursuant to this prospectus and the accompanying supplement to this prospectus may not exceed 8% of the aggregate offering price of the securities as set forth on the cover page of the supplement to this prospectus.

In order to comply with the securities laws of certain states, if applicable, our securities offered hereby will be sold in such jurisdictions only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers.

 

204


Table of Contents

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

Because we generally acquire and dispose of our investments in privately negotiated transactions, we rarely use brokers in the normal course of business. In those cases where we do use a broker, we do not execute transactions through any particular broker or dealer, but will seek to obtain the best net results for Hercules, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution, and operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities. While we generally seek reasonably competitive execution costs, we may not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available. Subject to applicable legal requirements, we may select a broker based partly upon brokerage or research services provided to us. In return for such services, we may pay a higher commission than other brokers would charge if we determine in good faith that such commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 we paid approximately $41,000, $49,000 and $80,000 in brokerage commissions, respectively.

CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AND DIVIDEND PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR

Securities we hold in connection with our investments are held under a custody agreement with Union Bank of California. The address of the custodian is 475 Sansome Street, 15th Floor, San Francisco, California 94111. We have also entered into a custody agreement with U.S. Bank National Association, which is located at One Federal Street, Third Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110. The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, will act as our transfer agent, dividend paying and reinvestment agent and registrar. The principal business address of the transfer agent is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219.

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters regarding the securities offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP, Washington, D.C. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for underwriters, if any, by the counsel named in the prospectus supplement.

EXPERTS

The financial statements as of December 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2010 and management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting (which is included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting) as of December 31, 2010 included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report (which contains an adverse opinion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting) of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The consolidated financial statements of the Company at December 31, 2009, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2009, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, and the information under the caption “Selected Financial Data” for each of the four years in the period ended December 31, 2009, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been derived from consolidated financial statements audited by Ernst & Young LLP, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein. Such consolidated financial statements and selected financial data are included in reliance upon such reports given on the authority of such firms as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

205


Table of Contents

CHANGE IN INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

On September 9, 2010, we dismissed Ernst & Young LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 and through September 9, 2010, there were no disagreements between us and Ernst & Young LLP with respect to any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Ernst & Young LLP, would have caused it to make reference to the subject matter of such disagreements in its reports on the financial statements for such years. Nor were there any “reportable events” as such term is described in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K, promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

On September 9, 2010, we engaged PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as our new independent registered public accounting firm to audit our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010. During the two most recent fiscal years and through September 9, 2010, the date of the engagement of PriceWaterhouseCoopers, neither we nor any person on our behalf has consulted with PriceWaterhouseCoopers with respect to either (i) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on the Company’s consolidated financial statements or (ii) any matter that was either the subject of a “disagreement” or a “reportable event” as such terms are described in Items 304(a)(1)(iv) or 304(a)(1)(v), respectively, of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Exchange Act. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP’s principal business address is 300 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10017.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-2, together with all amendments and related exhibits, under the Securities Act, with respect to our securities offered by this prospectus. The registration statement contains additional information about us and our securities being offered by this prospectus.

We file annual, quarterly and current periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC under the Exchange Act. You may inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information, as well as the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and the related exhibits and schedules, at the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-0102. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 202-551-8090. The SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information filed electronically by us with the SEC which are available on the SEC’s Internet website at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of these reports, proxy and information statements and other information may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following E-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

 

206


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 2010 and 2009

     F-4   

Consolidated Schedule of Investments as of December 31, 2010

     F-5   

Consolidated Schedule of Investments as of December 31, 2009

     F-19   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three years ended December 31, 2010

     F-32   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the three years ended December 31, 2010

     F-33   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three years ended December 31, 2010

     F-34   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-35   

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  

Consolidated Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of September 30, 2011 (unaudited) and December  31, 2010

     F-58   

Consolidated Schedule of Investments as of September 30, 2011 (unaudited)

     F-59   

Consolidated Schedule of Investments as of December 31, 2010

     F-74   

Consolidated Statement of Operations for the nine month period ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 (unaudited)

     F-87   

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 (unaudited)

     F-88   

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 (unaudited)

     F-89   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

     F-90   

FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE:

  

Schedule 12-14 Investments In and Advances to Affiliates

    
F-111
  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc.

In our opinion, the consolidated statement of assets and liabilities, including the consolidated schedule of investments, as of December 31, 2010 and the related consolidated statements of operations, of changes in net assets, and of cash flows for the year then ended present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company did not maintain, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) because a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting related to valuation of debt investments existed as of that date. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weakness referred to above is described in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. We considered this material weakness in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the consolidated financial statements and our opinion regarding the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting does not affect our opinion on those consolidated financial statements. The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in management’s report referred to above. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Francisco, California

March 25, 2011

 

F-2


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Shareholders

Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of assets and liabilities of Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. (the Company) including the consolidated schedules of investments, as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in net assets and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, and the consolidated financial highlights for each of the five years in the period ended December 31, 2009. These financial statements and financial highlights are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial highlights based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements and financial highlights are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements and financial highlights. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our procedures included confirmation of securities owned as of December 31, 2009, by correspondence with the custodian or by other appropriate auditing procedures. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements and financial highlights referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. at December 31, 2009 and 2008, the consolidated results of its operations, changes in its net assets and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 and the consolidated financial highlights for each of the five years in the period ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 12, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Francisco, California

March 12, 2010

 

F-3


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

     December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
 

Assets

    

Investments:

    

Non-affiliate investments (cost of $445,782 and $357,880, respectively)

   $ 428,782      $ 340,211   

Affiliate investments (cost of $2,880 and $2,880, respectively)

     3,069        2,274   

Control investments (cost of $31,743 and $23,823, respectively)

     40,181        32,184   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments, at value (cost of $480,405 and $384,583 respectively)

     472,032        374,669   

Cash and cash equivalents

     107,014        124,828   

Interest receivable

     4,520        3,757   

Other assets

     7,681        5,713   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 591,247      $ 508,967   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

    

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     8,716        11,852   

Long-term SBA Debentures

     170,000        130,600   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     178,716        142,452   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net assets:

    

Common stock, par value

   $ 43      $ 35   

Capital in excess of par value

     477,549        409,036   

Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments

     (8,038     (10,028

Accumulated realized gains (losses) on investments

     (51,033     (28,129

Distributions in excess of investment income

     (5,990     (4,399
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net assets

   $ 412,531      $ 366,515   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and net assets

   $ 591,247      $ 508,967   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares of common stock outstanding ($0.001 par value, 60,000 authorized)

     43,444        35,634   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net asset value per share

   $ 9.50      $ 10.29   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS

December 31, 2010

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  Industry  

Type of Investment (1)

  Principal
Amount
    Cost (2)     Value (3)  
         

Acceleron Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  Drug Discovery   Preferred Stock Warrants     $ 69      $ 922   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      35        189   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      39        99   
   

Preferred Stock

      1,341        2,316   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Acceleron Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  

    1,484        3,526   

Aveo Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  Drug Discovery  

Senior Debt
Matures September 2013
Interest rate Prime + 7.15% or
Floor rate of 11.9%

  $ 25,000        26,108        26,108   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      190        686   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      104        165   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      24        58   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      288        770   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      236        630   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Aveo Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  

    26,950        28,417   

Dicerna Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  Drug Discovery  

Senior Debt
Matures July 2012
Interest rate Prime + 9.20% or
Floor rate of 12.95%

  $ 4,699        4,678        4,706   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      205        182   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      30        33   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      28        25   
   

Preferred Stock

      503        503   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Dicerna Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  

    5,444        5,449   

EpiCept Corporation

  Drug Discovery   Common Stock Warrants       4        112   
   

Common Stock Warrants

      40        10   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total EpiCept Corporation

  

    44        122   

Horizon Therapeutics, Inc.

  Drug Discovery   Preferred Stock Warrants       231        —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Horizon Therapeutics, Inc.

  

    231        —     

Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corp.

  Drug Discovery   Preferred Stock       1,500        —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corp.

  

    1,500        —     

Merrimack Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  Drug Discovery   Preferred Stock Warrants       155        170   
   

Preferred Stock

      2,000        1,547   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Merrimack Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  

    2,155        1,717   
         

Paratek Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  Drug Discovery   Preferred Stock Warrants       137        155   
   

Preferred Stock

      1,000        999   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Paratek Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  

    1,137        1,154   

PolyMedix, Inc.

  Drug Discovery  

Senior Debt
Matures September 2013
Interest rate Prime + 7.1% or
Floor rate of 12.35%

  $ 10,000        9,605        9,605   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      480        248   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total PolyMedix, Inc.

  

    10,085        9,853   

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  Industry  

Type of Investment (1)

  Principal
Amount
    Cost (2)     Value (3)  

Portola Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  Drug Discovery  

Senior Debt
Matures April 2011
Interest rate Prime + 2.16%

  $ 1,666      $ 2,033      $ 2,033   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      152        506   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Portola Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  

    2,185        2,539   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Drug Discovery (12.79%)*

  

    51,215        52,777   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Affinity Videonet, Inc.

  Communications &
Networking
  Preferred Stock Warrants       102        180   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Affinity Videonet, Inc.

  

    102        180   

E-band Communications, Corp. (6)

  Communications &
Networking
  Preferred Stock       2,880        3,069   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total E-Band Communications, Corp.

  

    2,880        3,069   

IKANO Communications, Inc.

  Communications &
Networking
 

Senior Debt
Matures August 2011
Interest rate 12.00%

  $ 1,654        1,953        1,953   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      45        —     
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      72        —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total IKANO Communications, Inc.

  

    2,070        1,953   

Intelepeer, Inc.

  Communications &
Networking
 

Senior Debt
Matures May 2013
Interest rate Prime + 8.125%

  $ 7,624        7,468        7,459   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      102        111   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Intelepeer, Inc.

  

    7,570        7,570   

Neonova Holding Company

  Communications &
Networking
  Preferred Stock Warrants       94        12   
   

Preferred Stock

      250        140   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Neonova Holding Company

  

    344        152   

Opsource, Inc. (4)

  Communications &
Networking
 

Senior Debt
Matures June 2013
Interest rate Prime + 7.75% or
Floor rate of 11.00%

  $ 5,000        4,888        4,888   
   

Senior Debt
Matures October 2013
Interest rate Prime + 7.25% or
Floor rate of 10.50%

  $ 2,000        1,944        1,905   
   

Revolving Line of Credit
Matures June 2011
Interest rate Prime + 5.25% or
Floor rate of 8.50%

  $ 1,500        1,458        1,458   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      223        105   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Opsource, Inc.

  

    8,513        8,356   

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  Industry  

Type of Investment (1)

  Principal
Amount
    Cost (2)     Value (3)  

Pac-West Telecomm, Inc.

  Communications
& Networking
 

Senior Debt
Matures April 2014
Interest rate Prime + 7.5% or
Floor rate of 12.0%

  $ 10,000      $ 9,634      $ 9,634   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      121        147   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Pac-West Telecomm, Inc.

  

    9,755        9,781   

PeerApp, Inc.

  Communications
& Networking
 

Senior Debt
Matures April 2013
Interest rate Prime + 7.5% or
Floor rate of 11.50%

  $ 2,911        2,855        2,792   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      61        65   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total PeerApp, Inc.

  

    2,916        2,857   

Peerless Network, Inc.

  Communications
& Networking
  Preferred Stock Warrants       95        138   
   

Preferred Stock

      1,000        1,930   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Peerless Network, Inc.

  

    1,095        2,068   

Ping Identity Corporation

  Communications
& Networking
  Preferred Stock Warrants       52        6   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Ping Identity Corporation

  

    52        6   

Purcell Systems, Inc.

  Communications
& Networking
  Preferred Stock Warrants       123        330   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Purcell Systems, Inc.

  

    123        330   

Seven Networks, Inc.

  Communications
& Networking
  Preferred Stock Warrants       174        40   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Seven Networks, Inc.

  

    174        40   

Stoke, Inc. (4)

  Communications
& Networking
 

Senior Debt
Matures May 2013
Interest rate Prime + 7.0% or
Floor rate of 10.25%

  $ 4,000        3,883        3,883   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      53        210   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      65        133   
   

Preferred Stock

      500        500   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Stoke, Inc.

  

    4,501        4,726   

Tectura Corporation

  Communications
& Networking
 

Senior Debt
Matures December 2012
Interest rate 11%

  $ 5,625        5,512        5,512   
   

Revolving Line of Credit
Matures July 2011
Interest rate 11%

  $ 17,477        18,488        18,488   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      50        10   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Tectura Corporation

  

    24,050        24,010   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Communications & Networking (15.78%)*

  

    64,145        65,098   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  Industry  

Type of Investment (1)

  Principal
Amount
    Cost (2)     Value (3)  

Atrenta, Inc.

  Software   Preferred Stock Warrants     $ 102      $ 46   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      34        15   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      95        22   
   

Preferred Stock

      250        143   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Atrenta, Inc.

  

    481        226   

Blurb, Inc.

  Software  

Senior Debt
Matures June 2011
Interest rate Prime + 3.50% or
Floor rate of 8.5%

  $ 1,162        1,392        1,392   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      25        349   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      299        228   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Blurb, Inc.

  

    1,716        1,969   

Braxton Technologies, LLC.

  Software   Preferred Stock Warrants       188        —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Braxton Technologies, LLC.

  

    188        —     

Bullhorn, Inc.

  Software   Preferred Stock Warrants       43        234   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Bullhorn, Inc.

  

    43        234   

Clickfox, Inc.

  Software  

Senior Debt
Matures July 2013
Interest rate Prime + 6.00% or
Floor rate of 11.25%

  $ 6,000        5,801        5,801   
   

Revolving Line of Credit
Matures July 2011
Interest rate Prime + 5.00% or
Floor rate of 12.00%

  $ 2,000        1,997        1,996   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      177        643   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      152        643   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Clickfox, Inc.

  

    8,127        9,083   

Forescout Technologies, Inc.

  Software   Preferred Stock Warrants       99        14   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Forescout Technologies, Inc.

  

    99        14   

GameLogic, Inc.

  Software   Preferred Stock Warrants       92        —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total GameLogic, Inc.

  

    92        —     

HighJump Acquisition, LLC.

  Software  

Senior Debt
Matures May 2013
Interest rate Libor + 9.25% or
Floor rate of 12.50%

  $ 17,500        17,386        17,386   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total HighJump Acquisition, LLC.

  

    17,386        17,386   

HighRoads, Inc.

  Software   Preferred Stock Warrants       44        65   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total HighRoads, Inc.

  

    44        65   

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

 

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

  Principal
Amount
    Cost (2)     Value (3)  

Infologix, Inc. (7)

 

Software

  

Senior Debt
Matures November 2013
Interest rate 18.00%

  $ 5,500      $ 5,162      $ 5,162   
    

Convertible Senior
Debt Matures November 2014
Interest rate 12.00%

      1,111        1,127   
    

Revolving Line of Credit
Matures May 2011
Interest rate 12.00%

    $12,317        12,317        12,317   
    

Senior Debt
Matures December 2010
Interest rate 18.00%

    $2,178        2,178        2,178   
    

Senior Debt
Matures April 2013
Interest rate 8.00%

    $1,350        1,350        1,350   
    

Senior Debt
Matures September 2011
Interest rate 10.00%

    $500        509        509   
    

Preferred Stock Warrants

      725        1,394   
    

Common Stock

      5,000        9,620   
    

Common Stock

      36        69   
    

Common Stock

      3,355        6,455   
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Infologix, Inc.

      31,743        40,181   

PSS Systems, Inc.

  Software   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      51        17   
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total PSS Systems, Inc.

      51        17   

Rockyou, Inc.

  Software   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      117        186   
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Rockyou, Inc.

      117        186   

Sportvision, Inc.

  Software   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      39        —     
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Sportvision, Inc.

      39        —     

Unify Corporation

  Software   

Senior Debt
Matures June 2015
Interest rate Libor + 8.50% or
Floor rate of 10.50%

  $ 24,000        22,248        22,968   
    

Revolving Line of Credit
Matures June 2015
Interest rate Libor + 7.50% or
Floor rate of 9.50%

    $3,750        3,731        3,476   
    

Preferred Stock Warrants

      1,434        693   
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Unify Corporation

  

    27,413        27,137   

WildTangent, Inc.

  Software   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      238        10   
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total WildTangent, Inc.

  

    238        10   
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Software (23.39%)*

  

    87,777        96,508   
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Luminus Devices, Inc.

  Electronics & Computer Hardware   

Senior Debt
Matures December 2011
Interest rate 11.875%

  $ 540        540        540   
    

Preferred Stock Warrants

      183        —     
    

Preferred Stock Warrants

      84        —     
    

Preferred Stock Warrants

      334        —     
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Luminus Devices, Inc.

  

    1,141        540   

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

 

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

  Principal
Amount
    Cost (2)     Value (3)  

Maxvision Holding, LLC.

  Electronics & Computer Hardware   

Senior Debt
Matures October 2012
Interest rate Prime + 7.25% or
Floor rate of 10.75%

  $ 5,000      $ 5,377      $ 377   
    

Senior Debt
Matures April 2012
Interest rate Prime + 5.0% or
Floor rate of 8.5%

  $ 3,409        3,382        3,382   
    

Revolving Line of Credit
Matures April 2012
Interest rate Prime + 5.0% or
Floor rate of 8.5%

  $ 3,100        3,163        3,163   
    

Common Stock

      81        —     
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Maxvision Holding, LLC.

  

    12,003        6,922   

Shocking Technologies, Inc.

  Electronics & Computer Hardware   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      63        90   
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Shocking Technologies, Inc.

  

    63        90   

Spatial Photonics, Inc.

  Electronics & Computer Hardware   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      129        —     
    

Preferred Stock

      767        267   
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Spatial Photonics, Inc.

  

    896        267   

VeriWave, Inc.

  Electronics & Computer Hardware   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      54        —     
    

Preferred Stock Warrants

      46        —     
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total VeriWave, Inc.

  

    100        —     
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Electronics & Computer Hardware (1.90%)*

  

    14,203        7,819   
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Aegerion Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  Specialty Pharmaceuticals   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      69        761   
    

Preferred Stock

      1,475        2,206   
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Aegerion Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  

    1,544        2,967   

Althea Technologies, Inc.

  Specialty Pharmaceuticals   

Senior Debt
Matures October 2013
Interest rate Prime + 7.70% or
Floor rate of 10.95%

  $ 12,000        11,661        11,661   
    

Preferred Stock Warrants

      309        276   
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Althea Technologies, Inc.

  

    11,970        11,937   

Chroma Therapeutics, Ltd. (5)

  Specialty Pharmaceuticals   

Senior Debt
Matures September 2013
Interest rate Prime + 7.75% or
Floor rate of 12.00%

  $ 10,000        9,797        10,021   
    

Preferred Stock Warrants

      490        632   
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Chroma Therapeutics, Ltd.

  

    10,287        10,653   

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  Industry  

Type of Investment (1)

  Principal
Amount
    Cost (2)     Value (3)  

Pacira Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (4)

  Specialty
Pharmaceuticals
 

Senior Debt
Matures May 2014
Interest rate Prime + 6.25% or
Floor rate of 10.25%

  $ 11,250      $ 11,105      $ 11,105   
   

Senior Debt
Matures May 2014
Interest rate Prime + 8.65% or
Floor rate of 12.65%

  $ 15,000        13,749        13,749   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      1,086        1,255   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Pacira Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  

    25,940        26,109   

QuatRx Pharmaceuticals Company

  Specialty
Pharmaceuticals
 

Senior Debt
Matures October 2011
Interest rate Prime + 8.90% or
Floor rate of 12.15%

  $ 9,306        9,474        9,474   
   

Convertible Senior Debt
Interest Rate of 8.0%
Matures March 2012

  $ 1,888        1,888        2,467   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      220        —     
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      307        —     
   

Preferred Stock

      751        —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total QuatRx Pharmaceuticals Company

  

    12,640        11,941   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Specialty Pharmaceuticals (15.42%)*

  

    62,381        63,607   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Annie’s, Inc.

  Consumer &
Business Products
  Preferred Stock Warrants       321        75   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Annie’s, Inc.

  

    321        75   

IPA Holdings, LLC. (4)

  Consumer &
Business Products
 

Senior Debt
Matures November 2012
Interest rate Prime + 6.75% or
Floor rate of 11.0%

  $ 8,250        8,505        8,160   
   

Senior Debt
Matures May 2013
Interest rate Prime + 9.75% or
Floor rate of 14.0%

  $ 6,500        7,019        6,995   
   

Revolving Line of Credit
Matures November 2012
Interest rate Prime + 6.25% or
Floor rate of 10.50%

  $ 856        761        761   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      275        —     
   

Common Stock

      500        —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total IPA Holdings, LLC.

  

    17,060        15,916   

Market Force Information, Inc.

  Consumer &
Business Products
  Preferred Stock Warrants       24        60   
   

Preferred Stock

      500        439   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Market Force Information, Inc.

  

    524        499   

Trading Machines, Inc. (8)

  Consumer &
Business Products
 

Senior Debt
Matures January 2014
Interest rate Prime + 10.25% or
Floor rate of 13.50%

  $ 9,812        8,644        4,000   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      878        —     
   

Preferred Stock

      50        —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Trading Machines, Inc.

  

    9,572        4,000   

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  Industry  

Type of Investment (1)

  Principal
Amount
    Cost (2)     Value (3)  

Velocity Technology Solutions, Inc.

  Consumer &
Business Products
 

Senior Debt
Matures February 2015
Interest rate LIBOR + 8% or
Floor rate of 11.00%

  $ 15,417      $ 15,072      $ 14,574   
   

Senior Debt
Matures February 2015
Interest rate LIBOR + 10% or
Floor rate of 13.00%

  $ 8,333        8,317        8,526   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Velocity Technology Solutions, Inc.

  

    23,389        23,100   

Wageworks, Inc.

  Consumer &
Business Products
  Preferred Stock Warrants       253        1,443   
   

Preferred Stock

      250        283   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Wageworks, Inc.

  

    503        1,726   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Consumer & Business Products (10.98%)*

  

    51,369        45,316   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Enpirion, Inc.

  Semiconductors   Preferred Stock Warrants       157        1   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Enpirion, Inc.

  

    157        1   

iWatt, Inc.

  Semiconductors   Preferred Stock Warrants       46        1   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      51        33   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      73        44   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      458        391   
   

Preferred Stock

      490        940   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total iWatt, Inc.

  

    1,118        1,409   

NEXX Systems, Inc.

  Semiconductors   Preferred Stock Warrants       297        1,113   
   

Preferred Stock

      277        704   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total NEXX Systems, Inc.

  

    574        1,817   

Quartics, Inc.

  Semiconductors   Preferred Stock Warrants       53        —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Quartics, Inc.

  

    53        —     

Solarflare Communications, Inc.

  Semiconductors   Preferred Stock Warrants       83        —     
   

Common Stock

      642        —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Solarflare Communications, Inc.

  

    725        —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Semiconductors (0.78%)*

  

    2,627        3,227   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Alexza Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (4)

  Drug Delivery  

Senior Debt
Matures October 2013
Interest rate Prime + 6.5% or
Floor rate of 10.75%

  $ 15,000        14,526        14,472   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      645        193   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Alexza Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  

    15,171        14,665   

Labopharm USA, Inc. (5)

  Drug Delivery  

Senior Debt
Matures December 2012
Interest rate 10.95%

  $ 20,000        19,872        19,872   
   

Common Stock Warrants

      635        329   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Labopharm USA, Inc.

  

    20,507        20,201   

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  Industry  

Type of Investment (1)

  Principal
Amount
    Cost (2)     Value (3)  

Transcept Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  Drug Delivery   Common Stock Warrants     $ 36      $ 60   
   

Common Stock Warrants

      51        16   
   

Common Stock

      500        308   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Transcept Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  

    587        384   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Drug Delivery (8.54%)*

  

    36,265        35,250   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

BARRX Medical, Inc.

  Therapeutic  

Senior Debt
Mature December 2011
Interest rate 11.00%

  $ 2,901        3,350        3,350   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      76        70   
   

Preferred Stock

      1,500        1,890   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total BARRX Medical, Inc.

  

    4,926        5,310   

EKOS Corporation

  Therapeutic   Preferred Stock Warrants       174        —     
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      153        —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total EKOS Corporation

  

    327        —     

Gelesis, Inc. (8)

  Therapeutic  

Senior Debt
Matures May 2012
Interest rate Prime + 7.5% or
Floor rate of 10.75%

  $ 2,771        2,800        45   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Gelesis, Inc.

  

    2,800        45   

Gynesonics, Inc.

  Therapeutic  

Senior Debt
Mature October 2013
Interest rate Prime + 8.25% or
Floor rate of 11.50%

  $ 6,500        6,277        6,277   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      228        221   
   

Preferred Stock

      532        456   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Gynesonics, Inc.

  

    7,037        6,954   

Light Science Oncology, Inc.

  Therapeutic   Preferred Stock Warrants       99        26   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Light Science Oncology, Inc.

  

    99        26   

Novasys Medical, Inc.

  Therapeutic   Preferred Stock Warrants       71        1   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      54        7   
   

Preferred Stock

      1,000        1,159   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Novasys Medical, Inc.

  

    1,125        1,167   

Pacific Child & Family Associates, LLC.

  Therapeutic  

Senior Debt
Matures January 2015
Interest rate LIBOR + 8.0% or
Floor rate of 10.50%

  $ 6,539        6,392        5,802   
   

Senior Debt
Matures January 2015
Interest rate LIBOR + 10.50% or
Floor rate of 13.0%

  $ 5,900        5,996        5,996   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Pacific Child & Family Associates, LLC.

  

    12,388        11,798   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Therapeutic (6.13%)*

  

    28,702        25,300   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  Industry  

Type of Investment (1)

  Principal
Amount
    Cost (2)     Value (3)  

Cozi Group, Inc.

  Internet Consumer &
Business Services
  Preferred Stock Warrants     $ 147      $ —     
   

Preferred Stock

      177        292   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Cozi Group, Inc.

  

    324        292   

Invoke Solutions, Inc.

  Internet Consumer &
Business Services
  Preferred Stock Warrants       56        74   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      26        18   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Invoke Solutions, Inc.

  

    82        92   

Prism Education Group, Inc.

  Internet Consumer &
Business Services
  Preferred Stock Warrants       43        50   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Prism Education Group, Inc.

  

    43        50   

RazorGator Interactive Group, Inc. (4)

  Internet Consumer &
Business Services
 

Revolving Line of Credit
Matures October 2011
Interest rate Prime + 9.50% or
Floor rate of 14.00%

  $ 2,108        1,855        1,855   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      13        —     
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      28        —     
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      1,183        —     
   

Preferred Stock

      1,000        —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total RazorGator Interactive Group, Inc.

  

    4,079        1,855   

Reply! Inc. (4)

  Internet Consumer &
Business Services
 

Senior Debt
Matures June 2013
Interest rate Prime + 6.5% or
Floor rate of 9.75%

  $ 5,000        4,646        4,646   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      320        320   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Reply! Inc.

  

    4,966        4,966   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Internet Consumer & Business Services (1.76%) *

  

    9,494        7,255   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Lilliputian Systems, Inc.

  Energy   Preferred Stock Warrants       106        3   
   

Common Stock Warrants

      49        —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Lilliputian Systems, Inc.

  

    155        3   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Energy (0.00%)*

  

    155        3   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Box.net, Inc.

  Information Services  

Senior Debt
Matures May 2011
Interest rate Prime + 1.50% or
Floor rate of 7.50%

  $ 213        270        270   
   

Senior Debt
Matures September 2011
Interest rate Prime + 0.50% or
Floor rate of 6.50%

  $ 127        139        139   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      73        184   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      117        117   
   

Preferred Stock

      500        500   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Box.net, Inc.

  

    1,099        1,210   

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  Industry  

Type of Investment (1)

  Principal
Amount
    Cost (2)     Value (3)  

Buzznet, Inc.

  Information Services   Preferred Stock Warrants     $ 9      $ —     
    Preferred Stock       250        37   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Buzznet, Inc.

  

    259        37   

XL Education Corp.

  Information Services   Common Stock       880        880   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total XL Education Corp.

  

    880        880   

hi5 Networks, Inc.

  Information Services   Preferred Stock Warrants       213        —     
    Preferred Stock       250        247   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total hi5 Networks, Inc.

  

    463        247   

Jab Wireless, Inc.

  Information Services   Preferred Stock Warrants       265        122   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Jab Wireless, Inc.

  

    265        122   

Solutionary, Inc.

  Information Services   Preferred Stock Warrants       94        —     
    Preferred Stock Warrants       2        —     
    Preferred Stock       250        50   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Solutionary, Inc.

  

    346        50   

Intelligent Beauty, Inc.

  Information Services  

Senior Debt
Matures March 2013
Interest rate Prime + 8.0% or
Floor rate of 11.25%

  $ 5,812        5,563        5,557   
   

Senior Debt
Matures October 2013
Interest rate Prime + 8.0%
or Floor rate of 11.25%

  $ 2,000        1,942        1,942   
    Preferred Stock Warrants       230        230   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Intelligent Beauty, Inc.

  

    7,735        7,729   

Good Technologies, Inc.

  Information Services   Common Stock       603        150   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Good Technologies, Inc.

  

    603        150   

Coveroo, Inc.

  Information Services   Preferred Stock Warrants       7        —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Coveroo, Inc.

  

    7        —     

Zeta Interactive Corporation

  Information Services   Preferred Stock Warrants       172        57   
    Preferred Stock       500        375   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Zeta Interactive Corporation

  

    672        432   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Information Services (2.63%) *

  

    12,329        10,857   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Novadaq Technologies, Inc. (5)

  Diagnostic   Common Stock       1,415        675   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Novadaq Technologies, Inc.

  

    1,415        675   

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  Industry  

Type of Investment (1)

  Principal
Amount
    Cost (2)     Value (3)  

Optiscan Biomedical Corp.

  Diagnostic  

Senior Debt
Matures December 2013
Interest rate Prime + 7.0% or
Floor rate of 10.25%

  $ 10,750      $ 10,392      $ 10,392   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      1,069        637   
   

Preferred Stock

      3,656        3,207   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Optiscan Biomedical Corp.

  

    15,117        14,236   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Diagnostic (3.61%)*

  

    16,532        14,911   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Kamada, LTD. (5)

  Biotechnology Tools   Preferred Stock Warrants       159        164   
   

Common Stock

      752        1,754   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Kamada, LTD.

  

    911        1,918   

Labcyte, Inc.

  Biotechnology Tools  

Senior Debt
Matures May 2013
Interest rate Prime + 8.6% or
Floor rate of 11.85%

  $ 3,885        3,761        3,821   
   

Common Stock Warrants

      192        —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Labcyte, Inc.

  

    3,953        3,821   

NuGEN Technologies, Inc.

  Biotechnology Tools   Preferred Stock Warrants       45        44   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      33        1   
   

Preferred Stock

      500        203   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total NuGEN Technologies, Inc.

  

    578        248   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Biotechnology Tools (1.45%)*

  

    5,442        5,987   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Crux Biomedical, Inc.

  Surgical Devices   Preferred Stock Warrants       37        —     
   

Preferred Stock

      250        —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Crux Biomedical, Inc.

  

    287        —     

Transmedics, Inc. (4)

  Surgical Devices  

Senior Debt
Matures February 2014
Interest rate Prime + 9.70% or
Floor rate of 12.95%

  $ 8,375        8,913        8,913   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      224        159   
   

Preferred Stock

      1,100        1,100   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Transmedics, Inc.

  

    10,237        10,172   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Surgical Devices (2.47%)*

  

    10,524        10,172   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Glam Media, Inc.

  Media/Content/ Info   Preferred Stock Warrants       482        283   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Glam Media, Inc.

  

    482        283   

Everyday Health, Inc.

  Media/Content/ Info   Preferred Stock Warrants       60        630   
   

Preferred Stock

      1,000        1,310   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Everyday Health, Inc.

  

    1,060        1,940   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Media/Content/Info (0.54%)*

  

    1,542        2,223   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  Industry    

Type of Investment (1)

  Principal
Amount
    Cost (2)     Value (3)  

BrightSource Energy, Inc. (4)

    Clean Tech     

Senior Debt
Matures December 2011
Interest rate Prime + 7.75% or
Floor rate of 11.0%

  $ 3,750      $ 3,265      $ 3,265   
   

Senior Debt
Matures June 2012
Interest rate Prime + 9.55% or
Floor rate of 12.80%

  $ 4,583        4,156        4,156   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      675        674   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total BrightSource Energy, Inc.

  

    8,096        8,095   

Calera, Inc.

    Clean Tech     

Senior Debt
Matures July 2013
Interest rate Prime + 7.0% or
Floor rate of 10.25%

  $ 3,621        3,109        3,109   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      513        527   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Calera, Inc.

  

    3,622        3,636   

GreatPoint Energy, Inc.

    Clean Tech     

Senior Debt
Matures October 2013
Interest rate Prime + 8.2% or
Floor rate of 11.45%

  $ 5,000        4,322        4,322   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      548        627   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total GreatPoint Energy, Inc.

  

    4,870        4,949   

Propel Biofuels, Inc.

    Clean Tech     

Senior Debt
Matures September 2013
Interest rate 11.0%

  $ 2,118        1,880        1,850   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      211        192   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Propel Biofuels, Inc.

  

    2,091        2,042   

Solexel, Inc.

    Clean Tech     

Senior Debt
Matures June 2013
Interest rate Prime + 8.25% or
Floor rate of 11.50%

  $ 1,109        1,010        1,010   
   

Senior Debt
Matures June 2013
Interest rate Prime + 7.25% or
Floor rate of 10.50%

  $ 6,000        5,519        5,519   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      335        292   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Solexel, Inc.

  

    6,864        6,821   

Trilliant, Inc.

    Clean Tech      Preferred Stock Warrants       88        99   
    Preferred Stock Warrants       72        80   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Trilliant, Inc.

  

    160        179   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Clean Tech (6.24%)*

  

    25,703        25,722   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Investments

  

  $ 480,405      $ 472,032   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

* Value as a percent of net assets
(1) Preferred and common stock, warrants, and equity interests are generally non-income producing.
(2) Gross unrealized appreciation, gross unrealized depreciation, and net depreciation for federal income tax purposes totaled $22,458, $32,232 and $9,774 respectively. The tax cost of investments is $481,432
(3) Except for warrants in ten publicly traded companies and common stock in five publicly traded companies, all investments are restricted at December 31, 2010 and were valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. No unrestricted securities of the same issuer are outstanding. The Company uses the Standard Industrial Code for classifying the industry grouping of its portfolio companies.
(4) Debt investments of this portfolio company have been pledged as collateral under the Wells Facility.
(5) Non-U.S. company or the company’s principal place of business is outside the United States.
(6) Affiliate investment that is defined under the Investment Company Act of 1940 as companies in which HTGC owns as least 5% but not more than 25% of the voting securities of the company.
(7) Control investment that is defined under the Investment Company Act of 1940 as companies in which HTGC owners as least 25% but no more than 50% of the voting securities of the company
(8) Debt is on non-accrual status at December 31, 2010, and is therefore considered non-income producing.

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS

December 31, 2009

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

   Industry   

Type of Investment (1)

   Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

Acceleron Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

   Drug Discovery    Preferred Stock Warrants       $ 69       $ 1,157   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        35         215   
     

Preferred Stock

        1,243         2,508   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Acceleron Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  

     1,347         3,880   

Aveo Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

   Drug Discovery   

Senior Debt
Matures May 2012
Interest rate 11.13%

   $ 14,564         15,121         15,121   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        190         725   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        104         219   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        24         76   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Aveo Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  

     15,439         16,141   

Dicerna Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

   Drug Discovery   

Senior Debt
Matures April 2012
Interest rate Prime + 9.20% or
Floor rate of 12.95%

   $ 6,603         6,412         6,412   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        206         128   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        31         22   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Dicerna Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  

     6,649         6,562   

Elixir Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

   Drug Discovery   

Senior Debt
Matures October 2011
Interest rate Prime + 9.25% or
Floor rate of 12.5%

   $ 8,067         8,603         8,603   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        217         —     
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Elixir Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  

     8,820         8,603   

EpiCept Corporation

   Drug Discovery    Common Stock Warrants         8         38   
     

Common Stock Warrants

        40         201   
     

Common Stock

        —           —     
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total EpiCept Corporation

  

     48         239   

Horizon Therapeutics, Inc.

   Drug Discovery   

Senior Debt
Matures July 2011
Interest rate Prime + 1.50%

   $ 4,699         4,740         4,740   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        231         —     
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Horizon Therapeutics, Inc.

  

     4,971         4,740   

Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corp.

   Drug Discovery    Preferred Stock         1,500         353   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corp.

  

     1,500         353   

Merrimack Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

   Drug Discovery    Preferred Stock Warrants         155         269   
     

Preferred Stock

        2,000         1,699   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Merrimack Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  

     2,155         1,968   

Paratek Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

   Drug Discovery    Preferred Stock Warrants         137         55   
     

Preferred Stock

        1,000         1,000   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Paratek Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  

     1,137         1,055   

Portola Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

   Drug Discovery   

Senior Debt
Matures April 2011
Interest rate Prime + 2.16%

   $ 6,666         6,893         6,893   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        152         288   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Portola Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  

     7,045         7,181   

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2009

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

 

Industry

 

Type of Investment (1)

  Principal
Amount
    Cost (2)     Value (3)  

Recoly, N.V. (5)

 

Drug Discovery

 

Senior Debt
Matures June 2012
Interest rate Prime + 4.25%

  $ 2,576      $ 2,544      $ 2,544   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Recoly, N.V.

  

    2,544        2,544   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Drug Discovery (14.53%)*

  

    51,655        53,266   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Affinity Videonet, Inc. (4)

  Communications & Networking  

Senior Debt

     
   

Matures June 2012
Interest rate Prime + 8.75% or
Floor rate of 12.00%

  $ 2,318        2,306        2,306   
   

Senior Debt
Matures June 2012
Interest rate Prime + 14.75% or
Floor rate of 18.00%

  $ 2,000        2,030        2,030   
   

Revolving Line of Credit
Matures June 2012
Interest rate Prime + 9.75% or
Floor rate of 13.00%

  $ 500        495        495   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      102        83   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Affinity Videonet, Inc.

  

    4,933        4,914   

E-Band Communications Corp. (6)

  Communications & Networking  

Preferred Stock

      2,880        2,274   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total E-Band Communications Corp.

  

    2,880        2,274   

IKANO Communications, Inc.

  Communications & Networking  

Senior Debt
Matures August 2011
Interest rate 12.00%

  $ 6,472        6,682        6,682   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      45        —     
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      72        —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total IKANO Communications, Inc.

  

    6,799        6,682   

Neonova Holding Company

  Communications & Networking  

Preferred Stock Warrants

      94        42   
   

Preferred Stock

      250        247   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Neonova Holding Company

  

    344        289   

Peerless Network, Inc.

  Communications & Networking  

Preferred Stock Warrants

      95        —     
   

Preferred Stock

      1,000        800   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Peerless Network, Inc.

  

    1,095        800   

Ping Identity Corporation

  Communications & Networking  

Preferred Stock Warrants

      52        168   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Ping Identity Corporation

  

    52        168   

Purcell Systems, Inc.

  Communications & Networking  

Preferred Stock Warrants

      123        386   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Purcell Systems, Inc.

  

    123        386   

Rivulet Communications, Inc. (4)

  Communications & Networking  

Senior Debt
Matures March 2010
Interest rate Prime + 8.00% or
Floor rate of 12%

  $ 1,063        1,059        1,059   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      146        —     
   

Common Stock

      250        —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Rivulet Communications, Inc.

  

    1,455        1,059   

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2009

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

 

Industry

 

Type of Investment (1)

  Principal
Amount
    Cost (2)     Value (3)  

Seven Networks, Inc.

  Communications & Networking  

Preferred Stock Warrants

    $ 174      $ 11   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Seven Networks, Inc.

  

    174        11   

Stoke, Inc.

  Communications & Networking  

Preferred Stock Warrants

      53        81   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Stoke, Inc.

  

    53        81   

Tectura Corporation

  Communications & Networking  

Senior Debt
Matures September 2010
Interest rate Prime + 10.75% or
Floor rate of 14.00%

  $ 1,875        1,875        1,875   
   

Revolving Line of Credit
Matures July 2011
Interest rate Prime + 10.75% or
Floor rate of 14.00%

  $ 9,908        10,239        10,239   
   

Revolving Line of Credit
Matures July 2011
Interest rate Prime + 10.75% or
Floor rate of 14.00%

  $ 5,000        5,156        5,156   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      51        —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Tectura Corporation

  

    17,321        17,270   

Zayo Bandwidth, Inc.

  Communications & Networking  

Senior Debt
Matures November 2013
Interest rate Libor + 5.25%

  $ 24,750        24,539        24,105   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Zayo Bandwith, Inc.

  

    24,539        24,105   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Communications & Networking (15.84)*

  

    59,768        58,039   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Atrenta, Inc.

  Software  

Preferred Stock Warrants

      102        99   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      34        32   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      95        159   
   

Preferred Stock

      250        375   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Atrenta, Inc.

  

    481        665   

Blurb, Inc.

  Software  

Senior Debt
Matures June 2011
Interest rate Prime + 3.50% or
Floor rate of 8.5%

  $ 3,329        3,400        3,400   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      25        128   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      299        69   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Blurb, Inc.

  

    3,724        3,597   

Braxton Technologies, LLC.

  Software  

Preferred Stock Warrants

      188        116   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Braxton Technologies, LLC.

  

    188        116   

Bullhorn, Inc.

  Software  

Preferred Stock Warrants

      43        248   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Bullhorn, Inc.

  

    43        248   

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2009

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

 

Industry

 

Type of Investment (1)

  Principal
Amount
    Cost (2)     Value (3)  

Clickfox, Inc.

  Software  

Senior Debt
Matures September 2011
Interest rate Prime + 5.00% or
Floor rate of 10.25%

  $ 3,754      $ 3,628      $ 3,628   
   

Revolving Line of Credit
Matures July 2010
Interest rate Prime + 8.50% or
Floor rate of 13.5%

  $ 2,000        1,965        1,965   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      177        143   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Clickfox, Inc.

  

    5,770        5,736   

Forescout Technologies, Inc.

  Software  

Preferred Stock Warrants

      99        77   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Forescout Technologies, Inc.

  

    99        77   

GameLogic, Inc.

  Software  

Preferred Stock Warrants

      92        1   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total GameLogic, Inc.

  

    92        1   

HighJump Acquisition, LLC.

  Software  

Senior Debt
Matures May 2013
Interest rate Libor + 8.75% or
Floor rate of 12.00%

  $ 15,000        14,758        14,758   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total HighJump Acquisition, LLC.

  

    14,758        14,758   

HighRoads, Inc.

  Software  

Preferred Stock Warrants

      44        13   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total HighRoads, Inc.

  

    44        13   

Infologix, Inc. (4)(7)

  Software  

Senior Debt
Matures November 2013
Interest rate 12.00%

  $ 5,500        5,500        5,500   
   

Convertible Senior Debt
Matures November 2014
Interest rate 12.00%

  $ 5,000        5,004        10,060   
   

Revolving Line of Credit
Matures May 2011
Interest rate 12.00%

  $ 7,559        7,559        7,559   
   

Common Stock Warrants

      760        1,494   
   

Common Stock

      5,000        7,571   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Infologix, Inc.

  

    23,823        32,184   

Intelliden, Inc.

  Software  

Preferred Stock Warrants

      18        —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Intelliden, Inc.

  

    18        —     

PSS Systems, Inc.

  Software  

Preferred Stock Warrants

      51        71   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total PSS Systems, Inc.

  

    51        71   

Rockyou, Inc.

  Software  

Preferred Stock Warrants

      117        140   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Rockyou, Inc.

  

    117        140   

Savvion, Inc. (4)

  Software  

Senior Debt
Matures February 2011
Interest rate Prime + 7.75% or
Floor rate of 11.00%

  $ 2,117        2,085        2,085   
   

Revolving Line of Credit
Matures May 2010
Interest rate Prime + 6.75% or
Floor rate of 10.00%

  $ 1,500        1,516        1,516   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      52        183   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Savvion, Inc.

  

    3,653        3,784   

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2009

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

 

Industry

 

Type of Investment (1)

  Principal
Amount
    Cost (2)     Value (3)  

Sportvision, Inc.

 

Software

 

Preferred Stock Warrants

    $ 39      $ 47   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Sportvision, Inc.

  

    39        47   

WildTangent, Inc.

 

Software

 

Preferred Stock Warrants

      238        77   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total WildTangent, Inc.

  

    238        77   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Software (16.78%)*

  

    53,138        61,514   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Luminus Devices, Inc.

  Electronics & Computer Hardware  

Senior Debt
Matures December 2011
Interest rate 12.875%

  $ 1,062        1,062        1,062   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      183        —     
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      84        —     
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      334        —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Luminus Devices, Inc.

  

    1,663        1,062   

Maxvision Holding, LLC.

  Electronics & Computer Hardware  

Senior Debt
Matures October 2012
Interest rate Prime + 5.50%

  $ 5,000        5,192        5,192   
   

Senior Debt
Matures April 2012
Interest rate Prime + 2.25%

  $ 4,409        4,378        4,378   
   

Revolving Line of Credit
Matures April 2012
Interest rate Prime + 2.25%

  $ 2,500        2,584        2,584   

Maxvision Holding, LLC.

  Electronics & Computer Hardware  

Common Stock

      81        170   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Maxvision Holding, LLC.

  

    12,235        12,324   

Shocking Technologies, Inc.

  Electronics & Computer Hardware  

Senior Debt
Matures December 2010
Interest rate Prime + 2.50%

  $ 1,867        1,854        1,854   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      63        119   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Shocking Technologies, Inc.

  

    1,917        1,973   

Spatial Photonics, Inc.

  Electronics & Computer Hardware  

Senior Debt
Matures April 2011
Interest rate 10.066%

  $ 1,980        2,102        2,101   
   

Senior Debt
Mature April 2011
Interest rate 9.217%

  $ 197        197        197   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      129        —     
   

Preferred Stock

      500        129   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Spatial Photonics Inc.

  

    2,928        2,427   

VeriWave, Inc.

  Electronics & Computer Hardware  

Preferred Stock Warrants

      54        —     
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      46        —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total VeriWave, Inc.

  

    100        —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Electronics & Computer Hardware (4.85%)*

  

    18,843        17,786   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2009

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

 

Industry

 

Type of Investment (1)

  Principal
Amount
    Cost (2)     Value (3)  

Aegerion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (4)

  Specialty Pharmaceuticals  

Senior Debt
Matures September 2011
Interest rate Prime + 2.50% or
Floor rate of 11.00%

  $ 5,481      $ 5,786      $ 5,786   
   

Convertible Senior Debt
Matures December 2010

  $ 279        279        279   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      69        253   
   

Preferred Stock

      1,000        1,019   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Aegerion Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  

    7,134        7,337   

QuatRx Pharmaceuticals Company

  Specialty Pharmaceuticals  

Senior Debt
Matures October 2011
Interest rate Prime + 8.90% or
Floor rate of 12.15%

  $ 15,417        15,422        15,422   
   

Convertible Senior Debt
Matures March 2010

  $ 1,888        1,888        2,861   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      220        —     
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      307        —     
   

Preferred Stock

      750        —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total QuatRx Pharmaceuticals Company

  

    18,587        18,283   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Specialty Pharmaceuticals (6.99%)*

  

    25,721        25,620   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Annie’s, Inc.

  Consumer & Business Products  

Senior Debt -
Second Lien
Matures April 2011
Interest rate LIBOR + 6.50% or
Floor rate of 10.00%

  $ 6,000        6,005        6,005   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      321        113   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Annie’s, Inc.

  

    6,326        6,118   

IPA Holdings, LLC. (4)

  Consumer & Business Products  

Senior Debt
Matures November 2012
Interest rate Prime + 8.25% or
Floor rate of 12.5%

  $ 9,500        9,432        9,432   
   

Senior Debt
Matures May 2013
Interest rate Prime + 11.25% or
Floor rate of 15.5%

  $ 6,500        6,684        6,684   
   

Revolving Line of Credit
Matures November 2012
Interest rate Prime + 7.75% or
Floor rate of 12.00%

  $ 856        786        786   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      275        —     
   

Common Stock

      500        120   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total IPA Holdings, LLC.

  

    17,677        17,022   

Market Force Information, Inc.

  Consumer & Business Products  

Preferred Stock Warrants

      24        —     
   

Preferred Stock

      500        267   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Market Force Information, Inc.

  

    524        267   

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2009

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

 

Industry

 

Type of Investment (1)

  Principal
Amount
    Cost (2)     Value (3)  

OnTech Operations, Inc. (8)

  Consumer & Business Products  

Senior Debt
Matures June 2010
Interest rate 16.00%

  $ 106      $ 106      $ —     
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      452        —     
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      218        —     
   

Preferred Stock

      1,000        —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total OnTech Operations, Inc.

  

    1,776        —     

Wageworks, Inc.

  Consumer & Business Products  

Preferred Stock Warrants

      252        1,425   
   

Preferred Stock

      250        368   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Wageworks, Inc.

  

    502        1,793   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Consumer & Business Products (6.88%)*

  

    26,805        25,200   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Custom One Design, Inc. (8)

  Semiconductors  

Senior Debt
Matures September 2010
Interest rate 11.50%

  $ 426        409        109   
   

Common Stock Warrants

      18        —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Custom One Design, Inc.

  

    427        109   

Enpirion, Inc.

  Semiconductors  

Senior Debt
Matures August 2011
Interest rate Prime + 2.00% or
Floor rate of 7.625%

  $ 5,094        5,359        5,359   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      157        2   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Enpirion, Inc.

  

    5,516        5,361   

iWatt, Inc.

  Semiconductors  

Preferred Stock Warrants

      46        —     
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      51        —     
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      73        —     
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      458        —     
   

Preferred Stock

      490        950   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total iWatt, Inc.

  

    1,118        950   

NEXX Systems, Inc. (4)

  Semiconductors  

Senior Debt
Matures March 2010
Interest rate Prime + 3.50% or
Floor rate of 11.25%

  $ 565        547        547   
   

Revolving Line of Credit
Matures June 2010
Interest rate Prime + 8.00% or
Floor rate of 13.25%

  $ 3,000        3,102        3,102   
   

Revolving Line of Credit
Matures June 2010
Interest rate Prime + 8.00% or
Floor rate of 17.50%

  $ 500        500        500   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      562        784   
   

Preferred Stock

      6        332   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total NEXX Systems, Inc.

  

    4,717        5,265   

Quartics, Inc.

  Semiconductors  

Senior Debt
Matures May 2010
Interest rate 10.00%

  $ 139        131        131   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      53        —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Quartics, Inc.

  

    184        131   

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2009

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

   Industry   

Type of Investment (1)

   Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  
Solarflare Communications, Inc.    Semiconductors   

Senior Debt
Matures August 2010
Interest rate 11.75%

   $ 197       $ 166       $ 166   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         83         —     
      Common Stock         641         —     
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total Solarflare Communications, Inc.         890         166   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total Semiconductors (3.27%)*         12,852         11,982   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
Labopharm USA, Inc. (5)    Drug Delivery   

Senior Debt
Matures June 2012
Interest rate 10.95%

   $ 20,000         19,704         19,704   
      Common Stock Warrants         687         1,307   

 

Total Labopharm USA, Inc.

  

  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     20,391         21,011   
Transcept Pharmaceuticals, Inc.    Drug Delivery    Common Stock Warrants         36         94   
      Common Stock Warrants         51         91   
      Common Stock         500         283   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total Transcept Pharmaceuticals, Inc.         587         468   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total Drug Delivery (5.86%)*         20,978         21,479   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
BARRX Medical, Inc.    Therapeutic   

Senior Debt
Mature December 2011
Interest rate 11.00%

   $ 5,481         5,697         5,697   
     

Revolving Line of Credit
Matures May 2010
Interest rate 10.00%

   $ 1,000         1,000         1,000   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         76         111   
      Preferred Stock         1,500         2,303   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total BARRX Medical, Inc.         8,273         9,111   
EKOS Corporation    Therapeutic   

Senior Debt
Matures November 2010
Interest rate Prime + 2.00%

   $ 2,677         3,193         3,193   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         175         —     
      Preferred Stock Warrants         153         —     
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total EKOS Corporation         3,521         3,193   
Gelesis, Inc. (8)    Therapeutic   

Senior Debt
Matures May 2012
Interest rate Prime + 7.5% or
Floor rate of 10.75%

   $ 2,847         2,852         41   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         58         —     
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total Gelesis, Inc.         2,910         41   
Gynesonics, Inc.    Therapeutic    Preferred Stock Warrants         18         5   
      Preferred Stock         250         627   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total Gynesonics, Inc.         268         632   
Light Science Oncology, Inc.    Therapeutic    Preferred Stock Warrants         99         26   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total Light Science Oncology, Inc.         99         26   

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2009

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

 

Industry

 

Type of Investment (1)

  Principal
Amount
    Cost (2)     Value (3)  

Novasys Medical, Inc. (4)

  Therapeutic  

Senior Debt
Matures January 2010
Interest rate 9.70%

  $ 295      $ 529      $ 529   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      71        —     
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      54        —     
   

Preferred Stock

      1,000        1,000   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Novasys Medical, Inc.

  

    1,654        1,529   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Therapeutic (3.96%)*

  

    16,725        14,532   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cozi Group, Inc.

  Internet Consumer & Business Services   Preferred Stock Warrants       148        —     
   

Preferred Stock

      177        7   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Cozi Group, Inc.

  

    325        7   

Invoke Solutions, Inc.

  Internet Consumer & Business Services   Preferred Stock Warrants       56        129   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      26        29   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Invoke Solutions, Inc.

  

    82        158   

Prism Education Group, Inc.

  Internet Consumer & Business Services  

Senior Debt
Matures December 2010
Interest rate 11.25%

  $ 801        777        777   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      43        104   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Prism Education Group, Inc.

  

    820        881   

RazorGator Interactive Group, Inc. (4)

  Internet Consumer & Business Services  

Revolving Line of Credit
Matures May 2010
Interest rate Prime + 6.00% or
Floor rate of 12.00%

  $ 10,000        9,989        9,989   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      14        223   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      28        33   
   

Preferred Stock

      1,000        1,037   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total RazorGator Interactive Group, Inc.

  

    11,031        11,282   

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2009

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

 

Industry

 

Type of Investment (1)

  Principal
Amount
    Cost (2)     Value (3)  

Spa Chakra, Inc. (8)

  Internet Consumer & Business Services  

Senior Debt
Matures October 2011
Interest rate 16.45%

  $ 10,000      $ 10,222      $ 5,444   
   

Senior Debt
Matures April 2010
Interest rate 16.45%

  $ 850        850        850   
   

Senior Debt
Matures December 2009
Interest rate 16.45%

  $ 250        250        250   
   

Senior Debt
Matures February 2010
Interest rate 17%

  $ 1,225        1,225        1,225   
   

Senior Debt
Matures February 2010
Interest rate 17%

  $ 157        157        157   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      1        —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Spa Chakra, Inc.

  

    12,705        7,926   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Internet Consumer & Business Services (5.53%)*

  

    24,963        20,254   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Lilliputian Systems, Inc.

  Energy   Preferred Stock Warrants       107        104   
   

Common Stock Warrants

      48        —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Lilliputian Systems, Inc.

  

    155        104   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Energy (0.03%)*

  

    155        104   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Box.net, Inc.

  Information Services  

Senior Debt
Matures May 2011
Interest rate Prime + 1.50%

  $ 676        687        687   
   

Senior Debt
Matures September 2011
Interest rate Prime + 0.50%

  $ 287        300        300   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      73        53   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Box.net, Inc.

  

    1,060        1,040   

Buzznet, Inc.

  Information Services   Preferred Stock Warrants       9        —     
   

Preferred Stock

      250        74   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Buzznet, Inc.

  

    259        74   

XL Education Corp.

  Information Services   Common Stock       880        880   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total XL Education Corp.

  

    880        880   

hi5 Networks, Inc.

  Information Services  

Senior Debt
Matures December 2010
Interest rate Prime + 2.5%

  $ 1,357        1,347        1,347   
   

Senior Debt
Matures June 2011
Interest rate Prime + 0.5%

  $ 3,603        4,305        4,305   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      213        —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total hi5 Networks, Inc.

  

    5,865        5,652   

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2009

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

 

Industry

 

Type of Investment (1)

  Principal
Amount
    Cost (2)     Value (3)  

Jab Wireless, Inc.

  Information Services  

Senior Debt
Matures November 2012
Interest rate Prime + 3.50% or Floor rate of 9.5%

  $ 14,750      $ 14,594      $ 14,594   
   

Revolving Line of Credit
Matures October 2010
Interest rate Prime + 3.50% or Floor rate of 9.5%

  $ 2,500        2,492        2,492   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      265        151   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Jab Wireless, Inc.

  

    17,351        17,237   

Solutionary, Inc.

  Information Services  

Preferred Stock Warrants

      94        —     
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      2        —     
   

Preferred Stock

      250        83   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Solutionary, Inc.

  

    346        83   

Ancestry.com, Inc. (The Generation Networks, Inc.)

  Information Services  

Common Stock

      452        880   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Ancestry.com, Inc.

  

    452        880   

Good Technologies, Inc. (Visto Corporation)

  Information Services  

Common Stock

      603        603   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Visto Corporation

  

    603        603   

Coveroo, Inc.

  Information Services  

Preferred Stock Warrants

      7        —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Coveroo, Inc.

  

    7        —     

Zeta Interactive Corporation

  Information Services  

Senior Debt
Matures November 2012
Interest rate 9.50%

  $ 4,731        4,649        4,649   
   

Senior Debt
Matures November 2012
Interest rate 10.50%

  $ 6,484        6,719        6,719   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      172        —     
   

Preferred Stock

      500        310   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Zeta Interactive Corporation

  

    12,040        11,678   

Total Information Services (10.40%)*

  

    38,863        38,127   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Novadaq Technologies, Inc.

  Diagnostic  

Common Stock

      1,567        542   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Novadaq Technologies, Inc.

  

    1,567        542   

Optiscan Biomedical Corp.

  Diagnostic  

Senior Debt
Matures June 2011
Interest rate 10.25%

  $ 7,696        8,040        8,040   
   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      760        342   
   

Preferred Stock

      3,000        3,000   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Optiscan Biomedical Corp.

  

    11,800        11,382   

Total Diagnostic (3.25%)*

  

    13,367        11,924   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Kamada, LTD. (5)

  Biotechnology Tools  

Common Stock Warrants

      159        149   
   

Common Stock

      794        1,161   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Kamada, LTD.

  

    953        1,310   

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2009

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

   Industry   

Type of Investment (1)

   Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

Labcyte, Inc.

   Biotechnology Tools   

Senior Debt
Matures November 2012
Interest rate Prime + 8.6% or
Floor rate of 11.85%

   $ 3,500       $ 3,282       $ 3,282   
     

Common Stock Warrants

        192         235   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Labcyte, Inc.

  

     3,474         3,517   

NuGEN Technologies, Inc.

   Biotechnology Tools   

Senior Debt
Matures November 2010
Interest rate Prime + 3.45% or
Floor rate of 6.75%

   $ 785         917         917   
     

Senior Debt
Matures November 2010
Interest rate Prime + 1.70% or
Floor rate of 6.75%

   $ 442         442         442   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        45         391   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        33         41   
     

Preferred Stock

        500         587   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total NuGEN Technologies, Inc.

  

     1,937         2,378   

Solace Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (4)

   Biotechnology Tools   

Senior Debt
Matures August 2012
Interest rate Prime + 4.25% or
Floor rate of 9.85%

   $ 2,617         2,521         2,521   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        42         —     
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        54         —     
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Solace Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  

     2,617         2,521   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Biotechnology Tools (2.65%)*

  

     8,981         9,726   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Crux Biomedical, Inc.

   Surgical Devices    Preferred Stock Warrants         37         —     
     

Preferred Stock

        250         26   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Crux Biomedical, Inc.

  

     287         26   

Transmedics, Inc. (8)

   Surgical Devices   

Senior Debt
Matures December 2011
Interest rate Prime + 5.25% or
Floor rate of 10.50%

   $ 9,475         9,715         2,715   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        225         —     
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Transmedics, Inc.

  

     9,940         2,715   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Surgical Devices (0.75%)*

  

     10,227         2,741   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2009

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

 

Industry

 

Type of Investment (1)

  Principal
Amount
  Cost (2)     Value (3)  

Glam Media, Inc.

  Media/Content/Info  

Preferred Stock Warrants

    $ 482      $ 283   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Glam Media, Inc.

    482        283   

Waterfront Media Inc.

   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      60        592   
   

Preferred Stock

      1,000        1,500   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Waterfront Media Inc.

    1,060        2,092   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Media/Content/Info (0.65%)*

    1,542        2,375   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 
         
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Investments

  $ 384,583      $ 374,669   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Value as a percent of net assets
(1) Preferred and common stock, warrants, and equity interests are generally non-income producing.
(2) Gross unrealized appreciation, gross unrealized depreciation, and net depreciation for federal income tax purposes totaled $17,409, $30,495 and $13,086, respectively. The tax cost of investments is $379,600.
(3) Except for warrants in six publicly traded companies and common stock in four publicly traded companies, all investments are restricted at December 31, 2009 and were valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. No unrestricted securities of the same issuer are outstanding. The Company uses the Standard Industrial Code for classifying the industry grouping of its portfolio companies.
(4) Debt investments of this portfolio company have been pledged as collateral under the Wells Facility.
(5) Non-U.S. company or the company’s principal place of business is outside the United States.
(6) Affiliate investment that is defined under the Investment Company Act of 1940 as companies in which HTGC owns as least 5% but not more than 25% of the voting securities of the company.
(7) Control investment that is defined under the Investment Company Act of 1940 as companies in which HTGC owners as least 25% but no more than 50% of the voting securities of the company.
(8) Debt is on non-accrual status at December 31, 2009, and is therefore considered non-income producing.

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

     For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2010     2009     2008  

Investment Income:

      

Interest income

      

Non Control/Non Affiliate investments

   $ 51,417      $ 61,781      $ 67,080   

Affiliate investments

     —          153        203   

Control investments

     3,283        266        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     54,700        62,200        67,283   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fees

      

Non Control/Non Affiliate investments

     5,045        10,883        8,533   

Affiliate investments

     —          19        19   

Control investments

     (271     1,175        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fees

     4,774        12,077        8,552   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment income

     59,474        74,277        75,835   

Operating expenses:

      

Interest

     8,572        9,387        13,121   

Loan fees

     1,259        1,880        2,649   

General and administrative

     7,086        7,281        6,899   

Employee Compensation:

      

Compensation and benefits

     10,474        10,737        11,595   

Stock-based compensation

     2,709        1,888        1,590   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total employee compensation

     13,183        12,625        13,185   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     30,100        31,173        35,854   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment income

     29,374        43,104        39,981   

Net realized (losses) gains on investments

      

Non Control/Non Affiliate investments

     (28,873     (26,501     2,643   

Affiliate investments

     —          (4,300     —     

Control investments

     2,491        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net realized (loss) gain on investments

     (26,382     (30,801     2,643   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for excise tax

     —          —          (203

Net increase (decrease) in unrealized appreciation on investments

      

Non Control/Non Affiliate investments

     1,118        (12,426     (18,082

Affiliate investments

     795        5,334        (3,344

Control investments

     77        8,361        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net unrealized (depreciation) appreciation on investments

     1,990        1,269        (21,426
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net realized and unrealized gains (losses)

     (24,392     (29,532     (18,986
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations

   $ 4,982      $ 13,572      $ 20,995   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment income per common share:

      

Basic

   $ 0.80      $ 1.25      $ 1.23   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations per common share:

      

Basic

   $ 0.12      $ 0.38      $ 0.64   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.12      $ 0.37      $ 0.64   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

      

Basic

     36,156        34,486        32,619   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     36,870        34,891        32,619   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS

(in thousands)

 

   

 

 

 

Common Stock

    Capital
in excess
of par
value
    Unrealized
Appreciation
on
Investments
    Accumulated
Realized
Gains
(Losses) on
Investments
    Distributions
in Excess of
Investment
Income
    Provision
for Income
Taxes on
Investment
Gains
    Net
Assets
 
    Shares     Par Value              

Balance at December 31, 2007

    32,541      $ 33      $ 393,452      $ 10,129      $ 819      $ (3,557   $ (139   $ 400,737   

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations

    —          —          —          (21,426     2,643        39,981        (203     20,995   

Issuance of common stock

    7        —          70        —          —          —          —          70   

Issuance of common stock from exercise of warrants

    88        —          934        —          —          —          —          934   

Issuance of common stock under restricted stock plan

    238        —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Issuance of common stock under dividend reinvestment plan

    222        —          1,414        —          —          —          —          1,414   

Dividends declared

    —          —          —          —          —          (43,282     —          (43,282

Tax Reclassification of stockholders’ equity

    —          —          (1,700     —          444        1,256        —          —     

Stock-based compensation

    —          —          1,590        —          —          —          —          1,590   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2008

    33,096      $ 33      $ 395,760      $ (11,297   $ 3,906      $ (5,602   $ (342   $ 382,458   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations

    —        $ —        $ —        $ 1,269      $ (30,801   $ 43,104      $ —        $ 13,572   

Issuance of common stock

    3        —          22        —          —          —          —          22   

Issuance of common stock under restricted stock plan

    307        —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Issuance of common stock under dividend reinvestment plan

    307        —          2,862        —          —          —          —          2,862   

Issuance of common stock dividend in first quarter of 2009

    1,921        2        9,530                9,532   

Dividends declared

    —          —          —          —          —          (43,914     —          (43,914

Stock-based compensation

    —          —          1,983        —              —          1,983   

Tax Reclassification of stockholders’ equity

        (1,121       (1,234     2,355          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

    35,634      $ 35      $ 409,036      $ (10,028   $ (28,129   $ (4,057   $ (342   $ 366,515   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations

    —        $ —        $ —        $ 1,990      $ (26,382   $ 29,374      $ —        $ 4,982   

Issuance of common stock

    531        1        2,661        —          —          —          —          2,662   

Issuance of common stock under restricted stock plan

    485        —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Acquisition of common stock under repurchase plan

    (403     —          (3,699     —          —          —          —          (3,699

Issuance of common stock under dividend reinvestment plan

    199        —          1,927        —          —          —          —          1,927   

Retired shares from net issuance

    (189     —          (1,934     —          —          —          —          (1,934

Public Offering

    7,187        7        68,097        —          —          —          —          68,104   

Dividends declared

    —          —          —          —          —          (28,816     —          (28,816

Stock-based compensation

    —          —          2,790        —          —          —          —          2,790   

Tax Reclassification of stockholders’ equity

        (1,329       3,478        (2,149       —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

    43,444      $ 43      $ 477,549      $ (8,038   $ (51,033   $ (5,648   $ (342   $ 412,531   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations

   $ 4,982      $ 13,572      $ 20,995   

Adjustments to reconcile net increase in net assets resulting from operations to net cash used in and provided by operating activities:

      

Purchase of investments

     (322,331     (89,188     (304,666

Principal payments received on investments

     196,119        274,819        222,668   

Proceeds from sale of investments

     7,613        5,769        20,170   

Net unrealized (appreciation) depreciation on investments

     (1,990     (1,269     21,426   

Net realized (gain) loss on investments

     26,382        30,801        (2,643

Net unrealized appreciation on investments due to lender

     (13     29        143   

Accretion of paid-in-kind principal

     (3,246     (2,959     (954

Accretion of loan discounts

     (4,526     (5,463     (7,239

Accretion of loan exit fees

     437        (4,649     (1,588

Depreciation

     400        367        306   

Stock-based compensation

     2,790        1,983        1,590   

Common stock issued in lieu of Director compensation

     105        22        70   

Change in deferred loan origination revenue

     4,185        (4,446     279   

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Interest and fees receivable

     (1,200     1,478        (830

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     263        2,844        506   

Accounts payable

     350        (70     302   

Income tax receivable (payable)

     (41     —          —     

Accrued liabilities

     (3,529     2,484        1,840   

Excise tax payable

     —          (196     98   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (93,250     225,928        (27,527

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Purchases of capital equipment

     (244     (134     (606

Other long-term assets

     350        (360     (6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     106        (494     (612

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net

     68,727        —          934   

Stock repurchase program

     (3,699     —          —     

Dividends paid

     (26,889     (31,519     (41,868

Borrowings of credit facilities

     39,400        98,988        252,499   

Repayments of credit facilities

     —          (185,170     (169,967

Fees paid for credit facilities and debentures

     (2,209     (147     (4,073
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used) in financing activities

     75,330        (117,848     37,525   

Net increase in cash

     (17,814     107,586        9,386   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     124,828        17,242        7,856   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 107,014      $ 124,828      $ 17,242   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures:

      

Interest paid

   $ 8,274      $ 9,386      $ 10,880   

Income taxes paid

     39        228        139   

Stock dividend

     —          9,532        —     

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Description of Business, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. (the “Company”) is a specialty finance company that provides debt and equity growth capital to technology-related companies at various stages of development, which include select publicly listed companies and lower middle market companies. The Company sources its investments through its principal office located in Silicon Valley, as well as through its additional offices in the Boston, Massachusetts and Boulder, Colorado. The Company was incorporated under the General Corporation Law of the State of Maryland in December 2003. The Company commenced operations on February 2, 2004 and commenced investment activities in September 2004.

The Company is an internally managed, non-diversified closed-end investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). From incorporation through December 31, 2005, the Company was taxed as a corporation under Subchapter C of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, (the “Code”). Effective January 1, 2006, the Company has elected to be treated for tax purposes as a regulated investment company, or RIC, under the Code (see Note 5).

The Company formed Hercules Technology II, L.P. (“HT II”), which was licensed on September 27, 2006, and Hercules Technology III, L.P. (“HT III”) which was licensed on May 26, 2010, to operate as Small Business Investment Companies (“SBIC”) under the authority of the Small Business Administration (“SBA”). As SBICs, HT II and HT III are subject to a variety of regulations concerning, among other things, the size and nature of the companies in which they may invest and the structure of those investments. The Company also formed Hercules Technology SBIC Management, LLC (“HTM”), a limited liability company. HTM is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The Company is the sole limited partner of HT II and HT III, and HTM is the general partner (see Note 4).

The Company also established wholly owned subsidiaries, all of which are structured as Delaware corporations and limited liability companies, to hold portfolio companies organized as limited liability companies, or LLCs, (or other forms of pass-through entities). We currently qualify as a RIC for federal income tax purposes, which allows us to avoid paying corporate income taxes on any income or gains that we distribute to our stockholders. The purpose of establishing these entities is to satisfy the RIC tax requirement that at least 90% of our gross income for income tax purposes is investment income.

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. In accordance with Article 6 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the Company does not consolidate portfolio company investments.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. This requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts and disclosures reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Such estimates and assumptions could change in the future as more information becomes known, and actual results could differ from those estimates.

Valuation of Investments

Our investments are carried at fair value in accordance with the 1940 Act and Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) topic 820 Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, (formerly known as SFAS No. 157, Fair

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Value Measurements). At December 31, 2010, approximately 79.8% of the Company’s total assets represented investments in portfolio companies that are valued at fair value by the Board of Directors. Value, as defined in Section 2(a) (41) of the 1940 Act, is (i) the market price for those securities for which a market quotation is readily available and (ii) for all other securities and assets, fair value is as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. The Company’s debt securities are primarily invested in equity sponsored technology, life science and clean technology companies. Given the nature of lending to these types of businesses, the Company’s investments in these portfolio companies are considered Level 3 assets under ASC 820 because there is no known or accessible market or market indexes for these investment securities to be traded or exchanged. As such, it values substantially all of its investments at fair value as determined in good faith pursuant to a consistent valuation policy and the Company’s Board of Directors in accordance with the provisions of ASC 820 and the 1940 Act. Due to the inherent uncertainty in determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of the Company’s investments determined in good faith by its Board may differ significantly from the value that would have been used had a ready market existed for such investments, and the differences could be material.

Our Board of Directors may from time to time engage an independent valuation firm to provide us with valuation assistance with respect to certain of our portfolio investments on a quarterly basis. We intend to continue to engage an independent valuation firm to provide us with assistance regarding our determination of the fair value of selected portfolio investments each quarter unless directed by the Board of Directors to cancel such valuation services. The scope of services rendered by an independent valuation firm is at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors is ultimately and solely responsible for determining the fair value of our investments in good faith.

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available or when such market quotations are deemed not to represent fair value, our board of directors has approved a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

(1) our quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals responsible for the portfolio investment;

(2) preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with our investment committee;

(3) the valuation committee of the board of directors reviews the preliminary valuation of the investment committee and that of the independent valuation firm and responds to the valuation recommendation of the independent valuation firm to reflect any comments, if any; and

(4) the board of directors discusses valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith based on the input of, where applicable, the respective independent valuation firm and the valuation committee.

We adopted ASC 820 on January 1, 2008. ASC 820 establishes a framework for measuring the fair value of the assets and liabilities and outlines a fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value and the effect of fair value measures on earnings. ASC 820 also enhances disclosure requirements for fair value measurements based on the level within the hierarchy of the information used in the valuation. ASC 820 applies whenever other standards require (or permit) assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value but does not expand the use of fair value in any new circumstances. ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

The Company has categorized all investments recorded at fair value in accordance with ASC 820 based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair value. Hierarchical levels, defined by ASC 820 and directly related to the amount of subjectivity associated with the inputs to fair valuation of these assets and liabilities, are as follows:

Level 1—Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets at the measurement date. The types of assets carried at Level 1 fair value generally are equities listed in active markets.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Level 2—Inputs (other than quoted prices included in Level 1) are either directly or indirectly observable for the asset in connection with market data at the measurement date and for the extent of the instrument’s anticipated life. Fair valued assets that are generally included in this category are warrants held in a public company.

Level 3—Inputs reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset at the measurement date. It includes prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable. Generally, assets carried at fair value and included in this category are the debt investments and warrants and equities held in a private company.

Debt Investments

The Company follows the guidance set forth in ASC 820 which establishes a framework for measuring the fair value of assets and liabilities and outlines a fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value and the effect of fair value measures on earnings. The Company’s debt securities are primarily invested in equity sponsored technology, life science and clean technology companies. Given the nature of lending to these types of businesses, the Company’s investments in these portfolio companies are considered Level 3 assets under ASC 820 because there is no known or accessible market or market indexes for these investment securities to be traded or exchanged.

During the quarter ended December 31, 2010, and in connection with the year-end audit process, the Company corrected the valuation process to refine its application of ASC 820. We applied a new procedure that assumes a sale of investment in a hypothetical market to a hypothetical market participant where buyers and sellers are willing participants. The hypothetical market does not include scenarios where the underlying security was simply repaid or extinguished, but includes an exit concept. Under the new process, the Company has continued to evaluate the collateral for recoverability of the debt investments as well as apply all of its historical fair value analysis excluding its interest rate sensitivity analysis, which was replaced by the hypothetical market participant method, as discussed above. The Company uses pricing on recently issued comparable debt securities to determine the baseline hypothetical market yields as of the measurement date. The Company considers each portfolio company’s credit rating, security liens and other characteristics of the investment to adjust the baseline yield to derive a hypothetical yield for each investment. The anticipated future cash flows from each investment are then discounted at the hypothetical yield to estimate each investment’s fair value as of the measurement date.

The Company’s audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010 reflect the fair value of its debt investments in accordance with ASC 820 using the new valuation procedures described above. The Company determined that if it had analyzed the fair value of its investments for the year ended December 31, 2009 using this procedure, the result to the 2009 consolidated financial statements would not have been material. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recognized additional unrealized depreciation of $803,000 which is not material to the 2010 consolidated financial statements.

In addition, amounts previously recorded as deferred fee income ($2.4 million at December 31, 2009) and accrued back-end fees ($6.6 million at December 31, 2009) are no longer shown separately on the consolidated Balance Sheets because these amounts are a component of fair value of the investments on the consolidated Schedule of Investments.

Under the new valuation methodology, the Company’s process includes the examination of criteria similar to those used in its original investment decision, including, among other things, the underlying investment performance, the current portfolio company’s financial condition and market changing events that impact valuation, estimated remaining life, current market yield and interest rate spreads of similar securities as of the measurement date. If there is a significant deterioration of the credit quality of a debt investment, the Company may consider other factors to estimate fair value, including the proceeds that would be received in a liquidation analysis.

The Company records unrealized depreciation on investments when it believes that an investment has decreased in value, including where collection of a loan is doubtful or if under the in exchange premise when the

 

F-37


Table of Contents

value of a debt security were to be less than amortized cost of the investment. Conversely, where appropriate, the Company records unrealized appreciation if it believes that the underlying portfolio company has appreciated in value and, therefore, that its investment has also appreciated in value or if under the in exchange premise the value of a debt security were to greater than amortized cost.

When originating a debt instrument, the Company generally receives warrants or other equity-related securities from the borrower. The Company determines the cost basis of the warrants or other equity-related securities received based upon their respective fair values on the date of receipt in proportion to the total fair value of the debt and warrants or other equity-related securities received. Any resulting discount on the loan from recordation of the warrant or other equity instruments is accreted into interest income over the life of the loan.

Equity-Related Securities and Warrants

Securities that are traded in the over-the-counter markets or on a stock exchange will be valued at the prevailing bid price at period end. We have a limited number of equity securities in public companies. In accordance with the 1940 Act, unrestricted publicly traded securities for which market quotations are readily available are valued at the closing market quote on the valuation date.

The Company estimates the fair value of warrants using a Black Scholes pricing model. At each reporting date, privately held warrant and equity related securities are valued based on an analysis of various factors including, but not limited to, the portfolio company’s operating performance and financial condition and general market conditions, price to enterprise value or price to equity ratios, discounted cash flow, valuation comparisons to comparable public companies or other industry benchmarks. When an external event occurs, such as a purchase transaction, public offering, or subsequent equity sale, the pricing indicated by that external event is utilized to corroborate the Company’s valuation of the warrant and equity related. The Company periodically reviews the valuation of its portfolio companies that have not been involved in a qualifying external event to determine if the enterprise value of the portfolio company may have increased or decreased since the last valuation measurement date.

Investments measured at fair value on a recurring basis are categorized in the tables below based upon the lowest level of significant input to the valuations as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

            Investments at Fair Value as of December 31, 2010  

(in thousands)

Description

   12/31/2010      Quoted Prices In
Active  Markets For
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant Other
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Senior secured debt

   $ 394,198       $ —         $ —         $ 394,198   

Subordinated debt

     7,420         —           —           7,420   

Preferred stock

     24,607         —           —           24,607   

Common stock

     22,117         4,943         16,144         1,030   

Warrants

     23,690         —           6,289         17,401   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 472,032       $ 4,943       $ 22,433       $ 444,656   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

            Investments at Fair Value as of December 31, 2009  

(in thousands)

Description

   12/31/2009      Quoted Prices In
Active Markets For
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Senior secured debt

   $ 319,129       $ —         $ —         $ 319,129   

Senior debt-second lien

     6,005         —           —           6,005   

Preferred stock

     22,875         —           —           22,875   

Common stock

     12,210         1,986         8,451         1,773   

Warrants

     14,450         —           3,374         11,076   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 374,669       $ 1,986       $ 11,825       $ 360,858   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-38


Table of Contents

The table below presents a reconciliation for all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, excluding accrued interest components, using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009

 

(in thousands)

  Balance,
January 1,
2010
    Net Realized
Gains (losses) (1)
    Net change in
unrealized
appreciation
or depreciation (2)
    Purchases,
sales,
repayments,
and exit, net
    Transfer
in & out of
Level 3
    Balances,
December 31,
2010
 

Senior Debt

  $ 319,129      $ (12,835 )   $ (3,076 )   $ 98,058      $ (7,078 )   $ 394,198   

Subordinated Debt

    —          —          —          7,420        —          7,420   

Senior Debt-Second Lien

    6,005        —          —          (6,005 )     —          —     

Preferred Stock

    22,875        (1,250 )     (995 )     2,603        1,374        24,607   

Common Stock

    1,773        (15,037 )     (743 )     15,037        —          1,030   

Warrants

    11,076        (1,225 )     568        8,650        (1,668 )     17,401   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 360,858      $ (30,347 )   $ (4,246 )   $ 125,763      $ (7,372 )   $ 444,656   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(in thousands)

  Balance,
January 1,
2009
    Net Realized
Gains (losses)   (1)
    Net change in
unrealized
appreciation
or depreciation   (2)
    Purchases,
sales,
repayments,
and exit, net
    Transfer
in & out of
Level 3
    Balances,
December 31,
2009
 

Senior Debt

  $ 534,230      $ (27,192 )   $ 4,698      $ (192,607 )   $ —        $ 319,129   

Senior Debt-Second Lien

    5,824        —          —          181        —          6,005   

Preferred Stock

    21,249        (3,000 )     4,373        661        (408 )     22,875   

Common Stock

    1,894        (105 )     (749 )     1,204        (471 )     1,773   

Warrants

    14,952        (1,150 )     (4,116 )     1,390        —          11,076   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 578,149      $ (31,447 )   $ 4,206      $ (189,171 )   $ (879 )   $ 360,858   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes net realized gains /(losses) recorded as realized gains or losses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
(2) Included in change in net unrealized appreciation or depreciation in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Transfers out of Level 3 Senior Debt resulted from four distinct transactions totaling approximately $7.1 million, the majority of which relates to the conversion of InfoLogix, Inc. debt to public equity. Further transfers out of Level 3 Warrants resulted from three distinct transactions totaling approximately $1.7 million, the majority of which relates to the Aveo Pharmaceutical IPO. Transfers in to Preferred Stock Level 3 resulted from four distinct transactions totaling approximately $1.4 million, the majority of which resulted from the conversion of Transmedics, Inc. debt to equity.

For the year ended December 31, 2010 approximately $3.1 million, $3.0 million and $461,000 in unrealized depreciation was recorded for debt equity and warrant Level 3 investments.

As required by the 1940 Act, the Company classifies its investments by level of control. “Control Investments” are defined in the 1940 Act as investments in those companies that the Company is deemed to “Control.” Generally, under the 1940 Act, the Company is deemed to “Control” a company in which it has invested if it owns 25% or more of the voting securities of such company or has greater than 50% representation on its board. “Affiliate Investments” are investments in those companies that are “Affiliated Companies” of the Company, as defined in the 1940 Act, which are not Control Investments. The Company is deemed to be an “Affiliate” of a company in which it has invested if it owns 5% or more but less than 25% of the voting securities of such company. “Non-Control/Non-Affiliate Investments” are those investments that are neither Control Investments nor Affiliate Investments.

At December 31, 2010, we had one Control Investment, InfoLogix, Inc. Approximately $3.0 million in investment income was derived from the debt investment in this software and internet consumer portfolio

 

F-39


Table of Contents

company during the period ended December 31, 2010. See “—Subsequent Events.” At December 31, 2009, the Company had an investment in one portfolio company deemed to be a Control Investment and $1.4 million in investment income was derived from the debt investment in this portfolio company. No investments in 2008 were deemed to be Control Investments.

Approximately $2.5 million of realized gains and net unrealized appreciation of approximately $77,000 on the Control Investment were recognized during the period ended December 31, 2010. No realized gains or losses related to Control Investments were recognized during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008. We recognized unrealized appreciation of approximately $8.4 million on Control Investments in 2009. No unrealized appreciation or depreciation was recognized on Control Investments during the year end December 31, 2008.

At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had one investment in a portfolio company deemed to be an Affiliate. No income was derived from this investment as this is a non-income producing equity investment. At December 31, 2008, the Company had three portfolio companies deemed to be Affiliates. For the year ended December 31, 2008, income derived from these investments was $199,000 in interest income and $18,000 related to commitment and facility fee amortization. One company that was an Affiliate in 2008 performed a capital raise in 2009 which resulted in the company no longer being an Affiliate and one investment was disposed of in 2009.

There were no realized gains or losses related to Affiliates during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2008. During 2009, the Company recognized a realized loss of approximately $4.0 million in a portfolio company that was an affiliate prior to the disposal of the investment. During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, we recognized unrealized appreciation of approximately $795,000 and $5.3 million, respectively, and in unrealized depreciation in 2008 of $3.3 million related to Affiliates.

Income Recognition

Interest income is recorded on the accrual basis to the extent it is expected to be collected. Original Issue Discount (“OID”), represents the estimated fair value of detachable equity warrants obtained in conjunction with the acquisition of debt securities and is accreted into interest income over the term of the loan as a yield enhancement. When a loan becomes 90 days or more past due, or if management otherwise does not expect the portfolio company to be able to service its debt and other obligations, the Company will, as a general matter, place the loan on non-accrual status and cease recognizing interest income on that loan until all principal and interest has been brought current through payment. However, Hercules may make exceptions to this policy if the investment has sufficient collateral value and is in the process of collection. There were two loans on non-accrual status as of December 31, 2010 with an aggregated cost of $11.4 million and fair values of $4.0 million. There were five loans on non-accrual as of December 31, 2009 with an aggregate cost of $25.5 million and fair value of approximately $10.5 million.

Contractual paid-in-kind (“PIK”) interest, which represents contractually deferred interest added to the loan balance that is generally due at the end of the loan term, is generally recorded on the accrual basis to the extent such amounts are expected to be collected. The Company will generally cease accruing PIK interest if there is insufficient value to support the accrual or if it does not expect the portfolio company to be able to pay all principal and interest due. To maintain its status as a RIC, PIK income must be paid out to stockholders in the form of dividends even though the Company has not yet collected the cash. Amounts necessary to pay these dividends may come from available cash or the liquidation of certain investments. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company recognized approximately $2.3 million, $2.9 million and $1.0 million in PIK income, respectively.

Effective January 1, 2011, the Company will recognize nonrecurring fees amortized over the remaining term of the loan commencing in the quarter relating to specific loan modifications. Certain fees may still be recognized as one-time fees, including prepayment penalties, fees related to select covenant default waiver fees and acceleration of previously deferred loan fees and original issue discount (OID) related to early loan pay-off or material modification of the specific debt outstanding.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

During its quarter ended December 31, 2010, the Company corrected its method of accounting for nonrecurring fees related to loan modifications. The Company previously recognized these fees upon modification of loans. The Company’s audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010 reflect the correct accounting and recognize fee income in accordance with the procedures described in the preceding paragraph. The Company determined that if it had analyzed the one-time fees for the year ended December 31, 2009 using these procedures, the result to the 2009 consolidated financial statements would not have been material. In addition, the change in method of accounting for nonrecurring fees related to loan modifications has no impact on taxable income. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company deferred one-time fee revenue that was recognized in previous periods as income of approximately $1.0 million which is not material to the 2010 consolidated financial statements.

In addition, the Company has considered the aggregated impact of the out of period adjustments recorded in 2010 related to the application of ASC 820 as discussed above under “Debt Investments” and the one-time fee recognition, and concluded that the aggregated impact would not be material to the 2010 or previously issued consolidated financial statements.

Loan origination, commitment and nonrecurring fees received in full at the inception of a loan or upon modification are deferred and amortized into fee income as an enhancement to the related loan’s yield over the contractual life of the loan. Loan exit fees to be paid at the termination of the loan are accreted into fee income over the contractual life of the loan. The Company had approximately $6.6 million, $2.4 million and $6.9 million of unamortized fees at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and approximately $5.1 million, $6.6 million $3.6 million in exit fees receivable at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

In certain investment transactions, the Company may provide advisory services. For services that are separately identifiable and external evidence exists to substantiate fair value, income is recognized as earned, which is generally when the investment transaction closes. The Company had no income from advisory services in 2010, 2009 and 2008.

Financing costs

Debt financing costs are fees and other direct incremental costs incurred by the Company in obtaining debt financing and are recognized as prepaid expenses and amortized into the consolidated statement of operations as loan fees over the term of the related debt instrument. Prepaid financing costs, net of accumulated amortization, were as follows:

 

     As of December 31  

(in thousands)

   2010      2009  

Wells Facility

   $ 250       $ 325   

SBA Debenture

     4,917         3,622   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 5,167       $ 3,947   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash Equivalents

The Company considers money market funds and other highly liquid short-term investments with a maturity of less than 90 days to be cash equivalents.

Stock Based Compensation

The Company recognizes share based compensation in accordance with ASC Topic 718, formerly known as FAS 123R, Share-Based Payment. Under ASC 718, compensation expense associated with stock based compensation is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized over the

 

F-41


Table of Contents

vesting period. Determining the appropriate fair value model and calculating the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires judgment, including estimating stock price volatility, forfeiture rate and expected option life.

Earnings Per Share (EPS)

Basic EPS is calculated by dividing net earnings applicable to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Common shares outstanding includes common stock and restricted stock for which no future service is required as a condition to the delivery of the underlying common stock. Diluted EPS includes the determinants of basic EPS and, in addition, reflects the dilutive effect of the common stock deliverable pursuant to stock options and to restricted stock for which future service is required as a condition to the delivery of the underlying common stock.

Income Taxes

We operate to qualify to be taxed as a RIC under the Internal Revenue Code. Generally, a RIC is entitled to deduct dividends it pays to its shareholders from its income to determine “taxable income.” Taxable income includes our net taxable interest, dividend and fee income, as well as our net realized capital gains. Taxable income generally differs from net income for financial reporting purposes due to temporary and permanent differences in the recognition of income and expenses. In addition, taxable income generally excludes any unrealized appreciation or depreciation in our investments, because gains and losses are not included in taxable income until they are realized and required to be recognized. Taxable income includes certain income, such as contractual payment-in-kind interest and amortization of discounts and fees that is required to be accrued for tax purposes even though cash collections of such income are generally deferred until repayment of the loans or debt securities that gave rise to such income.

We have distributed and currently intend to distribute sufficient dividends to eliminate taxable income. We are subject to a nondeductible federal excise tax of 4% if we do not distribute at least 98% of our investment company taxable income in any calendar year and 98.2% of our capital gain net income for each one year period ending on October 31. We did not record an excise tax provision for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. The maximum amount of excess taxable income that may be carried over for distribution in the next year under the Code is the total amount of dividends paid in the following year, subject to certain declaration and payment guidelines.

Dividends

Dividends and distributions to common stockholders are approved by the Board of Directors on a quarterly basis and the dividend payable is recorded on the ex-dividend date.

We have adopted an “opt out” dividend reinvestment plan that provides for reinvestment of our distribution on behalf of our stockholders, unless a stockholder elects to receive cash. As a result, if our Board of Directors authorizes, and we declare a cash dividend, then our stockholders who have not “opted out” of our dividend reinvestment plan will have their cash dividend automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock, rather than receiving the cash dividends. During 2010 and 2009, the Company issued approximately 199,000 and 307,000 shares, respectively, of common stock to shareholders in connection with the dividend reinvestment plan.

Segments

The Company lends to and invests in portfolio companies in various technology-related companies, including clean technology, life sciences, and lower middle market companies. The Company separately evaluates the performance of each of its lending and investment relationships. However, because each of these

 

F-42


Table of Contents

loan and investment relationships has similar business and economic characteristics, they have been aggregated into a single lending and investment segment. All segment disclosures are included in or can be derived from the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Reclassifications

Certain prior period information has been reclassified to conform to current year presentation.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-01, Accounting for Distributions to Shareholders with Components of Stock and Cash (“ASU 2001-01”), which addresses the accounting for a distribution to shareholders that offers them the ability to elect to receive their entire distribution in cash or shares of equivalent value with a potential limitation on the total amount of cash that shareholders can receive in the aggregate. ASU 2010-01 clarifies that the stock portion of such a distribution is considered a share issuance reflected prospectively in earnings per share. ASU 2010-01 is effective for interim and annual periods ending after December 15, 2009 and should be applied on a prospective basis. The Company adopted the requirements of ASU 2010-01 in the fourth quarter of 2009 and its adoption did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASU 2010-06”), which amends ASC 820 and requires additional disclosure related to recurring and non-recurring fair value measurements with respect to transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2 and activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. The update also clarifies existing disclosure requirements related to the level of disaggregation and disclosure about inputs and valuation techniques. ASU 2010-06 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2009 except for disclosures related to activity in Level 3 fair value measurements which are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010 and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company adopted the requirements of ASU 2010-06 in the fourth quarter of 2009 and its adoption did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-09, Subsequent Events (“ASU 2010-09”), which amends ASC 855 to address certain implementation issues, including (1) eliminating the requirement for SEC filers to disclose the date through which it has evaluated subsequent events, (2) clarifying the period through which conduit bond obligors must evaluate subsequent events, and (3) refining the scope of the disclosure requirements for reissued financial statements. The adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

2. Investments

Investments consist of securities issued by privately- and publicly-held companies consisting of senior debt, subordinated debt, warrants and preferred equity securities. Our investments are identified in the accompanying consolidated schedule of investments. Our debt securities are payable in installments with final maturities generally from 3 to 7 years and are generally collateralized by all assets of the borrower.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

A summary of the composition of the Company’s investment portfolio as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 at fair value is shown as follows:

 

    December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  

(in thousands)

  Investments at Fair
Value
    Percentage of Total
Portfolio
    Investments at Fair
Value
    Percentage of Total
Portfolio
 
       

Senior secured debt with warrants

  $ 357,963        75.8   $ 226,391        60.4

Senior secured debt

    59,251        12.6     107,075        28.6

Preferred stock

    26,813        5.7     22,875        6.1

Senior debt-second lien with warrants

    8,094        1.7     6,118        1.6

Common Stock

    19,911        4.2     12,210        3.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 472,032        100.0   $ 374,669        100
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

A summary of the Company’s investment portfolio, at value, by geographic location is as follows:

 

    December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  

(in thousands)

  Investments at Fair
Value
    Percentage of Total
Portfolio
    Investments at Fair
Value
    Percentage of Total
Portfolio
 

United States

  $ 438,585        92.9   $ 349,262        93.2

Canada

    20,876        4.4     21,553        5.8

England

    10,653        2.3     —          0.0

Israel

    1,918        0.4     1,310        0.3

Netherlands

    —          0.0     2,544        0.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 472,032        100.0   $ 374,669        100
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table shows the fair value of our portfolio by industry sector as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 (excluding unearned income):

 

    December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  

(in thousands)

  Investments at Fair
Value
    Percentage of Total
Portfolio
    Investments at Fair
Value
    Percentage of Total
Portfolio
 
       

Software

  $ 96,508        20.4   $ 61,514        16.5

Communications & Networking

    65,098        13.8     58,039        15.6

Specialty Pharma

    63,607        13.5     25,628        6.8

Drug Discovery

    52,777        11.2     53,266        14.2

Consumer & Business Products

    45,316        9.6     25,200        6.7

Drug Delivery

    35,250        7.5     21,479        5.7

Clean Tech

    25,722        5.4     —          0.0

Therapeutic

    25,300        5.4     14,532        3.9

Diagnostic

    14,911        3.2     11,924        3.2

Information Services

    10,857        2.3     38,127        10.2

Surgical Devices

    10,172        2.1     2,741        0.7

Electronics & Computer Hardware

    7,819        1.6     17,778        4.7

Internet Consumer & Business Services

    7,255        1.5     20,254        5.4

Biotechnology Tools

    5,987        1.3     9,726        2.6

Semiconductors

    3,227        0.7     11,982        3.2

Media/Content/Info

    2,223        0.5     2,375        0.6

Energy

    3        0.0     104        0.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 472,032        100.0   $ 374,669        100
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-44


Table of Contents

During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company made investments in debt securities totaling $320.4 and $86.3 million, respectively, and made investments in equity securities of approximately $2.3 and $2.9 million, respectively. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company converted approximately $7.1 million of debt to equity in four portfolio companies. No single portfolio investment represents more than 10% of the fair value of the investments as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.

3. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value estimates are made at discrete points in time based on relevant information. These estimates may be subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and, therefore, cannot be determined with precision. The Company believes that the carrying amounts of its financial instruments, consisting of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate the fair values of such items due to the short maturity of such instruments. As of December 31, 2010, calculated based on the net present value of payments over the term of the notes using estimated market rates for similar notes and remaining terms, the fair value of its SBIC debentures would be approximately $175.5 million, compared to carrying amount of $170.0 million as of December 31, 2010.

See the accompanying consolidated schedule of investments for the fair value of the Company’s investments. The methodology for the determination of the fair value of the Company’s investment is discussed in Note 1.

4. Borrowings

Citibank Credit Facility

The Company, through Hercules Funding Trust I, an affiliated statutory trust, had a securitized credit facility (the “Citibank Credit Facility”) with Citigroup Global Markets Realty Corp. which expired under the normal terms. During the first quarter of 2009, the Company paid off all remaining principal and interest owed under the Credit Facility. Citigroup has an equity participation right through a warrant participation agreement on the pool of loans and warrants collateralized under the Citibank Credit Facility. Pursuant to the warrant participation agreement, the Company granted to Citigroup a 10% participation in all warrants held as collateral. However, no additional warrants were included in collateral subsequent to the facility amendment on May 2, 2007. As a result, Citigroup is entitled to 10% of the realized gains on the warrants until the realized gains paid to Citigroup pursuant to the agreement equal $3,750,000 (the “Maximum Participation Limit”). The obligations under the warrant participation agreement continue even after the Credit Facility is terminated until the Maximum Participation Limit has been reached. The value of their participation right on unrealized gains in the related equity investments was approximately $481,000 as of December 31, 2010 and is included in accrued liabilities. There can be no assurances that the unrealized appreciation of the warrants will not be higher or lower in future periods due to fluctuations in the value of the warrants, thereby increasing or reducing the effect on the cost of borrowing. Since inception of the agreement, the Company has paid Citigroup approximately $1.1 million under the warrant participation agreement thereby reducing its realized gains by this amount. The Company will continue to pay Citigroup under the warrant participation agreement until the Maximum Participation Limit is reached or the warrants expire.

Long-term SBA Debentures

On September 27, 2006, HT II and on May 26, 2010, HT III received a license to operate as a SBIC under the SBIC program and is able to borrow funds from the SBA against eligible investments and additional contributions to regulatory capital. Under the Small Business Investment Company Act and current SBA policy applicable to SBICs, an SBIC can have outstanding at any time SBA guaranteed debentures up to twice the amount of its regulatory capital. As of December 31, 2010, the maximum statutory limit on the dollar amount of outstanding SBA guaranteed debentures issued by a single SBIC is $150.0 million, subject to periodic

 

F-45


Table of Contents

adjustments by the SBA. With our net investment of $75.0 million in HT II as of December 31, 2010, HT II has the current capacity to issue up to a total of $150.0 million of SBA guaranteed debentures, of which $150.0 million was outstanding. Currently, HT II has paid commitment fees of approximately $1.5 million. As of December 31, 2010, the maximum statutory limit on the dollar amount of combined outstanding SBA guaranteed debentures is $225.0 million, subject to periodic adjustments by the SBA. As of December 31, 2010, HT III had the potential to borrow up to $75.0 million of SBA-guaranteed debentures under the SBIC program. With our net investment of $37.5 million in HT III as of December 31, 2010, HT III has the capacity to issue a total of $75.0 million of SBA guaranteed debentures, subject to SBA approval, of which $20.0 million was outstanding at December 31, 2010. Currently, HT III has paid commitment fees of approximately $750,000. There is no assurance that HT II or HT III will be able to draw up to the maximum limit available under the SBIC program.

SBICs are designed to stimulate the flow of private equity capital to eligible small businesses. Under present SBA regulations, eligible small businesses include businesses that have a tangible net worth not exceeding $18.0 million and have average annual fully taxed net income not exceeding $6.0 million for the two most recent fiscal years. In addition, SBICs must devote 25.0% of its investment activity to “smaller” concerns as defined by the SBA. A smaller concern is one that has a tangible net worth not exceeding $6.0 million and has average annual fully taxed net income not exceeding $2.0 million for the two most recent fiscal years. SBA regulations also provide alternative size standard criteria to determine eligibility, which depend on the industry in which the business is engaged and are based on such factors as the number of employees and gross sales. According to SBA regulations, SBICs may make long-term loans to small businesses, invest in the equity securities of such businesses and provide them with consulting and advisory services. Through its wholly-owned subsidiaries HT II and HT III, the Company plans to provide long-term loans to qualifying small businesses, and in connection therewith, make equity investments.

HT II and HT III are periodically examined and audited by the SBA’s staff to determine its compliance with SBA regulations. If HT II or HT III fails to comply with applicable SBA regulations, the SBA could, depending on the severity of the violation, limit or prohibit HT II’s or HT III’s use of debentures, declare outstanding debentures immediately due and payable, and/or limit HT II or HT III from making new investments. In addition, HT II or HT III may also be limited in their ability to make distributions to us if they do not have sufficient capital in accordance with SBA regulations. Such actions by the SBA would, in turn, negatively affect us because HT II and III are our wholly owned subsidiaries. HT II and HT III were in compliance with the terms of the SBIC’s leverage as of December 31, 2010 as a result of having sufficient capital as defined under the SBA regulations. As of December 31, 2010, HT III could draw up to $55.0 million of additional leverage from SBA, as noted above. The rates of borrowings under various draws from the SBA beginning in April 2007 and set semiannually in March and September range from 3.22% to 5.73%. In addition, the SBA charges a fee that is set annually, depending on the Federal fiscal year the leverage commitment was delegated by the SBA, regardless of the date that the leverage was drawn by the SBIC. The annual fees related to HT II debentures that pooled on September 22, 2010 were 0.406% and 0.285%, depending upon the year the underlying commitment was closed in. The annual fees on other debentures have been set at 0.906%. The average amount of debentures outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2010 for HT II was approximately $139.4 million with an average interest rate of approximately 5.11%. The average amount of debentures outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2010 for HT III was approximately $13.9 million with an average interest rate of approximately 3.215%. Interest is payable semiannually and there are no principal payments required on these issues prior to maturity. Debentures under the SBA generally mature ten years after being borrowed. Based on the initial draw down date of April 2007, the initial maturity of SBA debentures will occur in April 2017.

See Note 16 regarding the payment of the Company’s SBIC debentures.

Wells Facility

On August 25, 2008, the Company, through a special purpose wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, Hercules Funding II, LLC, entered into a two-year revolving senior secured credit facility with an optional

 

F-46


Table of Contents

one-year extension with total commitments of $50 million, with Wells Fargo Capital Finance as a lender and as an arranger and administrative agent (the “Wells Facility”). The Wells Facility has the capacity to increase to $300 million if additional lenders are added to the syndicate. We continue to be in discussions with various other potential lenders to join the facility; however, there is no assurance that additional lenders may join the facility. The Wells Facility expires in August 2011.

Borrowings under the Wells Facility will generally bear interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus 3.25% or PRIME plus 2.0%, but not less than 5.0%. The Wells Facility requires the payment of a non-use fee of 0.3% annually. The Wells Facility is collateralized by debt investments in our portfolio companies, and includes an advance rate equal to 50% of eligible loans placed in the collateral pool. The Wells Facility generally requires payment of interest on a monthly basis. All outstanding principal is due upon maturity. We have paid a total of $1.1 million in structuring fees in connection with the Wells Facility which is being amortized through August 2011. There was no outstanding debt under the Wells Facility at December 31, 2010.

The Wells Facility requires various financial and operating covenants. These covenants require us to maintain certain financial ratios and a minimum tangible net worth of $250 million, contingent upon our total commitments under all lines of credit not exceeding $250 million. To the extent our total commitments exceeds $250 million, the minimum tangible net worth covenant will increase on a pro rata basis commensurate with our net worth on a dollar for dollar basis. In addition, the tangible net worth covenant will increase by 90 cents on the dollar for every dollar of equity capital subsequently raised by the Company. Based on the net proceeds from the equity raise we completed in November 2010 the adjusted minimum tangible net worth at December 31, 2010 would be approximately $311.0 million. The Wells Facility provides for customary events of default, including, but not limited to, payment defaults, breach of representations or covenants, bankruptcy events and change of control. We were in compliance with all covenants at December 31, 2010.

Union Bank Facility

On February 10, 2010, we entered a $20.0 million one-year revolving senior secured credit facility with Union Bank (the “Union Bank Facility”). Borrowings under the Union Bank Facility will generally bear interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus 2.25% with a floor of 4.0%, an advance rate of 50% against eligible loans, and secured by loans in the borrowing base. At December 31, 2010, there were no borrowings outstanding on this facility. The Union Bank Facility requires the payment of a nonuse fee of 0.25% annually. The Union Bank Facility is collateralized by debt investments in our portfolio companies, and includes an advance rate equal to 50% of eligible loans placed in the collateral pool. The Union Bank generally requires payment of interest on a monthly basis. All outstanding principal is due upon maturity. In February 2011, the maturity date of the facility was extended from May 1, 2011 to July 31, 2011.

At December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company had the following borrowing capacity and outstandings:

 

     December 31, 2010      December 31, 2009  

(in thousands)

   Facility
Amount
     Amount
Outstanding
     Facility
Amount
     Amount
Outstanding
 

Union Bank Facility

   $ 20,000       $ —         $ —         $ —     

Wells Facility

     50,000         —           50,000         —     

SBA Debenture (1)

     225,000         170,000         150,000         130,600   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 295,000       $ 170,000       $ 200,000       $ 130,600   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The Company has the ability to borrow $55.0 million in SBA debentures under HT III, subject to SBA approval.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

5. Income Taxes

The Company intends to operate so as to qualify to be taxed as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code and, as such, will not be subject to federal income tax on the portion of taxable income and gains distributed to stockholders.

To qualify as a RIC, the Company is required to meet certain income and asset diversification tests in addition to distributing at least 90% of its investment company taxable income, as defined by the Code. Because federal income tax regulations differ from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, distributions in accordance with tax regulations may differ from net investment income and realized gains recognized for financial reporting purposes. Differences may be permanent or temporary in nature. Permanent differences are reclassified among capital accounts in the financial statements to reflect their tax character. Differences in classification may also result from the treatment of short-term gains as ordinary income for tax purposes. During the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company reclassified for book purposes amounts arising from permanent book/tax differences primarily related to accelerated revenue recognition for income tax purposes, respectively, as follows:

 

(in thousands)

   2010     2009  

Distributions in excess of investment income

   $ (2,149   $ 2,355   

Accumulated realized gains (losses)

     3,478        (1,234

Additional paid-in capital

     (1,329     (1,121

For income tax purposes, distributions paid to shareholders are reported as ordinary income, return of capital, long term capital gains or a combination thereof. The tax character of distributions paid for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 was as follows:

 

(in thousands)

   2010      2009  

Ordinary Income (a)

   $ 28,816       $ 43,914   

Capital Gains

     —           —     

Return of Capital

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 28,816       $ 43,914   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Ordinary income is reported on form 1099-DIV as non-qualified.

The aggregate gross unrealized appreciation of our investments over cost for federal income tax purposes was $22.4 million and $17.4 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The aggregate gross unrealized depreciation of our investments under cost for federal income tax purposes was $32.2 million and $30.5 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The net unrealized depreciation over cost for federal income tax purposes was $9.8 million as of December 31, 2010 and net unrealized depreciation over cost for federal income tax purposes was $13.1 million as of December 31, 2009. The aggregate cost of securities for federal income tax purposes was $481.4 million and $379.6 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the components of distributable earnings on a tax basis detailed below differ from the amounts reflected in the Company’s Statement of Net Assets and Liabilities by temporary book/ tax differences primarily arising from the treatment of loan related yield enhancements.

 

(in thousands)

   2010     2009  

Accumulated Capital Gains (Losses)

   $ (50,057   $ (27,153

Other Temporary Differences

     (6,260     (6,974

Undistributed Ordinary Income

     220        849   

Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation)

     (8,963     (9,278
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Components of Distributable Earnings

   $ (65,060   $ (42,556
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-48


Table of Contents

The Company adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 , which is codified in FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”), on January 1, 2007. ASC 740 clarifies the accounting for income taxes by prescribing the minimum recognition threshold that an uncertain tax position is required to meet before tax benefits associated with such uncertain tax position are recognized in the consolidated financial statements. The adoption of ASC 740 did not require a cumulative effect adjustment to the January 1, 2007 undistributed net realized earnings. The Company will classify interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of provision for income taxes.

Based on an analysis of our tax position, there are no uncertain tax positions that met the recognition or measurement criteria of ASC 740. The Company is currently not undergoing any tax examinations. The Company does not anticipate any significant increase or decrease in unrecognized tax benefits for the next twelve months. The 2007, 2008 and 2009 federal tax years for the Company remain subject to examination by the IRS. The 2006, 2007, 2008 and 2009 state tax years for the Company remain subject to examination by the California Franchise Tax Board.

6. Shareholders’ Equity

The Company is authorized to issue 60,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.001. Each share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote.

In conjunction with a June 2004 private placement, the Company issued warrants to purchase one share of common stock within five years (the “Five Year Warrants”). Warrants for 88,323 shares were exercised in 2008 for net proceeds of approximately $934,000 and 283,614 warrants expired in June of 2009.

On November 10, 2010, the Company raised approximately $68.1 million, net of issuance costs, in a public offering of 7,187,500 shares of its common stock.

During 2010, 2009 and 2008 the Board of Directors elected to receive approximately $105,000, $22,000 and $70,000 respectively, of their compensation in the form of common stock and the Company issued 10,479, 3,334 and 6,668 shares, respectively, to the directors based on the closing prices of the common stock on the specified election dates.

The Company has issued stock options for common stock subject to future issuance, of which, 4,729,849 and 4,924,405 were outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

7. Equity Incentive Plan

The Company and its stockholders have authorized and adopted an equity incentive plan (the “2004 Plan”) for purposes of attracting and retaining the services of its executive officers and key employees. Under the 2004 Plan, the Company is authorized to issue 7,000,000 shares of common stock. Unless terminated earlier by the Company’s Board of Directors, the 2004 Plan will terminate on June 9, 2014, and no additional awards may be made under the 2004 Plan after that date.

The Company and its stockholders have authorized and adopted the 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan (the “2006 Plan”) for purposes of attracting and retaining the services of its Board of Directors. Under the 2006 Plan, the Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of common stock. Unless terminated earlier by the Company’s Board of Directors, the 2006 Plan will terminate on May 29, 2016 and no additional awards may be made under the 2006 Plan after that date. The Company filed an exemptive relief request with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) to allow options to be issued under the 2006 Plan which was approved on October 10, 2007.

On June 21, 2007, the shareholders approved amendments to the 2004 Plan and the 2006 Plan allowing for the grant of restricted stock. The amended Plans limit the combined maximum amount of restricted stock that

 

F-49


Table of Contents

may be issued under both Plans to 10% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s stock on the effective date of the Plans plus 10% of the number of shares of stock issued or delivered by Hercules during the terms of the Plans. The amendments further specify that no one person shall be granted awards of restricted stock relating to more than 25% of the shares available for issuance under the 2004 Plan. Further, the amount of voting securities that would result from the exercise of all of the Company’s outstanding warrants, options and rights, together with any restricted stock issued pursuant to the Plans, at the time of issuance shall not exceed 25% of its outstanding voting securities, except that if the amount of voting securities that would result from such exercise of all of the Company’s outstanding warrants, options and rights issued to Hercules directors, officers and employees, together with any restricted stock issued pursuant to the Plans, would exceed 15% of the Company’s outstanding voting securities, then the total amount of voting securities that would result from the exercise of all outstanding warrants, options and rights, together with any restricted stock issued pursuant to the Plans, at the time of issuance shall not exceed 20% of our outstanding voting securities.

In conjunction with the amendment and in accordance with the exemptive order, on June 21, 2007 the Company made an automatic grant of shares of restricted common stock to Messrs. Badavas, Chow and Woodward, its independent Board of Directors, in the amounts of 1,667, 1,667 and 3,334 shares, respectively. In May 2008, the Company issued restricted shares to Messrs. Badavas and Chow in the amount of 5,000 shares each. In June 2009, the Company issued 5,000 restricted stock shares to Mr. Woodward. The shares were issued pursuant to the 2006 Plan and vest 33% on an annual basis from the date of grant and deferred compensation cost will be recognized ratably over the three year vesting period.

In 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company issued 491,500, 306,500 and 248,650 restricted shares, respectively, pursuant to the 2004 Plan. There were 1,018,103 restricted shares outstanding as of December 31, 2010. The shares granted in 2010 and 2009 vest 25% on the first anniversary of the grant and ratably over the succeeding 36 months. The shares granted in 2008 vest 25% per year on an annual basis from the date of grant. Share based compensation cost will be recognized ratably over the four year vesting period. No restricted stock was granted pursuant to the 2004 Plan prior to 2008. The Company determined that the fair value of restricted stock granted under the 2006 and 2004 Plans during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was approximately $5.1 million, $1.3 million and $3.0 million, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, approximately $2.0 million, $1.0 million and $600,000 of share-based cost was expensed, respectively. As of December 31, 2010, there was $5.6 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to restricted stock. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.8 years.

A summary of restricted stock activity under the Company’s 2006 and 2004 Plans for each of the three periods ended December 31, 2010 is as follows:

 

     2006 Plan      2004 Plan  

Outstanding at December 31, 2007

     6,668         —     

Granted

     10,000         248,650   

Cancelled

     —           (20,500
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

     16,668         228,150   

Granted

     5,000         306,500   

Cancelled

     —           (4,175
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

     21,668         530,475   

Granted

     —           491,500   

Cancelled

     —           (3,872
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

     21,668         1,018,103   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In conjunction with stock options issued in 2004, the Company issued warrants to purchase one share of common stock within five years. The warrants expired in June 2009.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

A summary of common stock options and warrant activity under the Company’s 2006 and 2004 Plans for each of the three periods ended December 31, 2010 is as follows:

 

     Common
Stock
Options
    Five-Year
Warrants
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2007

     2,900,513        10,692   

Granted

     1,319,086        —     

Exercised

     —          —     

Cancelled

     (288,072     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

     3,931,527        10,692   

Granted

     1,357,000        —     

Exercised

     —          —     

Cancelled

     (364,122     (10,692
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

     4,924,405        —     

Granted

     575,250        —     

Exercised

     (520,666     —     

Cancelled

     (249,140     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

     4,729,849        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average exercise price at December 31, 2010

   $ 11.33      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Options generally vest 33% one year after the date of grant and ratably over the succeeding 24 months. All options may be exercised for a period ending seven years after the date of grant. At December 31, 2010, options for approximately 3.6 million shares were exercisable at a weighted average exercise price of approximately $12.43 per share with weighted average of remaining contractual term of 2.86. The Company determined that the fair value of options and warrants granted under the 2006 and 2004 Plans during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was approximately $1.0 million, $746,000 and $1.2 million, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, approximately $719,000, $977,000 and $1.0 million, of share-based cost was expensed, respectively. As of December 31, 2010, there was $1.1 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to stock options. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.2 years. The fair value of options granted is based upon a Black Scholes option pricing model using the assumptions in the following table for each of the three periods ended December 31, 2010:

 

     2010     2009     2008  

Expected Volatility

     46.39     31.52%-45.88     23

Expected Dividends

     10     10     8%-10

Expected term (in years)

     4.5        4.5        4.5   

Risk-free rate

     0.89%-2.51     1.77%-2.22     2.27%-3.18

The following table summarizes stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2010:

 

(Dollars in thousands, except
exercise price)

  Options outstanding     Options exercisable  

Range of exercise prices

  Number of
shares
    Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life
    Aggregate
intrinsic
value
    Weighted
average
exercise
price
    Number of
shares
    Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life
    Aggregate
intrinsic
value
    Weighted
average
exercise
price
 

$4.21-$6.74

    653,116        5.18      $ 4,014      $ 4.21        196,332        5.15      $ 1,207      $ 4.21   

$8.49-$12.84

    2,157,470        4.44        248        11.48        1,487,726        3.60        25        12.04   

$13.00-$15.00

    1,919,263        2.06        —          13.57        1,919,263        2.06        —          13.57   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

$4.21-$15.00

    4,729,849        3.58      $ 4,262      $ 11.33        3,603,321        2.86      $ 1,232      $ 12.43   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-51


Table of Contents

8. Earnings per Share

In June 2008, the FASB issued ASC 260 (formerly known as FASB EITF 03-6-1). Under this standard, unvested awards of share-based payments with non-forfeitable rights to receive dividends or dividend equivalents, such as our restricted stock issued under the 2004 Plan and 2006 Plan, are considered participating securities for purposes of calculating change in net assets per share. Under the two-class method, a portion of net increase in net assets resulting from operations is allocated to these participating securities and therefore is excluded from the calculation of change in net assets per share allocated to common stock, as shown in the table below. This standard requires retrospective application for periods prior to the effective date and as a result, all prior period earnings per share data presented herein have been adjusted to conform to these provisions. This standard was effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company adopted this standard beginning with financial statements ended March 31, 2009. The adoption of the standard did not change the previously reported basic change in net assets per share and diluted change in net assets per share for the years ended December 31, 2008.

Computation and reconciliation of change in net assets per common share are as follows:

 

      Year Ended December 31,  

(in thousands, except per share data)

  2010     2009     2008  

Numerator

     

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations

  $ 4,982      $ 13,572      $ 20,995   

Less: Dividends declared-common and restricted shares

    (28,816     (43,914     (43,281
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Undistributed earnings

    (23,834     (30,342     (22,286
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Undistributed earnings-common shares

    (23,834     (30,342     (22,286

Add: Dividend declared-common shares

    28,228        43,377        43,048   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Numerator for basic and diluted change in net assets per common share

    4,394        13,035        20,762   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator

     

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

    36,156        34,486        32,619   

Common shares issuable

    714        405        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding assuming dilution

    36,870        34,891        32,619   

Change in net assets per common share

     

Basic

  $ 0.12      $ 0.38      $ 0.64   

Diluted

  $ 0.12      $ 0.37      $ 0.64   

The calculation of change in net assets resulting from operations per common share—assuming dilution, excludes all anti-dilutive shares. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the number of anti-dilutive shares, as calculated based on the weighted average closing price of the Company’s common stock for the periods, was approximately 5,168,022; 4,124,000; and 3,844,000 shares, respectively.

9. Commitments and Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company is party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk. These instruments consist primarily of unused commitments to extend credit, in the form of loans, to the Company’s portfolio companies. The balance of unfunded commitments to extend credit at December 31, 2010 totaled approximately $117.2 million. Since this commitment may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

Certain premises are leased under agreements which expire at various dates through December 2013. Total rent expense amounted to approximately $1.0 million, $966,000 and $957,000 during the years ended December 31, 20010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Future commitments under the credit facility and operating leases were as follows at December 31, 2010:

 

     Payments due by period
(in thousands)
 

Contractual Obligations (1)(2)

   Total      Less than
1 year
     1 - 3
years
     3 - 5
years
     After 5
years
 

Borrowings (3)

   $ 170,000       $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 170,000   

Operating Lease Obligations (4)

     3,367         1,202         2,165         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 173,367       $ 1,202       $ 2,165       $ —         $ 170,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Excludes commitments to extend credit to our portfolio companies.
(2) The Company also has a warrant participation agreement with Citigroup. See Note 4.
(3) Includes borrowings under the SBA debentures. There were no outstanding borrowings under the Wells Facility or Union Bank facility at December 31, 2010.
(4) Long-term facility leases.

The Company and its executives and directors are covered by Directors and Officers Insurance, with the directors and officers being indemnified by the Company to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law subject to the restrictions in the 1940 Act.

As of December 31, 2010, the Company was not a party to any material legal proceedings. However, from time to time, we may be party to certain legal proceedings incidental to the normal course of our business including the enforcement of our rights under contracts with our portfolio companies.

10. Indemnification

The Company and its executives are covered by Directors and Officers Insurance, with the directors and officers being indemnified by the Company to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law subject to the restrictions in the 1940 Act.

11. Concentrations of Credit Risk

The Company’s customers are primarily small and medium sized companies in the biopharmaceutical, clean technology, communications and networking, consumer and business products, electronics and computers, energy, information services, internet consumer and business services, medical devices, semiconductor and software industry sectors. These sectors are characterized by high margins, high growth rates, consolidation and product and market extension opportunities. Value is often vested in intangible assets and intellectual property.

The largest portfolio companies vary from year to year as new loans are recorded and loans pay off. Loan revenue, consisting of interest, fees, and recognition of gains on equity interests, can fluctuate dramatically when a loan is paid off or a related equity interest is sold. Revenue recognition in any given year can be highly concentrated among several portfolio companies.

For years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, our ten largest portfolio companies represented approximately 57.5% and 51.9% of the total fair value of our investments in portfolio companies, respectively. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had six and three investments, respectively, that represented 5% or more of our net assets. At December 31, 2010, we had three equity investments representing approximately 48.0% of the total fair value of our equity investments, and each represented 5% or more of the total fair value of our equity investments. At December 31, 2009, we had five equity investments which represented approximately 50.3% of the total fair value of our equity investments, and each represented 5% or more of the total fair value of such investments.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

12. Financial Highlights

Following is a schedule of financial highlights for five years ended December 31, 2010.

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2010      2009      2008     2007     2006  

Per share data:

            

Net asset value at beginning of period

   $ 10.29       $ 11.56       $ 12.31      $ 11.65      $ 11.67   

Net investment income (1)

     0.81         1.25         1.23        1.15        0.78   

Net realized gain (loss) on investments

     (0.73      0.03         0.07        0.09        (0.12

Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments

     0.06         (0.90      (0.66     0.26        0.19   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total from investment operations

     0.14         0.38         0.64        1.50        0.85   

Net increase/(decrease) in net assets from capital share transactions

     (0.21      (0.44      (0.12     0.32        0.28   

Distributions

     (0.80      (1.26      (1.32     (1.20     (1.20

Stock-based compensation expense included in investment income (2)

     0.08         0.05         0.05        0.04        0.05   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net asset value at end of period

   $ 9.50       $ 10.29       $ 11.56      $ 12.31      $ 11.65   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios and supplemental data:

            

Per share market value at end of period

   $ 10.36       $ 10.39       $ 7.92      $ 12.42      $ 14.25   

Total return (3)

     7.70      45.63      (25.60 )%      (4.42 )%      28.86

Shares outstanding at end of period

     43,444         35,634         33,096        32,541        21,927   

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding

     36,156         34,486         32,619        28,295        13,352   

Net assets at end of period

   $ 412,531       $ 366,515       $ 382,458      $ 400,737      $ 255,413   

Ratio of operating expense to average net assets

     8.25      8.23      8.85     6.46 %       13.11

Ratio of net investment income before provision for income tax expense and investment gains and losses to average net assets

     8.05      11.38      9.86     9.81     7.93

Average debt outstanding

   $ 142,410       $ 147,446       $ 196,928      $ 66,334      $ 77,795   

Weighted average debt per common share

   $ 3.94       $ 4.28       $ 6.04      $ 2.34      $ 5.83   

Portfolio turnover

     1.82      1.38      3.39     0.42     1.50

 

(1) For 2010, 2009 and 2008, basic net income per share are calculated as net investment income divided by the basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding. Basic net income per share calculated under the two class methods are $0.12 and $0.38 and $0.64 for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. There is no difference of net investment income calculated under the two class method and as disclosed above for 2007 and 2006.
(2) Stock option expense is a non-cash expense that has no effect on net asset value. Pursuant to ASC 718, net investment loss includes the expense associated with the granting of stock options which is offset by a corresponding increase in paid-in capital.
(3) The total return for the period ended December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006 equals the change in the ending market value over the beginning of period price per share plus dividends paid per share during the period, divided by the beginning price.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

13. Senior Securities

Information about Company’s senior securities is shown in the following table for the periods as of December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006, 2005 and 2004.

 

Class and Year

   Total
Amount
Outstanding
Exclusive of
Treasury
Securities (1)(5)
     Asset Coverage
per Unit (2)
     Average
Market
Value
per Unit (3)
 

Bridge Loan Credit Facility with Alcmene

        

Funding L.L.C.

        

December 31, 2004

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2005

   $ 25,000,000       $ 2,505         N/A   

December 31, 2006

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2007

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2008

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2009

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2010

     —           —           N/A   

Securitized Credit Facility

        

December 31, 2004

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2005

   $ 51,000,000       $ 2,505         N/A   

December 31, 2006

   $ 41,000,000       $ 7,230         N/A   

December 31, 2007

   $ 79,200,000       $ 6,755         N/A   

December 31, 2008

   $ 89,582,000       $ 6,689         N/A   

December 31, 2009

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2010

     —           —           N/A   

Small Business Administration

        

Debentures (HT II) (4)

        

December 31, 2004

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2005

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2006

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2007

   $ 55,050,000       $ 9,718         N/A   

December 31, 2008

   $ 127,200,000       $ 4,711         N/A   

December 31, 2009

   $ 130,600,000       $ 3,806         N/A   

December 31, 2010

   $ 150,000,000       $ 3,942         N/A   

Small Business Administration(HT III) (4)

        

December 31, 2004

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2005

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2006

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2007

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2008

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2009

     —           —           N/A   

December 31, 2010

   $ 20,000,000       $ 29,564         N/A   

 

(1) Total amount of each class of senior securities outstanding at the end of the period presented, rounded to nearest thousand.
(2) The asset coverage ratio for a class of senior securities representing indebtedness is calculated as our consolidated total assets, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, divided by senior securities representing indebtedness. This asset coverage ratio is multiplied by $1,000 to determine the Asset Coverage per Unit.
(3) Not applicable because senior securities are not registered for public trading.
(4) Issued by our SBIC subsidiaries to the SBA. These categories of senior securities were not subject to the asset coverage requirements of the 1940 Act.
(5) The Company’s Wells Facility and Union Bank Facility had no borrowings outstanding during the periods noted above.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

14. Selected Quarterly Data (Unaudited)

The following tables set forth certain quarterly financial information for each of the last eight quarters ended December 31, 2010. This information was derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements. Results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for the full year or for any further quarter.

 

     Quarter Ended  

(in thousands, except per share data)

   3/31/2010      6/30/2010     9/30/2010     12/31/2010  

Total investment income

   $ 12,520       $ 14,501      $ 15,646      $ 16,807   

Net investment income before provision for income taxes and investment gains and losses

     5,612         6,863        8,148        8,751   

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations

     5,714         (4,630     (7,823     11,721   

Change in net assets resulting from operations per common share (basic)

     0.16         (0.14     (0.23     0.30   
     Quarter Ended  
     3/31/2009      6/30/2009     9/30/2009     12/31/2009  

Total investment income

   $ 20,450       $ 19,480      $ 17,681      $ 16,666   

Net investment income before provision for income taxes and investment gains and losses

     11,558         11,821        10,347        9,377   

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations

     4,482         (13,059     13,690        8,459   

Change in net assets resulting from operations per common share (basic)

     0.14         (0.38     0.39        0.24   

As discussed in Note 1, the Company corrected the valuation process to refine its application of ASC 820. The new procedure applied during the three month period ended December 31, 2010 resulted in a $282,000 out of period reduction in net unrealized (depreciation) appreciation on investments and net increase in net assets resulting from operations. The Company has concluded that the out of period effect of these adjustments is not material to any of its previously issued condensed consolidated financial statements. In addition, as discussed in Note 1, the Company has corrected its accounting for one-time fees. This resulted in a $776,000 out of period reduction in total investment income and net increase in net assets resulting from operations during the three month period ended December 31, 2010.

15. Subsequent Events

Dividend Declaration

On March 1, 2011 the Board of Directors increased the quarterly dividend by 10.0% and declared a cash dividend of $0.22 per share that was paid on March 24, 2011 to shareholders of record as of March 10, 2011. This dividend would represent the Company’s twenty-second consecutive dividend declaration since its initial public offering, bringing the total cumulative dividend declared to date to $6.03 per share.

Share Repurchase Program

On January 27, 2011, The Company approved the extension of the stock repurchase plan as previously approved on February 8, 2010 under the same terms and conditions that allows the Company to repurchase up to $35.0 million of its common stock set to expire on February 11, 2011 for an additional six month period with a new expiration date of August 26, 2011.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

In January 2011, the Company repaid $25.0 million of SBA debentures under its first license, priced at approximately 6.63%, including annual fees. In February 2011, the Company submitted a request to the SBA to borrow $25.0 million under a new capital commitment which is subject to SBA approval.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

In February 2011, the Company extended the termination date under the credit facility with Union Bank from May 1, 2011 to July 31, 2011. Terms and conditions under the agreement remain the same through the extension period.

In January 2011, the Company’s portfolio company InfoLogix, Inc, a leading provider of enterprise mobile solutions for the healthcare and commercial industries, completed the sale of all of its shares to Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. (NYSE: SWK). The transaction was valued at approximately $61.2 million prior to transaction fees, closing costs, and working capital adjustments.

In February 2011, portfolio company Pacira, an emerging specialty pharmaceutical company focused on the development, commercialization and manufacture of novel pharmaceutical products, priced its initial public offering (“IPO”) on Nasdaq-GM under the symbol (“PCRX”).

In February 2011, the Company sold part of its equity position in portfolio company Kamada (Tel Aviv: KMDA.TA), a publicly traded Israeli-based biopharmaceutical company, and expects to recognize a realized gain of approximately $1.2 million in Q1 2011.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

(unaudited)

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

     September 30,        
     2011     December 31,  
     (unaudited)     2010  

Assets

    

Investments:

    

Non-Control/Non-Affiliate investments (cost of $572,558 and $445,782, respectively)

   $ 573,494      $ 428,782   

Affiliate investments (cost of $3,236 and $2,880, respectively)

     —          3,069   

Control investments (cost of $11,611 and $31,743, respectively)

     2,983        40,181   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments, at value (cost of $587,405 and $480,405, respectively)

     576,477        472,032   

Cash and cash equivalents

     96,309        107,014   

Interest receivable

     4,667        4,520   

Other assets

     11,184        7,681   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 688,637      $ 591,247   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

    

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   $ 7,755      $ 8,716   

Long-term SBA Debentures

     188,750        170,000   

Long-term Liabilities (Convertible Debt)

     70,082        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     266,587        178,716   

Net assets consist of:

    

Common stock, par value

     43        43   

Capital in excess of par value

     486,557        477,549   

Unrealized depreciation on investments

     (10,861     (8,038

Accumulated realized losses on investments

     (47,604     (51,033

Distributions in excess of investment income

     (6,085     (5,990
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net assets

   $ 422,050      $ 412,531   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and net assets

   $ 688,637      $ 591,247   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares of common stock outstanding ($0.001 par value, 100,000,000 authorized)

     43,908        43,444   

Net asset value per share

   $ 9.61      $ 9.50   

See notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

F-58


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS

September 30, 2011

(unaudited)

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

  

Principal
Amount

    

Cost (2)

    

Value (3)

 

Acceleron Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

   Drug Discovery    Preferred Stock Warrants       $ 69       $ 878   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        35         186   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        39         85   
     

Preferred Stock

        1,341         2,473   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Acceleron Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

              1,484         3,622   

Anthera Pharmaceuticals Inc.

   Drug Discovery   

Senior Debt

Matures September 2014

Interest rate Prime + 7.3% or

Floor rate of 10.55%

   $ 25,000         24,269         25,019   
     

Common Stock Warrants

        541         378   

Total Anthera Pharmaceuticals Inc.

      Common Stock Warrants         443         308   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
              25,253         25,705   

Aveo Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

   Drug Discovery   

Senior Debt

Matures June 2014

Interest rate Prime + 7.15% or

Floor rate of 11.9%

   $ 25,000         26,554         27,304   
     

Common Stock

        842         2,583   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Aveo Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

              27,396         29,887   

Dicerna Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

   Drug Discovery   

Senior Debt

Matures January 2015

Interest rate Prime + 5.75% or

Floor rate of 10.15%

   $ 7,000         6,986         6,986   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         206         90   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        31         26   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        28         15   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        187         143   
     

Preferred Stock

        502         439   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Dicerna Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

              7,940         7,699   

EpiCept Corporation (5)

   Drug Discovery    Common Stock Warrants         4         13   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total EpiCept Corporation

              4         13   

Horizon Therapeutics, Inc.

   Drug Discovery    Common Stock Warrants         231         1   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Horizon Therapeutics, Inc.

              231         1   

Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corp.

   Drug Discovery    Preferred Stock         1,500         —     
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corp.

              1,500         —     

Merrimack Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

   Drug Discovery    Preferred Stock Warrants         155         1,115   
      Preferred Stock         2,000         3,825   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Merrimack Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

              2,155         4,940   

Paratek Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

   Drug Discovery    Preferred Stock Warrants         137         140   
     

Preferred Stock

        1,000         1,348   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Paratek Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

              1,137         1,488   

See notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

F-59


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

September 30, 2011

(unaudited)

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

PolyMedix, Inc.

   Drug Discovery    Senior Debt         
     

Matures September 2013

Interest rate Prime + 7.1% or

Floor rate of 12.35%

   $ 7,611       $ 7,394       $ 7,546   
     

Common Stock Warrants

        480         78   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total PolyMedix, Inc.

              7,874         7,624   

Portola Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

   Drug Discovery    Preferred Stock Warrants         152         285   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Portola Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

              152         285   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Drug Discovery (19.25%)*

              75,126         81,264   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Affinity Videonet, Inc.

   Communications
& Networking
   Preferred Stock Warrants         102         149   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Affinity Videonet, Inc.

              102         149   

E-band Communications, Corp. (6)

   Communications
& Networking
  

Convertible Senior Debt

Matures May 2013

Interest rate Fixed 6.00%

   $ 356         356         —     
     

Preferred Stock

        2,880         —     
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total E-Band Communications, Corp.

              3,236         —     

IKANO Communications, Inc.

   Communications
& Networking
   Preferred Stock Warrants         45         —     
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        72         —     
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total IKANO Communications, Inc.

              117         —     

Intelepeer, Inc.

   Communications
& Networking
  

Senior Debt

Matures May 2013

Interest rate Prime + 8.12% or

Floor rate of 11.37%

   $ 6,524         6,509         6,640   
     

Senior Debt

Matures May 2012

Interest rate Prime + 4.25%

   $ 1,100         998         998   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        102         123   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Intelepeer, Inc.

              7,609         7,761   

Neonova Holding Company

   Communications
& Networking
   Preferred Stock Warrants         94         21   
     

Preferred Stock

        250         197   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Neonova Holding Company

              344         218   

Pac-West Telecomm, Inc.

   Communications
& Networking
  

Senior Debt

Matures October 2014

Interest rate Prime + 7.50% or

Floor rate of 12.00%

   $ 4,369         4,164         4,164   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        121         —     
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Pac-West Telecomm, Inc.

              4,285         4,164   

PeerApp, Inc.

   Communications
& Networking
  

Senior Debt

Matures April 2013

Interest rate Prime + 7.5% or

Floor rate of 11.50%

   $ 2,072         2,091         2,112   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        61         91   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total PeerApp, Inc. (5)

              2,152         2,203   

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

F-60


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

September 30, 2011

(unaudited)

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

Peerless Network, Inc.

   Communications
& Networking
   Preferred Stock Warrants       $ 95       $ 187   
     

Preferred Stock

        1,000         2,370   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Peerless Network, Inc.

              1,095         2,557   

Ping Identity Corporation

   Communications
& Networking
   Preferred Stock Warrants         52         410   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Ping Identity Corporation

              52         410   

PointOne, Inc.

   Communications
& Networking
  

Senior Debt

Matures April 2013

Interest rate Libor + 9.0% or

Floor rate of 11.50%

   $ 8,375         8,153         8,153   
   Communications
& Networking
   Common Stock Warrants         131         194   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total PointOne, Inc.

              8,284         8,347   

Purcell Systems, Inc.

   Communications
& Networking
   Preferred Stock Warrants         123         89   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Purcell Systems, Inc.

              123         89   

Seven Networks, Inc.

   Communications
& Networking
   Preferred Stock Warrants         174         —     
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Seven Networks, Inc.

              174         —     

Stoke, Inc (4)

   Communications
& Networking
  

Senior Debt

Matures May 2013

Interest rate Prime + 7.0% or

Floor rate of 10.25%

   $ 3,051         2,995         3,025   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         53         68   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         65         54   
      Preferred Stock         500         500   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Stoke, Inc.

              3,613         3,647   

Tectura Corporation

   Communications
& Networking
  

Senior Debt

Matures December 2012

Interest rate 11%

   $ 8,125         9,324         9,209   
     

Revolving Line of Credit

Matures July 2012

Interest rate 11%,

PIK interest 1.00%

   $ 17,207         17,332         17,332   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         51         33   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Tectura Corporation

              26,707         26,574   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Communications & Networking (13.30%)*

              57,893         56,119   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Atrenta, Inc.

   Software    Preferred Stock Warrants         102         368   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         34         121   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         95         174   
      Preferred Stock         250         375   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Atrenta, Inc.

              481         1,038   

Blurb, Inc.

   Software    Preferred Stock Warrants         25         403   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         298         400   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Blurb, Inc.

              323         803   

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

F-61


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

September 30, 2011

(unaudited)

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

Braxton Technologies, LLC.

   Software    Preferred Stock Warrants       $ 188       $ —     
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Braxton Technologies, LLC.

              188         —     

Bullhorn, Inc.

   Software    Preferred Stock Warrants         43         188   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Bullhorn, Inc.

              43         188   

Central Desktop, Inc.

   Software   

Senior Debt

Matures April 2014

Interest rate Prime + 6.75% or

Floor rate of 10.50%

   $ 3,000         2,872         2,872   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        108         299   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Central Desktop, Inc.

              2,980         3,171   

Clickfox, Inc.

   Software    Senior Debt         
     

Matures July 2013

Interest rate Prime + 6.00% or

Floor rate of 11.25%

   $ 4,565         4,462         4,553   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         177         327   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         152         296   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Clickfox, Inc.

              4,791         5,176   

Forescout Technologies, Inc.

   Software    Preferred Stock Warrants         99         47   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Forescout Technologies, Inc.

              99         47   

GameLogic, Inc.

   Software    Preferred Stock Warrants         92         —     
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total GameLogic, Inc.

              92         —     

HighRoads, Inc.

   Software    Preferred Stock Warrants         44         7   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total HighRoads, Inc.

              44         7   

Kxen, Inc.

   Software   

Senior Debt

Matures January 2015

Interest rate Prime + 5.08% or

Floor rate of 8.33%

   $ 3,000         2,938         2,938   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        47         29   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Kxen, Inc.

              2,985         2,967   

RichRelevance, Inc.

   Software   

Senior Debt

Matures January 2015

Interest rate Prime + 3.25% or

Floor rate of 7.50%

   $ 5,000         4,857         4,857   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        98         23   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total RichRelevance, Inc.

              4,955         4,880   

Rockyou, Inc.

   Software    Preferred Stock Warrants         117         7   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Rockyou, Inc.

              117         7   

Sportvision, Inc.

   Software    Preferred Stock Warrants         39         —     
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Sportvision, Inc.

              39         —     

SugarSync Inc.

   Software   

Senior Debt

Matures April 2015

Interest rate Prime + 4.50% or

Floor rate of 8.25%

   $ 2,000         1,946         1,946   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        78         77   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total SugarSync Inc.

              2,024         2,023   

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

F-62


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

September 30, 2011

(unaudited)

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

Unify Corporation

   Software    Common Stock Warrants       $ 1,434       $ 332   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Unify Corporation

              1,434         332   

White Sky, Inc.

   Software   

Senior Debt

Matures June 2014

Interest rate Prime + 7.00% or

Floor rate of 10.25%

   $ 1,500         1,443         1,443   
   Software    Preferred Stock Warrants         54         1   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total White Sky, Inc.

              1,497         1,444   

WildTangent, Inc.

   Software    Preferred Stock Warrants         238         11   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total WildTangent, Inc.

              238         11   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Software (5.23%)*

              22,330         22,094   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Luminus Devices, Inc.

   Electronics &
Computer Hardware
   Preferred Stock Warrants         183         —     
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        84         —     
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        334         —     
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Luminus Devices, Inc.

              601         —     

Maxvision Holding, LLC (7) .

   Electronics &
Computer Hardware
  

Senior Debt

Matures December 2013

Interest rate Prime + 8.25% or

Floor rate of 12.00%,

PIK interest 5.00%

   $ 4,366         4,462         2,069   
     

Senior Debt

Matures December 2013

Interest rate Prime + 6.25% or

Floor rate of 10.00%, PIK interest 2.00%

   $ 2,681         2,653         —     
     

Revolving Line of Credit

Matures December 2013

Interest rate Prime + 6.25% or

Floor rate of 10.00%

   $ 923         914         914   
     

Common Stock

        3,581         —     
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Maxvision Holding, LLC

              11,610         2,983   

Shocking Technologies, Inc.

   Electronics &
Computer Hardware
   Preferred Stock Warrants         63         57   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Shocking Technologies, Inc.

              63         57   

Spatial Photonics, Inc. (8)

   Electronics &
Computer Hardware
   Preferred Stock Warrants         130         —     
     

Preferred Stock

        768         —     
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Spatial Photonics Inc.

              898         —     
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Electronics & Computer Hardware (.72%)*

              13,172         3,040   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

F-63


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

September 30, 2011

(unaudited)

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

Aegerion Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

   Specialty
Pharmaceuticals
  

Senior Debt

Matures September 2014

Interest rate Prime + 5.65% or

Floor rate of 10.40%

   $ 10,000       $ 10,138       $ 10,325   
     

Common Stock Warrants

        69         722   
     

Common Stock

        1,093         1,825   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Aegerion Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

              11,300         12,872   

Althea Technologies, Inc.

   Specialty
Pharmaceuticals
  

Senior Debt

Matures October 2013

Interest rate Prime + 7.70% or

Floor rate of 10.95%

   $ 10,990         10,844         11,135   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        309         362   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Althea Technologies, Inc.

              11,153         11,497   

Chroma Therapeutics, Ltd. (5)

   Specialty
Pharmaceuticals
  

Senior Debt

Matures September 2013

Interest rate Prime + 7.75% or

Floor rate of 12.00%

   $ 8,540         8,738         8,738   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        490         344   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Chroma Therapeutics, Ltd.

              9,228         9,082   

Pacira Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

   Specialty
Pharmaceuticals
  

Senior Debt

Matures August 2014

Interest rate Prime + 6.25% or

Floor rate of 10.25%

   $ 11,250         11,237         11,237   
     

Senior Debt

Matures August 2014

Interest rate Prime + 8.65% or

Floor rate of 12.65%

   $ 15,000         14,255         14,443   
     

Common Stock Warrants

        1,086         584   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Pacira Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

              26,578         26,264   

Quatrx Pharmaceuticals Company

   Specialty
Pharmaceuticals
  

Convertible Senior Debt

Matures March 2012

Interest rate 8.00%

   $ 1,888         1,888         1,888   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        220         —     
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        307         —     
     

Preferred Stock

        750         —     
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Quatrx Pharmaceuticals Company

              3,165         1,888   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Specialty Pharmaceuticals (14.60%)*

              61,424         61,603   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
Annie’s, Inc.    Consumer & Business
Products
  

Preferred Stock Warrants

        321         96   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total Annie’s, Inc.               321         96   
IPA Holdings, LLC    Consumer & Business
Products
  

Preferred Stock Warrants

        275         24   
     

Preferred Stock

        500         260   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total IPA Holding, LLC               775         284   
Market Force Information, Inc.    Consumer & Business
Products
  

Preferred Stock Warrants

        24         105   
      Preferred Stock         500         481   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total Market Force Information, Inc.               524         586   

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

F-64


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

September 30, 2011

(unaudited)

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  
TV Guide, Inc.    Consumer & Business
Products
  

Revolving Line of Credit
Matures October 2011
Interest rate Prime + 11.00% or
Floor rate of 13.00%

   $ 500       $ 479       $ 479   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total TV Guide, Inc.               479         479   
Wageworks, Inc.    Consumer & Business
Products
  

Preferred Stock Warrants

        252         2,510   
      Preferred Stock         250         390   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total Wageworks, Inc.               502         2,900   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Consumer & Business Products (1.03%)*

              2,601         4,345   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
Achronix Semiconductor Corporation    Semiconductors   

Senior Debt
Matures January 2015
Interest rate Prime + 10.60% or
Floor rate of 13.85%

   $ 2,500         2,396         2,396   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         160         152   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Achronix Semiconductor Corporation

              2,556         2,548   
Enpirion, Inc.    Semiconductors   

Preferred Stock Warrants

        157         —     
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total Enpirion, Inc.               157         —     
iWatt, Inc.    Semiconductors   

Preferred Stock Warrants

        46         3   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         51         1   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         73         2   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         458         7   
      Preferred Stock         490         983   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total iWatt, Inc.               1,118         996   
Kovio Inc.    Semiconductors   

Senior Debt
Matures March 2015
Interest rate Prime + 5.50% or
Floor rate of 9.25%

   $ 1,250         1,213         1,213   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         27         27   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total Kovio Inc.               1,240         1,240   
NEXX Systems, Inc.    Semiconductors    Preferred Stock Warrants         297         1,330   
      Preferred Stock         277         802   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total NEXX Systems, Inc.               574         2,132   
Quartics, Inc.    Semiconductors    Preferred Stock Warrants         53         —     
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total Quartics, Inc.               53         —     

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

F-65


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

September 30, 2011

(unaudited)

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  
Total Semiconductors (1.64%)*             $ 5,698       $ 6,916   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
AcelRX Pharmaceuticals, Inc.    Drug
Delivery
  

Senior Debt

Matures December 2014

Interest rate Prime + 3.25% or

Floor rate of 8.50%

   $ 5,000         4,889         4,889   
     

Senior Debt

Matures December 2014

Interest rate Prime + 3.25% or

Floor rate of 8.50%

   $ 5,000         4,889         4,889   
      Common Stock Warrants         178         102   
      Common Stock Warrants         178         102   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total AcelRX Pharmaceuticals, Inc.               10,134         9,982   
Alexza Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (4)    Drug
Delivery
  

Senior Debt

Matures October 2013

Interest rate Prime + 6.5% or

Floor rate of 10.75%

   $ 11,770         11,699         12,121   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         645         103   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total Alexza Pharmaceuticals, Inc.               12,344         12,224   
BIND Biosciences, Inc.    Drug
Delivery
  

Senior Debt

Matures July 2014

Interest rate Prime + 7.45% or

Floor rate of 10.70%

   $ 5,000         4,655         4,805   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         53         75   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         50         76   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         188         312   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total BIND Biosciences, Inc.               4,946         5,268   
Labopharm USA, Inc. (5)    Drug
Delivery
  

Senior Debt

Matures December 2012

Interest rate 10.95%

   $ 9,771         9,718         9,718   
     

Senior Debt

Matures December 2012

Interest rate Prime + 3.20% or

Floor rate of 10.95%

   $ 3,257         3,417         3,417   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total Labopharm USA, Inc.               13,135         13,135   
Merrion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (5)    Drug
Delivery
  

Senior Debt

Matures January 2015

Interest rate Prime + 9.20% or

Floor rate of 12.45%

   $ 5,000         4,735         3,870   
      Common Stock Warrants         213         23   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total Merrion Pharmaceuticals, Inc.               4,948         3,893   
Transcept Pharmaceuticals, Inc.    Drug
Delivery
   Common Stock Warrants         36         57   
      Common Stock Warrants         51         86   
      Common Stock         500         275   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total Transcept Pharmaceuticals, Inc.               587         418   
Revance Therapeutics, Inc.    Drug
Delivery
  

Senior Debt

Matures March 2015

Interest rate Prime + 6.60% or

Floor rate of 9.85%

   $ 22,000         21,257         21,257   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        557         557   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revance Therapeutics, Inc.

              21,814         21,814   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Drug Delivery (15.81%)*

              67,908         66,734   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

F-66


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

September 30, 2011

(unaudited)

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

BARRX Medical, Inc.

   Therapeutic   

Senior Debt

Matures December 2011

Interest rate 11.00%

   $ 768       $ 1,295       $ 1,295   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        76         110   
     

Preferred Stock

        1,501         2,607   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total BARRX Medical, Inc.

              2,872         4,012   

EKOS Corporation

   Therapeutic   

Preferred Stock Warrants

        175         —     
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        153         —     
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total EKOS Corporation

              328         —     

Gelesis, Inc. (8)

   Therapeutic   

Senior Debt

Matures April 2013

Interest rate Prime + 4.65% or

Floor rate of 10.75%

   $ 2,771         2,820         —     
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Gelesis, Inc.

              2,820         —     

Gynesonics, Inc.

   Therapeutic   

Senior Debt

Matures October 2013

Interest rate Prime + 8.25% or

Floor rate of 11.50%

   $ 5,846         5,775         5,842   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        228         240   
     

Preferred Stock

        532         451   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Gynesonics, Inc.

              6,535         6,533   

Light Science Oncology, Inc.

   Therapeutic    Preferred Stock Warrants         99         176   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Light Science Oncology, Inc.

              99         176   

Novasys Medical, Inc.

   Therapeutic    Preferred Stock Warrants         71         —     
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        54         1   
   Preferred Stock         1,000         1,001   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Novasys Medical, Inc.

              1,125         1,002   

Oraya Therapeutics, Inc.

   Therapeutic   

Senior Debt

Matures March 2015

Interest rate Prime + 4.75% or

Floor rate of 9.50%

   $ 7,500         7,317         7,317   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         232         232   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Oraya Therapeutics, Inc.

              7,549         7,549   

Pacific Child & Family Associates, LLC

   Therapeutic   

Senior Debt

Matures January 2015

Interest rate LIBOR + 8.0% or

Floor rate of 10.50%

   $ 5,685         5,592         5,592   
     

Revolving Line of Credit

Matures January 2015

Interest rate LIBOR + 6.5% or

Floor rate of 9.00%

   $ 1,500         1,483         1,396   
     

Senior Debt

Matures January 2015

Interest rate LIBOR + 10.50% or

Floor rate of 13.0%, PIK

interest 3.75%

   $ 5,900         6,185         6,302   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Pacific Child & Family Associates, LLC

              13,260         13,290   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Therapeutic (7.72%)*

              34,588         32,562   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

F-67


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

September 30, 2011

(unaudited)

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

Cozi Group, Inc.

   Internet Consumer

& Business Services

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

      $ 147       $ —     
     

Preferred Stock

        177         48   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Cozi Group, Inc.

              324         48   

Invoke Solutions, Inc.

   Internet Consumer

& Business Services

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

        56         —     
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        26         —     
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Invoke Solutions, Inc.

              82         —     

InXpo, Inc.

   Internet Consumer

& Business Services

  

Senior Debt

Matures March 2014

Interest rate Prime + 7.5% or

Floor rate of 10.75%

   $ 3,500         3,403         3,403   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        98         82   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total InXpo, Inc.

              3,501         3,485   

Prism Education Group, Inc.

   Internet Consumer

& Business Services

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

        43         109   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Prism Education Group, Inc.

              43         109   

RazorGator Interactive Group, Inc.

   Internet Consumer

& Business Services

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

        13         —     
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        28         —     
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        1,183         —     
     

Preferred Stock

        1,000         —     
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total RazorGator Interactive Group, Inc.

              2,224         —     

Reply! Inc. (4)

   Internet Consumer

& Business Services

  

Senior Debt

Matures June 2015

Interest rate Prime + 6.87% or

Floor rate of 10.12%

   $ 13,000         12,862         12,862   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        320         206   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Reply! Inc.

              13,182         13,068   

ScriptSave (Medical Security Card Company, LLC)

   Internet Consumer

& Business Services

  

Senior Debt

Matures February 2016

Interest rate Prime + 8.75% or

Floor rate of 11.25%

   $ 20,158         19,786         20,391   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total ScriptSave

              19,786         20,391   

Trulia, Inc.

   Internet Consumer

& Business Services

  

Senior Debt

Matures March 2015

Interest rate Prime + 2.75% or

Floor rate of 6.00%

   $ 5,000         4,856         4,856   
     

Senior Debt

Matures March 2015

Interest rate Prime + 5.50% or

Floor rate of 8.75%

   $ 5,000         4,857         4,857   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        188         187   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Trulia, Inc.

              9,901         9,900   

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

F-68


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

September 30, 2011

(unaudited)

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

Vaultlogix, Inc.

   Internet Consumer

& Business Services

  

Senior Debt

Matures September 2016

Interest rate Libor + 8.50% or

Floor rate of 10.00%,

PIK interest 2.50%

   $ 7,500       $ 7,382       $ 7,382   
     

Senior Debt

Matures September 2015

Interest rate Libor + 7.00% or

Floor rate of 8.50%

   $ 11,500         11,309         11,309   
     

Revolving Line of Credit

Matures September 2015

Interest rate Libor + 6.00% or

Floor rate of 7.50%

   $ 300         283         283   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Vaultlogix, Inc.

              18,974         18,974   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Internet Consumer & Business Services (15.63%)

              68,017         65,975   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Lilliputian Systems, Inc.

   Energy   

Preferred Stock Warrants

        106         —     
     

Common Stock Warrants

        48         —     
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Lilliputian Systems, Inc.

              154         —     
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Energy (0.00%)*

              154         —     
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Box.net, Inc.

   Information Services   

Senior Debt

Matures March 2015

Interest rate Prime + 3.75% or

Floor rate of 7.50%

   $ 4,808         4,686         4,686   
     

Senior Debt

Matures July 2014

Interest rate Prime + 5.25% or

Floor rate of 8.50%

   $ 1,590         1,602         1,634   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        73         1,998   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        117         1,352   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        194         191   
     

Preferred Stock

        500         3,137   
     

Preferred Stock

        1,500         2,272   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Box.net, Inc.

              8,672         15,270   

Buzznet, Inc.

   Information Services    Preferred Stock Warrants         9         —     
     

Preferred Stock

        250         34   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Buzznet, Inc.

              259         34   

Cha Cha Search, Inc.

   Information Services   

Senior Debt

Matures February 2015

Interest rate Prime + 6.25% or

Floor rate of 9.50%

   $ 3,000         2,916         2,916   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        58         10   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Cha Cha Search, Inc.

              2,974         2,926   

XL Education Corp.

   Information Services    Common Stock         880         880   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total XL Education Corp.

              880         880   

hi5 Networks, Inc.

   Information Services    Preferred Stock Warrants         213         —     
     

Preferred Stock

        250         741   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total hi5 Networks, Inc.

              463         741   

Jab Wireless, Inc.

   Information Services   

Senior Debt

Matures August 2016

Interest rate Prime + 6.25% or

Floor rate of 6.75%

   $ 18,121         17,858         17,858   

Jab Wireless, Inc.

   Information Services    Preferred Stock Warrants         265         281   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Jab Wireless, Inc.

              18,123         18,139   

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

F-69


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

September 30, 2011

(unaudited)

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

Solutionary, Inc.

   Information Services    Preferred Stock Warrants       $ 94       $ —     
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        2         —     
     

Preferred Stock

        250         42   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Solutionary, Inc.

              346         42   

Intelligent Beauty, Inc.

   Information Services    Preferred Stock Warrants         230         90   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Intelligent Beauty, Inc.

              230         90   

Good Technologies, Inc.

   Information Services    Common Stock         603         95   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Good Technologies, Inc.

              603         95   

Zeta Interactive Corporation

   Information Services    Preferred Stock Warrants         172         110   
     

Preferred Stock

        501         485   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Zeta Interactive Corporation

              673         595   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total Information Services (9.20%)               33,223         38,812   

Novadaq Technologies, Inc. (5)

   Diagnostic    Common Stock         1,415         808   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Novadaq Technologies, Inc. (5)

              1,415         808   

Optiscan Biomedical, Corp.

   Diagnostic   

Senior Debt

Matures December 2013

Interest rate Prime + 8.20% or

Floor rate of 11.45%

   $ 10,750         10,792         11,162   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        1,069         668   
     

Preferred Stock

        3,656         2,251   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Optiscan Biomedical, Corp.

              15,517         14,081   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Diagnostic (3.53%)*

              16,932         14,889   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

deCODE genetics ehf.

   Biotechnology Tools   

Senior Debt

Matures September 2014

Interest rate Prime + 10.25% or

Floor rate of 13.50%,

PIK interest 2.00%

   $ 5,000         4,740         4,740   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        305         358   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deCODE genetics ehf.

              5,045         5,098   

Kamada, LTD.

   Biotechnology Tools    Common Stock         427         398   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Kamada, LTD.

              427         398   

Labcyte, Inc.

   Biotechnology Tools   

Senior Debt

Matures May 2013

Interest rate Prime + 8.6% or

Floor rate of 11.85%

   $ 2,800         2,774         2,849   
     

Common Stock Warrants

        192         190   
     

Common Stock Warrants

        5         5   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Labcyte, Inc.

              2,971         3,044   

NeurogesX, Inc.

   Drug Discovery   

Senior Debt

Matures February 2015

Interest rate Prime + 6.25% or

Floor rate of 9.50%

   $ 15,000         14,433         14,433   
     

Common Stock Warrants

        503         132   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total NeurogesX, Inc.

              14,936         14,565   

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

F-70


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

September 30, 2011

(unaudited)

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

NuGEN Technologies, Inc.

   Biotechnology Tools    Preferred Stock Warrants       $ 45       $ 203   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        33         15   
     

Preferred Stock

        500         473   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total NuGEN Technologies, Inc.

              578         691   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Biotechnology Tools (5.64%)*

              23,957         23,796   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Entrigue Surgical, Inc.

   Surgical Devices   

Senior Debt

Matures December 2014

Interest rate Prime + 5.90% or

Floor rate of 9.65%

   $ 3,000         2,863         2,863   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        87         87   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Entrigue Surgical, Inc.

              2,950         2,950   

Transmedics, Inc. (4)

   Surgical Devices   

Senior Debt

Matures February 2014

Interest rate Prime + 9.70% or

Floor rate of 12.95%

   $ 8,375         9,115         4,733   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        225         —     
     

Preferred Stock

        1,169         —     
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Transmedics, Inc.

              10,509         4,733   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Surgical Devices (1.82%)*

              13,459         7,683   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Glam Media, Inc.

   Media/Content/Info    Preferred Stock Warrants         482         138   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Glam Media, Inc.

              482         138   

Everyday Health, Inc. (Waterfront Media, Inc.)

   Media/Content/Info    Preferred Stock Warrants         60         364   
      Preferred Stock         1,000         945   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Everyday Health

              1,060         1,309   

Women’s Marketing, Inc.

   Media/Content/Info   

Senior Debt

Matures May 2016

Interest rate Libor + 9.50% or

Floor rate of 12.00%,

PIK interest 3.00%

   $ 10,000         9,866         9,866   
     

Senior Debt

Matures November 2015

Interest rate Libor + 7.50% or

Floor rate of 10.0%

   $ 9,875         9,648         9,648   
     

Senior Debt

Matures November 2015

Interest rate Libor + 7.50% or

Floor rate of 10.0%

   $ 10,125         9,891         9,891   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Women’s Marketing, Inc.

              29,405         29,405   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Media/Content/Info (7.31%)*

              30,947         30,852   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

F-71


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

September 30, 2011

(unaudited)

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

BrightSource Energy, Inc. (4)

   Clean Tech   

Senior Debt

Matures December 2011

Interest rate Prime + 7.75% or

Floor rate of 11.0%

   $ 11,250       $ 11,096       $ 11,096   
     

Senior Debt

Matures December 2012

Interest rate Prime + 9.55% or

Floor rate of 12.8%

   $ 13,750         13,542         13,542   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        675         623   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total BrightSource Energy, Inc.

              25,313         25,261   

Calera, Inc.

   Clean Tech    Preferred Stock Warrants         513         660   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Calera, Inc.

              513         660   

EcoMotors, Inc.

   Clean Tech   

Senior Debt

Matures February 2014

Interest rate Prime + 6.1% or

Floor rate of 9.35%

   $ 5,383         5,260         5,421   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        154         451   
     

Common Stock Warrants

        154         451   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total EcoMotors, Inc.

              5,568         6,323   

Enphase Energy, Inc.

   Clean Tech   

Senior Debt

Matures June 2014

Interest rate Prime + 5.75% or

Floor rate of 9.0%

   $ 4,248         4,135         4,135   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        102         17   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Enphase Energy, Inc.

              4,237         4,152   

GreatPoint Energy, Inc.

   Clean Tech    Preferred Stock Warrants         548         203   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total GreatPoint Energy, Inc.

              548         203   

NanoSolar, Inc.

   Clean Tech   

Senior Debt

Matures September 2014

Interest rate Prime + 7.75% or

Floor rate of 11.0%

   $ 10,000         9,515         9,515   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

 

        355         355   

Total NanoSolar, Inc.

              9,870         9,870   

Propel Biofuels, Inc.

   Clean Tech   

Senior Debt

Matures September 2013

Interest rate 11.0%

   $ 1,540         1,562         1,570   
     

 

Preferred Stock Warrants

        211         195   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Propel Biofuels, Inc.

              1,773         1,765   

Scientific Conservation, Inc.

   Clean Tech   

Senior Debt

Matures October 2014

Interest rate 6.25%

   $ 202         196         196   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         8         2   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Scientific Conservation, Inc.

              204         198   

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

F-72


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

September 30, 2011

(unaudited)

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

Solexel, Inc.

   Clean Tech   

Senior Debt

Matures June 2013

Interest rate Prime + 8.25% or

Floor rate of 11.50%

   $ 1,031       $ 966       $ 966   
     

Senior Debt

Matures June 2013

Interest rate Prime + 7.25% or

Floor rate of 10.50%

   $ 8,927         9,660         9,660   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         335         11   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         259         71   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         142         142   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         426         427   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Solexel, Inc.

              11,788         11,277   

Trilliant, Inc.

   Clean Tech    Preferred Stock Warrants         89         46   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         73         38   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Trilliant, Inc.

              162         84   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Clean Tech (14.17%)*

              59,976         59,793   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investments

            $ 587,405       $ 576,477   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Value as a percent of net assets
(1) Preferred and common stock, warrants, and equity interests are generally non-income producing.
(2) Gross unrealized appreciation, gross unrealized depreciation, and net depreciation for federal income tax purposes totaled $28,443, $40,649 and $12,205 respectively. The tax cost of investments is $588,807.
(3) Except for warrants in twelve publicly traded companies and common stock in five publicly traded companies, all investments are restricted at September 30, 2011. No unrestricted securities of the same issuer are outstanding. The Company uses the Standard Industrial Code for classifying the industry grouping of its portfolio companies.
(4) Debt investments of this portfolio company have been pledged as collateral under the Wells Facility.
(5) Non-U.S. company or the company’s principal place of business is outside the United States.
(6) Affiliate investment that is defined under the Investment Company Act of 1940 as companies in which HTGC owns at least 5% but not more than 25% of the voting securities of the company.
(7) Control investment that is defined under the Investment Company Act of 1940 as companies in which HTGC owns at least 25% of the voting securities of the company, or has greater than 50% representation on its board.
(8) Debt is on non-accrual status at September 30, 2011, and is therefore considered non-income producing.

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

F-73


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS

December 31, 2010

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

   Industry   

Type of Investment (1)

   Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

Acceleron Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

   Drug Discovery    Preferred Stock Warrants       $ 69       $ 922   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         35         189   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         39         99   
      Preferred Stock         1,341         2,316   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Acceleron Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

              1,484         3,526   

Aveo Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

   Drug Discovery   

Senior Debt

Matures September 2013

Interest rate Prime + 7.15% or

Floor rate of 11.9%

   $ 25,000         26,108         26,108   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         190         686   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         104         165   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         24         58   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         288         770   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         236         630   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Aveo Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

              26,950         28,417   

Dicerna Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

   Drug Discovery   

Senior Debt

Matures July 2012

Interest rate Prime + 9.20% or

Floor rate of 12.95%

   $ 4,699         4,678         4,706   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         205         182   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         30         33   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         28         25   
      Preferred Stock         503         503   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Dicerna Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

              5,444         5,449   

EpiCept Corporation

   Drug Discovery    Common Stock Warrants         4         112   
      Common Stock Warrants         40         10   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total EpiCept Corporation

              44         122   

Horizon Therapeutics, Inc.

   Drug Discovery    Preferred Stock Warrants         231         —     
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Horizon Therapeutics, Inc.

              231         —     

Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corp.

   Drug Discovery    Preferred Stock         1,500         —     
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corp.

              1,500         —     

Merrimack Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

   Drug Discovery    Preferred Stock Warrants         155         170   
      Preferred Stock         2,000         1,547   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Merrimack Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

              2,155         1,717   

Paratek Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

   Drug Discovery    Preferred Stock Warrants         137         155   
      Preferred Stock         1,000         999   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Paratek Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

              1,137         1,154   

PolyMedix, Inc.

   Drug Discovery   

Senior Debt

Matures September 2013

Interest rate Prime + 7.1% or

Floor rate of 12.35%

   $ 10,000         9,605         9,605   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         480         248   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total PolyMedix, Inc.

              10,085         9,853   

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-74


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

Portola Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

   Drug Discovery   

Senior Debt
Matures April 2011
Interest rate Prime + 2.16%

   $ 1,666       $ 2,033       $ 2,033   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        152         506   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Portola Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

              2,185         2,539   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Drug Discovery (12.79%)*

              51,215         52,777   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Affinity Videonet, Inc.

  

Communications

& Networking

   Preferred Stock Warrants         102         180   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Affinity Videonet, Inc.

              102         180   

E-band Communications, Corp. (6)

   Communications & Networking    Preferred Stock         2,880         3,069   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total E-Band Communications, Corp.

              2,880         3,069   

IKANO Communications, Inc.

   Communications & Networking   

Senior Debt
Matures August 2011
Interest rate 12.00%

   $ 1,654         1,953         1,953   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        45      
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        72      
           

 

 

    

Total IKANO Communications, Inc.

              2,070         1,953   

Intelepeer, Inc.

   Communications & Networking   

Senior Debt
Matures May 2013
Interest rate Prime + 8.125%

   $ 7,624         7,468         7,459   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        102         111   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Intelepeer, Inc.

              7,570         7,570   

Neonova Holding Company

   Communications & Networking    Preferred Stock Warrants         94         12   
     

Preferred Stock

        250         140   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Neonova Holding Company

              344         152   

Opsource, Inc. ( 4 )

   Communications & Networking   

Senior Debt
Matures June 2013
Interest rate Prime + 7.75% or
Floor rate of 11.00%

   $ 5,000         4,888         4,888   
     

Senior Debt
Matures October 2013
Interest rate Prime + 7.25%
or Floor rate of 10.50%

   $ 2,000         1,944         1,905   
     

Revolving Line of Credit
Matures June 2011
Interest rate Prime + 5.25% or
Floor rate of 8.50%

   $ 1,500         1,458         1,458   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        223         105   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Opsource, Inc.

              8,513         8,356   

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-75


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

Pac-West Telecomm, Inc.

  

Communications

& Networking

  

Senior Debt

Matures April 2014

Interest rate Prime + 7.5% or

Floor rate of 12.0%

   $ 10,000       $ 9,634       $ 9,634   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        121         147   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Pac-West Telecomm, Inc.

              9,755         9,781   

PeerApp, Inc.

  

Communications

& Networking

  

Senior Debt

Matures April 2013

Interest rate Prime + 7.5% or

Floor rate of 11.50%

   $ 2,911         2,855         2,792   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        61         65   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total PeerApp, Inc.

              2,916         2,857   

Peerless Network, Inc.

  

Communications

& Networking

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

        95         138   
     

Preferred Stock

        1,000         1,930   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Peerless Network, Inc.

              1,095         2,068   

Ping Identity Corporation

  

Communications

& Networking

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

        52         6   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Ping Identity Corporation

              52         6   

Purcell Systems, Inc.

  

Communications

& Networking

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

        123         330   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Purcell Systems, Inc.

              123         330   

Seven Networks, Inc.

  

Communications

& Networking

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

        174         40   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Seven Networks, Inc.

              174         40   

Stoke, Inc. (4)

  

Communications

& Networking

  

Senior Debt

Matures May 2013

Interest rate Prime + 7.0% or

Floor rate of 10.25%

   $ 4,000         3,883         3,883   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        53         210   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        65         133   
     

Preferred Stock

        500         500   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Stoke, Inc.

              4,501         4,726   

Tectura Corporation

  

Communications

& Networking

  

Senior Debt

Matures December 2012

Interest rate 11%

   $ 5,625         5,512         5,512   
     

Revolving Line of Credit

Matures July 2011

Interest rate 11%

   $ 17,477         18,488         18,488   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        50         10   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Tectura Corporation

              24,050         24,010   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Communications & Networking (15.78%)*

              64,145         65,098   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-76


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

Atrenta, Inc.

   Software    Preferred Stock Warrants       $ 102       $ 46   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         34         15   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         95         22   
      Preferred Stock         250         143   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Atrenta, Inc.

              481         226   

Blurb, Inc.

   Software   

Senior Debt

Matures June 2011

Interest rate Prime + 3.50% or

Floor rate of 8.5%

   $ 1,162         1,392         1,392   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        25         349   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        299         228   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Blurb, Inc.

              1,716         1,969   

Braxton Technologies, LLC.

   Software    Preferred Stock Warrants         188      
           

 

 

    

Total Braxton Technologies, LLC.

              188      

Bullhorn, Inc.

   Software    Preferred Stock Warrants         43         234   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Bullhorn, Inc.

              43         234   

Clickfox, Inc.

   Software   

Senior Debt

Matures July 2013

Interest rate Prime + 6.00% or

Floor rate of 11.25%

   $ 6,000         5,801         5,801   
     

Revolving Line of Credit

Matures July 2011

Interest rate Prime + 5.00% or

Floor rate of 12.00%

   $ 2,000         1,997         1,996   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        177         643   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        152         643   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Clickfox, Inc.

              8,127         9,083   

Forescout Technologies, Inc.

   Software    Preferred Stock Warrants         99         14   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Forescout Technologies, Inc.

              99         14   

GameLogic, Inc.

   Software    Preferred Stock Warrants         92      
           

 

 

    

Total GameLogic, Inc.

              92      

HighJump Acquisition, LLC.

   Software   

Senior Debt

Matures May 2013

Interest rate Libor + 9.25% or

Floor rate of 12.50%

   $ 17,500         17,386         17,386   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total HighJump Acquisition, LLC.

              17,386         17,386   

HighRoads, Inc.

   Software    Preferred Stock Warrants         44         65   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total HighRoads, Inc.

              44         65   

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  
Infologix, Inc. (7)    Software   

Senior Debt
Matures November 2013
Interest rate 18.00%

   $ 5,500       $ 5,162       $ 5,162   
     

Convertible Senior
Debt Matures November 2014
Interest rate 12.00%

        1,111         1,127   
     

Revolving Line of Credit
Matures May 2011
Interest rate 12.00%

   $ 12,317         12,317         12,317   
     

Senior Debt
Matures December 2010
Interest rate 18.00%

   $ 2,178         2,178         2,178   
     

Senior Debt
Matures April 2013
Interest rate 8.00%

   $ 1,350         1,350         1,350   
     

Senior Debt
Matures September 2011
Interest rate 10.00%

   $ 500         509         509   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        725         1,394   
     

Common Stock

        5,000         9,620   
     

Common Stock

        36         69   
     

Common Stock

        3,355         6,455   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total Infologix, Inc.               31,743         40,181   
PSS Systems, Inc.    Software   

Preferred Stock Warrants

        51         17   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total PSS Systems, Inc.               51         17   
Rockyou, Inc.    Software   

Preferred Stock Warrants

        117         186   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total Rockyou, Inc.               117         186   
Sportvision, Inc.    Software   

Preferred Stock Warrants

        39      
           

 

 

    
Total Sportvision, Inc.               39      
Unify Corporation    Software   

Senior Debt
Matures June 2015
Interest rate Libor + 8.50% or
Floor rate of 10.50%

   $ 24,000         22,248         22,968   
     

Revolving Line of Credit
Matures June 2015
Interest rate Libor + 7.50% or
Floor rate of 9.50%

   $ 3,750         3,731         3,476   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        1,434         693   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total Unify Corporation               27,413         27,137   
WildTangent, Inc.    Software   

Preferred Stock Warrants

        238         10   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total WildTangent, Inc.               238         10   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total Software (23.39%)*               87,777         96,508   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
Luminus Devices, Inc.   

Electronics &

Computer Hardware

  

Senior Debt
Matures December 2011
Interest rate 11.875%

   $ 540         540         540   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        183      
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        84      
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        334      
           

 

 

    
Total Luminus Devices, Inc.               1,141         540   

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-78


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

Maxvision Holding, LLC.

  

Electronics &

Computer Hardware

  

Senior Debt

Matures October 2012

Interest rate Prime + 7.25% or

Floor rate of 10.75%

   $ 5,000       $ 5,377       $ 377   
     

Senior Debt

Matures April 2012

Interest rate Prime + 5.0% or

Floor rate of 8.5%

   $ 3,409         3,382         3,382   
     

Revolving Line of Credit

Matures April 2012

Interest rate Prime + 5.0% or

Floor rate of 8.5%

   $ 3,100         3,163         3,163   
     

Common Stock

        81      
           

 

 

    

Total Maxvision Holding, LLC.

              12,003         6,922   

Shocking Technologies, Inc.

  

Electronics &

Computer Hardware

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

        63         90   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Shocking Technologies, Inc.

              63         90   

Spatial Photonics, Inc.

  

Electronics &

Computer Hardware

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

        129         —     
     

Preferred Stock

        767         267   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Spatial Photonics, Inc.

              896         267   

VeriWave, Inc.

  

Electronics &

Computer Hardware

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

        54      
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        46      
           

 

 

    

Total VeriWave, Inc.

              100      
           

 

 

    

Total Electronics &

Computer Hardware (1.90%)*

              14,203         7,819   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Aegerion Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  

Specialty

Pharmaceuticals

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

        69         761   
     

Preferred Stock

        1,475         2,206   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Aegerion Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

              1,544         2,967   

Althea Technologies, Inc.

  

Specialty

Pharmaceuticals

  

Senior Debt

Matures October 2013

Interest rate Prime + 7.70% or

Floor rate of 10.95%

   $ 12,000         11,661         11,661   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        309         276   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Althea Technologies, Inc.

              11,970         11,937   

Chroma Therapeutics, Ltd. (5)

  

Specialty

Pharmaceuticals

  

Senior Debt

Matures September 2013

Interest rate Prime + 7.75% or

Floor rate of 12.00%

   $ 10,000         9,797         10,021   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        490         632   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Chroma Therapeutics, Ltd.

              10,287         10,653   

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

Pacira Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (4)

  

Specialty

Pharmaceuticals

  

Senior Debt

Matures May 2014

Interest rate Prime + 6.25% or

Floor rate of 10.25%

   $ 11,250       $ 11,105       $ 11,105   
     

Senior Debt

Matures May 2014

Interest rate Prime + 8.65% or

Floor rate of 12.65%

   $ 15,000         13,749         13,749   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        1,086         1,255   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Pacira Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

              25,940         26,109   

QuatRx Pharmaceuticals Compny

  

Specialty

Pharmaceuticals

  

Senior Debt

Matures October 2011

Interest rate Prime + 8.90% or

Floor rate of 12.15%

   $ 9,306         9,474         9,474   
     

Convertible Senior Debt

Interest Rate of 8.0%

Matures March 2012

   $ 1,888         1,888         2,467   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        220      
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        307      
     

Preferred Stock

        751      
           

 

 

    

Total QuatRx Pharmaceuticals Company

              12,640         11,941   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Specialty Pharmaceuticals (15.42%)*

              62,381         63,607   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Annie’s, Inc.

  

Consumer &

Business Products

   Preferred Stock Warrants         321         75   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Annie’s, Inc.

              321         75   

IPA Holdings, LLC. (4)

  

Consumer &

Business Products

  

Senior Debt

Matures November 2012

Interest rate Prime + 6.75% or

Floor rate of 11.0%

   $ 8,250         8,505         8,160   
     

Senior Debt

Matures May 2013

Interest rate Prime + 9.75% or

Floor rate of 14.0%

   $ 6,500         7,019         6,995   
     

Revolving Line of Credit

Matures November 2012

Interest rate Prime + 6.25% or

Floor rate of 10.50%

   $ 856         761         761   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        275      
     

Common Stock

        500      
           

 

 

    

Total IPA Holdings, LLC.

              17,060         15,916   

Market Force Information, Inc.

  

Consumer &

Business Products

   Preferred Stock Warrants         24         60   
     

Preferred Stock

        500         439   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Market Force Information, Inc.

              524         499   

Trading Machines, Inc. (8)

  

Consumer &

Business Products

  

Senior Debt

Matures January 2014

Interest rate Prime + 10.25% or

Floor rate of 13.50%

   $ 9,812         8,644         4,000   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        878      
     

Preferred Stock

        50      
           

 

 

    

Total Trading Machines, Inc.

              9,572         4,000   

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-80


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

Velocity Technology Solutions, Inc.

  

Consumer &

Business Products

  

Senior Debt

Matures February 2015

Interest rate LIBOR + 8% or

Floor rate of 11.00%

   $ 15,417       $ 15,072       $ 14,574   
     

Senior Debt

Matures February 2015

Interest rate LIBOR + 10% or

Floor rate of 13.00%

   $ 8,333         8,317         8,526   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Velocity Technology Solutions, Inc.

              23,389         23,100   

Wageworks, Inc.

  

Consumer &

Business Products

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

        253         1,443   
     

Preferred Stock

        250         283   

Total Wageworks, Inc.

              503         1,726   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Consumer & Business Products (10.98%)*

              51,369         45,316   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Enpirion, Inc.

  

Semiconductors

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

        157         1   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Enpirion, Inc.

              157         1   

iWatt, Inc.

  

Semiconductors

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

        46         1   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        51         33   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        73         44   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        458         391   
     

Preferred Stock

        490         940   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total iWatt, Inc.

              1,118         1,409   

NEXX Systems, Inc.

  

Semiconductors

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

        297         1,113   
     

Preferred Stock

        277         704   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total NEXX Systems, Inc.

              574         1,817   

Quartics, Inc.

  

Semiconductors

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

        53      

Total Quartics, Inc.

              53      

Solarflare Communications, Inc.

  

Semiconductors

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

        83      
     

Common Stock

        642      
           

 

 

    

Total Solarflare Communications, Inc.

              725      

Total Semiconductors (0.78%)*

              2,627         3,227   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Alexza Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (4)

  

Drug Delivery

  

Senior Debt

Matures October 2013

Interest rate Prime + 6.5% or

Floor rate of 10.75%

   $ 15,000         14,526         14,472   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        645         193   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Alexza Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

              15,171         14,665   

Labopharm USA, Inc. (5)

  

Drug Delivery

  

Senior Debt

Matures December 2012

Interest rate 10.95%

   $ 20,000         19,872         19,872   
     

Common Stock Warrants

        635         329   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Labopharm USA, Inc.

              20,507         20,201   

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-81


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

Transcept Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

  

Drug Delivery

  

Common Stock Warrants

      $ 36       $ 60   
     

Common Stock Warrants

        51         16   
     

Common Stock

        500         308   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Transcept Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

              587         384   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Drug Delivery (8.54%)*

              36,265         35,250   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

BARRX Medical, Inc.

  

Therapeutic

  

Senior Debt

Mature December 2011

Interest rate 11.00%

   $ 2,901         3,350         3,350   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        76         70   
     

Preferred Stock

        1,500         1,890   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total BARRX Medical, Inc.

              4,926         5,310   

EKOS Corporation

  

Therapeutic

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

        174      
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        153      
           

 

 

    

Total EKOS Corporation

              327      

Gelesis, Inc. (8)

  

Therapeutic

  

Senior Debt

Matures May 2012

Interest rate Prime + 7.5% or

Floor rate of 10.75%

   $ 2,771         2,800         45   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Gelesis, Inc.

              2,800         45   

Gynesonics, Inc.

  

Therapeutic

  

Senior Debt

Mature October 2013

Interest rate Prime + 8.25% or

Floor rate of 11.50%

   $ 6,500         6,277         6,277   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        228         221   
     

Preferred Stock

        532         456   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Gynesonics, Inc.

              7,037         6,954   

Light Science Oncology, Inc.

  

Therapeutic

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

        99         26   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Light Science Oncology, Inc.

              99         26   

Novasys Medical, Inc.

  

Therapeutic

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

        71         1   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        54         7   
     

Preferred Stock

        1,000         1,159   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Novasys Medical, Inc.

              1,125         1,167   

Pacific Child & Family Associates, LLC.

  

Therapeutic

  

Senior Debt

Matures January 2015

Interest rate LIBOR + 8.0% or

Floor rate of 10.50%

   $ 6,539         6,392         5,802   
     

Senior Debt

Matures January 2015

Interest rate LIBOR + 10.50% or

Floor rate of 13.0%

   $ 5,900         5,996         5,996   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Pacific Child & Family Associates, LLC.

              12,388         11,798   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Therapeutic (6.13%)*

              28,702         25,300   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-82


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

   Industry   

Type of Investment (1)

   Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

Cozi Group, Inc.

   Internet Consumer &

Business Services

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

      $ 147       $ —     
     

Preferred Stock

        177         292   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Cozi Group, Inc.

              324         292   

Invoke Solutions, Inc.

   Internet Consumer &
Business Services
  

Preferred Stock Warrants

        56         74   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        26         18   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Invoke Solutions, Inc.

              82         92   

Prism Education Group, Inc.

   Internet Consumer &
Business Services
  

Preferred Stock Warrants

        43         50   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Prism Education Group, Inc.

              43         50   

RazorGator Interactive Group, Inc. (4)

   Internet Consumer &
Business Services
  

Revolving Line of Credit

Matures October 2011

Interest rate Prime + 9.50% or

Floor rate of 14.00%

   $ 2,108         1,855         1,855   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        13      
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        28      
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        1,183      
     

Preferred Stock

        1,000      
           

 

 

    

Total RazorGator Interactive Group, Inc.

              4,079         1,855   

Reply! Inc. (4)

   Internet Consumer &
Business Services
  

Senior Debt

Matures June 2013

Interest rate Prime + 6.5% or

Floor rate of 9.75%

   $ 5,000         4,646         4,646   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        320         320   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Reply! Inc.

              4,966         4,966   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Internet Consumer & Business Services (1.76%) *

              9,494         7,255   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Lilliputian Systems, Inc.

   Energy   

Preferred Stock Warrants

        106         3   
     

Common Stock Warrants

        49         —     
           

 

 

    

Total Lilliputian Systems, Inc.

              155         3   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Energy (0.00%)*

              155         3   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Box.net, Inc.

   Information Services   

Senior Debt

Matures May 2011

Interest rate Prime + 1.50% or

Floor rate of 7.50%

   $ 213         270         270   
     

Senior Debt

Matures September 2011

Interest rate Prime + 0.50% or

Floor rate of 6.50%

   $ 127         139         139   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        73         184   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        117         117   
     

Preferred Stock

        500         500   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Box.net, Inc.

              1,099         1,210   

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-83


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

Buzznet, Inc.

   Information Services   

Preferred Stock Warrants

      $ 9       $ —     
     

Preferred Stock

        250         37   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Buzznet, Inc.

              259         37   

XL Education Corp.

   Information Services   

Common Stock

        880         880   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total XL Education Corp.

              880         880   

hi5 Networks, Inc.

   Information Services   

Preferred Stock Warrants

        213      
     

Preferred Stock

        250         247   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total hi5 Networks, Inc.

              463         247   

Jab Wireless, Inc.

   Information Services   

Preferred Stock Warrants

        265         122   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Jab Wireless, Inc.

              265         122   

Solutionary, Inc.

   Information Services   

Preferred Stock Warrants

        94      
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        2      
     

Preferred Stock

        250         50   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Solutionary, Inc.

              346         50   

Intelligent Beauty, Inc.

   Information Services   

Senior Debt

Matures March 2013

Interest rate Prime + 8.0% or

Floor rate of 11.25%

   $ 5,812         5,563         5,557   
     

Senior Debt

Matures October 2013

Interest rate Prime + 8.0% or

Floor rate of 11.25%

   $ 2,000         1,942         1,942   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        230         230   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Intelligent Beauty, Inc.

              7,735         7,729   

Good Technologies, Inc.

   Information Services   

Common Stock

        603         150   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Good Technologies, Inc.

              603         150   

Coveroo, Inc.

   Information Services   

Preferred Stock Warrants

        7         —     
           

 

 

    

Total Coveroo, Inc.

              7      

Zeta Interactive Corporation

   Information Services   

Preferred Stock Warrants

        172         57   
     

Preferred Stock

        500         375   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Zeta Interactive Corporation

              672         432   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Information Services (2.63%)*

              12,329         10,857   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Novadaq Technologies, Inc. (5)

   Diagnostic   

Common Stock

        1,415         675   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Novadaq Technologies, Inc.

              1,415         675   

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-84


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

Optiscan Biomedical Corp.

  

Diagnostic

  

Senior Debt

Matures December 2013

Interest rate Prime + 7.0% or

Floor rate of 10.25%

   $ 10,750       $ 10,392       $ 10,392   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        1,069         637   
     

Preferred Stock

        3,656         3,207   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Optiscan Biomedical Corp.

              15,117         14,236   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Diagnostic (3.61%)*

              16,532         14,911   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Kamada, LTD. (5)

  

Biotechnology Tools

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

        159         164   
     

Common Stock

        752         1,754   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Kamada, LTD.

              911         1,918   

Labcyte, Inc.

  

Biotechnology Tools

  

Senior Debt

Matures May 2013

Interest rate Prime + 8.6% or

Floor rate of 11.85%

   $ 3,885         3,761         3,821   
     

Common Stock Warrants

        192      
           

 

 

    

Total Labcyte, Inc.

              3,953         3,821   

NuGEN Technologies, Inc.

  

Biotechnology Tools

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

        45         44   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        33         1   
     

Preferred Stock

        500         203   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total NuGEN Technologies, Inc.

              578         248   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Biotechnology Tools (1.45%)*

              5,442         5,987   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Crux Biomedical, Inc.

  

Surgical Devices

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

        37      
     

Preferred Stock

        250      
           

 

 

    

Total Crux Biomedical, Inc.

              287      

Transmedics, Inc. (4)

  

Surgical Devices

  

Senior Debt

Matures February 2014

Interest rate Prime + 9.70% or

Floor rate of 12.95%

   $ 8,375         8,913         8,913   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        224         159   
     

Preferred Stock

        1,100         1,100   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Transmedics, Inc.

              10,237         10,172   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Surgical Devices (2.47%)*

              10,524         10,172   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Glam Media, Inc.

  

Media/Content/ Info

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

        482         283   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Glam Media, Inc.

              482         283   

Everyday Health, Inc.

  

Media/Content/ Info

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

        60         630   
     

Preferred Stock

        1,000         1,310   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Everyday Health, Inc.

              1,060         1,940   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Media/Content/Info (0.54%)*

              1,542         2,223   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-85


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2010

(dollars in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

  

Industry

  

Type of Investment (1)

   Principal
Amount
     Cost (2)      Value (3)  

BrightSource Energy, Inc. (4)

  

Clean Tech

  

Senior Debt

Matures December 2011

Interest rate Prime + 7.75% or

Floor rate of 11.0%

   $ 3,750       $ 3,265       $ 3,265   
     

Senior Debt

Matures June 2012

Interest rate Prime + 9.55% or

Floor rate of 12.80%

   $ 4,583         4,156         4,156   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         675         674   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total BrightSource Energy, Inc.

              8,096         8,095   

Calera, Inc.

  

Clean Tech

  

Senior Debt

Matures July 2013

Interest rate Prime + 7.0% or

Floor rate of 10.25%

   $ 3,621         3,109         3,109   
      Preferred Stock Warrants         513         527   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Calera, Inc.

              3,622         3,636   

GreatPoint Energy, Inc.

  

Clean Tech

  

Senior Debt

Matures October 2013

Interest rate Prime + 8.2% or

Floor rate of 11.45%

   $ 5,000         4,322         4,322   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        548         627   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total GreatPoint Energy, Inc.

              4,870         4,949   

Propel Biofuels, Inc.

  

Clean Tech

  

Senior Debt

Matures September 2013

Interest rate 11.0%

   $ 2,118         1,880         1,850   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        211         192   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Propel Biofuels, Inc.

              2,091         2,042   

Solexel, Inc.

  

Clean Tech

  

Senior Debt

Matures June 2013

Interest rate Prime + 8.25% or

Floor rate of 11.50%

   $ 1,109         1,010         1,010   
     

Senior Debt

Matures June 2013

Interest rate Prime + 7.25% or

Floor rate of 10.50%

   $ 6,000         5,519         5,519   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        335         292   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Solexel, Inc.

              6,864         6,821   

Trilliant, Inc.

  

Clean Tech

  

Preferred Stock Warrants

        88         99   
     

Preferred Stock Warrants

        72         80   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Trilliant, Inc.

              160         179   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Clean Tech (6.24%)*

              25,703         25,722   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investments

            $ 480,405       $ 472,032   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Value as a percent of net assets
(1) Preferred and common stock, warrants, and equity interests are generally non-income producing.
(2) Gross unrealized appreciation, gross unrealized depreciation, and net depreciation for federal income tax purposes totaled $22,458, $32,232 and $9,774 respectively. The tax cost of investments is $481,432.
(3) Except for warrants in ten publicly traded companies and common stock in five publicly traded companies, all investments are restricted at December 31, 2010 and were valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. No unrestricted securities of the same issuer are outstanding. The Company uses the Standard Industrial Code for classifying the industry grouping of its portfolio companies.
(4) Debt investments of this portfolio company have been pledged as collateral under the Wells Facility.
(5) Non-U.S. company or the company’s principal place of business is outside the United States.
(6) Affiliate investment that is defined under the Investment Company Act of 1940 as companies in which HTGC owns at least 5% but not more than 25% of the voting securities of the company.
(7) Control investment that is defined under the Investment Company Act of 1940 as companies in which HTGC owns at least 25% of the voting securities of the company, or has greater than 50% representation on its board.
(8) Debt is on non-accrual status at December 31, 2010, and is therefore considered non-income producing.

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-86


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

     Three Months
Ended  September 30,
    Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 
     2011     2010     2011     2010  

Investment income:

        

Interest Income

        

Non Control/Non Affiliate investments

   $ 16,405      $ 13,356      $ 50,146      $ 35,649   

Affiliate investments

     5        —          9        —     

Control investments

     —          766        777        2,487   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

   $ 16,410      $ 14,122      $ 50,932      $ 38,136   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fees

        

Non Control/Non Affiliate investments

     2,264        1,524        7,639        4,285   

Control investments

     10        —          84        246   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fees

     2,274        1,524        7,723        4,531   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment income

     18,684        15,646        58,655        42,667   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Interest

     3,408        2,139        8,803        6,237   

Loan fees

     881        333        2,493        936   

General and administrative

     1,659        1,680        6,196        5,220   

Employee Compensation:

        

Compensation and benefits

     3,273        2,594        9,888        7,691   

Stock-based compensation

     870        752        2,518        1,959   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total employee compensation

     4,143        3,346        12,406        9,650   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     10,091        7,498        29,898        22,043   

Net investment income

     8,593        8,148        28,757        20,624   

Net realized gain (loss) on investments

     (1,601     (18,865     3,429        (15,144

Net increase (decrease) in unrealized appreciation on investments

     (769     2,894        (2,823     (12,218
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)

     (2,370     (15,971     606        (27,362
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations

   $ 6,223      $ (7,823   $ 29,363      $ (6,738
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment income before investment gains and losses per common share:

        

Basic

   $ 0.20      $ 0.23      $ 0.67      $ 0.57   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in net assets per common share:

        

Basic

   $ 0.14      $ (0.23   $ 0.67      $ (0.20
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.14      $ (0.23   $ 0.67      $ (0.20
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

        

Basic

     43,071        35,208        42,920        35,227   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     43,337        35,208        43,251        35,227   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements (unaudited).

 

F-87


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS

(unaudited)

(dollars and shares in thousands)

 

    Common Stock     Capital in
excess
of par value
    Unrealized
Appreciation
on Investments
    Accumulated
Realized
Gains(Losses)

on Investments
    Distributions
in Excess of
Investment
Income
    Provision for
Income Taxes
on Investment
Gains
    Net
Assets
 
    Shares     Par Value              

Balance at December 31, 2009

    35,634      $ 35      $ 409,036      $ (10,029   $ (28,129   $ (4,056   $ (342   $ 366,515   

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations

    —          —          —          (12,218     (15,144     20,624        —          (6,738

Issuance of common stock

    413        —          1,856        —          —          —          —          1,856   

Issuance of common stock under restricted stock plan

    488        1        —          —          —          —          —          1   

Acquisition of common stock under repurchase plan

    (403     —          (3,699     —          —          —          —          (3,699

Issuance of common stock as stock dividend

    140        —          1,332        —          —          —          —          1,332   

Retired shares from net issuance

    (114     —          (1,160     —          —          —          —          (1,160

Dividends declared

    —          —          —          —          —          (21,582     —          (21,582

Stock-based compensation

    —          —          2,024        —          —          —          —          2,024   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2010

    36,158      $ 36      $ 409,389      $ (22,247   $ (43,273   $ (5,014   $ (342   $ 338,549   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

    43,444      $ 43      $ 477,549      $ (8,038   $ (51,033   $ (5,647   $ (342   $ 412,532   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations

    —        $ —        $ —        $ (2,823   $ 3,429      $ 28,757      $ —        $ 29,363   

Issuance of common stock

    167        —          893        —          —          —          —          893   

Issuance of common stock under restricted stock plan

    253        —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Issuance of common stock as stock dividend

    123        —          1,245        —          —          —          —          1,245   

Retired shares from net issuance

    (79     —          (887     —          —          —          —          (887

Issuance of the Convertible Senior Notes (see Note 4)

    —          —          5,190        —          —          —          —          5,190   

Dividends declared

    —          —          —          —          —          (28,853     —          (28,853

Stock-based compensation

    —          —          2,567        —          —          —          —          2,567   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2011

    43,908      $ 43      $ 486,557      $ (10,861   $ (47,604   $ (5,743   $ (342   $ 422,050   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements (unaudited).

 

F-88


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

(unaudited)

(dollars in thousands)

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
   2011     2010  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations

   $ 29,363      $ (6,738

Adjustments to reconcile net increase in net assets resulting from operations to net cash used in and provided by

    

Purchase of investments

     (337,631     (242,360

Principal payments received on investments

     223,193        180,754   

Proceeds from sale of investments

     17,053        7,295   

Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments

     2,823        12,218   

Net realized (gain) loss on investments

     (3,429     15,144   

Accretion of paid-in-kind principal

     (1,651     (2,366

Accretion of loan discounts

     (5,752     (3,026

Accretion of loan discount on Convertible Senior Notes

     496        —     

Accretion of loan exit fees

     —          (956

Depreciation

     268        298   

Stock-based compensation

     480        553   

Amortization of restricted stock grants

     2,088        1,471   

Amortization of deferred loan origination revenue

     (1,755     (2,137

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Interest receivable

     (147     (347

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     3,279        541   

Accounts payable

     (810     (103

Income tax payable

     —          8   

Accrued liabilities

     (429     (5,891
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in by operating activities

     (72,561     (45,642

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchases of capital equipment

     (122     (218

Other long-term assets

     —          (137
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (122     (355

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net

     6        1,856   

Stock repurchase program

     —          (3,699

Forfeiture of Stock due to Employee Option Exercises

     —          (1,160

Dividends paid

     (27,607     (20,250

Borrowings of credit facilities

     43,750        29,400   

Repayments of credit facilities

     (25,000     —     

Issuance of Convertible Senior Notes

     75,000        —     

Cash paid for issuance costs for Convertible Senior Notes

     (3,110  

Fees paid for credit facilities and debentures

     (1,061     (1,967
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     61,978        4,180   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash

     (10,705     (41,817

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     107,014        124,828   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 96,309      $ 83,011   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited).

 

F-89


Table of Contents

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(unaudited)

1. Description of Business and Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Statements Basis of Presentation

Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. (the “Company”) is a specialty finance company that provides debt and equity growth capital to technology-related companies at various stages of development, from seed and emerging growth to expansion and established stages of development, which include select publicly listed companies and select lower middle market technology companies. The Company sources its investments through its principal office located in Silicon Valley, as well as through its additional offices in Boston, Massachusetts, Boulder, Colorado and McLean, Virginia. The Company was incorporated under the General Corporation Law of the State of Maryland in December 2003.

The Company is an internally managed, non-diversified closed-end investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). From incorporation through December 31, 2005, the Company was taxed as a corporation under Subchapter C of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, (the “Code”). Effective January 1, 2006, the Company has elected to be treated for tax purposes as a regulated investment company, or RIC, under the Code (see Note 5).

The Company formed Hercules Technology II, L.P. (“HT II”), which was licensed on September 27, 2006, and Hercules Technology III, L.P. (“HT III”), which was licensed on May 26, 2010 to operate as small business investment companies (“SBICs”) under the authority of the Small Business Administration (“SBA”). As SBICs, HT II and HT III are subject to a variety of regulations concerning, among other things, the size and nature of the companies in which they may invest and the structure of those investments. The Company also formed Hercules Technology SBIC Management, LLC (“HTM”), a limited liability company. HTM is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The Company is the sole limited partner of HT II and HT III and HTM is the general partner of HT II and HT III (see Note 4).

In aggregate, HT II and HT III hold approximately $334.9 million in assets and accounted for approximately 35.5% of our total assets prior to consolidation at September 30, 2011.

The Company also established wholly owned subsidiaries, all of which are structured as Delaware corporations and limited liability companies, to hold portfolio companies organized as limited liability companies, or LLCs (or other forms of pass-through entities). The Company currently qualifies as a RIC for federal income tax purposes, which allows the Company to avoid paying corporate income taxes on any income or gains that the Company distributes to our stockholders. The purpose of establishing these entities is to satisfy the RIC tax requirement that at least 90% of the Company’s gross income for income tax purposes is investment income.

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. In accordance with Article 6 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the Company does not consolidate portfolio company investments. The accompanying consolidated interim financial statements are presented in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) for interim financial information, and pursuant to the requirements for reporting on Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Accordingly, certain disclosures accompanying annual consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP are omitted. In the opinion of management, all adjustments consisting solely of normal recurring accruals considered necessary for the fair presentation of consolidated financial statements for the interim periods have been included. The current period’s results of operations are not necessarily indicative of results that ultimately may

 

F-90


Table of Contents

be achieved for the year. Therefore, the interim unaudited consolidated financial statements and notes should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the period ended December 31, 2010. The year-end consolidated balance sheet data was derived from audited financial statements, but does not include all disclosures required by U.S. GAAP. Financial statements prepared on a U.S. GAAP basis require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts and disclosures reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Such estimates and assumptions could change in the future as more information becomes known, which could impact the amounts reported and disclosed herein.

Certain prior period information has been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

2. Valuation of Investments

The Company’s investments are carried at fair value in accordance with the 1940 Act and Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) topic 820 Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, (formerly known as SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements). At September 30, 2011, 83.7% of the Company’s total assets represented investments in portfolio companies that are valued at fair value by the Board of Directors. Value, as defined in Section 2(a)(41) of the 1940 Act, is (i) the market price for those securities for which a market quotation is readily available and (ii) for all other securities and assets, fair value is as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. The Company’s debt securities are primarily invested in equity sponsored technology-related companies including life science, clean technology and select lower middle market technology companies. Given the nature of lending to these types of businesses, the Company’s investments in these portfolio companies are considered Level 3 assets under ASC 820 because there is no known or accessible market or market indexes for these investment securities to be traded or exchanged. As such, the Company values substantially all of its investments at fair value as determined in good faith pursuant to a consistent valuation policy and the Company’s Board of Directors in accordance with the provisions of ASC 820 and the 1940 Act. Due to the inherent uncertainty in determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of the Company’s investments determined in good faith by its Board may differ significantly from the value that would have been used had a readily available market existed for such investments, and the differences could be material.

Our Board of Directors may from time to time engage an independent valuation firm to provide the Company with valuation assistance with respect to certain of the Company’s portfolio investments on a quarterly basis. The Company intends to continue to engage an independent valuation firm to provide management with assistance regarding the Company’s determination of the fair value of selected portfolio investments each quarter unless directed by the Board of Directors to cancel such valuation services. The scope of services rendered by an independent valuation firm is at the discretion of the Board of Directors. The Company’s Board of Directors is ultimately and solely responsible for determining the fair value of the Company’s investments in good faith.

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available or when such market quotations are deemed not to represent fair value, the Company’s Board of Directors has approved a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

(1) the Company’s quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals responsible for the portfolio investment;

(2) preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with the Company’s investment committee;

(3) the valuation committee of the Board of Directors reviews the preliminary valuation of the investment committee and that of the independent valuation firm and responds to the valuation recommendation of the independent valuation firm to reflect any comments, if any; and

(4) the Board of Directors discusses valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith based on the input of, where applicable, the respective independent valuation firm and the valuation committee.

 

F-91


Table of Contents

The Company adopted ASC 820 on January 1, 2008. ASC 820 establishes a framework for measuring the fair value of the assets and liabilities and outlines a fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value and the effect of fair value measures on earnings. ASC 820 also enhances disclosure requirements for fair value measurements based on the level within the hierarchy of the information used in the valuation. ASC 820 applies whenever other standards require (or permit) assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value but does not expand the use of fair value in any new circumstances. ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

The Company has categorized all investments recorded at fair value in accordance with ASC 820 based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair value. Hierarchical levels, defined by ASC 820 and directly related to the amount of subjectivity associated with the inputs to fair valuation of these assets and liabilities, are as follows:

Level 1—Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets at the measurement date. The types of assets carried at Level 1 fair value generally are equities listed in active markets.

Level 2—Inputs (other than quoted prices included in Level 1) are either directly or indirectly observable for the asset in connection with market data at the measurement date and for the extent of the instrument’s anticipated life. Fair valued assets that are generally included in this category are warrants held in a public company.

Level 3—Inputs reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset at the measurement date. It includes prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable. Generally, assets carried at fair value and included in this category are the debt investments and warrants and equities held in a private company.

Debt Investments

The Company follows the guidance set forth in ASC 820 which establishes a framework for measuring the fair value of assets and liabilities and outlines a fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value and the effect of fair value measures on earnings. The Company’s debt securities are primarily invested in equity sponsored technology, life science and clean technology companies. Given the nature of lending to these types of businesses, the Company’s investments in these portfolio companies are considered Level 3 assets under ASC 820 because there is no known or accessible market or market indexes for these investment securities to be traded or exchanged.

The Company applies a procedure that assumes a sale of investment in a hypothetical market to a hypothetical market participant where buyers and sellers are willing participants. The hypothetical market does not include scenarios where the underlying security was simply repaid or extinguished, but includes an exit concept. Under this process, the Company also evaluates the collateral for recoverability of the debt investments as well as applies all of its historical fair value analysis. The Company uses pricing on recently issued comparable debt securities to determine the baseline hypothetical market yields as of the measurement date. The Company considers each portfolio company’s credit rating, security liens and other characteristics of the investment to adjust the baseline yield to derive a hypothetical yield for each investment as of the measurement date. The anticipated future cash flows from each investment are then discounted at the hypothetical yield to estimate each investment’s fair value as of the measurement date.

The Company’s process includes, among other things, the underlying investment performance, the current portfolio company’s financial condition and market changing events that impact valuation, estimated remaining life, current market yield and interest rate spreads of similar securities as of the measurement date. If there is a significant deterioration of the credit quality of a debt investment, the Company may consider other factors to estimate fair value, including the proceeds that would be received in a liquidation analysis.

 

F-92


Table of Contents

The Company records unrealized depreciation on investments when it believes that an investment has decreased in value, including where collection of a loan is doubtful or if under the in exchange premise when the value of a debt security was to be less than amortized cost of the investment. Conversely, where appropriate, the Company records unrealized appreciation if it believes that the underlying portfolio company has appreciated in value and, therefore, that its investment has also appreciated in value or if under the in exchange premise the value of a debt security were to be greater than amortized cost.

When originating a debt instrument, the Company generally receives warrants or other equity-related securities from the borrower. The Company determines the cost basis of the warrants or other equity-related securities received based upon their respective fair values on the date of receipt in proportion to the total fair value of the debt and warrants or other equity-related securities received. Any resulting discount on the loan from recordation of the warrant or other equity instruments is accreted into interest income over the life of the loan.

Equity-Related Securities and Warrants

Securities that are traded in the over-the-counter markets or on a stock exchange will be valued at the prevailing bid price at period end. We have a limited number of equity securities in public companies. In accordance with the 1940 Act, unrestricted publicly traded securities for which market quotations are readily available are valued at the closing market quote on the valuation date.

The Company estimates the fair value of warrants using a Black Scholes pricing model. At each reporting date, privately held warrant and equity related securities are valued based on an analysis of various factors including, but not limited to, the portfolio company’s operating performance and financial condition and general market conditions, price to enterprise value or price to equity ratios, discounted cash flow, valuation comparisons to comparable public companies or other industry benchmarks. When an external event occurs, such as a purchase transaction, public offering, or subsequent equity sale, the pricing indicated by that external event is utilized to corroborate the Company’s valuation of the warrant and equity related. The Company periodically reviews the valuation of its portfolio companies that have not been involved in a qualifying external event to determine if the enterprise value of the portfolio company may have increased or decreased since the last valuation measurement date.

Investments measured at fair value on a recurring basis are categorized in the tables below based upon the lowest level of significant input to the valuations as of September 30, 2011 (unaudited) and as of December 31, 2010:

 

            Investments at Fair Value as of September 30, 2011  

(in thousands)

Description

   9/30/2011      Quoted Prices In
Active Markets For
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 

Senior secured debt

   $ 513,367       $ —         $ —         $ 513,367   

Preferred stock

     28,928         —           —           28,928   

Common stock

     6,864         5,889         —           975   

Warrants

     27,318         —           3,023         24,295   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 576,477       $ 5,889       $ 3,023       $  567,565   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-93


Table of Contents
            Investments at Fair Value as of December 31, 2010  

(in thousands)

Description

   12/31/2010      Quoted Prices In
Active Markets For
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Senior secured debt

   $ 394,198       $ —         $ —         $ 394,198   

Subordinated debt

     7,420         —           —           7,420   

Preferred stock

     24,607         —           —           24,607   

Common stock

     22,117         4,943         16,144         1,030   

Warrants

     23,690         —           6,289         17,401   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 472,032       $ 4,943       $ 22,433       $ 444,656   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The table below presents reconciliation for all financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, excluding accrued interest components, using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 (unaudited) and for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

(in thousands)

  Balance,
January  1,
2011
    Net  Realized
Gains
(losses) (1)
    Net change in
unrealized
appreciation or
depreciation (2)
    Purchases       Sales       Repayments       Exit       Gross
Transfers
into
Level  3 (3)
    Gross
Transfers
out of
Level 3 (3)
    Balances,
September 30,
2011
 

Senior Debt

  $ 394,198      $ (4,302   $ 3,404      $  362,866      $ —        $ (239,299 )$      —        $ —        $ (3,500   $ 513,367   

Subordinated Debt

    7,420        —          —          —          —          (7,420     —          —          —          —     

Preferred Stock

    24,607        (941     193        1,569        —          —          —          3,500        —          28,928   

Common Stock

    1,030        —          (55     —          —          —          —          —          —          975   

Warrants

    17,401        (978     5,034        4,505        —          —          (402     —          (1,265     24,295   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 444,656      $ (6,221   $ 8,576      $ 368,940      $ —        $ (246,719   $ (402   $ 3,500      $ (4,765   $ 567,565   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

   Balance,
January 1,
2010
     Net
Realized
Gains
(losses) (1)
    Net change in
unrealized
appreciation or
depreciation (2)
    Purchases,
sales,
repayments,
and exit, net
    Transfer in
& out of
Level 3
    Balances,
December 31, 2010
 

Senior Debt

   $ 319,129       $ (12,835   $ (3,076   $ 98,058      $ (7,078   $ 394,198   

Subordinated Debt

     —           —          —          7,420        —          7,420   

Senior Debt-Second Lien

     6,005         —          —          (6,005     —          —     

Preferred Stock

     22,875         (1,250     (995     2,603        1,374        24,607   

Common Stock

     1,773         (15,037     (743     15,037        —          1,030   

Warrants

     11,076         (1,225     568        8,650        (1,668     17,401   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 360,858       $ (30,347   $ (4,246   $ 125,763      $ (7,372   $ 444,656   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Includes net realized gains (losses) recorded as realized gains or losses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

(2)  

Included in change in net unrealized appreciation or depreciation in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

(3)  

Transfers in/out of Level 3 relate to the conversion of MaxVision Holding, LLC. debt to equity during the second quarter and the initial public offering of Pacira Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, approximately $3.4 million and $3.8 million in unrealized appreciation was recorded for debt and warrant Level 3 investments, respectively, relating to assets still held at the reporting date. For the same period, approximately $747,000 in unrealized depreciation was recorded for equity Level 3 investments relating to assets still held at the reporting date.

 

F-94


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2010, approximately $3.1 million, $3.0 million and $461,000 in unrealized depreciation was recorded for debt, equity and warrant Level 3 investments, respectively, relating to assets still held at the reporting date.

As required by the 1940 Act, the Company classifies its investments by level of control. “Control Investments” are defined in the 1940 Act as investments in those companies that the Company is deemed to “Control”. Generally, under the 1940 Act, the Company is deemed to “Control” a company in which it has invested if it owns 25% or more of the voting securities of such company or has greater than 50% representation on its board. “Affiliate Investments” are investments in those companies that are “Affiliated Companies” of the Company, as defined in the 1940 Act, which are not Control Investments. The Company is deemed to be an “Affiliate” of a company in which it has invested if it owns 5% or more but less than 25% of the voting securities of such company. “Non-Control/Non-Affiliate Investments” are investments that are neither Control Investments nor Affiliate Investments.

The following table summarizes our realized and unrealized gain and loss and changes in our unrealized appreciation and depreciation on control and affiliate investments for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2010:

 

(in thousands)   Three months ended September 30, 2011     Nine months ended September 30, 2011  
Portfolio Company   Type   Fair Value at
September 30,
2011
    Investment
Income
    Unrealized
(Depreciation  )

/Appreciation
    Realized
Gain

/(Loss)
    Investment
Income
    Unrealized
(Depreciation)

/Appreciation
    Reversal of
Unrealized
(Depreciation)

/Appreciation
    Realized
Gain/
(Loss)
 

MaxVision Holding, LLC.

  Control   $ 2,983      $ 10      $ 14      $ —        $ 861      $ (3,546     —        $ —     

E-Band Communiations, Corp.

  Non-Controlled
Affiliate
    —          5        (53     —          9        (3,425     —          —     
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    $ 2,983      $ 15      $ (39   $ —        $ 870      $ (6,971   $ —        $ —     
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

  Three months ended September 30, 2010     Nine months ended September 30, 2010  
Portfolio Company   Type   Fair Value at
September 30,
2011
    Investment
Income
    Unrealized
(Depreciation)

/Appreciation
    Realized
Gain

/(Loss)
    Investment
Income
    Unrealized
(Depreciation)

/Appreciation
    Reversal of
Unrealized
(Depreciation)

/Appreciation
    Realized
Gain

/(Loss)
 

InfoLogix, Inc.

  Control   $ 33,935      $ 796      $ (4,266   $ —        $ 2,448      $ (1,419   $ 128      $ 2,491   

E-Band Communiations, Corp.

  Non-Controlled
Affiliate
    2,846        —          (371     —          —          572        —          —     
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    $ 36,781      $ 796      $ (4,637   $ —        $ 2,448      $ (847   $ 128      $ 2,491   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company’s investment in InfoLogix, Inc., a company that was a Control Investment as of December 31, 2010, was sold to Stanley Black & Decker (NYSE:SWK) in January 2011. Approximately $8.3 million of realized gains and $8.4 million of net change in unrealized depreciation was recognized on this control investment during the three-month period ended March 31, 2011.

A summary of the composition of the Company’s investment portfolio as of September 30, 2011 (unaudited) and December 31, 2010 at fair value is shown as follows:

 

     September 30, 2011     December 31, 2010  
(in thousands)    Investments at Fair
Value
     Percentage of Total
Portfolio
    Investments at Fair
Value
     Percentage of Total
Portfolio
 

Senior secured debt with warrants

   $ 414,723         71.9   $ 357,963         75.8

Senior secured debt

     125,962         21.9     59,251         12.6

Preferred stock

     28,928         5.0     26,813         5.7

Subordinated Debt

     —           0.0     8,094         1.7

Common Stock

     6,864         1.2     19,911         4.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 576,477         100.0   $ 472,032         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-95


Table of Contents

A summary of the Company’s investment portfolio, at value, by geographic location as of September 30, 2011 (unaudited) and as of December 31, 2010 is shown as follows:

 

     September 30, 2011     December 31, 2010  
(in thousands)    Investments at Fair
Value
     Percentage of Total
Portfolio
    Investments at Fair
Value
     Percentage of Total
Portfolio
 

United States

   $ 562,296         97.5   $ 438,585         92.9

Canada

     808         0.1     20,876         4.4

England

     9,082         1.6     10,653         2.3

Ireland

     3,893         0.7     —           0.0

Israel

     398         0.1     1,918         0.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 576,477         100.0   $ 472,032         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table shows the fair value of our portfolio by industry sector at September 30, 2011 (unaudited) and December 31, 2010:

 

     September 30, 2011     December 31, 2010  
(in thousands)    Investments
at Fair Value
     Percentage of
Total Portfolio
    Investments
at Fair Value
     Percentage of
Total Portfolio
 

Drug Discovery

   $ 81,264         14.1   $ 52,777         11.2

Drug Delivery

     66,734         11.6     35,250         7.5

Internet Consumer & Business Services

     65,975         11.4     7,255         1.5

Specialty Pharmaceuticals

     61,603         10.7     63,607         13.5

Clean Tech

     59,793         10.4     25,722         5.4

Communications & Networking

     56,119         9.7     65,098         13.8

Information Services

     38,812         6.7     10,857         2.3

Therapeutic

     32,562         5.7     25,300         5.4

Media/Content/Info

     30,852         5.4     2,223         0.5

Biotechnology Tools

     23,796         4.1     5,987         1.3

Software

     22,094         3.8     96,508         20.4

Diagnostic

     14,889         2.6     14,911         3.2

Surgical Devices

     7,683         1.3     10,172         2.1

Semiconductors

     6,916         1.2     3,227         0.7

Consumer & Business Products

     4,345         0.8     45,316         9.6

Electronics & Computer Hardware

     3,040         0.5     7,819         1.6

Energy

     —           0.0     3         0.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 576,477         100.0   $ 472,032         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the three and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2011 the Company made investments in debt securities, including restructured loans, totaling approximately $146.1 million and $351.3 million, respectively. During the three and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2011 the Company funded equity investments of approximately $1.1 million and $1.6 million, respectively. During the three and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2010, the Company made investments in debt securities, including restructured loans, totaling approximately $55.7 million and $286.0 million, respectively, and funded equity investments, including restructured loans, of approximately $187,000 and $18.0 million for the three and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2010.

During the three-months ended September 30, 2011, the Company recognized no realized gains or losses and for the nine-months ended September 30, 2011 the Company recognized net realized gains of approximately $10.1 million from the sale of common stock in its public portfolio companies. During the three and nine-months ended September 30, 2011, the Company recognized realized losses of approximately $1.6 million and $6.7 million from equity, loan, and warrant investments in portfolio companies that have been liquidated. During the

 

F-96


Table of Contents

nine months ended September 30, 2010, we recognized net realized gains of approximately $3.6 million from the sale of common stock in public portfolio companies, approximately $465,000 from mergers of private portfolio companies and realized losses of approximately $19.2 million from equity and warrant investments in portfolio companies that have been liquidated. During the three months ended September 30, 2010 we recognized realized losses of approximately $18.9 million from equity and loan investments in portfolio companies that have been liquidated.

Loan origination and commitment fees received in full at the inception of a loan are deferred and amortized into fee income as an enhancement to the related loan’s yield over the contractual life of the loan. Loan exit fees to be paid at the termination of the loan are accreted into interest income over the contractual life of the loan. The Company had approximately $9.8 million and $6.6 million of unamortized fees at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, and approximately $7.2 million and $5.1 million in exit fees receivable at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

The Company has loans in its portfolio that contain a payment-in-kind (“PIK”) provision. The PIK interest, computed at the contractual rate specified in each loan agreement, is added to the principal balance of the loan and recorded as interest income. To maintain the Company’s status as a RIC, this non-cash source of income must be paid out to stockholders in the form of dividends even though the Company has not yet collected the cash. Amounts necessary to pay these dividends may come from available cash or the liquidation of certain investments. The Company recorded approximately $285,000 and $1.4 million in PIK income in the three and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2011, respectively. The Company recorded approximately $552,000 and $1.7 million in PIK income in the same periods ended September 30, 2010, respectively.

In certain investment transactions, the Company may provide advisory services. For services that are separately identifiable and external evidence exists to substantiate fair value, income is recognized as earned, which is generally when the investment transaction closes. The Company had no income from advisory services in the three and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2011.

In some cases, the Company collateralizes its investments by obtaining a first priority security interest in a portfolio company’s assets, which may include their intellectual property. In other cases, the Company may obtain a negative pledge covering a company’s intellectual property. At September 30, 2011, approximately 60.9% of the Company’s portfolio company loans were secured by a first priority security in all of the assets of the portfolio company, 38.3% of the loans were to porfolio companies that were prohibited from pledging or encumbering their intellectual property and 0.8% of portfolio company loans had an equipment only lien.

3. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value estimates are made at discrete points in time based on relevant information. These estimates may be subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and, therefore, cannot be determined with precision. The Company believes that the carrying amounts of its financial instruments, consisting of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate the fair values of such items due to the short maturity of such instruments. The Convertible Senior Notes and the SBIC debentures as sources of liquidity remain a strategic advantage due to their flexible structure, long-term duration, and low fixed interest rates. Based on market quotations on or around September 30, 2011 the Convertible Senior Notes were trading for $0.875 per dollar at par value. Calculated based on the net present value of payments over the term of the notes using estimated market rates for similar notes and remaining terms, the fair value of its SBIC debentures would be approximately $211.6 million, compared to the carrying amount of $188.8 million as of September 30, 2011.

See the accompanying Consolidated Schedule of Investments for the fair value of the Company’s investments. The methodology for the determination of the fair value of the Company’s investments is discussed in Note 1.

 

F-97


Table of Contents

4. Borrowings

Long-term SBA Debentures

On September 27, 2006, HT II received a license to operate as a SBIC under the SBIC program and is able to borrow funds from the SBA against eligible investments and regulatory capital. Under the Small Business Investment Company Act and current SBA policy applicable to SBICs, a SBIC can have outstanding at any time SBA guaranteed debentures up to twice the amount of its regulatory capital. As of September 30, 2011, the maximum statutory limit on the dollar amount of outstanding SBA guaranteed debentures issued by a single SBIC is $150.0 million, subject to periodic adjustments by the SBA. The Company’s net investment of $75.0 million in HT II as of September 30, 2011 fully funds the required regulatory capital for HT II. HT II has a total of $125.0 million of SBA guaranteed debentures outstanding as of September 30, 2011 and has paid the SBA commitment fees of approximately $1.5 million. As of September 30, 2011, the Company held investments in HT II in 84 companies with a fair value of approximately $180.8 million, accounting for approximately 31.4% of the Company’s total portfolio.

On May 26, 2010, HT III received a license to operate as a SBIC under the SBIC program and is able to borrow funds from the SBA against eligible investments and additional contributions to regulatory capital. With the Company’s net investment of $50.0 million in HT III as of September 30, 2011, HT III has the capacity to issue a total of $100.0 million of SBA guaranteed debentures, subject to SBA approval, of which $63.75 million was outstanding as of September 30, 2011. As of September 30, 2011, HT III has paid commitment fees of approximately $750,000. As of September 30, 2011, the Company held investments in HT III in 20 companies with a fair value of approximately $92.4 million, accounting for approximately 16.0% of the Company’s total portfolio. See Note 12.

There is no assurance that HT II or HT III will be able to draw to the maximum limit available under the SBIC program.

SBICs are designed to stimulate the flow of private equity capital to eligible small businesses. Under present SBA regulations, eligible small businesses include businesses that have a tangible net worth not exceeding $18 million and have average annual fully taxed net income not exceeding $6.0 million for the two most recent fiscal years. In addition, SBICs must devote 25.0% of its investment activity to “smaller” concerns as defined by the SBA. A smaller concern is one that has a tangible net worth not exceeding $6.0 million and has average annual fully taxed net income not exceeding $2.0 million for the two most recent fiscal years. SBA regulations also provide alternative size standard criteria to determine eligibility, which depend on the industry in which the business is engaged and are based on such factors as the number of employees and gross sales. According to SBA regulations, SBICs may make long-term loans to small businesses, invest in the equity securities of such businesses and provide them with consulting and advisory services. Through its wholly-owned subsidiaries HT II and HT III, the Company plans to provide long-term loans to qualifying small businesses, and in connection therewith, make equity investments.

HT II and HT III are periodically examined and audited by the SBA’s staff to determine their compliance with SBA regulations. If HT II or HT III fails to comply with applicable SBA regulations, the SBA could, depending on the severity of the violation, limit or prohibit HT II’s or HT III’s use of debentures, declare outstanding debentures immediately due and payable, and/or limit HT II or HT III from making new investments. In addition, HT II or HT III may also be limited in their ability to make distributions to the Company if they do not have sufficient capital in accordance with SBA regulations. Such actions by the SBA would, in turn, negatively affect the Company because HT II and III are the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries. HT II and HT III were in compliance with the terms of the SBIC’s leverage as of September 30, 2011 as a result of having sufficient capital as defined under the SBA regulations. As of September 30, 2011, HT III could draw up to $36.25 million of additional leverage from SBA.

The rates of borrowings under various draws from the SBA beginning in April 2007 are set semiannually in March and September and range from 2.88% to 5.73%. Interest payments on SBA debentures are payable semi-

 

F-98


Table of Contents

annually. There are no principal payments required on these issues prior to maturity and no prepayment penalties. Debentures under the SBA generally mature ten years after being borrowed. Based on the initial draw down date of April 2007, the initial maturity of SBA debentures will occur in April 2017. In addition, the SBA charges a fee that is set annually, depending on the Federal fiscal year the leverage commitment was delegated by the SBA, regardless of the date that the leverage was drawn by the SBIC. The annual fees related to HT II debentures that pooled on September 22, 2010 were 0.406% and 0.285%, depending upon the year the underlying commitment was closed in. The annual fee related to HT III debentures that pooled on September 21, 2011 was 0.285%. The annual fees on other debentures have been set at 0.906%. The average amount of debentures outstanding for the quarter ended September 30, 2011 for HT II was approximately $125.0 million with an average interest rate of approximately 5.0%. The average amount of debentures outstanding for the quarter ended September 30, 2011 for HT III was approximately $63.75 million with an average interest rate of approximately 3.5%.

In aggregate, HT II and HT III hold approximately $334.9 million in assets, and accounted for approximately 35.5% of our total assets prior to consolidation at September 30, 2011.

The Company reported the following SBA debentures outstanding on its Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2011 (unaudited) and December 31, 2010:

 

(in thousands)

Issuance/Pooling Date

   Maturity Date    Interest  Rate (1)     September 30,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 

SBA Debentures:

          

September 26, 2007

   September 1, 2017      6.43   $ 12,000       $ 12,000   

March 26, 2008

   March 1, 2018      6.38   $ 58,050       $ 58,050   

September 24, 2008

   September 1, 2018      6.63   $ 13,750       $ 38,750   

March 25, 2009

   March 1, 2019      5.53   $ 18,400       $ 18,400   

September 23, 2009

   September 1, 2019      4.64   $ 3,400       $ 3,400   

September 22, 2010

   September 1, 2020      3.62   $ 6,500       $ 6,500   

September 22, 2010

   September 1, 2020      3.50   $ 22,900       $ 32,900   

March 29, 2011

   March 1, 2021      4.37   $ 28,750       $ —     

September 21, 2011

   September 1, 2021      3.16   $ 25,000       $ —     
       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total SBA Debentures

        $ 188,750       $ 170,000   
       

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Interest rate includes annual charge

At September 30, 2011 (unaudited) and December 31, 2010, the Company had the following borrowing capacity and outstanding borrowings:

 

     September 30, 2011      December 31, 2010  
     Total
Available
     Carrying
Value (1)
     Total
Available
     Carrying
Value (1)
 

Union Bank Facility

   $ 20,000       $ —         $ 20,000       $ —     

Wells Facility

     75,000         —           50,000         —     

Convertible Senior Notes (2)

     75,000         70,082         —           —     

SBA Debenture (3)

     225,000         188,750         225,000         170,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 395,000       $ 258,832       $ 295,000       $ 170,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Except for the Convertible Senior Notes (as defined below), all carrying values are the same as the principal amount outstanding.

(2)  

Represents the aggregate principal amount outstanding of the Convertible Senior Notes (as defined below) less the unaccreted discount initially recorded upon issuance of the Convertible Senior Notes. The total unaccreted discount for the Convertible Senior Notes was $4,918 at September 30, 2011.

(3)  

The Company has the ability to borrow an additional $36.3 million subject to SBA approval and compliance with SBIC regulations for which they have received commitment.

 

F-99


Table of Contents

Wells Facility

On August 25, 2008, the Company, through a special purpose wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, Hercules Funding II, LLC, entered into a two-year revolving senior secured credit facility with an optional one-year extension with total commitments of $50.0 million, with Wells Fargo Capital Finance as a lender and as an arranger and administrative agent (the “Wells Facility”). The Wells Facility has the capacity to increase to $300.0 million if additional lenders are added to the syndicate. The Wells Facility expired in August 2011. Borrowings under the Wells Facility will generally bear interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus 3.25% or PRIME plus 2.0%, but not less than 5.0%. The Wells Facility is collateralized by debt investments in our portfolio companies, and includes an advance rate equal to 50% of eligible loans placed in the collateral pool. The Wells Facility generally requires payment of interest on a monthly basis. All outstanding principal is due upon maturity. The Company has paid a total of approximately $1.1 million in structuring fees in connection with the Wells Facility which has been amortized through August 2011.

The Wells Facility requires various financial and operating covenants. These covenants require the Company to maintain certain financial ratios and a minimum tangible net worth of $250.0 million, contingent upon the Company’s total commitments under all lines of credit not exceeding $250.0 million. To the extent our total commitment exceeds $250.0 million, the minimum tangible net worth covenant will increase on a pro rata basis commensurate with our net worth on a dollar for dollar basis. In addition, the tangible net worth covenant will increase by 90 cents on the dollar for every dollar of equity capital subsequently raised by the Company. The Wells Facility provides for customary events of default, including, but not limited to, payment defaults, breach of representations or covenants, bankruptcy events and change of control. The Company was in compliance with all covenants at September 30, 2011.

On June 20, 2011, we renewed the Wells Facility. Under this three-year senior secured facility, Wells Fargo Capital Finance has made commitments of $75.0 million. Borrowings under the facility will generally bear interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus 3.50%, with a floor of 5.00% and an advance rate of 50% against eligible loans. The facility will be secured by loans in the borrowing base. The Wells Facility requires various financial and operating covenants. These covenants require the Company to maintain certain financial ratios and a minimum tangible net worth in an amount, when added to outstanding Subordinated Indebtedness, that is in excess of $314.0 million plus 90% of the cumulative amount of equity raised after March 31, 2011. The Wells Facility requires the monthly payment of a non-use fee of 0.3% for each payment date on or before September 1, 2011. The monthly payment of a non-use fee thereafter shall depend on the average balance that was outstanding on a scale between 0.0% and 0.75%. From September 1, 2011 through September 30, 2011, this non-use fee was 0.75%. The facility contains an accordion feature, in which we can increase the credit line up to an aggregate of $300.0 million, funded by additional lenders and with the agreement of Wells Fargo Capital Finance and subject to other customary conditions. This new arrangement replaced the previous $300.0 million Wells Facility under which Wells Fargo Capital Finance had committed $50.0 million in capital. On June 20, 2011, we paid an additional $1.1 million in structuring fees in connection with the Wells Facility which is being amortized through August 2014. There was no outstanding debt under the Wells Facility at September 30, 2011.

Union Bank Facility

On February 10, 2010, the Company entered a $20.0 million one-year revolving senior secured credit facility with Union Bank (the “Union Bank Facility”). Borrowings under the Union Bank Facility will generally bear interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus 2.25% with a floor of 4.0%, an advance rate of 50% against eligible loans, and secured by loans in the borrowing base. The Union Bank Facility required the payment of a non-use fee of 0.25% annually. The Union Bank Facility is collateralized by debt investments in the Company’s portfolio companies, and includes an advance rate equal to 50.0% of eligible loans placed in the collateral pool. The Union Bank Facility generally requires payment of interest on a monthly basis. All outstanding principal is due upon maturity. In February 2011, the maturity date of the facility was extended from May 1, 2011 to July 31, 2011. Union Bank Facility provides for customary events of default, including, but not

 

F-100


Table of Contents

limited to, payment defaults, breach of representations or covenants, bankruptcy events and change of control. The Company was in compliance with all covenants at September 30, 2011.

On June 7, 2011, the Company entered into an amendment to the Union Bank Facility which extended the borrowing termination date to September 30, 2011. The amendment to the Union Bank Facility also amends the maturity date of Union Bank’s $20.0 million commitment to mean the earliest of: (a) December 31, 2011; (b) the date on which Union Bank’s obligation to make loans is terminated and the obligations are declared to be due and payable or the commitment is terminated; or (c) the date of prepayment in full by the Company. There was no outstanding debt under the Union Bank Facility at September 30, 2011.

On November 2, 2011, the Company renewed and amended the Union Bank Facility. Union Bank and RBC Capital Markets have made commitments of $30.0 million and $25.0 million, respectively. The Union Bank Facility requires various financial and operating covenants. These covenants require the Company to maintain certain financial ratios and a minimum tangible net worth in an amount, when added to outstanding Subordinated Indebtedness, that is in excess of $314.0 million plus 90% of the amount of net cash proceeds received from the sale of common stock after March 31, 2011. The Union Bank Facility will mature on November 2, 2014, approximately three years from the date of issuance, revolving through the first 24 months with a term out provision for the remaining 12 months. The Union Bank Facility requires the payment of a non-use fee of 0.50% annually. The other terms of the Union Bank Facility generally remain unchanged, including the stated interest rate. The Union Bank Facility contains an accordion feature, in which we can increase the credit line up to an aggregate of $150.0 million, funded by additional lenders and with the agreement of Union Bank and subject to other customary conditions.

Citibank Credit Facility

The Company, through Hercules Funding Trust I, an affiliated statutory trust, had a securitized credit facility (the “Citibank Credit Facility”) with Citigroup Global Markets Realty Corp. During the first quarter of 2009, the Company paid off all remaining principal and interest owed under the Citibank Credit Facility. Citigroup has an equity participation right through a warrant participation agreement on the pool of loans and warrants collateralized under the Citibank Credit Facility. Pursuant to the warrant participation agreement, the Company granted to Citigroup a 10% participation in all warrants held as collateral. However, no additional warrants were included in collateral subsequent to the facility amendment on May 2, 2007. As a result, Citigroup is entitled to 10% of the realized gains on the warrants until the realized gains paid to Citigroup pursuant to the agreement equal $3,750,000 (the “Maximum Participation Limit”). The obligations under the warrant participation agreement continue even after the Citibank Credit Facility was terminated until the Maximum Participation Limit has been reached. The value of their participation right on unrealized gains in the related equity investments was approximately $727,000 as of September 30, 2011 and is included in accrued liabilities. There can be no assurances that the unrealized appreciation of the warrants will not be higher or lower in future periods due to fluctuations in the value of the warrants. Since inception of the agreement, the Company has paid Citigroup approximately $1.1 million under the warrant participation agreement thereby reducing its realized gains by this amount. The Company will continue to pay Citigroup under the warrant participation agreement until the Maximum Participation Limit is reached or the warrants expire.

Convertible Senior Notes

In April 2011, the Company issued $75.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 6.00% convertible senior notes (the “Convertible Senior Notes”) due 2016.

The Convertible Senior Notes mature on April 15, 2016 (the “Maturity Date”), unless previously converted or repurchased in accordance with their terms. The Convertible Senior Notes bear interest at a rate of 6.00% per year payable semiannually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing on October 15, 2011. The Convertible Senior Notes are the Company’s senior unsecured obligations and rank senior in right of

 

F-101


Table of Contents

payment to the Company’s existing and future indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Convertible Senior Notes; equal in right of payment to the Company’s existing and future unsecured indebtedness that is not so subordinated; effectively junior in right of payment to any of the Company’s secured indebtedness (including unsecured indebtedness that the Company later secures) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and structurally junior to all existing and future indebtedness (including trade payables) incurred by the Company’s subsidiaries, financing vehicles or similar facilities.

        Prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding October 15, 2015, holders may convert their Convertible Senior Notes only under certain circumstances set forth in the Indenture. On or after October 15, 2015 until the close of business on the scheduled trading day immediately preceding the Maturity Date, holders may convert their Convertible Senior Notes at any time. Upon conversion, the Company will pay or deliver, as the case may be, at its election, cash, shares of its common stock or a combination of cash and shares of its common stock. The conversion rate will initially be 84.0972 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of Convertible Senior Notes (equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $11.89 per share of common stock). The conversion rate will be subject to adjustment in some events but will not be adjusted for any accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, if certain corporate events occur prior to the Maturity Date, the conversion rate will be increased for converting holders.

The Company may not redeem the Convertible Senior Notes prior to maturity. No sinking fund is provided for the Convertible Senior Notes. In addition, if certain corporate events occur, holders of the Convertible Senior Notes may require the Company to repurchase for cash all or part of their Convertible Senior Notes at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Convertible Senior Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest through, but excluding, the required repurchase date.

The Convertible Senior Notes are accounted for in accordance with ASC 470-20 (previously FASB Staff Position No. APB 14-1, “Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be Settled in Cash upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement)”). In accounting for the Convertible Senior Notes, we estimated at the time of issuance that the values of the debt and the embedded conversion feature of the Convertible Senior Notes were approximately 92.8% and 7.2%, respectively. The original issue discount of 7.2% attributable to the conversion feature of the Convertible Senior Notes was recorded in “capital in excess of par value” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. As a result, the Company records interest expense comprised of both stated interest expense as well as accretion of the original issue discount. Additionally, the issuance costs associated with the Convertible Senior Notes were allocated to the debt and equity components in proportion to the allocation of the proceeds and accounted for as debt issuance costs and equity issuance costs, respectively. At the time of issuance, the debt issuance costs and equity issuance costs were approximately $2.9 million and $224,000, respectively. At the time of issuance and as of September 30, 2011, the equity component, net of issuance costs, as recorded in the “capital in excess of par value” in the balance sheet was approximately $4.9 million.

As of September 30, 2011, the components of the carrying value of the Convertible Senior Notes were as follows:

 

(in thousands)    As of September 30, 2011  

Principal amount of debt

   $ 75,000   

Original issue discount, net of accretion

     (4,918
  

 

 

 

Carrying value of debt

   $ 70,082   
  

 

 

 

 

F-102


Table of Contents

For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, the components of interest expense and cash paid for interest expense for the Convertible Senior Notes were as follows:

 

(in thousands)    Three Months Ended
September 30,

2011
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,

2011
 

Stated interest expense

   $ 1,125       $ 2,062   

Accretion of original issue discount

     270         496   

Amortization of debt issuance cost

     144         264   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense

   $ 1,539       $ 2,822   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest expense

   $ —         $ —     

The estimated effective interest rate of the debt component of the Convertible Senior Notes, equal to the stated interest of 6.0% plus the accretion of the original issue discount, was approximately 7.9% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011.

5. Income taxes

The Company has elected to be taxed as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code and intends to continue operate so as to qualify to be taxed as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code and, as such, will not be subject to federal income tax on the portion of taxable income and gains distributed to stockholders.

To qualify as a RIC, the Company is required to meet certain income and asset diversification tests in addition to distributing at least 90% of its investment company taxable income, as defined by the Code. The amount to be paid out as a dividend is determined by the Board of Directors each quarter and is based upon the annual earnings estimated by the management of the Company. To the extent that the Company’s earnings fall below the amount of dividends declared, however, a portion of the total amount of the Company’s dividends for the fiscal year may be deemed a return of capital for tax purposes to the Company’s stockholders.

Taxable income includes the Company’s taxable interest, dividend and fee income, as well as taxable net capital gains. Taxable income generally differs from net income for financial reporting purposes due to temporary and permanent differences in the recognition of income and expenses, and generally excludes net unrealized appreciation or depreciation, as gains or losses are not included in taxable income until they are realized.

Taxable income includes non-cash income, such as changes in accrued and reinvested interest and dividends, which includes contractual payment-in-kind interest, and the amortization of discounts and fees. Cash collections of income resulting from contractual PIK interest or the amortization of discounts and fees generally occur upon the repayment of the loans or debt securities that include such items. Non-cash taxable income is reduced by non-cash expenses, such as realized losses and depreciation and amortization expense.

During the quarter ended September 30, 2011, the Company declared a distribution of $0.22 per share. The determination of the tax attributes of the Company’s distributions is made annually as of the end of the Company’s fiscal year based upon its taxable income for the full year and distributions paid for the full year. As a result, a determination made on a quarterly basis may not be representative of the actual tax attributes of the Company’s distributions for a full year. If the Company had determined the tax attributes of its distributions year-to-date as of September 30, 2011, approximately 97% would be from ordinary income and spill over earnings from 2010 and approximately 3% would be a return of capital. However there can be no certainty to shareholders that this determination is representative of what the tax attributes of its 2011 distributions to shareholders will actually be.

As a RIC, the Company will be subject to a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax on certain undistributed income unless the Company distributes in a timely manner an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of our

 

F-103


Table of Contents

ordinary income for each calendar year, (2) 98.2% of our capital gain net income for the 1-year period ending October 31 in that calendar year and (3) any income realized, but not distributed, in the preceding year (the “Excise Tax Avoidance Requirements”). The Company will not be subject to excise taxes on amounts on which the Company is required to pay corporate income tax (such as retained net capital gains). Depending on the level of taxable income earned in a tax year, the Company may choose to carry over taxable income in excess of current year distributions from such taxable income into the next tax year and pay a 4% excise tax on such income, as required. The maximum amount of excess taxable income that may be carried over for distribution in the next year under the Code is the total amount of dividends paid in the following year, subject to certain declaration and payment guidelines. To the extent we choose to carry over taxable income into the next tax year, dividends declared and paid by us in a year may differ from taxable income for that year as such dividends may include the distribution of current year taxable income, the distribution of prior year taxable income carried over into and distributed in the current year, or returns of capital.

Taxable income for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2011 was approximately $27.1 million or $0.63 per share. Taxable net realized gains for the same period were $8.6 million or approximately $0.20 per share. Taxable income for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2010 was approximately $19.3 million or $0.55 per share. Taxable net realized losses for the same period were approximately $17.8 million or approximately $0.51 loss per share.

6. Shareholders’ Equity

At September 30, 2011, the Company was authorized to issue 100 million shares of common stock with a par value of $0.001. Each share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote.

On August 2, 2011, the Company approved the extension of the stock repurchase plan as previously approved on February 8, 2010 under the same terms and conditions that allows the Company to repurchase up to $35.0 million of its common stock set to expire on February 11, 2011 for an additional twelve month period with a new expiration date of February 26, 2012. During the nine month period ended September 30, 2011, the Company did not repurchase any common stock.

The Company has issued stock options for common stock subject to future issuance, of which 4,366,535 and 4,729,849 were outstanding at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

7. Equity Incentive Plan

The Company and its stockholders have authorized and adopted the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2004 Plan”) for purposes of attracting and retaining the services of its executive officers and key employees. Under the 2004 Plan, the Company is authorized to issue 7,000,000 shares of common stock. On June 1, 2011, stockholders approved an increase of 1,000,000 shares, authorizing the Company to issue 8,000,000 shares of common stock under the 2004 Plan. Unless terminated earlier by the Company’s Board of Directors, the 2004 Plan will terminate on June 9, 2014, and no additional awards may be made under the 2004 Plan after that date.

The Company and its stockholders have authorized and adopted the 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan (the “2006 Plan” and, together with the 2004 Plan, the “Plans”) for purposes of attracting and retaining the services of its Board of Directors. Under the 2006 Plan, the Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of common stock. Unless terminated earlier by the Company’s Board of Directors, the 2006 Plan will terminate on May 29, 2016 and no additional awards may be made under the 2006 Plan after that date. The Company filed an exemptive relief request with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) to allow options to be issued under the 2006 Plan which was approved on October 10, 2007.

On June 21, 2007, the shareholders approved amendments to the 2004 Plan and the 2006 Plan allowing for the grant of restricted stock. The amended Plans limit the combined maximum amount of restricted stock that

 

F-104


Table of Contents

may be issued under both Plans to 10% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s stock on the effective date of the Plans plus 10% of the number of shares of stock issued or delivered by Hercules during the terms of the Plans. The amendments further specify that no one person shall be granted awards of restricted stock relating to more than 25% of the shares available for issuance under the 2004 Plan. Further, the amount of voting securities that would result from the exercise of all of the Company’s outstanding warrants, options and rights, together with any restricted stock issued pursuant to the Plans, at the time of issuance shall not exceed 25% of its outstanding voting securities, except that if the amount of voting securities that would result from such exercise of all of the Company’s outstanding warrants, options and rights issued to Hercules directors, officers and employees, together with any restricted stock issued pursuant to the Plans, would exceed 15% of the Company’s outstanding voting securities, then the total amount of voting securities that would result from the exercise of all outstanding warrants, options and rights, together with any restricted stock issued pursuant to the Plans, at the time of issuance shall not exceed 20% of our outstanding voting securities.

In conjunction with the amendment and in accordance with the exemptive order, on June 21, 2007 the Company made an automatic grant of shares of restricted common stock to Messrs. Badavas, Chow and Woodward, the independent members of its Board of Directors, in the amounts of 1,667, 1,667 and 3,334 shares, respectively. In May 2008, the Company issued restricted shares to Messrs. Badavas and Chow in the amount of 5,000 shares each. In June 2009, the Company issued 5,000 restricted stock shares to Mr. Woodward. The shares were issued pursuant to the 2006 Plan and vest 33% on an annual basis from the date of grant and deferred compensation cost will be recognized ratably over the three year vesting period.

A summary of common stock options activity under the Company’s 2006 and 2004 Plans for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 (unaudited) is as follows:

 

     For Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2011     2010  
     Common  Stock
Options
    Common  Stock
Options
 

Outstanding at Beginning of Period

     4,729,849        4,924,405   

Granted

     526,700        368,250   

Exercised

     (156,994     (413,337

Cancelled

     (733,020     (222,923
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at End of Period

     4,366,535        4,656,395   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average exercise price

   $ 11.39      $ 11.28   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Options generally vest 33% one year after the date of grant and ratably over the succeeding 24 months. All options may be exercised for a period ending seven years after the date of grant. At September 30, 2011, options for approximately 3.5 million shares were exercisable at a weighted average exercise price of approximately $11.92 per share with a weighted average remaining contractual term of 2.45 years.

 

F-105


Table of Contents

The Company determined that the fair value of options granted under the 2006 and 2004 Plans during the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $1.2 million and $652,000 million respectively. During the three month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, approximately $126,000 and $182,000 of share-based cost due to stock option grants was expensed, respectively. During the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, approximately $480,000 and $538,000 of share-based cost due to stock option grants was expensed, respectively. As of September 30, 2011, there was approximately $1.1 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to stock options. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.23 years. The fair value of options granted is based upon a Black Scholes option pricing model using the assumptions in the following table for each of the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 (unaudited):

 

     For Nine Months Ended September  
                 2011                              2010               

Expected Volatility

     46.39     46.39

Expected Dividends

     10     10

Expected term (in years)

     4.5        4.5   

Risk-free rate

     0.79% - 1.98     1.10% - 2.51

The following table summarizes stock options outstanding and exercisable at September 30, 2011 (unaudited):

 

(Dollars in thousands,
except exercise price)

   Options outstanding      Options exercisable  

Range of exercise prices

   Number  of
shares
     Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life
     Aggregate
intrinsic
value
     Weighted
average
exercise
price
     Number  of
shares
     Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life
     Aggregate
intrinsic
value
     Weighted
average
exercise
price
 

$4.21 - $6.74

     488,559         4.46       $ 2,105       $ 4.21         323,411       $ 4.46       $ 1,393       $ 4.21   

$8.49 - $12.84

     2,232,726         4.16         1         11.43         1,516,925         3.08         —           11.90   

$13.00 - $15.00

     1,645,250         1.47         —           13.46         1,645,250         1.47         —           13.46   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     4,366,535         3.18       $ 2,106       $ 11.39         3,485,586       $ 2.45       $ 1,393       $ 11.92   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively, the Company granted approximately 306,600 and 491,500 shares of restricted stock pursuant to the Plans. Each restricted stock award granted in 2011 and 2010 is subject to lapse as to 25% of the award one year after the date of grant and ratably over the succeeding 36 months subject to a four year forfeiture schedule. The restricted stock awarded in 2008 vests 25% annually on the anniversary date of the award. Share based compensation cost will be recognized ratably over the four year vesting period. No restricted stock was granted pursuant to the 2004 Plan prior to 2008. The Company determined that the fair value of restricted stock granted under the 2006 and 2004 Plans during the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, was approximately $3.4 million and $5.1 million, respectively. During the three month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, the Company expensed approximately $762,000 and $582,000 of compensation expense related to restricted stock, respectively. During the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, the Company expensed approximately $2.1 million and $1.5 million of compensation expense related to restricted stock, respectively. As of September 30, 2011, there was approximately $6.8 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to restricted stock. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.77 years.

The SEC, through an exemptive order granted on June 22, 2010, approved amendments to the Plans which allow participants to elect to have the Company withhold shares of the Company’s common stock to pay for the exercise price and applicable taxes with respect to an option exercise (“net issuance exercise”). The exemptive order also permits the holders of restricted stock to elect to have the Company withhold shares of Hercules stock to pay the applicable taxes due on restricted stock at the time of vesting. Each individual can make, and does not preclude the participant from electing to make, a cash payment at the time of option exercise or to pay taxes on restricted stock.

 

F-106


Table of Contents

8. Earnings Per Share

In 2008, the FASB issued ASC 260, Earnings Per Share formerly known as FASB Staff Position (FSP) EITF 03-6-1, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities. Under this standard, unvested awards of share-based payments with non-forfeitable rights to receive dividends or dividend equivalents, such as the Company’s restricted stock issued under the Plans, are considered participating securities for purposes of calculating change in net assets per share. Under the two-class method a portion of net increase in net assets resulting from operations is allocated to these participating securities and therefore is excluded from the calculation of change in net assets per share allocated to common stock, as shown in the table below. The standard was effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company adopted this standard beginning with financial statements ended March 31, 2009. The adoption of this standard did not result in a change to the previously reported basic change in net assets per share and diluted change in net assets per share.

 

     Three Months  Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months  Ended
September 30,
 

(in thousands, except per share data)

   2011     2010     2011     2010  

Numerator

        

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations

   $ 6,223      $ (7,823   $ 29,363      $ (6,738

Less: Dividends declared-common and restricted shares

     (9,648     (7,197     (28,853     (21,582
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Undistributed earnings

     (3,425     (15,020     510        (28,320
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Undistributed earnings-common shares

     (3,425     (15,020     510        (28,320

Add: Dividend declared-common shares

     9,473        7,034        28,329        21,152   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Numerator for basic and diluted change in net assets per common share

   $ 6,048      $ (7,986   $ 28,839      $ (7,168
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator

        

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

     43,071        35,208        42,920        35,227   

Common shares issuable

     265        —          331        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding assuming dilution

     43,336        35,208        43,251        35,227   

Change in net assets per common share

        

Basic

   $ 0.14      $ (0.23   $ 0.67      $ (0.20

Diluted

   $ 0.14      $ (0.23   $ 0.67      $ (0.20

The calculation of change in net assets per common share—assuming dilution, excludes all anti-dilutive shares. For the three and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, the number of anti-dilutive shares, as calculated based on the weighted average closing price of the Company’s common stock for the periods, were approximately 2.5 million and 3.9 million shares, respectively.

 

F-107


Table of Contents

9. Financial Highlights

Following is a schedule of financial highlights for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010:

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(unaudited)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     Nine Months  Ended
September 30,
 
   2011     2010  

Per share data:

    

Net asset value at beginning of period

   $ 9.50      $ 10.29   

Net investment income

     0.67        0.59   

Net realized gain (loss) on investments

     0.08        (0.43

Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments

     (0.07     (0.35
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total from investment operations

     0.68        (0.19

Net increase/(decrease) in net assets from capital share transactions

     0.04        (0.19

Distributions

     (0.67     (0.61

Stock-based compensation expense included in investment income (1)

     0.06        0.06   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net asset value at end of period

   $ 9.61      $ 9.36   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios and supplemental data:

    

Per share market value at end of period

   $ 8.52      $ 10.11   

Total return (2)

     (-12.62 %)      (-0.65 %) 

Shares outstanding at end of period

     43,908        36,158   

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding

     42,920        35,208   

Net assets at end of period

   $ 422,050      $ 338,549   

Ratio of operating expense to average net assets

     9.53     7.01

Ratio of net investment income before provision for income tax expense and investment gains and losses to average net assets

     9.17     7.62

Average debt outstanding

   $ 220,664      $ 223,766   

Weighted average debt per common share

   $ 5.14      $ 6.36   

Portfolio turnover

     4.17     1.72

 

(1)  

Stock option expense is a non-cash expense that has no effect on net asset value. Pursuant to ASC 718, net investment loss includes the expense associated with the granting of stock options which is offset by a corresponding increase in paid-in capital. The total return equals the change in the ending market value over the beginning of period price per share plus dividends paid per share during the period, divided by the beginning price.

(2)  

The total return equals the increase or decrease of ending market value over beginning market value, plus distributions, dividend by the beginning market value, assuming dividend reinvestment prices obtained under the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan.

10. Commitments and Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company is party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk. These instruments consist primarily of unused commitments to extend credit, in the form of loans to the Company’s portfolio companies. The balance of unfunded commitments to extend credit at September 30, 2011 totaled approximately $148.2 million. Since a portion of these commitments may expire without being drawn, unfunded commitments do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. In addition, the Company had

 

F-108


Table of Contents

approximately $136.0 million of non-binding term sheets outstanding at September 30, 2011. Non-binding outstanding term sheets are subject to completion of the Company’s due diligence and final approval process, as well as the negotiation of definitive documentation with the prospective portfolio companies. Not all non-binding term sheets are expected to close and do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

Certain premises are leased under agreements which expire at various dates through December 2013. Total rent expense amounted to approximately $278,000 and $832,000 during the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011 respectively. There was approximately $268,000 and $765,000 recorded in the same periods ended September 30, 2010.

Future commitments under operating leases as of September 30, 2011 (unaudited) were as follows:

 

     Payments due by  period
(in thousands)
 

Contractual Obligations

   Total      Less
than 1
year
     1 - 3
years
     3 - 5
years
     After
5
years
 

Operating Lease Obligations (1)

   $ 2,488       $ 1,242       $ 1,245       $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,488       $ 1,242       $ 1,245       $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Long-term facility leases.

The Company and its executives and directors are covered by Directors and Officers Insurance, with the directors and officers being indemnified by the Company to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law subject to the restrictions in the 1940 Act.

11. Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASU 2010-06”), which amends ASC 820 and requires additional disclosure related to recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements with respect to transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2 and activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. The update also clarifies existing disclosure requirements related to the level of disaggregation and disclosure about inputs and valuation techniques. ASU 2010-06 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2009 except for disclosures related to activity in Level 3 fair value measurements which are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010 and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company adopted the requirements of ASU-2010-06 in the fourth quarter of 2009 and its adoption did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-04—Fair Value Measurement: Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs , or ASU 2011-04. ASU 2011-04 clarifies the application of existing fair value measurement and disclosure requirements, changes the application of some requirements for measuring fair value and requires additional disclosure for fair value measurements. The highest and best use valuation premise is only applicable to non-financial assets. In addition, the disclosure requirements are expanded to include for fair value measurements categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy: (1) a quantitative disclosure of the unobservable inputs and assumptions used in the measurement; (2) a description of the valuation processes in place; and (3) a narrative description of the sensitivity of the fair value to changes in unobservable inputs and interrelationships between those inputs. ASU 2011-04 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, for public entities. We are evaluating the impact that our adoption of this update may have on our financial position or results of operations.

 

F-109


Table of Contents

12. Subsequent Events

Portfolio Company Developments

In October 2011, Hercules’ portfolio company LaboPharm, Inc. was acquired by Paladin Labs resulting in the full repayment of Hercules’ debt of approximately $12.0 million and the cancellation of the remaining warrants.

Company Developments

In October 2011, Hercules announced the opening of its new office in McLean, Virginia, thereby expanding to the Mid-Atlantic and South-Atlantic regions.

On November 2, 2011, Hercules renewed and amended the Union Bank Facility. Union Bank and RBC Capital Markets have made commitments of $30.0 million and $25.0 million, respectively. The Union Bank Facility will mature on November 2, 2014, revolving through the first 24 months with a term out provision for the remaining 12 months. The Union Bank Facility requires the payment of a non-use fee of 0.50% annually. The other terms of the Union Bank Facility generally remain unchanged, including the stated interest rate.

 

F-110


Table of Contents

Schedule 12-14

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS IN AND ADVANCES TO AFFILIATES As of and for the year ended December 31, 2010

(in thousands)

 

Portfolio Company

 

Investment (1)

  Amount of
Interest
Credited to
Income (2)
    As of
December 31,
2009
Fair Value
    Gross
Additions (3)
    Gross
Reductions (4)
    As of
December 31,
2010
Fair Value
 

Control Investments

           

Infologix, Inc.

  Senior Debt   $ 1,393      $ 5,500      $ 3,865      $ 166      $ 9,199   
 

Convertible Senior Debt

    615        10,060        1,108        10,041        1,127   
 

Revolving Line of Credit

    1,275        7,559        6,588        1,830        12,317   
 

Common stock warrants

      1,494        14        114        1,394   
 

Common stock

      7,571        10,218        1,645        16,144   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
      3,283        32,184        21,793        13,796        40,181   

Affiliate Investments

           

E-band Communications, Inc.

  Preferred Stock     —          2,274        795        —          3,069   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Control and Affiliate Investments

    $ 3,283      $ 34,458      $ 22,588      $ 13,796      $ 43,250   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Stock and warrants are generally non-income producing and restricted. The principal amount for debt is shown in the Consolidated Schedule of Investments as of December 31, 2010.
(2) Represents the total amount of interest or dividends credited to income for the portion of the year an investment was an affiliate or control investment.
(3) Gross additions include increases in the cost basis of investments resulting from new portfolio investments, paid-in-kind interest or dividends, the amortization of discounts and closing fees and the exchange of one or more existing securities for one or more new securities. Gross additions also include net increase in unrealized appreciation or net decreases in unrealized depreciation.
(4) Gross reductions include decreases in the cost basis of investments resulting from principal repayments or sales and the exchange of one or more existing securities for one or more new securities. Gross reductions also include net increase in unrealized depreciation or net decreases in unrealized appreciation.

 

F-111


Table of Contents

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

PART C—OTHER INFORMATION

Item 25. Financial Statements and Exhibits

1.  Financial Statements

The following financial statements of Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. (the “Company” or the “Registrant”) are included in this registration statement in “Part A—Information Required in a Prospectus”:

 

AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 2010 and 2009

     F-4   

Consolidated Schedule of Investments as of December 31, 2010

     F-5   

Consolidated Schedule of Investments as of December 31, 2009

     F-19   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three years ended December 31, 2010

     F-32   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the three years ended December 31, 2010

     F-33   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three years ended December 31, 2010

     F-34   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-35   

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  

Consolidated Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of September 30, 2011 (unaudited) and December  31, 2010

     F-58   

Consolidated Schedule of Investments as of September 30, 2011 (unaudited)

     F-59   

Consolidated Schedule of Investments as of December 31, 2010

     F-74   

Consolidated Statement of Operations for the three month period ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 (unaudited)

     F-87   

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the three-month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 (unaudited)

     F-88   

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the three-month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 (unaudited)

     F-89   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

     F-90   

FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE:

  

Schedule 12-14 Investments In and Advances to Affiliates

    
F-111
  

2. Exhibits

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

a.1    Articles of Amendment and Restatement. (2)
a.2    Articles of Amendment, dated March 6, 2007. (12)
a.3    Articles of Amendment, dated April 5, 2011. (23)
b       Amended and Restated Bylaws. (2)
d.1    Specimen certificate of the Company’s common stock, par value $.001 per share. (3)
d.2*    Form of Indenture and related exhibits
d.3*    Form of Warrant Agreement
d.4*    Form of Subscription Agent Agreement
d.5*    Form of Subscription Certificate
d.6*    Statement of Eligibility of Trustee on Form T-1

 

C-1


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

e       Form of Dividend Reinvestment Plan. (4)
f.1    Credit Agreement dated as of April 12, 2005 between Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. and Alcmene Funding, L.L.C. (2)
f.2    Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of April 12, 2005 between Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. and Alcmene Funding, L.L.C. (2)
f.3    First Amendment to Credit and Pledge Security Agreement dated August 1, 2005 between Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. and Alcmene Funding L.L.C. (5)
f.4    Loan Sale Agreement between Hercules Funding LLC and Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. dated as of August 1, 2005. (5)
f.5      Sale and Servicing Agreement among Hercules Funding Trust I, Hercules Funding LLC, Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., U.S. Bank National Association and Lyon Financial Services, Inc. dated as of August 1, 2005. (5)
f.6      Indenture between Hercules Funding Trust I and U.S. Bank National Association dated as of August 1, 2005. (5)
f.7      Note Purchase Agreement among Hercules Funding Trust I, Hercules Funding I LLC, Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Realty Corp. dated as of August 1, 2005. (5)
f.8      Second Amendment to Credit and Pledge Security Agreement by and among Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. and Alcmene Funding, L.L.C., as lender and administrative agent for the lenders, dated March 6, 2006. (6)
f.9      First Omnibus Amendment by and among Hercules Funding Trust I, Hercules Funding I, LLC, Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., U.S. Bank National Association, Lyon Financial Services, Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Realty Corp. dated March 6, 2006. (6)
f.10    Intercreditor Agreement among Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., Alcmene Funding, L.L.C. and Citigroup Global Markets Realty Corp. dated as of March 6, 2006. (6)
f.11    Warrant Participation Agreement between the Company and Citigroup Global Markets Realty Corp. dated as of August 1, 2005. (7)
f.12    Second Amendment to Warrant Participation Agreement dated as of October 16, 2006. (7)
f.13    Third Amendment to Sale and Servicing Agreement among Hercules Funding Trust I, Hercules Funding LLC, Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., U.S. Bank National Association and Lyon Financial Services, Inc., dated as of July 28, 2006. (8)
f.14    Second Omnibus Amendment by and among Hercules Funding Trust I, Hercules Funding I, LLC, Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., U.S. Bank National Association, Lyon Financial Services, Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Realty Corp. dated December 6, 2006. (9)
f.15    Fifth Amendment to Sale and Servicing Agreement by and among Hercules Funding Trust I, Hercules Funding I, LLC, Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., U.S. Bank National Association, Lyon Financial Services, Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Realty Corp. dated March 30, 2007. (13)
f.16    Amended and Restated Sale and Servicing Agreement by and among Hercules Funding Trust I, Hercules Funding I LLC, the Company, U.S. Bank National Association, Lyon Financial Services, Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., and Deutsche Bank AG dated as of May 2, 2007. (14)
f.17    Fourth Amendment to the Warrant Participation Agreement by and among Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Realty Corp., dated as of May 2, 2007. (15)

 

C-2


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

f.18    Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement by and among Hercules Funding Trust I, Hercules Funding I LLC, Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. dated as of May 2, 2007. (15)

f.19

   First Amendment to Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement by and among Hercules Funding Trust I, Hercules Funding I LLC, Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. dated as of May 7, 2008. (17)

f.20

   Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Sale and Servicing Agreement by and among Hercules Funding Trust I, Hercules Funding I LLC, Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., U.S. Bank National Association, Lyon Financial Services, Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., and Deutsche Bank AG dated as of May 7, 2008. (17)
f.21    Form of SBA Debenture. (18)
f.22    Loan and Security Agreement by and among Hercules Funding II, LLC and Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC, dated as of August 25, 2008. (19)
f.23    Sales and Servicing Agreement among Hercules Funding II, LLC, Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., Lyon Financial Services, Inc. and Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC, dated as of August 25, 2008. (19)
f.24    First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement by and among Hercules Funding II, LLC and Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC, dated as of April 30, 2009. (20)
f.25    Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement by and between Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. and Union Bank, N.A. dated November 2, 2011. (22)

f.26

   Indenture between Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of April 15, 2011. (24)

f.27

   Form of Note under the Indenture dated as of April 15, 2011. (24)

f.28

   Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement by and among Hercules Funding II LLC and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC (f/k/a Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC), dated as of June 20, 2011. (26)

h.1*

   Form of Underwriting Agreement for equity securities

h.2*

   Form of Underwriting Agreement for debt securities
i.1    Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (2007 Amendment and Restatement). (11)
i.2    Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. 2006 Non-Employee Director Plan (2007 Amendment and Restatement). (16)
i.3    Form of Incentive Stock Option Award under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. (2)
i.4    Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Award under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. (2)
i.5    Form of Restricted Stock Award under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. (18)
j    Form of Custody Agreement between the Company and Union Bank of California. (2)
k.1    Form of Registrar Transfer Agency and Service Agreement between the Company and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company. (2)
k.2    Warrant Agreement dated June 22, 2004 between the Company and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent. (1)
k.3    Lease Agreement dated June 13, 2006 between the Company and 400 Hamilton Associates. (10)
l**    Opinion of Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP.
n.1*    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP.

 

C-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

n.2*    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
n.3    Consent of Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP (included in Exhibit l).
n.4*    Consent of Venture Source.
p        Subscription Agreement dated February 2, 2004 between the Company and the subscribers named therein. (2)
r        Code of Ethics. (2)

(s)(1)*

   Form of Prospectus Supplement For Common Stock Offerings.

(s)(2)*

   Form of Prospectus Supplement For Preferred Stock Offerings.

(s)(3)*

   Form of Prospectus Supplement For Debt Offerings.

(s)(4)*

   Form of Prospectus Supplement For Rights Offerings.

(s)(5)*

   Form of Prospectus Supplement For Warrant Offerings.

 

* Filed herewith.
** To be filed by amendment.
(1) Previously filed as part of the Registration Statement on Form N-2 of the Company, as filed on February 22, 2005.
(2) Previously filed as part of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1, as filed on May 17, 2005 (File No. 333-122950) to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 of the Company.
(3) Previously filed as part of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2, as filed on June 8, 2005 (File No. 333-122950) to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 of the Company.
(4) Previously filed as part of Post-Effective Amendment No. 1, as filed on June 10, 2005 (File No. 333-122950) to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 of the Company.
(5) Previously filed as part of the Current Report on Form 8-K of the Company, as filed on August 5, 2005.
(6) Previously filed as part of Post-Effective Amendment No. 3, as filed on March 9, 2006 (File No. 333-126604) to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 of the Company.
(7) Previously filed as part of the Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1, as filed on October 17, 2006 (File No. 333-136918) to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 of the Company.
(8) Previously filed as part of the Current Report on Form 8-K of the Company, as filed on July 28, 2006.
(9) Previously filed as part of the Current Report on Form 8-K of the Company, as filed on December 6, 2006.
(10) Previously filed as part of the Current Report on Form 8-K of the Company, as filed on August 1, 2006.
(11) Previously filed as part of the Securities to be Offered to Employees in Employee Benefit Plans on Form S-8, as filed June 22, 2007.
(12) Previously filed as part of the Current Report on Form 8-K of the Company, as filed March 9, 2007.
(13) Previously filed as part of the Current Report on Form 8-K of the Company, as filed April 3, 2007.
(14) Previously filed as part of the Current Report on Form 8-K of the Company, as filed May 5, 2007.
(15) Previously filed as part of the Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1, as filed May 15, 2007 (File No. 333-141828), to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 of the Company.
(16) Previously filed as part of the Securities to be Offered to Employees in Employee Benefit Plans on Form S-8, as filed October, 10, 2007.
(17) Previously filed as part of the Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2, as filed June 5, 2008 (File No. 333-150403), to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 of the Company.
(18) Previously filed as part of the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company, as filed on March 16, 2009.
(19) Previously filed as part of the Current Report on Form 8-K of the Company, as filed on August 27, 2008.
(20) Previously filed as part of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company, as filed on May 11, 2009.
(21) Previously filed as part of the Current Report on Form 8-K of the Company, as filed on February 17, 2010.
(22) Previously filed as part of the Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on November 4, 2011.
(23) Previously filed as part of the Current Report on Form 8-K of the Company, as filed on April 11, 2011.
(24) Previously filed as part of the Current Report on Form 8-K of the Company, as filed on April 18, 2011.
(25) Previously filed as part of the Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1, as filed on May 2, 2011 (File No. 333-171368) to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 of the Company.
(26) Previously filed as part of the Current Report on Form 8-K of the Company, as filed on June 24, 2011.

Item 26. Marketing Arrangements

The information contained under the heading “Plan of Distribution” of the prospectus is incorporated herein by reference, and any information concerning any underwriters will be contained in any prospectus supplement, if any, accompanying this prospectus.

 

C-4


Table of Contents

Item 27. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth the estimated expenses payable by us in connection with the offering (excluding placement fees):

 

     Amount  

SEC registration fee

   $ 22,920   

FINRA filing fee

     *        

Nasdaq listing fee

     *        

Accounting fees and expenses

     *        

Legal fees and expenses

     *        

Printing expenses

     *        

Miscellaneous

     *        
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *        
  

 

 

 

 

  * To be provided by amendment

The amounts set forth above, except for the SEC and FINRA fees, are in each case estimated.

Item 28. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control

Hercules Technology SBIC Management, LLC is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. Hercules Technology SBIC Management, LLC is the general partner of Hercules Technology II, L.P., Hercules Technology III, LP and Hercules Technology IV, LP and the Company owns substantially all of the limited partnership interests in Hercules Technology II, L.P. Hercules Technology III, L.P. and Hercules Funding II LLC, Hercules Technology Management Co. II, Inc., Hercules Technology Management Co. III, Inc., Hercules Technology Management Co. V, Inc., Hercules Technology I, LLC, Hercules Technology II, LLC, Hydra Ventures LLC, Hydra Management Co., Inc. and Hydra Management LLC are wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company. Spa Chakra SBIC Management Corp is a wholly owned subsidiary of Hercules Technology II, L.P. Spa Chakra Acquisition Corp. and Spa Chakra Trademark, LLC are wholly owned subsidiaries of Spa Chakra SBIC Management Corp. Accordingly, the Company may be deemed to control, directly or indirectly, the following entities:

 

Name

   Jurisdiction of Organization

Hercules Technology II, L.P.

   Delaware

Hercules Technology III, LP

   Delaware

Hercules Technology IV, LP

   Delaware

Hercules Technology SBIC Management, LLC

   Delaware

Hercules Funding II, LLC

   Delaware

Hercules Technology Management Co II, Inc.

   Delaware

Hercules Technology Management Co III, Inc.

   Delaware

Hercules Technology Management Co V, Inc.

   Delaware

Hercules Technology I, LLC

   Delaware

Hercules Technology II LLC

   Delaware

Hydra Ventures LLC

   Delaware

Hydra Management Co., Inc.

   Delaware

Hydra Management LLC

   Delaware

Spa Chakra Acquisition Corp.

   Indiana

Spa Chakra SBIC Management Corp.

   Delaware

Spa Chakra Trademark, LLC

   Delaware

 

C-5


Table of Contents

Item 29. Number of Holder of Securities

The following table sets forth the approximate number of shareholders of the Company’s common stock as of February 6, 2012:

 

Title of Class

   Number of
Record Holders
 

Common stock, par value $.001 per share

     16,590   

Item 30. Indemnification

Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment as being material to the cause of action. The Registrant’s charter contains such a provision which eliminates directors’ and officers’ liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act.

The Registrant’s charter authorizes the Registrant, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, to obligate itself to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while a director or officer of the Registrant and at its request, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee, from and against any claim or liability to which that person may become subject or which that person may incur by reason of his or her service in any such capacity and, under certain circumstances and provided certain conditions have been met, to pay or reimburse their reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. The Registrant’s bylaws obligate the Registrant, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while a director or officer of the Registrant and at its request, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee and who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in any such capacity from and against any claim or liability to which that person may become subject or which that person may incur by reason of his or her service in any such capacity and, under certain circumstances and provided certain conditions have been met, to pay or reimburse their reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. The charter and bylaws also permit the Registrant to indemnify and, under certain circumstances and provided certain conditions have been met, advance expenses to any person who served a predecessor of the Registrant in any of the capacities described above and any of the Registrant’s employees or agents or any employees or agents of its predecessor. In accordance with the 1940 Act, the Registrant will not indemnify any person for any liability to which such person would be subject by reason of such person’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office. Additionally, the Registrant will not indemnify any person with respect to any matter as to which such person shall have been finally adjudicated in any proceeding not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that their action was in the best interests of the Registrant.

Maryland law requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which the Registrant’s charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. Maryland law permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith or (2) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) the director or officer actually received an improper personal

 

C-6


Table of Contents

benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. However, under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that a personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification, and then only for expenses. In addition, Maryland law permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation’s receipt of (a) a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation and (b) a written undertaking by him or her or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Company pursuant to the provisions described above, or otherwise, the Company has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Company of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of an action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by a director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Company will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The Company carries liability insurance for the benefit of its directors and officers (other than with respect to claims resulting from the willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office) on a claims-made basis of up to $3,000,000, subject to a $250,000 retention and the other terms thereof.

The Company has agreed to indemnify the underwriters against specified liabilities for actions taken in their capacities as such, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Item 31. Business and Other Connections of Investment Advisor

Not applicable.

Item 32. Location of Accounts and Records

The Company maintains at its principal office physical possession of each account, book or other document required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder.

Item 33. Management Services

Not applicable.

Item 34. Undertakings

The Registrant undertakes:

 

  1. to suspend the offering of shares until the prospectus is amended if (a) subsequent to the effective date of its registration statement, the net asset value declines more than ten percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of the registration statement or (b) the net asset value increases to an amount greater than the net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.

 

  2. Not applicable.

 

C-7


Table of Contents
  3. Not applicable.

 

  4.     

 

  a. to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

  i. to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

 

  ii. to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement; and

 

  iii. to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

 

  b. that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;

 

  c. to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering;

 

  d. that, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, if the Registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 497(b), (c), (d) or (e) under the Securities Act as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than prospectus filed in reliance on Rule 430A under the Securities Act, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness, provided, however , that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supercede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use;

 

  e. that for the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities, the undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to the purchaser:

 

  i. any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 497 under the Securities Act;

 

  ii. the portion of any advertisement pursuant to Rule 482 under the Securities Act relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and

 

  iii. any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.

 

  f.

to file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement, and to suspend any offers or sales pursuant the registration statement until such post-effective amendment has been declared effective under the Securities Act, in the event the shares of the Registrant are trading below its net

 

C-8


Table of Contents
  asset value and either (a) the Registrant receives, or has been advised by its independent registered accounting firm that it will receive, an audit report reflecting substantial doubt regarding the Registrant’s ability to continue as a going concern or (b) the Registrant has concluded that a material adverse change has occurred in its financial position or results of operations that has caused the financial statements and other disclosures on the basis of which the offering would be made to be materially misleading; and

 

  5. Not applicable.

 

  6. Not applicable.

 

  7. to not seek to sell shares under a prospectus supplement to the registration statement, or a post-effective amendment to the registration statement, of which the prospectus forms a part (the “current registration statement”) if the cumulative dilution to the Registrant’s net asset value (“NAV”) per share arising from offerings from the effective date of the current registration statement through and including any follow-on offering would exceed 15% based on the anticipated pricing of such follow-on offering. This limit would be measured separately for each offering pursuant to the current registration statement by calculating the percentage dilution or accretion to aggregate NAV from that offering and then summing the anticipated percentage dilution from each subsequent offering. If the Registrant files a new post-effective amendment, the threshold would reset.

 

  8. to file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement in connection with any rights offering off of the registration statement.

 

C-9


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form N-2 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palo Alto, and State of California, on the 8 th day of February, 2012.

 

H ERCULES T ECHNOLOGY G ROWTH C APITAL , I NC .
/ S /    M ANUEL A. H ENRIQUEZ        

Manuel A. Henriquez

Chairman of the Board, President and

Chief Executive Officer

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENT, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Manuel A. Henriquez and Scott Harvey and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement on Form N-2 and any and all amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and to file the same, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    M ANUEL A. H ENRIQUEZ        

Manuel A. Henriquez

  

Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer)

  February 8, 2012

/ S /    J ESSICA B ARON        

Jessica Baron

  

Chief Financial Officer (principal financial and accounting officer)

 

February 8, 2012

/ S /    A LLYN C. W OODWARD , J R .        

Allyn C. Woodward, Jr.

   Director  

February 8, 2012

/ S /    J OSEPH W. C HOW        

Joseph W. Chow

   Director  

February 8, 2012

/ S /    R OBERT P. B ADAVAS         

Robert P. Badavas

   Director  

February 8, 2012

Exhibit d.2

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

(Issuer)

and

U.S. Bank National Association

(Trustee)

Indenture

Dates as of            ,        

Providing for the Issuance

of

Debt Securities

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page

ARTICLE ONE DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

Section 1.01.   Definitions   
Section 1.02.   Compliance Certificates   
Section 1.03.   Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee   
Section 1.04.   Acts of Holders   
Section 1.05.   Notices, Etc., to Trustee and Company   
Section 1.06.   Notice to Holders; Waiver   
Section 1.07.   Effect of Headings and Table of Contents   
Section 1.08.   Successors and Assigns   
Section 1.09.   Separability Clause   
Section 1.10.   Benefits of Indenture   
Section 1.11.   Governing Law   
Section 1.12.   Legal Holidays   
Section 1.13.   Submission to Jurisdiction   

ARTICLE TWO SECURITIES FORMS

Section 2.01.   Forms of Securities   
Section 2.02.   Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication   
Section 2.03.   Securities Issuable in Global Form   

ARTICLE THREE THE SECURITIES

Section 3.01.   Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series   
Section 3.02.   Denominations   
Section 3.03.   Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating   
Section 3.04.   Temporary Securities   
Section 3.05.   Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange   
Section 3.06.   Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities   
Section 3.07.   Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved; Optional Interest Reset   
Section 3.08.   Optional Extension of Maturity   
Section 3.09.   Persons Deemed Owners   
Section 3.10.   Cancellation   
Section 3.11.   Computation of Interest   
Section 3.12.   Currency and Manner of Payments in Respect of Securities   
Section 3.13.   Appointment and Resignation of Successor Exchange Rate Agent   
Section 3.14.   CUSIP Numbers   

ARTICLE FOUR SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

  
Section 4.01.   Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture   
Section 4.02.   Application of Trust Funds   

ARTICLE FIVE REMEDIES

  
Section 5.01.   Events of Default   
Section 5.02.   Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment   
Section 5.03.   Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee   
Section 5.04.   Trustee May File Proofs of Claim   
Section 5.05.   Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities   


 

Section 5.06.   Application of Money Collected
Section 5.07.   Limitation on Suits
Section 5.08.   Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest
Section 5.09.   Restoration of Rights and Remedies
Section 5.10.   Rights and Remedies Cumulative
Section 5.11.   Delay or Omission Not Waiver
Section 5.12.   Control by Holders of Securities
Section 5.13.   Waiver of Past Defaults
Section 5.14.   Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws
ARTICLE SIX THE TRUSTEE
Section 6.01.   Notice of Defaults
Section 6.02.   Certain Rights of Trustee
Section 6.03.   Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities
Section 6.04.   May Hold Securities
Section 6.05.   Money Held in Trust
Section 6.06.   Compensation and Reimbursement and Indemnification of Trustee
Section 6.07.   Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility
Section 6.08.   Disqualification; Conflicting Interests
Section 6.09.   Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor
Section 6.10.   Acceptance of Appointment by Successor
Section 6.11.   Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business
Section 6.12.   Appointment of Authenticating Agent
ARTICLE SEVEN HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY
Section 7.01.   Disclosure of Names and Addresses of Holders
Section 7.02.   Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders
Section 7.03.   Reports by Trustee
Section 7.04.   Reports by Company
Section 7.05.   Calculation of Original Issue Discount
ARTICLE EIGHT CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE OR TRANSFER
Section 8.01.   Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms
Section 8.02.   Successor Person Substituted
ARTICLE NINE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
Section 9.01.   Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders
Section 9.02.   Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders
Section 9.03.   Execution of Supplemental Indentures
Section 9.04.   Effect of Supplemental Indentures
Section 9.05.   Conformity with Trust Indenture Act
Section 9.06.   Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures
ARTICLE TEN COVENANTS
Section 10.01.   Payment of Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest
Section 10.02.   Maintenance of Office or Agency
Section 10.03.   Money for Securities Payments to Be Held in Trust
Section 10.04.   Additional Amounts
Section 10.05.   Statement as to Compliance
Section 10.06.   Payment of Taxes and Other Claims


 

Section 10.07.   Waiver of Certain Covenants
ARTICLE ELEVEN REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES
Section 11.01.   Applicability of Article
Section 11.02.   Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee
Section 11.03.   Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed
Section 11.04.   Notice of Redemption
Section 11.05.   Deposit of Redemption Price
Section 11.06.   Securities Payable on Redemption Date
Section 11.07.   Securities Redeemed in Part
ARTICLE TWELVE SINKING FUNDS
Section 12.01.   Applicability of Article
Section 12.02.   Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities
Section 12.03.   Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund
ARTICLE THIRTEEN REPAYMENT AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS
Section 13.01.   Applicability of Article
Section 13.02.   Repayment of Securities
Section 13.03.   Exercise of Option
Section 13.04.   When Securities Presented for Repayment Become Due and Payable
Section 13.05.   Securities Repaid in Part
ARTICLE FOURTEEN DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
Section 14.01.   Applicability of Article; Company’s Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
Section 14.02.   Defeasance and Discharge
Section 14.03.   Covenant Defeasance
Section 14.04.   Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
Section 14.05.   Deposited Money and Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
ARTICLE FIFTEEN MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES
Section 15.01.   Purposes for Which Meetings May Be Called
Section 15.02.   Call, Notice and Place of Meetings
Section 15.03.   Persons Entitled to Vote at Meetings
Section 15.04.   Quorum; Action
Section 15.05.   Determination of Voting Rights; Conduct and Adjournment of Meetings
Section 15.06.   Counting Votes and Recording Action of Meetings
ARTICLE SIXTEEN SUBORDINATION OF SECURITIES
Section 16.01.   Agreement to Subordinate
Section 16.02.   Distribution on Dissolution, Liquidation and Reorganization; Subrogation of Subordinated Securities
Section 16.03.   No Payment on Subordinated Securities in Event of Default on Senior Indebtedness
Section 16.04.   Payments on Subordinated Securities Permitted
Section 16.05.   Authorization of Holders to Trustee to Effect Subordination
Section 16.06.   Notices to Trustee
Section 16.07.   Trustee as Holder of Senior Indebtedness
Section 16.08.   Modifications of Terms of Senior Indebtedness
Section 16.09.   Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent


HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

Reconciliation and tie between Trust Indenture Act of 1939

and Indenture, dated as of ,

 

Trust Indenture Act Section

 

Indenture Section

§310    (a)(1)   6.07
   (a)(2)   6.07
   (b)   6.09
§312    (c)   7.01
§314    (a)   7.04
   (a)(4)   10.05
   (c)(1)   1.02
   (c)(2)   1.02
   (e)   1.02
§315    (b)   6.01
§316    (a) (last sentence)   1.01 (“Outstanding”)
   (a)(1)(A)   5.02, 5.12
   (a)(1)(B)   5.13
   (b)   5.08
§317    (a)(1)   5.03
   (a)(2)   5.04
§318    (a)   1.11
   (c)   1.11

 

NOTE: This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture.


INDENTURE, dated as of            , 2011, between Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as Trustee (as trustee in such capacity and not in its individual capacity, the “Trustee”).

RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

WHEREAS, the Company deems it necessary to issue from time to time for its lawful purposes debt securities (hereinafter called the “Securities”) evidencing its secured or unsecured indebtedness, which may or may not be convertible into or exchangeable for any securities of any Person (including the Company), and has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of the Securities, to be issued in one or more series, unlimited as to principal amount, to bear such rates of interest, to mature at such times and to have such other provisions as shall be fixed as hereinafter provided;

WHEREAS, this Indenture (as defined herein) is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, that are required to be part of this Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary to make this Indenture a valid and legally binding agreement of, and enforceable against, the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders (as defined herein) thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Securities, or of a series thereof, as follows:

ARTICLE ONE

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

Section 1.01.  Definitions .

For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article, and include the plural as well as the singular and, pursuant to Section 3.01, any such item may, with respect to any particular series of Securities, be amended or modified or specified as being inapplicable;

(b) all other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust Indenture Act (as defined herein), either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them therein, and the terms “cash transaction” and “self-liquidating paper”, as used in Section 311 of the Trust Indenture Act, shall have the meanings assigned to them in the rules of the Commission (as defined herein) adopted under the Trust Indenture Act;

(c) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America;

(d) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

(e) “or” is not exclusive;

(f) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and


(g) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the Commission from time to time.

Certain terms, used in other Articles herein, are defined in those Articles.

Act ”, when used with respect to any Holder of a Security, has the meaning specified in Section 1.04.

Additional Amounts ” means any additional amounts that are required by a Security or by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, under circumstances specified therein, to be paid by the Company in respect of certain taxes imposed on certain Holders and that are owing to such Holders.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing; provided , that Affiliate shall not include any portfolio company of the Company which the Company may have control or in which the Company may have an investment from time to time.

Authenticating Agent ” means any authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.12 to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of one or more series.

Authorized Newspaper ” means a newspaper, in the English language or in an official language of the country of publication, customarily published on each Business Day, whether or not published on Saturdays, Sundays or holidays, and of general circulation in each place in connection with which the term is used or in the financial community of each such place. Where successive publications are required to be made in Authorized Newspapers, the successive publications may be made in the same or in different newspapers in the same city meeting the foregoing requirements and in each case on any Business Day.

Bankruptcy Law ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.01.

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company or any committee of that board duly authorized to act hereunder.

Board Resolution ” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

Business Day ”, when used with respect to any Place of Payment or any other particular location referred to in this Indenture or in the Securities, means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in that Place of Payment or particular location are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

Clearstream ” means Clearstream International or its successor.

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or, if at any time after execution of this instrument such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties on such date.

Common Depository ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.05.


Company ” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor corporation.

Company Request ” and “ Company Order ” mean, respectively, a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Investment Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Operating Officer (or, in each case, any permitted designee of such Person as may be identified as such in a writing delivered to the Trustee from time to time), and by any Co-President, the Treasurer, or the Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee.

Component Currency ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.12(h).

Conversion Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.12(d).

Conversion Event ” means the cessation of use of (i) a Foreign Currency both by the government of the country which issued such currency and for the settlement of transactions by a central bank or other public institutions of or within the international banking community, (ii) the Euro both within the European Monetary System and for the settlement of transactions by public institutions of or within the European Communities or (iii) any currency unit (or composite currency) other than the Euro for the purposes for which it was established.

“Corporate Trust Office” “ means the office of the Trustee at which, at any particular time, its corporate trust business and this Indenture shall be principally administered, which office at the date hereof is located at One Federal Street, Third Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110 Attention: Corporate Trust/CDO Unit Reference: Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc.; provided that for purposes of presentment or surrender of securities for transfer or payment or exchange, such office is located at U.S. Bank National Association, 60 Livingston Avenue, St. Paul, Minnesota 55107-2292, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuer, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company).

corporation ” includes corporations, associations, companies and business trusts.

Currency ” means any currency or currencies, composite currency or currency unit or currency units, including, without limitation, the Euro, issued by the government of one or more countries or by any reorganized confederation or association of such governments.

Default ” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

Defaulted Interest ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.07(a).

Dollar ” or “ $ ” means a dollar or other equivalent unit in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

Euro ” means the official currency of the eurozone.

Election Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.12(h).

Euroclear ” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System, or its successor as operator of the Euroclear System.

European Communities ” means the European Union.

European Monetary System ” means the European Monetary System established by the Resolution of December 5, 1978 of the Council of the European Communities.

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.01.


Exchange Rate Agent ”, with respect to Securities of or within any series, means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, a member of the New York Clearing House Association designated pursuant to Section 3.01 or Section 3.13. For avoidance of doubt, nothing herein shall obligate the Trustee to accept appointment as Exchange Rate Agent for any Securities.

Exchange Rate Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate setting forth (i) the applicable Market Exchange Rate or the applicable bid quotation and (ii) the Dollar or Foreign Currency amounts of principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any (on an aggregate basis and on the basis of a Security having the lowest denomination principal amount determined in accordance with Section 3.02 in the relevant Currency), payable with respect to a Security of any series on the basis of such Market Exchange Rate or the applicable bid quotation signed by the Chief Financial Officer or any Vice President of the Company.

Extension Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.08.

Extension Period ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.08.

Final Maturity ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.08.

Foreign Currency ” means any Currency other than the U.S. dollar, including, without limitation, the Euro.

Government Obligations ” means securities that are (i) direct obligations of the United States of America or the government which issued the Foreign Currency in which the Securities of a particular series are payable, for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (ii) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America or such government that issued the Foreign Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable, the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America or such other government, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank or trust company as custodian with respect to any such Government Obligation or a specific payment of interest on or principal of any such Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of a depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Obligation or the specific payment of interest on or principal of the Government Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt.

Holder ” means, the Person in whose name a Security is registered in the Security Register.

Indenture ” means this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof, and shall include the terms of particular series of Securities established as contemplated by Section 3.01;  provided however , that, if at any time more than one Person is acting as Trustee under this instrument, “Indenture” shall mean, with respect to any one or more series of Securities for which such Person is Trustee, this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof and shall include the terms of the or those particular series of Securities for which such Person is Trustee established as contemplated by Section 3.01, exclusive, however, of any provisions or terms that relate solely to other series of Securities for which such Person is not Trustee, regardless of when such terms or provisions were adopted, and exclusive of any provisions or terms adopted by means of one or more indentures supplemental hereto executed and delivered after such Person had become such Trustee but to which such Person, as such Trustee, was not a party.

Indexed Security ” means a Security as to which all or certain interest payments and/or the principal amount payable at Maturity are determined by reference to prices, changes in prices, or differences between prices, of securities, Currencies, intangibles, goods, articles or commodities or by such other objective price, economic or other measures as are specified in Section 3.01 hereof.


Interest ”, when used with respect to an Original Issue Discount Security which by its terms bears interest only after Maturity, means interest payable after Maturity, and, when used with respect to a Security which provides for the payment of Additional Amounts pursuant to Section 10.04, includes such Additional Amounts.

Interest Payment Date ”, when used with respect to any Security, means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on such Security.

Investment Company Act ” means the Investment Company Act of 1940 and any statute successor thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

Junior Subordinated Security ” or “ Junior Subordinated Securities ” means any Security or Securities designated pursuant to Section 3.01 as a Junior Subordinated Security.

Junior Subordinated Indebtedness ” means the principal of (and premium, if any) and unpaid interest on (i) indebtedness of the Company (including indebtedness of others guaranteed by the Company), whether outstanding on the date hereof or thereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed, for money borrowed, which in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding it is provided that such indebtedness ranks junior in right of payment to the Company’s Senior Indebtedness and Senior Subordinated Indebtedness and equally and  pari passu  in right of payment to any other Junior Subordinated Indebtedness, (ii) Junior Subordinated Securities and (iii) renewals, extensions, modifications and refinancings of any such indebtedness.

Market Exchange Rate ” means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, (i) for any conversion involving a currency unit on the one hand and Dollars or any Foreign Currency on the other, the exchange rate between the relevant currency unit and Dollars or such Foreign Currency calculated by the method specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for the Securities of the relevant series, (ii) for any conversion of Dollars into any Foreign Currency, the noon buying rate for such Foreign Currency for cable transfers quoted in New York City as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and (iii) for any conversion of one Foreign Currency into Dollars or another Foreign Currency, the spot rate at noon local time in the relevant market at which, in accordance with normal banking procedures, the Dollars or Foreign Currency into which conversion is being made could be purchased with the Foreign Currency from which conversion is being made from major banks located in either New York City, London or any other principal market for Dollars or such purchased Foreign Currency, in each case determined by the Exchange Rate Agent. Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, in the event of the unavailability of any of the exchange rates provided for in the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), the Exchange Rate Agent shall use, in its sole discretion and without liability on its part, such quotation of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as of the most recent available date, or quotations from one or more major banks in New York City, London or other principal market for such currency or currency unit in question, or such other quotations as the Exchange Rate Agent shall deem appropriate. Unless otherwise specified by the Exchange Rate Agent, if there is more than one market for dealing in any currency or currency unit by reason of foreign exchange regulations or otherwise, the market to be used in respect of such currency or currency unit shall be that upon which a nonresident issuer of securities designated in such currency or currency unit would purchase such currency or currency unit in order to make payments in respect of such securities as determined by the Exchange Rate Agent, in its sole discretion.

Maturity ”, when used with respect to any Security, means the date on which the principal of such Security or an installment of principal becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, notice of redemption, notice of option to elect repayment, notice of exchange or conversion or otherwise.

Notice of Default ” has the meaning provided in Section 5.01.

Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Investment Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Operating Officer (or, in each case, any permitted designee of such Person as may be identified as such in a writing delivered to the Trustee from time to time), and by any Co-President, the Treasurer, or the Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee.


Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel for the Company or who may be an employee of or other counsel for the Company.

Optional Reset Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.07(b).

Original Issue Discount Security ” means any Security that provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.02.

Original Stated Maturity ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.08.

Outstanding ”, when used with respect to Securities or any series of Securities, means, as of the date of determination, all Securities or all Securities of such series, as the case may be, theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture,  except :

(i) Securities theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

(ii) Securities, or portions thereof, for whose payment or redemption or repayment at the option of the Holder, money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Securities,  provided  that, if such Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;

(iii) Securities, except to the extent provided in Sections 14.02 and 14.03, with respect to which the Company has effected defeasance and/or covenant defeasance as provided in Article Fourteen; and

(iv) Securities that have been paid pursuant to Section 3.06 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Securities have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Securities in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Securities are held by a protected purchaser, as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code, in whose hands such Securities are valid obligations of the Company;

provided however , that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the Outstanding Securities have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder or are present at a meeting of Holders for quorum purposes, and for the purpose of making the calculations required by TIA Section 313, (i) the principal amount of an Original Issue Discount Security that may be counted in making such determination or calculation and that shall be deemed to be Outstanding for such purpose shall be equal to the amount of principal thereof that would be (or shall have been declared to be) due and payable, at the time of such determination, upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.02, (ii) the principal amount of any Security denominated in a Foreign Currency that may be counted in making such determination or calculation and that shall be deemed Outstanding for such purpose shall be equal to the Dollar equivalent, determined as of the date such Security is originally issued by the Company as set forth in an Exchange Rate Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee, of the principal amount (or, in the case of an Original Issue Discount Security or Indexed Security, the Dollar equivalent as of such date of original issuance of the amount determined as provided in clause (i) above or (iii) below, respectively) of such Security, (iii) the principal amount of any Indexed Security that may be counted in making such determination or calculation and that shall be deemed outstanding for such purpose shall be equal to the principal face amount of such Indexed Security at original issuance, unless otherwise provided with respect to such Security pursuant to Section 3.01, and (iv) Securities owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making such calculation or in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver or upon any such determination as to the presence of a quorum, only Securities which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor.


Paying Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Securities on behalf of the Company.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity.

Place of Paymen t”, when used with respect to the Securities of or within any series, means the place or places where the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such Securities are payable as specified and as contemplated by Sections 3.01 and 10.02.

Predecessor Security ” of any particular Security means every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Security authenticated and delivered under Section 3.06 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security.

Redemption Date ”, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, in whole or in part, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.

Redemption Price ”, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.

Registered Security ” means any Security that is registered in the Security Register.

Regular Record Date ” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date on the Registered Securities of or within any series means the date specified for that purpose as contemplated by Section 3.01, whether or not a Business Day.

Repayment Date ” means, when used with respect to any Security to be repaid at the option of the Holder, means the date fixed for such repayment by or pursuant to this Indenture.

Repayment Price ” means, when used with respect to any Security to be repaid at the option of the Holder, means the price at which it is to be repaid by or pursuant to this Indenture.

Reset Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.07(b).

Responsible Officer ”, when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee to administer its corporate trust matters and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

Security ” or “ Securities ” has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture and, more particularly, means any Security or Securities authenticated and delivered under this Indenture;  provided however , that, if at any time there is more than one Person acting as Trustee under this Indenture, “Securities” with respect to the Indenture as to which such Person is Trustee shall have the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture and shall more particularly mean Securities authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, exclusive, however, of Securities of any series as to which such Person is not Trustee.

Security Register ” and “ Security Registrar ” have the respective meanings specified in Section 3.05.

Senior Indebtedness ” means the principal of (and premium, if any) and unpaid interest on (i) indebtedness of the Company (including indebtedness of others guaranteed by the Company), whether outstanding on the date hereof or thereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed, for money borrowed, unless in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or under which the same is outstanding it is provided that such indebtedness is not senior or prior in right of payment to Subordinated Indebtedness, (ii) Senior Securities and (iii) renewals, extensions, modifications and refinancings of any such indebtedness.


Senior Security ” or “ Senior Securities ” means any Security or Securities designated pursuant to Section 3.01 as a Senior Security.

Senior Subordinated Indebtedness ” means the principal of (and premium, if any) and unpaid interest on (i) indebtedness of the Company (including indebtedness of others guaranteed by the Company), whether outstanding on the date hereof or thereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed, for money borrowed, that in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding it is provided that such indebtedness ranks junior in right of payment to the Company’s Senior Indebtedness, equally and pari passu  in right of payment with all other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness and senior in right of payment to any Junior Subordinated Indebtedness, (ii) Senior Subordinated Securities and (iii) renewals, extensions, modifications and refinancings of any such indebtedness.

Senior Subordinated Security ” or “ Senior Subordinated Securities ” means any Security or Securities designated pursuant to Section 3.01 as a Senior Subordinated Security.

Special Record Date ” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest on the Registered Securities of or within any series means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.07.

Specified Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.12(h).

Stated Maturity ”, when used with respect to any Security or any installment of principal thereof or interest thereon, means the date specified in such Security as the fixed date on which the principal of such Security or such installment of principal or interest is due and payable, as such date may be extended pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.08.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means any Senior Subordinated Indebtedness or Junior Subordinated Indebtedness.

Subsequent Interest Period ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.07(b).

Subsidiary ” means (i) any corporation a majority of the outstanding voting stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or by one or more other Subsidiaries of the Company, (ii) any other Person (other than a corporation) in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination thereof has a majority ownership interest or (iii) a partnership in which such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is, at the time, a general partner and in which such Person, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination thereof has a majority ownership interest. For the purposes of this definition, “voting stock” means stock having voting power for the election of directors, whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of stock has such voting power by reason of any contingency.

Trust Indenture Act ” or “ TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as in force at the date as of which this Indenture was executed, except as provided in Section 9.05.

Trustee ” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean or include each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder; provided, however, that if at any time there is more than one such Person, “Trustee” as used with respect to the Securities of any series shall mean only the Trustee with respect to Securities of that series.

United States ” means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, the United States of America (including the states and the District of Columbia), its territories, its possessions and other areas subject to its jurisdiction.

United States person ” means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, any individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, a corporation, partnership or other entity created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia (other


than a partnership that is not treated as a United States Person under any applicable Treasury regulations), any estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source, or any trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, to the extent provided in the Treasury regulations, certain trusts in existence on August 20, 1996, and treated as United States persons prior to such date that elect to continue to be treated as United States Persons, will also be United States persons.

Valuation Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.12(c).

Yield to Maturity ” means the yield to maturity, computed at the time of issuance of a Security (or, if applicable, at the most recent redetermination of interest on such Security) and as set forth in such Security in accordance with generally accepted United States bond yield computation principles.

Section 1.02.  Compliance Certificates and Opinions .

Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 10.05) shall include:

(a) a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such condition or covenant and the definitions herein relating thereto;

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(c) a statement that such individual signing the certificate or opinion has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such individual to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such condition or covenant has been complied with; and

(d) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Section 1.03.  Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee .

In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion as to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon an Opinion of Counsel, or a certificate or representations by counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the opinion, certificate or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such Opinion of Counsel or certificate or representations may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company stating that the information as to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations as to such matters are erroneous.


Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

Section 1.04.  Acts of Holders .

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders of the Outstanding Securities of all series or one or more series, as the case may be, may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agents duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments and any such record (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments or so voting at any such meeting. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or of the holding by any Person of a Security, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company and any agent of the Trustee or the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section. The record of any meeting of Holders of Securities shall be proved in the manner provided in Section 15.06.

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him or her the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems reasonably sufficient.

(c) The ownership of Registered Securities shall be proved by the Security Register.

(d) If the Company shall solicit from the Holders of Registered Securities any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, the Company may, at its option, in or pursuant to a Board Resolution, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. Notwithstanding TIA Section 316(c), such record date shall be the record date specified in or pursuant to such Board Resolution, which shall be a date not earlier than the date 30 calendar days prior to the first solicitation of Holders generally in connection therewith and not later than the date such solicitation is completed. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of Outstanding Securities have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the Outstanding Securities shall be computed as of such record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than eleven months after the record date.

(f) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Security shall bind every future Holder of the same Security and the Holder of every Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee, any Security Registrar, any Paying Agent, any Authenticating Agent or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Security.

Section 1.05.  Notices, Etc., to Trustee and Company .

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with,


(i) the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid or sent via overnight courier guaranteeing next day delivery or same day messenger service to the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, Attention: Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., or

(ii) the Company by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, or sent via overnight courier guaranteeing next day delivery or same day messenger service, to the Company, to the attention of its Chief Financial Officer at 400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310, Palo Alto, CA 94301.

The Company or the Trustee, by notice to the other, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: (i) at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; (ii) five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid; and (iii) the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

Section 1.06.  Notice to Holders; Waiver .

Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event to Holders of Registered Securities by the Company or the Trustee, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, or by overnight courier guaranteeing next day delivery to each such Holder affected by such event, at his address as it appears in the Security Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA Section 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. In any case where notice to Holders of Registered Securities is given by mail or by overnight courier guaranteeing next day delivery, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders of Registered Securities. Any notice mailed or sent to a Holder in the manner herein prescribed shall be conclusively deemed to have been received by such Holder, whether or not such Holder actually receives such notice.

If by reason of the suspension of or irregularities in regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification to Holders of Registered Securities as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification to such Holders for every purpose hereunder.

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver required or permitted under this Indenture shall be in the English language, except that any published notice may be in an official language of the country of publication.

Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

Section 1.07.  Effect of Headings and Table of Contents .

The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

Section 1.08.  Successors and Assigns .

All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.


Section 1.09.  Separability Clause .

In case any provision in this Indenture or in any Security shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 1.10.  Benefits of Indenture .

Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any Security Registrar, any Paying Agent, any Authenticating Agent and their successors hereunder and the Holders any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

Section 1.11.  Governing Law .

This Indenture and the Securities shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflicts of laws that would cause the application of laws of another jurisdiction. This Indenture is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be part of this Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions.

Section 1.12.  Legal Holidays .

In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Repayment Date, sinking fund payment date, Stated Maturity or Maturity of any Security shall not be a Business Day at any Place of Payment, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Security other than a provision in the Securities of any series which specifically states that such provision shall apply in lieu of this Section), payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, need not be made at such Place of Payment on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day at such Place of Payment with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Repayment Date or sinking fund payment date, or at the Stated Maturity or Maturity;  provided  that no interest shall accrue on the amount so payable for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Repayment Date, sinking fund payment date, Stated Maturity or Maturity, as the case may be.

Section 1.13.  Submission to Jurisdiction .

The Company hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in The City of New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Indenture and the Securities of any series, and the Company hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or federal court. The Company hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding.

ARTICLE TWO

SECURITIES FORMS

Section 2.01.  Forms of Securities .

The Registered Securities, if any, of each series, the temporary global Securities of each series, if any, and the permanent global Securities of each series, if any, to be endorsed thereon shall be in substantially the forms as shall be established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto or approved from time to time by or pursuant to a Board Resolution in accordance with Section 3.01, shall have such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture or any indenture supplemental hereto, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification or designation and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as the Company may deem appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, or as may be required to comply with any law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any stock exchange on which the Securities may be listed, or to conform to usage.


The definitive Securities shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination of these methods on a steel engraved border or steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.

Section 2.02.  Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication .

Subject to Section 6.11, the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the following form:

This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

U.S. Bank National Association

as Trustee

By:  

 

  Authorized Officer

Section 2.03.  Securities Issuable in Global Form .

If Securities of or within a series are issuable in global form, as specified as contemplated by Section 3.01, then, notwithstanding clause (viii) of Section 3.01 and the provisions of Section 3.02, any such Security shall represent such of the Outstanding Securities of such series as shall be specified therein and may provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of Outstanding Securities of such series from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of Outstanding Securities of such series represented thereby may from time to time be increased or decreased to reflect exchanges. Any endorsement of a Security in global form to reflect the amount or any increase or decrease in the amount of Outstanding Securities represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Security Registrar in such manner and upon instructions given by such Person or Persons as shall be specified therein or in the Company Order to be delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.03 or 3.04. Subject to the provisions of Section 3.03 and, if applicable, Section 3.04, the Trustee or the Security Registrar shall deliver and redeliver any Security in permanent global form in the manner and upon instructions given by the Person or Persons specified therein or in the applicable Company Order. If a Company Order pursuant to Section 3.03 or 3.04 has been, or simultaneously is, delivered, any instructions by the Company with respect to endorsement, delivery or redelivery of a Security in global form shall be in writing but need not comply with Section 1.02 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel.

The provisions of the last sentence of Section 3.03 shall apply to any Security represented by a Security in global form if such Security was never issued and sold by the Company and the Company delivers to the Trustee or the Security Registrar the Security in global form together with written instructions (which need not comply with Section 1.02 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel) with regard to the reduction in the principal amount of Securities represented thereby, together with the written statement contemplated by the last sentence of Section 3.03.

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.07, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01, payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on any Security in permanent global form shall be made to the Person or Persons specified therein.

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.09 and except as provided in the preceding paragraph, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company and the Trustee shall treat as the Holder of such principal amount of Outstanding Securities represented by a permanent global Security (i) in the case of a permanent global Security in registered form, the Holder of such permanent global Security in registered form or (ii) in the case of a permanent global Security in bearer form, Euroclear or Clearstream.


ARTICLE THREE

THE SECURITIES

Section 3.01.  Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series .

The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

The Securities may be issued in one or more series and shall be designated as Senior Securities, Senior Subordinated Securities or Junior Subordinated Securities. Senior Securities are unsubordinated, shall rank equally and pari passu with all of the Company’s Senior Indebtedness and senior to all Subordinated Securities. Senior Subordinated Securities shall rank junior to the Company’s Senior Indebtedness, equally and  pari passu  with all other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness and senior to any Junior Subordinated Indebtedness. Junior Subordinated Securities shall rank junior to the Company’s Senior Indebtedness and any Senior Subordinated Indebtedness and equally and  pari passu  with all other Junior Subordinated Indebtedness. There shall be established in one or more Board Resolutions or pursuant to authority granted by one or more Board Resolutions and, subject to Section 3.03, set forth, or determined in the manner provided, in an Officers’ Certificate, or established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of Securities of any series, any or all of the following, as applicable (each of which (except for the matters set forth in clauses (i), (ii) and (xv) below), if so provided, may be determined from time to time by the Company with respect to unissued Securities of the series when issued from time to time):

(i) the title of the Securities of the series including CUSIP numbers (which shall distinguish the Securities of such series from all other series of Securities);

(ii) any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Securities of the series that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of the series pursuant to Section 3.04, 3.05, 3.06, 9.06, 11.07 or 13.05, and except for any Securities which, pursuant to Section 3.03, are deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder);

(iii) the date or dates, or the method by which such date or dates will be determined or extended, on which the principal of the Securities of the series shall be payable;

(iv) the rate or rates at which the Securities of the series shall bear interest, if any, or the method by which such rate or rates shall be determined, the date or dates from which such interest shall accrue or the method by which such date or dates shall be determined, the Interest Payment Dates on which such interest will be payable and the Regular Record Date, if any, for the interest payable on any Registered Security on any Interest Payment Date, or the method by which such date shall be determined, and the basis upon which such interest shall be calculated if other than that of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months;

(v) the place or places, if any, other than or in addition to the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, where the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on Securities of the series shall be payable, any Registered Securities of the series may be surrendered for registration of transfer, Securities of the series may be surrendered for exchange, where Securities of that series that are convertible or exchangeable may be surrendered for conversion or exchange, as applicable, and where notices or demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of the series and this Indenture may be served;

(vi) the period or periods within which, or the date or dates on which, the price or prices at which, the Currency or Currencies in which, and other terms and conditions upon which Securities of the series may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company, if the Company is to have the option;

(vii) the obligation, if any, of the Company to redeem, repay or purchase Securities of the series pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provision or at the option of a Holder thereof, and the period or periods within which or the date or dates on which, the price or prices at which, the Currency or Currencies in which, and other terms and conditions upon which Securities of the series shall be redeemed, repaid or purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation;


(viii) if other than denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof, the denomination or denominations in which any Registered Securities of the series shall be issuable;

(ix) if other than the Trustee, the identity of each Security Registrar and/or Paying Agent;

(x) if other than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of Securities of the series that shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.02, upon redemption of the Securities of the series which are redeemable before their Stated Maturity, upon surrender for repayment at the option of the Holder, or which the Trustee shall be entitled to claim pursuant to Section 5.04 or the method by which such portion shall be determined;

(xi) if other than Dollars, the Currency or Currencies in which payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Securities of the series shall be made or in which the Securities of the series shall be denominated and the particular provisions applicable thereto in accordance with, in addition to or in lieu of any of the provisions of Section 3.12;

(xii) whether the amount of payments of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Securities of the series may be determined with reference to an index, formula or other method (which index, formula or method may be based, without limitation, on one or more Currencies, commodities, equity indices or other indices), and the manner in which such amounts shall be determined;

(xiii) whether the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Securities of the series are to be payable, at the election of the Company or a Holder thereof, in one or more Currencies other than that in which such Securities are denominated or stated to be payable, the period or periods within which (including the Election Date), and the terms and conditions upon which, such election may be made, and the time and manner of determining the exchange rate between the Currency or Currencies in which such Securities are denominated or stated to be payable and the Currency or Currencies in which such Securities are to be paid, in each case in accordance with, in addition to or in lieu of any of the provisions of Section 3.12;

(xiv) provisions, if any, granting special rights to the Holders of Securities of the series, including, without limitation, with respect to any collateral securing such Securities;

(xv) any deletions from, modifications of or additions to the Events of Default or covenants (including any deletions from, modifications of or additions to any of the provisions of Section 10.07) of the Company with respect to Securities of the series, whether or not such Events of Default or covenants are consistent with the Events of Default or covenants set forth herein;

(xvi) whether any Securities of the series are to be issuable initially in temporary global form with or without coupons and whether any Securities of the series are to be issuable in permanent global form with or without coupons and, if so, whether beneficial owners of interests in any such permanent global Security may exchange such interests for Securities of such series in certificated form and of like tenor of any authorized form and denomination and the circumstances under which any such exchanges may occur, if other than in the manner provided in Section 3.05;

(xvii) the date as of which of the series and temporary global Security representing Outstanding Securities of the series shall be dated if other than the date of original issuance of the first Security of the series to be issued;

(xviii) the Person to whom any interest on any Registered Security of the series shall be payable, if other than the Person in whose name such Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, and the extent to which, or the manner in which, any interest payable on a temporary global Security on an Interest Payment Date will be paid if other than in the manner provided in Section 3.04; and the extent to which, or the manner in which, any interest payable on a permanent global Security on an Interest Payment Date will be paid if other than in the manner provided in Section 3.07;


(xix) the applicability, if any, of Sections 14.02 and/or 14.03 to the Securities of the series and any provisions in modification of, in addition to or in lieu of any of the provisions of Article Fourteen;

(xx) if the Securities of such series are to be issuable in definitive form (whether upon original issue or upon exchange of a temporary Security of such series) only upon receipt of certain certificates or other documents or satisfaction of other conditions, then the form and/or terms of such certificates, documents or conditions;

(xxi) whether, under what circumstances and the Currency in which, the Company will pay Additional Amounts as contemplated by Section 10.04 on the Securities of the series to any Holder who is not a United States Person (including any modification to the definition of such term) in respect of any tax, assessment or governmental charge and, if so, whether the Company will have the option to redeem such Securities rather than pay such Additional Amounts (and the terms of any such option);

(xxii) the designation of the initial Exchange Rate Agent, if any;

(xxiii) if the Securities of the series are to be issued upon the exercise of warrants, the time, manner and place for such Securities to be authenticated and delivered;

(xxiv) if the Securities of the series are to be convertible into or exchangeable for any securities of any Person (including the Company), the terms and conditions upon which such Securities will be so convertible or exchangeable;

(xxv) if the Securities of the series are to be listed on a securities exchange, the name of such exchange; and

(xxvi) any other terms of the series (which terms shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture or the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act), including, but not limited to, secured Securities and guarantees of Securities.

All Securities of any one series need not be issued at the same time and, unless otherwise provided, a series may be reopened, without the consent of the Holders, for issuances of additional Securities of such series.

If any of the terms of the Securities of any series are established by action taken pursuant to one or more Board Resolutions, a copy of an appropriate record of such action(s) shall be certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officers’ Certificate setting forth the terms of the Securities of such series.

Section 3.02.  Denominations .

The Securities of each series shall be issuable in such denominations as shall be specified as contemplated by Section 3.01. With respect to Securities of any series denominated in Dollars, in the absence of any such provisions with respect to the Securities of any series, the Registered Securities of such series, other than Registered Securities issued in global form (which may be of any denomination) shall be issuable in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

Section 3.03.  Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating .

The Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Company by any one of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or one of its Co-Presidents, under its corporate seal reproduced thereon, and attested by its Secretary. The signature of any of these officers on the Securities may be manual or facsimile signatures of the present or any future such authorized officer and may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Securities.


Securities bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities or did not hold such offices at the date of such Securities.

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities of any series executed by the Company, to the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Securities, and the Trustee in accordance with the Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Securities. If all the Securities of any series are not to be issued at one time and if the Board Resolution or supplemental indenture establishing such series shall so permit, such Company Order may set forth procedures acceptable to the Trustee for the issuance of such Securities and determining the terms of particular Securities of such series, such as interest rate, maturity date, date of issuance and date from which interest shall accrue. In authenticating such Securities, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Securities, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to TIA Section 315(a) through 315(d)) shall be fully protected in relying upon,

(a) an Opinion of Counsel stating,

(i) that the form or forms of such Securities have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture;

(ii) that the terms of such Securities have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; and

(iii) that such Securities, when completed by appropriate insertions and executed and delivered by the Company to the Trustee for authentication in accordance with this Indenture, authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in accordance with this Indenture and issued by the Company in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights, to general equitable principles and to such other qualifications as such counsel shall conclude do not materially affect the rights of Holders of such Securities; and

(b) an Officers’ Certificate stating, to the best of the knowledge of the signers of such certificate, that no Event of Default with respect to any of the Securities shall have occurred and be continuing.

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.01 and of this Section 3.03, if all the Securities of any series are not to be issued at one time, it shall not be necessary to deliver an Officers’ Certificate otherwise required pursuant to Section 3.01 or the Company Order, Opinion of Counsel or Officers’ Certificate otherwise required pursuant to the preceding paragraph at the time of issuance of each Security of such series, but such order, opinion and certificates, with appropriate modifications to cover such future issuances, shall be delivered at or before the time of issuance of the first Security of such series.

If such form or terms have been so established, the Trustee shall not be required to authenticate such Securities if the issue of such Securities pursuant to this Indenture will affect the Trustee’s own rights, duties, obligations or immunities under the Securities and this Indenture or otherwise in a manner that is not reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, the Trustee will not be required to authenticate Securities denominated in a Foreign Currency if the Trustee reasonably believes that it would be unable to perform its duties with respect to such Securities.

Each Registered Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

No Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Security a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein duly executed by the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent by manual signature of an authorized signatory, and such


certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Security shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Company, and the Company shall deliver such Security to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 3.10 together with a written statement (which need not comply with Section 1.02 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel) stating that such Security has never been issued and sold by the Company, for all purposes of this Indenture such Security shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

Section 3.04.  Temporary Securities .

(a) Pending the preparation of definitive Securities of any series, the Company may execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Securities that are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued, in registered form, or, if authorized, in bearer form with one or more coupons or without coupons, and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Securities may determine, as conclusively evidenced by their execution of such Securities. In the case of Securities of any series, such temporary Securities may be in global form.

Except in the case of temporary Securities in global form (which shall be exchanged in accordance with Section 3.04(b) or as otherwise provided in or pursuant to a Board Resolution), if temporary Securities of any series are issued, the Company will cause definitive Securities of that series to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Securities of such series, the temporary Securities of such series shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities of such series upon surrender of the temporary Securities of such series at the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment for that series, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities of any series, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount and like tenor of definitive Securities of the same series of authorized denominations. Until so exchanged, the temporary Securities of any series shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities of such series.

Section 3.05.  Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange .

The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or in any office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment a register for each series of Securities (the registers maintained in such office or in any such office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment being herein sometimes referred to collectively as the “ Security Register ”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Registered Securities and of transfers of Registered Securities. The Security Register shall be in written form or any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time. The Trustee, at its Corporate Trust Office, is hereby initially appointed “Security Registrar” for the purpose of registering Registered Securities and transfers of Registered Securities on such Security Register as herein provided, and for facilitating exchanges of temporary global Securities for permanent global Securities or definitive Securities, or both, or of permanent global Securities for definitive Securities, or both, as herein provided. In the event that the Trustee shall cease to be Security Registrar, it shall have the right to examine the Security Register at all reasonable times.

Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Registered Security of any series at any office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment for that series, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Registered Securities of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding and containing identical terms and provisions.

At the option of the Holder, Registered Securities of any series may be exchanged for other Registered Securities of the same series, of any authorized denomination or denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount, containing identical terms and provisions, upon surrender of the Registered Securities to be exchanged at any such office or agency. Whenever any Registered Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Registered Securities that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.


Whenever any Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01, any permanent global Security shall be exchangeable only as provided in this paragraph. If any beneficial owner of an interest in a permanent global Security is entitled to exchange such interest for Securities of such series and of like tenor and principal amount of another authorized form and denomination, as specified as contemplated by Section 3.01 and provided that any applicable notice provided in the permanent global Security shall have been given, then without unnecessary delay but in any event not later than the earliest date on which such interest may be so exchanged, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee definitive Securities in aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such beneficial owner’s interest in such permanent global Security, executed by the Company. On or after the earliest date on which such interests may be so exchanged, such permanent global Security shall be surrendered by the London office of a depositary or common depositary or such other depositary as shall be specified in the Company Order with respect thereto to the Trustee, as the Company’s agent for such purpose, or to the Security Registrar, to be exchanged, in whole or from time to time in part, for definitive Securities of the same series without charge and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for each portion of such permanent global Security, an equal aggregate principal amount of definitive Securities of the same series of authorized denominations and of like tenor as the portion of such permanent global Security to be exchanged; provided, however, that no such exchanges may occur during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 calendar days before any selection of Securities to be redeemed and ending on the relevant Redemption Date if the Security for which exchange is requested may be among those selected for redemption. If a Registered Security is issued in exchange for any portion of a permanent global Security after the close of business at the office or agency where such exchange occurs on (i) any Regular Record Date and before the opening of business at such office or agency on the relevant Interest Payment Date, or (ii) any Special Record Date and before the opening of business at such office or agency on the related proposed date for payment of Defaulted Interest or interest, as the case may be, will not be payable on such Interest Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case may be, in respect of such Registered Security, but will be payable on such Interest Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case may be, only to the Person to whom interest in respect of such portion of such permanent global Security is payable in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

All Securities issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities shall be valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

Every Registered Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Security Registrar or any transfer agent) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney or any transfer agent duly authorized in writing.

No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, but the Company or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 3.04, 9.06, 11.07 or 13.05 not involving any transfer.

The Company shall not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security if such Security may be among those selected for redemption during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 calendar days before selection of the Securities to be redeemed under Section 11.03 and ending at the close of business on the day of the mailing of the relevant notice of redemption, or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Registered Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except, in the case of any Registered Security to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed or (iii) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security that has been surrendered for repayment at the option of the Holder, except the portion, if any, of such Security not to be so repaid.


Section 3.06.  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities .

If any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company, together with, in proper cases, such security or indemnity as may be required by the Company or the Trustee to save each of them or any agent of either of them harmless, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Security of the same series and principal amount, containing identical terms and provisions and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

If there shall be delivered to the Company and to the Trustee (i) evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security, and (ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them and any agent of either of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Company shall, subject to the following paragraph, execute and upon its request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of the same series and principal amount, containing identical terms and provisions and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

Notwithstanding the provisions of the previous two paragraphs, in case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security.  

Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

Every new Security of any series issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities of that series duly issued hereunder.

The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.

Section 3.07.  Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved; Optional Interest Reset .

(a) Except as otherwise specified with respect to a series of Securities in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.01, interest, if any, on any Registered Security that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 10.02;  provided , however , that each installment of interest, if any, on any Registered Security may at the Company’s option be paid by (i) mailing a check for such interest, payable to or upon the written order of the Person entitled thereto pursuant to Section 3.09, to the address of such Person as it appears on the Security Register or (ii) transfer to an account maintained by the payee located in the United States.

Except as otherwise specified with respect to a series of Securities in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.01, any interest on any Registered Security of any series that is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “ Defaulted Interest ”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder thereof on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (i) or (ii) below:

(i) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Registered Securities of such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Registered Security of such series and the date of the proposed payment (which shall not be less than 20 calendar days after such notice is received by the Trustee), and at the same time the Company shall deposit


with the Trustee an amount of money in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e)) equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit on or prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 calendar days and not less than 10 calendar days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 calendar days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder of Registered Securities of such series at his address as it appears in the Security Register not less than 10 calendar days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Registered Securities of such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (ii).

(ii) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on the Registered Securities of any series in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which such Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause (and certification by the Company that the proposed manner of payment complies with the requirements of this clause (ii)), such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

(b) The provisions of this Section 3.07(b) may be made applicable to any series of Securities pursuant to Section 3.01 (with such modifications, additions or substitutions as may be specified pursuant to such Section 3.01). The interest rate (or the spread or spread multiplier used to calculate such interest rate, if applicable) on any Security of such series may be reset by the Company on the date or dates specified on the face of such Security (each an “ Optional Reset Date ”). The Company may exercise such option with respect to such Security by notifying the Trustee of such exercise at least 45 but not more than 60 calendar days prior to an Optional Reset Date for such Security. Not later than 40 calendar days prior to each Optional Reset Date (or, if such 40th calendar date does not fall on a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day), the Trustee shall transmit, in the manner provided for in Section 1.06, to the Holder of any such Security a notice (the “Re set Notice ”) indicating whether the Company has elected to reset the interest rate (or the spread or spread multiplier used to calculate such interest rate, if applicable), and if so (i) such new interest rate (or such new spread or spread multiplier, if applicable) and (ii) the provisions, if any, for redemption during the period from such Optional Reset Date to the next Optional Reset Date or if there is no such next Optional Reset Date, to the Stated Maturity of such Security (each such period a “ Subsequent Interest Period ”), including the date or dates on which or the period or periods during which and the price or prices at which such redemption may occur during the Subsequent Interest Period.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, not later than 20 calendar days prior to the Optional Reset Date (or if 20 days does not fall on a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), the Company may, at its option, revoke the interest rate (or the spread or spread multiplier used to calculate such interest rate, if applicable) provided for in the Reset Notice and establish a higher interest rate (or a spread or spread multiplier providing for a higher interest rate, if applicable) for the Subsequent Interest Period by causing the Trustee to transmit, in the manner provided for in Section 1.06, notice of such higher interest rate (or such higher spread or spread multiplier providing for a higher interest rate, if applicable) to the Holder of such Security. Such notice shall be irrevocable. All Securities with respect to which the interest rate (or the spread or spread multiplier used to calculate such interest rate, if applicable) is reset on an Optional Reset Date, and with respect to which the Holders of such Securities have not tendered such Securities for repayment (or have validly revoked any such tender) pursuant to the next succeeding paragraph, will bear such higher interest rate (or such higher spread or spread multiplier providing for a higher interest rate, if applicable).

The Holder of any such Security will have the option to elect repayment by the Company of the principal of such Security on each Optional Reset Date at a price equal to the principal amount thereof plus interest accrued to such Optional Reset Date. In order to obtain repayment on an Optional Reset Date, the Holder must follow the


procedures set forth in Article Thirteen for repayment at the option of Holders except that the period for delivery or notification to the Trustee shall be at least 25 but not more than 35 calendar days prior to such Optional Reset Date and except that, if the Holder has tendered any Security for repayment pursuant to the Reset Notice, the Holder may, by written notice to the Trustee, revoke such tender or repayment until the close of business on the tenth day before such Optional Reset Date.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section and Section 3.05, each Security delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, that were carried by such other Security.

Section 3.08.  Optional Extension of Maturity .

The provisions of this Section 3.08 may be made applicable to any series of Securities pursuant to Section 3.01 (with such modifications, additions or substitutions as may be specified pursuant to such Section 3.01). The Stated Maturity of any Security of such series may be extended at the option of the Company for the period or periods specified on the face of such Security (each an “ Extension Period ”) up to but not beyond the date (the “ Final Maturity ”) set forth on the face of such Security. The Company may exercise such option with respect to any Security by notifying the Trustee of such exercise at least 45 but not more than 60 calendar days prior to the Stated Maturity of such Security in effect prior to the exercise of such option (the “ Original Stated Maturity ”). If the Company exercises such option, the Trustee shall transmit, in the manner provided for in Section 1.06, to the Holder of such Security not later than 40 calendar days prior to the Original Stated Maturity a notice (the “ Extension Notice ”), prepared by the Company, indicating (i) the election of the Company to extend the Stated Maturity, (ii) the new Stated Maturity, (iii) the interest rate (or spread, spread multiplier or other formula to calculate such interest rate, if applicable), if any, applicable to the Extension Period and (iv) the provisions, if any, for redemption during such Extension Period. Upon the Trustee’s transmittal of the Extension Notice, the Stated Maturity of such Security shall be extended automatically and, except as modified by the Extension Notice and as described in the next paragraph, such Security will have the same terms as prior to the transmittal of such Extension Notice.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, not later than 20 calendar days before the Original Stated Maturity (or if 20 calendar days does not fall on a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) of such Security, the Company may, at its option, revoke the interest rate (or spread, spread multiplier or other formula to calculate such interest rate, if applicable) provided for in the Extension Notice and establish a higher interest rate (or spread, spread multiplier or other formula to calculate such higher interest rate, if applicable) for the Extension Period by causing the Trustee to transmit, in the manner provided for in Section 1.06, notice of such higher interest rate (or spread, spread multiplier or other formula to calculate such interest rate, if applicable) to the Holder of such Security. Such notice shall be irrevocable. All Securities with respect to which the Stated Maturity is extended will bear such higher interest rate.

If the Company extends the Stated Maturity of any Security, the Holder will have the option to elect repayment of such Security by the Company on the Original Stated Maturity at a price equal to the principal amount thereof, plus interest accrued to such date. In order to obtain repayment on the Original Stated Maturity once the Company has extended the Stated Maturity thereof, the Holder must follow the procedures set forth in Article Thirteen for repayment at the option of Holders, except that the period for delivery or notification to the Trustee shall be at least 25 but not more than 35 calendar days prior to the Original Stated Maturity and except that, if the Holder has tendered any Security for repayment pursuant to an Extension Notice, the Holder may by written notice to the Trustee revoke such tender for repayment until the close of business on the tenth day before the Original Stated Maturity.

Section 3.09.  Persons Deemed Owners .

Prior to due presentment of a Registered Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name such Registered Security is registered as the owner of such Registered Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Sections 3.05 and 3.07) interest, if any, on such Registered Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Registered Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.


None of the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent or the Security Registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Security in global form or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any global temporary or permanent Security, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee, or any agent of the Company or the Trustee, from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by any depositary, as a Holder, with respect to such global Security or impair, as between such depositary and owners of beneficial interests in such global Security, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of such depositary (or its nominee) as Holder of such global Security.

Section 3.10.  Cancellation .

All Securities surrendered for payment, redemption, repayment at the option of the Holder, registration of transfer or exchange or for credit against any sinking fund payment shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee, and any such Securities surrendered directly to the Trustee for any such purpose shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee (or to any other Person for delivery to the Trustee) for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated hereunder which the Company has not issued and sold, and all Securities so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. If the Company shall so acquire any of the Securities, however, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Securities unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation. No Securities shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Securities cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. Cancelled Securities held by the Trustee shall be destroyed by the Trustee in accordance with its customary procedures, unless by a Company Order the Company directs the Trustee to deliver a certificate of such destruction to the Company or to return them to the Company.

Section 3.11.  Computation of Interest .

Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01 with respect to Securities of any series, interest, if any, on the Securities of each series shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

Section 3.12.  Currency and Manner of Payments in Respect of Securities .

(a) Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, with respect to Registered Securities of any series not permitting the election provided for in paragraph (b) below or the Holders of which have not made the election provided for in paragraph (b) below, payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on any Registered Security of such series will be made in the Currency in which such Registered Security is payable. The provisions of this Section 3.12 may be modified or superseded with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01.

(b) It may be provided pursuant to Section 3.01 with respect to Registered Securities of any series that Holders shall have the option, subject to paragraphs (d) and (e) below, to receive payments of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on such Registered Securities in any of the Currencies which may be designated for such election by delivering to the Trustee for such series of Registered Securities a written election with signature guarantees and in the applicable form established pursuant to Section 3.01, not later than the close of business on the Election Date immediately preceding the applicable payment date. If a Holder so elects to receive such payments in any such Currency, such election will remain in effect for such Holder or any transferee of such Holder until changed by such Holder or such transferee by written notice to the Trustee for such series of Registered


Securities (but any such change must be made not later than the close of business on the Election Date immediately preceding the next payment date to be effective for the payment to be made on such payment date and no such change of election may be made with respect to payments to be made on any Registered Security of such series with respect to which an Event of Default has occurred or with respect to which the Company has deposited funds pursuant to Article Four or Fourteen or with respect to which a notice of redemption has been given by the Company or a notice of option to elect repayment has been sent by such Holder or such transferee). Any Holder of any such Registered Security who shall not have delivered any such election to the Trustee of such series of Registered Securities not later than the close of business on the applicable Election Date will be paid the amount due on the applicable payment date in the relevant Currency as provided in Section 3.12(a). The Trustee for each such series of Registered Securities shall notify the Exchange Rate Agent as soon as practicable after the Election Date of the aggregate principal amount of Registered Securities for which Holders have made such written election.

(c) Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01, if the election referred to in paragraph (b) above has been provided for pursuant to Section 3.01, then, unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01, not later than the fourth Business Day after the Election Date for each payment date for Registered Securities of any series, the Exchange Rate Agent will deliver to the Company a written notice specifying the Currency in which Registered Securities of such series are payable, the respective aggregate amounts of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on the Registered Securities to be paid on such payment date, specifying the amounts in such Currency so payable in respect of the Registered Securities as to which the Holders of Registered Securities denominated in any Currency shall have elected to be paid in another Currency as provided in paragraph (b) above. If the election referred to in paragraph (b) above has been provided for pursuant to Section 3.01 and if at least one Holder has made such election, then, unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01, on the second Business Day preceding such payment date the Company will deliver to the Trustee for such series of Registered Securities an Exchange Rate Officer’s Certificate in respect of the Dollar or Foreign Currency or Currencies payments to be made on such payment date. Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01, the Dollar or Foreign Currency or Currencies amount receivable by Holders of Registered Securities who have elected payment in a Currency as provided in paragraph (b) above shall be determined by the Company on the basis of the applicable Market Exchange Rate in effect on the second Business Day (the “ Valuation Date ”) immediately preceding each payment date, and such determination shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

(d) If a Conversion Event occurs with respect to a Foreign Currency in which any of the Securities are denominated or payable other than pursuant to an election provided for pursuant to paragraph (b) above, then with respect to each date for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any on the applicable Securities denominated or payable in such Foreign Currency occurring after the last date on which such Foreign Currency was used (the “ Conversion Date ”), the Dollar shall be the currency of payment for use on each such payment date. Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01, the Dollar amount to be paid by the Company to the Trustee of each such series of Securities and by such Trustee or any Paying Agent to the Holders of such Securities with respect to such payment date shall be, in the case of a Foreign Currency other than a currency unit, the Dollar Equivalent of the Foreign Currency or, in the case of a currency unit, the Dollar Equivalent of the Currency Unit, in each case as determined by the Exchange Rate Agent in the manner provided in paragraph (f) or (g) below.

(e) Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01, if the Holder of a Registered Security denominated in any Currency shall have elected to be paid in another Currency as provided in paragraph (b) above, and a Conversion Event occurs with respect to such elected Currency, such Holder shall receive payment in the Currency in which payment would have been made in the absence of such election; and if a Conversion Event occurs with respect to the Currency in which payment would have been made in the absence of such election, such Holder shall receive payment in Dollars as provided in paragraph (d) of this Section 3.12.

(f) The “ Dollar Equivalent of the Foreign Currency ” shall be determined by the Exchange Rate Agent and shall be obtained for each subsequent payment date by converting the specified Foreign Currency into Dollars at the Market Exchange Rate on the Conversion Date.

(g) The “ Dollar Equivalent of the Currency Unit ” shall be determined by the Exchange Rate Agent and subject to the provisions of paragraph (h) below shall be the sum of each amount obtained by converting the

Specified Amount of each Component Currency into Dollars at the Market Exchange Rate for such Component Currency on the Valuation Date with respect to each payment.


(h) For purposes of this Section 3.12, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

A “ Component Currency ” shall mean any currency which, on the Conversion Date, was a component currency of the relevant currency unit.

A “ Specified Amount ” of a Component Currency shall mean the number of units of such Component Currency or fractions thereof which were represented in the relevant currency unit on the Conversion Date. If after the Conversion Date the official unit of any Component Currency is altered by way of combination or subdivision, the Specified Amount of such Component Currency shall be divided or multiplied in the same proportion. If after the Conversion Date two or more Component Currencies are consolidated into a single currency, the respective Specified Amounts of such Component Currencies shall be replaced by an amount in such single currency equal to the sum of the respective Specified Amounts of such consolidated Component Currencies expressed in such single currency, and such amount shall thereafter be a Specified Amount and such single currency shall thereafter be a Component Currency. If after the Conversion Date any Component Currency shall be divided into two or more currencies, the Specified Amount of such Component Currency shall be replaced by amounts of such two or more currencies, having an aggregate Dollar Equivalent value at the Market Exchange Rate on the date of such replacement equal to the Dollar Equivalent of the Specified Amount of such former Component Currency at the Market Exchange Rate immediately before such division, and such amounts shall thereafter be Specified Amounts and such currencies shall thereafter be Component Currencies. If, after the Conversion Date of the relevant currency unit, a Conversion Event (other than any event referred to above in this definition of “ Specified Amount ”) occurs with respect to any Component Currency of such currency unit and is continuing on the applicable Valuation Date, the Specified Amount of such Component Currency shall, for purposes of calculating the Dollar Equivalent of the Currency Unit, be converted into Dollars at the Market Exchange Rate in effect on the Conversion Date of such Component Currency.

An “ Election Date ” shall mean the Regular Record Date for the applicable series of Registered Securities or at least 16 calendar days prior to Maturity, as the case may be, or such other prior date for any series of Registered Securities as specified pursuant to clause (xiii) of Section 3.01 by which the written election referred to in Section 3.12(b) may be made.

All decisions and determinations of the Exchange Rate Agent regarding the Dollar Equivalent of the Foreign Currency, the Dollar Equivalent of the Currency Unit, the Market Exchange Rate and changes in the Specified Amounts as specified above shall be in its sole discretion and shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive for all purposes and irrevocably binding upon the Company, the Trustee for the appropriate series of Securities and all Holders of such Securities denominated or payable in the relevant Currency. The Exchange Rate Agent shall promptly give written notice to the Company and the Trustee for the appropriate series of Securities of any such decision or determination.

In the event that the Company determines in good faith that a Conversion Event has occurred with respect to a Foreign Currency, the Company will immediately give written notice thereof and of the applicable Conversion Date to the Trustee of the appropriate series of Securities and to the Exchange Rate Agent (and such Trustee will promptly thereafter give notice in the manner provided in Section 1.06 to the affected Holders) specifying the Conversion Date. In the event the Company so determines that a Conversion Event has occurred with respect to the Euro or any other currency unit in which Securities are denominated or payable, the Company will immediately give written notice thereof to the Trustee of the appropriate series of Securities and to the Exchange Rate Agent (and such Trustee will promptly thereafter give notice in the manner provided in Section 1.06 to the affected Holders) specifying the Conversion Date and the Specified Amount of each Component Currency on the Conversion Date. In the event the Company determines in good faith that any subsequent change in any Component Currency as set forth in the definition of Specified Amount above has occurred, the Company will similarly give written notice to the Trustee of the appropriate series of Securities and to the Exchange Rate Agent.

The Trustee of the appropriate series of Securities shall be fully justified and protected in relying and acting upon information received by it from the Company and the Exchange Rate Agent and shall not otherwise have any duty or obligation to determine the accuracy or validity of such information independent of the Company or the Exchange Rate Agent.


Section 3.13.  Appointment and Resignation of Successor Exchange Rate Agent .

(a) Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01, if and so long as the Securities of any series (i) are denominated in a Foreign Currency or (ii) may be payable in a Foreign Currency, or so long as it is required under any other provision of this Indenture, then the Company will maintain with respect to each such series of Securities, or as so required, at least one Exchange Rate Agent. The Company will cause the Exchange Rate Agent to make the necessary foreign exchange determinations at the time and in the manner specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for the purpose of determining the applicable rate of exchange and, if applicable, for the purpose of converting the issued Foreign Currency into the applicable payment Currency for the payment of principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, pursuant to Section 3.12.

(b) No resignation of the Exchange Rate Agent and no appointment of a successor Exchange Rate Agent pursuant to this Section shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Exchange Rate Agent as evidenced by a written instrument delivered to the Company and the Trustee of the appropriate series of Securities accepting such appointment executed by the successor Exchange Rate Agent.

(c) If the Exchange Rate Agent shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of the Exchange Rate Agent for any cause, with respect to the Securities of one or more series, the Company, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Exchange Rate Agent or Exchange Rate Agents with respect to the Securities of that or those series (it being understood that any such successor Exchange Rate Agent may be appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more or all of such series and that, unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01, at any time there shall only be one Exchange Rate Agent with respect to the Securities of any particular series that are originally issued by the Company on the same date and that are initially denominated and/or payable in the same Currency).

Section 3.14.  CUSIP Numbers .

In issuing the Securities the Company may use CUSIP numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall indicate the respective CUSIP numbers of the Securities in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall advise the Trustee as promptly as practicable in writing of any change in the CUSIP numbers.

ARTICLE FOUR

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 4.01.  Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture .

Except as set forth below, this Indenture shall upon Company Request cease to be of further effect with respect to any series of Securities specified in such Company Request (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Securities of such series expressly provided for herein or pursuant hereto, any surviving rights of tender for repayment at the option of the Holders and any right to receive Additional Amounts, as provided in Section 10.04), and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order, and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as to such series when

(a) either

(i) all Securities of such series theretofore authenticated and delivered have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or


(ii) all Securities of such series

(1) have become due and payable, or

(2) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or

(3) if redeemable at the option of the Company, are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company,

and the Company, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for such purpose, solely for the benefit of the Holders, an amount in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable, sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities which have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be;

(b) the Company has irrevocably paid or caused to be irrevocably paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company; and

(c) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as to such series have been complied with.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee under Section 6.06, the obligations of the Company to any Authenticating Agent under Section 6.12 and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (ii) of clause (a) of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 4.02 and the last paragraph of Section 10.03 shall survive any termination of this Indenture.

Section 4.02.  Application of Trust Funds .

Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 10.03, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, for whose payment such money has been deposited with or received by the Trustee, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

ARTICLE FIVE

REMEDIES

Section 5.01.  Events of Default .

Event of Default ”, wherever used herein with respect to any particular series of Securities, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether or not it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body), unless it is either inapplicable to a particular series or is specifically deleted or modified in or pursuant to the supplemental indenture or a Board Resolution establishing such series of Securities or is in the form of Security for such series:

(i) default in the payment of any interest upon any Security when such interest becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 calendar days; or


(ii) default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) any Security of that series when it becomes due and payable at its Maturity, and continuance of such default for a period of five (5) business days; or

(iii) default in the deposit of any sinking fund payment, when and as due by the terms of any Security of that series, and continuance of such default for a period of five (5) business days; or

(iv) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or agreement of the Company in this Indenture with respect to any Security of that series (other than a covenant or agreement a default in whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with or that has expressly been included in this Indenture solely for the benefit of a series of Securities other than that series), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 calendar days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder;

(v) the Company, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(1) commences a voluntary case or proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law,

(2) consents to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against it, or files a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief against it,

(3) consents to the entry of a decree or order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding,

(4) consents to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a Custodian of the Company or for all or substantially all of its property, or

(5) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or admits in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due

or takes any corporate action in furtherance of any such action;

(vi) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(1) is for relief against the Company in an involuntary case or proceeding, or

(2) adjudges the Company bankrupt or insolvent, or approves as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Company, or

(3) appoints a Custodian of the Company or for all or substantially all of its property, or

(4) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company,

and the continuance of any such decree or order for relief or any such other decree or order remains unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days;

(vii) if, pursuant to Sections 18(a)(1)(c)(ii) and 61 of the Investment Company Act, on the last business day of each of 24 consecutive calendar months any class of Securities shall have an asset coverage (as such term is used in the Investment Company Act of 1940) of less than 100%; or

(viii) any other Event of Default provided with respect to Securities of that series.

The term “ Bankruptcy Law ” means title 11, U.S. Code or any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law. The term “Custodian” means any custodian, receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.


Section 5.02.  Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment .

If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series at the time Outstanding occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee may or shall at the written direction of the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series, or such Holders declare the principal (or, if any Securities are Original Issue Discount Securities or Indexed Securities, such portion of the principal as may be specified in the terms thereof) of all the Securities of that series to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by the Holders), and upon any such declaration such principal or specified portion thereof shall become immediately due and payable.

At any time after such a declaration of acceleration with respect to Securities of any series has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter provided in this Article, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

(i) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e)):

(1) all overdue installments of interest, if any, on all Outstanding Securities of that series,

(2) the principal of (and premium, if any) all Outstanding Securities of that series that have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest thereon at the rate or rates borne by or provided for in such Securities,

(3) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue installments of interest at the rate or rates borne by or provided for in such Securities, and

(4) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel; and

(ii) all Events of Default with respect to Securities of that series, other than the nonpayment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on Securities of that series that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.13.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 5.03.  Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee .

The Company covenants that if:

(i) default is made in the payment of any installment of interest on any Security of any series and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 calendar days, or

(ii) default is made in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) any Security of any series at its Maturity

then the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of Securities of such series, the whole amount then due and payable on such Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, with interest upon any overdue principal (and premium, if any) and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, upon any overdue installments of interest, if any, at the rate or rates borne by or provided for in such Securities, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.


If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon Securities of such series and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities of such series, wherever situated.

If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

Section 5.04.  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .

In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or the property of the Company or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Securities of any series shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Company for the payment of any overdue principal, premium or interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(i) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal (or in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities or Indexed Securities, such portion of the principal as may be provided for in the terms thereof) (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, owing and unpaid in respect of the Securities and to file such other papers or documents (and take such other actions, including serving on a committee of creditors) as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and

(ii) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator (or other similar official) in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder of Securities of such series to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee, their agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee under Section 6.06.

Subject to Article Eight and Section 9.02 and unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 3.01, nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder of a Security any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder of a Security in any such proceeding.

Section 5.05.  Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities .

All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or any of the Securities may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.


Section 5.06.  Application of Money Collected .

Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, upon presentation of the Securities and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee under Section 6.06;

SECOND: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon any Senior Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the aggregate amounts due and payable on such Senior Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, respectively; and

THIRD: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon any Senior Subordinated Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the aggregate amounts due and payable on such Senior Subordinated Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, respectively; and

FOURTH: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon any Junior Subordinated Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the aggregate amounts due and payable on such Junior Subordinated Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, respectively; and

FIFTH: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon any other Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the aggregate amounts due and payable on such Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, respectively; and

SIXTH: To the payment of the remainder, if any, to the Company or any other Person or Persons entitled thereto.

Section 5.07.  Limitation on Suits .

No Holder of any Security of any series shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

(i) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities of that series;

(ii) the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

(iii) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its attorneys and agents) to be incurred in compliance with such request;

(iv) the Trustee for 60 calendar days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and


(v) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series;

it being understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other of such Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all such Holders.

Section 5.08.  Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest .

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Security shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Sections 3.05 and 3.07) interest, if any, on such Security on the Stated Maturity or Maturities expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption, on the Redemption Date or, in the case of repayment at the option of the Holders on the Repayment Date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

Section 5.09.  Restoration of Rights and Remedies .

If the Trustee or any Holder of a Security has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of Securities shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

Section 5.10.  Rights and Remedies Cumulative .

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities in the last paragraph of Section 3.06, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders of Securities is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

Section 5.11.  Delay or Omission Not Waiver .

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Security to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders of Securities, as the case may be.

Section 5.12.  Control by Holders of Securities .

Subject to Section 6.02(v), the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series,  provided  that


(i) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture,

(ii) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction, and

(iii) the Trustee need not take any action that might involve it in personal liability or be unjustly prejudicial to the Holders of Securities of such series not consenting.

Section 5.13.  Waiver of Past Defaults .

Subject to Section 5.02, the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series may on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities of such series waive any past default hereunder with respect to Securities of such series and its consequences, except a default

(i) in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Security of such series, or

(ii) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article Nine cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security of such series affected.

Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 5.14.  Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws .

The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

ARTICLE SIX

THE TRUSTEE

Section 6.01.  Notice of Defaults .

(a) Within 90 calendar days after the occurrence of any Default hereunder with respect to the Securities of any series, the Trustee shall transmit in the manner and to the extent provided in TIA Section 313(c), notice of such Default hereunder known to the Trustee, unless such Default shall have been cured or waived;  provided however , that, except in the case of a Default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Security of such series, or in the payment of any sinking or purchase fund installment with respect to the Securities of such series, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders of the Securities of such series; and provided further that in the case of any Default or breach of the character specified in Section 5.01(iv) with respect to the Securities of such series, no such notice to Holders shall be given until at least 90 calendar days after the occurrence thereof.

(b) Prior to the time when the occurrence of an Event of Default becomes known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee and after the curing or waiving of all such Events of Default with respect to a series of Securities that may have occurred:

(i) the duties and obligations of the Trustee shall with respect to the Securities of any series be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to the Securities except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and


(ii) in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of any mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein); and

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

Section 6.02. Certain Rights of Trustee .

Subject to the provisions of TIA Section 315(a) through 315(d):

(i) The Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in any document.

(ii) Any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order (other than delivery of any Security to the Trustee for authentication and delivery pursuant to Section 3.03 which shall be sufficiently evidenced as provided therein) and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution.

(iii) Whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon a Board Resolution, an Opinion of Counsel or an Officers’ Certificate.

(iv) The Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(v) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of Securities of any series pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

(vi) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled upon reasonable notice and at reasonable times during normal business hours to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney.

(vii) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.


(viii) The Trustee shall not deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Securities and this Indenture.

(ix) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder.

(x) The permissive rights of the Trustee enumerated herein shall not be construed as duties.

(xi) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of a series relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee under this Indenture with respect to such Securities.

(xii) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate (unless other evidence is specifically prescribed herein). The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate.

(xiii) The Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(xiv) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(xv) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

(xvi) Anything in this Indenture notwithstanding, in no event shall the Trustee be liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to loss of profit), even if the Trustee has been advised as to the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(xvii) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including acts of God; earthquakes; fire; flood; terrorism; wars and other military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions; loss or malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communication services; accidents; labor disputes; acts of civil or military authority and governmental action.

The Trustee shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

Section 6.03.  Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities .

The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent assumes any responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Securities and perform its obligations hereunder and that the statements made by it in a


Statement of Eligibility on Form T-1 supplied to the Company are true and accurate, subject to the qualifications set forth therein. No representation, warranty or undertaking, express or implied, is made and no responsibility or liability is accepted by the Trustee as to the accuracy or completeness of the information included or incorporated in any disclosure materials for the Securities (other than in its Statement of Eligibility on Form T-1 supplied to the Company) or any other information supplied in connection with the Securities. Neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the Company of Securities or the proceeds thereof.

Section 6.04.  May Hold Securities .

The Trustee, any Paying Agent, Security Registrar, Authenticating Agent or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and, subject to TIA Sections 310(b) and 311, may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Paying Agent, Security Registrar, Authenticating Agent or such other agent.

Section 6.05.  Money Held in Trust .

Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed with the Company.

Section 6.06.  Compensation and Reimbursement and Indemnification of Trustee .

The Company agrees:

(i) To pay to the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee from time to time such compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder as has been agreed upon from time to time in writing (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust).

(ii) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse each of the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith.

(iii) To indemnify each of the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on its own part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder, including the costs and expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.

As security for the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Section, the Trustee shall have a claim prior to the Securities upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the payment of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on particular Securities.

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 5.01 occurs, the expenses and compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under Title 11, U.S. Code, or any similar Federal, State or analogous foreign law for the relief of debtors.

The provisions of this Section 6.06 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the satisfaction, termination or discharge of this Indenture.


Section 6.07.  Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility .

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that shall be eligible to act as Trustee under TIA Section 310(a)(1) and shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of federal, state, territorial or the District of Columbia supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.

Section 6.08.  Disqualification; Conflicting Interests .

If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the Trust Indenture Act and this Indenture.

Section 6.09.  Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor .

(a) No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 6.10.

(b) The Trustee may resign at any time with respect to the Securities of one or more series by giving written notice thereof to the Company.

(c) The Trustee may be removed at any time with respect to the Securities of any series by (i) the Company, by an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee, provided that contemporaneously therewith (x) the Company immediately appoints a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series meeting the requirements of Section 6.07 hereof and (y) the terms of Section 6.10 hereof are complied with in respect of such appointment (the Trustee being removed hereby agreeing to execute the instrument contemplated by Section 6.10(b) hereof, if applicable, under such circumstances) and  provided   further  that no Default with respect to such Securities shall have occurred and then be continuing at such time, or (ii) Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series delivered to the Trustee and to the Company.

(d) If at any time:

(i) the Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of TIA Section 310(b) after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder of a Security who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months, or

(ii) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 6.07 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder of a Security who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months, or

(iii) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

then, in any such case, (i) the Company by or pursuant to a Board Resolution may remove the Trustee and appoint a successor Trustee with respect to all Securities, or (ii) subject to TIA Section 315(e), any Holder of a Security who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee with respect to all Securities and the appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees.

(e) If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 calendar days after the giving of a notice of resignation or the delivery of an Act of removal, the Trustee resigning or being removed may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.


(f) If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause with respect to the Securities of one or more series, the Company, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Trustees with respect to the Securities of that or those series (it being understood that any such successor Trustee may be appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more or all of such series and that at any time there shall be only one Trustee with respect to the Securities of any particular series). If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment, become the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and to that extent supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. If no successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders of Securities and accepted appointment in the manner hereinafter provided, any Holder of a Security who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of such series for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to Securities of such series.

(g) The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series and each appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series in the manner provided for notices to the Holders of Securities in Section 1.06.

Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

Section 6.10.  Acceptance of Appointment by Successor .

(a) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to all Securities, every such successor Trustee shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee, and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder, subject nevertheless to its claim, if any, provided for in Section 6.06.

(b) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more (but not all) series, the Company, the retiring Trustee and each successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto wherein each successor Trustee shall accept such appointment and that (i) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, each successor Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates, (ii) if the retiring Trustee is not retiring with respect to all Securities, shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series as to which the retiring Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the retiring Trustee and (iii) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee; and upon the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein and each such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates; but, on request of the Company or any successor


Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates. Whenever there is a successor Trustee with respect to one or more (but less than all) series of securities issued pursuant to this Indenture, the terms “ Indenture ” and “ Securities ” shall have the meanings specified in the provisos to the respective definition of those terms in Section 1.01 which contemplate such situation.

(c) Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments reasonably necessary to more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, as the case may be.

(d) No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.

Section 6.11.  Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business .

Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Securities shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Securities. In case any Securities shall not have been authenticated by such predecessor Trustee, any such successor Trustee may authenticate and deliver such Securities, in either its own name or that of its predecessor Trustee, with the full force and effect which this Indenture provides for the certificate of authentication of the Trustee;  provided , however, that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or to authenticate Securities in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation.

Section 6.12.  Appointment of Authenticating Agent .

At any time when any of the Securities remain Outstanding, the Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents (which may be an Affiliate or Affiliates of the Company) with respect to one or more series of Securities that shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series issued upon original issue or upon exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption thereof, and Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument in writing signed by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, a copy of which instrument shall be promptly furnished to the Company. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Securities by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and, except as may otherwise be provided pursuant to Section 3.01, shall at all times be a bank or trust company or corporation organized and doing business and in good standing under the laws of the United States of America or of any State or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authorities. If such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. In case at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section.


Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an Authenticating Agent, provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

An Authenticating Agent for any series of Securities may at any time resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee for such series and to the Company. The Trustee for any series of Securities may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice of termination to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee for such series may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Company and shall promptly give written notice of such appointment to all Holders of Securities of the series with respect to which such Authenticating Agent will serve in the manner set forth in Section 1.06. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent herein. No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.

The Company agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation including reimbursement of its reasonable expenses for its services under this Section.

If an appointment with respect to one or more series is made pursuant to this Section, the Securities of such series may have endorsed thereon, in addition to or in lieu of the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication substantially in the following form:

This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

U.S. Bank National Association as Trustee

By:  

 

  as Authenticating Agent

By:

 

 

  Authorized Officer

If all of the Securities of a series may not be originally issued at one time, and the Trustee does not have an office capable of authenticating Securities upon original issuance located in a Place of Payment where the Company wishes to have Securities of such series authenticated upon original issuance, the Trustee, if so requested by the Company in writing (which writing need not comply with Section 1.02 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel), shall appoint in accordance with this Section an Authenticating Agent (which, if so requested by the Company, shall be an Affiliate of the Company) having an office in a Place of Payment designated by the Company with respect to such series of Securities, provided that the terms and conditions of such appointment are reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.

ARTICLE SEVEN

HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY

Section 7.01.  Disclosure of Names and Addresses of Holders .

Every Holder of Securities by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent nor any Paying Agent nor any Security Registrar nor any agent of any of them shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any information as to


the names and addresses of the Holders of Securities in accordance with TIA Section 312, regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under TIA Section 312(b).

Section 7.02.  Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders .

(a) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 7.01 and the names and addresses of Holders received by the Trustee in its capacity as Security Registrar. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 7.01 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

(b) The rights of Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Securities, and the corresponding rights and duties of the Trustee, shall be as provided by the Trust Indenture Act.

(c) Every Holder of Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any agent of either of them shall be held accountable by reason of any disclosure of information as to names and addresses of Holders made pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act.

Section 7.03.  Reports by Trustee .

Within 60 calendar days after May 15 of each year commencing with the first May 15 after the first issuance of Securities pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Holders Securities as provided in TIA Section 313(c) a report dated as of such May 15 which meets the requirements of TIA Section 313(a).

A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange, if any, upon which the Securities are listed, with the Commission and with the Company. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee of the listing of the Securities on any stock exchange. In the event that, on any such reporting date, no events have occurred under the applicable sections of the TIA within the 12 months preceding such reporting date, the Trustee shall be under no duty or obligation to provide such reports.

Section 7.04.  Reports by Company .

The Company will file with the Trustee and the Commission, and transmit to Holders, such information, documents and other reports, and such summaries thereof, as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act;  provided , that any such information, documents or reports filed electronically with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, shall be deemed filed with and delivered to the Trustee and the Holders at the same time as filed with the Commission.

Delivery of such reports, information, and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to conclusively rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).

Section 7.05.  Calculation of Original Issue Discount .

Upon request of the Trustee, the Company shall file with the Trustee promptly at the end of each calendar year a written notice specifying the amount of original issue discount (including daily rates and accrual periods), if any, accrued on Outstanding Securities as of the end of such year.


ARTICLE EIGHT

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE OR TRANSFER

Section 8.01.  Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms .

Unless otherwise provided in the terms of such Securities, the Company shall not consolidate with or merge with or into any other corporation or convey or transfer all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person, unless:

(i) either the Company shall be the continuing corporation, or the corporation (if other than the Company) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on all the Securities and the performance of every covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;

(ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have happened and be continuing; and

(iii) the Company and the successor Person have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer and such supplemental indenture comply with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.

Section 8.02.  Successor Person Substituted .

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any conveyance or transfer of the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section 8.01, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the successor Person to which such conveyance or transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor had been named as the Company herein; and in the event of any such conveyance or transfer, the Company shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Securities and may be dissolved and liquidated.

ARTICLE NINE

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

Section 9.01.  Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders .

Without the consent of any Holders of Securities, the Company, when authorized by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

(i) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company herein and in the Securities contained; or

(ii) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders of all or any series of Securities (and if such covenants are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such covenants are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series) or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company; or

(iii) to add any additional Events of Default for the benefit of the Holders of all or any series of Securities (and if such Events of Default are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such Events of Default are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series);  provided however , that in respect of any such additional Events of Default such supplemental indenture may provide for a particular period of


grace after default (which period may be shorter or longer than that allowed in the case of other defaults) or may provide for an immediate enforcement upon such default or may limit the remedies available to the Trustee upon such default or may limit the right of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of that or those series of Securities to which such additional Events of Default apply to waive such default; or

(iv) to change or eliminate any of the provisions of this Indenture;  provided  that any such change or elimination shall become effective only when there is no Security Outstanding of any series created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture that is entitled to the benefit of such provision; or

(v) to secure the Securities pursuant to the requirements of Section 8.01 or 10.06, or otherwise; or

(vi) to establish the form or terms of Securities of any series as permitted by Sections 2.01 and 3.01, including the provisions and procedures relating to Securities convertible into or exchangeable for any securities of any Person (including the Company); or

(vii) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee; or

(viii) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein that may be inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture;  provided  that such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of any series in any material respect; or

(x) to supplement any of the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the defeasance and discharge of any series of Securities pursuant to Sections 4.01, 14.02 and 14.03;  provided  that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of such series and any related coupons or any other series of Securities in any material respect.

Section 9.02.  Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders .

With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of all Outstanding Securities affected by such supplemental indenture, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company and the Trustee, the Company, when authorized by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture that affects such series of Securities or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of such series of Securities under this Indenture;  provided however , that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby:

(i) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of (or premium, if any) or any installment of principal of or interest on, any Security, subject to the provisions of Section 3.08; or the terms of any sinking fund with respect to any Security; or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest (or change the manner of calculating the rate of interest, thereon, or any premium payable upon the redemption thereof, or change any obligation of the Company to pay Additional Amounts pursuant to Section 10.04 (except as contemplated by Section 8.01(i) and permitted by Section 9.01(i)), or reduce the portion of the principal of an Original Issue Discount Security or Indexed Security that would be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.02, or upon the redemption thereof or the amount thereof provable in bankruptcy pursuant to Section 5.04, or adversely affect any right of repayment at the option of the Holder of any Security, or change any Place of Payment where, or the Currency in which, any Security or any premium or interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption or repayment at the option of the Holder, on or after the Redemption Date or the Repayment Date, as the case may be), or adversely affect any right to convert or exchange any Security as may be provided pursuant to Section 3.01 herein, or modify the subordination provisions set forth in Article Sixteen in a manner that is adverse to the Holder of any Security; or


(ii) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver with respect to such series (of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences) provided for in this Indenture, or reduce the requirements of Section 15.04 for quorum or voting; or

(iii) modify any of the provisions of this Section, Section 5.13 or Section 10.07, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby;  provided ,  however , that this clause shall not be deemed to require the consent of any Holder of a Security with respect to changes in the references to “the Trustee” and concomitant changes in this Section, or the deletion of this proviso, in accordance with the requirements of Sections 6.10(b) and 9.01(vii).

It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

A supplemental indenture that changes or eliminates any covenant or other provision of this Indenture which has expressly been included solely for the benefit of one or more particular series of Securities, or that modifies the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series with respect to such covenant or other provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of the Holders of Securities of any other series.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons entitled to consent to any indenture supplemental hereto. If a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such supplemental indenture, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided, that unless such consent shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having been obtained prior to the date that is eleven months after such record date, any such consent previously given shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be cancelled and of no further effect.

Section 9.03.  Execution of Supplemental Indentures .

In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modification thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 1.02 of this Indenture, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that all conditions precedent to such supplemental indenture have been complied with. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture that affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

Section 9.04.  Effect of Supplemental Indentures .

Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.

Section 9.05.  Conformity with Trust Indenture Act .

Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

Section 9.06.  Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures .

Securities of any series authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall, if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Securities of


any series so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Company, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Securities of such series.

ARTICLE TEN

COVENANTS

Section 10.01.  Payment of Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest .

The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Holders of each series of Securities that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on the Securities of that series in accordance with the terms of such series of Securities and this Indenture. Unless otherwise specified with respect to Securities of any series pursuant to Section 3.01, at the option of the Company, all payments of principal may be paid by check to the registered Holder of the Registered Security or other person entitled thereto against surrender of such Security.

Section 10.02.  Maintenance of Office or Agency .

The Company shall maintain in each Place of Payment for any series of Securities an office or agency where Securities of that series may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Securities of that series may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, where Securities of that series that are convertible or exchangeable may be surrendered for conversion or exchange, as applicable, and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of that series and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of each such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency in respect of any series of Securities or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive such respective presentations, surrenders, notices and demands, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities of one or more series may be presented or surrendered for any or all of such purposes, and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided , however , that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in accordance with the requirements set forth above for Securities of any series for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01 with respect to a series of Securities, the Company hereby designates as a Place of Payment for each series of Securities the office or agency of the Company in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, and initially appoints the Trustee as Paying Agent with its office at 100 Wall Street, Suite 1600, New York, New York, 10005, Attention: Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. [Debt Securities], and as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, if and so long as the Securities of any series (i) are denominated in a currency other than Dollars or (ii) may be payable in a currency other than Dollars, or so long as it is required under any other provision of the Indenture, then the Company will maintain with respect to each such series of Securities, or as so required, at least one Exchange Rate Agent. The Company will notify the Trustee of the name and address of any Exchange Rate Agent retained by it.

Section 10.03.  Money for Securities Payments to Be Held in Trust .

If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent with respect to any series of any Securities, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any of the Securities of that series, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum in the Currency in which


the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e)) sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on Securities of such series so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for any series of Securities, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Securities of that series, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum (in the Currency or Currencies described in the preceding paragraph) sufficient to pay the principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, so becoming due, such sum of money to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal, premium or interest and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums of money held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such sums.

Except as otherwise provided in the Securities of any series, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Security of any series and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company upon Company Request, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such money held in trust, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease;  provided however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in an Authorized Newspaper, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 calendar days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

Section 10.04.  Additional Amounts .

If the Securities of a series provide for the payment of Additional Amounts, the Company will pay to the Holder of any Security of such series such Additional Amounts as may be specified as contemplated by Section 3.01. Whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Security of any series or the net proceeds received on the sale or exchange of any Security of any series, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts provided for by the terms of such series established pursuant to Section 3.01 to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to such terms and express mention of the payment of Additional Amounts (if applicable) in any provisions hereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Amounts in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made.

Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01, if the Securities of a series provide for the payment of Additional Amounts, at least 10 calendar days prior to the first Interest Payment Date with respect to that series of Securities (or if the Securities of that series will not bear interest prior to Maturity, the first day on which a payment of principal premium is made), and at least 10 calendar days prior to each date of payment of principal, premium or interest if there has been any change with respect to the matters set forth in the below-mentioned Officers’ Certificate, the Company will furnish the Trustee and the Company’s principal Paying Agent or Paying Agents, if other than the Trustee, with an Officers’ Certificate instructing the Trustee and such Paying Agent or Paying Agents whether such payment of principal, premium or interest on the Securities of that series shall be made to Holders of Securities of that series who are not United States persons without withholding for or on account of any tax, assessment or other governmental charge described in the Securities of that series. If any such withholding shall be required, then such Officers’ Certificate shall specify by country the amount, if any, required to be withheld on such payments to such Holders of Securities of that series and the Company will pay to the Trustee


or such Paying Agent the Additional Amounts required by the terms of such Securities. In the event that the Trustee or any Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall not so receive the above-mentioned certificate, then the Trustee or such Paying Agent shall be entitled (i) to assume that no such withholding or deduction is required with respect to any payment of principal or interest with respect to any Securities of a series until it shall have received a certificate advising otherwise and (ii) to make all payments of principal and interest with respect to the Securities of a series without withholding or deductions until otherwise advised. The Company covenants to indemnify the Trustee and any Paying Agent for, and to hold them harmless against, any loss, liability or expense reasonably incurred without negligence or bad faith on their part arising out of or in connection with actions taken or omitted by any of them in reliance on any Officers’ Certificate furnished pursuant to this Section or in reliance on the Company’s not furnishing such an Officers’ Certificate.

Section 10.05.  Statement as to Compliance .

The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 120 calendar days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the date hereof so long as any Security is Outstanding hereunder, an Officers’ Certificate stating to the knowledge of the signers thereof whether the Company is in default in the performance of any of the terms, provisions or conditions of this Indenture. For purposes of this Section 10.05, such default shall be determined without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice under this Indenture. The Company shall provide prompt written notice to the Trustee in the event the Company’s fiscal year end is no longer December 31.

Section 10.06.  Payment of Taxes and Other Claims .

The Company will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (1) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or upon the income, profits or property of the Company, and (2) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies that, if unpaid, might by law become a lien upon the property of the Company, except where the failure to do so would not be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, financial condition or results of operations of the Company;  provided ,  however , that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.

Section 10.07.  Waiver of Certain Covenants .

The Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any covenant or condition set forth in Section 10.06, and, as specified pursuant to Section 3.01(xv) for Securities of any series, in any covenants of the Company added to Article Ten pursuant to Section 3.01(xiv) or Section 3.01(xv) in connection with the Securities of a series, if before or after the time for such compliance the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of all Outstanding Securities of such series, by Act of such Holders, either waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with such covenant or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such covenant or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such covenant or condition shall remain in full force and effect.

ARTICLE ELEVEN

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

Section 11.01.  Applicability of Article .

Securities of any series that are redeemable before their Stated Maturity shall be redeemable in accordance with their terms and (except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01 for Securities of any series) in accordance with this Article.


Section 11.02.  Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee .

The election of the Company to redeem any Securities shall be evidenced by or pursuant to a Board Resolution. In case of any redemption at the election of the Company of less than all of the Securities of any series, the Company shall, at least 60 calendar days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee in writing of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of Securities of such series to be redeemed, and, if applicable, of the tenor of the Securities to be redeemed, and shall deliver to the Trustee such documentation and records as shall enable the Trustee to select the Securities to be redeemed pursuant to Section 11.03. In the case of any redemption of Securities of any series prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption provided in the terms of such Securities or elsewhere in this Indenture, the Company shall furnish the Trustee with an Officers’ Certificate evidencing compliance with such restriction.

Section 11.03.  Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed .

If less than all the Securities of any series issued on the same day with the same terms are to be redeemed, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60 calendar days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the Outstanding Securities of such series issued on such date with the same terms not previously called for redemption, by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate; provided that such method complies with the rules of any national securities exchange or quotation system on which the Securities are listed (which rules shall be certificated to the Trustee by the Company or such national securities exchange at the Trustee’s request), and may provide for the selection for redemption of portions (equal to the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of that series or any integral multiple thereof) of the principal amount of Securities of such series of a denomination larger than the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of that series;  provided ,  however , that no such partial redemption shall reduce the portion of the principal amount of a Security not redeemed to less than the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of such series.

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company and the Security Registrar (if other than itself) in writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Securities selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities shall relate, in the case of any Security redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Security which has been or is to be redeemed.

Section 11.04.  Notice of Redemption .

Notice of redemption shall be given in the manner provided in Section 1.06, not less than 30 calendar days nor more than 60 calendar days prior to the Redemption Date, unless a shorter period is specified by the terms of such series established pursuant to Section 3.01, to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed, but failure to give such notice in the manner herein provided to the Holder of any Security designated for redemption as a whole or in part, or any defect in the notice to any such Holder, shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other such Security or portion thereof.

Any notice that is mailed to the Holders of Registered Securities in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Holder receives the notice.

All notices of redemption shall state:

(i) the Redemption Date;

(ii) the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 11.06;

(iii) if less than all Outstanding Securities of any series are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the principal amount) of the particular Security or Securities to be redeemed;


(iv) in case any Security is to be redeemed in part only, the notice that relates to such Security shall state that on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Security, the Holder will receive, without a charge, a new Security or Securities of authorized denominations for the principal amount thereof remaining unredeemed;

(v) that on the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 11.06 will become due and payable upon each such Security, or the portion thereof, to be redeemed and, if applicable, that interest thereon shall cease to accrue on and after said date;

(vi) the Place or Places of Payment where such Securities, if any, maturing after the Redemption Date, are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any; and

(vii) that the redemption is for a sinking fund, if such is the case;

(viii) the CUSIP number of such Security, if any.

A notice of redemption published as contemplated by Section 1.06 need not identify particular Registered Securities to be redeemed. Notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed shall be given by the Company or, at the Company’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company.

Section 11.05.  Deposit of Redemption Price .

On or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Business Day prior to any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 10.03) an amount of money in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e)) sufficient to pay on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price of, and (unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01) accrued interest on, all the Securities or portions thereof which are to be redeemed on that date.

Section 11.06.  Securities Payable on Redemption Date .

Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Securities so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e)) (together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date), and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any) such Securities shall if the same were interest-bearing cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of any such Security for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Security shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date;  provided however , that, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01, installments of interest on Registered Securities whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 3.07.

If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the Redemption Price shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate of interest set forth in such Security or, in the case of an Original Issue Discount Security, at the Yield to Maturity of such Security.

Section 11.07.  Securities Redeemed in Part .

Any Registered Security that is to be redeemed only in part (pursuant to the provisions of this Article or of Article Twelve) shall be surrendered at a Place of Payment therefor (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly


executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing) and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security without service charge a new Security or Securities of the same series and of like tenor, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Security so surrendered. If a temporary global Security or permanent global Security is so surrendered, such new Security so issued shall be a new temporary global Security or permanent global Security, respectively. However, if less than all the Securities of any series with differing issue dates, interest rates and stated maturities are to be redeemed, the Company in its sole discretion shall select the particular Securities to be redeemed and shall notify the Trustee in writing thereof at least 45 calendar days prior to the relevant redemption date.

ARTICLE TWELVE

SINKING FUNDS

Section 12.01.  Applicability of Article .

The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to any sinking fund for the retirement of Securities of a series except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01 for Securities of such series.

The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as a “mandatory sinking fund payment”, and any payment in excess of such minimum amount provided for by the terms of such Securities of any series is herein referred to as an “optional sinking fund payment”. If provided for by the terms of any Securities of any series, the cash amount of any mandatory sinking fund payment may be subject to reduction as provided in Section 12.02. Each sinking fund payment shall be applied to the redemption of Securities of any series as provided for by the terms of Securities of such series.

Section 12.02.  Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities .

The Company may, in satisfaction of all or any part of any mandatory sinking fund payment with respect to the Securities of a series, (i) deliver Outstanding Securities of such series (other than any previously called for redemption) and (ii) apply as a credit Securities of such series which have been redeemed either at the election of the Company pursuant to the terms of such Securities or through the application of permitted optional sinking fund payments pursuant to the terms of such Securities, as provided for by the terms of such Securities;  provided that such Securities so delivered or applied as a credit have not been previously so credited. Such Securities shall be received and credited for such purpose by the Trustee at the applicable Redemption Price specified in such Securities for redemption through operation of the sinking fund and the amount of such mandatory sinking fund payment shall be reduced accordingly.

Section 12.03.  Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund .

Not less than 60 calendar days prior to each sinking fund payment date for Securities of any series, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate specifying the amount of the next ensuing mandatory sinking fund payment for that series pursuant to the terms of that series, the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by payment of cash in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e)) and the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by delivering and crediting Securities of that series pursuant to Section 12.02, and the optional amount, if any, to be added in cash to the next ensuing mandatory sinking fund payment, and will also deliver to the Trustee any Securities to be so delivered and credited. If such Officers’ Certificate shall specify an optional amount to be added in cash to the next ensuing mandatory sinking fund payment, the Company shall thereupon be obligated to pay the amount therein specified. Not less than 30 calendar days before each such sinking fund payment date the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed upon such sinking fund payment date in the manner specified in Section 11.03 and cause notice of the redemption thereof to be given in the name of and at the expense of the Company in the manner provided in Section 11.04. Such notice having been duly given, the redemption of such Securities shall be made upon the terms and in the manner stated in Sections 11.06 and 11.07.


ARTICLE THIRTEEN

REPAYMENT AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS

Section 13.01.  Applicability of Article .

Repayment of Securities of any series before their Stated Maturity at the option of Holders thereof shall be made in accordance with the terms of such Securities and (except as otherwise specified by the terms of such series established pursuant to Section 3.01) in accordance with this Article.

Section 13.02.  Repayment of Securities .

Securities of any series subject to repayment in whole or in part at the option of the Holders thereof will, unless otherwise provided in the terms of such Securities, be repaid at the Repayment Price thereof, together with interest, if any, thereon accrued to the Repayment Date specified in or pursuant to the terms of such Securities. The Company covenants that on or before 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Business Day preceding the Repayment Date it will deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 10.03) an amount of money in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e)) sufficient to pay the Repayment Price of, and (unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01) accrued interest on, all the Securities or portions thereof, as the case may be, to be repaid on such date.

Section 13.03.  Exercise of Option .

Securities of any series subject to repayment at the option of the Holders thereof will contain an “Option to Elect Repayment” form on the reverse of such Securities. To be repaid at the option of the Holder, any Security so providing for such repayment, with the “Option to Elect Repayment” form on the reverse of such Security duly completed by the Holder (or by the Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing), must be received by the Company at the Place of Payment therefor specified in the terms of such Security (or at such other place or places of which the Company shall from time to time notify the Holders of such Securities) not earlier than 45 calendar days nor later than 30 calendar days prior to the Repayment Date. If less than the entire Repayment Price of such Security is to be repaid in accordance with the terms of such Security, the portion of the Repayment Price of such Security to be repaid, in increments of the minimum denomination for Securities of such series, and the denomination or denominations of the Security or Securities to be issued to the Holder for the portion of such Security surrendered that is not to be repaid, must be specified. Any Security providing for repayment at the option of the Holder thereof may not be repaid in part if, following such repayment, the unpaid principal amount of such Security would be less than the minimum authorized denomination of Securities of the series of which such Security to be repaid is a part. Except as otherwise may be provided by the terms of any Security providing for repayment at the option of the Holder thereof, exercise of the repayment option by the Holder shall be irrevocable unless waived by the Company.

Section 13.04.  When Securities Presented for Repayment Become Due and Payable .

If Securities of any series providing for repayment at the option of the Holders thereof shall have been surrendered as provided in this Article and as provided by or pursuant to the terms of such Securities, such Securities or the portions thereof, as the case may be, to be repaid shall become due and payable and shall be paid by the Company on the Repayment Date therein specified, and on and after such Repayment Date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of such Securities on such Repayment Date) such Securities shall, if the same were interest-bearing, cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of any such Security for repayment in accordance with such provisions, the Repayment Price of such Security so to be repaid shall be paid by the Company, together with accrued interest, if any, to the Repayment Date;  provided however  that installments of interest on Registered


Securities, whose Stated Maturity is prior to (or, if specified pursuant to Section 3.01, on) the Repayment Date shall be payable (but without interest thereon, unless the Company shall default in the payment thereof) to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 3.07.

If any Security surrendered for repayment shall not be so repaid upon surrender thereof, the Repayment Price shall, until paid, bear interest from the Repayment Date at the rate of interest set forth in such Security or, in the case of an Original Issue Discount Security, at the Yield to Maturity of such Security.

Section 13.05.  Securities Repaid in Part .

Upon surrender of any Registered Security that is to be repaid in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security, without service charge and at the expense of the Company, a new Registered Security or Securities of the same series, and of like tenor, of any authorized denomination specified by the Holder, in an aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the portion of the principal of such Security so surrendered that is not to be repaid. If a temporary global Security or permanent global Security is so surrendered, such new Security so issued shall be a new temporary global Security or a new permanent global Security, respectively.

ARTICLE FOURTEEN

DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 14.01.  Applicability of Article; Company’s Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .

If pursuant to Section 3.01 provision is made for either or both of (a) defeasance of the Securities of or within a series under Section 14.02 or (b) covenant defeasance of the Securities of or within a series under Section 14.03, then the provisions of such Section or Sections, as the case may be, together with the other provisions of this Article (with such modifications thereto as may be specified pursuant to Section 3.01 with respect to any Securities), shall be applicable to such Securities, and the Company may at its option by Board Resolution, at any time, with respect to such Securities, elect to have either Section 14.02 (if applicable) or Section 14.03 (if applicable) be applied to such Outstanding Securities upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article.

Section 14.02.  Defeasance and Discharge .

Upon the Company’ s exercise of the above option applicable to this Section with respect to any Securities of or within a series, the Company shall be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to such Outstanding Securities on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 14.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “ defeasance ”). For this purpose, such defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by such Outstanding Securities, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “Outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 14.05 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (A) and (B) of this Section, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Securities and this Indenture insofar as such Securities are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (A) the rights of Holders of such Outstanding Securities receive, solely from the trust fund described in Section 14.04 and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such Securities when such payments are due, (B) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Securities under Sections 3.05, 3.06, 10.02 and 10.03 and with respect to the payment of Additional Amounts, if any, on such Securities as contemplated by Section 10.04, (C) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and (D) this Article. Subject to compliance with this Article Fourteen, the Company may exercise its option under this Section notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 14.03 with respect to such Securities. Following a defeasance, payment of such Securities may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default.


Section 14.03.  Covenant Defeasance .

Upon the Company’ s exercise of the above option applicable to this Section with respect to any Securities of or within a series, the Company shall be released from its obligations under Section 10.06, and, if specified pursuant to Section 3.01, its obligations under any other covenant with respect to such Outstanding Securities and on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 14.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “ covenant defeasance ”), and such Securities shall thereafter be deemed to be not “Outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or Act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with Section 10.06, or such other covenant, but shall continue to be deemed “Outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, such covenant defeasance means that, with respect to such Outstanding Securities, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such Section or such other covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such Section or such other covenant or by reason of reference in any such Section or such other covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 5.01(iv) or 5.01(vii) or otherwise, as the case may be, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Securities shall be unaffected thereby. Following a covenant defeasance, payment of such Securities may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default solely by reference to such Sections specified above in this Section 14.03.

Section 14.04.  Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .

The following shall be the conditions to application of either Section 14.02 or Section 14.03 to any Outstanding Securities of or within a series:

(i) The Company shall have irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 6.07 who shall agree to comply with the provisions of this Article Fourteen applicable to it) as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for the benefit of, and dedicated solely to, the Holders of such Securities, (A) an amount (in such Currency in which such Securities are then specified as payable at Stated Maturity), or (B) Government Obligations applicable to such Securities (determined on the basis of the Currency in which such Securities are then specified as payable at Stated Maturity) which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, without reinvestment thereof, not later than one day before the due date of any payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such Securities, money in an amount, or (C) a combination thereof in an amount, sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge, (1) the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such Outstanding Securities on the Stated Maturity of such principal or installment of principal or interest and (2) any mandatory sinking fund payments or analogous payments applicable to such Outstanding Securities on the day on which such payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and of such Securities.

(ii) Such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound.

(iii) No Default or Event of Default with respect to such Securities shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or, insofar as Sections 5.01(v) and 5.01(vi) are concerned, at any time during the period ending on the 91st day after the date of such deposit (it being understood that this condition shall not be deemed satisfied until the expiration of such period).

(iv) In the case of an election under Section 14.02, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (i) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (ii) since the date of execution of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the Holders of such Outstanding Securities will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred.


(v) In the case of an election under Section 14.03, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders of such Outstanding Securities will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred.

(vi) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to either the defeasance under Section 14.02 or the covenant defeasance under Section 14.03 (as the case may be) have been complied with.

(vii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section, such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall be effected in compliance with any additional or substitute terms, conditions or limitations which may be imposed on the Company in connection therewith pursuant to Section 3.01.

Section 14.05.  Deposited Money and Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions .

Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 10.03, all money and Government Obligations (or other property as may be provided pursuant to Section 3.01) (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 14.05, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 14.04 in respect of any Outstanding Securities of any series shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Securities of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Security pursuant to Section 3.01, if, after a deposit referred to in Section 14.04(a) has been made, (a) the Holder of a Security in respect of which such deposit was made is entitled to, and does, elect pursuant to Section 3.12(b) or the terms of such Security to receive payment in a Currency other than that in which the deposit pursuant to Section 14.04(a) has been made in respect of such Security, or (b) a Conversion Event occurs as contemplated in Section 3.12(d) or 3.12(e) or by the terms of any Security in respect of which the deposit pursuant to Section 14.04(a) has been made, the indebtedness represented by such Security shall be deemed to have been, and will be, fully discharged and satisfied through the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such Security as the same becomes due out of the proceeds yielded by converting (from time to time as specified below in the case of any such election) the amount or other property deposited in respect of such Security into the Currency in which such Security becomes payable as a result of such election or Conversion Event based on the applicable Market Exchange Rate for such Currency in effect on the second Business Day prior to each payment date, except, with respect to a Conversion Event, for such Currency in effect (as nearly as feasible) at the time of the Conversion Event.

The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the money or Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 14.04 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of such Outstanding Securities.

Anything in this Article to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon Company Request any money or Government Obligations (or other property and any proceeds therefrom) held by it as provided in Section 14.04 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect a defeasance or covenant defeasance, as applicable, in accordance with this Article.


If, after the Company has made a deposit with the Trustee pursuant to Section 14.04, the Trustee is unable to apply any money in accordance with Section 14.05 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the applicable Securities shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 14.04 until such time as the Trustee is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with this Article Fourteen; provided, however, that if the Company has made any payment of the principal of or interest on any series of Securities because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Securities to receive any such payment from the money held by the Trustee.

Money deposited with the Trustee in trust pursuant to this Section 14.05 shall not be subject to the subordination provisions of Article Sixteen.

ARTICLE FIFTEEN

MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

Section 15.01.  Purposes for Which Meetings May Be Called .

A meeting of Holders of any series of Securities of such series may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to this Article to make, give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders of Securities of such series.

Section 15.02.  Call, Notice and Place of Meetings .

(a) The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Holders of Securities of any series for any purpose specified in Section 15.01, to be held at such time and at such place in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York or the City in which the Corporate Trust Office is located as the Trustee shall determine. Notice of every meeting of Holders of Securities of any series, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall be given, in the manner provided in Section 1.06, not less than 21 nor more than 180 calendar days prior to the date fixed for the meeting.

(b) In case at any time the Company, pursuant to a Board Resolution, or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of the Holders of Securities of such series for any purpose specified in Section 15.01, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have made the first publication or mailing of the notice of such meeting within 21 calendar days after receipt of such request or shall not thereafter proceed to cause the meeting to be held as provided herein, then the Company or the Holders of Securities of such series in the amount above specified, as the case may be, may determine the time and the place in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York or in London for such meeting and may call such meeting for such purposes by giving notice thereof as provided in subsection (a) of this Section.

Section 15.03.  Persons Entitled to Vote at Meetings .

To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series, a Person shall be (i) a Holder of one or more Outstanding Securities of such series, or (ii) a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy for a Holder or Holders of one or more Outstanding Securities of such series by such Holder or Holders. The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel, any representatives of the Trustee and its counsel and any representatives of the Company and its counsel.

Section 15.04.  Quorum; Action .

The Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of a series shall constitute a quorum for a meeting of Holders of Securities of such series; provided however , that if any action is to be taken at such meeting with respect to a consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other


action that this Indenture expressly provides may be made, given or taken by the Holders of not less than a specified percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of a series, the Persons entitled to vote such specified percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series shall constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum within 30 minutes of the time appointed for any such meeting, the meeting shall, if convened at the request of Holders of Securities of such series, be dissolved. In any other case the meeting may be adjourned for a period of not less than 10 calendar days as determined by the chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such meeting. In the absence of a quorum at any such adjourned meeting, such adjourned meeting may be further adjourned for a period of not less than 10 calendar days as determined by the chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such adjourned meeting. Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting shall be given as provided in Section 15.02(a), except that such notice need be given only once not less than five calendar days prior to the date on which the meeting is scheduled to be reconvened. Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting shall state expressly the percentage, as provided above, of the principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series which shall constitute a quorum.

Except as limited by the proviso to Section 9.02, any resolution presented to a meeting or adjourned meeting duly reconvened at which a quorum is present as aforesaid may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series; provided, however, that, except as limited by the proviso to Section 9.02, any resolution with respect to any consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action which this Indenture expressly provides may be made, given or taken by the Holders of a specified percentage, which is less than a majority, in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of a series may be adopted at a meeting or an adjourned meeting duly reconvened and at which a quorum is present as aforesaid by the affirmative vote of the Holders of such specified percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series.

Any resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series duly held in accordance with this Section shall be binding on all the Holders of Securities of such series, whether or not present or represented at the meeting.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 15.04, if any action is to be taken at a meeting of Holders of Securities of any series with respect to any consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action that this Indenture expressly provides may be made, given or taken by the Holders of a specified percentage in principal amount of all Outstanding Securities affected thereby, or of the Holders of such series and one or more additional series:

(i) there shall be no minimum quorum requirement for such meeting; and

(ii) the principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series that vote in favor of such consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action shall be taken into account in determining whether such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action has been made, given or taken under this Indenture.

Section 15.05.  Determination of Voting Rights; Conduct and Adjournment of Meetings .

(a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Holders of Securities of a series in regard to proof of the holding of Securities of such series and of the appointment of proxies and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall deem appropriate. Except as otherwise permitted or required by any such regulations, the holding of Securities shall be proved in the manner specified in Section 1.04 and the appointment of any proxy shall be proved in the manner specified in Section 1.04. Such regulations may provide that written instruments appointing proxies, regular on their face, may be presumed valid and genuine without the proof specified in Section 1.04 or other proof.

(b) The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Company or by Holders of Securities as provided in Section 15.02(b), in which case the Company or the Holders of Securities of the series calling the meeting, as the case may


be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman. A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by vote of the Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series represented at the meeting.

(c) At any meeting of Holders, each Holder of a Security of such series or proxy shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series held or represented by such Holder;  provided ,  however , that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Security challenged as not Outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not Outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote, except as a Holder of a Security of such series or proxy.

(d) Any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series duly called pursuant to Section 15.02 at which a quorum is present may be adjourned from time to time by Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series represented at the meeting, and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.

Section 15.06.  Counting Votes and Recording Action of Meetings .

The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series shall be by written ballots on which shall be subscribed the signatures of the Holders of Securities of such series or of their representatives by proxy and the principal amounts and serial numbers of the Outstanding Securities of such series held or represented by them. The chairman of the meeting shall appoint at least one inspector of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting a verified written report of all votes cast at the meeting. A record, at least in duplicate, of the proceedings of each meeting of Holders of Securities of any Series shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspector of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more persons having knowledge of the fact, setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was given as provided in Section 15.02 and, if applicable, Section 15.04. Each copy shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the chairman and secretary of the meeting and one such copy shall be delivered to the Company and another to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting. Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.

ARTICLE SIXTEEN

SUBORDINATION OF SECURITIES

Section 16.01.  Agreement to Subordinate .

The Company, for itself, its successors and assigns, covenants and agrees, and each Holder of Senior Subordinated Securities by his acceptance thereof, likewise covenants and agrees, that the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on each and all of the Senior Subordinated Securities is hereby expressly subordinated, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth, in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness.

The Company, for itself, its successors and assigns, covenants and agrees, and each Holder of Junior Subordinated Securities by his acceptance thereof, likewise covenants and agrees, that the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on each and all of the Junior Subordinated Securities is hereby expressly subordinated, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth, in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness and Senior Subordinated Indebtedness.

Section 16.02.  Distribution on Dissolution, Liquidation and Reorganization; Subrogation of Subordinated Securities .

Upon any distribution of assets of the Company upon any dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization of the Company, whether in bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or receivership proceedings or upon an assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other marshalling of the assets and liabilities of the Company


or otherwise (subject to the power of a court of competent jurisdiction to make other equitable provision reflecting the rights conferred in this Indenture upon the Senior Indebtedness and the holders thereof with respect to the Securities and the holders thereof by a lawful plan of reorganization under applicable bankruptcy law):

(i) the holders of all Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled to receive payment in full of the principal thereof (and premium, if any) and interest due thereon before the Holders of the Subordinated Securities are entitled to receive any payment upon the principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on indebtedness evidenced by the Subordinated Securities;

(ii) the holders of all Senior Subordinated Indebtedness shall be entitled to receive payment in full of the principal thereof (and premium, if any) and interest due thereon before the Holders of the Junior Subordinated Securities are entitled to receive any payment upon the principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on indebtedness evidenced by the Junior Subordinated Securities;

(iii) any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to which the Holders of the Securities or the Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article Sixteen shall be paid by the liquidating trustee or agent or other person making such payment or distribution, whether a trustee in bankruptcy, a receiver or liquidating trustee or otherwise, directly to the holders of Senior Indebtedness or their representative or representatives or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture under which any instruments evidencing any of such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, ratably according to the aggregate amounts remaining unpaid on account of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Senior Indebtedness held or represented by each, to the extent necessary to make payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness; and

(iv) in the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, shall be received by the Trustee or the Holders of the Subordinated Securities before all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, such payment or distribution shall be paid over, upon written notice to the Trustee, to the holder of such Senior Indebtedness or their representative or representatives or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture under which any instrument evidencing any of such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, ratably as aforesaid, for application to payment of all Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid until all such Senior Indebtedness shall have been paid in full, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness.

Subject to the payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, the Holders of the Subordinated Securities shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness to receive payments or distributions of cash, property or securities of the Company applicable to Senior Indebtedness until the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on the Subordinated Securities shall be paid in full and no such payments or distributions to the Holders of the Subordinated Securities of cash, property or securities otherwise distributable to the holders of Senior Indebtedness shall, as between the Company, its creditors other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, and the Holders of the Subordinated Securities be deemed to be a payment by the Company to or on account of the Subordinated Securities. It is understood that the provisions of this Article Sixteen are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Holders of the Subordinated Securities, on the one hand, and the holders of the Senior Indebtedness, on the other hand. Nothing contained in this Article Sixteen or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Subordinated Securities is intended to or shall impair, as between the Company, its creditors other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, and the Holders of the Subordinated Securities, the obligation of the Company, which is unconditional and absolute, to pay to the Holders of the Subordinated Securities the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on the Subordinated Securities as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, or to affect the relative rights of the Holders of the Subordinated Securities and creditors of the Company other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, nor shall anything herein or in the Subordinated Securities prevent the Trustee or the Holder of any Subordinated Security from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article Sixteen of the holders of Senior Indebtedness in respect of cash, property or securities of the Company received upon the exercise of any such remedy. Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article Sixteen, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 6.01, shall be entitled to rely upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other person making any distribution to the Trustee for the purpose


of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article Sixteen.

If the Trustee or any Holder of Subordinated Securities does not file a proper claim or proof of debt in the form required in any proceeding referred to above prior to 30 calendar days before the expiration of the time to file such claim in such proceeding, then the holder of any Senior Indebtedness is hereby authorized, and has the right, to file an appropriate claim or claims for or on behalf of such Holder of Subordinated Securities.

With respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants or obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee does not owe any fiduciary duties to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, including any holder of Securities other than Securities issued under this Indenture.

Section 16.03.  No Payment on Subordinated Securities in Event of Default on Senior Indebtedness .

No payment by the Company on account of principal (or premium, if any), sinking funds or interest, if any, on the Subordinated Securities shall be made unless full payment of amounts then due for principal (premium, if any), sinking funds and interest on Senior Indebtedness has been made or duly provided for in money or money’s worth.

Section 16.04.  Payments on Subordinated Securities Permitted .

Nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Subordinated Securities shall (i) affect the obligation of the Company to make, or prevent the Company from making, at any time except as provided in Sections 16.02 and 16.03, payments of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Subordinated Securities or (ii) prevent the application by the Trustee of any moneys deposited with it hereunder to the payment of or on account of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Subordinated Securities, unless the Trustee shall have received at its Corporate Trust Office written notice of any event prohibiting the making of such payment more than three Business Days prior to the date fixed for such payment.

Section 16.05.  Authorization of Holders to Trustee to Effect Subordination .

Each Holder of Subordinated Securities by his acceptance thereof authorizes and directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in this Article Sixteen and appoints the Trustee his attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

Section 16.06.  Notices to Trustee .

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article or any other provisions of this Indenture, neither the Trustee nor any Paying Agent (other than the Company) shall be charged with knowledge of the existence of any Senior Indebtedness or of any event which would prohibit the making of any payment of moneys to or by the Trustee or such Paying Agent, unless and until the Trustee or such Paying Agent shall have received (in the case of the Trustee, at its Corporate Trust Office) written notice thereof from the Company or from the holder of any Senior Indebtedness or from the trustee for any such holder, together with proof reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee of such holding of Senior Indebtedness or of the authority of such trustee; provided ,  however , that if at least three Business Days prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any such moneys may become payable for any purpose (including, without limitation, the payment of either the principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Subordinated Security) the Trustee shall not have received with respect to such moneys the notice provided for in this Section 16.06, then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such moneys and to apply the same to the purpose for which they were received, and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary, which may be received by it within three Business Days prior to such date. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person representing himself to be a holder of Senior Indebtedness (or a trustee on behalf of such holder) to establish that such a notice has been given by a holder of Senior Indebtedness or a trustee on behalf of any such holder. In the event that the


Trustee determines in good faith that further evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Indebtedness to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article Sixteen, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article Sixteen and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment.

Section 16.07.  Trustee as Holder of Senior Indebtedness .

The Trustee in its individual capacity shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article Sixteen in respect of any Senior Indebtedness at any time held by it to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Indebtedness and nothing in this Indenture shall be construed to deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder.

Nothing in this Article Sixteen shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 6.06.

Section 16.08.  Modifications of Terms of Senior Indebtedness .

Any renewal or extension of the time of payment of any Senior Indebtedness or the exercise by the holders of Senior Indebtedness of any of their rights under any instrument creating or evidencing Senior Indebtedness, including, without limitation, the waiver of default thereunder, may be made or done all without notice to or assent from the Holders of the Subordinated Securities or the Trustee.

No compromise, alteration, amendment, modification, extension, renewal or other change of, or waiver, consent or other action in respect of, any liability or obligation under or in respect of, or of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of any indenture or other instrument under which any Senior Indebtedness is outstanding or of such Senior Indebtedness, whether or not such release is in accordance with the provisions of any applicable document, shall in any way alter or affect any of the provisions of this Article Sixteen or of the Subordinated Securities relating to the subordination thereof.

Section 16.09.  Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent .

Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article Sixteen, the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree entered by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution, winding up or similar case or proceeding is pending, or a certificate of the trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, custodian, receiver, assignee for the benefit of creditors, agent or other person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the Holders of Subordinated Securities, for the purpose of ascertaining the persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article Sixteen.

* * * * *

This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same Indenture.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, as of the day and year first above written.


HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Trustee
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE GIVEN BY EUROCLEAR AND

CLEARSTREAM IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OF

A PORTION OF A TEMPORARY GLOBAL SECURITY

OR TO OBTAIN INTEREST PAYABLE PRIOR

TO THE EXCHANGE DATE

CERTIFICATE

[Insert title or sufficient description of Securities to be delivered]

This is to certify that, based solely on written certifications that we have received in writing, by tested telex or by electronic transmission from each of the persons appearing in our records as persons entitled to a portion of the principal amount set forth below (our “ Member Organizations ”) substantially in the form attached hereto, as of the date hereof, [U.S. $] principal amount of the above-captioned Securities (i) is owned by person(s) that are not “United States persons” (“ United States Person(s) ”) within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), (ii) is owned by United States person(s) that are (a) foreign branches of United States financial institutions (financial institutions, as defined in U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.165-12(c)(1)(v)[(iv)] are herein referred to as “financial institutions”) purchasing for their own account or for resale, or (b) United States person(s) who acquired the Securities through foreign branches of United States financial institutions and who hold the Securities through such United States financial institutions on the date hereof (and in either case (a) or (b), each such financial institution has agreed, on its own behalf or through its agent, that we may advise Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. or its agent that such financial institution will comply with the requirements of Section 165(j)(3)(A), (B) or (C) of the Code and the United States Treasury Regulations thereunder), or (iii) is owned by United States or foreign financial institution(s) for purposes of resale during the restricted period (as defined in United States Treasury Regulations Section 1.163-5(c)(2)(i)(D)(7)), and, to the further effect, that financial institutions described in clause (iii) above (whether or not also described in clause (i) or (ii)) have certified that they have not acquired the Securities for purposes of resale directly or indirectly to a United States person or to a person within the United States or its possessions.

As used herein, “United States” means the United States of America (including the States and the District of Columbia); and its “possessions” include Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, Wake Island and the Northern Mariana Islands.

We further certify that (i) we are not making available herewith for exchange (or, if relevant, collection of any interest) any portion of the temporary global Security representing the above-captioned Securities excepted in the above-referenced certificates of Member Organizations and (ii) as of the date hereof we have not received any notification from any of our Member Organizations to the effect that the statements made by such Member Organizations with respect to any portion of the part submitted herewith for exchange (or, if relevant, collection of any interest) are no longer true and cannot be relied upon as of the date hereof.


We understand that this certification is required in connection with certain tax legislation in the United States. If administrative or legal proceedings are commenced or threatened in connection with which this certificate is or would be relevant, we irrevocably authorize you to produce this certificate or a copy thereof to any interested party in such proceedings.

 

Dated:

[To be dated no earlier than the Exchange Date or the relevant Interest Payment

Date occurring prior to the Exchange Date, as applicable]

 

[                                                         ],
as Operator of the Euroclear System
By:  
  Name:
  Title:

Exhibit d.3

FORM OF WARRANT AGREEMENT

WARRANT AGREEMENT

BY AND BETWEEN

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

AND

[            ]

Agreement made as of                     ,                      between HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC., a Maryland corporation, with offices at 400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310, Palo Alto, CA 94301 (“Company”), and                     , a                      corporation, with offices at                      (“Warrant Agent”).

WHEREAS, the Company is engaged in a public offering (“Public Offering”) of                      and warrants (“Warrants”) to public investors, each of such Warrants evidencing the right of the holder thereof to purchase [describe securities issuable upon exercise] (“Securities”), for $        , subject to adjustment as described herein; and

WHEREAS, the Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a Registration Statement on Form N-2, No. 333-             (“Registration Statement”), for the registration, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Act”), of, among other securities, the Warrants and the Securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrants; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires the Warrant Agent to act on behalf of the Company, and the Warrant Agent is willing to so act, in connection with the issuance, registration, transfer, exchange, redemption and exercise of the Warrants; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide for the form and provisions of the Warrants, the terms upon which they shall be issued and exercised and the respective rights, limitation of rights and immunities of the Company, the Warrant Agent and the holders of the Warrants; and

WHEREAS, all acts and things have been done and performed which are necessary to make the Warrants, when executed on behalf of the Company and countersigned by or on behalf of the Warrant Agent, as provided herein, the valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company, and to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.  Appointment of Warrant Agent . The Company hereby appoints the Warrant Agent to act as agent for the Company for the Warrants, and the Warrant Agent hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform the same in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

2.  Warrants .

2.1.  Form of Warrant . Each Warrant shall be issued to its holder in registered form, and each such holder’s Warrants shall be represented by a certificate (a “Warrant Certificate”) in substantially the form of  Exhibit A  hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein and shall be signed by, or bear the facsimile signature of, the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company. In the event the person whose facsimile signature has been placed upon any Warrant Certificate shall have ceased to serve in the capacity in which such person signed the Warrant before such Warrant is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he or she had not ceased to hold such office at the date of issuance.


2.2.  Effect of Countersignature . Unless and until countersigned by the Warrant Agent pursuant to this Agreement, a Warrant shall be invalid and of no effect and may not be exercised by the holder thereof.

2.3.  Registration .

2.3.1.  Warrant Register . The Warrant Agent shall maintain books (“Warrant Register”), for the registration of original issuance and the registration of transfer of the Warrants. Upon the initial issuance of the Warrants, the Warrant Agent shall issue and register the Warrants in the names of the respective holders thereof in such denominations and otherwise in accordance with instructions delivered to the Warrant Agent by the Company.

2.3.2.  Registered Holder . Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Warrant, the Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the person in whose name such Warrant shall be registered upon the Warrant Register (“registered holder”) as the absolute owner of such Warrant and of each Warrant represented thereby (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing on the Warrant Certificate made by anyone other than the Company or the Warrant Agent), for the purpose of any exercise thereof, and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

3.  Terms and Exercise of Warrants .

3.1.  Warrant Price . Each Warrant shall, when countersigned by the Warrant Agent, entitle the registered holder thereof, subject to the provisions of such Warrant and of this Warrant Agreement, to purchase from the Company the number of Securities stated therein, at the price of $         per Security, subject to the adjustments provided in Section 4 hereof and in the last sentence of this Section 3.1. The term “Warrant Price” as used in this Warrant Agreement refers to the price per share at which Common Stock may be purchased at the time a Warrant is exercised. The Company in its sole discretion may lower the Warrant Price at any time prior to the Expiration Date for a period of not less than ten (10) business days.

3.2.  Duration of Warrants . A Warrant may be exercised only during the period (“Exercise Period”) commencing on                     , and terminating at 5:00 p.m., New York City time on the date fixed for redemption of the Warrants as provided in Section 6 of this Agreement (“Expiration Date”). Except with respect to the right to receive the Redemption Price (as set forth in Section 6 hereunder), each Warrant not exercised on or before the Expiration Date shall become void, and all rights thereunder and all rights in respect thereof under this Agreement shall cease at the close of business on the Expiration Date. The Company in its sole discretion may extend the duration of the Warrants by delaying the Expiration Date; provided, that the Company shall provide notice to registered holders of the Warrants of any such extension of twenty (20) days or more.

3.3.  Exercise of Warrants .

3.3.1.  Payment . Subject to the provisions of the Warrant Certificate and this Warrant Agreement, a Warrant may be exercised by the registered holder thereof by surrendering the Warrant Certificate, countersigned by the Warrant Agent, at the office of the Warrant Agent, or, if applicable, at the office of its successor as Warrant Agent with the subscription form, as set forth in the Warrant Certificate, duly executed, and by paying in full the Warrant Price for each Security as to which the Warrant is exercised and any and all applicable taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Warrant, the exchange of the Warrant for Securities, and the issuance of the Securities, as follows:

 

  a. in cash;

 

  b. by certified or official bank check payable to the order of the Company;

3.3.2.  Issuance of Certificates . As soon as practicable after the exercise of any Warrants and the clearance of the funds in payment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall issue to the registered holder of such Warrants in book entry form the number of Securities to which such holder is entitled, registered in such name or names as may be directed by him, her or it, and if the holder of such Warrants shall not have exercised all Warrants held by such holder, a new countersigned Warrant Certificate will be issued for the remaining Warrants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to deliver any securities pursuant to the exercise of a Warrant and shall have no obligation to settle such Warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Act with respect to the Securities is effective. In the event that a registration statement with respect to the Securities


underlying a Warrant is not effective under the Act, the holder of such Warrant shall not be entitled to exercise such Warrant and such Warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In no event shall the Company be required to net cash settle the warrant exercise. Warrants may not be exercised by, or securities issued to, any registered holder in any state in which such exercise would be unlawful.

3.3.3.  Valid Issuance . All equity Securities issued upon the proper exercise of a Warrant in conformity with this Agreement shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. All debt Securities issued upon the proper exercise of a warrant in conformity with this Agreement shall be the valid, binding and legal obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers, preferences or similar laws), reorganization, moratorium similar laws or other now and hereafter in effect relating to or affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, any fraudulent transfer, preference or similar law, general principles of equity and the discretion of the court or other body before which any proceeding therefor may be brought and the unenforceability under certain circumstances under law or court decisions of provisions providing for the indemnification of, or contribution to, a party with respect to a liability where such indemnification or contribution is contrary to public policy.

3.3.4.  Date of Issuance . Each person in whose name any such certificate for shares of Common Stock is issued shall be deemed for all purposes to have become the holder of record of such shares on the date on which the Warrant was surrendered and payment of the Warrant Price was made; provided, however, that, if the date of such surrender and payment is a date when the stock transfer books of the Company are closed, such person shall be deemed to have become the holder of such shares at the close of business on the next succeeding date on which such stock transfer books are open.

4.  Adjustments .

4.1.  Stock Dividends – Split-Ups . If after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 4.6 below, the number of outstanding shares of Securities is increased by a dividend payable in Securities, by a split of Securities, or by any other similar event, then, on the effective date of such dividend, split-up or similar event, the number of Securities issuable on exercise of each Warrant shall be increased in proportion to such increase in outstanding Securities.

4.2.  Aggregation of Securities . If after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 4.6, the number of outstanding Securities is decreased by a consolidation, combination, reverse split or reclassification of Securities or any other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reverse split, reclassification or similar event, the number of Securities issuable on exercise of each Warrant shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding Securities.

4.3.  Adjustments in Exercise Price . Whenever the number of Securities purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants is adjusted, as provided in Section 4.1 and 4.2 above, the Warrant Price shall be adjusted (to the nearest cent) by multiplying such Warrant Price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of Securities purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and (y) the denominator of which shall be the number of Securities so purchasable immediately thereafter.

4.4.  Replacement of Securities upon Reorganization, etc . In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Securities (other than a change covered by Section 4.1 or 4.2 hereof or that solely affects the par value, if any, of such Securities), or in the case of any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Securities), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the assets or other property of the Company as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which the Company is dissolved, the Warrant holders shall thereafter have the right to purchase and receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in the


Warrants and in lieu of the Securities immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented thereby, the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, that the Warrant holder would have received if such Warrant holder had exercised his, her or its Warrant(s) immediately prior to such event; and if any reclassification also results in a change in Securities covered by Section 4.1 or 4.2, then such adjustment shall be made pursuant to Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 and this Section 4. 4. The provisions of this Section 4.4 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, reorganizations, mergers or consolidations, sales or other transfers.

4.5.  Notices of Changes in Warrant . Upon every adjustment of the Warrant Price or the number of Securities issuable upon exercise of a Warrant, the Company shall give written notice thereof to the Warrant Agent, which notice shall state the Warrant Price resulting from such adjustment and the increase or decrease, if any, in the number of Securities purchasable at such price upon the exercise of a Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such calculation is based. Upon the occurrence of any event specified in Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 or 4.4, then, in any such event, the Company shall give written notice to each Warrant holder, at the last address set forth for such holder in the warrant register, of the record date or the effective date of the event. Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of such event.

4.6.  No Fractional Securities . Notwithstanding any provision contained in this Warrant Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not issue fractional Securities upon exercise of Warrants. If, by reason of any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 4, the holder of any Warrant would be entitled, upon the exercise of such Warrant, to receive a fractional interest in a Security, the Company shall, upon such exercise, round up or down to the nearest whole number the number of Securities to be issued to the Warrant holder.

4.7.  Form of Warrant Certificate . The form of Warrant Certificate need not be changed because of any adjustment pursuant to this Section 4, and Warrants issued after such adjustment may state the same Warrant Price and the same number of Securities as is stated in the Warrants initially issued pursuant to this Agreement. However, the Company may at any time in its sole discretion make any change in the form of Warrant Certificate that the Company may deem appropriate and that does not affect the substance thereof, and any Warrant Certificate thereafter issued or countersigned, whether in exchange or substitution for an outstanding Warrant Certificate or otherwise, may be in the form as so changed.

5.  Transfer and Exchange of Warrants .

5.1.  Registration of Transfer . The Warrant Agent shall register the transfer, from time to time, of any outstanding Warrant upon the Warrant Register, upon surrender of the Warrant Certificate representing such Warrant, for transfer, properly endorsed with signatures properly guaranteed and accompanied by appropriate instructions for transfer. Upon any such transfer, a new Warrant Certificate representing an equal aggregate number of Warrants shall be issued and the old Warrant Certificate shall be cancelled by the Warrant Agent. The Warrants so cancelled shall be delivered by the Warrant Agent to the Company from time to time upon request.

5.2.  Procedure for Surrender of Warrant Certificates . Warrant Certificates may be surrendered to the Warrant Agent, together with a written request for exchange or transfer, and thereupon the Warrant Agent shall issue in exchange therefor one or more new Warrant Certificates as requested by the registered holder of the Warrants so surrendered, representing an equal aggregate number of Warrants represented by such Warrant Certificate; provided, however, that in the event that a Warrant Certificate surrendered for transfer bears a restrictive legend, the Warrant Agent shall not cancel such Warrant Certificate and issue new Warrant Certificate(s) in exchange therefor until the Warrant Agent has received an opinion of counsel for the Company stating that such transfer may be made and indicating whether the new Warrant Certificate(s) must also bear a restrictive legend.

5.3.  Fractional Warrants . The Warrant Agent shall not be required to effect any registration of transfer or exchange which would result in the issuance of a warrant certificate for a fraction of a Warrant.

5.4.  Service Charges . No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Warrants.


5.5.  Warrant Execution and Countersignature . The Warrant Agent is hereby authorized to countersign and to deliver, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Warrant Certificates required to be issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5, and the Company, whenever required by the Warrant Agent, shall supply the Warrant Agent with Warrant Certificates duly executed on behalf of the Company for such purpose.

6.  Redemption .

6.1.  Redemption . Not less than all of the outstanding Warrants may be redeemed, at the option of the Company, at any time while they are exercisable and prior to their expiration, at the office of the Warrant Agent, upon the notice referred to in Section 6.2, at the price of $0.001 per Warrant (“Redemption Price”), provided that [describe redemption criteria].

6.2.  Date Fixed for, and Notice of, Redemption . In the event the Company shall elect to redeem all of the Warrants, the Company shall fix a date for the redemption. Notice of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, by the Company not less than thirty (30) days prior to the date fixed for redemption to the registered holders of the Warrants to be redeemed at their last addresses as they shall appear on the registration books. Any notice mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given whether or not the registered holder received such notice.

6.3.  Exercise After Notice of Redemption . The Warrants may be exercised in accordance with Section 3.3.1 of this Agreement at any time after notice of redemption shall have been given by the Company pursuant to Section 6.2 hereof and prior to the time and date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, the record holder of the Warrants shall have no further rights except to receive, upon surrender of the Warrants, the Redemption Price.

7.  Other Provisions Relating to Rights of Holders of Warrants .

7.1.  No Rights as Stockholder . A Warrant does not entitle the registered holder thereof to any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to receive dividends, or other distributions, exercise any preemptive rights to vote or to consent or to receive notice as stockholders in respect of the meetings of stockholders or the election of directors of the Company or any other matter.

7.2.  Lost, Stolen, Mutilated or Destroyed Warrants . If any Warrant Certificate is lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed, the Company and the Warrant Agent may on such terms as to indemnity or otherwise as they may in their discretion impose (which shall, in the case of a mutilated Warrant, include the surrender thereof), issue a new Warrant Certificate of like denomination, tenor and date as the Warrant Certificate so lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed. Any such new Warrant Certificate shall constitute a substitute contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the allegedly lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed Warrant Certificate shall be at any time enforceable by anyone.

7.3.  Reservation of Securities . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available a number of its authorized but unissued Securities that will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Warrants issued pursuant to this Agreement.

8.  Concerning the Warrant Agent and Other Matters .

8.1.  Payment of Taxes . The Company shall from time to time promptly pay all taxes and charges that may be imposed upon the Company or the Warrant Agent in respect of the issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of Warrants, but the Company shall not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in respect of the Warrants or such shares.

8.2.  Resignation, Consolidation or Merger of Warrant Agent .

8.2.1.  Appointment of Successor Warrant Agent . The Warrant Agent, or any successor to it hereafter appointed, may resign its duties and be discharged from all further duties and liabilities hereunder after


giving sixty (60) days’ notice in writing to the Company. If the office of the Warrant Agent becomes vacant by resignation or incapacity to act or otherwise, the Company shall appoint in writing a successor Warrant Agent in place of the Warrant Agent. If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a period of thirty (30) days after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the Warrant Agent or by the holder of the Warrant (who shall, with such notice, submit his Warrant for inspection by the Company), then the holder of any Warrant may apply to the Supreme Court of the State of New York for the County of New York for the appointment of a successor Warrant Agent at the Company’s cost. Any successor Warrant Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such court, shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, in good standing and having its principal office in the Borough of Manhattan, The City and State of New York, and authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority. After appointment, any successor Warrant Agent shall be vested with all the authority, powers, rights, immunities, duties and obligations of its predecessor Warrant Agent with like effect as if originally named as Warrant Agent hereunder, without any further act or deed. If for any reason it becomes necessary or appropriate, the predecessor Warrant Agent shall execute and deliver, at the expense of the Company, an instrument transferring to such successor Warrant Agent all the authority, powers and rights of such predecessor Warrant Agent hereunder; and upon request of any successor Warrant Agent, the Company shall make, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all instruments in writing for more fully and effectually vesting in and confirming to such successor Warrant Agent all such authority, powers, rights, immunities, duties and obligations.

8.2.2.  Notice of Successor Warrant Agent . In the event a successor Warrant Agent shall be appointed, the Company shall give notice thereof to the predecessor Warrant Agent and the transfer agent for the Securities not later than the effective date of any such appointment.

8.2.3.  Merger or Consolidation of Warrant Agent . Any corporation into which the Warrant Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated or any corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Warrant Agent shall be a party shall be the successor Warrant Agent under this Agreement without any further act.

8.3.  Fees and Expenses of Warrant Agent .

8.3.1.  Remuneration . The Company agrees to pay the Warrant Agent reasonable remuneration for its services as such Warrant Agent hereunder and shall reimburse the Warrant Agent upon demand for all expenditures that the Warrant Agent may reasonably incur in the execution of its duties hereunder.

8.3.2.  Further Assurances . The Company agrees to perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Warrant Agent for the carrying out or performing of the provisions of this Agreement.

8.4.  Liability of Warrant Agent .

8.4.1.  Reliance on Company Statement . Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Warrant Agreement, the Warrant Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established by the Company prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a statement signed by the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Chairman of the Board of the Company and delivered to the Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent may rely upon such statement for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

8.4.2.  Indemnity . The Warrant Agent shall be liable hereunder only for its own negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. The Company agrees to indemnify the Warrant Agent and save it harmless against any and all liabilities, including judgments, costs and reasonable counsel fees, for anything done or omitted by the Warrant Agent in the execution of this Agreement except as a result of the Warrant Agent’s negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith.

8.4.3.  Exclusions . The Warrant Agent shall have no responsibility with respect to the validity of this Agreement or with respect to the validity or execution of any Warrant (except its countersignature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Warrant; nor shall it be responsible to make any adjustments required under the provisions of Section 4 hereof or responsible for the manner, method or amount of any such adjustment or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such adjustment; nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any shares of Common Stock to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Warrant or as to whether any shares of Common Stock will when issued be valid and fully paid and nonassessable.

8.5.  Acceptance of Agency . The Warrant Agent hereby accepts the agency established by this Agreement and agrees to perform the same upon the terms and conditions herein set forth and, among other things, shall account


promptly to the Company with respect to Warrants exercised and concurrently account for, and pay to the Company, all moneys received by the Warrant Agent for the purchase of shares of Common Stock through the exercise of Warrants.

9.  Miscellaneous Provisions .

9.1.  Successors . All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Warrant Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.

9.2.  Notices . Any notice, statement or demand authorized by this Warrant Agreement to be given or made by the Warrant Agent or by the holder of any Warrant to or on the Company shall be sufficiently given when so delivered if by hand or overnight delivery or if sent by certified mail or private courier service within five (5) days after deposit of such notice, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing by the Company with the Warrant Agent), as follows:

Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc.

400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Attn: Scott Harvey

Any notice, statement or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the holder of any Warrant or by the Company to or on the Warrant Agent shall be sufficiently given when so delivered if by hand or overnight delivery or if sent by certified mail or private courier service within five (5) days after deposit of such notice, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing by the Warrant Agent with the Company), as follows:

with a copy in each case to:

Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP

1275 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW

Washington, D.C. 20004

Attn: Cynthia M. Krus

and

9.3.  Applicable law . The validity, interpretation, and performance of this Agreement and of the Warrants shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York. The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement shall be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive. The Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. Any such process or summons to be served upon the Company may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section 9.2 hereof. Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company in any action, proceeding or claim.

9.4.  Persons Having Rights under this Agreement . Nothing in this Agreement expressed and nothing that may be implied from any of the provisions hereof is intended, or shall be construed, to confer upon, or give to, any person or corporation other than the parties hereto and the registered holders of the Warrants and, for the purposes of Section 9.2 hereof, any right, remedy, or claim under or by reason of this Warrant Agreement or of any covenant, condition, stipulation, promise or agreement hereof. All covenants, conditions, stipulations, promises and agreements contained in this Warrant Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and assigns and of the registered holders of the Warrants.

9.5.  Examination of the Warrant Agreement . A copy of this Agreement shall be available at all reasonable times at the office of the Warrant Agent in the Borough of Manhattan, The City and State of New York, for inspection by the registered holder of any Warrant. The Warrant Agent may require any such holder to submit his Warrant for inspection by it.


9.6.  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of original or facsimile counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

9.7.  Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and are not part of this Warrant Agreement and shall not affect the interpretation thereof.

9.8.  Amendments . This Agreement may be amended by the parties hereto without the consent of any registered holder for the purpose of curing any ambiguity, or of curing, correcting or supplementing any defective provision contained herein or adding or changing any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Agreement as the parties may deem necessary or desirable and that the parties deem shall not to materially and adversely affect the interest of the registered holders. All other modifications or amendments, including any amendment to increase the Warrant Price or shorten the Exercise Period, shall require the written consent of the registered holders of a majority of the then outstanding Warrants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may lower the Warrant Price or extend the duration of the Exercise Period pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2, respectively, without the consent of the registered holders.

9.9. This Agreement does not constitute an agreement for a partnership or joint venture among the parties. The Warrant Agent shall act hereunder as agent of the Company solely to the limited extent set forth in this Agreement, but shall not assume any fiduciary duties to, or have any rights, power or authority on behalf of, the Company or any of its affiliates, equity holders or creditors or of any other person or entity not expressly set forth in this Agreement. Any duties of the Warrant Agent arising out of its engagements pursuant to this Agreement shall be owed solely to the Company. No party shall make any commitments with third parties that are binding on any other party without such other party’s prior written consent, and none of the Warrant Agent, employees, or representatives or contractors of the Warrant Agent shall be deemed to be employees of the Company or any of its affiliates.

9.10. Except as explicitly stated elsewhere in this Agreement, nothing under this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any rights, benefits, remedies or claims under or by reason of this Agreement or any part thereof to anyone other than the Warrant Agent and the Company, and the duties and responsibilities undertaken pursuant to this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Warrant Agent and the Company.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the parties hereto as of the day and year first above written.

 

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[                    ]  
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[                    ]  
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


EXHIBIT A

Form of Warrant Certificate

THE WARRANTS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS

ON TRANSFER DESCRIBED BELOW

[Form of Face of Warrant Certificate]

 

No. W-                             Warrants

VOID AFTER 5:00 p.m. NEW YORK CITY TIME on                      ,                     

WARRANT CERTIFICATE FOR PURCHASE OF [SECURITIES] OF

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received                                            or registered assigns (the “Registered Holder”) is the owner of the number of warrants (“Warrants”) specified above. Each Warrant initially entitles the Registered Holder to purchase, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant Certificate and the Warrant Agreement (as hereinafter defined), [describe securities issuable upon exercise] (“Securities”), of HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), at any time during the Exercise Period (as hereinafter defined), upon the presentation and surrender of this Warrant Certificate with the Subscription Form on the reverse hereof duly executed, at the corporate office of                      as Warrant Agent, or its successor (the “Warrant Agent”), accompanied by payment of $— (the “Purchase Price”) in lawful money of the United States of America in cash or by official bank or certified check made payable to HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, Inc.

This Warrant Certificate and each Warrant represented hereby are issued pursuant to and are subject in all respects to the terms and conditions set forth in the Warrant Agreement (the “Warrant Agreement”) dated                      ,                      by and between the Company and the Warrant Agent. The board of directors of the Company retains the right to amend the Warrant Agreement in its discretion, subject to certain restrictions set forth in the Warrant Agreement.

In the event of certain contingencies provided for in the Warrant Agreement, the Purchase Price or the number of Securities subject to purchase upon the exercise of each Warrant represented hereby are subject to modifications or adjustment.

Each Warrant represented hereby is exercisable at the option of the Registered Holder, but no fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued. However, if the Registered Holder exercises all the Warrants then owned by the Registered Holder, the Company shall pay to such Registered Holder in lieu of the issuance of any fractional shares of Common Stock that is otherwise payable, an amount in cash based on the market value of the Common Stock on the last trading day prior to the date of exercise of the Warrants. In the case of the exercise of less than all the Warrants represented hereby, the Company shall cancel this Warrant Certificate upon the surrender hereof and shall execute and deliver a new Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor, which the Warrant Agent shall countersign, for the balance of such Warrants.

The term “Exercise Period” shall mean the period commencing on                      , and terminating at 5:00 p.m., New York City time on the date fixed for redemption of the Warrants as provided in Section 6 of the Warrant Agreement.

The Company shall not be obligated to deliver any Securities pursuant to the exercise of this Warrant unless a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to such securities is then effective. This Warrant shall not be exercisable by a Registered Holder in any state where such exercise would be unlawful.

This Warrant Certificate is exchangeable, upon the surrender hereof by the Registered Holder at the corporate office of the Warrant Agent, for a new Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor representing an equal aggregate number of Warrants, each of such new Warrant Certificates to represent such number of Warrants as shall be designated by such Registered Holder at the time of such surrender.


Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Warrant represented hereby, the Registered Holder shall not be entitled to any rights of a stockholder of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to vote or to receive dividends or other distributions, and shall not be entitled to receive any notice of any proceedings of the Company, except as provided in the Warrant Agreement.

Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Warrant, the Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the Registered Holder as the absolute owner of this Warrant Certificate and of each Warrant represented hereby (notwithstanding any notations of ownership or writing hereon made by anyone other than a duly authorized officer of the Company or the Warrant Agent), for the purpose of any exercise thereof, and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

This Warrant Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

This Warrant Certificate is not valid unless countersigned by the Warrant Agent.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant Certificate to be duly executed, manually or in facsimile by its officer thereunto duly authorized and a facsimile of its corporate seal to be imprinted hereon.

 

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Dated:  

 

        
     [Seal]              

 

COUNTERSIGNED:

[                     ], as

Warrant Agent

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


[Form of Reverse of Warrant Certificate]

NOTICE OF ELECTION TO EXERCISE

To Be Executed by the Registered Holder

in Order to Exercise Warrants

THE UNDERSIGNED REGISTERED HOLDER hereby irrevocably elects to exercise                      Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate, and to purchase the securities issuable upon the exercise of such Warrants, and requests that certificates for such securities shall be issued in the name of:

 

 

(PLEASE INSERT NAME AND SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER)

and be delivered to:

 

 

 

 

 

(please print or type name and address)

and if such number of Warrants shall not be all the Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate, that a new Warrant Certificate for the balance of such Warrants be registered in the name of, and delivered to, the Registered Holder at the address stated below.

The undersigned represents that the exercise of the Warrants evidenced hereby was solicited by a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. If not solicited by a FINRA member firm, please write “unsolicited” in the space below. Unless otherwise indicated by listing the name of another FINRA member firm, it will be assumed that the exercise was solicited by [                    ].

 

 

(Name of FINRA Member)

 

 

Dated:  

 

 

Address

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

 

Signature Guaranteed

 


ASSIGNMENT

To Be Executed by the Registered Holder in Order to Assign Warrants

For value received (and, for any transfers prior to 5:00 p.m. New York City time on                      ,                                          , hereby sells, assigns, and transfers unto:

 

 

(please insert name and social security or other identifying number of transferee)

 

 

 

 

 

(please print or type name and address)

of the Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints Attorney to transfer this Warrant Certificate on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:                        

X

 
   Signature Guaranteed  
  

 

 

THE SIGNATURE TO THE ASSIGNMENT OR THE SUBSCRIPTION FORM MUST CORRESPOND TO THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THIS WARRANT CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER, AND MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION (AS DEFINED IN RULE 17Ad-15 UNDER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934) WHICH MAY INCLUDE A COMMERCIAL BANK OR TRUST COMPANY, SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, CREDIT UNION OR A MEMBER FIRM OF THE AMERICAN STOCK EXCHANGE, NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE, PACIFIC STOCK EXCHANGE OR MIDWEST STOCK EXCHANGE.

Exhibit d.4

FORM OF SUBSCRIPTION AGENT AGREEMENT

SUBSCRIPTION AGENT AGREEMENT

BY AND BETWEEN

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

and

[            ]

This Subscription Rights Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made as of                          between Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and                          (the “Subscription Agent”), and relates to the base prospectus included in the Registration Statement on Form N-2, File No. 333-                , filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission on                         , 2011, as amended by any amendment filed with respect thereto (the “Registration Statement”) and any supplemental prospectus (together with the base prospectus, the “Prospectus”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Subscription Certificate (as defined below).

WHEREAS, the Company proposes to make a subscription offer by issuing subscription certificates in the form designated by the Company (“Subscription Certificates”) to stockholders of record (the “Record Date Stockholders”) of its common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Common Stock”), as of a record date specified by the Company (the “Record Date”) in the Prospectus, pursuant to which each Record Date Stockholder, or any transferee of a Record Date Stockholder (such Record Date Stockholders and transferees thereof, the “Rights Holders”) shall have certain rights (the “Rights”) to subscribe for shares of Common Stock, as described in and upon such terms as are set forth in the Prospectus, a final copy of which has been or, upon availability shall promptly be, delivered to the Subscription Agent; and

WHEREAS, the Company wishes the Subscription Agent to perform certain acts on behalf of the Company, and the Subscription Agent is willing to so act, in connection with the distribution of the Subscription Certificates and the issuance and exercise of the Rights, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual agreements set forth herein, each of the parties agrees as follows:

 

1. Appointment.

The Company hereby appoints the Subscription Agent to act as subscription and distribution agent in connection with the distribution of Subscription Certificates and the issuance and exercise of the Rights (the “Offering”) in accordance with the terms set forth in the Agreement, and the Subscription Agent hereby accepts such appointment.

 

2. Form and Execution of Subscription Certificates.

Each Subscription Certificate shall be irrevocable and transferable upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus. The Subscription Agent shall maintain a register of Subscription Certificates and of the Rights Holders.

 

3. Rights and Issuance of Subscription Certificates.

 

  A. Each Subscription Certificate shall evidence the Rights of the Rights Holders therein named to purchase Common Stock upon the terms and conditions therein set forth.

 

  B.

Upon the written advice of the Company, signed by any of its duly authorized officers, as to the Record Date, the Subscription Agent shall, from a list of the Record Date Stockholders to be prepared by the Subscription Agent, prepare and record Subscription Certificates in the names of such Record Date Stockholders, setting forth the number of Rights to subscribe for shares of Common Stock calculated on the basis of one Right for each                  shares of Common Stock recorded on the books in the name of


  each such Record Date Stockholder as of the Record Date. No fractional Rights shall be issued. Each Subscription Certificate shall be dated as of the Record Date and shall be executed manually or by facsimile signature of a duly authorized officer of the Subscription Agent.

 

  C. Upon receipt of such written advice, signed as aforesaid, as to the effective date of the Registration Statement, the Subscription Agent shall promptly countersign and deliver the Subscription Certificates, together with a copy of the Prospectus, instruction letter and any other documents as the Company deems necessary or appropriate, to all Record Date Stockholders with record addresses in the United States (including its territories and possessions and the District of Columbia). Delivery shall be by first class mail (without registration or insurance).

 

  D. The Subscription Agent shall mail a copy of the Prospectus, instruction letter, a special notice and such other documents as the Company may deem necessary or appropriate, if any, but not Subscription Certificates to Record Date Stockholders whose record addresses are outside the United States (including its territories and possessions and the District of Columbia) (“Foreign Record Date Stockholders”). Those Record Date Stockholders having a registered address outside the United States (who shall only receive copies of the Prospectus, instruction letter and such other documents as the Company may deem necessary or appropriate, if any) delivery shall be by air mail (without registration or insurance) or by first class mail (without registration or insurance) to those Record Date Stockholders having an APO or FPO address. The Rights to which such Subscription Certificates relate shall be held by the Subscription Agent for such Foreign Record Date Stockholders’ accounts until instructions are received to exercise, sell or transfer such Rights.

 

  E. The Subscription Agent shall perform their respective duties hereunder in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Fee and Service Schedule attached hereto as Exhibit B, and shall act at all times in accordance with the description of the offering and the Subscription Agent’ duties set forth herein and in the Prospectus.

 

4. [Over-Subscription Privilege.

If any shares of Common Stock available for purchase pursuant to the Rights offering are not subscribed for by Rights Holders pursuant to the Basic Subscription, the Subscription Agent shall allot such shares to Rights Holders who have properly subscribed for such shares pursuant to an over-subscription privilege on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus, including as to proration. In addition, any Rights Holder other than a Record Date Stockholder who exercises Rights is entitled to subscribe for any Remaining Shares that are not otherwise subscribed for by Record Date Stockholders pursuant to their over-subscription privilege, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus, including as to proration. We refer to these over-subscription privileges as the “Over-Subscription Privilege.”]

 

5. Exercise.

 

  A. Rights Holders may acquire shares of Common Stock by delivery to the Subscription Agent no later than 5:00 pm on the Expiration Date, as defined below, or on any extended Expiration Date, of (i) a properly completed and duly executed Subscription Certificate and a money order or check or bank draft drawn on a bank or branch located in the United States and payable to “                        ” for an amount equal to the number of shares of Common Stock subscribed for pursuant to the Basic Subscription [and the Over-Subscription Privilege] multiplied by the Estimated Subscription Price, each as defined in the Subscription Certificate (the “Exercise Price”); or (ii) a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery guaranteeing delivery of (A) a properly completed and duly executed Subscription Certificate and (B) a money order or check or bank draft drawn on a bank or branch located in the United States and payable to “                        ” for an amount equal to the Exercise Price. Payment must be made in U.S. dollars. For the purposes of the Prospectus and this Agreement, “Business Day” shall mean any day on which trading is conducted on The NASDAQ Global Select Market.

 

  B. The Offering shall terminate, on such date as the Company shall designate to the Subscription Agent in writing (the “Expiration Date”). For the purpose of determining the time of the exercise of any Rights, delivery of any materials to the Subscription Agent shall be deemed to occur when such materials are received by the Subscription Agent specified in the Prospectus.


  C. Within ten Business Days following the Expiration Date (the “Confirmation Date”), the Subscription Agent shall send to each exercising Rights Holder (or, if rights are held by Cede & Co. or any other depository or nominee, to Cede & Co. or such other depository or nominee, as applicable) a confirmation showing (i) the number of shares purchased pursuant to the Basic Subscription; [(ii) the number of shares, if any, acquired pursuant to the Over-Subscription Privilege;] (iii) the per share and total purchase price for such shares; and (iv) any additional amount payable to the Company by such Rights Holder or any excess to be refunded by the Company to such Rights Holder, in each case based on the Subscription Price as determined on the Expiration Date, [along with a letter explaining the allocation of shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Over-Subscription Privilege, if applicable].

 

  D. Any additional payment required from an exercising Rights Holder must be received by the Subscription Agent within ten Business Days after the Confirmation Date and any excess payment to be refunded by the Company to an exercising Rights Holder shall be mailed by the Subscription Agent as promptly as practicable after the Confirmation Date and, in no event, later than ten Business Days after the Confirmation Date. If a Rights Holder does not make timely payment of any additional amounts due in accordance with this Section 4, the Subscription Agent shall consult with the Company in accordance with Section 5 as to the appropriate action to be taken. The Subscription Agent shall not issue shares of Common Stock for shares of Common Stock subscribed for until payment in full therefor has been received by the Subscription Agent, including clearance of checks and payment pursuant to Notices of Guaranteed Delivery.

 

  E. As soon as practicable after the exercise of any Rights and the clearance of the funds in payment of the Exercise Price, the Company shall issue to the Rights Holder in book entry form the number of full shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled upon exercise of the Rights, registered in such name or names as may be directed by him, her or it, and if the Rights Holder shall not have exercised all Rights held by such holder, a new Subscription Certificate for such number of Rights as were not exercised.

 

6. Validity of Subscriptions.

Irregular, incomplete or unpaid subscriptions not otherwise covered by specific instructions herein shall be submitted to an appropriate officer of the Company and handled in accordance with his or her instructions. Such instructions shall be reasonably documented by the Subscription Agent indicating, among other things, the instructing officer and the date thereof.

 

7. Delivery of Shares.

The Subscription Agent shall deliver Statements of Holding reflecting new shares of Common Stock purchased pursuant to the Basic Subscription [and, if applicable, those shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Over-Subscription Privilege] as soon as practicable after the Expiration Date, after all allocations have been effected and full payment for such shares has been received and cleared.

 

8. Holding Proceeds of Rights Offering.

 

  A. All proceeds received by the Subscription Agent from Rights Holders in respect of the exercise of Rights pursuant to the Basic Subscription [and the Over-Subscription Privilege] shall be held by the Subscription Agent on behalf of the Company in a segregated account (the “Account”). Interest shall accrue for the benefit of the Company at                      and not for the benefit of the Subscription Agent or any Rights Holders, on funds held in the Account pending disbursement in the manner described in Section 4 above.

 

  B. The Subscription Agent shall deliver all proceeds received in respect of the exercise of Rights, other than those to be refunded to exercising Rights Holders pursuant to Section 4 above, to the Company as promptly as practicable, but in no event later than one Business Day after the Confirmation Date.

 

  C. The Company acknowledges that the bank accounts maintained by                      in connection with the services provided under this Agreement shall be in its name, in a segregated account and held in trust for the benefit of the Company.


9. Reports.

Daily, during the period commencing on the date of mailing the Subscription Certificates until and including the Confirmation Date, the Subscription Agent shall report by telephone, facsimile or electronic mail to a designated representative(s) of the Company, as instructed by such designated representative, the following information:

 

  (i) the names of all Rights Holders exercising Rights pursuant to the Basic Subscription [and the Over-Subscription Privilege];

 

  (ii) the total number of Rights exercised by each Rights Holder during the immediately preceding day pursuant to the Basic Subscription [and the Over-Subscription Privilege];

 

  (iii) the total number of Rights verified to be in proper form for exercise, rejected for exercise and being processed, and all payments received in connection therewith;

 

  (iv) with respect to the Dealer Managers and each soliciting dealer, the number of Rights exercised on forms indicating the Dealer Manager or such soliciting dealer, as the case may be, as the broker-dealer with respect to such exercise; and

 

  (v) such other information as may be reasonably requested by the Company or such designated representative;

The Subscription Agent shall report by telephone, facsimile or electronic mail, as instructed by such designated representative, not later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the first business day following the Expiration Date, (i) the total number of Rights exercised by each Rights Holder pursuant to the Basic Subscription [and the Over-Subscription Privilege and shares of Common Stock related thereto], (ii) the total number of Rights verified to be in proper form for exercise, rejected for exercise and being processed, and all payments received in connection therewith, (iii) with respect to the Dealer Managers and each soliciting dealer, the number of Rights exercised on forms indicating the Dealer Manager or such soliciting dealer, as the case may be, as the broker-dealer with respect to such exercise, and (iv) any such other information as may be reasonably requested by the Company or such designated representative.

In addition, the Subscription Agent shall perform the services set forth in Exhibit A.

 

10. Loss or Mutilation.

If any Subscription Certificate is lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed, the Subscription Agent may, on such terms as will serve to indemnify and protect the Company and the Subscription Agent as the Subscription Agent may in its reasonable discretion impose on the relevant Rights Holder (which shall, in the case of a mutilated Subscription Certificate, include the surrender and cancellation thereof), issue a new Subscription Certificate to such Rights Holder of like denomination in substitution for the Subscription Certificate so lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed.

 

11. Compensation for Services.

The Company agrees that it shall pay to the Subscription Agent compensation for their respective services hereunder in accordance with the Fee and Service Schedule attached hereto as Exhibit B. The Company further agrees that it shall reimburse the Subscription Agent for its reasonable, documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred in the performance of its respective duties as such; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to reimburse the Subscription Agent for any such expenses incurred which exceed $                 in the aggregate without its prior written consent.

 

12. Instructions, Indemnification and Limitation of Liability.

The Subscription Agent undertakes the respective duties and obligations imposed by this Agreement upon the following terms and conditions:

 

  A.

The Subscription Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any instructions or directions furnished to it by an officer of the Company listed on the attached Schedule A (an “Appropriate Officer”). Without limiting the


  generality of the foregoing or any other provision of this Agreement, each Agent, in connection with its duties hereunder, shall not be under any duty or obligation to inquire into the validity or invalidity or authority or lack thereof of any instruction or direction from an Appropriate Officer of the Company and which such Agent reasonably believes to be genuine.

 

  B. The Company shall indemnify the Subscription Agent and its partners, directors, officers, managers, employees, attorneys and representatives against, and hold them harmless from, all liability and expense for any claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation (each, a “Claim”) against any such party that arises out of or in connection with the services described in this Agreement to be performed by the Subscription Agent or the instructions or directions furnished to the Subscription Agent relating to this Agreement by an Appropriate Officer of the Company; provided that the Company shall not be so obligated for any liability or expense (i) which shall arise out of the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Subscription Agent or the partners, directors, officers, managers, employees, attorneys or representatives of the Subscription Agent or (ii) for any liability or expense arising out of a settlement of any Claim unless such settlement has been made with the prior written consent of the Company.

Promptly after the receipt by the Subscription Agent of notice of any Claim, the Subscription Agent shall notify the Company thereof in writing. In no case shall the Company be liable under this Section 12 to the extent it is materially prejudiced by failure of any indemnified party to deliver prompt notice of any Claim. The Company shall be entitled to participate at its own expense in the defense of any Claim, and, if it so elects at any time after receipt of such notice, it may assume the defense of any suit brought to enforce any Claim. For the purposes of this Section 12, the term “liability and expense” shall include all reasonable costs and expenses, including, but not limited to, reasonable counsel fees (including one local counsel, if necessary) and disbursements, paid or incurred in investigating or defending against any such claim, demand, action, suit, proceeding or investigation.

 

  C. The Subscription Agent shall at all times act in good faith and agree to use its commercially reasonable efforts to insure the accuracy of all services provided under this Agreement and shall indemnify and hold the Company and its subsidiaries and other affiliates and their respective partners, directors, officers, managers, employees, attorneys and representatives harmless from and against any and all liability and expenses directly or indirectly arising out of or in connection with the services described in this Agreement to be performed by the Subscription Agent or the instructions or directions furnished to the Subscription Agent relating to this Agreement by an Appropriate Officer of the Company; provided that the Subscription Agent shall not be so obligated for any liability or expense which shall arise out of the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Company or the partners, directors, officers, managers, employees, attorneys or representatives of the Company.

 

13. Assignment/Delegation.

 

  A. Except as provided in Section 14(B) below, neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned or delegated by any party without the prior written consent of the other parties.

 

  B. The Subscription Agent may, without further consent on the part of the Company, subcontract with other parties for such systems, processing, telephone and mailing services and post-exchange activities as may be required from time to time; provided, however, that (i) the Subscription Agent shall be as fully responsible to the Company for the acts and omissions of any subcontractor in the same manner and to the same extent as it is for its own acts and omissions, and (ii) no such subcontracting shall relieve the Subscription Agent of any of its obligations hereunder.

 

14. Relationship/Third Party Beneficiaries.

This Agreement does not constitute an agreement for a partnership or joint venture among the parties. The Subscription Agent shall act hereunder as agent of the Company solely to the limited extent set forth in this Agreement, but shall not assume any fiduciary duties to, or have any rights, power or authority on behalf of, the Company or any of its affiliates, equity holders or creditors or of any other person or entity not expressly set forth in this Agreement. Any duties of the Subscription Agent arising out of its engagements pursuant to this Agreement shall be owed solely to the Company. No party shall make any commitments with third parties that are binding on any other party without such other party’s prior written consent, and none of the Subscription Agent, employees, or


representatives or contractors of the Subscription Agent shall be deemed to be employees of the Company or any of its affiliates.

Except as explicitly stated elsewhere in this Agreement, nothing under this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any rights, benefits, remedies or claims under or by reason of this Agreement or any part thereof to anyone other than the Subscription Agent and the Company, and the duties and responsibilities undertaken pursuant to this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Subscription Agent and the Company.

 

15. Force Majeure.

In the event any party is unable to perform its obligations under the terms of this Agreement because of acts of God, strikes, terrorist acts, equipment or transmission failure or damage reasonably beyond its control or other cause reasonably beyond its control, such party shall not be liable for damages to any other party resulting from such failure to perform or otherwise from such causes. Performance under this Agreement shall resume when the affected party or parties are able to perform substantially its or their duties.

 

16. Consequential Damages.

No party to this Agreement shall be liable to any other party for any consequential, indirect, penal, special or incidental damages under any provisions of this Agreement or for any consequential, indirect, penal, special or incidental damages arising out of any act or failure to act hereunder even if that party has been advised of or has foreseen the possibility of such damages.

 

17. Severability.

If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid, unlawful or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired.

 

18. Captions.

The captions and descriptive headings herein are for the convenience of the parties only. They do not in any way modify, amplify, alter or give full notice of the provisions hereof.

 

19. Confidentiality.

 

  A. Under this Agreement, each party shall have access to certain confidential information belonging to the other parties, which information shall include nonpublic information pertaining to the disclosing party, its parent, subsidiaries, affiliates, employees, customers, representatives and vendors (including without limitation information furnished prior to the date of this Agreement) furnished by or on behalf of the disclosing party or its representatives to the receiving party, directly or indirectly, by any means (“Confidential Information”).

 

  B. Each of the parties acknowledges that except as necessary for any party to perform its respective obligations under the Agreement: (i) all Confidential Information is confidential; (ii) all Confidential Information is proprietary to the disclosing party; (iii) it shall keep all Confidential Information confidential and shall not disclose the same; (iv) it shall use Confidential Information only as required by this Agreement; (v) it shall not create a list or other compilation containing any Confidential Information for any purpose other than to perform its obligations under this Agreement; and (vi) except as expressly provided for herein, it shall not provide, directly or indirectly, the Confidential Information to any other person or entity for any purpose.

 

  C. Each of the parties acknowledges that this Agreement shall be filed by the Company as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and that the contents of this Agreement will be accessible to the public.

 

  D. In the event that any party receives a request or becomes legally compelled to disclose any Confidential Information belonging to any other party, such party shall provide the other party with prompt notice of such request (provided such notice is not otherwise prohibited by applicable law or court order) and shall disclose only that portion of the Confidential Information that it is legally obligated to disclose.


20. Term and Termination.

The Agreement shall remain in effect until the earlier of (i) thirty (30) days after the Expiration Date; (ii) it is terminated by the Company, on the one hand, or the Subscription Agent with respect to the service provided by such Subscription Agent, on the other, upon a material breach of this Agreement by the other which remains uncured for fifteen (15) days after written notice of such breach has been provided to such other party; or (iii) thirty (30) days’ written notice has been provided by the Company, on the one hand, or the Subscription Agent, on the other. Upon termination of the Agreement, the Subscription Agent shall retain a copy of all canceled Subscription Certificates and related documentation as required by applicable law; all documentation and information related to the services performed under the Agreement shall be promptly delivered to the Company.

 

21. Notices.

Until further notice in writing by any party hereto to the other parties, all written reports, notices and other communications between any Subscription Agent, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other, required or permitted hereunder shall be delivered or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, facsimile or overnight courier guaranteeing next day delivery, addressed as follows:

If to the Company, to:

Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc.

400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP

1275 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW

Washington, DC 20004

Attn: Cynthia M. Krus

If to the Subscription Agent, to:

 

22. Survival.

The provisions of Paragraphs 8, 12, 19, 24-28 shall survive any termination, for any reason, of this Agreement.

 

23. Merger of Agreement.

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and supersedes any prior agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof, whether oral or written.

 

24. Amendment.

No term or provision of this Agreement may be amended, changed, altered or modified except by written instrument executed by the each of the parties to this Agreement.

The Subscription Agent may, without the consent or concurrence of the Rights Holders in whose names Subscription Certificates are registered but with the prior written consent of the Company, by supplemental agreement or otherwise, make any change or correction in a Subscription Certificate that it shall have been advised by counsel (who may be counsel for the Company) is appropriate to cure any ambiguity or to correct any defective or inconsistent provision or clerical omission or mistake or manifest error therein or herein contained, and which shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of the Subscription Certificate except insofar as any such change may confer additional rights upon the Rights Holder.


25. Extension; Waiver.

At any time, each of the parties hereto may, to the extent legally allowed, (i) extend the time for, or waive, the performance of any of the covenants, obligations or agreements of the other parties hereto, (ii) waive any inaccuracies or breaches in the representations and warranties contained herein or in any certificate delivered by another party pursuant hereto or (iii) waive compliance with any of the conditions of another party contained in this Agreement. Any agreement on the part of any of the parties hereto to any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in a written instrument signed by the party or parties against whom such extension or waiver is to be enforced. Any waiver of any term or condition shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or a subsequent waiver of the same term or condition, or as a waiver of any other term or condition, of this Agreement. The failure of any of the parties hereto to assert any of its rights under this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of such rights or any other rights.

 

26. Jurisdiction.

Each of the parties hereto: (i) irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York or, if such court does not have jurisdiction, the New York State Supreme Court in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, in any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement, (ii) agrees that all claims in respect of the action may be heard and determined in any such court and (iii) agrees not to bring any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any other court.

In any such action, each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to assert by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, any claims that it is not subject to the jurisdiction of the above court, that such action is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue of such action is improper. Each of the parties hereto also agrees that any final and nonappealable judgment against a party hereto in connection with any action shall be conclusive and binding on such party and that such award or judgment may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction, either within or outside of the United States. A certified or exemplified copy of such award or judgment shall be conclusive evidence of the fact and amount of such award or judgment.

Without limiting the foregoing, each party hereto agrees that service of process on such party at the address provided in Section 24 shall be deemed effective service of process on such party.

 

27. Waiver of Jury Trial.

Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives any and all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim (whether based upon contract, tort or otherwise) in any way arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

 

28. Governing Law.

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

29. Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (including by facsimile or electronic transmission), each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall be considered one and the same agreement.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers, hereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written.

 

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH

CAPITAL, INC.

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

[SUBSCRIPTION AGENT]
By:    
Name:    
Title:    


EXHIBIT A

ADDITIONAL SERVICES

TO BE PERFORMED BY SUBSCRIPTION AGENT

 

Advance Review of Offering Materials —Review and comment on all Offering materials in advance of final printing and dissemination.

 

Financial Printer —Work directly with the financial printer, providing format suggestions and delivery instructions.

 

Financial Public Relations —Assist in the preparation and placement of advertisements/tombstones in newspapers (at prevailing market rates).

 

Bank and Broker Communications and Mailings —Survey the bank and brokerage communities to obtain material requirements and to ensure that they are aware of the Offering. Coordinate the mailing of the Offering materials to them for forwarding to their beneficial owners.

 

Registered Holder Mailings —Coordinate the mailing of the Offering materials to registered holders.

 

Incoming Telephone Calls —Set up a toll-free telephone number to enable security holders and their advisors to call with questions. Keep a record of all incoming calls and notify the appropriate individual at the Company upon the receipt of calls outside the normal course.

 

Outgoing Telephone Calls —As requested by the Company, initiate follow-up calls to a targeted group of security holders in order to maximize participation in the Offering.

 

Depositary Communications —Initiate and maintain communications with the Company’s Depositary and the reorganization departments of bank and brokerage firms to monitor the progress of the Offering.

 

Progress Updates —Inform the Company of security holder comments and reactions to the Offering, and gauge the expected level of participation in the Offering. Track shifts in the ownership of shares through the use of Depository Trust Company (DTC) listings, and analyze those shifts.

Exhibit d.5

FORM OF SUBSCRIPTION CERTIFICATE

[Form of Subscription Certificate]

THIS OFFER EXPIRES AT 5:00 P.M.,

NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                     ,                      *

HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS FOR COMMON STOCK

Each registered holder of this Subscription Certificate (a “ Rights Holder ”) is entitled to the number of transferable subscription rights (each, a “ Right ”) to subscribe for the number of shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“ Common Stock ”), of Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), as specified herein, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Company’s prospectus supplement dated                     ,                      and the accompanying prospectus dated                     ,                      (collectively, the “ Prospectus ”), which are incorporated herein by reference. Pursuant to the rights offering described in the Prospectus (the “ Offering ”), each stockholder owning Common Stock of the Company as of [            ,         ] (such date, the “ Record Date ” and, such stockholder, a “ Record Date Stockholder ”) is entitled to receive Right[s] for each                  share[s] of Common Stock owned on the Record Date. [The Company will not issue any fractional Rights.] Each Rights Holder is entitled to subscribe for                  share[s] of Common Stock for each Right held by such Rights Holder (the “ Basic Subscription ”) at the subscription price (the “ Subscription Price ”), to be calculated as described in the Prospectus. The Rights may be exercised at any time during the subscription period, which commences on                     ,                      and ends at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     ,                     , unless extended by the Company in its sole discretion (the “ Expiration Date ”). Set forth below is the number of Rights evidenced by this Subscription Certificate that the Rights Holder is entitled to exercise pursuant to the Basic Subscription.

[If any shares of Common Stock available for purchase in the Offering are not subscribed for by Rights Holders pursuant to the Basic Subscription (“ Remaining Shares ”), a Record Date Stockholder that has exercised fully its Rights pursuant to the Basic Subscription may subscribe for a number of Remaining Shares, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus, including as to pro-ration.] [In addition, any Rights Holder other than a Record Date Stockholder who exercises Rights is entitled to subscribe for any Remaining Shares that are not otherwise subscribed for by Record Date Stockholders pursuant to their over-subscription privilege, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus, including as to pro-ration.] [We refer to these over-subscription privileges as the “ Over-Subscription Privilege .”]

 

 

 

* Unless extended by the Company in its sole discretion.


[THE RIGHTS ARE TRANSFERABLE

The Rights are transferable until                     ,                      or, if the Offering is extended, until                     . The Rights are expected to be listed for trading on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “TCRD” until and including                     ,                      (or, if the Offering is extended, until                     ,                     ). Rights Holders who do not wish to exercise any or all of their Rights may instruct the                      Subscription Agent (as defined below) to sell any Rights they do not intend to exercise themselves through or to a dealer manager. Subscription Certificates representing the Rights to be sold through or to a dealer manager must be received by the Subscription Agent on or before                     ,                      (or, if the Offering is extended,                      prior to the extended Expiration Date).]

Control No:

Cusip No.:

Rights Represented by this Subscription

Certificate:

Maximum Shares Available for Purchase

Pursuant to the Basic Subscription:


[THE OFFERING IS TERMINABLE BY THE COMPANY

The Company reserves the right to terminate the Offering prior to delivery of Common Stock.]

ESTIMATED SUBSCRIPTION PRICE

The estimated subscription price (the “ Estimated Subscription Price ”) is $ per share of Common Stock. [See also “Method of Exercise of Rights” below.]

THE SUBSCRIPTION PRICE

The Subscription Price for the shares of Common Stock to be issued pursuant to the Offering will be [insert price or formula].

SAMPLE CALCULATION FOR A RECORD DATE STOCKHOLDER WHO OWNS                      SHARES BASIC SUBSCRIPTION RIGHT (            -FOR-            )

 

No. of shares held on the Record Date:                    ÷                     =                    Rights
(            Right[s] for every                  share[s] of Common Stock held on the Record Date)

 

No. of shares of Common Stock issued assuming full exercise of Basic Subscription:
×                    =                     new shares of Common Stock

Total payment based on the Estimated Subscription Price:                 shares × $                = $

METHOD OF EXERCISE OF RIGHTS

To exercise your Rights, [                                        ] (the “ Subscription Agent ”), must receive, in the manner specified herein, at or prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City Time, on                     ,                     , unless extended by the Company in its sole discretion, either (A) a properly completed and duly executed Subscription Certificate and a money order or check or bank draft drawn on a bank or branch located in the United States and payable to “                    ” for an amount equal to the number of shares of Common Stock subscribed for pursuant to the Basic Subscription [and the Over-Subscription Privilege] multiplied by the Estimated Subscription Price; or (B) a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery guaranteeing delivery of (i) a properly completed and duly executed Subscription Certificate and (ii) a money order or check or bank draft drawn on a bank or branch located in the United States and payable to “                    ” for an amount equal to the number of shares of Common Stock subscribed for pursuant to the Basic Subscription [and the Over-Subscription Privilege] multiplied by the Estimated Subscription Price (which certificate and full payment must then be delivered at or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third business day after the Expiration Date or, if the Offering is extended, at or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third business day after the extended Expiration Date). Payment must be made in U.S. dollars.

The method of delivery of this Subscription Certificate and the payment of the Estimated Subscription Price and, if required, any additional payment is at the election and risk of the Rights Holder, but if sent by mail it is recommended that the Subscription Certificate and payment be sent by registered mail, properly insured, with return receipt requested, and that a sufficient number of days be allowed to ensure delivery to the Subscription Agent and clearance of payment prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date, as it may be extended, or the date guaranteed payments are due under a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (as applicable). Because uncertified personal checks may take at least five business days to clear, you are strongly urged to pay, or arrange for payment, by means of certified or cashier’s check or money order.

[Because Rights Holders must only pay the Estimated Subscription Price per share to exercise their Rights pursuant to the Offering and the Subscription Price may be higher or lower than the Estimated Subscription Price


[(and because a Rights Holder may not receive all the shares for which they subscribe pursuant to the Over-Subscription Privilege)], Rights Holders may receive a refund or be required to pay an additional amount equal to the difference between the Estimated Subscription Price and the Subscription Price, multiplied by the total number of shares for which they have subscribed and been issued [(including pursuant to the Over-Subscription Privilege)]. Any additional payment required from a Rights Holder must be received by the Subscription Agent within ten business days after the confirmation date in order to receive all the shares of Common Stock subscribed for. Any excess payment to be refunded by the Company to a Rights Holder will be mailed by the Subscription Agent as promptly as practicable. No interest will be paid on any amounts refunded.]

[Stock certificates will not be issued for shares of the Company’s Common Stock offered in the Offering. Stockholders who are record owners will have the shares they acquire credited to their account with the Company’s transfer agent. Stockholders whose Common Stock is held by a nominee will have the shares they acquire credited to the account of such nominee holder.]

A Rights Holder exercising Rights will have no right to rescind their subscription after receipt of their payment for shares or a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery by the Subscription Agent[, except as described in the Prospectus]. [Rights may be transferred in the same manner and with the same effect as with a negotiable instrument payable to specific persons, by duly completing this Subscription Certificate. Rights Holders should be aware that if they choose to exercise, assign, transfer or sell only part of their Rights, they may not receive a new Subscription Certificate in sufficient time to exercise, assign, transfer or sell the remaining Rights evidenced thereby.]

To subscribe for shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Basic Subscription, please complete line “A” and Section 1 below. [To subscribe for shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Over-Subscription Privilege, please complete lines “A” and “B” and Section 1 below.]

[If you want the Subscription Agent to attempt to sell any of your unexercised Rights, check box “D” below and complete Section 1 below. If you want a new Subscription Certificate evidencing any unexercised Rights delivered to you, check box “E” below and indicate the address to which the shares should be delivered in Section 1 below. If you want some or all of your unexercised rights transferred to a designated transferee, or to a bank or broker to sell for you, check box “F” below and complete Section 2 below.]

FOR A MORE COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE OFFERING, PLEASE REFER TO THE PROSPECTUS, WHICH IS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE. COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS ARE AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST FROM THE INFORMATION AGENT, [                                        ], TOLL-FREE AT [                    ].


A. Basic Subscription

 

×            $            =             $            

(No. of Shares) (Estimated Subscription Price)

 

[B. Over-Subscription Privilege *

 

×            $            =             $            

(No. of Shares) (Estimated Subscription Price)]

 

[C.] Total Amount Enclosed             =            $            

[*If a Rights Holder is a Record Date Stockholder, the Over-Subscription Privilege may only be exercised if its Basic Subscription is exercised in full.]

SECTION 1. TO SUBSCRIBE:  I acknowledge that I have received the Prospectus for the Offering and I hereby irrevocably subscribe for the number of shares of Common Stock indicated as the total of A [and B] above upon the terms and conditions specified in the Prospectus and incorporated by reference herein. I understand and agree that I will be obligated to pay an additional amount if the Subscription Price as determined on the Expiration Date, as it may be extended, is in excess of the Estimated Subscription Price. I hereby agree that if I fail to pay in full for the shares of Common Stock for which I have subscribed, the Company may exercise any of the remedies provided for in the Prospectus.

[TO SELL: If I have checked the box on line D, I authorize the sale of Rights by the Subscription Agent according to the procedures described in the Prospectus.]

 

 

Signature(s) of Subscriber(s)
[

 

Address for delivery of certificate representing unexercised Rights

If permanent change of address, check here   ¨

 

Daytime telephone number (                    )   

 

 
Evening telephone number  (                    )   

 

 
Email address:   

 

  ]

Please complete all applicable information and return to:

Any questions regarding this Subscription Certificate and the Offering may be directed to the Information Agent, [                                        , LLC], toll free at [                    ].

[D. Sell any unexercised Rights]


[E. Deliver a certificate representing              unexercised Rights to the address in Section 1]

[F. Transfer              Rights to the transferee designated in Section 2]

[SECTION 2. TO TRANSFER RIGHTS  (Per Line F): For value received,              of the Rights represented by this Subscription Certificate are assigned to:

 

 

(Print full name of Assignee and Social Security Number)

 

(Print full address)

 

(Signature(s) of Assignor(s))

The signature(s) on the Subscription Certificate must correspond with the name(s) of the registered holder(s) exactly as it appears on the Subscription Certificate without any alteration or change whatsoever. In the case of joint registered holders, each person must sign the Subscription Certificate in accordance with the foregoing. If you sign the Subscription Certificate in your capacity as a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, agent, officer of a corporation or other fiduciary or representative, you must indicate the capacity in which you are signing when you sign and, if requested by the Subscription Agent in its sole and absolute discretion, you must present to the Subscription Agent satisfactory evidence of your authority to sign in that capacity.

The signature must be guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution, as that term is defined in Rule 17Ad-15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which may include: (a) a commercial bank or trust company; (b) a member firm of a domestic stock exchange; or (c) a savings bank or credit union.

 

Signature (name of bank or firm):  

 

 
Guaranteed by (signature/title):  

 

  ]

BY FIRST CLASS MAIL ONLY: BY OVERNIGHT DELIVERY:

DELIVERY OF THIS SUBSCRIPTION CERTIFICATE TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET

FORTH ABOVE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.

Exhibit d.6

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM T-1

 

 

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY

UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A

CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

 

¨ Check if an Application to Determine Eligibility of a Trustee Pursuant to Section 305(b)(2)

 

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

(Exact name of Trustee as specified in its charter)

 

 

31-0841368

I.R.S. Employer Identification No.

 

800 Nicollet Mall

Minneapolis, Minnesota

  55402
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

Lynora J Caulfield

U.S. Bank National Association

1 Federal Street

Boston, MA 02110

(617) 603-6641

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

 

 

Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc.

(Issuer with respect to the Securities)

 

 

 

California   74-3113410

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

400 Hamilton Ave., Suite 310

Palo Alto, CA

  94301
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)

 

 

Debt Securities

(Title of the Indenture Securities)

 

 

 


FORM T-1

 

Item 1. GENERAL INFORMATION . Furnish the following information as to the Trustee.

 

  a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

Comptroller of the Currency

Washington, D.C.

 

  b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

Yes

 

Item 2. AFFILIATIONS WITH OBLIGOR. If the obligor is an affiliate of the Trustee, describe each such affiliation.

None

 

Items 3-15 Items 3-15 are not applicable because to the best of the Trustee’s knowledge, the obligor is not in default under any Indenture for which the Trustee acts as Trustee.

 

Item 16. LIST OF EXHIBITS: List below all exhibits filed as a part of this statement of eligibility and qualification.

 

  1. A copy of the Articles of Association of the Trustee.*

 

  2. A copy of the certificate of authority of the Trustee to commence business, attached as Exhibit 2.

 

  3. A copy of the certificate of authority of the Trustee to exercise corporate trust powers, attached as Exhibit 3.

 

  4. A copy of the existing bylaws of the Trustee.**

 

  5. A copy of each Indenture referred to in Item 4. Not applicable.

 

  6. The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, attached as Exhibit 6.

 

  7. Report of Condition of the Trustee as of September 30, 2011 published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, attached as Exhibit 7.

 

* Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 25.1 to Amendment No. 2 to registration statement on S-4, Registration Number 333-128217 filed on November 15, 2005.
** Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 25.1 to registration statement on S-4, Registration Number 333-166527 filed on May 5, 2010.

 

2


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the Trustee, U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility and qualification to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Boston, State of Massachusetts on the 1st of February, 2012.

 

By:  

/s/ Lynora J Caulfield

  Lynora J Caulfield
  Vice President

 

3


Exhibit 2

 

LOGO

 

 

Comptroller of the Currency

Administrator of National Banks

 

Washington, DC 20219

CERTIFICATE OF CORPORATE EXISTENCE

I, John Walsh, Acting Comptroller of the Currency, do hereby certify that:

1. The Comptroller of the Currency, pursuant to Revised Statutes 324, et seq, as amended, and 12 USC 1, et seq, as amended, has possession, custody, and control of all records pertaining to the chartering, regulation, and supervision of all national banking associations.

2. “U.S. Bank National Association,” Cincinnati, Ohio (Charter No. 24), is a national banking association formed under the laws of the United States and is authorized thereunder to transact the business of banking on the date of this certificate.

 

LOGO

   IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, today, September 14, 2011, I have hereunto subscribed my name and caused my seal of office to be affixed to these presents at the U.S. Department of the Treasury, in the City of Washington, District of Columbia.
  

 

LOGO

   Acting Comptroller of the Currency

 

4


Exhibit 3

 

LOGO

 

 

Comptroller of the Currency

Administrator of National Banks

 

Washington, DC 20219

CERTIFICATION OF FIDUCIARY POWERS

I, John Walsh, Acting Comptroller of the Currency, do hereby certify that:

1. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, pursuant to Revised Statutes 324, et seq, as amended, and 12 USC 1, et seq, as amended, has possession, custody, and control of all records pertaining to the chartering, regulation, and supervision of all national banking associations.

2. “U.S. Bank National Association,” Cincinnati, Ohio (Charter No. 24), was granted, under the hand and seal of the Comptroller, the right to act in all fiduciary capacities authorized under the provisions of the Act of Congress approved September 28, 1962, 76 Stat. 668, 12 USC 92a, and that the authority so granted remains in full force and effect on the date of this certificate.

 

LOGO

   IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, today, September 14, 2011, I have hereunto subscribed my name and caused my seal of office to be affixed to these presents at the U.S. Department of the Treasury, in the City of Washington, District of Columbia.
  

 

LOGO

   Acting Comptroller of the Currency

 

5


Exhibit 6

CONSENT

In accordance with Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the undersigned, U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION hereby consents that reports of examination of the undersigned by Federal, State, Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request therefor.

Dated: February 1, 2012

 

By:  

/s/ Lynora J Caulfield

  Lynora J Caulfield
  Vice President

 

6


Exhibit 7

U.S. Bank National Association

Statement of Financial Condition

As of 9/30/2011

($000’s)

 

     9/30/2011  

Assets

  

Cash and Balances Due From Depository Institutions

   $ 13,707,494   

Securities

     66,888,393   

Federal Funds

     5,954   

Loans & Lease Financing Receivables

     197,036,739   

Fixed Assets

     5,547,055   

Intangible Assets

     12,420,133   

Other Assets

     23,843,503   
  

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 319,449,271   

Liabilities

  

Deposits

   $ 226,338,015   

Fed Funds

     7,802,656   

Treasury Demand Notes

     0   

Trading Liabilities

     545,669   

Other Borrowed Money

     35,170,032   

Acceptances

     0   

Subordinated Notes and Debentures

     6,179,246   

Other Liabilities

     9,493,484   
  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

   $ 285,529,102   

Equity

  

Minority Interest in Subsidiaries

   $ 1,912,544   

Common and Preferred Stock

     18,200   

Surplus

     14,136,872   

Undivided Profits

     17,852,553   
  

 

 

 

Total Equity Capital

   $ 33,920,169   

Total Liabilities and Equity Capital

   $ 319,449,271   

 

7

Exhibit h.1

[—] Shares

Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc.

Common Stock

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[—], 2012

[Underwriters]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), proposes to issue and sell to [—] (the “ Representatives ”), along with the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (each, an “ Underwriter ” and, collectively the “ Underwriters ”) an aggregate of [—] shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (the “ Firm Shares ”).

The Company also proposes to issue and sell to the Underwriters not more than an additional [—] shares of its common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Additional Shares ”), if and to the extent that the Underwriters shall have determined to exercise the right to purchase such shares of common stock granted in Section 2 hereof. The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Shares .” The shares of common stock, par value $0.001 par value per share, of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sales contemplated hereby, are hereinafter referred to as the “ Common Stock .”

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement on Form N-2 (No. 333-            ) and a related preliminary prospectus for the registration of the Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and the related rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (the “ Securities Act Rules and Regulations ”). The registration statement, as it may have heretofore been amended at the time it became effective, including the information (if any) deemed to be part of the registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430C and Rule 497 under the Securities Act, and any post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Registration Statement ;” the prospectus, dated as of [—], 2010, included in the Registration Statement at the time it became effective on [—], 2010, (including the information, if any, deemed to be part of the Registration Statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430C and Rule 497 under the Securities Act) is hereinafter referred to as the “ Base Prospectus ” the preliminary prospectus supplement dated [—], 2010, filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 497 under the Securities Act, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Pre-Pricing Prospectus Supplement ” (and together with the Base Prospectus, the “ Pre-Pricing Prospectus ”); the prospectus supplement to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 497 under the Securities Act after the execution and delivery of this Agreement is hereinafter referred to as the “ Prospectus Supplement ” (and together with the Base Prospectus, the “ Prospectus ”).

As used in this Agreement, the term “ Applicable Time ” means [—] p.m. (New York City time) on the date hereof and time that this Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties hereto.

1.  Representations and Warranties.

(a) The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Underwriters that:

(i) The Company meets the requirements for use of Form N-2 under the Securities Act and the Securities Act Rules and Regulations. At the time the Registration Statement became effective, the Registration Statement complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Rules and Regulations and did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not


misleading; the Pre-Pricing Prospectus, when considered together with the pricing terms and other information set forth on Exhibit B hereto (the “ Pricing Information ”) complied, as of its date, in all material respects, with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Rules and Regulations, and the Pre-Pricing Prospectus, when considered together with the Pricing Information, as of the Applicable Time, did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; the Prospectus, as of the date of the Prospectus Supplement, will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Rules and Regulations, and the Prospectus, as of the date of the Prospectus Supplement, the Closing Date and any Option Closing Date, did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;  provided, however , that the representations and warranties in this subsection shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by any Underwriter expressly for use in the Registration Statement or Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus Supplement furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: [—] under the caption “Underwriting.”

(ii) The Registration Statement has become effective; the Commission has not issued, and is not, to the knowledge of the Company, threatening to issue, any stop order under the Securities Act or other order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement (as amended or supplemented).

(iii) The Company has elected to be regulated by the Commission as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Investment Company Act ”), and has not withdrawn that election, and the Commission has not ordered that such election be withdrawn nor to the best of the Company’s knowledge have proceedings to effectuate such withdrawal been initiated or threatened by the Commission. All required action has or will have been taken under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations, the Investment Company Act and any state securities laws to make the public offering and the issuance and sale of the Shares by the Company, and the provisions of the Company’s articles of incorporation and bylaws comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(iv) Intentionally Omitted.

(v) To the Company’s knowledge, Ernst & Young LLP, the accounting firm that audited the financial statements of the Company set forth in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP were and are independent registered accounting firms as required by the Securities Act and the Securities Act Rules and Regulations and the rules and regulations of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

(vi) The financial statements, together with the related schedules and notes thereto, of the Company set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus fairly present in all material respects the results of operations and financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries (as defined below) as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations for the respective periods specified, and are prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and the selected financial information and data included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus have been prepared on a basis consistent with that of the books and records of the Company.

(vii) The Company (A) has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Maryland, has full corporate power and authority to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus; (B) has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (C) is duly licensed or qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and in good standing in the State of California, Colorado, Delaware, Maryland, Massachusetts, Illinois and Virginia and these are the only jurisdictions where the Company is required to be qualified or licensed or in good standing except where the failure to be so qualified or licensed or to be in good standing would not result in a material adverse effect upon the financial condition, business or results of operations of the Company (“Material Adverse Effect”).


(viii) All of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries are set forth in Schedule I hereto (the “Subsidiaries”) and each entity listed on Schedule I has been duly formed under the laws of, is licensed or qualified to do business, and is in good standing in, each jurisdiction listed respectively on Schedule I. The jurisdictions listed on Schedule I are the only jurisdictions where such Subsidiaries are required to be licensed or qualified to do business or in good standing except where the failure of the Subsidiaries to be so qualified or licensed or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(ix) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is, or with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would be, in default or violation with respect to its charter or bylaws or governing documents. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is, or with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would be, in default in the performance or observance of any material obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, or in violation of any statutes, laws, ordinances or governmental rules or regulations or any orders or decrees to which it is subject.

(x) The Company’s authorized capitalization is as set forth in the Prospectus; the outstanding shares of Common Stock have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and conform in all material respects to the description thereof in the Prospectus under the heading “Description of Capital Stock”; the Shares have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of the Company for the issuance and sale of the Shares to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and, when the Shares are delivered and paid for pursuant to this Agreement on Closing Date and the Option Closing Date such Shares will have been validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable. The stockholders of the Company have no preemptive rights with respect to the Shares and none of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been issued in violation of any preemptive rights of any security holder.

(xi) Except as set forth in the Prospectus, subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (A) the Company and its Subsidiaries have not incurred any liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, or entered into any transactions, other than in the ordinary course of business, that are material to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (B) there has not been any material change in the capital stock of the Company, or any material adverse change, or, to the Company’s knowledge, any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition (financial or otherwise), business, net worth, property or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (excluding changes due to investment activities in the ordinary course of business), (C) there has been no dividend or distribution declared or paid in respect of the Company’s capital stock and (D) the Company and its Subsidiaries have not incurred any short-term debt or long-term debt that is, in either case, material with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (excluding debt resulting from a draw down on the Company’s credit facilities).

(xii) There is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit or proceeding, legal or governmental, to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, before or by any court or governmental agency or body, that is required to be described in the Prospectus and is not so described.

(xiii) There are no contracts, agreements or understandings of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that are required to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement by the Securities Act or by the Securities Act Rules and Regulations that have not been so filed or incorporated by reference therein as permitted by the Securities Act Rules and Regulations.

(xiv) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(xv) The issuance and sale of the Shares and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein will not result in a material breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any properties or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to, any agreement, indenture,


mortgage, lease or other instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets may be bound nor will such action result in any violation of the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ charter or bylaws, or any order, law, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties.

(xvi) No consent, approval, authorization, notification or order of, or filing with, any court or governmental agency or body is required for the consummation by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except such as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states, the rules and regulations of the FINRA (as defined below) or the securities laws of any jurisdiction outside of the United States in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

(xvii) This Agreement complies as to form in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act.

(xviii) Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any securities of the Company or to require the Company to include such securities with the Shares registered pursuant to the Registration Statement.

(xix) There are no material restrictions, limitations or regulations with respect to the ability of the Company or its Subsidiaries to invest its assets as described in the Registration Statement, Pre-Pricing Prospectus or Prospectus, other than as described therein.

(xx) Any third-party statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, Pre-Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes to be reliable and accurate.

(xxi) The Shares have been authorized for listing on the Nasdaq Global Select Market (“ Nasdaq ”), subject to official notice of issuance or sale of the Shares, as the case may be.

(xxii) Except as described in the Prospectus, the Company and each of its Subsidiaries have all necessary licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals and have made all necessary filings required under any federal, state or local law, regulation or rule, and have obtained all necessary licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals from other persons, required in order to conduct their business as described under the heading “Business” in the Prospectus, except to the extent that any failure to have any such licenses, authorizations, consents or approvals, to make any such filings or to obtain any such authorizations, consents or approvals is not, alone or in the aggregate, reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect; neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of, or in default under, any such license, authorization, consent or approval of any federal, state or local law, regulation or rule or any decree, order or judgment applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the effect of which is reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notification or communication from any agency or department of federal, state, or local government or any regulatory authority or the staff thereof threatening to revoke or modify any license, authorization, consent or approval, which alone or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xxiii) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,” the Company and its Subsidiaries have not entered into any transaction with any person which would be required to be disclosed under Item 404 of the Commission’s Regulation S-K.

(xxiv) Except as otherwise disclosed in the Prospectus, as of the date thereof, no extension of credit has been made by the Company to an executive officer or director of the Company in violation of Section 402 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

(xxv) Except with respect to the Underwriters or as disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company has not incurred any liability for any finder’s fees or similar payments in connection with the issuance and sale the Shares.


(xxvi) The Common Stock is registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“ Exchange Act ”), and is listed on the Nasdaq, and the Company has taken no action designed to, or likely to have the effect of, terminating the registration of the Common Stock under the Exchange Act or delisting the Common Stock from the Nasdaq, nor has the Company received any notification that the Commission or the Nasdaq is contemplating terminating such registration or listing.

(xxvii) The Company (A) has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to cause or to result in, or that has constituted or which might reasonably be expected to constitute, the stabilization or manipulation of the price or any security of the Company to facilitate the issuance or the sale or resale of the Shares, (B) has not since the filing of the Registration Statement sold, bid for or purchased, or paid anyone compensation for soliciting purchases of, shares of Common Stock of the Company and (C) will not, until the later of the Expiration Time or the completion of the distribution (within the meaning of Regulation M under the Exchange Act), of the Shares, sell, bid for or purchase, pay or agree to pay to any person any compensation for soliciting another to purchase any other securities of the Company;  provided,  that any action in connection with the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan will not be deemed to be within the restrictions of this Section 1.

(xxviii) Except as described in the Prospectus, since January 1, 2006, the Company has been organized and operated, and currently is organized and operated, in conformance with the requirements to be taxed as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“ Subchapter M of the Code ”).

(xxix) The Company has been organized and operated as, and currently is organized and operated, in material conformance with the requirements of the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder applicable to business development companies.

(xxx) The provisions of the corporate charter and by-laws of the Company and the investment objective, policies and restrictions described in the Prospectus are not inconsistent with the requirements of the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder applicable to a business development company, and the provisions of the organizational documents of each of the Subsidiaries and the operations of each of the Subsidiaries allow the Company to be in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder applicable to a business development company.

(xxxi) Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Company maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, since the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there have been, to the Company’s knowledge, no changes in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting that could significantly affect internal controls over financial reporting, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

(xxxii) Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Company has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 under the Exchange Act) designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, and is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive officers or officers and principal financial officer or officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure.

(xxxiii) The Company and its officers and directors, in their capacities as such, are in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.


(xxxiv) Neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any employee of the Company has used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity, made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds, violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment, or received or retained any funds in violation of any law, rule or regulation.

(xxxv) Neither the Company nor the Subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company or the Subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“ OFAC ”); and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries will, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

(xxxvi) Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any employee or agent of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, has made any payment of funds of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or received or retained any funds in violation of any applicable law, rule or regulation, including without limitation the “know your customer” and anti-money laundering laws of any applicable jurisdiction.

(xxxvii) The Company’s wholly-owned, small business investment company subsidiaries, Hercules Technology II, L.P. and Hercules Technology III, L.P. have been organized and operated as, and currently are organized and operated, in material conformance with the requirements of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder applicable to small business investment companies.

(xxxviii) The Subsidiaries of the Company do not have employees or employ personnel.

(b) Any certificate required by this Agreement that is signed by any officer of the Company and delivered to the Underwriters or counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to the Underwriters, as to the matters covered thereby.

2.  Agreements to Sell and Purchase.  The Company hereby agrees to sell to the Underwriters, and the Underwriters, upon the basis of the representations, warranties and covenants herein contained, but subject to the conditions hereinafter stated, agrees to purchase, severally and not jointly, from the Company the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the name of each Underwriter on Schedule A hereof at $[—] per share (“ Purchase Price ”).

On the basis of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, and subject to its terms and conditions, the Company agrees to sell to the Underwriters the Additional Shares, and the Underwriters shall have a one time right to purchase, severally and not jointly, from the Company up to the number of Additional Shares set forth opposite the name of each Underwriter on Schedule II hereof at the Purchase Price. If the Underwriters elect to exercise such option, the Underwriters shall so notify the Company in writing not later than 30 (thirty) days after the date of this Agreement, which notice shall specify the number of Additional Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter and the date on which such shares are to be purchased. Such date may be the same as the Closing Date (as defined below) but not earlier than the Closing Date nor later than 5 (five) business days after the date of such notice. Additional Shares may be purchased as provided in Section 4 hereof solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments made in connection with the offering of the Firm Shares. On the day that Additional Shares are to be purchased (the “ Option Closing Date ”), each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase the number of Additional Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as the Underwriters may determine) that bears the same proportion to the total number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date as the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule A hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares.

3.  Public Offering of Shares.  The Underwriters advise the Company that it proposes to make a public offering of Shares as soon after this Agreement has been executed and delivered as in its judgment is advisable.

The Company is further advised by you that the Shares are to be offered to the public initially at $[—] per share (the “ Public Offering Price ”).


4.  Payment and Delivery.  Payment for the Firm Shares shall be made to the Company by the wire transfer of immediately available funds to the order of the Company against delivery of such Firm Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at [—] a.m., New York City time, on [—], 2010, or at such other time on the same or such other date, no later than five business days after the date of this Agreement as the Underwriters and the Company may agree upon in writing. The time and date of such payment are hereinafter referred to as the “ Closing Date .”

Payment for any Additional Shares shall be made to the Company by the wire transfer of immediately available funds to the order of the Company against delivery of such Additional Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at [—] a.m., New York City time, on the date specified in the notice described in Section 2 or at such other time on the same or on such other date, in any event not later than [—] a.m., New York City time, three (3) business days following the date the Underwriters provide the Company with notice pursuant to Section 2 of this Agreement, as shall be designated in writing by the Underwriters. The time and date of such payment are hereinafter referred to as the “ Option Closing Date ”.

Certificates for the Firm Shares and the Additional Shares shall be in definitive form and registered in such names and in such denominations as you shall request in writing not later than one full business day prior to the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be. The certificates evidencing the Firm Shares and the Additional Shares shall be delivered to you on the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters, with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the transfer of the Shares to the Underwriters duly paid, against payment of the Purchase Price therefor. The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be delivered through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company.

5.  Covenants of the Company . The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

(a) To notify the Underwriters promptly following the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, and the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction. The Company will make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any stop order described in this subsection hereunder and, if any such stop order is issued, to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment, and to advise the Underwriters promptly of any examination pursuant to Section 8(e) of the Securities Act or of the Company becoming the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the Securities Act in connection with any offering of the Shares.

(b) To give the Underwriters notice of any intention to file any amendment to the Registration Statement (including any post-effective amendment) or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus (including any revised prospectus proposed for use by the Underwriters in connection with the offering, which differs from the prospectus on file at the Commission at the time the Registration Statement becomes effective, whether such revised prospectus is required to be filed pursuant to Rule 497(b) or Rule 497(h) of the Securities Act Rules and Regulations), whether required to be filed pursuant to the Investment Company Act, the Securities Act or otherwise, and to furnish the Underwriters with copies of any such amendment or supplement a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing or use, as the case may be, and to not file any such amendment or supplement to which the Underwriters or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object, except as may be required by applicable law;  provided, however,  in the event of any such objection, the Underwriters agree to cooperate with the Company to ensure that an acceptable filing can be promptly made.

(c) To furnish, upon request and without charge, to the Underwriters a signed copy of the Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto) and for delivery to each other Underwriter a conformed copy of the Registration Statement (without exhibits thereto) and to furnish to you in New York City, without charge, prior to [—] a.m. New York City time on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and during the period mentioned in Section 5(d) below, as many copies of the Pre-Pricing Prospectus and Prospectus and any supplements and amendments thereto or to the Registration Statement as you may reasonably request.

(d) Before amending or supplementing the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, to furnish to you a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement and not to file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which you reasonably object in writing within two business days after receipt, and to file with the Commission within the applicable period specified in Rule 497 under the Securities Act any prospectus required to be filed pursuant to such Rule.


(e) If any event shall occur or a condition exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Company in consultation with counsel for the Underwriters, to amend or supplement the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, to forthwith amend or supplement the Registration Statement or Prospectus by preparing and filing with the Commission (and furnishing to the Underwriters a reasonable number of copies of) an amendment or amendments of the Registration Statement or an amendment or amendments of or a supplement or supplements to, the Prospectus (in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters), at the Company’s expense, which will amend or supplement the Registration Statement or the Prospectus so that the statements in the Prospectus, as so amended or supplemented, will not, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, be misleading when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, and the Underwriters and their counsel agree to cooperate with the Company to ensure that an acceptable filing can be promptly made.

(f) To endeavor, in cooperation with the Underwriters and their counsel, to assist such counsel to qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions of the United States as the Underwriters may designate;  provided, however,  that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process, or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not now so qualified. The Company will file such statements and reports as may be required to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby by the laws of each jurisdiction in which the Shares have been qualified as above provided.

(g) For a period of [—] days from the date of this Agreement, to not, without the prior consent of the Representatives, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, enter into any agreement to sell, or otherwise dispose of, any equity or equity related securities of the Company or securities convertible into such securities, other than issuances of Common Stock pursuant to any employee or director compensation, dividend reinvestment, savings, or benefit plan, or distributions to the Company’s directors upon that individual’s election to receive shares of the company’s Common Stock in lieu of a cash retainer.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if (i) during the last 17 days of the foregoing [—] day period, the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs or (ii) prior to the expiration of the foregoing [—] day period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the foregoing [—] day period, the foregoing restrictions shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

(h) To apply the net proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the Shares sold by it as set forth under “Use of Proceeds” in the Prospectus.

(i) To use its best efforts to maintain its status as a business development company under the Investment Company Act, except unless authorized by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company as defined by the Investment Company Act.

(j) To use its best efforts to conform with the applicable requirements to be treated as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code.

(k) Except for the authorization of actions permitted to be taken by the Underwriters as contemplated herein or in the Prospectus, not to take, directly or indirectly, within 30 days of the date of the Prospectus, any action designed to cause or to result in, or which might reasonably be expected to constitute, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the issuance of the sale or resale of the Shares;  provided, however,  that any action in connection with the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan or to the issuance of shares of the Company’s Common Stock to the Company’s directors upon that individual’s election to receive shares of the company’s Common Stock in lieu of a cash retainer each will be deemed to be within the meaning of this Section 4.

(l) Whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, to pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel for the Company and the


Company’s accountants in connection with the registration and delivery of the Shares under the Securities Act and all other fees or expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement, the Pre-Pricing Prospectus Supplement, the Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus, and any amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing, including all printing costs associated therewith, and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters, in the quantities hereinabove specified, (ii) all costs and expenses related to the transfer and delivery of the Shares to the Underwriters, including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon, (iii) the cost of printing or producing any Blue Sky in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares under state securities laws and all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale under state securities laws, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky memo, (iv) all filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters incurred in connection with the review and qualification of the offering of the Shares by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”), if any, (v) any fees charged by the rating agencies for the rating of the Shares, (vi) the cost of printing certificates representing the Shares, (vii) the fees and expenses of any transfer agent, registrar or depositary in connection with the issuance of the Shares, (viii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and, with the prior approval of the Company, the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show and (ix) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company hereunder for which provision is not otherwise made in this Section. It is understood, however, that except as provided in this Section and in Section 7, entitled “Indemnification and Contribution,” the Underwriters will pay all of their costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of their counsel, stock transfer taxes payable on resale of any of the Shares by them and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

(m) To make generally available to the Company’s security holders and to you, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earning statement for the purposes of and to provide the benefits contemplated by Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

6.  Conditions of the Underwriters’ Obligations; Additional Covenants . The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein, to the accuracy of the statements of the Company’s officers made in each certificate furnished pursuant to the provisions hereof and to the performance and observance by the Company of all covenants and agreements herein or its part to be performed and observed, and to the following further conditions:

(a) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, there shall not have occurred any change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Prospectus that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and that makes it, in your judgment, impracticable to market the Shares as contemplated hereby.

(b) On the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, the Underwriters shall have received:

(i) The opinion, dated the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, of Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP, counsel for the Company, in substantially the form set forth in Annex I hereto and their negative assurance letter dated the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date in form reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters to the effect set forth in Annex II hereto. In rendering such opinion, Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP may rely as to matters of fact, to the extent they deem proper, on certificates of responsible officers of the Company and public officials;

(ii) Such opinion or opinions, dated the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they reasonably request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.


(c) The Company shall have furnished to the Underwriters on Closing Date or the Option Closing Date a certificate of the Company, signed by the President or other senior officer of the Company, dated the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, to the effect set forth in Section 5(a) above and to the effect that the signer of such certificate has carefully examined the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any supplement to the Prospectus and this Agreement and that, to the best of his knowledge:

(i) the representations, warranties and covenants of the Company contained in this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of the Agreement (except to the extent that any of such representations and warranties are already qualified as to materiality herein, in which case, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct without further qualification), the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, and the Company has complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied in all material respects hereunder on or before the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, as the case may be;

(ii) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or, to his knowledge, threatened; and

(iii) since the date of the most recent balance sheet included or incorporated by reference in the Prospectus, there has been no material adverse change in the condition (financial or other), earnings, business, net worth, results of operations or prospects of, the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (excluding changes due to investment activities in the ordinary course of business), except as set forth in or contemplated in the Prospectus.

The officer signing and delivering such certificate may rely upon the best of his or her knowledge as to proceedings threatened.

(d) On each the date hereof, the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, the Underwriters shall have received from each of Ernst & Young LLP and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, a letter, dated hereof, the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters, and stating the conclusions and findings of such firm with respect to the financial information and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus ordinarily covered by accountants’ “comfort letters” in connection with registered public offerings;  provided, however,  that the letter delivered on the Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than the date hereof and, if applicable, the letter delivered on the Option Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” of not more than three business days prior to the Option Closing Date.

(e) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there shall not have been (i) any change or decrease specified in the letter or letters referred to in paragraph (d) of this Section 6, or (ii) any change in or affecting the business or properties of the Company, the effect of which, in any case referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above, is, in the judgment of the Underwriters, so material and adverse as to make it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with the offering as contemplated by the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

(f) Prior to the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, the Company shall have furnished to the Underwriters such further appropriate information, certificates and documents as the Underwriters may reasonably request.

(g) The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, between the Underwriters and certain executive officers and directors of the Company relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Common Stock or certain other securities, delivered to the Underwriters on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date.

(h) The obligation of the Underwriters to purchase Additional Shares hereunder is subject to the delivery to the Underwriters on the Option Closing Date of such documents as it may reasonably request with respect to the good standing of the Company, the due authorization and issuance of the Additional Shares and other matters related to the issuance of the Additional Shares.

(i) The Shares shall have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq, subject only to notice of issuance at or prior to the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be.


(j) All filings with the Commission required by Rule 497 of the Securities Act to have been filed by the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, shall have been made within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by Rule 497.

If any of the conditions specified in this Section 6 shall not have been fulfilled when and as provided in this Agreement, or if any of the opinions and certificates mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall not be satisfactory in form and substance to the Underwriters and their counsel, this Agreement and all obligations of the Underwriters hereunder may be canceled at, or at any time prior to, the Closing Date by the Underwriters. Notice of such cancellation shall be given to the Company in writing or by telephone or telegraph confirmed in writing.

7.  Indemnification and Contribution .

(a) The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its partners, members, directors, officers, employees, agents, affiliates and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each, an “ Indemnified   Party ”), against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, other Federal or state statutory law or regulation or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any part of the Registration Statement, the Pre-Pricing Prospectus, or the Prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending against any loss, claim, damage, liability, action, litigation, investigation or proceeding whatsoever (whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party thereto), whether threatened or commenced, and in connection with the enforcement of this provision with respect to any of the above as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, damage or liability arises out or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement in or omission or alleged omission from any of such documents in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by an Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in subsection (b) below.

(b) Each Underwriter will severally and not jointly indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors and each of its officers who signs a Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each, an “ Underwriter Indemnified Party ”), against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which such Underwriter Indemnified Party may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, other Federal or state statutory law or regulation or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any part of the Registration Statement, the Pre-Pricing Prospectus, or the Prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omissions or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, and will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter Indemnified Party in connection with investigation or defending against any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action, litigation, investigation or proceeding whatsoever (whether or not such Underwriter Indemnified Party is a party thereto), whether threatened or commenced, based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission as such expenses are incurred, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus Supplement furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the third paragraph and the twenty-first paragraph under the caption “Underwriting.”

(c)  Actions against Parties; Notification.  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under subsection (a) or (b) above, notify the


indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; but the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under subsection (a) or (b) above, except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under subsection (a) or (b) above. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such action and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of an indemnified party.

(d)  Contribution.  If the indemnification provided for in this Section is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in subsection (a) or (b) above (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim which is the subject of this subsection (d). Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (d), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations in this subsection (d) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7(d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 7(d).

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 7, no party shall be entitled to indemnification and contribution under this Agreement in violation of Section 17(i) of the Investment Company Act.

8.  Termination of Agreement.

(a) The obligations of the Underwriters under this Agreement may be terminated at anytime on or prior to the Closing Date, by notice given to the Company if, prior to the delivery and payment for the Shares there


shall have occurred (i) any change, or any development or event involving a prospective change, in the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business, net worth, or properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole which, in the judgment of the Representatives, is material and adverse and makes it impractical or inadvisable to market the Shares; (ii) any change in U.S. or international financial, political or economic conditions or currency exchange rates or exchange controls the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impractical to market or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Shares, whether in the primary market or in respect of dealings in the secondary market; (iii) any suspension or material limitation of trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq, or any setting of minimum or maximum prices for trading on such exchange; (iv) any suspension of trading of any securities of the Company on any exchange or in the over-the-counter market; (v) any banking moratorium declared by any U.S. federal or New York authorities; (vi) any major disruption of settlements of securities, payment, or clearance services in the United States; or (vii) any attack on, outbreak or escalation of hostilities or act of terrorism involving the United States, any declaration of war by Congress or any other national or international calamity or emergency if, in the judgment of the Representatives, the effect of any such attack, outbreak, escalation, act, declaration, calamity or emergency is such as to make it impractical or inadvisable to market the Shares or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Shares.

9.  Default of Underwriters.

(a) If any Underwriter or Underwriters default in their obligations to purchase Shares hereunder on the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date and the number of Shares that such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase does not exceed 10% of the total number of Shares the Underwriters are obligated to purchase on such Closing Date or Option Closing Date, the Representatives may make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the purchase of such Shares by other persons, including any of the Underwriters, but if no such arrangements are made by such Closing Date or Option Closing Date, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated severally in proportion to their respective commitments hereunder, to purchase the Shares that such defaulting Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase on such Closing Date or Option Closing Date. If any Underwriter or Underwriters so default and the aggregate number of Shares with respect to which such default or defaults occur exceeds 10% of the total number of Shares that the Underwriters are obligated to purchase on such Closing Date or Option Closing Date, and arrangements satisfactory to the Representatives and the Company for the purchase of such Shares by other persons are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement will terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company, except as provided in Section 10 (provided that if such default occurs with respect to Shares after the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, this Agreement will not terminate as to the Firm Shares or any Additional Shares purchased prior to termination). As used in this Agreement, the term “ Underwriter ” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section. Nothing herein will relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

10.  Survival of Certain Representations and Obligations.

(a) The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company or its officers and of the several Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation or statement as to the results thereof, made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, the Company or any of their respective representatives, officers or directors or any controlling person, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Shares. If the purchase of the Shares by the Underwriters is not consummated for any reason other than solely because of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 9 hereof, Section 8(a)(ii), Section 8(a)(iii), Section 8(a)(v), Section 8(a)(vi) or Section 8(a)(vii), the Company will reimburse the Underwriters for all out-of-pocket expenses (including fees and disbursements of counsel) reasonably incurred by them in connection with the offering of the Shares, and the respective obligations of the Company and the Underwriters pursuant to Section 7 hereof shall also remain in effect. In addition, if any Shares have been purchased hereunder, the representations and warranties in Section 1 and all obligations under Section 5 shall remain in effect.

11.  Notices . All communications hereunder will be in writing and effective only on receipt, and, if sent to the Underwriters, will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to:

[—]

as Representatives of the Several Underwriters


and if sent to the Company:

Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc.

400 Hamilton Avenue

Suite 310

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Attention: Scott Harvey

12.  Successors . This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and will inure to the benefit of the officers and directors and controlling persons referred to in Section 7 hereof, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder. The term “ successors and assigns ” as used in this Agreement shall not include a purchaser, as such purchaser, of Shares from the Underwriters.

13.  Absence of Fiduciary Relationship . The Company acknowledges and agrees that:

(a)  No Other Relationship . The Representatives have been retained solely to act as underwriters in connection with the sale of the Shares and that no fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship between the Company and the Representatives have been created in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Prospectus, irrespective of whether the Representatives have advised or is advising the Company on other matters;

(b)  Arms’ Length Negotiations . The price of the Shares set forth in this Agreement was established by the Company following discussions and arms-length negotiations with the Representatives and the Company is capable of evaluating and understanding and understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(c)  Absence of Obligation to Disclose . The Company has been advised that the Representatives and their affiliates are engaged in a broad range of transactions which may involve interests that differ from those of the Company and that the Representatives have no obligation to disclose such interests and transactions to the Company by virtue of any fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship; and

(d)  Waiver . The Company waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims it may have against the Representatives for breach of fiduciary duty or alleged breach of fiduciary duty and agrees that the Representatives shall have no liability (whether direct or indirect) to the Company in respect of such a fiduciary duty claim or to any person asserting a fiduciary duty claim on behalf of or in right of the Company, including stockholders, employees or creditors of the Company. If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please so indicate in the space provided below for that purpose, whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding agreement between the Company and the Underwriters.

14.  Governing Law; Construction . This Agreement and any claim, counterclaim or dispute of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement (“ Claim ”), directly or indirectly, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of law provisions thereof to the extent such principles or rules would require or permit the application of the laws of another jurisdiction. The Section headings in this Agreement have been inserted as a matter of convenience of reference and are not a part of this Agreement.

15.  Submission to Jurisdiction . Except as set forth below, no Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, which courts shall have jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters, and the Company consents to the jurisdiction of such courts and personal service with respect thereto. The Company hereby consents to personal jurisdiction, service and venue in any court in which any Claim arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement is brought by any third party against the Underwriter or any indemnified party. Each of the Underwriters and the Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) waives all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding


or counterclaim (whether based upon contract, tort or otherwise) in any way arising out of or relating to this Agreement. The Company agrees that a final judgment in any such action, proceeding or counterclaim brought in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Company and may be enforced in any other courts to the jurisdiction of which the Company is or may be subject, by suit upon such judgment.

16.  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

17.  Severability . In case any provision in this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(a) If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please so indicate in the space provided below for that purpose, whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding agreement between the Company and the Underwriters.

 

Very truly yours,
HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

The foregoing Agreement is hereby

confirmed and accepted as of the date first

above written by [—]

as Representatives of the Several

Underwriters listed on Schedule I hereto

 

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Exhibit h.2

$          Aggregate Principal Amount Senior Securities

$          Aggregate Principal Amount Subordinated Securities

Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc.

FORM OF DEBT UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[—], 2012

[Underwriters]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), proposes to issue and sell to [—] (the “ Representatives ”), along with the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (each, an “ Underwriter ” and, collectively the “ Underwriters ”) $          aggregate principal amount of senior debt securities (the “Senior Securities”) or subordinated debt securities (the “Subordinated Securities”), or both of the Company set forth in Schedule A hereto.

The [Senior Securities] [Subordinated Securities] will be issued under an indenture dated as of             , as supplemented by a Supplemental Indenture dated as of              (collectively, the “ Indenture ”), between the Company and U.S. Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”). The Senior Securities and Subordinated Securities are hereinafter referred to as the “Securities.” The Senior Securities and Subordinated Securities may be offered either together or separately. Each issue of Senior Securities and Subordinated Securities may vary, as applicable, as to aggregate principal amount, maturity date, interest rate or formula and timing of payments thereof, redemption provisions, conversion provisions and sinking fund requirements, if any, and any other variable terms which the Indenture contemplates may be set forth in the Senior Securities and Subordinate Securities as issued from time to time. Securities issued in book-entry form will be issued to Cede & Co. as nominee of the Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) pursuant to a blanket letter of representations, to be dated on or prior to the Closing Time (the “ DTC Agreement ”), between the Company and DTC.

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement on Form N-2 (No. 333-                    ) and a related preliminary prospectus for the registration of the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and the related rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (the “ Securities Act Rules and Regulations ”). The registration statement, as it may have heretofore been amended at the time it became effective, including the information (if any) deemed to be part of the registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430C and Rule 497 under the Securities Act, and any post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Registration Statement ;” the prospectus, dated as of [—], 2010, included in the Registration Statement at the time it became effective on [—], 2010, (including the information, if any, deemed to be part of the Registration Statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430C and Rule 497 under the Securities Act) is hereinafter referred to as the “ Base Prospectus ” the preliminary prospectus supplement dated [—], 2010, filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 497 under the Securities Act, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Pre-Pricing Prospectus Supplement ” (and together with the Base Prospectus, the “ Pre-Pricing Prospectus ”); the prospectus supplement to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 497 under the Securities Act after the execution and delivery of this Agreement is hereinafter referred to as the “ Prospectus Supplement ” (and together with the Base Prospectus, the “ Prospectus ”).

The Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “ 1939 Act ”).

As used in this Agreement, the term “ Applicable Time ” means [—] p.m. (New York City time) on the date hereof and time that this Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties hereto.


1.  Representations and Warranties.

(a) The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Underwriters that:

(i) The Company meets the requirements for use of Form N-2 under the Securities Act and the Securities Act Rules and Regulations. At the time the Registration Statement became effective, the Registration Statement complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Rules and Regulations and did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; the Pre-Pricing Prospectus, when considered together with the pricing terms and other information set forth on Exhibit B hereto (the “ Pricing Information ”) complied, as of its date, in all material respects, with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Rules and Regulations, and the Pre-Pricing Prospectus, when considered together with the Pricing Information, as of the Applicable Time, did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; the Prospectus, as of the date of the Prospectus Supplement, will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Rules and Regulations, and the Prospectus, as of the date of the Prospectus Supplement and the Closing Date, did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;  provided, however , that the representations and warranties in this subsection shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by any Underwriter expressly for use in the Registration Statement or Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus Supplement furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: [—] under the caption “Underwriting.”

(ii) The Registration Statement has become effective; the Commission has not issued, and is not, to the knowledge of the Company, threatening to issue, any stop order under the Securities Act or other order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement (as amended or supplemented).

(iii) The Company has elected to be regulated by the Commission as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Investment Company Act ”), and has not withdrawn that election, and the Commission has not ordered that such election be withdrawn nor to the best of the Company’s knowledge have proceedings to effectuate such withdrawal been initiated or threatened by the Commission. All required action has or will have been taken under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations, the Investment Company Act and any state securities laws to make the public offering and the issuance and sale of the Securities by the Company, and the provisions of the Company’s articles of incorporation and bylaws comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(iv) Intentionally Omitted.

(v) To the Company’s knowledge, Ernst & Young LLP, the accounting firm that audited the financial statements of the Company set forth in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP were and are independent registered accounting firms as required by the Securities Act and the Securities Act Rules and Regulations and the rules and regulations of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

(vi) The financial statements, together with the related schedules and notes thereto, of the Company set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus fairly present in all material respects the results of operations and financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries (as defined below) as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations for the respective periods specified, and are prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and the selected financial information and data included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus have been prepared on a basis consistent with that of the books and records of the Company.

(vii) The Company (A) has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Maryland, has full corporate power and authority to conduct its


business as described in the Prospectus; (B) has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (C) is duly licensed or qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and in good standing in the State of California, Colorado, Delaware, Maryland, Massachusetts, Illinois and Virginia and these are the only jurisdictions where the Company is required to be qualified or licensed or in good standing except where the failure to be so qualified or licensed or to be in good standing would not result in a material adverse effect upon the financial condition, business or results of operations of the Company (“Material Adverse Effect”).

(viii) All of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries are set forth in Schedule I hereto (the “Subsidiaries”) and each entity listed on Schedule I has been duly formed under the laws of, is licensed or qualified to do business, and is in good standing in, each jurisdiction listed respectively on Schedule I. The jurisdictions listed on Schedule I are the only jurisdictions where such Subsidiaries are required to be licensed or qualified to do business or in good standing except where the failure of the Subsidiaries to be so qualified or licensed or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(ix) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is, or with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would be, in default or violation with respect to its charter or bylaws or governing documents. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is, or with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would be, in default in the performance or observance of any material obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, or in violation of any statutes, laws, ordinances or governmental rules or regulations or any orders or decrees to which it is subject.

(x) The Company’s authorized capitalization is as set forth in the Prospectus; the outstanding shares of the common stock of the Company, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”) have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and conform in all material respects to the description thereof in the Prospectus under the heading “Description of Our Debt Securities”; the Securities have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of the Company for the issuance and sale of the Securities to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and, when the Securities are delivered and paid for pursuant to this Agreement on the Closing Date such Securities will have been validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable. The stockholders of the Company have no preemptive rights with respect to the Securities and none of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been issued in violation of any preemptive rights of any security holder.

(xi) Except as set forth in the Prospectus, subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (A) the Company and its Subsidiaries have not incurred any liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, or entered into any transactions, other than in the ordinary course of business, that are material to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (B) there has not been any material change in the capital stock of the Company, or any material adverse change, or, to the Company’s knowledge, any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition (financial or otherwise), business, net worth, property or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (excluding changes due to investment activities in the ordinary course of business), (C) there has been no dividend or distribution declared or paid in respect of the Company’s capital stock and (D) the Company and its Subsidiaries have not incurred any short-term debt or long-term debt that is, in either case, material with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (excluding debt resulting from a draw down on the Company’s credit facilities).

(xii) There is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit or proceeding, legal or governmental, to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, before or by any court or governmental agency or body, that is required to be described in the Prospectus and is not so described.

(xiii) There are no contracts, agreements or understandings of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that are required to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement by the Securities Act or by the Securities Act Rules and Regulations that have not been so filed or incorporated by reference therein as permitted by the Securities Act Rules and Regulations.


(xiv) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(xv) The Indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and when executed and delivered by the Trustee will constitute a valid and binding agreement of the Company.

(xvi) The issuance and sale of the Securities and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein will not result in a material breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any properties or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to, any agreement, indenture, mortgage, lease or other instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets may be bound nor will such action result in any violation of the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ charter or bylaws, or any order, law, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties.

(xvii) No consent, approval, authorization, notification or order of, or filing with, any court or governmental agency or body is required for the consummation by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except such as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states, the rules and regulations of the FINRA (as defined below) or the securities laws of any jurisdiction outside of the United States in connection with the offer and sale of the Securities.

(xviii) This Agreement complies as to form in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act.

(xix) Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any securities of the Company or to require the Company to include such securities with the Securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement.

(xx) There are no material restrictions, limitations or regulations with respect to the ability of the Company or its Subsidiaries to invest its assets as described in the Registration Statement, Pre-Pricing Prospectus or Prospectus, other than as described therein.

(xxi) Any third-party statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, Pre-Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes to be reliable and accurate.

(xxii) The Securities have been authorized for listing on the Nasdaq Global Select Market (“ Nasdaq ”), subject to official notice of issuance or sale of the Securities, as the case may be.

(xxiii) Except as described in the Prospectus, the Company and each of its Subsidiaries have all necessary licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals and have made all necessary filings required under any federal, state or local law, regulation or rule, and have obtained all necessary licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals from other persons, required in order to conduct their business as described under the heading “Business” in the Prospectus, except to the extent that any failure to have any such licenses, authorizations, consents or approvals, to make any such filings or to obtain any such authorizations, consents or approvals is not, alone or in the aggregate, reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect; neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of, or in default under, any such license, authorization, consent or approval of any federal, state or local law, regulation or rule or any decree, order or judgment applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the effect of which is reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notification or communication from any agency or department of federal, state, or local government or any regulatory authority or the staff thereof threatening to revoke or modify any license, authorization, consent or approval, which alone or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.


(xxiv) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,” the Company and its Subsidiaries have not entered into any transaction with any person which would be required to be disclosed under Item 404 of the Commission’s Regulation S-K.

(xxv) Except as otherwise disclosed in the Prospectus, as of the date thereof, no extension of credit has been made by the Company to an executive officer or director of the Company in violation of Section 402 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

(xxvi) Except with respect to the Underwriters or as disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company has not incurred any liability for any finder’s fees or similar payments in connection with the issuance and sale the Securities.

(xxvii) The Common Stock is registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and is listed on the Nasdaq, and the Company has taken no action designed to, or likely to have the effect of, terminating the registration of the Common Stock under the Exchange Act or delisting the Common Stock from the Nasdaq, nor has the Company received any notification that the Commission or the Nasdaq is contemplating terminating such registration or listing.

(xxviii) The Company (A) has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to cause or to result in, or that has constituted or which might reasonably be expected to constitute, the stabilization or manipulation of the price or any security of the Company to facilitate the issuance or the sale or resale of the Securities, (B) has not since the filing of the Registration Statement sold, bid for or purchased, or paid anyone compensation for soliciting purchases of, shares of Common Stock of the Company and (C) will not, until the later of the Expiration Time or the completion of the distribution (within the meaning of Regulation M under the Exchange Act), of the Securities, sell, bid for or purchase, pay or agree to pay to any person any compensation for soliciting another to purchase any other securities of the Company;  provided,  that any action in connection with the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan will not be deemed to be within the restrictions of this Section 1.

(xxix) Except as described in the Prospectus, since January 1, 2006, the Company has been organized and operated, and currently is organized and operated, in conformance with the requirements to be taxed as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“ Subchapter M of the Code ”).

(xxx) The Company has been organized and operated as, and currently is organized and operated, in material conformance with the requirements of the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder applicable to business development companies.

(xxxi) The provisions of the corporate charter and by-laws of the Company and the investment objective, policies and restrictions described in the Prospectus are not inconsistent with the requirements of the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder applicable to a business development company, and the provisions of the organizational documents of each of the Subsidiaries and the operations of each of the Subsidiaries allow the Company to be in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder applicable to a business development company.

(xxxii) Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Company maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, since the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there have been, to the Company’s knowledge, no changes in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting that could significantly affect internal controls over financial reporting, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.


(xxxiii) Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Company has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 under the Exchange Act) designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, and is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive officers or officers and principal financial officer or officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure.

(xxxiv) The Company and its officers and directors, in their capacities as such, are in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(xxxv) Neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any employee of the Company has used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity, made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds, violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment, or received or retained any funds in violation of any law, rule or regulation.

(xxxvi) Neither the Company nor the Subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company or the Subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“ OFAC ”); and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries will, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering of the Securities hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

(xxxvii) Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any employee or agent of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, has made any payment of funds of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or received or retained any funds in violation of any applicable law, rule or regulation, including without limitation the “know your customer” and anti-money laundering laws of any applicable jurisdiction.

(xxxviii) The Company’s wholly-owned, small business investment company subsidiaries, Hercules Technology II, L.P. and Hercules Technology III, L.P. have been organized and operated as, and currently are organized and operated, in material conformance with the requirements of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder applicable to small business investment companies.

(xxxviv) The Subsidiaries of the Company do not have employees or employ personnel.

(b) Any certificate required by this Agreement that is signed by any officer of the Company and delivered to the Underwriters or counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to the Underwriters, as to the matters covered thereby.

2.  Agreements to Sell and Purchase.  The Company hereby agrees to sell to the Underwriters, and the Underwriters, upon the basis of the representations, warranties and covenants herein contained, but subject to the conditions hereinafter stated, agrees to purchase, severally and not jointly, from the Company the aggregate principal amount of Securities set forth opposite the name of each Underwriter on Schedule A hereof at $[—] per share (“ Purchase Price ”).

3.  Public Offering of Securities.  The Underwriters advise the Company that it proposes to make a public offering of Securities as soon after this Agreement has been executed and delivered as in its judgment is advisable.

The Company is further advised by you that the Securities are to be offered to the public initially at $[—] per share (the “ Public Offering Price ”).

4.  Payment and Delivery.  Payment for the Securities shall be made to the Company by the wire transfer of immediately available funds to the order of the Company against delivery of such Securities for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at [—] a.m., New York City time, on [—], 2010, or at such other time on the


same or such other date, no later than five business days after the date of this Agreement as the Underwriters and the Company may agree upon in writing. The time and date of such payment are hereinafter referred to as the “ Closing Date .”

Certificates for the Securities shall be in definitive form and registered in such names and in such denominations as you shall request in writing not later than one full business day prior to the Closing Date. The certificates evidencing the Securities shall be delivered to you on the Closing Date, as the case may be, for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters, with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the transfer of the Securities to the Underwriters duly paid, against payment of the Purchase Price therefor. The Securities shall be delivered through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company.

5.  Covenants of the Company . The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

(a) To notify the Underwriters promptly following the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, and the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction. The Company will make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any stop order described in this subsection hereunder and, if any such stop order is issued, to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment, and to advise the Underwriters promptly of any examination pursuant to Section 8(e) of the Securities Act or of the Company becoming the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the Securities Act in connection with any offering of the Securities.

(b) To give the Underwriters notice of any intention to file any amendment to the Registration Statement (including any post-effective amendment) or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus (including any revised prospectus proposed for use by the Underwriters in connection with the offering, which differs from the prospectus on file at the Commission at the time the Registration Statement becomes effective, whether such revised prospectus is required to be filed pursuant to Rule 497(b) or Rule 497(h) of the Securities Act Rules and Regulations), whether required to be filed pursuant to the Investment Company Act, the Securities Act or otherwise, and to furnish the Underwriters with copies of any such amendment or supplement a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing or use, as the case may be, and to not file any such amendment or supplement to which the Underwriters or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object, except as may be required by applicable law;  provided, however,  in the event of any such objection, the Underwriters agree to cooperate with the Company to ensure that an acceptable filing can be promptly made.

(c) To furnish, upon request and without charge, to the Underwriters a signed copy of the Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto) and for delivery to each other Underwriter a conformed copy of the Registration Statement (without exhibits thereto) and to furnish to you in New York City, without charge, prior to [—] a.m. New York City time on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and during the period mentioned in Section 5(d) below, as many copies of the Pre-Pricing Prospectus and Prospectus and any supplements and amendments thereto or to the Registration Statement as you may reasonably request.

(d) Before amending or supplementing the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, to furnish to you a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement and not to file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which you reasonably object in writing within two business days after receipt, and to file with the Commission within the applicable period specified in Rule 497 under the Securities Act any prospectus required to be filed pursuant to such Rule.

(e) If any event shall occur or a condition exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Company in consultation with counsel for the Underwriters, to amend or supplement the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, to forthwith amend or supplement the Registration Statement or Prospectus by preparing and filing with the Commission (and furnishing to the Underwriters a reasonable number of copies of) an amendment or amendments of the Registration Statement or an amendment or amendments of or a supplement or supplements to, the Prospectus (in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters), at the Company’s expense, which will amend or supplement the Registration Statement or the Prospectus so that the statements in the Prospectus, as so amended or supplemented, will not, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, be misleading when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, and the Underwriters and their counsel agree to cooperate with the Company to ensure that an acceptable filing can be promptly made.


(f) To endeavor, in cooperation with the Underwriters and their counsel, to assist such counsel to qualify the Securities for offer and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions of the United States as the Underwriters may designate;  provided, however,  that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process, or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not now so qualified. The Company will file such statements and reports as may be required to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby by the laws of each jurisdiction in which the Securities have been qualified as above provided.

(g) For a period of [—] days from the date of this Agreement, to not, without the prior consent of the Representatives, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, enter into any agreement to sell, or otherwise dispose of, any equity or equity related securities of the Company or securities convertible into such securities, other than issuances of the Common Stock pursuant to any employee or director compensation, dividend reinvestment, savings, or benefit plan, or distributions to the Company’s directors upon that individual’s election to receive shares of the company’s Common Stock in lieu of a cash retainer. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if (i) during the last 17 days of the foregoing [—] day period, the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs or (ii) prior to the expiration of the foregoing [—] day period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the foregoing [—] day period, the foregoing restrictions shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

(h) To apply the net proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the Securities sold by it as set forth under “Use of Proceeds” in the Prospectus.

(i) To use its best efforts to maintain its status as a business development company under the Investment Company Act, except unless authorized by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company as defined by the Investment Company Act.

(j) To use its best efforts to conform with the applicable requirements to be treated as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code.

(k) Except for the authorization of actions permitted to be taken by the Underwriters as contemplated herein or in the Prospectus, not to take, directly or indirectly, within 30 days of the date of the Prospectus, any action designed to cause or to result in, or which might reasonably be expected to constitute, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the issuance of the sale or resale of the Securities;  provided, however,  that any action in connection with the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan or to the issuance of shares of the Company’s Common Stock to the Company’s directors upon that individual’s election to receive shares of the company’s Common Stock in lieu of a cash retainer each will be deemed to be within the meaning of this Section 4.

(l) Whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, to pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel for the Company and the Company’s accountants in connection with the registration and delivery of the Securities under the Securities Act and all other fees or expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement, the Pre-Pricing Prospectus Supplement, the Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus, and any amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing, including all printing costs associated therewith, and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters, in the quantities hereinabove specified, (ii) all costs and expenses related to the transfer and delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters, including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon, (iii) the cost of printing or producing any Blue Sky in connection with the offer and sale of the Securities under state securities laws and all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Securities for offer and sale under state securities laws, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky memo, (iv) all filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters incurred in connection with the review and qualification of the offering of the Securities by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”), if any, (v) any fees charged by the rating agencies for the rating of the Securities, (vi) the cost of printing certificates representing the Securities, (vii) the fees


and expenses of any transfer agent, registrar or depositary in connection with the issuance of the Securities, (viii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Securities, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and, with the prior approval of the Company, the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show and (ix) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company hereunder for which provision is not otherwise made in this Section. It is understood, however, that except as provided in this Section and in Section 7, entitled “Indemnification and Contribution,” the Underwriters will pay all of their costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of their counsel, stock transfer taxes payable on resale of any of the Securities by them and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

(m) To make generally available to the Company’s security holders and to you, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earning statement for the purposes of and to provide the benefits contemplated by Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

6.  Conditions of the Underwriters’ Obligations; Additional Covenants . The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein, to the accuracy of the statements of the Company’s officers made in each certificate furnished pursuant to the provisions hereof and to the performance and observance by the Company of all covenants and agreements herein or its part to be performed and observed, and to the following further conditions:

(a) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date, there shall not have occurred any change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Prospectus that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and that makes it, in your judgment, impracticable to market the Securities as contemplated hereby.

(b) On the Closing Date, the Underwriters shall have received:

(i) The opinion, dated the Closing Date, of Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP, counsel for the Company, in substantially the form set forth in Annex I hereto and their negative assurance letter dated the Closing Date in form reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters to the effect set forth in Annex II hereto. In rendering such opinion, Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP may rely as to matters of fact, to the extent they deem proper, on certificates of responsible officers of the Company and public officials;

(ii) Such opinion or opinions, dated the Closing Date, as the case may be, of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they reasonably request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.

(c) The Company shall have furnished to the Underwriters on Closing Date, a certificate of the Company, signed by the President or other senior officer of the Company, dated the Closing Date, to the effect set forth in Section 5(a) above and to the effect that the signer of such certificate has carefully examined the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any supplement to the Prospectus and this Agreement and that, to the best of his knowledge:

(i) the representations, warranties and covenants of the Company contained in this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of the Agreement (except to the extent that any of such representations and warranties are already qualified as to materiality herein, in which case, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct without further qualification) and the Closing Date and the Company has complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied in all material respects hereunder on or before the Closing Date, as the case may be;

(ii) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or, to his knowledge, threatened; and


(iii) since the date of the most recent balance sheet included or incorporated by reference in the Prospectus, there has been no material adverse change in the condition (financial or other), earnings, business, net worth, results of operations or prospects of, the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (excluding changes due to investment activities in the ordinary course of business), except as set forth in or contemplated in the Prospectus.

The officer signing and delivering such certificate may rely upon the best of his or her knowledge as to proceedings threatened.

(d) On each the date hereof and the Closing Date, the Underwriters shall have received from each of Ernst & Young LLP and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, a letter, dated hereof and the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters, and stating the conclusions and findings of such firm with respect to the financial information and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus ordinarily covered by accountants’ “comfort letters” in connection with registered public offerings;  provided, however,  that the letter delivered on the Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than the date hereof.

(e) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there shall not have been (i) any change or decrease specified in the letter or letters referred to in paragraph (d) of this Section 6, or (ii) any change in or affecting the business or properties of the Company, the effect of which, in any case referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above, is, in the judgment of the Underwriters, so material and adverse as to make it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with the offering as contemplated by the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

(f) Prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall have furnished to the Underwriters such further appropriate information, certificates and documents as the Underwriters may reasonably request.

(g) The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, between the Underwriters and certain executive officers and directors of the Company relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Common Stock or certain other securities, delivered to the Underwriters on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date.

(i) The Securities shall have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq, subject only to notice of issuance at or prior to the Closing Date.

(j) All filings with the Commission required by Rule 497 of the Securities Act to have been filed by the Closing Date, shall have been made within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by Rule 497.

(k) At the Closing [Time], the Company and the Trustee shall have executed and delivered the Indenture.

If any of the conditions specified in this Section 6 shall not have been fulfilled when and as provided in this Agreement, or if any of the opinions and certificates mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall not be satisfactory in form and substance to the Underwriters and their counsel, this Agreement and all obligations of the Underwriters hereunder may be canceled at, or at any time prior to, the Closing Date by the Underwriters. Notice of such cancellation shall be given to the Company in writing or by telephone or telegraph confirmed in writing.

7.  Indemnification and Contribution .

(a) The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its partners, members, directors, officers, employees, agents, affiliates and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each, an “ Indemnified   Party ”), against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, other Federal or state statutory law or regulation or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any part of the Registration Statement, the Pre-Pricing Prospectus, or the Prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending against any loss, claim, damage, liability, action, litigation,


investigation or proceeding whatsoever (whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party thereto), whether threatened or commenced, and in connection with the enforcement of this provision with respect to any of the above as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, damage or liability arises out or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement in or omission or alleged omission from any of such documents in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by an Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), the part of the Registration Statement that constitutes the Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the 1939 Act (Form T-1) of the Trustee under the Indenture, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in subsection (b) below.

(b) Each Underwriter will severally and not jointly indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors and each of its officers who signs a Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each, an “ Underwriter Indemnified Party ”), against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which such Underwriter Indemnified Party may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, other Federal or state statutory law or regulation or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any part of the Registration Statement, the Pre-Pricing Prospectus, or the Prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omissions or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, and will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter Indemnified Party in connection with investigation or defending against any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action, litigation, investigation or proceeding whatsoever (whether or not such Underwriter Indemnified Party is a party thereto), whether threatened or commenced, based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission as such expenses are incurred, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus Supplement furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the third paragraph and the twenty-first paragraph under the caption “Underwriting.”

(c)  Actions against Parties; Notification.  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under subsection (a) or (b) above, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; but the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under subsection (a) or (b) above, except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under subsection (a) or (b) above. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such action and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of an indemnified party.

(d)  Contribution.  If the indemnification provided for in this Section is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute


to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in subsection (a) or (b) above (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim which is the subject of this subsection (d). Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (d), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations in this subsection (d) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7(d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 7(d).

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 7, no party shall be entitled to indemnification and contribution under this Agreement in violation of Section 17(i) of the Investment Company Act.

8.  Termination of Agreement.

(a) The obligations of the Underwriters under this Agreement may be terminated at anytime on or prior to the Closing Date, by notice given to the Company if, prior to the delivery and payment for the Securities there shall have occurred (i) any change, or any development or event involving a prospective change, in the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business, net worth, or properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole which, in the judgment of the Representatives, is material and adverse and makes it impractical or inadvisable to market the Securities; (ii) any change in U.S. or international financial, political or economic conditions or currency exchange rates or exchange controls the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impractical to market or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Securities, whether in the primary market or in respect of dealings in the secondary market; (iii) any suspension or material limitation of trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq, or any setting of minimum or maximum prices for trading on such exchange; (iv) any suspension of trading of any securities of the Company on any exchange or in the over-the-counter market; (v) any banking moratorium declared by any U.S. federal or New York authorities; (vi) any major disruption of settlements of securities, payment, or clearance services in the United States; or (vii) any attack on, outbreak or escalation of hostilities or act of terrorism involving the United States, any declaration of war by Congress or any other national or international calamity or emergency if, in the judgment of the Representatives, the effect of any such attack, outbreak, escalation, act, declaration, calamity or emergency is such as to make it impractical or inadvisable to market the Securities or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Securities.


9.  Default of Underwriters.

(a) If any Underwriter or Underwriters default in their obligations to purchase Securities hereunder on the Closing Date and the aggregate principal amount of Securities that such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase does not exceed 10% of the aggregate principal amount of Securities the Underwriters are obligated to purchase on such Closing Date, the Representatives may make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the purchase of such Securities by other persons, including any of the Underwriters, but if no such arrangements are made by such Closing Date, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated severally in proportion to their respective commitments hereunder, to purchase the Securities that such defaulting Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase on such Closing Date. If any Underwriter or Underwriters so default and the aggregate principal amount of Securities with respect to which such default or defaults occur exceeds 10% of the aggregate Principal amount of Securities that the Underwriters are obligated to purchase on such Closing Date, and arrangements satisfactory to the Representatives and the Company for the purchase of such Securities by other persons are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement will terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company, except as provided in Section 10 (provided that if such default occurs with respect to Securities after the Closing Date, this Agreement will not terminate as to the Securities purchased prior to termination). As used in this Agreement, the term “ Underwriter ” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section. Nothing herein will relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

10.  Survival of Certain Representations and Obligations.

(a) The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company or its officers and of the several Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation or statement as to the results thereof, made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, the Company or any of their respective representatives, officers or directors or any controlling person, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Securities. If the purchase of the Securities by the Underwriters is not consummated for any reason other than solely because of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 9 hereof, Section 8(a)(ii), Section 8(a)(iii), Section 8(a)(v), Section 8(a)(vi) or Section 8(a)(vii), the Company will reimburse the Underwriters for all out-of-pocket expenses (including fees and disbursements of counsel) reasonably incurred by them in connection with the offering of the Securities, and the respective obligations of the Company and the Underwriters pursuant to Section 7 hereof shall also remain in effect. In addition, if any Securities have been purchased hereunder, the representations and warranties in Section 1 and all obligations under Section 5 shall remain in effect.

11.  Notices . All communications hereunder will be in writing and effective only on receipt, and, if sent to the Underwriters, will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to:

[—]

as Representatives of the Several Underwriters

and if sent to the Company:

Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc.

400 Hamilton Avenue

Suite 310

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Attention: Scott Harvey

12.  Successors . This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and will inure to the benefit of the officers and directors and controlling persons referred to in Section 7 hereof, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder. The term “ successors and assigns ” as used in this Agreement shall not include a purchaser, as such purchaser, of Securities from the Underwriters.

13.  Absence of Fiduciary Relationship . The Company acknowledges and agrees that:

(a)  No Other Relationship . The Representatives have been retained solely to act as underwriters in connection with the sale of the Securities and that no fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship between the Company and the Representatives have been created in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Prospectus, irrespective of whether the Representatives have advised or is advising the Company on other matters;


(b)  Arms’ Length Negotiations . The price of the Securities set forth in this Agreement was established by the Company following discussions and arms-length negotiations with the Representatives and the Company is capable of evaluating and understanding and understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(c)  Absence of Obligation to Disclose . The Company has been advised that the Representatives and their affiliates are engaged in a broad range of transactions which may involve interests that differ from those of the Company and that the Representatives have no obligation to disclose such interests and transactions to the Company by virtue of any fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship; and

(d)  Waiver . The Company waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims it may have against the Representatives for breach of fiduciary duty or alleged breach of fiduciary duty and agrees that the Representatives shall have no liability (whether direct or indirect) to the Company in respect of such a fiduciary duty claim or to any person asserting a fiduciary duty claim on behalf of or in right of the Company, including stockholders, employees or creditors of the Company. If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please so indicate in the space provided below for that purpose, whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding agreement between the Company and the Underwriters.

14.  Governing Law; Construction . This Agreement and any claim, counterclaim or dispute of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement (“ Claim ”), directly or indirectly, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of law provisions thereof to the extent such principles or rules would require or permit the application of the laws of another jurisdiction. The Section headings in this Agreement have been inserted as a matter of convenience of reference and are not a part of this Agreement.

15.  Submission to Jurisdiction . Except as set forth below, no Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, which courts shall have jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters, and the Company consents to the jurisdiction of such courts and personal service with respect thereto. The Company hereby consents to personal jurisdiction, service and venue in any court in which any Claim arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement is brought by any third party against the Underwriter or any indemnified party. Each of the Underwriters and the Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) waives all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim (whether based upon contract, tort or otherwise) in any way arising out of or relating to this Agreement. The Company agrees that a final judgment in any such action, proceeding or counterclaim brought in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Company and may be enforced in any other courts to the jurisdiction of which the Company is or may be subject, by suit upon such judgment.

16.  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

17.  Severability . In case any provision in this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(a) If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please so indicate in the space provided below for that purpose, whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding agreement between the Company and the Underwriters.


 

Very truly yours,
HERCULES TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

The foregoing Agreement is hereby

confirmed and accepted as of the date first

above written by [—]

as Representatives of the Several

Underwriters listed on Schedule I hereto

 

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Exhibit n.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form N-2 of Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. of our report dated March 25, 2011 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to us under the headings “Experts”, “Selected Consolidated Financial Data”, and “Senior Securities” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Francisco, California

February 7, 2012

Exhibit n.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the captions “Experts”, “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Senior Securities” and to the use of our report dated March 12, 2010, with respect to the consolidated financial statements, including the consolidated schedules of investments in the Registration Statement (Form N-2) and related Prospectus of Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. for a total offering of $200,000,000 as included in the registration statement.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Francisco, California

February 7, 2012

Exhibit n.4

 

LOGO

February 7, 2012

Gabriela Martes

Global Venture Capital Services

VentureSource / FIS / Dow Jones & Co.

201 California Street, 10 th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94111

Dear Gabriela,

Hercules would like the consent of VentureSource/Dow Jones to use the following paragraphs in our upcoming Filing. If acceptable, please sign and scan or fax to me at 866.811.3908.

Thank you,

Sally Borg

Unfulfilled Demand for Structured Debt Financing to Technology-Related Companies. Private debt capital in the form of structured debt financing from specialty finance companies continues to be an important source of funding for technology-related companies. We believe that the level of demand for structured debt financing is a function of the level of annual venture equity investment activity. In the first nine months of 2011, venture capital-backed companies received, in approximately 2,229 transactions, equity financing in an aggregate amount of approximately $23.3 billion, representing a 29.4% increase from the same period of the preceding year, as reported by Dow Jones VentureSource. In addition, overall, the median round size in the first three month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $6.0 million and $5.0 million, respectively. We believe the larger number of companies provides us a greater opportunity to provide debt financing to these venture backed companies. Overall, seed- and first-round deals made up 42% of the deal flow in the three months ended September 30, 2011 and later-stage deals made up roughly 37% of the deal activity in the quarter.

 

/s/ Gabriela Martes   Gabriela Martes, Global Venture Capital Service
February 7, 2012   Date

 

 

400 H AMILTON A VENUE

S UITE 310

P ALO A LTO , CA 94301

T EL : 650.289.3060

F AX : 650.473.9194

WWW .HTGC. COM

FORM OF PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT FOR COMMON STOCK OFFERINGS

Exhibit (s)(1)

The information in this preliminary prospectus supplement is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission has been declared effective. This preliminary prospectus supplement is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

[FORM OF PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT TO BE USED IN

CONJUNCTION WITH FUTURE SECURITIES OFFERINGS]

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

(to Prospectus dated                 , 2012)

[            ] Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

We are offering             shares of our common stock. Our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “HTGC.” The last sale price, as reported on NASDAQ on             , was $            per share. The net asset value per share of our common stock at             (the last date prior to the date of this prospectus supplement on which we determined net asset value) was $            .

We are an internally-managed, non-diversified closed-end investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Our investment objective is to maximize our portfolio total return by generating current income from our debt investments and capital appreciation from our equity-related investments.

Please read this prospectus supplement, and the accompanying prospectus, before investing, and keep it for future reference. The prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus contain important information about us that a prospective investor should know before investing in our common stock. We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information about us with the Securities and Exchange Commission. This information is available free of charge by contacting us at 400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310, Palo Alto, California 94301, or by telephone by calling collect at (650) 289-3060 or on our website at www.herculestech.com. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus or the accompanying prospectus. The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains such information.

An investment in our common stock involves risks, including the risk of a total loss of investment. In addition, the companies in which we invest are subject to special risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page             of the accompanying prospectus and page S- in this prospectus supplement to read about risks that you should consider before investing in our common stock, including the risk of leverage.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

PRICE $     PER SHARE

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Price to Public

   $         $     

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions

   $         $     

Proceeds to us (1)

   $         $     

 

(1)  

Expenses payable by us are estimated to be $             .

The underwriters have an option to purchase up to an additional             shares from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus supplement to cover overallotments. If the underwriters exercise this option in full, the total public offering price will be $            , the total underwriting discount and commissions (sales load) paid by us will be $            , and total proceeds, before expenses, will be $            .

Delivery of the shares of common stock will be made on or about             , 2012.

The date of this prospectus supplement is             , 2012.


ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized any other person to provide you with different information from that contained in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus do not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy, our securities by any person in any jurisdiction where it is unlawful for that person to make such an offer or solicitation or to any person in any jurisdiction to whom it is unlawful to make such an offer or solicitation. The information contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus is complete and accurate only as of their respective dates, regardless of the time of their delivery or sale of our securities. This prospectus supplement supersedes the accompanying prospectus to the extent it contains information different from or additional to the information in that prospectus.

This document is in two parts. The first part is this prospectus supplement, which describes the terms of this offering and also adds to and updates information contained in the accompanying prospectus. The second part is the accompanying prospectus, which gives more general information and disclosure. To the extent the information contained in this prospectus supplement differs from the information contained in the accompanying prospectus, the information in this prospectus supplement shall control. You should read this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus together with the additional information described under the heading, “Available Information” before investing in our common stock.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

Prospectus Supplement

 

     Page

Prospectus Supplement Summary

   S-

Fees and Expenses

   S-

Forward-Looking Statements and Projections

   S-

Capitalization

   S-

Use of Proceeds

   S-

Underwriting

   S-

Legal Matters

   S-

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   S-

Available Information

   S-

PROSPECTUS

 

     Page

[Insert table of contents from base prospectus.]

  


FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table is intended to assist you in understanding the various costs and expenses that an investor in our securities will bear directly or indirectly. However, we caution you that some of the percentages indicated in the table below are estimates and may vary. The following table and example should not be considered a representation of our future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater or less than shown.  Except where the context suggests otherwise, whenever this prospectus contains a reference to fees or expenses paid by “you” or “us” or that “we” will pay fees or expenses, stockholders will indirectly bear such fees or expenses as investors in the Company.

 

Stockholder Transaction Expenses

  

Sales Load (as a percentage of offering price)

     —    % (1)

Offering Expenses (as a percentage of offering price)

     —    % (2)

Dividend Reinvestment Plan Fees

     —    % (3)
  

 

 

 

Total Stockholder Transaction Expenses (as a percentage of offering price)

     —    % (4)
  

 

 

 

Annual Expenses (as a Percentage of Net Assets Attributable to Common Shares) (11)

  

Operating Expenses

     % (5)(6)

Interest Payments on Borrowed Funds

     % (7)

Fees paid in connection with borrowed funds

     % (8)  

Acquired fund fees and expenses

     % (9)

Total Annual Expenses

     % (10)
  

 

 

 

 

(1) The underwriting discounts and commissions with respect to the shares sold in this offering, which is a one-time fee, is the only sales load paid in connection with this offering.

(2) Amount reflects estimated offering expenses of $             and is based on the offering of             shares at the public offering price of $             per share.
(3) The expenses of the dividend reinvestment plan are included in “Other Expenses.” See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” in the accompanying prospectus.
(4) The prospectus supplement corresponding to each offering will disclose the applicable offering expenses and total stockholder transaction expenses.
(5) “Operating expenses” represent our estimated operating expenses for the year ending December 31, [     ] including income tax expense (benefit) including excise tax, excluding interests and fees on indebtedness. This percentage for the year ended December 31, [     ] was [     ] %. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis and Results of Operations,” “Management,” and “Compensation of Executive Officers and Directors.”
(6) We do not have an investment adviser and are internally managed by our executive officers under the supervision of our Board of Directors. As a result, we do not pay investment advisory fees, but instead we pay the operating costs associated with employing investment management professionals..
(7) “Interest payments on borrowed funds” represents estimated interest payments on borrowed funds for 20[     ] including [     ]. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this prospectus supplement. For purposes of this section, we have computed interest expense assuming that: (i) we maintain no cash or cash equivalents, (ii) borrow for investment purposes an amount equal to % of our total assets ($___ million out of total assets of $ ___ million) and (iii) the annual interest rate, representing interest and credit facility fees and amortization of debt issuance costs, is ___%. Total assets of $___ million assumes full utilization of the $200 million under our shelf registration statement.
(8) “Fees paid in connection with borrowed funds” represents estimated fees paid in connection with borrowed funds for [    ] including [     ]. This percentage for the year ended December 31, [     ] was approximately [     ]%.


(9) For the year ended December 31, [     ], we [did not] have any investments in shares of Acquired Funds that are not consolidated and, as a result, we did not directly or indirectly incur any fees from Acquired Funds.
(10) “Total annual expenses” is the sum of “operating expenses,” “interest payments on borrowed funds” and “fees paid in connection with borrowed funds.”
(11) “Average net assets attributable to common stock” equals the weighted estimated average net assets for [     ] which is $[     ].

Example

The following example demonstrates the projected dollar amount of total cumulative expenses that would be incurred over various periods with respect to a $1,000 hypothetical investment in our common stock, assuming a 5% annual return. These amounts are based upon our payment of annual operating expenses at the levels set forth in the table above and assume no additional leverage.

 

     1 Year      3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  

You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return

   $         $         $         $     

The example and the expenses in the tables above should not be considered a representation of our future expenses, and actual expenses may be greater or lesser than those shown. Moreover, while the example assumes, as required by the applicable rules of the SEC, a 5% annual return, our performance will vary and may result in a return greater or lesser than 5%. In addition, while the example assumes reinvestment of all dividends and distributions at net asset value, participants in our dividend reinvestment plan may receive shares valued at the market price in effect at that time. This price may be at, above or below net asset value. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” in the accompanying prospectus for additional information regarding our dividend reinvestment plan.

This example and the expenses in the table above should not be considered a representation of our future expenses as actual expenses (including the cost of debt, and other expenses) may be greater or less than those shown.


PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT SUMMARY

Our Company

We are a specialty finance company that provides debt and equity growth capital to technology-related companies at various stages of development from seed and emerging growth to expansion and established stages of development, which include select publicly listed companies and select lower middle market companies. Our investment objective is to maximize our portfolio total return by generating current income from our debt investments and capital appreciation from our equity-related investments. We are an internally-managed, non-diversified closed-end investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or the 1940 Act.

As of [    ], 20          our total assets were approximately $[    ] million, of which, our investments comprised $[    ] million at fair value and $[    ] million at cost. Our investments at fair value were comprised of our debt investments, warrant portfolio and equity investments valued at approximately $[    ] million, $[    ] million and $[    ] million, respectively, or [    ]%, [    ]% and [    ]% of total investments, respectively. Our[    ], 20          total investments at value in foreign companies were approximately $[    ] million or [    ]% of total assets. During the [    ]-month periods ended [    ], 20          , we made debt commitments totaling $[    ] million and $[    ] million, respectively, and funded approximately $[    ] million and $[    ] million, respectively. During the[    ]-month period ended [    ], 20          , we made and funded equity commitments of approximately $[    ] and $[    ] million to [    ] and[    ] portfolio companies, respectively. Debt commitments for the nine months ended [    ], 20          included commitments of approximately $[    ] million to[    ]new portfolio companies and $[    ] million to [    ] existing portfolio companies. Since inception through [    ], 20          , we have made debt and equity commitments of approximately $[    ] billion to our portfolio companies.

We also make investments in qualifying small businesses through two wholly-owned, small business investment company (“SBIC”) subsidiaries, Hercules Technology II, L.P. (“HT II”) and Hercules Technology III, L.P. (“HT III”). As SBICs, HT II and HT III are subject to a variety of regulations concerning, among other things, the size and nature of the companies in which they may invest and the structure of those investments. As of [    ], 20          , we held investments in HT II in [    ] companies with a fair value of approximately $[    ] million. HT II’s portfolio companies accounted for approximately [    ]% of our total portfolio at [    ], 20          . As of [    ], 20          , we held investments in HT III in [    ] companies with a fair value of approximately $[    ] million. HT III’s portfolio accounted for approximately [    ]% of our total portfolio at [    ], 20          .

In aggregate, HT II and HT III held approximately $[    ] million in assets and accounted for approximately [    ]% of our total assets prior to consolidation at [    ], 20          .

We primarily finance privately-held companies backed by leading venture capital and private equity firms and also may finance certain select publicly-traded companies that lack access to public capital or are sensitive to equity ownership dilution. As of [    ], 20          , our proprietary SQL-based database system included over [    ] technology-related companies and approximately [    ] venture capital, private equity sponsors/investors, as well as various other industry contacts. Our principal executive office is located in Silicon Valley, and we have additional offices in Boston, MA, Boulder, CO and McLean, VA. Our goal is to be the leading structured debt financing provider of choice for venture capital and private equity backed technology-related companies requiring sophisticated and customized financing solutions. Our strategy is to evaluate and invest in a broad range of ventures active in the technology, clean technology and life science industries and to offer a full suite of growth capital products up and down of the capital structure. We invest primarily in structured debt and, to a lesser extent, in senior debt and equity investments. We use the term “structured debt with warrants” to refer to any debt investment, such as a senior or subordinated secured loan, that is coupled with an equity component, including warrants, options or rights to purchase common or preferred stock. Our structured debt with warrants investments will typically be secured by select or all of the assets of the portfolio company.

We focus our investments in companies active in technology industry sub-sectors characterized by products or services that require advanced technologies, including, but not limited to, computer software and hardware, networking systems, semiconductors, semiconductor capital equipment, information technology infrastructure or services, Internet consumer and business services, telecommunications, telecommunications equipment, media and life sciences. Within the life sciences sub-sector, we focus on medical devices, bio-pharmaceutical, drug discovery, drug delivery, health care services and information systems companies. Within the clean technology sub-sector, we


focus on sustainable and renewable energy technologies and energy efficiency and monitoring technologies. We refer to all of these companies as “technology-related” companies and intend, under normal circumstances, to invest at least 80% of the value of our assets in such businesses.

Our primary business objectives are to increase our net income, net operating income and net asset value by investing in structured debt with warrants and equity of venture capital and private equity backed technology-related companies with attractive current yields and the potential for equity appreciation and realized gains. Our structured debt investments typically include warrants or other equity interests, giving us the potential to realize equity-like returns on a portion of our investments. Our equity ownership in our portfolio companies may represent a controlling interest. In some cases, we receive the right to make additional equity investments in our portfolio companies in connection with future equity financing rounds. Capital that we provide directly to venture capital and private equity backed technology-related companies is generally used for growth, and general working capital purposes as well as in select cases for acquisitions or recapitalizations.

Our portfolio is comprised of, and we anticipate that our portfolio will continue to be comprised of, investments in technology-related companies at various stages of development. Consistent with regulatory requirements, we invest primarily in United States based companies and to a lesser extent in foreign companies. See “Regulation—Qualifying Assets” in the accompanying prospectus. Since 2007, our investing emphasis has been primarily on private companies following or in connection with a subsequent institutional round of equity financing, which we refer to as expansion-stage companies and private companies in their later rounds of financing and certain public companies, which we refer to as established-stage companies and lower middle market companies. We have also historically focused our investment activities in private companies following or in connection with the first institutional round of financing, which we refer to as emerging-growth companies.

Beginning in the fall of 2008, the global economy entered a financial crisis and recession. Volatile capital and credit markets, declining business and consumer confidence and increased unemployment precipitated a continuing economic slowdown. Although there have been signs of recovery in many regions, economic weakness could continue or worsen. For example, the current U.S. debt ceiling and budget deficit concerns, together with signs of deteriorating sovereign debt conditions in Europe, have increased the possibility of credit-rating downgrades and economic slowdowns. Although U.S. lawmakers passed legislation to raise the federal debt ceiling, Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating on the United States from “AAA” to “AA+” on August 5, 2011. The impact of this or any further downgrades to the U.S. government’s sovereign credit rating, or its perceived creditworthiness, and the impact of the current crisis in Europe with respect to the ability of certain European Union countries to continue to service their sovereign debt obligations is inherently unpredictable and could adversely effect the U.S. and global financial markets and economic conditions. During market distruptions, we may have difficulty raising debt or equity capital especially as a result of regulatory constraints. There can be no assurance that governmental or other measures to aid economic recovery will be effective.

As of [    ], 20          , our investment professionals, including Manuel A. Henriquez, our co-founder, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, are currently comprised of [    ] professionals who have, on average, more than [    ] years of experience in venture capital, structured finance, commercial lending or acquisition finance with the types of technology-related companies that we are targeting. We believe that we can leverage the experience and relationships of our management team to successfully identify attractive investment opportunities, underwrite prospective portfolio companies and structure customized financing solutions.

Our Market Opportunity

We believe that technology-related companies compete in one of the largest and most rapidly growing sectors of the U.S. economy and that continued growth is supported by ongoing innovation and performance improvements in technology products as well as the adoption of technology across virtually all industries in response to competitive pressures. We believe that an attractive market opportunity exists for a specialty finance company focused primarily on investments in structured debt with warrants in technology-related companies for the following reasons:

 

   

Technology-related companies have generally been underserved by traditional lending sources;

 

   

Unfulfilled demand exists for structured debt financing to technology-related companies as the number of lenders has declined due to the recent financial market turmoil; and


   

Structured debt with warrants products are less dilutive and complement equity financing from venture capital and private equity funds.

Technology-Related Companies are Underserved by Traditional Lenders.  We believe many viable technology-related companies backed by financial sponsors have been unable to obtain sufficient growth financing from traditional lenders, including financial services companies such as commercial banks and finance companies, particularly due to the recent credit market dislocation and because traditional lenders have continued to consolidate and have adopted a more risk-averse approach to lending. More importantly, we believe traditional lenders are typically unable to underwrite the risk associated with financial sponsor-backed emerging-growth or expansion-stage companies effectively.

The unique cash flow characteristics of many technology-related companies include significant research and development expenditures and high projected revenue growth thus often making such companies difficult to evaluate from a credit perspective. In addition, the balance sheets of emerging-growth and expansion-stage companies often include a disproportionately large amount of intellectual property assets, which can be difficult to value. Finally, the speed of innovation in technology and rapid shifts in consumer demand and market share add to the difficulty in evaluating technology-related companies.

Due to the difficulties described above, we believe traditional lenders are generally refraining from entering the structured mezzanine marketplace, instead preferring the risk-reward profile of asset based lending. Traditional lenders generally do not have flexible product offerings that meet the needs of technology-related companies. The financing products offered by traditional lenders typically impose on borrowers many restrictive covenants and conditions, including limiting cash outflows and requiring a significant depository relationship to facilitate rapid liquidation.

Unfulfilled Demand for Structured Debt Financing to Technology-Related Companies.  Private debt capital in the form of structured debt financing from specialty finance companies continues to be an important source of funding for technology-related companies. We believe that the level of demand for structured debt financing is a function of the level of annual venture equity investment activity. In the first [    ] months of 20          , venture capital-backed companies received, in approximately [    ] transactions, equity financing in an aggregate amount of approximately $[    ] billion, representing a [    ]% increase from the same period of the preceding year, as reported by Dow Jones VentureSource. In addition, overall, the median round size during the three-month periods ended [    ], 20          and 20          was approximately $[    ] million and $[    ] million, respectively. We believe the larger number of companies provides us a greater opportunity to provide debt financing to these venture backed companies. Overall, seed- and first-round deals made up [    ]% of the deal flow in the three months ended [    ], 20          and later-stage deals made up roughl y[    ]% of the deal activity in the quarter.

We believe that demand for structured debt financing is currently under served, in part because of the credit market collapse in 2008 and the resulting exit of debt capital providers to technology-related companies. The venture capital market for the technology-related companies in which we invest has been active and is continuing to show signs of increased investment activity. In addition, lending requirements of traditional lenders have recently become more stringent due to the significant write-offs in the financial services sector, the re-pricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated market and the financial turmoil affecting the banking system and financial market, which have negatively impacted the debt and equity capital market in the United States and most other markets. At the same time, the venture capital market for the technology-related companies in which we invest has continued to be active. Therefore, to the extent we have capital available, we believe this is an opportune time to be active in the structured lending market for technology-related companies.

Structured Debt with Warrants Products Complement Equity Financing From Venture Capital and Private Equity Funds.  We believe that technology-related companies and their financial sponsors will continue to view structured debt securities as an attractive source of capital because it augments the capital provided by venture capital and private equity funds. We believe that our structured debt with warrants product provides access to growth capital that otherwise may only be available through incremental investments by existing equity investors. As such, we provide portfolio companies and their financial sponsors with an opportunity to diversify their capital


sources. Generally, we believe emerging-growth and expansion-stage companies target a portion of their capital to be debt in an attempt to achieve a higher valuation through internal growth. In addition, because financial sponsor-backed companies have potentially reached a more mature stage prior to reaching a liquidity event, we believe our investments provide the debt capital needed to grow or recapitalize companies during the extended period prior to liquidity events.

Our Business Strategy

Our strategy to achieve our investment objective includes the following key elements:

Leverage the Experience and Industry Relationships of Our Management Team and Investment Professionals.  We have assembled a team of experienced investment professionals with extensive experience as venture capitalists, commercial lenders and originators of structured debt and equity investments in technology-related companies. Our investment professionals have, on average, more than [    ] years of experience as equity investors in, and/or lenders to, technology-related companies. Our team members have originated structured debt, structured debt with warrants and equity investments in over [    ] technology-related companies, representing over $[    ] billion in commitments from inception through [    ], 20          and have developed a network of industry contacts with investors and other participants within the venture capital and private equity communities. In addition, members of our management team also have operational, research and development and finance experience with technology- related companies. We have established contacts with leading venture capital and private equity fund sponsors, public and private companies, research institutions and other industry participants, which should enable us to identify and attract well-positioned prospective portfolio companies.

We concentrate our investing activities generally in industries in which our investment professionals have investment experience. We believe that our focus on financing technology-related companies will enable us to leverage our expertise in structuring prospective investments, to assess the value of both tangible and intangible assets, to evaluate the business prospects and operating characteristics of technology-related companies and to identify and originate potentially attractive investments with these types of companies.

Mitigate Risk of Principal Loss and Build a Portfolio of Equity-Related Securities.  We expect that our investments have the potential to produce attractive risk adjusted returns through current income, in the form of interest and fee income, as well as capital appreciation from equity-related securities. We believe that we can mitigate the risk of loss on our debt investments through the combination of loan principal amortization, cash interest payments, relatively short maturities, security interests in the assets of our portfolio companies, and, on select investments, covenants requiring prospective portfolio companies to have certain amounts of available cash and the continued support from a venture capital or private equity firm at the time we make our investment.

Historically our structured debt investments to technology-related companies, typically include warrants or other equity interests, giving us the potential to realize equity-like returns on a portion of our investment. In addition, in some cases, we receive the right to make additional equity investments in our portfolio companies in connection with future equity financing rounds. We believe these equity interests will create the potential for meaningful long-term capital gains in connection with the future liquidity events of these technology-related companies.

Provide Customized Financing Complementary to Financial Sponsors’ Capital.  We offer a broad range of investment structures and possess expertise and experience to effectively structure and price investments in technology-related companies. Unlike many of our competitors that only invest in companies that fit a specific set of investment parameters, we have the flexibility to structure our investments to suit the particular needs of our portfolio companies. We offer customized financing solutions ranging from senior debt to equity capital, with a focus on structured debt with warrants.

We use our relationships in the financial sponsor community to originate investment opportunities. Because venture capital and private equity funds typically invest solely in the equity securities of their portfolio companies, we believe that our debt investments will be viewed as an attractive and complementary source of capital, both by the portfolio company and by the portfolio company’s financial sponsor. In addition, we believe that many venture capital and private equity fund sponsors encourage their portfolio companies to use debt financing for a portion of their capital needs as a means of potentially enhancing equity returns, minimizing equity dilution and increasing valuations prior to a subsequent equity financing round or a liquidity event.


Invest at Various Stages of Development.  We provide growth capital to technology-related companies at all stages of development, from emerging-growth companies, to expansion-stage companies and established-stage companies, including select publicly listed companies and select lower middle market companies. We believe that this provides us with a broader range of potential investment opportunities than those available to many of our competitors, who generally focus their investments on a particular stage in a company’s development. Because of the flexible structure of our investments and the extensive experience of our investment professionals, we believe we are well positioned to take advantage of these investment opportunities at all stages of prospective portfolio companies’ development.

Benefit from Our Efficient Organizational Structure.  We believe that the perpetual nature of our corporate structure enables us to be a long-term partner for our portfolio companies in contrast to traditional mezzanine and investment funds, which typically have a limited life. In addition, because of our access to the equity markets, we believe that we may benefit from a lower cost of capital than that available to private investment funds. We are not subject to requirements to return invested capital to investors nor do we have a finite investment horizon. Capital providers that are subject to such limitations are often required to seek a liquidity event more quickly than they otherwise might, which can result in a lower overall return on an investment.

Deal Sourcing Through Our Proprietary Database.  We have developed a proprietary and comprehensive structured query language-based (SQL) database system to track various aspects of our investment process including sourcing, originations, transaction monitoring and post-investment performance. As of [    ], 20          , our proprietary SQL-based database system included over [    ] technology-related companies and over [    ] venture capital, private equity sponsors/investors, as well as various other industry contacts. This proprietary SQL system allows us to maintain, cultivate and grow our industry relationships while providing us with comprehensive details on companies in the technology-related industries and their financial sponsors.

Recent Developments

[Insert description of recent developments at time of offering.]


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The matters discussed in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, as well as in future oral and written statements by management of Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., that are forward-looking statements are based on current management expectations that involve substantial risks and uncertainties which could cause actual results to differ materially from the results expressed in, or implied by, these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements relate to future events or our future financial performance. We generally identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar words. Important assumptions include our ability to originate new investments, achieve certain margins and levels of profitability, the availability of additional capital, and the ability to maintain certain debt to asset ratios and our outlook on the economy and its effect on venture capital. In light of these and other uncertainties, the inclusion of a projection or forward-looking statement in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus should not be regarded as a representation by us that our plans or objectives will be achieved. The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus include statements as to:

 

  our future operating results;

 

  our business prospects and the prospects of our prospective portfolio companies;

 

  the impact of investments that we expect to make;

 

  the impact of a protracted decline in the liquidity of credit markets on our business;

 

  our informal relationships with third parties including in the venture capital industry;

 

  the expected market for venture capital investments and our addressable market;

 

  the dependence of our future success on the general economy and its impact on the industries in which we invest;

 

  our ability to access debt markets and equity markets;

 

  the ability of our portfolio companies to achieve their objectives;

 

  our expected financings and investments;

 

  our regulatory structure and tax status;

 

  our ability to operate as a business development company, SBIC and a RIC;

 

  the adequacy of our cash resources and working capital;

 

  the timing of cash flows, if any, from the operations of our portfolio companies;

 

  the timing, form and amount of any dividend distributions;

 

  the impact of fluctuations in interest rates on our business;

 

  the valuation of any investments in portfolio companies, particularly those having no liquid trading market; and

 

  our ability to recover unrealized losses.


For a discussion of factors that could cause our actual results to differ from forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, please see the discussion under “Risk Factors” in both this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. The forward-looking statements contained herein are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933.

This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus contain third-party estimates and data regarding valuations of venture capital-backed companies. This data was reported by Dow Jones VentureSource, an independent venture capital industry research company which we refer to as VentureSource. VentureSource is commonly relied upon as an information source in the venture capital industry. Although we have not independently verified any such data, we believe that the industry information contained in such releases and data tables and included in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus is reliable.

We have compiled certain industry estimates presented in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus from internally generated information and data. While we believe our estimates are reliable, they have not been verified by any independent sources. The estimates are based on a number of assumptions, including increasing investment in venture capital and private equity-backed companies. Actual results may differ from projections and estimates, and this market may not grow at the rates projected, or at all. If this market fails to grow at projected rates, our business and the market price of our common stock could be materially adversely affected.


CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth (i) our actual capitalization as of             , and (ii) our capitalization as adjusted to reflect the effects of the sale of              shares of our common stock in this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option) at an assumed public offering price of $             per share (based on the last reported sales price of our common stock on                 , 20     ), and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. You should read this table together with “Use of Proceeds” and our statement of assets and liabilities included elsewhere in this prospectus supplement.

 

     As of  
(in thousands)    Actual      As Adjusted  for
this
Offering(1)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $         $     

Total assets

     

Long-term SBA debentures

     

Common stock, par value

     

Capital in excess of par value

     

Distributable earnings

     

Total stockholders’ equity

     

Total capitalization

     

 

(1) Does not include the underwriters’ overallotment option.


USE OF PROCEEDS

The net proceeds from the sale of             shares of our common stock in this offering will be $             (or $             if the over-allotment is exercised in full) after deducting estimated offering expenses of approximately $             payable by us. A $             increase (decrease) in the assumed offering price per share would increase (decrease) net proceeds to us from this offering by $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus supplement remains the same. Any additional proceeds to us resulting from an increase in the public offering price or the number of shares offered pursuant to this prospectus supplement will be used by us as described below.

We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund investments in debt and equity securities in accordance with our investment objective and for other general corporate purposes.

We anticipate that substantially all of the net proceeds from this offering will be used as described above within twelve months, but in no event longer than two years. Pending such uses and investments, we will invest the net proceeds primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment. Our ability to achieve our investment objective may be limited to the extent that the net proceeds of any offering, pending full investment, are held in lower yielding short-term instruments.


UNDERWRITING

are acting as joint bookrunning managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus supplement, each underwriter named below has agreed to purchase the number of shares set forth opposite the underwriter’s name.

 

Underwriter

  

Number

of Shares

  
  
  
  
  
  
  

Total

  

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the shares included in this offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares (other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below) if they purchase any of the shares.

The underwriters propose to offer some of the shares directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus supplement and some of the shares to dealers at the public offering price less a concession not to exceed $             per share. If all of the shares are not sold at the initial offering price, the representatives may change the public offering price and the other selling terms. The representatives have advised us that the underwriters do not intend to confirm sales to discretionary accounts.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus supplement, to purchase from us up to             additional shares of common stock at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise the option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, in connection with this offering. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter must purchase a number of additional shares approximately proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment.

We, our officers and directors have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to issue, sell, dispose of or hedge any of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus supplement continuing through the date days after the date of this prospectus supplement, except with the prior written consent of .

The     -day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the     -day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the     -day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the     -day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release of the announcement of the material news or material event.

Our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “HTGC”.

The following table shows the underwriting discounts and commissions that we are to pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full


exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase from us additional shares of common stock. This offering will conform with the requirements set forth in Financial Industry Regulatory Authority Rule 2310. In compliance with such requirements, the underwriting discounts and commissions in connection with the sale of securities will not exceed 8% of gross proceeds of this offering.

 

     Paid by Hercules Technology
Growth Capital, Inc.
 
     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per share

   $         $     

Total

   $         $     

In connection with the offering, one or more of the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, syndicate covering transactions and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve syndicate sales of common stock in excess of the number of shares to be purchased by the underwriters in the offering, which creates a syndicate short position. “Covered” short sales are sales of shares made in an amount up to the number of shares represented by the underwriters’ over-allotment option. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered syndicate short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. Transactions to close out the covered syndicate short involve either purchases of the common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed or the exercise of the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also make “naked” short sales of shares in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares of common stock in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of bids for or purchases of shares in the open market while the offering is in progress.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the representatives repurchase shares originally sold by that syndicate member in order to cover syndicate short positions or make stabilizing purchases.

Any of these activities may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. They may also cause the price of the common stock to be higher than the price that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the Nasdaq Global Select Market or in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.

We estimate that our portion of the total expenses of this offering will be $            .

The underwriters have performed investment banking and advisory services for us and our affiliates from time to time for which they have received customary fees and expenses. The underwriters may, from time to time, engage in transactions with and perform services for us and our affiliates in the ordinary course of their business. Each of the underwriters acted as underwriters in our initial public offering.

This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters. Other than the prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus in electronic format, the information on any such underwriter’s website is not part of this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. The representatives will allocate shares to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, shares may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell shares to online brokerage account holders.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.


In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve securities and instruments of ours.

The principal business address of             is             ,             ,             .


LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters with respect to the validity of the shares of common stock we are offering will be passed upon for us by Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP, Washington, D.C. Certain legal matters related to the offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by .

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The financial statements as of                 , 20     and for the year ended December 31, 20    , included in this prospectus, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 20     have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein.

Certain of our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance upon the report of Ernst & Young LLP, our former independent registered public accountants. Ernst & Young LLP’s principal business address is 560 Mission Street, San Francisco, CA 94105.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-2, together with all amendments and related exhibits, under the Securities Act, with respect to our shares of common stock offered by this prospectus supplement. The registration statement contains additional information about us and our shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus supplement.

We file annual, quarterly and current periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which we refer to as the Exchange Act. This information is available at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information about the operation of the SEC’s public reference room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet website, at http:// www.sec.gov , that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers, including us, who file documents electronically with the SEC.

FORM OF PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT FOR PREFERRED STOCK OFFERINGS

Exhibit (s)(2)

The information in this preliminary prospectus supplement is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus supplement is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

[FORM OF PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT TO BE USED IN

CONJUNCTION WITH FUTURE PREFERRED STOCK OFFERINGS]

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

(to Prospectus dated                , 2012)

            Shares

HERCULES

TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

Preferred Stock

Liquidation Preference $         Per Share

 

 

We are an internally-managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Our investment objective is to maximize our portfolio total return by generating current income from our debt investments and capital appreciation from our equity-related investments.

All of the         shares of Series [            ] preferred stock, or the preferred stock, offered by this prospectus supplement are being sold by us. Each share of preferred stock has a liquidation preference of $            per share, and the share of preferred stock are subject to redemption at the option of the holder as described in this prospectus supplement. [We have applied to list the Series [            ] Preferred Stock on            [so that trading on the exchange will begin within         days after the date of this prospectus supplement, subject to notice of issuance. Prior to the expected commencement of trading on            , the underwriters to not intend to make a market in our preferred stock. Consequently, it is anticipated that, prior to the commencement of trading on            , an investment in our preferred stock will be illiquid and holders thereof may not be able to sell such shares as it is unlikely that a secondary market for our preferred stock will develop. If a secondary market does develop prior to the commencement of trading on            , holders of our preferred stock may be able to sell such shares only at substantial discounts from their liquidation preference.] The trading symbol for our preferred stock will be “     ”.]

Please read this prospectus supplement, and the accompanying prospectus, before investing, and keep it for future reference. The prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus contain important information about us that a prospective investor should know before investing in our preferred stock. We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information about us with the Securities and Exchange Commission. This information is available free of charge by contacting us at 400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310, Palo Alto, California 94301, or by telephone by calling collect at (650) 289-3060 or on our website at www.herculestech.com. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus or the accompanying prospectus. The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains such information.

 

 

An investment in our preferred stock involves risks, including the risk of a total loss of investment. In addition, the companies in which we invest are subject to special risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page [ ] of the accompanying prospectus and page S-[ ] in this prospectus supplement to read about risks you should consider before investing in our securities, including the risk of leverage.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Public offering price

   $         $     

Sales load (underwriting discounts and commissions)

   $         $     

Proceeds to us (before expenses)

   $         $     

[In addition, the underwriters may purchase up to an additional         shares of preferred stock at the public offering price, less the sales load payable by us, to cover over-allotments, if any, within         days from the date of this prospectus supplement. If the underwriters exercise this option in full, the total sales load paid by us will be $            , and total proceeds, before expenses, will be $            .]

 

 

The underwriters are offering the preferred stock as set forth in “Underwriting.” Delivery of the shares will be made on or about         , 2012.

The date of this prospectus supplement is         , 2012

[Underwriters]

            , 2012


ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized any other person to provide you with different information from that contained in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus do not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy, our securities by any person in any jurisdiction where it is unlawful for that person to make such an offer or solicitation or to any person in any jurisdiction to whom it is unlawful to make such an offer or solicitation. The information contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus is complete and accurate only as of their respective dates, regardless of the time of their delivery or sale of our securities. This prospectus supplement supersedes the accompanying prospectus to the extent it contains information different from or additional to the information in that prospectus.

This document is in two parts. The first part is this prospectus supplement, which describes the terms of this offering and also adds to and updates information contained in the accompanying prospectus. The second part is the accompanying prospectus, which gives more general information and disclosure. To the extent the information contained in this prospectus supplement differs from the information contained in the accompanying prospectus, the information in this prospectus supplement shall control. You should read this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus together with the additional information described under the heading, “Available Information” before investing in our preferred stock.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

 

     Page  

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT SUMMARY

     S-   

FEES AND EXPENSES

     S-   

THE OFFERING

     S-   

RISK FACTORS

     S-   

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     S-   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     S-   

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES AND PREFERRED DIVIDENDS

     S-   

DESCRIPTION OF PREFERRED STOCK

     S-   

CAPITALIZATION

     S-   

UNDERWRITING

     S-   

LEGAL MATTERS

     S-   

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

     S-   

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     S-   

PROSPECTUS

 

     Page

[Insert table of contents from base prospectus.]

  


PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT SUMMARY

Our Company

We are a specialty finance company that provides debt and equity growth capital to technology-related companies at various stages of development from seed and emerging growth to expansion and established stages of development, which include select publicly listed companies and select lower middle market companies. Our investment objective is to maximize our portfolio total return by generating current income from our debt investments and capital appreciation from our equity-related investments. We are an internally-managed, non-diversified closed-end investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or the 1940 Act.

As of [            ], 20              our total assets were approximately $[            ] million, of which, our investments comprised $[            ] million at fair value and $[            ] million at cost. Our investments at fair value were comprised of our debt investments, warrant portfolio and equity investments valued at approximately $[            ] million, $[            ] million and $[            ] million, respectively, or [            ]%, [            ]% and [            ]% of total investments, respectively. Our[            ], 20              total investments at value in foreign companies were approximately $[            ] million or [            ]% of total assets. During the [            ]-month periods ended [            ], 20              , we made debt commitments totaling $[            ] million and $[            ] million, respectively, and funded approximately $[            ] million and $[            ] million, respectively. During the[            ]-month period ended [            ], 20              , we made and funded equity commitments of approximately $[            ] and $[            ] million to [            ] and[            ] portfolio companies, respectively. Debt commitments for the nine months ended [            ], 20              included commitments of approximately $[            ] million to[            ]new portfolio companies and $[            ] million to [            ] existing portfolio companies. Since inception through [            ], 20              , we have made debt and equity commitments of approximately $[            ] billion to our portfolio companies.

We also make investments in qualifying small businesses through two wholly-owned, small business investment company (“SBIC”) subsidiaries, Hercules Technology II, L.P. (“HT II”) and Hercules Technology III, L.P. (“HT III”). As SBICs, HT II and HT III are subject to a variety of regulations concerning, among other things, the size and nature of the companies in which they may invest and the structure of those investments. As of [            ], 20              , we held investments in HT II in [            ] companies with a fair value of approximately $[            ] million. HT II’s portfolio companies accounted for approximately [            ]% of our total portfolio at [            ], 20              . As of [            ], 20              , we held investments in HT III in [            ] companies with a fair value of approximately $[            ] million. HT III’s portfolio accounted for approximately [            ]% of our total portfolio at [            ], 20             .

In aggregate, HT II and HT III held approximately $[            ] million in assets and accounted for approximately [            ]% of our total assets prior to consolidation at [            ], 20              .

We primarily finance privately-held companies backed by leading venture capital and private equity firms and also may finance certain select publicly-traded companies that lack access to public capital or are sensitive to equity ownership dilution. As of [            ], 20              , our proprietary SQL-based database system included over [            ] technology-related companies and approximately [            ] venture capital, private equity sponsors/investors, as well as various other industry contacts. Our principal executive office is located in Silicon Valley, and we have additional offices in Boston, MA, Boulder, CO and McLean, VA. Our goal is to be the leading structured debt financing provider of choice for venture capital and private equity backed technology-related companies requiring sophisticated and customized financing solutions. Our strategy is to evaluate and invest in a broad range of ventures active in the technology, clean technology and life science industries and to offer a full suite of growth capital products up and down of the capital structure. We invest primarily in structured debt and, to a lesser extent, in senior debt and equity investments. We use the term “structured debt with warrants” to refer to any debt investment, such as a senior or subordinated secured loan, that is coupled with an equity component, including warrants, options or rights to purchase common or preferred stock. Our structured debt with warrants investments will typically be secured by select or all of the assets of the portfolio company.

We focus our investments in companies active in technology industry sub-sectors characterized by products or services that require advanced technologies, including, but not limited to, computer software and hardware, networking systems, semiconductors, semiconductor capital equipment, information technology infrastructure or services, Internet consumer and business services, telecommunications, telecommunications equipment, media and life sciences. Within the life sciences sub-sector, we focus on medical devices, bio-pharmaceutical, drug discovery, drug delivery, health care services and information systems companies. Within the clean technology sub-sector,


we focus on sustainable and renewable energy technologies and energy efficiency and monitoring technologies. We refer to all of these companies as “technology-related” companies and intend, under normal circumstances, to invest at least 80% of the value of our assets in such businesses.

Our primary business objectives are to increase our net income, net operating income and net asset value by investing in structured debt with warrants and equity of venture capital and private equity backed technology-related companies with attractive current yields and the potential for equity appreciation and realized gains. Our structured debt investments typically include warrants or other equity interests, giving us the potential to realize equity-like returns on a portion of our investments. Our equity ownership in our portfolio companies may represent a controlling interest. In some cases, we receive the right to make additional equity investments in our portfolio companies in connection with future equity financing rounds. Capital that we provide directly to venture capital and private equity backed technology-related companies is generally used for growth, and general working capital purposes as well as in select cases for acquisitions or recapitalizations.

Our portfolio is comprised of, and we anticipate that our portfolio will continue to be comprised of, investments in technology-related companies at various stages of development. Consistent with regulatory requirements, we invest primarily in United States based companies and to a lesser extent in foreign companies. See “Regulation—Qualifying Assets” in the accompanying prospectus. Since 2007, our investing emphasis has been primarily on private companies following or in connection with a subsequent institutional round of equity financing, which we refer to as expansion-stage companies and private companies in their later rounds of financing and certain public companies, which we refer to as established-stage companies and lower middle market companies. We have also historically focused our investment activities in private companies following or in connection with the first institutional round of financing, which we refer to as emerging-growth companies.

Beginning in the fall of 2008, the global economy entered a financial crisis and recession. Volatile capital and credit markets, declining business and consumer confidence and increased unemployment precipitated a continuing economic slowdown. Although there have been signs of recovery in many regions, economic weakness could continue or worsen. For example, the current U.S. debt ceiling and budget deficit concerns, together with signs of deteriorating sovereign debt conditions in Europe, have increased the possibility of credit-rating downgrades and economic slowdowns. Although U.S. lawmakers passed legislation to raise the federal debt ceiling, Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating on the United States from “AAA” to “AA+” on August 5, 2011. The impact of this or any further downgrades to the U.S. government’s sovereign credit rating, or its perceived creditworthiness, and the impact of the current crisis in Europe with respect to the ability of certain European Union countries to continue to service their sovereign debt obligations is inherently unpredictable and could adversely effect the U.S. and global financial markets and economic conditions. During market distruptions, we may have difficulty raising debt or equity capital especially as a result of regulatory constraints. There can be no assurance that governmental or other measures to aid economic recovery will be effective.

As of [            ], 20              , our investment professionals, including Manuel A. Henriquez, our co-founder, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, are currently comprised of [            ] professionals who have, on average, more than [            ] years of experience in venture capital, structured finance, commercial lending or acquisition finance with the types of technology-related companies that we are targeting. We believe that we can leverage the experience and relationships of our management team to successfully identify attractive investment opportunities, underwrite prospective portfolio companies and structure customized financing solutions.

Our Market Opportunity

We believe that technology-related companies compete in one of the largest and most rapidly growing sectors of the U.S. economy and that continued growth is supported by ongoing innovation and performance improvements in technology products as well as the adoption of technology across virtually all industries in response to competitive pressures. We believe that an attractive market opportunity exists for a specialty finance company focused primarily on investments in structured debt with warrants in technology-related companies for the following reasons:

 

   

Technology-related companies have generally been underserved by traditional lending sources;

 

   

Unfulfilled demand exists for structured debt financing to technology-related companies as the number of lenders has declined due to the recent financial market turmoil; and

 

   

Structured debt with warrants products are less dilutive and complement equity financing from venture capital and private equity funds.


Technology-Related Companies are Underserved by Traditional Lenders.  We believe many viable technology-related companies backed by financial sponsors have been unable to obtain sufficient growth financing from traditional lenders, including financial services companies such as commercial banks and finance companies, particularly due to the recent credit market dislocation and because traditional lenders have continued to consolidate and have adopted a more risk-averse approach to lending. More importantly, we believe traditional lenders are typically unable to underwrite the risk associated with financial sponsor-backed emerging-growth or expansion-stage companies effectively.

The unique cash flow characteristics of many technology-related companies include significant research and development expenditures and high projected revenue growth thus often making such companies difficult to evaluate from a credit perspective. In addition, the balance sheets of emerging-growth and expansion-stage companies often include a disproportionately large amount of intellectual property assets, which can be difficult to value. Finally, the speed of innovation in technology and rapid shifts in consumer demand and market share add to the difficulty in evaluating technology-related companies.

Due to the difficulties described above, we believe traditional lenders are generally refraining from entering the structured mezzanine marketplace, instead preferring the risk-reward profile of asset based lending. Traditional lenders generally do not have flexible product offerings that meet the needs of technology-related companies. The financing products offered by traditional lenders typically impose on borrowers many restrictive covenants and conditions, including limiting cash outflows and requiring a significant depository relationship to facilitate rapid liquidation.

Unfulfilled Demand for Structured Debt Financing to Technology-Related Companies.  Private debt capital in the form of structured debt financing from specialty finance companies continues to be an important source of funding for technology-related companies. We believe that the level of demand for structured debt financing is a function of the level of annual venture equity investment activity. In the first [            ] months of 20              , venture capital-backed companies received, in approximately [            ] transactions, equity financing in an aggregate amount of approximately $[            ] billion, representing a [            ]% increase from the same period of the preceding year, as reported by Dow Jones VentureSource. In addition, overall, the median round size during the three-month periods ended [            ], 20          and 20          was approximately $[            ] million and $[            ] million, respectively. We believe the larger number of companies provides us a greater opportunity to provide debt financing to these venture backed companies. Overall, seed- and first-round deals made up [            ]% of the deal flow in the three months ended [            ], 20          and later-stage deals made up roughl y[            ]% of the deal activity in the quarter.

We believe that demand for structured debt financing is currently under served, in part because of the credit market collapse in 2008 and the resulting exit of debt capital providers to technology-related companies. The venture capital market for the technology-related companies in which we invest has been active and is continuing to show signs of increased investment activity. In addition, lending requirements of traditional lenders have recently become more stringent due to the significant write-offs in the financial services sector, the re-pricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated market and the financial turmoil affecting the banking system and financial market, which have negatively impacted the debt and equity capital market in the United States and most other markets. At the same time, the venture capital market for the technology-related companies in which we invest has continued to be active. Therefore, to the extent we have capital available, we believe this is an opportune time to be active in the structured lending market for technology-related companies.

Structured Debt with Warrants Products Complement Equity Financing From Venture Capital and Private Equity Funds.  We believe that technology-related companies and their financial sponsors will continue to view structured debt securities as an attractive source of capital because it augments the capital provided by venture capital and private equity funds. We believe that our structured debt with warrants product provides access to growth capital that otherwise may only be available through incremental investments by existing equity investors. As such, we provide portfolio companies and their financial sponsors with an opportunity to diversify their capital


sources. Generally, we believe emerging-growth and expansion-stage companies target a portion of their capital to be debt in an attempt to achieve a higher valuation through internal growth. In addition, because financial sponsor-backed companies have potentially reached a more mature stage prior to reaching a liquidity event, we believe our investments provide the debt capital needed to grow or recapitalize companies during the extended period prior to liquidity events.

Our Business Strategy

Our strategy to achieve our investment objective includes the following key elements:

Leverage the Experience and Industry Relationships of Our Management Team and Investment Professionals.  We have assembled a team of experienced investment professionals with extensive experience as venture capitalists, commercial lenders and originators of structured debt and equity investments in technology-related companies. Our investment professionals have, on average, more than [            ] years of experience as equity investors in, and/or lenders to, technology-related companies. Our team members have originated structured debt, structured debt with warrants and equity investments in over [            ] technology-related companies, representing over $[            ] billion in commitments from inception through [            ], 20          and have developed a network of industry contacts with investors and other participants within the venture capital and private equity communities. In addition, members of our management team also have operational, research and development and finance experience with technology- related companies. We have established contacts with leading venture capital and private equity fund sponsors, public and private companies, research institutions and other industry participants, which should enable us to identify and attract well-positioned prospective portfolio companies.

We concentrate our investing activities generally in industries in which our investment professionals have investment experience. We believe that our focus on financing technology-related companies will enable us to leverage our expertise in structuring prospective investments, to assess the value of both tangible and intangible assets, to evaluate the business prospects and operating characteristics of technology-related companies and to identify and originate potentially attractive investments with these types of companies.

Mitigate Risk of Principal Loss and Build a Portfolio of Equity-Related Securities.  We expect that our investments have the potential to produce attractive risk adjusted returns through current income, in the form of interest and fee income, as well as capital appreciation from equity-related securities. We believe that we can mitigate the risk of loss on our debt investments through the combination of loan principal amortization, cash interest payments, relatively short maturities, security interests in the assets of our portfolio companies, and, on select investments, covenants requiring prospective portfolio companies to have certain amounts of available cash and the continued support from a venture capital or private equity firm at the time we make our investment.

Historically our structured debt investments to technology-related companies, typically include warrants or other equity interests, giving us the potential to realize equity-like returns on a portion of our investment. In addition, in some cases, we receive the right to make additional equity investments in our portfolio companies in connection with future equity financing rounds. We believe these equity interests will create the potential for meaningful long-term capital gains in connection with the future liquidity events of these technology-related companies.

Provide Customized Financing Complementary to Financial Sponsors’ Capital.  We offer a broad range of investment structures and possess expertise and experience to effectively structure and price investments in technology-related companies. Unlike many of our competitors that only invest in companies that fit a specific set of investment parameters, we have the flexibility to structure our investments to suit the particular needs of our portfolio companies. We offer customized financing solutions ranging from senior debt to equity capital, with a focus on structured debt with warrants.

We use our relationships in the financial sponsor community to originate investment opportunities. Because venture capital and private equity funds typically invest solely in the equity securities of their portfolio companies, we believe that our debt investments will be viewed as an attractive and complementary source of capital, both by the portfolio company and by the portfolio company’s financial sponsor. In addition, we believe that many venture capital and private equity fund sponsors encourage their portfolio companies to use debt financing for a portion of their capital needs as a means of potentially enhancing equity returns, minimizing equity dilution and increasing valuations prior to a subsequent equity financing round or a liquidity event.


Invest at Various Stages of Development.  We provide growth capital to technology-related companies at all stages of development, from emerging-growth companies, to expansion-stage companies and established-stage companies, including select publicly listed companies and select lower middle market companies. We believe that this provides us with a broader range of potential investment opportunities than those available to many of our competitors, who generally focus their investments on a particular stage in a company’s development. Because of the flexible structure of our investments and the extensive experience of our investment professionals, we believe we are well positioned to take advantage of these investment opportunities at all stages of prospective portfolio companies’ development.

Benefit from Our Efficient Organizational Structure.  We believe that the perpetual nature of our corporate structure enables us to be a long-term partner for our portfolio companies in contrast to traditional mezzanine and investment funds, which typically have a limited life. In addition, because of our access to the equity markets, we believe that we may benefit from a lower cost of capital than that available to private investment funds. We are not subject to requirements to return invested capital to investors nor do we have a finite investment horizon. Capital providers that are subject to such limitations are often required to seek a liquidity event more quickly than they otherwise might, which can result in a lower overall return on an investment.

Deal Sourcing Through Our Proprietary Database.  We have developed a proprietary and comprehensive structured query language-based (SQL) database system to track various aspects of our investment process including sourcing, originations, transaction monitoring and post-investment performance. As of [            ], 20          , our proprietary SQL-based database system included over [            ] technology-related companies and over [            ] venture capital, private equity sponsors/investors, as well as various other industry contacts. This proprietary SQL system allows us to maintain, cultivate and grow our industry relationships while providing us with comprehensive details on companies in the technology-related industries and their financial sponsors.

Recent Developments

[Insert description of recent developments at time of offering.]


FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table is intended to assist you in understanding the various costs and expenses that an investor in our securities will bear directly or indirectly. However, we caution you that some of the percentages indicated in the table below are estimates and may vary. The following table and example should not be considered a representation of our future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater or less than shown. Except where the context suggests otherwise, whenever this prospectus contains a reference to fees or expenses paid by “you” or “us” or that “we” will pay fees or expenses, stockholders will indirectly bear such fees or expenses as investors in the Company. In the event that shares to which this prospectus relates are sold to or through underwriters, a corresponding prospectus supplement will restate the information included in this table to reflect the applicable sales load and related fees.

 

Stockholder Transaction Expenses

  

Sales Load (as a percentage of offering price)

     —   % (1)  

Offering Expenses (as a percentage of offering price)

     —   % (2)  

Dividend Reinvestment Plan Fees

     —   % (3)  

Debt Securities and/or Preferred Stock Offering Expenses Borne by Holders of Common Stock

     —   % (4)  
  

 

 

 

Total Stockholder Transaction Expenses (as a percentage of offering price)

     —   % (4)  
  

 

 

 

Annual Expenses (as a Percentage of Net Assets Attributable to Common Shares)

  

Operating Expenses

     % (5 )(6%)  

Interest Payments on Borrowed Funds (including Cost of Servicing Debt Securities and/or Preferred Stock)

     % (6)  

Fees paid in connection with borrowed funds

     % (7)  

Other Expenses

     % (8)  

Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses

     —   % (9)
  

 

 

 

Total Annual Expenses

     %   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) The underwriting discounts and commissions with respect to the shares sold in this offering, which is a one-time fee, is the only sales load paid in connection with this offering.
(2) Amount reflects estimated offering expenses of $         and is based on the offering of         shares at the public offering price of $         per share.
(3) The expenses of the dividend reinvestment plan are included in “Other Expenses.” See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” in the accompanying prospectus.
(4) The prospectus supplement corresponding to each offering will disclose the applicable offering expenses and total stockholder transaction expenses.
(5) “Operating expenses” represent our estimated operating expenses for the year ending December 31, [            ] including income tax expense (benefit) including excise tax, excluding interests and fees on indebtedness. This percentage for the year ended December 31, [            ] was [            ]%. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis and Results of Operations,” “Management,” and “Compensation of Executive Officers and Directors.”
(6) We do not have an investment adviser and are internally managed by our executive officers under the supervision of our Board of Directors. As a result, we do not pay investment advisory fees, but instead we pay the operating costs associated with employing investment management professionals.
(7) “Interest payments on borrowed funds” represents estimated interest payments on borrowed funds for 20[ ] including [            ]. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this prospectus supplement. For purposes of this section, we have computed interest expense assuming that: (i) we maintain no cash or cash equivalents, (ii) borrow for investment purposes an amount equal to % of our total assets ($          million out of total assets of $          million) and (iii) the annual interest rate, representing interest and credit facility fees and amortization of debt issuance costs, is          %. Total assets of $          million assumes full utilization of the $200 million under our shelf registration statement.
(8) “Fees paid in connection with borrowed funds” represents estimated fees paid in connection with borrowed funds for [            ] including [            ]. This percentage for the year ended December 31, [            ] was approximately [            ]%.


(9) For the year ended December 31, [            ], we [did not] have any investments in shares of Acquired Funds that are not consolidated and, as a result, we did not directly or indirectly incur any fees from Acquired Funds.
(10) “Total annual expenses” is the sum of “operating expenses,” “interest payments on borrowed funds” and “fees paid in connection with borrowed funds.”
(11) “Average net assets attributable to common stock” equals the weighted estimated average net assets for [            ] which is $[            ].

Example

The following example demonstrates the projected dollar amount of total cumulative expenses that would be incurred over various periods with respect to a $1,000 hypothetical investment in our common stock, assuming a 5% annual return. These amounts are based upon our payment of annual operating expenses at the levels set forth in the table above and assume no additional leverage.

 

     1 Year      3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  

You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return

   $         $         $         $     

The example and the expenses in the tables above should not be considered a representation of our future expenses, and actual expenses may be greater or lesser than those shown. Moreover, while the example assumes, as required by the applicable rules of the SEC, a 5% annual return, our performance will vary and may result in a return greater or lesser than 5%. In addition, while the example assumes reinvestment of all dividends and distributions at net asset value, participants in our dividend reinvestment plan may receive shares valued at the market price in effect at that time. This price may be at, above or below net asset value. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” in the accompanying prospectus for additional information regarding our dividend reinvestment plan.

This example and the expenses in the table above should not be considered a representation of our future expenses as actual expenses (including the cost of debt, and other expenses) may be greater or less than those shown.


THE OFFERING

 

Shares of Series [             ] Preferred Stock Offered by Us

  

shares, excluding                 shares of preferred stock issuable pursuant to the overallotment often granted to the Underwriters.

Shares of Series [             ] Preferred Stock Outstanding after this Offering

  

shares excluding         shares of preferred stock issuable pursuant to the overallotment often granted to the Underwriters..

Use of Proceeds

   We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund investments in debt and equity securities in accordance with our investment objective and for other general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” in this prospectus supplement for more information.

Dividend Rate

   % per annum

Dividend Payment Dates

                   ,                      ,                 and                      or each year, commencing on                     ,

Record Dates

                       ,                          ,         and

[             ] symbol

   “                     ”

Liquidation Preference

   The liquidation preference of our preferred stock is $         per share.

Restrictions on Dividend, Redemption and Other Payments

   No full dividends and distributions will be declared or paid on the preferred stock for any dividend period, or a part of a dividend period, unless the full cumulative dividends and distributions due through the most recent dividend payment dates for all outstanding shares of preferred stock have been, or contemporaneously are, declared and paid through the most recent dividend payment dates for each series of preferred stock. If full cumulative dividends and distributions due have not been paid on all outstanding preferred stock of any series, any dividends and distributions being declared and paid on preferred stock will be declared and paid as nearly pro rata as possible in proportion to the respective amounts of dividends and distributions accumulated but unpaid on the shares of each such series of preferred stock on the relevant dividend payment date. No holders of preferred stock will be entitled to any dividends and distributions in excess of full cumulative dividends and distributions as provided in the Certificate of Designations.

Optional Redemption

   The preferred stock may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time after                     ,             at a redemption price per share equal to the applicable percentage set forth below multiplied by the sum of the liquidation preference per share plus accrued but unpaid dividends not previously added to the liquidation preference on such share.
  

            Year         Applicable Percentage         %

Redemption at the Option of the Holder

   On and after             ,             , each holder of our preferred stock will have the right to require us to repurchase all or any part of such holder’s preferred stock at a purchase price per share equal to % of the sum of the liquidation preference per share plus accrued but unpaid dividends. In addition, each holder of our preferred stock will have the


 

   right to require us to repurchase all or any part of such holder’s preferred stock at a purchase price per share equal to         % of the sum of the liquidation preference per share plus accrued but unpaid dividends upon the occurrence of certain fundamental changes.

Voting Rights

   Voting rights associated with the preferred stock are described under the heading “Description of Preferred Stock—Voting Rights.”

Rating

   The preferred stock is not rated.

Conversion

   [Describe any applicable conversion provisions set forth in the Certificate of Designations.]

Exchange

   [Describe any applicable exchange provisions set forth in the Certificate of Designations.]

Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences

   [Insert summary disclosure regarding federal income tax consequences of an investment in the preferred stock.]


RISK FACTORS

Investing in our securities involves a number of significant risks. Before you invest in our securities, you should be aware of various risks, including those described below and those set forth in the accompanying prospectus. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, before you decide whether to make an investment in our securities. The risks set out below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or not presently deemed material by us may also impair our operations and performance. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected. In such case, our net asset value and the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. The risk factors described below, together with those set forth in the accompanying prospectus, are the principal risk factors associated with an investment in us as well as those factors generally associated with an investment company with investment objectives, investment policies, capital structure or trading markets similar to ours.

[Market yields may increase, which would result in a decline in the price of our preferred stock.

The prices of fixed income investments, such as our preferred stock, vary inversely with changes in market yields. The market yields on securities comparable to our preferred stock may increase, which could result in a decline in the secondary market price of our preferred stock prior to the term redemption date. See “Description of Preferred Stock—Dividends and Dividend Periods”.]

[Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our preferred stock, and we cannot assure you that the market price of our preferred stock will not decline following the offering.

We cannot assure you that a trading market will develop for our preferred stock after this offering or, if one develops, that such trading market can be sustained. [During a period of up to         days from the date of this prospectus supplement, the preferred stock will not be listed on any securities exchange. During this period, the underwriters do not intend to make a market in our preferred stock. Consequently, an investment in our preferred stock during this period will likely be illiquid and holders thereof may not be able to sell such shares as it is unlikely that a secondary market for our preferred stock will develop during this period. If a secondary market does develop during this period, holders of our preferred stock may be able to sell such shares only at substantial discounts from liquidation preference.] [Application has been made to list our preferred stock on        [so that trading on the exchange will begin within         days from the date of this prospectus supplement, subject to notice of issuance]. If we are unable to list the preferred stock on a national securities exchange, holders thereof may be unable to sell such shares at all, or if they are able to, only at substantial discounts from liquidation preference. Even after the preferred stock is listed on        as anticipated, there is a risk that the market for such shares may be thinly traded and relatively illiquid compared to the market for other types of securities, with the spread between the bid and asked prices considerably greater than the spreads of other securities with comparable terms and features.]]

[The preferred stock are unrated securities.

We do not intend to have the preferred stock rated by any rating agency. Unrated securities typically trade at a discount to similar, rated securities, depending on the rating of the rated securities. As a result, there is a risk that the preferred stock may trade at a price that is lower than what they might otherwise trade at if rated by a rating agency.]

[The preferred stock will be subordinate to the rights of holders of senior indebtedness.

While holders of our preferred stock will have equal liquidation and distribution rights to any other preferred stock that might be issued by us, they will be subordinated to the rights of holders of senior indebtedness, if any. Therefore, dividends, distributions and other payments to holders of our preferred stock in liquidation or otherwise may be subject to prior payments due to the holders of senior indebtedness. In addition, the 1940 Act may provide debt holders with voting rights that are superior to the voting rights of the preferred stock.]

[Insert any additional relevant risk factors not included in the base prospectus.]


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The matters discussed in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, as well as in future oral and written statements by management of Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., that are forward-looking statements are based on current management expectations that involve substantial risks and uncertainties which could cause actual results to differ materially from the results expressed in, or implied by, these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements relate to future events or our future financial performance. We generally identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar words. Important assumptions include our ability to originate new investments, achieve certain margins and levels of profitability, the availability of additional capital, and the ability to maintain certain debt to asset ratios and our outlook on the economy and its effect on venture capital. In light of these and other uncertainties, the inclusion of a projection or forward-looking statement in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus should not be regarded as a representation by us that our plans or objectives will be achieved. The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus include statements as to:

 

   

our future operating results;

 

   

our business prospects and the prospects of our prospective portfolio companies;

 

   

the impact of investments that we expect to make;

 

   

the impact of a protracted decline in the liquidity of credit markets on our business;

 

   

our informal relationships with third parties including in the venture capital industry;

 

   

the expected market for venture capital investments and our addressable market;

 

   

the dependence of our future success on the general economy and its impact on the industries in which we invest;

 

   

our ability to access debt markets and equity markets;

 

   

the ability of our portfolio companies to achieve their objectives;

 

   

our expected financings and investments;

 

   

our regulatory structure and tax status;

 

   

our ability to operate as a business development company, SBIC and a RIC;

 

   

the adequacy of our cash resources and working capital;

 

   

the timing of cash flows, if any, from the operations of our portfolio companies;

 

   

the timing, form and amount of any dividend distributions;

 

   

the impact of fluctuations in interest rates on our business;

 

   

the valuation of any investments in portfolio companies, particularly those having no liquid trading market; and

 

   

our ability to recover unrealized losses.


For a discussion of factors that could cause our actual results to differ from forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, please see the discussion under “Risk Factors” in both this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. The forward-looking statements contained herein are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933.

This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus contain third-party estimates and data regarding valuations of venture capital-backed companies. This data was reported by Dow Jones VentureSource, an independent venture capital industry research company which we refer to as VentureSource. VentureSource is commonly relied upon as an information source in the venture capital industry. Although we have not independently verified any such data, we believe that the industry information contained in such releases and data tables and included in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus is reliable.

We have compiled certain industry estimates presented in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus from internally generated information and data. While we believe our estimates are reliable, they have not been verified by any independent sources. The estimates are based on a number of assumptions, including increasing investment in venture capital and private equity-backed companies. Actual results may differ from projections and estimates, and this market may not grow at the rates projected, or at all. If this market fails to grow at projected rates, our business and the market price of our common stock could be materially adversely affected.


USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of        shares of our preferred stock in this offering will be $        (or $        if the over-allotment is exercised in full) after deducting estimated offering expenses of approximately $         payable by us. A $         increase (decrease) in the assumed offering price per share would increase (decrease) net proceeds to us from this offering by $ million, assuming the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus supplement remains the same. Any additional proceeds to us resulting from an increase in the public offering price or the number of shares offered pursuant to this prospectus supplement will be used by us as described below.

We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund investments in debt and equity securities in accordance with our investment objective and for other general corporate purposes.

We anticipate that substantially all of the net proceeds from this offering will be used as described above within twelve months, but in no event longer than two years. Pending such uses and investments, we will invest the net proceeds primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment. Our ability to achieve our investment objective may be limited to the extent that the net proceeds of any offering, pending full investment, are held in lower yielding short-term instruments.


RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES AND PREFERRED DIVIDENDS

[Insert information required by Item 503(d) of Regulation S-K at time of offering.]


DESCRIPTION OF PREFERRED STOCK

The following is a brief description of the terms of our preferred stock. This is not a complete description and is subject to and entirely qualified by reference to our certificate of incorporation and the certificate of designations setting forth the terms of the preferred stock. These documents are filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement of which this prospectus supplement is a part, and the Certificate of Designations is attached as Appendix A to this prospectus supplement.

General

At the time of issuance the Preferred Stock will be fully paid and non-assessable and have no preemptive, conversion or exchange rights or rights to cumulative voting. The Preferred Stock and all other preferred stock that we may issue from time to time in accordance with the 1940 Act, if any, are senior as to dividends and distributions to our common stock. We may issue additional series of preferred stock in the future to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act.

Dividends

Holders of our Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends per shares in an amount equal to         % per annum, or the dividend rate. Dividends will be payable quarterly in arrears              on          ,          ,          ,          ,          , and         ,          (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”), commencing on         ,         to holders of record as of the immediately preceding         ,         ,         and         . [In addition, in the event a cash dividend or other distribution in cash is declared on our common stock, holders of our Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive an additional amount equal to the liquidation preference divided by         , as may be adjusted from time to time, times the cash amount per share distributed or to be distributed in respect of our common stock.]

Dividends payable at the dividend rate will begin to accrue and be cumulative from         ,         , whether or not we have funds legally available for such dividends or such dividends are declared, and shall compound on each Dividend Payment Date (i.e., no dividends shall accrue on other dividends unless and until the first Dividend Payment Date for such other dividends has passed without such other dividends having been paid on such date). Dividends that are payable on the Preferred Stock on any Dividend Payment Date shall be payable to holders of record of the Preferred Stock as they appear on the stock register of the Company on the record date for such dividend.

Dividends on our Preferred Stock will be computed on the basis of a [360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months]. The amount of dividends payable on our preferred stock on any date prior to the end of a dividend period, and for the initial dividend period, will be computed on the basis of a [360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months, and actual days elapsed over a 30-day month].

Cash dividends will be paid only to the extent we have assets legally available for such payment and only when authorized by the board of directors and declared by us. Dividends not paid in cash will be added to the liquidation preference.

We will not declare any dividend (other than a dividend payable in common stock) or other distribution on our common stock or purchase any common stock unless at the time of the declaration of such dividend or distribution or at the time of any such purchase we have an asset coverage of at least 200%, as computed in accordance with the 1940 Act, after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price.

Voting Rights

Except for matters that do not require the vote of holders of the Preferred Stock under the 1940 Act and except as otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws, in the Certificate of Designation or as otherwise required by applicable law, (1) each holder of Preferred Stock will be entitled to one vote for each share of Preferred Stock held on each matter submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Company and (2) the holders of outstanding Preferred Stock and shares of Common Stock shall vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holders of the Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, will have the right to elect [two] members of the Board of Directors. The holders of outstanding shares of common stock together with the holders of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, will elect the remaining members of the Board of Directors.


In addition, in the event that dividends on the Preferred Stock are unpaid in an amount equal to two full years’ dividends on the Preferred Stock, we will increase the size of our Board of Directors such that the holders of the Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, will have the ability to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors until such time as all dividends in arrears shall have been paid or otherwise provided for at which point the size of the Board of Directors shall be decreased and the term of such additional directors shall terminate.

During the period in which any shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding, we will not, without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock determined with reference to a “majority of outstanding voting securities” as that term is defined in Section 2(a)(42) of the 1940 Act (a “ 1940 Act Majority ”), voting as a separate class:

 

   

amend, alter or repeal any of the preferences, rights or powers of the Preferred Stock so as to affect materially and adversely such preferences, rights or powers [(for purposes of the foregoing, no matters shall be deemed to adversely affect any right, preference or power unless such matter (i) alters or abolishes any preferential right of the Series [            ] Preferred Stock; (ii) creates, alters or abolishes any right in respect of redemption of the Series [            ] Preferred Stock; or (iii) creates or alters (other than to abolish) any restriction on transfer applicable to the Series [            ] Preferred Stock)]; or

 

   

create, authorize or issue shares of any class of capital stock ranking senior to or on a parity with the Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets, or any securities convertible into, or warrants, options or similar rights to purchase, acquire or receive, such shares of capital stock ranking senior to or on a parity with the Preferred Stock or reclassify any authorized shares of our capital stock into any shares ranking senior to or on a parity with the Preferred Stock (except that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors, without the vote or consent of the holders of the shares of Series [            ] Preferred Stock may from time to time authorize, create and classify, and the Company, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, may from time to time issue, shares or series of preferred stock ranking on a parity with the Series [            ] Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Company, and may authorize, reclassify and/or issue any additional Series [            ] Preferred Stock, including shares previously purchased or redeemed by the Company); provided that any such class of Capital Stock shall be created, authorized or issued only to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act).

The affirmative vote of the holders of a 1940 Act Majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock , voting as a separate class, will be required to approve any plan of reorganization (as such term is used in the 1940 Act) adversely affecting such shares or any action requiring a vote of our security holders under Section 13(a) of the 1940 Act.

Redemption

Optional Redemption . The Preferred Stock may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time                  after             ,        , at our option, upon giving notice of redemption at a redemption price per share equal to the applicable percentage set forth below multiplied by the sum of the liquidation preference per share plus accrued but unpaid dividends not previously added to the liquidation preference on such share. The following redemption prices are for shares of Preferred Stock redeemed during the -        month period commencing on         of the years set forth below:

Year         Applicable Percentage

Redemption at the Option of the Holder . Upon the occurrence of certain bankruptcy events or the delisting of our common stock from a national securities exchange, each holder of the Preferred Stock will have the right to require us to repurchase all or any part of the holder’s Preferred Stock at a purchase price per share equal to    % of the sum of the liquidation preference per share plus accrued but unpaid dividends not previously added to the liquidation preference on such share.

On and after                    ,    , each holder of the Preferred Stock will have the right, by providing written notice to us, to require us to repurchase all or any part of the holder’s Preferred Stock at a purchase price equal to         % of the sum of the liquidation preference per share plus accrued but unpaid dividends not previously added to the liquidation preference on such share.


Partial Redemption . In case of any partial redemption of the preferred stock, the shares to be redeemed will be selected pro rata. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Designation, we have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which shares of preferred stock shall be redeemed from time to time. If fewer than all the shares represented by any certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares without charge to the holder thereof.

Redemption Procedures . We will provide notice of any redemption of the preferred stock by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of the shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on our books and through any means required under the 1940 Act. Such mailing shall be at least         days and not more than         days before the date fixed for redemption.

Liquidation

Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up by us, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of shares of our preferred stock will be entitled to be paid (before any distribution or payment is made upon any shares of common stock) the liquidation preference per share. However, if upon liquidation, the available funds and assets to be distributed among the holders of our Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit payment in full of the liquidation preference per share, then our entire available funds and assets upon liquidation shall be distributed ratably among the holders on a pro rata basis.

If there are any of our available funds or assets upon liquidation remaining after the payment or distribution to the holders of the Preferred Stock of their full preferential amounts described above, all such remaining available funds and assets shall be distributed as follows: [describe applicable payment priority provisions].

Modification

Without the consent of any holders of the Preferred Stock, we, when authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors may amend or modify these terms of the Preferred Stock to cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provision herein which may be inconsistent with any other provision in the Certificate of Designation, make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under these terms of the Preferred Stock that are not inconsistent with the provisions in the Certificate of Designation.


CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth (i) our actual capitalization as of                     , 20    , and (ii) our capitalization as adjusted to give effect to the sale of        shares of our preferred stock in this offering based on the public offering price of $        per share, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions of $         million payable by us and estimated offering expenses of approximately $        payable by us. You should read this table together with “Use of Proceeds” and our statement of assets and liabilities included elsewhere in this prospectus supplement.

 

     As of             , 20  
     Actual
(in thousands)
     Pro Forma
(in thousands)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $         $     

Investments at fair value

   $         $     

Other assets

   $         $     

Total assets

   $         $     

Liabilities:

     

Credit facilities payable

   $         $     

Other Liabilities

   $         $     

Total Liabilities

   $         $     

Stockholders’ equity:

     

Common stock, par value $0.001 per share; 100,000,000 shares authorized,         shares issued and outstanding,         shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted, respectively

      $     

Preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share; 100,000,000 shares authorized,         shares issued and outstanding,         shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted, respectively

      $     

Capital in excess of par value

      $     

Total stockholders’ equity

     


UNDERWRITING

We are offering the preferred stock described in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus through a number of underwriters.             and        are acting as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus supplement, the number of shares of preferred stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Underwriter   

Number of

Shares

  
  
  

Total

  

The underwriters are committed to purchase all of the shares of preferred stock offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or this offering may be terminated.

[Over-Allotment Option

The underwriters have an option to buy up to         shares of preferred stock from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have         days from the date of this prospectus supplement to exercise this overallotment option. If any shares are purchased with this overallotment option, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of preferred stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.]

The underwriters propose to offer the shares of preferred stock directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus supplement and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. Any such dealers may resell the shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $         per share from the public offering price. After the public offering of the shares of our preferred stock, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares of preferred stock made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. The representatives have advised us that the underwriters do not intend to confirm discretionary sales in excess of         % of the number of the shares of preferred stock offered in this offering.

Commissions and Discounts

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of preferred stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of preferred stock. The underwriting fee is $         per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of preferred stock.

 

     Per Share      Total  
    

Without

Over-Allotment

    

Without

Over-Allotment

    

With

Over-Allotment

 

Public offering price

   $         $         $     

Sales load (underwriting discounts and commissions)

   $         $         $     

Proceeds before expenses

   $         $         $     

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            , or approximately $         per share excluding the over-allotment and approximately $         per share including the over-allotment.


[Lock-Up Agreements

During the period from the date of this prospectus supplement continuing through the date         days after the date of this prospectus, we, our officers and directors have agreed with the representatives of the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to:

 

(1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or

 

(2) enter into any swap or other agreement, arrangement or transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any common stock.

Moreover, if (1) during the last 17 days of such         -day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of such         -day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results or become aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of such         -day restricted period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as the case may be, unless the representatives of the underwriters waive, in writing, such extension.]

Price Stabilizations and Short Positions

In connection with this offering,         and         , on behalf of the underwriters, may purchase and sell securities in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, syndicate covering transactions and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve sales by the underwriters of securities in excess of the number of securities required to be purchased by the underwriters in the offering, which creates a syndicate short position. “Covered” short sales are sales of securities made in an amount up to the number of securities represented by the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Transactions to close out the covered syndicate short involve either purchases of such securities in the open market after the distribution has been completed or the exercise of the over-allotment option. In determining the source of securities to close out the covered syndicate short position, the underwriters may consider the price of securities available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase securities through the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also make “naked” short sales, or sales in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing securities in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the securities in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of bids for or purchases of securities in the open market while this offering is in progress for the purpose of fixing or maintaining the price of the securities.

The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from an underwriter or syndicate member when the underwriters repurchase securities originally sold by that underwriter or syndicate member in order to cover syndicate short positions or make stabilizing purchases.

Any of these activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the securities or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the securities. As a result, the price of the securities may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on         or otherwise. Neither we nor any of the underwriters makes any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our securities. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters makes any representation that the underwriters will engage in these transactions. If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.


In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in passive market making transactions in our securities         on in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of securities and extending through the completion of distribution. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, that bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded.

Additional Underwriter Compensation

Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have from time to time performed and may in the future perform various commercial banking, financial advisory and investment banking services for us and our affiliates for which they have received or will receive customary compensation. [Describe any specific transactions and compensation related thereto to the extent required to be disclosed by applicable law or regulation.]

Sales Outside the United States

No action has been taken in any jurisdiction (except in the United States) that would permit a public offering of our preferred stock, or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus supplement or accompanying prospectus or any other material relating to us or the preferred stock in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, our warrants may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and none of this prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with our warrants may be distributed or published, in or from any country or jurisdiction except in compliance with any applicable rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.

Each of the underwriters may arrange to sell our preferred stock offered hereby in certain jurisdictions outside the United States, either directly or through affiliates, where it is permitted to do so.

[Insert applicable legends for jurisdictions in which offers and sales may be made.]

Electronic Delivery

The underwriters may make this prospectus supplement and accompanying prospectus available in an electronic format. The prospectus supplement and accompanying prospectus in electronic format may be made available on a website maintained by any of the underwriters, and the underwriters may distribute such documents electronically. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a limited number of securities for sale to their online brokerage customers. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations.

We estimate that our share of the total expenses of this offering, excluding underwriting discounts, will be approximately $            .

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The addresses of the underwriters are:         .


LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters in connection with the securities offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP, Washington, DC. Certain legal matters in connection with the securities offered hereby will be passed upon for the underwriters by .

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The financial statements as of                     ,          and for the year ended December 31,         , included in this prospectus, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31,          have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein.

Certain of our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance upon the report of Ernst & Young LLP, our former independent registered public accountants. Ernst & Young LLP’s principal business address is 560 Mission Street, San Francisco, CA 94105.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-2, together with all amendments and related exhibits, under the Securities Act, with respect to our shares of common stock offered by this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. The registration statement contains additional information about us and our shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.

We are required to file with or submit to the SEC annual, quarterly and current periodic reports, proxy statements and other information meeting the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. You may inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information, as well as the registration statement and related exhibits and schedules, at the Public Reference Room of the SEC in Washington, D.C. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information filed electronically by us with the SEC which are available on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of these reports, proxy and information


statements and other information may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing to the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549. The information is available free of charge by contacting us at Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., 400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310, Palo Alto, CA 94301, or by calling us collect at (650) 289-3060 or on our website at www.herculestech.com.

Table of Contents

FORM OF PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT FOR DEBT OFFERINGS

Exhibit (s)(3)

The information in this preliminary prospectus supplement is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus supplement is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

[FORM OF PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT TO BE USED IN

CONJUNCTION WITH FUTURE DEBT SECURITIES OFFERINGS]

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

(to Prospectus dated             , 2012)

$

HERCULES

TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

% Senior [Subordinated] [Secured] Notes due

 

 

We are an internally-managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Our investment objective is to maximize our portfolio total return by generating current income from our debt investments and capital appreciation from our equity-related investments.

We are offering $             in aggregate principal amount of             % senior [subordinated] [secured] notes due             , or the “Notes.” The Notes will mature on             ,             . We will pay interest on the Notes             on             ,             ,             and             of each year, beginning on             ,             . We may redeem the Notes in whole or in part at any time or from time to time on or after             , at the redemption prices set forth under “Specific Terms of the Notes and the Offering—Optional             Redemption” in this prospectus supplement. The Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $             and integral multiples of $             in excess thereof.

The Notes will be our direct senior [subordinated] [secured/unsecured] obligations and rank  pari passu  with all outstanding and future [secured/unsecured] [unsubordinated/subordinated] indebtedness.

[We intend to list the Notes on             , and we expect trading in the Notes on             to begin within         days of the original issue date. The Notes are expected to trade “flat,” which means that purchasers will not pay, and sellers will not receive, any accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes that is not reflected in the trading price. Currently, there is no public market for the Notes.]

 

 

An investment in our common stock involves risks, including the risk of a total loss of investment. In addition, the companies in which we invest are subject to special risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page [ ] of the accompanying prospectus and page S-[ ] in this prospectus supplement to read about risks you should consider before investing in our securities, including the risk of leverage.

This prospectus contains important information you should know before investing in the Notes. Please read this prospectus before investing and keep it for future reference. We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information about us with the Securities and Exchange Commission. This information is available free of charge by contacting us at 400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310, Palo Alto, California 94301, or by telephone by calling collect at (650) 289-3060 or on our website at www.herculestech.com. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus or the accompanying prospectus. The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains such information.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

     Per Note      Total  

Public offering price

     %      $     

Sales load (underwriting discounts and commissions)

     %      $     

Proceeds to us (before expenses)

     %      $     

[In addition, the underwriters may purchase up to an additional $             aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the public offering price, less the sales load payable by us, to cover over-allotments, if any, within days from the date of this prospectus supplement. If the underwriters exercise this option in full, the total sales load paid by us will be $            , and total proceeds, before expenses, will be $            .

 

 

The underwriters are offering the Notes as set forth in “Underwriting.” Delivery of the Notes in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Company will be made on or about             , 2012.

The date of this prospectus supplement is             , 2012

[Underwriters]

            , 2012


Table of Contents

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized any other person to provide you with different information from that contained in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus do not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy, our securities by any person in any jurisdiction where it is unlawful for that person to make such an offer or solicitation or to any person in any jurisdiction to whom it is unlawful to make such an offer or solicitation. The information contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus is complete and accurate only as of their respective dates, regardless of the time of their delivery or sale of our securities. This prospectus supplement supersedes the accompanying prospectus to the extent it contains information different from or additional to the information in that prospectus.

This document is in two parts. The first part is this prospectus supplement, which describes the terms of this offering and also adds to and updates information contained in the accompanying prospectus. The second part is the accompanying prospectus, which gives more general information and disclosure. To the extent the information contained in this prospectus supplement differs from the information contained in the accompanying prospectus, the information in this prospectus supplement shall control. You should read this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus together with the additional information described under the heading, “Available Information” before investing in our Notes.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

 

     Page

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT SUMMARY

   S-

SPECIFIC TERMS OF THE NOTES AND THE OFFERING

   S-

RISK FACTORS

   S-

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

   S-

USE OF PROCEEDS

   S-

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

   S-

CAPITALIZATION

   S-

UNDERWRITING

   S-

UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

   S-

LEGAL MATTERS

   S-

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

   S-

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

   S-

PROSPECTUS

 

     Page

[Insert table of contents from base prospectus.]

  


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT SUMMARY

Our Company

We are a specialty finance company that provides debt and equity growth capital to technology-related companies at various stages of development from seed and emerging growth to expansion and established stages of development, which include select publicly listed companies and select lower middle market companies. Our investment objective is to maximize our portfolio total return by generating current income from our debt investments and capital appreciation from our equity-related investments. We are an internally-managed, non-diversified closed-end investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or the 1940 Act.

As of [    ], 20___ our total assets were approximately $[    ] million, of which, our investments comprised $[    ] million at fair value and $[    ] million at cost. Our investments at fair value were comprised of our debt investments, warrant portfolio and equity investments valued at approximately $[    ] million, $[    ] million and $[    ] million, respectively, or [    ]%, [    ]% and [    ]% of total investments, respectively. Our[    ], 20___ total investments at value in foreign companies were approximately $[    ] million or [    ]% of total assets. During the [    ]-month periods ended [    ], 20___, we made debt commitments totaling $[    ] million and $[    ] million, respectively, and funded approximately $[    ] million and $[    ] million, respectively. During the[    ]-month period ended [    ], 20___, we made and funded equity commitments of approximately $[    ] and $[    ] million to [    ] and[    ] portfolio companies, respectively. Debt commitments for the nine months ended [    ], 20___ included commitments of approximately $[    ] million to[    ]new portfolio companies and $[    ] million to [    ] existing portfolio companies. Since inception through [    ], 20___, we have made debt and equity commitments of approximately $[    ] billion to our portfolio companies.

We also make investments in qualifying small businesses through two wholly-owned, small business investment company (“SBIC”) subsidiaries, Hercules Technology II, L.P. (“HT II”) and Hercules Technology III, L.P. (“HT III”). As SBICs, HT II and HT III are subject to a variety of regulations concerning, among other things, the size and nature of the companies in which they may invest and the structure of those investments. As of [    ], 20___, we held investments in HT II in [    ] companies with a fair value of approximately $[    ] million. HT II’s portfolio companies accounted for approximately [    ]% of our total portfolio at [    ], 20___. As of [    ], 20___, we held investments in HT III in [    ] companies with a fair value of approximately $[    ] million. HT III’s portfolio accounted for approximately [    ]% of our total portfolio at [    ], 20___.

In aggregate, HT II and HT III held approximately $[    ] million in assets and accounted for approximately [    ]% of our total assets prior to consolidation at [    ], 20___.

We primarily finance privately-held companies backed by leading venture capital and private equity firms and also may finance certain select publicly-traded companies that lack access to public capital or are sensitive to equity ownership dilution. As of [    ], 20___, our proprietary SQL-based database system included over [    ] technology-related companies and approximately [    ] venture capital, private equity sponsors/investors, as well as various other industry contacts. Our principal executive office is located in Silicon Valley, and we have additional offices in Boston, MA, Boulder, CO and McLean, VA. Our goal is to be the leading structured debt financing provider of choice for venture capital and private equity backed technology-related companies requiring sophisticated and customized financing solutions. Our strategy is to evaluate and invest in a broad range of ventures active in the technology, clean technology and life science industries and to offer a full suite of growth capital products up and down of the capital structure. We invest primarily in structured debt and, to a lesser extent, in senior debt and equity investments. We use the term “structured debt with warrants” to refer to any debt investment, such as a senior or subordinated secured loan, that is coupled with an equity component, including warrants, options or rights to purchase common or preferred stock. Our structured debt with warrants investments will typically be secured by select or all of the assets of the portfolio company.

We focus our investments in companies active in technology industry sub-sectors characterized by products or services that require advanced technologies, including, but not limited to, computer software and hardware, networking systems, semiconductors, semiconductor capital equipment, information technology infrastructure or services, Internet consumer and business services, telecommunications, telecommunications equipment, media and life sciences. Within the life sciences sub-sector, we focus on medical devices, bio-pharmaceutical, drug discovery, drug delivery, health care services and information systems companies. Within the clean technology sub-sector, we


Table of Contents

focus on sustainable and renewable energy technologies and energy efficiency and monitoring technologies. We refer to all of these companies as “technology-related” companies and intend, under normal circumstances, to invest at least 80% of the value of our assets in such businesses.

Our primary business objectives are to increase our net income, net operating income and net asset value by investing in structured debt with warrants and equity of venture capital and private equity backed technology-related companies with attractive current yields and the potential for equity appreciation and realized gains. Our structured debt investments typically include warrants or other equity interests, giving us the potential to realize equity-like returns on a portion of our investments. Our equity ownership in our portfolio companies may represent a controlling interest. In some cases, we receive the right to make additional equity investments in our portfolio companies in connection with future equity financing rounds. Capital that we provide directly to venture capital and private equity backed technology-related companies is generally used for growth, and general working capital purposes as well as in select cases for acquisitions or recapitalizations.

Our portfolio is comprised of, and we anticipate that our portfolio will continue to be comprised of, investments in technology-related companies at various stages of development. Consistent with regulatory requirements, we invest primarily in United States based companies and to a lesser extent in foreign companies. See “Regulation—Qualifying Assets” in the accompanying prospectus. Since 2007, our investing emphasis has been primarily on private companies following or in connection with a subsequent institutional round of equity financing, which we refer to as expansion-stage companies and private companies in their later rounds of financing and certain public companies, which we refer to as established-stage companies and lower middle market companies. We have also historically focused our investment activities in private companies following or in connection with the first institutional round of financing, which we refer to as emerging-growth companies.

Beginning in the fall of 2008, the global economy entered a financial crisis and recession. Volatile capital and credit markets, declining business and consumer confidence and increased unemployment precipitated a continuing economic slowdown. Although there have been signs of recovery in many regions, economic weakness could continue or worsen. For example, the current U.S. debt ceiling and budget deficit concerns, together with signs of deteriorating sovereign debt conditions in Europe, have increased the possibility of credit-rating downgrades and economic slowdowns. Although U.S. lawmakers passed legislation to raise the federal debt ceiling, Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating on the United States from “AAA” to “AA+” on August 5, 2011. The impact of this or any further downgrades to the U.S. government’s sovereign credit rating, or its perceived creditworthiness, and the impact of the current crisis in Europe with respect to the ability of certain European Union countries to continue to service their sovereign debt obligations is inherently unpredictable and could adversely effect the U.S. and global financial markets and economic conditions. During market distruptions, we may have difficulty raising debt or equity capital especially as a result of regulatory constraints. There can be no assurance that governmental or other measures to aid economic recovery will be effective.

As of [    ], 20___, our investment professionals, including Manuel A. Henriquez, our co-founder, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, are currently comprised of [    ] professionals who have, on average, more than [    ] years of experience in venture capital, structured finance, commercial lending or acquisition finance with the types of technology-related companies that we are targeting. We believe that we can leverage the experience and relationships of our management team to successfully identify attractive investment opportunities, underwrite prospective portfolio companies and structure customized financing solutions.

Our Market Opportunity

We believe that technology-related companies compete in one of the largest and most rapidly growing sectors of the U.S. economy and that continued growth is supported by ongoing innovation and performance improvements in technology products as well as the adoption of technology across virtually all industries in response to competitive pressures. We believe that an attractive market opportunity exists for a specialty finance company focused primarily on investments in structured debt with warrants in technology-related companies for the following reasons:

 

   

Technology-related companies have generally been underserved by traditional lending sources;

 

   

Unfulfilled demand exists for structured debt financing to technology-related companies as the number of lenders has declined due to the recent financial market turmoil; and


Table of Contents
   

Structured debt with warrants products are less dilutive and complement equity financing from venture capital and private equity funds.

Technology-Related Companies are Underserved by Traditional Lenders.  We believe many viable technology-related companies backed by financial sponsors have been unable to obtain sufficient growth financing from traditional lenders, including financial services companies such as commercial banks and finance companies, particularly due to the recent credit market dislocation and because traditional lenders have continued to consolidate and have adopted a more risk-averse approach to lending. More importantly, we believe traditional lenders are typically unable to underwrite the risk associated with financial sponsor-backed emerging-growth or expansion-stage companies effectively.

The unique cash flow characteristics of many technology-related companies include significant research and development expenditures and high projected revenue growth thus often making such companies difficult to evaluate from a credit perspective. In addition, the balance sheets of emerging-growth and expansion-stage companies often include a disproportionately large amount of intellectual property assets, which can be difficult to value. Finally, the speed of innovation in technology and rapid shifts in consumer demand and market share add to the difficulty in evaluating technology-related companies.

Due to the difficulties described above, we believe traditional lenders are generally refraining from entering the structured mezzanine marketplace, instead preferring the risk-reward profile of asset based lending. Traditional lenders generally do not have flexible product offerings that meet the needs of technology-related companies. The financing products offered by traditional lenders typically impose on borrowers many restrictive covenants and conditions, including limiting cash outflows and requiring a significant depository relationship to facilitate rapid liquidation.

Unfulfilled Demand for Structured Debt Financing to Technology-Related Companies.  Private debt capital in the form of structured debt financing from specialty finance companies continues to be an important source of funding for technology-related companies. We believe that the level of demand for structured debt financing is a function of the level of annual venture equity investment activity. In the first [    ] months of 20          , venture capital-backed companies received, in approximately [    ] transactions, equity financing in an aggregate amount of approximately $[    ] billion, representing a [    ]% increase from the same period of the preceding year, as reported by Dow Jones VentureSource. In addition, overall, the median round size during the three-month periods ended [    ], 20          and 20          was approximately $[    ] million and $[    ] million, respectively. We believe the larger number of companies provides us a greater opportunity to provide debt financing to these venture backed companies. Overall, seed- and first-round deals made up [    ]% of the deal flow in the three months ended [    ], 20          and later-stage deals made up roughl y[    ]% of the deal activity in the quarter.

We believe that demand for structured debt financing is currently under served, in part because of the credit market collapse in 2008 and the resulting exit of debt capital providers to technology-related companies. The venture capital market for the technology-related companies in which we invest has been active and is continuing to show signs of increased investment activity. In addition, lending requirements of traditional lenders have recently become more stringent due to the significant write-offs in the financial services sector, the re-pricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated market and the financial turmoil affecting the banking system and financial market, which have negatively impacted the debt and equity capital market in the United States and most other markets. At the same time, the venture capital market for the technology-related companies in which we invest has continued to be active. Therefore, to the extent we have capital available, we believe this is an opportune time to be active in the structured lending market for technology-related companies.

Structured Debt with Warrants Products Complement Equity Financing From Venture Capital and Private Equity Funds.  We believe that technology-related companies and their financial sponsors will continue to view structured debt securities as an attractive source of capital because it augments the capital provided by venture capital and private equity funds. We believe that our structured debt with warrants product provides access to growth capital that otherwise may only be available through incremental investments by existing equity investors. As such, we provide portfolio companies and their financial sponsors with an opportunity to diversify their capital


Table of Contents

sources. Generally, we believe emerging-growth and expansion-stage companies target a portion of their capital to be debt in an attempt to achieve a higher valuation through internal growth. In addition, because financial sponsor-backed companies have potentially reached a more mature stage prior to reaching a liquidity event, we believe our investments provide the debt capital needed to grow or recapitalize companies during the extended period prior to liquidity events.

Our Business Strategy

Our strategy to achieve our investment objective includes the following key elements:

Leverage the Experience and Industry Relationships of Our Management Team and Investment Professionals.  We have assembled a team of experienced investment professionals with extensive experience as venture capitalists, commercial lenders and originators of structured debt and equity investments in technology-related companies. Our investment professionals have, on average, more than [    ] years of experience as equity investors in, and/or lenders to, technology-related companies. Our team members have originated structured debt, structured debt with warrants and equity investments in over [    ] technology-related companies, representing over $[    ] billion in commitments from inception through [    ], 20          and have developed a network of industry contacts with investors and other participants within the venture capital and private equity communities. In addition, members of our management team also have operational, research and development and finance experience with technology- related companies. We have established contacts with leading venture capital and private equity fund sponsors, public and private companies, research institutions and other industry participants, which should enable us to identify and attract well-positioned prospective portfolio companies.

We concentrate our investing activities generally in industries in which our investment professionals have investment experience. We believe that our focus on financing technology-related companies will enable us to leverage our expertise in structuring prospective investments, to assess the value of both tangible and intangible assets, to evaluate the business prospects and operating characteristics of technology-related companies and to identify and originate potentially attractive investments with these types of companies.

Mitigate Risk of Principal Loss and Build a Portfolio of Equity-Related Securities.  We expect that our investments have the potential to produce attractive risk adjusted returns through current income, in the form of interest and fee income, as well as capital appreciation from equity-related securities. We believe that we can mitigate the risk of loss on our debt investments through the combination of loan principal amortization, cash interest payments, relatively short maturities, security interests in the assets of our portfolio companies, and, on select investments, covenants requiring prospective portfolio companies to have certain amounts of available cash and the continued support from a venture capital or private equity firm at the time we make our investment.

Historically our structured debt investments to technology-related companies, typically include warrants or other equity interests, giving us the potential to realize equity-like returns on a portion of our investment. In addition, in some cases, we receive the right to make additional equity investments in our portfolio companies in connection with future equity financing rounds. We believe these equity interests will create the potential for meaningful long-term capital gains in connection with the future liquidity events of these technology-related companies.

Provide Customized Financing Complementary to Financial Sponsors’ Capital.  We offer a broad range of investment structures and possess expertise and experience to effectively structure and price investments in technology-related companies. Unlike many of our competitors that only invest in companies that fit a specific set of investment parameters, we have the flexibility to structure our investments to suit the particular needs of our portfolio companies. We offer customized financing solutions ranging from senior debt to equity capital, with a focus on structured debt with warrants.

We use our relationships in the financial sponsor community to originate investment opportunities. Because venture capital and private equity funds typically invest solely in the equity securities of their portfolio companies, we believe that our debt investments will be viewed as an attractive and complementary source of capital, both by the portfolio company and by the portfolio company’s financial sponsor. In addition, we believe that many venture capital and private equity fund sponsors encourage their portfolio companies to use debt financing for a portion of their capital needs as a means of potentially enhancing equity returns, minimizing equity dilution and increasing valuations prior to a subsequent equity financing round or a liquidity event.


Table of Contents

Invest at Various Stages of Development.  We provide growth capital to technology-related companies at all stages of development, from emerging-growth companies, to expansion-stage companies and established-stage companies, including select publicly listed companies and select lower middle market companies. We believe that this provides us with a broader range of potential investment opportunities than those available to many of our competitors, who generally focus their investments on a particular stage in a company’s development. Because of the flexible structure of our investments and the extensive experience of our investment professionals, we believe we are well positioned to take advantage of these investment opportunities at all stages of prospective portfolio companies’ development.

Benefit from Our Efficient Organizational Structure.  We believe that the perpetual nature of our corporate structure enables us to be a long-term partner for our portfolio companies in contrast to traditional mezzanine and investment funds, which typically have a limited life. In addition, because of our access to the equity markets, we believe that we may benefit from a lower cost of capital than that available to private investment funds. We are not subject to requirements to return invested capital to investors nor do we have a finite investment horizon. Capital providers that are subject to such limitations are often required to seek a liquidity event more quickly than they otherwise might, which can result in a lower overall return on an investment.

Deal Sourcing Through Our Proprietary Database.  We have developed a proprietary and comprehensive structured query language-based (SQL) database system to track various aspects of our investment process including sourcing, originations, transaction monitoring and post-investment performance. As of [    ], 20          , our proprietary SQL-based database system included over [    ] technology-related companies and over [    ] venture capital, private equity sponsors/investors, as well as various other industry contacts. This proprietary SQL system allows us to maintain, cultivate and grow our industry relationships while providing us with comprehensive details on companies in the technology-related industries and their financial sponsors.

Recent Developments

[Insert description of recent developments at time of offering.]


Table of Contents

SPECIFIC TERMS OF THE NOTES AND THE OFFERING

This prospectus supplement sets forth certain terms of the Notes that we are offering pursuant to this prospectus supplement and supplements the accompanying prospectus that is attached to the back of this prospectus supplement. This section outlines the specific legal and financial terms of the Notes. You should read this section together with the more general description of the Notes in the accompanying prospectus under the heading “Description of Our Debt Securities” before investing in the Notes. Capitalized terms used in this prospectus supplement and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the accompanying prospectus or in the indenture governing the Notes.

 

Issuer

   Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc.

Title of the securities

  

% Senior [Subordinated] [Secured] Notes due

Initial aggregate principal amount being offered

   $

Overallotment option

   The underwriters may also purchase from us up to an additional $ aggregate principal amount of Notes to cover overallotments, if any, within             days of the date of this prospectus supplement.

Initial public offering price

  

% of the aggregate principal amount

Principal payable at maturity

  

% of the aggregate principal amount; the principal amount of each Note will be payable on its stated maturity date at the office of the Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent for the Notes or at such other office in The City of New York as we may designate.

Type of Note

   [Fixed/Floating] rate note

Interest rate

  

% per year

Day count basis

   360-day year of twelve 30-day months

Original issue date

  

Stated maturity date

  

Date interest starts accruing

  

Interest payment dates

   Each             ,             ,              and             , commencing             ,             . If an interest payment date falls on a non-business day, the applicable interest payment will be made on the next business day and no additional interest will accrue as a result of such delayed payment.

Interest periods

   The initial interest period will be the period from and including             , to, but excluding, the initial interest payment date, and the subsequent interest periods will be the periods from and including an interest payment date to, but excluding, the next interest payment date or the stated maturity date, as the case may be.

Record dates for interest

   Each             ,             ,              and             , commencing             ,


Table of Contents

[Additional Amounts Payable

   List any additional amounts payable in respect of any tax, assessment or governmental charge.]

[Conversion/Exchange

   List any provisions for convertibility or exchangeability of the debt securities into or for any other securities.]

Specified currency

   U.S. Dollars

Place of payment

   New York City

Ranking of Notes

   The Notes will be our direct [un]secured obligations and will rank:
  

•    pari passu  with our other outstanding and future senior [un]secured indebtedness, including [             ];

  

•   senior to any of our future indebtedness that expressly provides it is subordinated to the Notes; structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations of any of our subsidiaries, financing vehicles or similar facilities[,              including ].

[Collateral

   Our obligations with respect to the Notes and the performance of all of our other obligations under the indenture governing the Notes will be secured equally and ratably with our obligations under any other  pari passu  debt by a [first/second] priority security interest over [describe assets over which security is being granted].]

Denominations

   We will issue the Notes in denominations of $             and integral multiples of $             in excess thereof.

Business day

   Each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in New York City are authorized or required by law or executive order to close.

Optional redemption

   The Notes may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at our option on or after             ,             , upon not less than             days nor more than             days written notice by mail prior to the date fixed for redemption thereof, at a redemption price of $             per Note plus accrued and unpaid interest payments otherwise payable for the then-current quarterly interest period accrued to but not including the date fixed for redemption.
   You may be prevented from exchanging or transferring the Notes when they are subject to redemption. In case any Notes are to be redeemed in part only, the redemption notice will provide that, upon surrender of such Note, you will receive, without a charge, a new Note or Notes of authorized denominations representing the principal amount of your remaining unredeemed Notes.
   Any exercise of our option to redeem the Notes will be done in compliance with the 1940 Act, to the extent applicable.
   If we redeem only some of the Notes, the Trustee will determine the method for selection of the particular Notes to be redeemed, in accordance with the 1940 Act, to the extent applicable. Unless we default in payment of the redemption price, on and after the date of redemption, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes called for redemption.


Table of Contents

Sinking fund

   The Notes will not be subject to any sinking fund.

Repayment at option of Holders

   Holders will not have the option to have the Notes repaid prior to the stated maturity date.

Defeasance

   The Notes are subject to defeasance by us.

Covenant defeasance

   The Notes are subject to covenant defeasance by us.

Form of Notes

   The Notes will be represented by global securities that will be deposited and registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, or its nominee. Except in limited circumstances, you will not receive certificates for the Notes. Beneficial interests in the Notes will be represented through book-entry accounts of financial institutions acting on behalf of beneficial owners as direct and indirect participants in DTC. Investors may elect to hold interests in the Notes through either DTC, if they are a participant, or indirectly through organizations which are participants in DTC.

Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent

   U.S. Bank National Association

[Other covenants

   In addition to the covenants described in the prospectus attached to this prospectus supplement, the following covenants shall apply to the Notes:]

[Listing

   We intend to list the Notes on             within     days of the original issue date.]

Global Clearance and Settlement Procedures

   Interests in the Notes will trade in DTC’s Same Day Funds Settlement System, and any permitted secondary market trading activity in such Notes will, therefore, be required by DTC to be settled in immediately available funds. None of the issuer, the Trustee or the paying agent will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC or its participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our securities involves a number of significant risks. Before you invest in our securities, you should be aware of various risks, including those described below and those set forth in the accompanying prospectus. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, before you decide whether to make an investment in our securities. The risks set out below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or not presently deemed material by us may also impair our operations and performance. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected. In such case, our net asset value and the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. The risk factors described below, together with those set forth in the accompanying prospectus, are the principal risk factors associated with an investment in us as well as those factors generally associated with an investment company with investment objectives, investment policies, capital structure or trading markets similar to ours.

[The Notes will be unsecured and therefore will be effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness we may incur.

The Notes will not be secured by any of our assets or any of the assets of our subsidiaries. As a result, the Notes are effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness we or our subsidiaries have outstanding as of the date of this prospectus supplement or that they may incur in the future (or any indebtedness that is initially unsecured to which we subsequently grant security) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. In any liquidation, dissolution, bankruptcy or other similar proceeding, the holders of any of our existing or future secured indebtedness and the secured indebtedness of our subsidiaries may assert rights against the assets pledged to secure that indebtedness in order to receive full payment of their indebtedness before the assets may be used to pay other creditors, including the holders of the Notes. As of [            ], we had $[            ] million in outstanding indebtedness that is senior to the Notes. Certain amounts of this indebtedness are secured by certain of our assets and the indebtedness thereunder is therefore effectively senior to the Notes to the extent of the value of such assets.]

The Notes will be subordinated structurally to the indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries.

The Notes are obligations exclusively of Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc. and not of any of our subsidiaries. None of our subsidiaries is a guarantor of the Notes. Except to the extent we are a creditor with recognized claims against our subsidiaries, all claims of creditors, including trade creditors, and holders of preferred stock, if any, of our subsidiaries will have priority over our claims (and therefore the claims of our creditors, including holders of the Notes) with respect to the assets of such subsidiaries. Even if we were recognized as a creditor of one or more of our subsidiaries, our claims would still be effectively subordinated to any security interests in the assets of any such subsidiary and to any indebtedness or other liabilities of any such subsidiary senior to our claims. Consequently, the Notes will be subordinated structurally to all indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables, of any of our subsidiaries and any subsidiaries that we may in the future acquire or establish as financing vehicles or otherwise. All of the existing indebtedness of our subsidiaries would be structurally senior to the Notes. In addition, our subsidiaries may incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, all of which would be structurally senior to the Notes.

The indenture governing the Notes will be issued will contain limited protection for holders of the Notes.

The indenture governing the Notes will be issued offers limited protection to holders of the Notes. The terms of the indenture and the Notes do not restrict our or any of our subsidiaries’ ability to engage in, or otherwise be a party to, a variety of corporate transactions, circumstances or events that could have an adverse impact on your investment in the Notes. In particular, the terms of the indenture and the Notes will not place any restrictions on our or our subsidiaries’ ability to:

 

   

[issue securities or otherwise incur additional indebtedness or other obligations, including (1) any indebtedness or other obligations that would be equal in right of payment to the Notes, (2) any indebtedness or other obligations that would be secured and [therefore] rank [effectively] senior in right of payment to the Notes to the extent of the values of the assets securing such debt, (3) indebtedness


Table of Contents

of ours that is guaranteed by one or more of our subsidiaries and [which therefore] is structurally senior to the Notes and (4) securities, indebtedness or obligations issued or incurred by our subsidiaries that would be senior to our equity interests in our subsidiaries and therefore rank structurally senior to the Notes with respect to the assets of our subsidiaries;

 

   

pay dividends on, or purchase or redeem or make any payments in respect of, capital stock or other securities ranking junior in right of payment to the Notes;

 

   

sell assets (other than certain limited restrictions on our ability to consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets);

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

   

create liens (including liens on the shares of our subsidiaries) or enter into sale and leaseback transactions;

 

   

make investments; or

 

   

create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to us from our subsidiaries.]

In addition, the terms of the indenture and the Notes do not protect holders of the Notes in the event that we experience changes (including significant adverse changes) in our financial condition, results of operations or credit ratings, as they do not require that we or our subsidiaries adhere to any financial tests or ratios or specified levels of net worth, revenues, income, cash flow or liquidity except as required by the 1940 Act.

Our ability to recapitalize, incur additional debt and take a number of other actions that are not limited by the terms of the Notes may have important consequences for you as a holder of the Notes, including making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the Notes or negatively affecting the trading value of the Notes.

Certain of our current debt instruments include more protections for their holders than the indenture and the Notes. In addition, other debt we issue or incur in the future could contain more protections for its holders than the indenture and the Notes, including additional covenants and events of default. The issuance or incurrence of any such debt with incremental protections could affect the market for and trading levels and prices of the Notes.

An active trading market for the Notes may not develop, which could limit the market price of the Notes or your ability to sell them. [Because one or more rating agencies have assigned the Notes a non-investment grade rating, the Notes may be subject to greater price volatility than similar securities without such a rating.]

The Notes are a new issue of debt securities for which there currently is no trading market. [Although we expect the Notes to be listed on                     ,] we cannot provide any assurances that an active trading market will develop for the Notes or that you will be able to sell your Notes. If the Notes are traded after their initial issuance, they may trade at a discount from their initial offering price depending on prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities, our credit ratings, general economic conditions, our financial condition, performance and prospects and other factors. [Moreover, because one or more rating agencies have assigned the Notes a non-investment grade rating, the Notes may be subject to greater price volatility than securities of similar maturity without such a non-investment grade rating.] The underwriters have advised us that they intend to make a market in the Notes, but they are not obligated to do so. The underwriters may discontinue any market-making in the Notes at any time at their sole discretion. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that a liquid trading market will develop for the Notes, that you will be able to sell your Notes at a particular time or that the price you receive when you sell will be favorable. To the extent an active trading market does not develop, the liquidity and trading price for the Notes may be harmed. Accordingly, you may be required to bear the financial risk of an investment in the Notes for an indefinite period of time.

[Insert any additional relevant risk factors not included in base prospectus.]


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The matters discussed in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, as well as in future oral and written statements by management of Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., that are forward-looking statements are based on current management expectations that involve substantial risks and uncertainties which could cause actual results to differ materially from the results expressed in, or implied by, these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements relate to future events or our future financial performance. We generally identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar words. Important assumptions include our ability to originate new investments, achieve certain margins and levels of profitability, the availability of additional capital, and the ability to maintain certain debt to asset ratios and our outlook on the economy and its effect on venture capital. In light of these and other uncertainties, the inclusion of a projection or forward-looking statement in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus should not be regarded as a representation by us that our plans or objectives will be achieved. The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus include statements as to:

 

   

our future operating results;

 

   

our business prospects and the prospects of our prospective portfolio companies;

 

   

the impact of investments that we expect to make;

 

   

the impact of a protracted decline in the liquidity of credit markets on our business;

 

   

our informal relationships with third parties including in the venture capital industry;

 

   

the expected market for venture capital investments and our addressable market;

 

   

the dependence of our future success on the general economy and its impact on the industries in which we invest;

 

   

our ability to access debt markets and equity markets;

 

   

the ability of our portfolio companies to achieve their objectives;

 

   

our expected financings and investments;

 

   

our regulatory structure and tax status;

 

   

our ability to operate as a business development company, SBIC and a RIC;

 

   

the adequacy of our cash resources and working capital;

 

   

the timing of cash flows, if any, from the operations of our portfolio companies;

 

   

the timing, form and amount of any dividend distributions;

 

   

the impact of fluctuations in interest rates on our business;

 

   

the valuation of any investments in portfolio companies, particularly those having no liquid trading market; and

 

   

our ability to recover unrealized losses.


Table of Contents

For a discussion of factors that could cause our actual results to differ from forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, please see the discussion under “Risk Factors” in both this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. The forward-looking statements contained herein are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933.

This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus contain third-party estimates and data regarding valuations of venture capital-backed companies. This data was reported by Dow Jones VentureSource, an independent venture capital industry research company which we refer to as VentureSource. VentureSource is commonly relied upon as an information source in the venture capital industry. Although we have not independently verified any such data, we believe that the industry information contained in such releases and data tables and included in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus is reliable.

We have compiled certain industry estimates presented in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus from internally generated information and data. While we believe our estimates are reliable, they have not been verified by any independent sources. The estimates are based on a number of assumptions, including increasing investment in venture capital and private equity-backed companies. Actual results may differ from projections and estimates, and this market may not grow at the rates projected, or at all. If this market fails to grow at projected rates, our business and the market price of our common stock could be materially adversely affected.


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that net proceeds we will receive from the sale of $         aggregate principal amount of Notes in this offering will be approximately $         million (or approximately $         million if the underwriters fully exercise their overallotment option), after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions of $         million (or approximately $         million if the underwriters fully exercise their overallotment option) payable by us and estimated offering expenses of approximately $         payable by us.

We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund investments in debt and equity securities in accordance with our investment objective and for other general corporate purposes.

We anticipate that substantially all of the net proceeds from this offering will be used as described above within twelve months, but in no event longer than two years. Pending such uses and investments, we will invest the net proceeds primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment. Our ability to achieve our investment objective may be limited to the extent that the net proceeds of any offering, pending full investment, are held in lower yielding short-term instruments.


Table of Contents

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

[Insert information required by Item 503(d) of Regulation S-K at time of offering.]


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth (i) our actual capitalization as of ,         20 , and (ii) our capitalization as adjusted to give effect to the sale of $         aggregate principal amount of Notes in this offering based on the public offering price of $         per Note, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions of $         million payable by us and estimated offering expenses of approximately $         payable by us.

 

     As of                 , 20  
     Actual
(in thousands)
     Pro Forma
(in thousands)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $         $     

Investments at fair value

   $         $     

Other assets

   $         $     

Total assets

   $         $     

Liabilities:

     

Credit facilities payable

   $         $     

Other Liabilities

   $         $     

Total Liabilities

   $         $     

Stockholders’ equity:

     

Common stock, par value $0.001 per share; 100,000,000 shares authorized,         shares issued and outstanding,         shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted, respectively

      $     

Capital in excess of par value

      $     

Total stockholders’ equity

     


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We are offering the Notes described in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus through a number of underwriters.         and         are acting as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the aggregate principal amount of Notes listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Underwriter    Principal
Amount
  
  
  

Total

  

The underwriters are committed to purchase all of the Notes offered by us if they purchase any Notes. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or this offering may be terminated.

[Over-Allotment Option

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional $            aggregate principal amount of the Notes from us to cover sales of Notes by the underwriters which exceed the amount of Notes specified in the table above. The underwriters have           days from the date of this prospectus supplement to exercise this overallotment option. If any Notes are purchased with this overallotment option, the underwriters will purchase Notes in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional Notes are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional Notes on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.]

The underwriters propose to offer the Notes directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus supplement and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $            per Note. Any such dealers may resell Notes to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $            per Note from the public offering price. After the public offering of the Notes, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of Notes made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. The representatives have advised us that the underwriters do not intend to confirm discretionary sales in excess of % of the Notes offered in this offering.

Commissions and Discounts

The underwriting fee is equal to % of the public offering price per Note. The underwriting fee is $ per Note. The following table shows the per Note and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Notes.

 

     Per Note      Total  
            Without
Over-
Allotment
     With
Over-
Allotment
 

Public offering price

     %      $         $     

Sales load (underwriting discounts and commissions)

     %      $         $     

Proceeds before expenses

     %      $         $     

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            , or approximately $            per Note excluding the over-allotment and approximately $            per Note including the over-allotment.


Table of Contents

[Lock-Up Agreements

During the period from the date of this prospectus supplement continuing through the date days after the date of this prospectus, we, our officers and directors have agreed with the representatives of the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to:

 

(1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or

 

(2) enter into any swap or other agreement, arrangement or transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any common stock.

Moreover, if (1) during the last 17 days of such    -day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of such    -day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results or become aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of such    -day restricted period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as the case may be, unless the representatives of the underwriters waive, in writing, such extension.]

Price Stabilizations and Short Positions

In connection with this offering,            and            , on behalf of the underwriters, may purchase and sell Notes in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, syndicate covering transactions and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve sales by the underwriters of securities in excess of the number of securities required to be purchased by the underwriters in the offering, which creates a syndicate short position. “Covered” short sales are sales of securities made in an amount up to the number of securities represented by the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Transactions to close out the covered syndicate short involve either purchases of such securities in the open market after the distribution has been completed or the exercise of the over-allotment option. In determining the source of securities to close out the covered syndicate short position, the underwriters may consider the price of securities available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase securities through the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also make “naked” short sales, or sales in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing securities in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the securities in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of bids for or purchases of securities in the open market while this offering is in progress for the purpose of fixing or maintaining the price of the securities.

The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from an underwriter or syndicate member when the underwriters repurchase securities originally sold by that underwriter or syndicate member in order to cover syndicate short positions or make stabilizing purchases.

Any of these activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the securities or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the securities. As a result, the price of the securities may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on or otherwise. Neither we nor any of the underwriters makes any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our securities. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters makes any representation that the underwriters will engage in these transactions. If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in passive market making transactions in our securities on                 in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act during a period before


Table of Contents

the commencement of offers or sales of securities and extending through the completion of distribution. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, that bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded.

Additional Underwriter Compensation

Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have from time to time performed and may in the future perform various commercial banking, financial advisory and investment banking services for us and our affiliates for which they have received or will receive customary compensation. [Describe any specific transactions and compensation related thereto required to be disclosed by applicable law or regulation.]

Sales Outside the United States

No action has been taken in any jurisdiction (except in the United States) that would permit a public offering of the Notes, or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus supplement or accompanying prospectus or any other material relating to us or the Notes in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, our warrants may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and none of this prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with our warrants may be distributed or published, in or from any country or jurisdiction except in compliance with any applicable rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.

Each of the underwriters may arrange to sell our Notes offered hereby in certain jurisdictions outside the United States, either directly or through affiliates, where it is permitted to do so.

[Insert applicable legends for jurisdictions in which offers and sales may be made.]

Electronic Delivery

The underwriters may make this prospectus supplement and accompanying prospectus available in an electronic format. The prospectus supplement and accompanying prospectus in electronic format may be made available on a website maintained by any of the underwriters, and the underwriters may distribute such documents electronically. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a limited number of securities for sale to their online brokerage customers. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations.

We estimate that our share of the total expenses of this offering, excluding underwriting discounts, will be approximately $            .

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The addresses of the underwriters are:         .


Table of Contents

UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

[Insert disclosure regarding federal income tax consequences of an investment in the Notes.]


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters in connection with the securities offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP, Washington, DC. Certain legal matters in connection with the securities offered hereby will be passed upon for the underwriters by .

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The financial statements as of                     ,          and for the year ended December 31,         , included in this prospectus, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 20     have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein.

Certain of our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance upon the report of Ernst & Young LLP, our former independent registered public accountants. Ernst & Young LLP’s principal business address is 560 Mission Street, San Francisco, CA 94105.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-2, together with all amendments and related exhibits, under the Securities Act, with respect to our shares of common stock offered by this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. The registration statement contains additional information about us and our shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.

We are required to file with or submit to the SEC annual, quarterly and current periodic reports, proxy statements and other information meeting the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. You may inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information, as well as the registration statement and related exhibits and schedules, at the Public Reference Room of the SEC in Washington, D.C. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information filed electronically by us with the SEC


Table of Contents

which are available on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of these reports, proxy and information statements and other information may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing to the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549. The information is available free of charge by contacting us at Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., 400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310, Palo Alto, CA 94301, or by calling us collect at (650) 289-3060 or on our website at www.herculestech.com.

Exhibit (s)(4)

The information in this preliminary prospectus supplement is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus supplement is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

[FORM OF PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT TO BE USED IN

CONJUNCTION WITH FUTURE RIGHTS OFFERINGS]

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

(to Prospectus dated            , 2012)

HERCULES

TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

Up to            Shares of Common Stock

Issuable Upon Exercise of Rights

to Subscribe for Such Shares

We are an internally-managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Our investment objective is to maximize our portfolio total return by generating current income from our debt investments and capital appreciation from our equity-related investments.

We are issuing [transferable/non-transferable] subscription rights to our stockholders of record as of 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on            ,    entitling the holders thereof to subscribe for an aggregate of        shares of our common stock. Record date stockholders will receive one right for each outstanding share of common stock owned on the record date. The rights entitle the holders to purchase one new share of common stock for every rights held. [In addition, record date stockholders who fully exercise their rights will be entitled to subscribe, subject to the limitations described in this prospectus supplement and subject to allotment, for additional shares that remain unsubscribed as a result of any unexercised rights.]    [In addition, any non-record date stockholder who exercises rights is entitled to subscribe for remaining shares that are not otherwise subscribed for by record date stockholders, subject to the limitations described in this prospectus supplement and subject to allotment.]

Our common stock is traded on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “HTGC”. The last reported closing price for our common stock on            ,    was $        per share. [The rights are transferable and will be listed for trading on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “             .”]

The subscription price will be [describe means of computing subscription price]. The offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on            ,        , unless extended as described in this prospectus supplement. We, in our sole discretion, may extend the period for exercising the subscription rights. You will have no right to rescind your subscriptions after receipt of your payment of the estimated subscription price except as described in this prospectus supplement.

Please read this prospectus supplement, and the accompanying prospectus, before investing, and keep it for future reference. The prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus contain important information about us that a prospective investor should know before investing in our preferred stock. We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information about us with the Securities and Exchange Commission. This information is available free of charge by contacting us at 400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310, Palo Alto, California 94301, or by telephone by calling collect at (650) 289-3060 or on our website at www.herculestech.com. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus or the accompanying prospectus. The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains such information.

An investment in our common stock involves risks, including the risk of a total loss of investment. In addition, the companies in which we invest are subject to special risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page

[    ] of the accompanying prospectus and page S-[    ] in this prospectus supplement to read about risks you should consider before investing in our securities, including the risk of leverage.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

     Per Share      Total(4)  

Estimated subscription price(1)

   $         $     

Estimated sales load (underwriting discounts and commissions) (2)(3)

   $         $     

Proceeds to us, before estimated expenses(1)(3)

   $         $     

(1) Estimated on the basis of [describe means of computing subscription price]. See “The Offer—Subscription Price.”

[(2) In connection with this offering,                    , the dealer manager for this offering, will receive a fee for its financial advisory, marketing and soliciting services equal to        % of the subscription price per share for each share issued pursuant to the exercise of rights[, including pursuant to the over-subscription privilege].]

(3) We estimate that we will incur offering expenses of approximately $        in connection with this offering. We estimate that net proceeds to us after expenses will be $        assuming all of the rights are exercised at the estimated subscription price.

(4) Assumes all rights are exercised at the estimated subscription price.

The date of this prospectus supplement is                , 2012


As a result of the terms of this offering, stockholders who do not fully exercise their rights will own, upon completion of this offer, a smaller proportional interest in us than they owned prior to the offering. [In addition, because the subscription price per share will likely be less than the net asset value per share, based on our current market price, the offer will likely result in an immediate dilution of net asset value per share for all of our stockholders.] This offering will also cause dilution in the distributions per share we are able to distribute subsequent to completion of the offering. Such dilution is not currently determinable because it is not known how many shares will be subscribed for, what the net asset value or market price of our common stock will be on the expiration date for the offer or what the subscription price will be. If the subscription price per share is substantially less than the current net asset value per share, such dilution could be substantial. Any such dilution will disproportionately affect non-exercising stockholders. [If the subscription price is less than our net asset value per share, then all stockholders will experience a decrease in the net asset value per share held by them, irrespective of whether they exercise all or any portion of their rights]. [See “Risk Factors—Your economic and voting interest in us, as well as your proportionate interest in our net asset value, may be diluted as a result of this rights offering” and “Dilution” in this prospectus supplement for more information.]


ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized any other person to provide you with different information from that contained in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus do not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy, our securities by any person in any jurisdiction where it is unlawful for that person to make such an offer or solicitation or to any person in any jurisdiction to whom it is unlawful to make such an offer or solicitation. The information contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus is complete and accurate only as of their respective dates, regardless of the time of their delivery or sale of our securities. This prospectus supplement supersedes the accompanying prospectus to the extent it contains information different from or additional to the information in that prospectus.

This document is in two parts. The first part is this prospectus supplement, which describes the terms of this offering and also adds to and updates information contained in the accompanying prospectus. The second part is the accompanying prospectus, which gives more general information and disclosure. To the extent the information contained in this prospectus supplement differs from the information contained in the accompanying prospectus, the information in this prospectus supplement shall control. You should read this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus together with the additional information described under the heading, “Available Information” before investing in our securities.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

 

     Page

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT SUMMARY

   S–

THE RIGHTS OFFERING

   S–

FEES AND EXPENSES

   S–

RISK FACTORS

   S–

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

   S–

USE OF PROCEEDS

   S–

CAPITALIZATION

   S–

DILUTION

   S–

PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK

   S–

THE OFFER

   S–

LEGAL MATTERS

   S–

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

   S–

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

   S–

PROSPECTUS

 

     Page

[Insert table of contents from base prospectus.]

  


PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT SUMMARY

Our Company

We are a specialty finance company that provides debt and equity growth capital to technology-related companies at various stages of development from seed and emerging growth to expansion and established stages of development, which include select publicly listed companies and select lower middle market companies. Our investment objective is to maximize our portfolio total return by generating current income from our debt investments and capital appreciation from our equity-related investments. We are an internally-managed, non-diversified closed-end investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or the 1940 Act.

As of [            ], 20___ our total assets were approximately $[            ] million, of which, our investments comprised $[            ] million at fair value and $[            ] million at cost. Our investments at fair value were comprised of our debt investments, warrant portfolio and equity investments valued at approximately $[            ] million, $[            ] million and $[            ] million, respectively, or [            ]%, [            ]% and [            ]% of total investments, respectively. Our[            ], 20___ total investments at value in foreign companies were approximately $[            ] million or [            ]% of total assets. During the [            ]-month periods ended [            ], 20___, we made debt commitments totaling $[            ] million and $[            ] million, respectively, and funded approximately $[            ] million and $[            ] million, respectively. During the[            ]-month period ended [            ], 20___, we made and funded equity commitments of approximately $[            ] and $[            ] million to [            ] and[            ] portfolio companies, respectively. Debt commitments for the nine months ended [            ], 20___ included commitments of approximately $[            ] million to[            ]new portfolio companies and $[            ] million to [            ] existing portfolio companies. Since inception through [            ], 20___, we have made debt and equity commitments of approximately $[            ] billion to our portfolio companies.

We also make investments in qualifying small businesses through two wholly-owned, small business investment company (“SBIC”) subsidiaries, Hercules Technology II, L.P. (“HT II”) and Hercules Technology III, L.P. (“HT III”). As SBICs, HT II and HT III are subject to a variety of regulations concerning, among other things, the size and nature of the companies in which they may invest and the structure of those investments. As of [            ], 20___, we held investments in HT II in [            ] companies with a fair value of approximately $[            ] million. HT II’s portfolio companies accounted for approximately [            ]% of our total portfolio at [            ], 20___. As of [            ], 20___, we held investments in HT III in [            ] companies with a fair value of approximately $[            ] million. HT III’s portfolio accounted for approximately [            ]% of our total portfolio at [            ], 20___.

In aggregate, HT II and HT III held approximately $[            ] million in assets and accounted for approximately [            ]% of our total assets prior to consolidation at [            ], 20___.

We primarily finance privately-held companies backed by leading venture capital and private equity firms and also may finance certain select publicly-traded companies that lack access to public capital or are sensitive to equity ownership dilution. As of [            ], 20___, our proprietary SQL-based database system included over [            ] technology-related companies and approximately [            ] venture capital, private equity sponsors/investors, as well as various other industry contacts. Our principal executive office is located in Silicon Valley, and we have additional offices in Boston, MA, Boulder, CO and McLean, VA. Our goal is to be the leading structured debt financing provider of choice for venture capital and private equity backed technology-related companies requiring sophisticated and customized financing solutions. Our strategy is to evaluate and invest in a broad range of ventures active in the technology, clean technology and life science industries and to offer a full suite of growth capital products up and down of the capital structure. We invest primarily in structured debt and, to a lesser extent, in senior debt and equity investments. We use the term “structured debt with warrants” to refer to any debt investment, such as a senior or subordinated secured loan, that is coupled with an equity component, including warrants, options or rights to purchase common or preferred stock. Our structured debt with warrants investments will typically be secured by select or all of the assets of the portfolio company.

We focus our investments in companies active in technology industry sub-sectors characterized by products or services that require advanced technologies, including, but not limited to, computer software and hardware, networking systems, semiconductors, semiconductor capital equipment, information technology infrastructure or services, Internet consumer and business services, telecommunications, telecommunications equipment, media and life sciences. Within the life sciences sub-sector, we focus on medical devices, bio-pharmaceutical, drug discovery, drug delivery, health care services and information systems companies. Within the clean technology sub-sector, we


focus on sustainable and renewable energy technologies and energy efficiency and monitoring technologies. We refer to all of these companies as “technology-related” companies and intend, under normal circumstances, to invest at least 80% of the value of our assets in such businesses.

Our primary business objectives are to increase our net income, net operating income and net asset value by investing in structured debt with warrants and equity of venture capital and private equity backed technology-related companies with attractive current yields and the potential for equity appreciation and realized gains. Our structured debt investments typically include warrants or other equity interests, giving us the potential to realize equity-like returns on a portion of our investments. Our equity ownership in our portfolio companies may represent a controlling interest. In some cases, we receive the right to make additional equity investments in our portfolio companies in connection with future equity financing rounds. Capital that we provide directly to venture capital and private equity backed technology-related companies is generally used for growth, and general working capital purposes as well as in select cases for acquisitions or recapitalizations.

Our portfolio is comprised of, and we anticipate that our portfolio will continue to be comprised of, investments in technology-related companies at various stages of development. Consistent with regulatory requirements, we invest primarily in United States based companies and to a lesser extent in foreign companies. See “Regulation—Qualifying Assets” in the accompanying prospectus. Since 2007, our investing emphasis has been primarily on private companies following or in connection with a subsequent institutional round of equity financing, which we refer to as expansion-stage companies and private companies in their later rounds of financing and certain public companies, which we refer to as established-stage companies and lower middle market companies. We have also historically focused our investment activities in private companies following or in connection with the first institutional round of financing, which we refer to as emerging-growth companies.

Beginning in the fall of 2008, the global economy entered a financial crisis and recession. Volatile capital and credit markets, declining business and consumer confidence and increased unemployment precipitated a continuing economic slowdown. Although there have been signs of recovery in many regions, economic weakness could continue or worsen. For example, the current U.S. debt ceiling and budget deficit concerns, together with signs of deteriorating sovereign debt conditions in Europe, have increased the possibility of credit-rating downgrades and economic slowdowns. Although U.S. lawmakers passed legislation to raise the federal debt ceiling, Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating on the United States from “AAA” to “AA+” on August 5, 2011. The impact of this or any further downgrades to the U.S. government’s sovereign credit rating, or its perceived creditworthiness, and the impact of the current crisis in Europe with respect to the ability of certain European Union countries to continue to service their sovereign debt obligations is inherently unpredictable and could adversely effect the U.S. and global financial markets and economic conditions. During market distruptions, we may have difficulty raising debt or equity capital especially as a result of regulatory constraints. There can be no assurance that governmental or other measures to aid economic recovery will be effective.

As of [            ], 20___, our investment professionals, including Manuel A. Henriquez, our co-founder, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, are currently comprised of [            ] professionals who have, on average, more than [            ] years of experience in venture capital, structured finance, commercial lending or acquisition finance with the types of technology-related companies that we are targeting. We believe that we can leverage the experience and relationships of our management team to successfully identify attractive investment opportunities, underwrite prospective portfolio companies and structure customized financing solutions.

Our Market Opportunity

We believe that technology-related companies compete in one of the largest and most rapidly growing sectors of the U.S. economy and that continued growth is supported by ongoing innovation and performance improvements in technology products as well as the adoption of technology across virtually all industries in response to competitive pressures. We believe that an attractive market opportunity exists for a specialty finance company focused primarily on investments in structured debt with warrants in technology-related companies for the following reasons:

 

   

Technology-related companies have generally been underserved by traditional lending sources;

 

   

Unfulfilled demand exists for structured debt financing to technology-related companies as the number of lenders has declined due to the recent financial market turmoil; and


   

Structured debt with warrants products are less dilutive and complement equity financing from venture capital and private equity funds.

Technology-Related Companies are Underserved by Traditional Lenders.  We believe many viable technology-related companies backed by financial sponsors have been unable to obtain sufficient growth financing from traditional lenders, including financial services companies such as commercial banks and finance companies, particularly due to the recent credit market dislocation and because traditional lenders have continued to consolidate and have adopted a more risk-averse approach to lending. More importantly, we believe traditional lenders are typically unable to underwrite the risk associated with financial sponsor-backed emerging-growth or expansion-stage companies effectively.

The unique cash flow characteristics of many technology-related companies include significant research and development expenditures and high projected revenue growth thus often making such companies difficult to evaluate from a credit perspective. In addition, the balance sheets of emerging-growth and expansion-stage companies often include a disproportionately large amount of intellectual property assets, which can be difficult to value. Finally, the speed of innovation in technology and rapid shifts in consumer demand and market share add to the difficulty in evaluating technology-related companies.

Due to the difficulties described above, we believe traditional lenders are generally refraining from entering the structured mezzanine marketplace, instead preferring the risk-reward profile of asset based lending. Traditional lenders generally do not have flexible product offerings that meet the needs of technology-related companies. The financing products offered by traditional lenders typically impose on borrowers many restrictive covenants and conditions, including limiting cash outflows and requiring a significant depository relationship to facilitate rapid liquidation.

Unfulfilled Demand for Structured Debt Financing to Technology-Related Companies.  Private debt capital in the form of structured debt financing from specialty finance companies continues to be an important source of funding for technology-related companies. We believe that the level of demand for structured debt financing is a function of the level of annual venture equity investment activity. In the first [            ] months of 20___, venture capital-backed companies received, in approximately [            ] transactions, equity financing in an aggregate amount of approximately $[            ] billion, representing a [            ]% increase from the same period of the preceding year, as reported by Dow Jones VentureSource. In addition, overall, the median round size during the three-month periods ended [            ], 20___ and 20___ was approximately $[            ] million and $[            ] million, respectively. We believe the larger number of companies provides us a greater opportunity to provide debt financing to these venture backed companies. Overall, seed- and first-round deals made up [            ]% of the deal flow in the three months ended [            ], 20___ and later-stage deals made up roughl y[            ]% of the deal activity in the quarter.

We believe that demand for structured debt financing is currently under served, in part because of the credit market collapse in 2008 and the resulting exit of debt capital providers to technology-related companies. The venture capital market for the technology-related companies in which we invest has been active and is continuing to show signs of increased investment activity. In addition, lending requirements of traditional lenders have recently become more stringent due to the significant write-offs in the financial services sector, the re-pricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated market and the financial turmoil affecting the banking system and financial market, which have negatively impacted the debt and equity capital market in the United States and most other markets. At the same time, the venture capital market for the technology-related companies in which we invest has continued to be active. Therefore, to the extent we have capital available, we believe this is an opportune time to be active in the structured lending market for technology-related companies.

Structured Debt with Warrants Products Complement Equity Financing From Venture Capital and Private Equity Funds.  We believe that technology-related companies and their financial sponsors will continue to view structured debt securities as an attractive source of capital because it augments the capital provided by venture capital and private equity funds. We believe that our structured debt with warrants product provides access to growth capital that otherwise may only be available through incremental investments by existing equity investors. As such, we provide portfolio companies and their financial sponsors with an opportunity to diversify their capital


sources. Generally, we believe emerging-growth and expansion-stage companies target a portion of their capital to be debt in an attempt to achieve a higher valuation through internal growth. In addition, because financial sponsor-backed companies have potentially reached a more mature stage prior to reaching a liquidity event, we believe our investments provide the debt capital needed to grow or recapitalize companies during the extended period prior to liquidity events.

Our Business Strategy

Our strategy to achieve our investment objective includes the following key elements:

Leverage the Experience and Industry Relationships of Our Management Team and Investment Professionals.  We have assembled a team of experienced investment professionals with extensive experience as venture capitalists, commercial lenders and originators of structured debt and equity investments in technology-related companies. Our investment professionals have, on average, more than [        ] years of experience as equity investors in, and/or lenders to, technology-related companies. Our team members have originated structured debt, structured debt with warrants and equity investments in over [        ] technology-related companies, representing over $[        ] billion in commitments from inception through [        ], 20___ and have developed a network of industry contacts with investors and other participants within the venture capital and private equity communities. In addition, members of our management team also have operational, research and development and finance experience with technology- related companies. We have established contacts with leading venture capital and private equity fund sponsors, public and private companies, research institutions and other industry participants, which should enable us to identify and attract well-positioned prospective portfolio companies.

We concentrate our investing activities generally in industries in which our investment professionals have investment experience. We believe that our focus on financing technology-related companies will enable us to leverage our expertise in structuring prospective investments, to assess the value of both tangible and intangible assets, to evaluate the business prospects and operating characteristics of technology-related companies and to identify and originate potentially attractive investments with these types of companies.

Mitigate Risk of Principal Loss and Build a Portfolio of Equity-Related Securities.  We expect that our investments have the potential to produce attractive risk adjusted returns through current income, in the form of interest and fee income, as well as capital appreciation from equity-related securities. We believe that we can mitigate the risk of loss on our debt investments through the combination of loan principal amortization, cash interest payments, relatively short maturities, security interests in the assets of our portfolio companies, and, on select investments, covenants requiring prospective portfolio companies to have certain amounts of available cash and the continued support from a venture capital or private equity firm at the time we make our investment.

Historically our structured debt investments to technology-related companies, typically include warrants or other equity interests, giving us the potential to realize equity-like returns on a portion of our investment. In addition, in some cases, we receive the right to make additional equity investments in our portfolio companies in connection with future equity financing rounds. We believe these equity interests will create the potential for meaningful long-term capital gains in connection with the future liquidity events of these technology-related companies.

Provide Customized Financing Complementary to Financial Sponsors’ Capital.  We offer a broad range of investment structures and possess expertise and experience to effectively structure and price investments in technology-related companies. Unlike many of our competitors that only invest in companies that fit a specific set of investment parameters, we have the flexibility to structure our investments to suit the particular needs of our portfolio companies. We offer customized financing solutions ranging from senior debt to equity capital, with a focus on structured debt with warrants.

We use our relationships in the financial sponsor community to originate investment opportunities. Because venture capital and private equity funds typically invest solely in the equity securities of their portfolio companies, we believe that our debt investments will be viewed as an attractive and complementary source of capital, both by the portfolio company and by the portfolio company’s financial sponsor. In addition, we believe that many venture capital and private equity fund sponsors encourage their portfolio companies to use debt financing for a portion of their capital needs as a means of potentially enhancing equity returns, minimizing equity dilution and increasing valuations prior to a subsequent equity financing round or a liquidity event.


Invest at Various Stages of Development.  We provide growth capital to technology-related companies at all stages of development, from emerging-growth companies, to expansion-stage companies and established-stage companies, including select publicly listed companies and select lower middle market companies. We believe that this provides us with a broader range of potential investment opportunities than those available to many of our competitors, who generally focus their investments on a particular stage in a company’s development. Because of the flexible structure of our investments and the extensive experience of our investment professionals, we believe we are well positioned to take advantage of these investment opportunities at all stages of prospective portfolio companies’ development.

Benefit from Our Efficient Organizational Structure.  We believe that the perpetual nature of our corporate structure enables us to be a long-term partner for our portfolio companies in contrast to traditional mezzanine and investment funds, which typically have a limited life. In addition, because of our access to the equity markets, we believe that we may benefit from a lower cost of capital than that available to private investment funds. We are not subject to requirements to return invested capital to investors nor do we have a finite investment horizon. Capital providers that are subject to such limitations are often required to seek a liquidity event more quickly than they otherwise might, which can result in a lower overall return on an investment.

Deal Sourcing Through Our Proprietary Database.  We have developed a proprietary and comprehensive structured query language-based (SQL) database system to track various aspects of our investment process including sourcing, originations, transaction monitoring and post-investment performance. As of [        ], 20___, our proprietary SQL-based database system included over [        ] technology-related companies and over [        ] venture capital, private equity sponsors/investors, as well as various other industry contacts. This proprietary SQL system allows us to maintain, cultivate and grow our industry relationships while providing us with comprehensive details on companies in the technology-related industries and their financial sponsors.

Recent Developments

[Insert description of recent developments at time of offering.]


THE RIGHTS OFFERING

The Offer

We are issuing to stockholders of record, or record date stockholders, on         ,         , or the record date, one [transferable/non-transferable] right for each share of our common stock held on the record date. Each holder of the rights, or rights holder, is entitled to subscribe for one share of our common stock for every         rights held [, which we refer to as the primary subscription right]. We will not issue fractional shares of our common stock upon the exercise of rights; accordingly, rights may be exercised only in multiples of .

[The rights are transferable and will be listed for trading on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “        ” during the course of this offer. See “The Offer.”]

Subscription Price

The subscription price per share will be [describe means of computing subscription price]. [Because the subscription price will be determined on the expiration date, rights holders who decide to acquire shares pursuant to the primary subscription right or pursuant to the over-subscription privilege will not know the actual purchase price of those shares when they make that decision.] See “The Offer—Subscription Price.”

[Over-Subscription Privilege

Record date stockholders who fully exercise all rights issued to them (other than those rights which cannot be exercised because they represent the right to acquire less than one share) are entitled to subscribe for additional shares of our common stock which were not subscribed for by other stockholders, which we refer to as the remaining shares. If sufficient remaining shares of our common stock are available, all record date stockholders’ over-subscription requests will be honored in full. In addition, any non-record date stockholder who exercises rights is entitled to subscribe for remaining shares that are not otherwise subscribed for by record date stockholders. Shares acquired pursuant to the over-subscription privilege are subject to certain limitations and pro rata allocations. See “The Offer—Over-Subscription Privilege.”]

Purpose of the Offer

Our board of directors has determined that it would be in the best interest of the Company and its stockholders to increase the capital available for making additional investments, as well as to pay operating expenses, temporarily repay debt and generally enhance our liquidity. We believe that we must have sufficient liquidity available to remain a credible source of capital. The offering will increase the capital available for us to make additional investments. This offering gives existing stockholders the right to purchase additional shares at a price that is expected to be below market without incurring any commission or charge, while providing us access to additional capital resources. In connection with the approval of this rights offering, our board of directors considered, among other things, the following factors:

 

   

the subscription price relative to the market price and to our net asset value per share, including the likelihood that the subscription price will be below our net asset value per share;

 

   

the increased capital to be available upon completion of the rights offering for us to make additional investments consistent with our investment objective;

 

   

the dilution to be experienced by non-exercising stockholders;

 

   

the dilutive effect the offering will have on the dividends per share we distribute subsequent to completion of the offering;

 

   

[the terms and expenses in connection with the offering relative to other alternatives for raising capital, including fees payable to the dealer manager;]


   

the size of the offering in relation to the number of shares outstanding;

 

   

[the fact that the rights will be listed on The Nasdaq Global Select Market during the subscription period;]

 

   

the market price of our common stock, both before and after the announcement of the rights offering;

 

   

the general condition of the securities markets; and

 

   

any impact on operating expenses associated with an increase in capital.

There can be no assurance of the amount of dilution that a stockholder will experience or that the rights offering will be successful.

[The purpose of setting the determination of the subscription price upon the expiration of the offer is to attract the maximum participation of stockholders in the offer, with minimum dilution to non-participating stockholders.]

[The transferable rights will allow non-participating stockholders the potential of receiving cash payment upon the sale of the rights, receipt of which may be viewed as partial compensation for the dilution of their interests.]

We cannot assure you that the current offering will be successful, or that by increasing the amount of our available capital, our aggregate expenses and, correspondingly, our expense ratio will be lowered.

[In determining that this offer is in our best interest and in the best interests of our stockholders, we have retained             , the dealer manager for this offer, to provide us with financial advisory, marketing and soliciting services relating to this offer, including advice with respect to the structure, timing and terms of the offer. In this regard, our board of directors considered, among other things, using a fixed pricing versus variable pricing mechanism, the benefits and drawbacks of conducting a non-transferable versus a transferable rights offering, the effect on us if this offer is not fully subscribed and the experience of the dealer manager in conducting rights offerings.]

[Although we have no present intention to do so, we may, in the future and in our discretion, choose to make additional rights offerings from time to time for a number of shares and on terms which may or may not be similar to this offer, provided that our board of directors must determine that each subsequent rights offering is in the best interest of our stockholders. Any such future rights offering will be made in accordance with the 1940 Act.]

[Sale of Rights

The rights are evidenced by a subscription certificate and are transferable until         ,         (or if the offer is extended, until the extended expiration date). The rights will be listed for trading on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “        ” . We and the dealer manager will use our best efforts to ensure that an adequate trading market for the rights will exist. However, no assurance can be given that a market for the rights will develop. Trading in the rights on The Nasdaq Global Select Market may be conducted until close of trading on The Nasdaq Global Select Market on         ,         (or, if the offer is extended, until the extended expiration date). See “The Offer—Sale of Rights.”]

How to Obtain Subscription Information

 

   

Contact your broker-dealer, trust company, bank or other nominee where your rights are held, or

 

   

Contact the information agent,         , at         . Broker-dealers and nominees may call .

How to Subscribe

 

   

Deliver a completed subscription certificate and payment to the subscription agent by the expiration date of the rights offering, or


   

If your shares are held in an account with your broker-dealer, trust company, bank or other nominee, which qualifies as an Eligible Guarantor Institution under Rule 17Ad-15 of the Exchange Act, have your Eligible Guarantor Institution deliver a notice of guaranteed delivery to the subscription agent by the expiration date of the rights offering.

Subscription Agent

will act as the subscription agent in connection with this offer.

Information Agent

will act as the information agent in connection with this offer. You may contact         toll-free with questions at         . Broker-dealers and nominees may call .

[Distribution Arrangements

will act as dealer manager for the offer. Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the dealer manager agreement, the dealer manager will provide financial advisory services and marketing assistance in connection with the offer and will solicit the exercise of rights and participation in the over-subscription privilege by our stockholders. The offer is not contingent upon any number of rights being exercised. We have agreed to pay the dealer manager a fee for its financial advisory, marketing and soliciting services equal to % of the subscription price per share for shares issued pursuant to the exercise of rights, including pursuant to the over-subscription privilege. The dealer manager may re-allow a portion of its fees to other broker-dealers that have assisted in soliciting the exercise of rights.]

Important Dates to Remember

 

Record Date

  

Subscription Period

     (1

Measurement Period for Subscription Price(2)

     (1

Expiration Date

     (1

Deadline for Delivery of Subscription Certificates and Payment for Shares(3)

     (1

Deadline for Delivery of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery(3)

     (1

Deadline for Delivery of Subscription Certificates and Payment for Shares pursuant to Notice of Guaranteed Delivery

     (1

Confirmations Mailed to Participants

     (1

Final Payment for Shares

     (1

 

(1) Unless the offer is extended.

 

(2) The subscription price will be [describe means of computing subscription price].

 

(3) Participating rights holders must, by the expiration date of the offer (unless the offer is extended), either (1) deliver a subscription certificate and payment for shares or (2) cause to be delivered on their behalf a notice of guaranteed delivery.


FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table is intended to assist you in understanding the various costs and expenses that an investor in our securities will bear directly or indirectly. However, we caution you that some of the percentages indicated in the table below are estimates and may vary. The following table and example should not be considered a representation of our future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater or less than shown.  Except where the context suggests otherwise, whenever this prospectus contains a reference to fees or expenses paid by “you” or “us” or that “we” will pay fees or expenses, stockholders will indirectly bear such fees or expenses as investors in the Company.

 

Stockholder Transaction Expenses

  

Sales Load (as a percentage of offering price)

     —   % (1)

Offering Expenses (as a percentage of offering price)

     —   % (2)

Dividend Reinvestment Plan Fees

     —   % (3)

Debt Securities and/or Preferred Stock Offering Expenses Borne by Holders of Common Stock

     —   % (4)
  

 

 

 

Total Stockholder Transaction Expenses (as a percentage of offering price)

     —   % (4)
  

 

 

 

Annual Expenses (as a Percentage of Net Assets Attributable to Common Shares) (11)

  

Operating Expenses

        % (5)(6)

Interest Payments on Borrowed Funds

        % (7)

Fees paid in connection with borrowed funds

        % (8)  

Acquired fund fees and expenses

        % (9)

Cost of Servicing Debt Securities and/or Preferred Stock

     —  
  

 

 

 

Total Annual Expenses

        % (10)
  

 

 

 

 

(1) The underwriting discounts and commissions with respect to the shares sold in this offering, which is a one-time fee, is the only sales load paid in connection with this offering.
(2) Amount reflects estimated offering expenses of $         and is based on the offering of         shares at the public offering price of $         per share.
(3) The expenses of the dividend reinvestment plan are included in “Other Expenses.” See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” in the accompanying prospectus.
(4) The prospectus supplement corresponding to each offering will disclose the applicable offering expenses and total stockholder transaction expenses.
(5) “Operating expenses” represent our estimated operating expenses for the year ending December 31, [     ] including income tax expense (benefit) including excise tax, excluding interests and fees on indebtedness. This percentage for the year ended December 31, [     ] was [     ] %. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis and Results of Operations,” “Management,” and “Compensation of Executive Officers and Directors.”
(6) We do not have an investment adviser and are internally managed by our executive officers under the supervision of our Board of Directors. As a result, we do not pay investment advisory fees, but instead we pay the operating costs associated with employing investment management professionals..
(7)

“Interest payments on borrowed funds” represents estimated interest payments on borrowed funds for 20[ ] including [ ]. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this prospectus supplement. For purposes of this section, we have computed interest expense assuming that:


  (i) we maintain no cash or cash equivalents, (ii) borrow for investment purposes an amount equal to % of our total assets ($___ million out of total assets of $ ___ million) and (iii) the annual interest rate, representing interest and credit facility fees and amortization of debt issuance costs, is ___%. Total assets of $___ million assumes full utilization of the $200 million under our shelf registration statement.
(8) “Fees paid in connection with borrowed funds” represents estimated fees paid in connection with borrowed funds for [     ] including [     ]. This percentage for the year ended December 31, [     ] was approximately [     ]%.
(9) For the year ended December 31, [     ], we [did not] have any investments in shares of Acquired Funds that are not consolidated and, as a result, we did not directly or indirectly incur any fees from Acquired Funds.
(10) “Total annual expenses” is the sum of “operating expenses,” “interest payments on borrowed funds” and “fees paid in connection with borrowed funds.”
(11) “Average net assets attributable to common stock” equals the weighted estimated average net assets for [     ] which is $[     ].

Example

The following example demonstrates the projected dollar amount of total cumulative expenses that would be incurred over various periods with respect to a $1,000 hypothetical investment in our common stock, assuming a 5% annual return. These amounts are based upon our payment of annual operating expenses at the levels set forth in the table above and assume no additional leverage.

 

     1 Year      3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  

You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return

   $         $         $         $     

The example and the expenses in the tables above should not be considered a representation of our future expenses, and actual expenses may be greater or lesser than those shown. Moreover, while the example assumes, as required by the applicable rules of the SEC, a 5% annual return, our performance will vary and may result in a return greater or lesser than 5%. In addition, while the example assumes reinvestment of all dividends and distributions at net asset value, participants in our dividend reinvestment plan may receive shares valued at the market price in effect at that time. This price may be at, above or below net asset value. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” in the accompanying prospectus for additional information regarding our dividend reinvestment plan.

This example and the expenses in the table above should not be considered a representation of our future expenses as actual expenses (including the cost of debt, and other expenses) may be greater or less than those shown.


RISK FACTORS

Investing in our securities involves a number of significant risks. Before you invest in our securities, you should be aware of various risks, including those described below and those set forth in the accompanying prospectus. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, before you decide whether to make an investment in our securities. The risks set out below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or not presently deemed material by us may also impair our operations and performance. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected. In such case, our net asset value and the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. The risk factors described below, together with those set forth in the accompanying prospectus, are the principal risk factors associated with an investment in us as well as those factors generally associated with an investment company with investment objectives, investment policies, capital structure or trading markets similar to ours.

[The rights are non-transferable and there is no market for the rights.

Other than in very limited circumstances, you may not sell, give away or otherwise transfer your rights. Because the rights are non-transferable, there is no market or other means for you to directly realize any value associated with the rights. You must exercise the rights and acquire additional shares of our common stock to realize any value.]

Your economic and voting interest in us, as well as your proportionate interest in our net asset value, may be diluted as a result of this rights offering.

Stockholders who do not fully exercise their rights should expect that they will, at the completion of the offer, own a smaller proportional interest in us, including with respect to voting rights, than would otherwise be the case if they fully exercised their rights. We cannot state precisely the amount of any such dilution in share ownership because we do not know at this time what proportion of the shares will be purchased as a result of the offer.

In addition, if the subscription price is less than our net asset value per share, then our stockholders would experience an immediate dilution of the aggregate net asset value of their shares as a result of the offer. The amount of any decrease in net asset value is not predictable because it is not known at this time what the subscription price and net asset value per share will be on the expiration date of the rights offering or what proportion of the shares will be purchased as a result of the offer. Such dilution could be substantial.

This offering will also cause dilution in the dividends per share we are able to distribute subsequent to completion of the offering. In addition, our reported earnings per share will be retroactively adjusted to reflect the dilutive effects of this offering. See “Dilution.”]

[Insert any additional relevant risk factors not included in the base prospectus.]


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The matters discussed in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, as well as in future oral and written statements by management of Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., that are forward-looking statements are based on current management expectations that involve substantial risks and uncertainties which could cause actual results to differ materially from the results expressed in, or implied by, these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements relate to future events or our future financial performance. We generally identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar words. Important assumptions include our ability to originate new investments, achieve certain margins and levels of profitability, the availability of additional capital, and the ability to maintain certain debt to asset ratios and our outlook on the economy and its effect on venture capital. In light of these and other uncertainties, the inclusion of a projection or forward-looking statement in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus should not be regarded as a representation by us that our plans or objectives will be achieved. The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus include statements as to:

 

   

our future operating results;

 

   

our business prospects and the prospects of our prospective portfolio companies;

 

   

the impact of investments that we expect to make;

 

   

the impact of a protracted decline in the liquidity of credit markets on our business;

 

   

our informal relationships with third parties including in the venture capital industry;

 

   

the expected market for venture capital investments and our addressable market;

 

   

the dependence of our future success on the general economy and its impact on the industries in which we invest;

 

   

our ability to access debt markets and equity markets;

 

   

the ability of our portfolio companies to achieve their objectives;

 

   

our expected financings and investments;

 

   

our regulatory structure and tax status;

 

   

our ability to operate as a business development company, SBIC and a RIC;

 

   

the adequacy of our cash resources and working capital;

 

   

the timing of cash flows, if any, from the operations of our portfolio companies;

 

   

the timing, form and amount of any dividend distributions;

 

   

the impact of fluctuations in interest rates on our business;

 

   

the valuation of any investments in portfolio companies, particularly those having no liquid trading market; and

 

   

our ability to recover unrealized losses.


For a discussion of factors that could cause our actual results to differ from forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, please see the discussion under “Risk Factors” in both this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. The forward-looking statements contained herein are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933.

This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus contain third-party estimates and data regarding valuations of venture capital-backed companies. This data was reported by Dow Jones VentureSource, an independent venture capital industry research company which we refer to as VentureSource. VentureSource is commonly relied upon as an information source in the venture capital industry. Although we have not independently verified any such data, we believe that the industry information contained in such releases and data tables and included in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus is reliable.

We have compiled certain industry estimates presented in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus from internally generated information and data. While we believe our estimates are reliable, they have not been verified by any independent sources. The estimates are based on a number of assumptions, including increasing investment in venture capital and private equity-backed companies. Actual results may differ from projections and estimates, and this market may not grow at the rates projected, or at all. If this market fails to grow at projected rates, our business and the market price of our common stock could be materially adversely affected.


USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that net proceeds we will receive from this offering will be approximately $             million assuming all of the rights are exercised at the estimated subscription price and after deducting payments to the dealer manager of     % of the subscription price for each share issued pursuant to exercise of the rights and estimated offering expenses of approximately $             payable by us.

We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund investments in debt and equity securities in accordance with our investment objective and for other general corporate purposes.

We anticipate that substantially all of the net proceeds from this offering will be used as described above within twelve months, but in no event longer than two years. Pending such uses and investments, we will invest the net proceeds primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment. Our ability to achieve our investment objective may be limited to the extent that the net proceeds of any offering, pending full investment, are held in lower yielding short-term instruments.


CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth (i) our actual capitalization as of             , 20     , and (ii) our capitalization as adjusted to give effect to the sale of our securities in this offering, assuming all rights are exercised at the estimated subscription price of $         and our receipt of the estimated net proceeds from that sale. You should read this table together with “Use of Proceeds” and our statement of assets and liabilities included elsewhere in this prospectus supplement.

 

     As of             , 20
     Actual
(in thousands)
   As
Adjusted for

this offering
(in thousands)

Cash and cash equivalents

   $    $

Investments at fair value

   $    $

Other assets

   $    $

Total assets

   $    $

Liabilities:

     

Credit facilities payable

   $    $

Other Liabilities

   $    $

Total Liabilities

   $    $

Stockholders’ equity:

     

Common stock, par value $0.001 per share; 100,000,000 shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding,             shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted, respectively

      $

Capital in excess of par value

      $

Total stockholders’ equity

     


DILUTION

As of             ,             , our net assets were $             million, or approximately $         per share. After giving effect to the sale of             shares of our common stock in this offering, assuming all rights are exercised at the estimated subscription price of $         per share, and our receipt of the estimated net proceeds from that sale, our pro forma net asset value would have been approximately $         million, or approximately $         per share, representing an immediate dilution of approximately $         per share to our existing stockholders.

The following table illustrates the dilutive effects of this offering on a per share basis, assuming all rights are exercised at the estimated subscription price of $         per share:

 

    

As of

,

 
     Actual      As Adjusted  

Net asset value per common share

   $         $     

 

    

Months Ended

,

        
     Actual            As Adjusted         

Net increase in net assets resulting from net investment income per common share

   $           (1   $           (2

Net decrease in net assets resulting from operations per common share

   $           (1   $           (2

Distributions per common share

   $           $           (3

 

 

(1) Basic and diluted, weighted average number of shares outstanding is .
(2) Assumes that on             ,             , the beginning of the indicated period, (1) all rights were exercised at the estimated subscription price of $         per share and (2)             shares of our common stock were issued upon exercise of such rights.
(3) Assumes actual cash distributions divided by adjusted shares, including shares issued upon exercise of rights.


PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK

Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “HTGC.” Our common stock began trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on April 22, 2010.

The following table sets forth the range of high and low sales prices of our common stock as reported on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the sales price as a percentage of net asset value and the dividends declared by us for each fiscal quarter. The stock quotations are interdealer quotations and do not include markups, markdowns or commissions.

 

            Price Range      Premium/
Discount
of High Sales
Price to NAV
     Premium/
Discount
of Low Sales
Price to NAV
     Cash
Dividend
per Share (2)
 
     NAV (1)      High      Low           

2009

                 

First quarter

   $ 10.94       $ 8.62       $ 3.93         78.8%        31.2%      $ 0.320   

Second quarter

   $ 10.27       $ 8.89       $ 4.76         86.6%        46.3%      $ 0.300   

Third quarter

   $ 10.37       $ 10.35       $ 8.33         99.8%        80.3%      $ 0.300   

Fourth quarter

   $ 10.29       $ 11.22       $ 8.96         109.0%        87.1%      $ 0.340   

2010

                 

First quarter

   $ 10.11       $ 11.15       $ 9.16         110.3%        90.6%      $ 0.200   

Second quarter

   $ 9.80       $ 11.50       $ 8.62         117.3%        88.0%      $ 0.200   

Third quarter

   $ 9.36       $ 10.57       $ 9.13         112.9%        97.5%      $ 0.200   

Fourth quarter

   $ 9.50       $ 10.91       $ 9.87         114.8%        103.8%      $ 0.200   

2011

                 

First quarter

   $ 9.20       $ 11.40       $ 10.42         123.9%        113.3%      $ 0.220   

Second quarter

   $ 9.67       $ 11.36       $ 10.09         117.5%         104.3%      $ 0.220   

Third quarter

   $ 9.61       $ 10.75       $ 8.51         111.9%         88.6%       $ 0.220   

Fourth quarter

     *       $ 9.99       $ 8.20         *         *       $ 0.220   

2012

                 

First quarter (through _____, 2012)

      $         $           *         *       $ —     

 

(1) NAV per share is determined as of the last day in the relevant quarter and therefore may not reflect the NAV per share on the date of the high and low sales prices. The NAVs shown are based on outstanding shares at the end of each period.
(2) Calculated as of the respective high or low closing sales price divided by NAV. A percentage above 100% equals a premium to NAV; a percentage below 100% equals a discount to NAV.
* NAV for this period has not been determined.

The last reported price for our common stock on [            ], 20__ was $[            ] per share.

Shares of business development companies may trade at a market price that is less than the value of the net assets attributable to those shares. The possibility that our shares of common stock will trade at a discount from net asset value or at premiums that are unsustainable over the long term are separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value will decrease. At times, our shares of common stock have traded at a premium to net asset value and at times our shares of common stock have traded at a discount to the net assets attributable to those shares. It is not possible to predict whether the shares offered hereby will trade at, above, or below net asset value.


Dividends

The following table summarizes our dividends declared and paid or to be paid on all shares, including restricted stock, to date:

 

Date Declared

   Record Date      Payment Date      Amount Per Share  

October 27, 2005

     November 1, 2005         November 17, 2005       $ 0.025   

December 9, 2005

     January 6, 2006         January 27, 2006         0.300   

April 3, 2006

     April 10, 2006         May 5, 2006         0.300   

July 19, 2006

     July 31, 2006         August 28, 2006         0.300   

October 16, 2006

     November 6, 2006         December 1, 2006         0.300   

February 7, 2007

     February 19, 2007         March 19, 2007         0.300   

May 3, 2007

     May 16, 2007         June 18, 2007         0.300   

August 2, 2007

     August 16, 2007         September 17, 2007         0.300   

November 1, 2007

     November 16, 2007         December 17, 2007         0.300   

February 7, 2008

     February 15, 2008         March 17, 2008         0.300   

May 8, 2008

     May 16, 2008         June 16, 2008         0.340   

August 7, 2008

     August 15, 2008         September 19, 2008         0.340   

November 6, 2008

     November 14, 2008         December 15, 2008         0.340   

February 12, 2009

     February 23, 2009         March 30, 2009         0.320 *

May 7, 2009

     May 15, 2009         June 15, 2009         0.300   

August 6, 2009

     August 14, 2009         September 14, 2009         0.300   

October 15, 2009

     October 20, 2009         November 23, 2009         0.300   

December 16, 2009

     December 24, 2009         December 30, 2009         0.040   

February 11, 2010

     February 19, 2010         March 19, 2010         0.200   

May 3, 2010

     May 12, 2010         June 18, 2010         0.200   

August 2, 2010

     August 12, 2010         September 17, 2010         0.200   

November 4, 2010

     November 10, 2010         December 17, 2010         0.200   

March 1, 2011

     March 10, 2011         March 24, 2011         0.220   

May 5, 2011

     May 11, 2011         June 23, 2011         0.220   

August 4, 2011

     August 15, 2011         September 15, 2011         0.220   

November 3, 2011

     November 14, 2011         November 29, 2011         0.220   
        

 

 

 
         $ 6.685   
        

 

 

 

 

* Dividend paid in cash and stock.

Our Board of Directors maintains a variable dividend policy with the objective of distributing four quarterly distributions in an amount that approximates 90—100% of our taxable quarterly income or potential annual income for a particular year. In addition, at the end of the year, we may also pay an additional special dividend or fifth dividend, such that we may distribute approximately all of our annual taxable income in the year it was earned, while maintaining the option to spill over our excess taxable income.

Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits would generally be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. The determination of the tax attributes of our distributions is made annually as of the end of our fiscal year based upon our taxable income for the full year and distributions paid for the full year, therefore a determination made on a quarterly basis may not be representative of the tax attributes of our 20     distributions to stockholders. If we had determined the tax attributes of our distributions year-to-date as of                     , 20    , approximately     % would be from ordinary income and spillover earnings from 20    , and     % would be a return of capital.


We intend to distribute quarterly dividends to our stockholders. In order to avoid certain excise taxes imposed on RICs, we currently intend to distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of our ordinary income for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of our capital gains in excess of capital losses for the one year period ending on October 31 of the calendar year, and (3) any ordinary income and net capital gains for the preceding year that were not distributed during such year. We will not be subject to excise taxes on amounts on which we are required to pay corporate income tax (such as retained net capital gains). In order to obtain the tax benefits applicable to RICs, we will be required to distribute to our stockholders with respect to each taxable year at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses.

We can offer no assurance that we will achieve results that will permit the payment of any cash distributions and, if we issue senior securities, we will be prohibited from making distributions if doing so causes us to fail to maintain the asset coverage ratios stipulated by the 1940 Act or if distributions are limited by the terms of any of our borrowings. See “Regulation” in the accompanying prospectus.

We maintain an “opt-out” dividend reinvestment plan for our common stockholders. As a result, if we declare a dividend, cash dividends will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock unless the stockholder specifically “opts out” of the dividend reinvestment plan and chooses to receive cash dividends. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” in the accompanying prospectus.

Our ability to make distributions will be limited by the asset coverage requirements under the 1940 Act.


THE OFFER

Purpose of the Offer

Our board of directors has determined that it would be in the best interests of Company and its stockholders to increase the capital available for making additional investments, as well as to pay operating expenses, temporarily repay debt and generally enhance our liquidity. We believe that we must have sufficient liquidity available to remain a credible source of capital. The offering will increase the capital available for us to make additional investments. The current offering gives existing stockholders the right to purchase additional shares at a price that is expected to be below market without incurring any commission or charge, while providing us access to such additional capital resources. In connection with the approval of this rights offering, our board of directors considered, among other things, the following factors:

 

   

the subscription price relative to the market price and to our net asset value per share, including the likelihood that the subscription price will be below our net asset value per share;

 

   

the increased capital to be available upon completion of the rights offering for us to make additional investments consistent with our investment objective;

 

   

the dilution to be experienced by non-exercising stockholders;

 

   

the dilutive effect the offering will have on the dividends per share we distribute subsequent to completion of the offering;

 

   

[the terms and expenses in connection with the offering relative to other alternatives for raising capital, including fees payable to the dealer manager;]

 

   

the size of the offering in relation to the number of shares outstanding;

 

   

[the fact that the rights will be listed on The NASDAQ Global Select Market during the subscription period;]

 

   

the market price of our common stock, both before and after the announcement of the rights offering;

 

   

the general condition of the securities markets; and

 

   

any impact on operating expenses associated with an increase in capital.

There can be no assurance of the amount of dilution that a stockholder will experience or that the rights offering will be successful.

The purpose of setting the determination of the subscription price upon the expiration of the offer is to attract the maximum participation of stockholders in the offer, with minimum dilution to non-participating stockholders.

[The transferable rights will allow non-participating stockholders the potential of receiving cash payment upon the sale of the rights, receipt of which may be viewed as partial compensation for the dilution of their interests.]

We cannot assure you that the current offering will be successful, or that by increasing the size of our available equity capital, our aggregate expenses and, correspondingly, our expense ratio will be lowered.

[In determining that this offer was in our best interest and in the best interests of our stockholders, we have retained             , the dealer manager for this offering, to provide us with financial advisory, marketing and soliciting services relating to this offer, including advice with respect to the structure, timing and terms of the offer. In this regard, our board of directors considered, among other things, using a fixed pricing versus variable pricing


mechanism, the benefits and drawbacks of conducting a non-transferable versus a transferable rights offering, the effect on us if this offer is not fully subscribed and the experience of the dealer manager in conducting rights offerings.]

[Although we have no present intention to do so, we may, in the future and in our discretion, choose to make additional rights offerings from time to time for a number of shares and on terms which may or may not be similar to this offer, provided that our board of directors must determine that each subsequent rights offering is in the best interest of our stockholders. Any such future rights offering will be made in accordance with the 1940 Act.]

Terms of the Offer

We are issuing to record date stockholders [transferable/non-transferable] rights to subscribe for up to approximately                 shares. Each record date stockholder is being issued one [transferable/non-transferable] right for each whole share owned on the record date. The rights entitle each holder, or rights holder, to acquire at the subscription price one share for every             rights held [, which we refer to as the primary subscription right]. Rights may be exercised at any time during the subscription period, which commences on             ,     , the record date, and ends at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on             ,     , the expiration date, unless extended by us.

The rights are [transferable and will be listed for trading on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “             “ during the course of the offer/non-transferable]. The shares of our common stock issued pursuant to an exercise of rights will be listed on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “HTGC”. The rights will be evidenced by subscription certificates which will be mailed to stockholders, except as discussed below under “—Foreign Stockholders.”

We will not issue fractional shares upon the exercise of rights; accordingly, rights may be exercised only in multiples of .

The rights are [transferable/non-transferable]. [Rights holders who are not record date stockholders may purchase shares as described above, which we refer to as the primary subscription, and may be entitled to subscribe for shares pursuant to the over-subscription privilege (as described below).]

[Shares for which there is no subscription during the primary subscription will be offered, by means of the over-subscription privilege, first to record date stockholders who fully exercise the rights issued to them pursuant to this offering (other than those rights that cannot be exercised because they represent in the aggregate the right to acquire less than one share) and who wish to acquire more than the number of shares they are entitled to purchase pursuant to the exercise of their rights. In addition, any non-record date rights holder who exercises rights is entitled to subscribe for remaining shares that are not otherwise subscribed for by record date stockholders. Shares acquired pursuant to the over-subscription privilege are subject to certain limitations and pro rata allocations. See “—Over-Subscription Privilege” below.]

For purposes of determining the number of shares a record date stockholder may acquire pursuant to the offer, broker-dealers, trust companies, banks or others whose shares are held of record by Cede & Co. (“Cede”) or by any other depository or nominee will be deemed to be the holders of the rights that are issued to Cede or the other depository or nominee on their behalf.

There is no minimum number of rights which must be exercised in order for the offer to close.

[Over-Subscription Privilege

Shares not subscribed for by rights holders, which we refer to as remaining shares, will be offered, by means of the over-subscription privilege, first to record date stockholders who have fully exercised the rights issued to them and who wish to acquire more than the number of shares they are entitled to purchase pursuant to the basic subscription. Rights holders should indicate on the subscription certificate that they submit with respect to the exercise of the rights issued to them how many additional shares they are willing to acquire pursuant to the over-subscription privilege. If there are sufficient remaining shares, all record date stockholders’ over-subscription requests will be honored in full. If record date stockholder requests for shares pursuant to the over-subscription


privilege exceed the remaining shares available, the available remaining shares will be allocated pro-rata among record date stockholders who over-subscribe based on the number of shares held on the record date. The percentage of remaining shares each over-subscribing stockholder may acquire will be rounded down to result in delivery of whole shares. The allocation process may involve a series of allocations to assure that the total number of remaining shares available for over-subscriptions is distributed on a pro-rata basis. The formula to be used in allocating the remaining shares is as follows:

 

Stockholder’s Record Date Position

   × Remaining Shares

Total Record Date Position of All Over-Subscribers

  

Any rights holder other than record date stockholders who exercises rights is entitled to subscribe for remaining shares that are not otherwise over-subscribed for by record date stockholders. These non-record date rights holders should indicate in the subscription certificate submitted with respect to the exercise of any rights how many shares they are willing to acquire pursuant to the over-subscription privilege. We cannot assure non-record date rights holders that they will receive shares pursuant to the over-subscription privilege.

If sufficient remaining shares are available after the over-subscription privileges for the record date stockholders have been allotted, then all over-subscriptions by non-record date rights holders will be honored in full. If the remaining shares are insufficient to permit such allocation, the remaining shares will be allocated pro-rata among the non-record date rights holders who wish to exercise their over-subscription privilege, based on the number of rights held by such rights holders on the expiration date. However, if this pro-rata allocation results in any holder being allocated a greater number of shares than the holder subscribed for pursuant to the exercise of the over-subscription privilege, then such holder will be allocated only such number of shares pursuant to the over-subscription privilege as such holder subscribed for. The formula to be used in allocating the shares available to non-record date rights holders exercising their over-subscription privilege is as follows:

 

Non-Record Date Rights Holder’s Rights

Ownership as of the Expiration Date

 

  

 

 

 

×

 

  

   Shares Available for Non-

Record Date Rights

Holders Exercising Their

Total Rights Ownership as of the Expiration Date of Non-Record

Date Rights Holders Exercising Their Over-Subscription Privilege

      Over-
Subscription Privilege

Banks, brokers, trustees and other nominee holders of rights will be required to certify to the subscription agent, before any over-subscription privilege may be exercised with respect to any particular beneficial owner, as to the aggregate number of rights exercised pursuant to the primary subscription and the number of shares subscribed for pursuant to the over-subscription privilege by such beneficial owner and that such beneficial owner’s primary subscription was exercised in full. We will not offer or sell in connection with the offer any shares that are not subscribed for pursuant to the primary subscription or the over-subscription privilege.]

Subscription Price

The subscription price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the offer will be [describe means of computing subscription price]. [Since the expiration date will be             ,         (unless we extend the subscription period), rights holders will not know the subscription price at the time of exercise and will be required initially to pay for both the shares subscribed for pursuant to the primary subscription right and, if eligible, any additional shares subscribed for pursuant to the over-subscription privilege at the estimated subscription price of $             per share.] See “—Payment for Shares” below. Rights holders who exercise their rights will have no right to rescind a purchase after receipt of their completed subscription certificates together with payment for shares by the subscription agent. We do not have the right to withdraw the rights or cancel this offer after the rights have been distributed.


Expiration of the Offer

The offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on             ,         , the expiration date, unless extended by us. The rights will expire on the expiration date of the rights offering and may not be exercised thereafter.

Our board of directors may determine to extend the subscription period, and thereby postpone the expiration date, to the extent our board of directors determines that doing so is in the best interest of our stockholders. For example, our board of directors may elect to extend the subscription period in the event there is substantial instability or volatility in the trading price of our common stock or the rights on The Nasdaq Global Select Market at or near the expiration date, or if any event occurs which causes trading to cease or be suspended on The Nasdaq Global Select Market or the financial markets generally. The foregoing are not the only circumstances under which this offer may be extended, and our board of directors is free to extend the subscription period at its discretion, provided it determines that doing so is in the best interests of our stockholders.

Any extension of the offer will be followed as promptly as practicable by announcement thereof, and in no event later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day following the previously scheduled expiration date. Without limiting the manner in which we may choose to make such announcement, we will not, unless otherwise required by law, have any obligation to publish, advertise or otherwise communicate any such announcement other than by issuing a press release or such other means of announcement as we deem appropriate.

Information Agent

            will act as the information agent in connection with the offering. The information agent will receive for its services a fee estimated to be approximately $             plus reimbursement of all out-of-pocket expenses related to the offering. can be contacted at the below address:

Subscription Agent

            will act as the subscription agent in connection with this offer. The subscription agent will receive for its administrative, processing, invoicing and other services a fee estimated to be approximately $            , plus reimbursement for all out-of-pocket expenses related to the offer.

Completed subscription certificates must be sent together with full payment of the subscription price for all shares subscribed for in the primary subscription and pursuant to over-subscription privilege to the subscription agent by one of the methods described below. Alternatively, an Eligible Guarantor Institution may send notices of guaranteed delivery by facsimile to                 which must be received by the subscription agent at or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date of the rights offering. Facsimiles should be confirmed by telephone at                 . We will accept only properly completed and duly executed subscription certificates actually received at any of the addresses listed below, at or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date of the rights offering or by the close of business on the third business day after the expiration date of the rights offering following timely receipt of a notice of guaranteed delivery. See “—Payment for Shares” below. In this prospectus, close of business means 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the relevant date.

 

Subscription Certificate

Delivery Method

  

Address/Number

By Notice of Guaranteed Delivery:    Contact an Eligible Guarantor Institution, which may include a commercial bank or trust company, a member firm of a domestic stock exchange or a savings bank or credit union, to notify us of your intent to exercise the rights.
By First Class Mail Only (Not Overnight /Express Mail):   
By Overnight Delivery:   

Delivery to an address other than one of the addresses listed above will not constitute valid delivery.


Any questions or requests for assistance concerning the method of subscribing for shares or for additional copies of this prospectus or subscription certificates or notices of guaranteed delivery may be directed to the information agent at its telephone number and address listed below:

Stockholders may also contact their broker-dealers or nominees for information with respect to the offer.

[Sale of Rights

The Rights are Transferable

The rights will be listed for trading on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “            ” subject to notice of issuance. We and the dealer manager will use our best efforts to ensure that an adequate trading market for the rights will exist, although no assurance can be given that a market for the rights will develop. Trading in the rights on The Nasdaq Global Select Market is expected to be conducted beginning on or about             ,             , and continuing until             ,             (or if the offer is extended, until the extended expiration date). Rights holders are encouraged to contact their broker-dealer, bank, trustee or other nominees for more information about trading of the rights.

Sales Through Subscription Agent and Dealer Manager

Stockholders who do not wish to exercise any or all of their rights may instruct the subscription agent to sell any rights they do not intend to exercise themselves through or to the dealer manager. Subscription certificates representing the rights to be sold through or to the dealer manager must be received by the subscription agent on or before             ,             (or if the offer is extended, on or before two business days prior to the extended expiration date). Upon the timely receipt by the subscription agent of appropriate instructions to sell rights, the subscription agent will ask the dealer manager either to purchase or to use its best efforts to complete the sale and the subscription agent will remit the proceeds of the sale to the selling stockholders. If the rights can be sold, sales of such rights will be deemed to have been effected at the weighted-average price received by the dealer manager on the day such rights are sold. The sale price of any rights sold to the dealer manager will be based upon the then current market price for the rights. The dealer manager will also attempt to sell all rights which remain unclaimed as a result of subscription certificates being returned by the postal authorities to the subscription agent as undeliverable as of the fourth business day prior to the expiration date of the rights offering. The subscription agent will hold the proceeds from those sales for the benefit of such non-claiming stockholders until such proceeds are either claimed or revert to the state pursuant to applicable state law. There can be no assurance that the dealer manager will purchase or be able to complete the sale of any such rights, and neither we nor the dealer manager has guaranteed any minimum sales price for the rights. If a stockholder does not utilize the services of the subscription agent and chooses to use another broker-dealer or other financial institution to sell rights, then the other broker-dealer or financial institution may charge a fee to sell the rights.

Other Transfers

The rights evidenced by a subscription certificate may be transferred in whole by endorsing the subscription certificate for transfer in accordance with the accompanying instructions. A portion of the rights evidenced by a single subscription certificate (but not fractional rights) may be transferred by delivering to the subscription agent a subscription certificate properly endorsed for transfer, with instructions to register such portion of the rights evidenced thereby in the name of the transferee and to issue a new subscription certificate to the transferee evidencing such transferred rights. In such event, a new subscription certificate evidencing the balance of the rights, if any, will be issued to the stockholder or, if the stockholder so instructs, to an additional transferee. The signature on the subscription certificate must correspond to the name as written upon the face of the subscription certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement, or any change. A signature guarantee must be provided by an Eligible Guarantor Institution as that term is defined in Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act, subject to the standards and procedures adopted by us.


Stockholders wishing to transfer all or a portion of their rights should allow at least five business days prior to the expiration date of the rights offering for (1) the transfer instructions to be received and processed by the subscription agent, (2) a new subscription certificate to be issued and transmitted to the transferee or transferees with respect to transferred rights, and to the transferor with respect to retained rights, if any, and (3) the rights evidenced by such new subscription certificate to be exercised or sold by the recipients thereof. Neither we nor the subscription agent nor the dealer manager shall have any liability to a transferee or transferor of rights if subscription certificates are not received in time for exercise or sale prior to the expiration date (or if the offer is extended, on or before two business days prior to the extended expiration date) of the rights offering.

Except for the fees charged by the subscription agent [and dealer manager], which will be paid by us, all commissions, fees and other expenses (including brokerage commissions and transfer taxes) incurred or charged in connection with the purchase, sale or exercise of rights will be for the account of the transferor of the rights, and none of those commissions, fees or expenses will be paid by us, the subscription agent or the dealer manager.

We anticipate that the rights will be eligible for transfer through, and that the exercise of the primary subscription and the over-subscription privilege may be effected through, the facilities of the Depository Trust Company, or DTC. Holders of DTC exercised rights may exercise the over-subscription privilege in respect of such DTC exercised rights by properly completing and duly executing and delivering to the subscription agent, at or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the day prior to the expiration date of the rights offering, a nominee holder over-subscription certificate or a substantially similar form satisfactory to the subscription agent, together with payment of the subscription price for the number of shares for which the over-subscription privilege is to be exercised.]

Methods for Exercising Rights

Rights are evidenced by subscription certificates that, except as described below under “—Foreign Stockholders,” will be mailed to record date stockholders or, if a record date stockholder’s shares are held by Cede or any other depository or nominee on their behalf, to Cede or such depository or nominee. Rights may be exercised by completing and signing the subscription certificate that accompanies this prospectus and mailing it in the envelope provided, or otherwise delivering the completed and duly executed subscription certificate to the subscription agent, together with payment in full for the shares at the estimated subscription price by the expiration date of the rights offering. Rights may also be exercised by contacting your broker, trustee or other nominee, who can arrange, on your behalf, to guarantee delivery of payment and delivery of a properly completed and duly executed subscription certificate pursuant to a notice of guaranteed delivery by the close of business on the third business day after the expiration date. A fee may be charged for this service. Completed subscription certificates and related payments must be received by the subscription agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on or before the expiration date (unless payment is effected by means of a notice of guaranteed delivery as described below under “—Payment for Shares”) at the offices of the subscription agent at the address set forth above. Fractional shares will not be issued upon the exercise of rights.

[Exercise of the Over-Subscription Privilege

Record date stockholders who fully exercise all rights issued to them and rights holders other than record date stockholders, may both participate in the over-subscription privilege by indicating on their subscription certificate the number of shares they are willing to acquire. If sufficient remaining shares are available after the primary subscription, all over-subscriptions will be honored in full; otherwise remaining shares will be allocated first to record date stockholders and then (if any remaining shares are still available) to non-record date rights holders, and the number of remaining shares issued to some or all rights holders participating in the over-subscription privilege may be reduced as described under “—Over-Subscription Privilege” above. ]

Record Date Stockholders Whose Shares Are Held By a Nominee

Record date stockholders whose shares are held by a nominee, such as a bank, broker-dealer or trustee, must contact that nominee to exercise their rights. In that case, the nominee will complete the subscription certificate on behalf of the record date stockholder and arrange for proper payment by one of the methods set forth under “—Payment for Shares” below.


Nominees

Nominees, such as brokers, trustees or depositories for securities, who hold shares for the account of others, should notify the respective beneficial owners of the shares as soon as possible to ascertain the beneficial owners’ intentions and to obtain instructions with respect to the rights. If the beneficial owner so instructs, the nominee should complete the subscription certificate and submit it to the subscription agent with the proper payment as described under “—Payment for Shares” below.

All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including times of receipt and matters pertaining to beneficial ownership) and the acceptance of subscription forms and the subscription price will be determined by us, which determinations will be final and binding. No alternative, conditional or contingent subscriptions will be accepted. We reserve the right to reject any or all subscriptions not properly submitted or the acceptance of which would, in the opinion of our counsel, be unlawful.

We reserve the right to reject any exercise if such exercise is not in accordance with the terms of this rights offering or not in proper form or if the acceptance thereof or the issuance of shares of our common stock thereto could be deemed unlawful. We reserve the right to waive any deficiency or irregularity with respect to any subscription certificate. Subscriptions will not be deemed to have been received or accepted until all irregularities have been waived or cured within such time as we determine in our sole discretion. We will not be under any duty to give notification of any defect or irregularity in connection with the submission of subscription certificates or incur any liability for failure to give such notification.

Foreign Stockholders

Subscription certificates will not be mailed to foreign stockholders. Foreign stockholders will receive written notice of this offer. The subscription agent will hold the rights to which those subscription certificates relate for these stockholders’ accounts until instructions are received to exercise the rights, subject to applicable law. If no instructions have been received by the expiration date, such rights will expire.

Payment for Shares

Participating rights holders may choose between the following methods of payment:

 

  (1) A participating rights holder may send the subscription certificate together with payment for the shares acquired in the primary subscription and any additional shares subscribed for pursuant to the over-subscription privilege to the subscription agent based on the estimated subscription price of $             per share [(         % of $             , the last reported sale price of a share on The Nasdaq Global Select Market on             ,             )]. To be accepted, the payment, together with a properly completed and executed subscription certificate, must be received by the subscription agent at one of the subscription agent’s offices set forth above, at or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

 

  (2) A participating rights holder may request a Eligible Guarantor Institution as that term is defined in Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act to send a notice of guaranteed delivery by facsimile or otherwise guaranteeing delivery of (i) payment of the full subscription price for the shares subscribed for in the primary subscription and any additional shares subscribed for pursuant to the over-subscription privilege and (ii) a properly completed and duly executed subscription certificate. The subscription agent will not honor a notice of guaranteed delivery unless a properly completed and duly executed subscription certificate and full payment for the shares is received by the subscription agent at or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on             ,             (or, if the offer is extended, by the close of business on the third business day after the extended expiration date).

All payments by a participating rights holder must be in U.S. dollars by money order or check or bank draft drawn on a bank or branch located in the United States and payable to Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc.


The subscription agent will deposit all funds received by it prior to the final payment date into a segregated account pending pro-ration and distribution of the shares.

The method of delivery of subscription certificates and payment of the subscription price to us will be at the election and risk of the participating rights holders, but if sent by mail it is recommended that such certificates and payments be sent by registered mail, properly insured, with return receipt requested, and that a sufficient number of days be allowed to ensure delivery to the subscription agent and clearance of payment prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date or the date guaranteed payments are due under a notice of guaranteed delivery (as applicable). Because uncertified personal checks may take at least five business days to clear, you are strongly urged to pay, or arrange for payment, by means of certified or cashier’s check or money order.

On a date within business days following the expiration date, the subscription agent will send to each participating rights holder (or, if rights are held by Cede or any other depository or nominee, to Cede or such other depository or nominee) a confirmation showing (1) the number of shares purchased pursuant to the primary subscription, (2) the number of shares, if any, acquired pursuant to the over-subscription privilege, (3) the per share and total purchase price for the shares, and (4) any additional amount payable to us by the participating rights holder or any excess to be refunded by us to the participating rights holder, in each case based on the subscription price as determined on the expiration date. Any additional payment required from a participating rights holder must be received by the subscription agent within ten business days after the confirmation date. Any excess payment to be refunded by us to a participating rights holder will be mailed by the subscription agent to the rights holder as promptly as practicable. No interest will be paid on any amounts refunded.

Whichever of the two methods described above is used, issuance of the shares purchased is subject to collection of checks and actual payment.  If a participating rights holder who subscribes for shares pursuant to the primary subscription or over-subscription privilege does not make payment of any amounts due by the expiration date, the date guaranteed payments are due under a notice of guaranteed delivery or within ten business days of the confirmation date, as applicable, the subscription agent reserves the right to take any or all of the following actions: (1) reallocate the shares to other participating rights holders in accordance with the over-subscription privilege; (2) apply any payment actually received by it from the participating rights holder toward the purchase of the greatest whole number of shares which could be acquired by such participating rights holder upon exercise of the primary subscription and/or the over-subscription privilege; and/or (3) exercise any and all other rights or remedies to which it may be entitled, including the right to set off against payments actually received by it with respect to such subscribed for shares.

All questions concerning the timeliness, validity, form and eligibility of any exercise of rights will be determined by us, whose determinations will be final and binding. We in our sole discretion may waive any defect or irregularity, or permit a defect or irregularity to be corrected within such time as we may determine, or reject the purported exercise of any right. Subscriptions will not be deemed to have been received or accepted until all irregularities have been waived or cured within such time as we determine in our sole discretion. The subscription agent will not be under any duty to give notification of any defect or irregularity in connection with the submission of subscription certificates or incur any liability for failure to give such notification.

Participating rights holders will have no right to rescind their subscription after receipt of their payment for shares by the subscription agent, except as provided below under “—Notice of Net Asset Value Decline.”

Notice of Net Asset Value Decline

We will suspend the offer until we amend this prospectus if, subsequent to the effective date of this prospectus, our net asset value declines more than 10% from our net asset value as of that date. Accordingly, the expiration date would be extended and we would notify record date stockholders of the decline and permit participating rights holders to cancel their exercise of rights.

Delivery of Stock Certificates


Participants in our dividend reinvestment plan will have any shares that they acquire pursuant to the offer credited to their stockholder dividend reinvestment accounts in the plan. Stockholders whose shares are held of record by Cede or by any other depository or nominee on their behalf or their broker-dealers’ behalf will have any shares that they acquire credited to the account of Cede or the other depository or nominee. With respect to all other stockholders, stock certificates for all shares acquired will be mailed after payment for all the shares subscribed for has cleared, which may take up to 15 days from the date of receipt of the payment.

Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Offer

For federal income tax purposes, neither the receipt nor the exercise of the rights by record date stockholders will result in taxable income to such stockholders, and no loss will be realized if the rights expire without exercise.

A record date stockholder’s basis in a right will be zero unless either (1) the fair market value of the right on the date of distribution is 15% or more of the fair market value of the shares with respect to which the right was distributed or (2) the record date stockholder elects, in his or her federal income tax return for the taxable year in which the right is received, to allocate part of the basis of the shares to the right. If either of clauses (1) or (2) is applicable, then if the right is exercised, the record date stockholder will allocate his or her basis in the shares with respect to which the right was distributed between the shares and the right in proportion to the fair market values of each on the date of distribution.

The holding period of a right received by a record date stockholder includes the holding period of the shares with regard to which the right is issued. If the right is exercised, the holding period of the shares acquired begins on the date the right is exercised.

[If a right is sold, a gain or loss will be realized by the rights holder in an amount equal to the difference between the basis of the right sold and the amount realized on its disposition.]

A record date stockholder’s basis for determining gain or loss upon the sale of a share acquired upon the exercise of a right will be equal to the sum of the record date stockholder’s basis in the right, if any, and the subscription price per share. A record date stockholder’s gain or loss recognized upon a sale of a share acquired upon the exercise of a right will be capital gain or loss (assuming the share was held as a capital asset at the time of sale) and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the share is held for more than one year.

The foregoing is a general summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the offer under the provisions of the Code and Treasury regulations in effect as of the date of the prospectus that are generally applicable to record date stockholders who are United States persons within the meaning of the Code, and does not address any foreign, state or local tax consequences. The Code and Treasury regulations are subject to change or differing interpretations by legislative or administrative action, which may be retroactive. Participating rights holders should consult their tax advisors regarding specific questions as to foreign, federal, state or local taxes.

ERISA Considerations

Stockholders who are employee benefit plans subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or ERISA (including corporate savings and 401(k) plans), Keogh or H.R. 10 plans of self-employed individuals and individual retirement accounts should be aware that additional contributions of cash to a retirement plan (other than rollover contributions or trustee-to-trustee transfers from other retirement plans) in order to exercise rights would be treated as contributions to the retirement plan and, when taken together with contributions previously made, may result in, among other things, excise taxes for excess or nondeductible contributions. In the case of retirement plans qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and certain other retirement plans, additional cash contributions could cause the maximum contribution limitations of Section 415 of the Code or other qualification rules to be violated. It may also be a reportable distribution and there may be other adverse tax and ERISA consequences if rights are sold or transferred by a retirement plan.


Retirement plans and other tax exempt entities, including governmental plans, should also be aware that if they borrow in order to finance their exercise of rights, they may become subject to the tax on unrelated business taxable income under Section 511 of the Code. If any portion of an individual retirement account is used as security for a loan, the portion so used is also treated as distributed to the IRA depositor. ERISA contains fiduciary responsibility requirements, and ERISA and the Code contain prohibited transaction rules that may impact the exercise of rights. Due to the complexity of these rules and the penalties for noncompliance, retirement plans should consult with their counsel and other advisers regarding the consequences of their exercise of rights under ERISA and the Code.

[Distribution Arrangements

            , which is a broker-dealer and member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, will act as dealer manager for this offer. Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the dealer management agreement, the dealer manager will provide financial advisory and marketing services in connection with this offer and will solicit the exercise of rights and participation in the over-subscription privilege. This offer is not contingent upon any number of rights being exercised. We have agreed to pay the dealer manager a fee for its financial advisory, marketing and soliciting services equal to             % of the aggregate subscription price for shares issued pursuant to this offer. In addition, we have agreed to reimburse the dealer manager an aggregate amount up to $             for its expenses incurred in connection with this offer.

The dealer manager will reallow to other broker-dealers that have executed and delivered a soliciting dealer agreement and have solicited the exercise of rights, solicitation fees equal to             % of the subscription price per share for each share issued pursuant to the exercise of rights as a result of their soliciting efforts, subject to a maximum fee based on the number of shares held by each broker-dealer through DTC on the record date. Fees will be paid by us to the broker-dealer designated on the applicable portion of the subscription certificates or, in the absence of such designation, to the dealer manager.

We have agreed to indemnify the dealer manager for, or contribute to losses arising out of, certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. The dealer manager agreement also provides that the dealer manager will not be subject to any liability to us in rendering the services contemplated by the dealer manager agreement except for any act of bad faith, willful misfeasance, or gross negligence of the dealer manager or reckless disregard by the dealer manager of its obligations and duties under the dealer manager agreement. We have also agreed not to directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, enter into any agreement to sell, or otherwise dispose of, any of our equity or equity related securities or securities convertible into such securities, other than the rights, the shares and the common stock issued in connection with the reinvestment of dividends or distributions, for a period of             days from the date hereof without the prior consent of the dealer manager.

The principal business address of the dealer manager is .

Prior to the expiration of this offer, the dealer manager may independently offer for sale shares, including shares acquired through purchasing and exercising the rights, at prices it sets. The dealer manager may realize profits or losses independent of any fees described in this prospectus.

This offering is being conducted in compliance with Rule 5110 of the Conduct Rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. ]

Additional Dealer Manager Compensation

The dealer manager and/or its affiliates have from time to time performed and may in the future perform various commercial banking, financial advisory and investment banking services for us and our affiliates for which they have received or will receive customary compensation. [Describe any specific transactions and compensation related thereto required to be disclosed by applicable law or regulation.]

Certain Effects of this Offer

As a result of the terms of this offer, stockholders who do not fully exercise their rights will own, upon completion of this offer, a smaller proportional interest in us than they owned prior to the offer, including with respect to voting rights. [In addition, because the subscription price per share will likely be less than the net asset


value per share, based on our current market price, the offer will likely result in an immediate dilution of net asset value per share for all of our stockholders. If the subscription price per share is substantially less than the current net asset value per share, such dilution could be substantial. Any such dilution will disproportionately affect non-exercising stockholders. If the subscription price is less than our net asset value per share, then all stockholders will experience a decrease in the net asset value per share held by them, irrespective of whether they exercise all or any portion of their rights. This offering will also cause dilution in the dividends per share we are able to distribute subsequent to completion of the offering. See “Dilution.”]


LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters in connection with the securities offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP, Washington, DC. Certain legal matters in connection with the securities offered hereby will be passed upon for the underwriters by .

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The financial statements as of                     , 20     and for the year ended December 31, 20    , included in this prospectus, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 20     have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein.

Certain of our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance upon the report of Ernst & Young LLP, our former independent registered public accountants. Ernst & Young LLP’s principal business address is 560 Mission Street, San Francisco, CA 94105.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-2, together with all amendments and related exhibits, under the Securities Act, with respect to our shares of common stock offered by this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. The registration statement contains additional information about us and our shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.

We are required to file with or submit to the SEC annual, quarterly and current periodic reports, proxy statements and other information meeting the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. You may inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information, as well as the registration statement and related exhibits and schedules, at the Public Reference Room of the SEC in Washington, D.C. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information filed electronically by us with the SEC


which are available on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of these reports, proxy and information statements and other information may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing to the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549. The information is available free of charge by contacting us at Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., 400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310, Palo Alto, CA 94301, or by calling us collect at (650) 289-3060 or on our website at www.herculestech.com.

FORM OF PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT FOR WARRANT OFFERINGS

Exhibit (s)(5)

The information in this preliminary prospectus supplement is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus supplement is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted

[FORM OF PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT TO BE USED IN

CONJUNCTION WITH FUTURE WARRANT OFFERINGS]

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

(to Prospectus dated               , 2012)

HERCULES

TECHNOLOGY GROWTH CAPITAL, INC.

Warrants to Purchase Up to            [Type of Security]

 

 

We are an internally-managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Our investment objective is to maximize our portfolio total return by generating current income from our debt investments and capital appreciation from our equity-related investments.

All of the warrants offered by this prospectus supplement are being sold by us. We are offering warrants to purchase up to [number][type of security]. Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase [one] [type of security]. [We are not generally able to issue and sell our common stock at a price below our net asset value per share unless we have stockholder approval.]

Our common stock is traded on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “HTGC”. The last reported closing price for our common stock on         ,         was $         per share. [The rights are transferable and will be listed for trading on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “        .”]

Please read this prospectus supplement, and the accompanying prospectus, before investing, and keep it for future reference. The prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus contain important information about us that a prospective investor should know before investing in our preferred stock. We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information about us with the Securities and Exchange Commission. This information is available free of charge by contacting us at 400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310, Palo Alto, California 94301, or by telephone by calling collect at (650) 289-3060 or on our website at www.herculestech.com. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus or the accompanying prospectus. The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains such information.

An investment in our common stock involves risks, including the risk of a total loss of investment. In addition, the companies in which we invest are subject to special risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page [ ] of the accompanying prospectus and page S-[ ] in this prospectus supplement to read about risks you should consider before investing in our securities, including the risk of leverage.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Warrant      Total  

Public offering price

   $         $     

Sales load (underwriting discounts and commissions)

   $         $     

Proceeds to us (before expenses)

   $         $     

[In addition, the underwriters may purchase up to an additional         warrants at the public offering price, less the sales load payable by us, to cover over-allotments, if any, within days from the date of this prospectus supplement. If the underwriters exercise this option in full, the total sales load paid by us will be $            , and total proceeds, before expenses, will be $            .]

 

 

The underwriters are offering the             warrants as set forth in “Underwriting.” Delivery of the warrants will be made on or about             , 2012.

The date of this prospectus supplement is            , 2012


ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized any other person to provide you with different information from that contained in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus do not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy, our securities by any person in any jurisdiction where it is unlawful for that person to make such an offer or solicitation or to any person in any jurisdiction to whom it is unlawful to make such an offer or solicitation. The information contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus is complete and accurate only as of their respective dates, regardless of the time of their delivery or sale of our securities. This prospectus supplement supersedes the accompanying prospectus to the extent it contains information different from or additional to the information in that prospectus.

This document is in two parts. The first part is this prospectus supplement, which describes the terms of this offering and also adds to and updates information contained in the accompanying prospectus. The second part is the accompanying prospectus, which gives more general information and disclosure. To the extent the information contained in this prospectus supplement differs from the information contained in the accompanying prospectus, the information in this prospectus supplement shall control. You should read this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus together with the additional information described under the heading, “Available Information” before investing in our warrants.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

 

     Page  

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT SUMMARY

     S-     

THE OFFERING

     S-     

FEES AND EXPENSES

     S-     

RISK FACTORS

     S-     

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

     S-     

USE OF PROCEEDS

     S-     

CAPITALIZATION

     S-     

PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK

     S-     

UNDERWRITING

     S-     

LEGAL MATTERS

     S-     

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

     S-     

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     S-     

PROSPECTUS

 

     Page

[Insert table of contents from base prospectus.]

  


PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT SUMMARY

Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc.

We are a specialty finance company that provides debt and equity growth capital to technology-related companies at various stages of development from seed and emerging growth to expansion and established stages of development, which include select publicly listed companies and select lower middle market companies. Our investment objective is to maximize our portfolio total return by generating current income from our debt investments and capital appreciation from our equity-related investments. We are an internally-managed, non-diversified closed-end investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or the 1940 Act.

As of [            ], 20___ our total assets were approximately $[            ] million, of which, our investments comprised $[            ] million at fair value and $[            ] million at cost. Our investments at fair value were comprised of our debt investments, warrant portfolio and equity investments valued at approximately $[            ] million, $[            ] million and $[            ] million, respectively, or [            ]%, [            ]% and [            ]% of total investments, respectively. Our[            ], 20___ total investments at value in foreign companies were approximately $[            ] million or [            ]% of total assets. During the [            ]-month periods ended [            ], 20___, we made debt commitments totaling $[            ] million and $[            ] million, respectively, and funded approximately $[            ] million and $[            ] million, respectively. During the[            ]-month period ended [            ], 20___, we made and funded equity commitments of approximately $[            ] and $[            ] million to [            ] and[            ] portfolio companies, respectively. Debt commitments for the nine months ended [            ], 20___ included commitments of approximately $[            ] million to[            ]new portfolio companies and $[            ] million to [            ] existing portfolio companies. Since inception through [            ], 20___, we have made debt and equity commitments of approximately $[            ] billion to our portfolio companies.

We also make investments in qualifying small businesses through two wholly-owned, small business investment company (“SBIC”) subsidiaries, Hercules Technology II, L.P. (“HT II”) and Hercules Technology III, L.P. (“HT III”). As SBICs, HT II and HT III are subject to a variety of regulations concerning, among other things, the size and nature of the companies in which they may invest and the structure of those investments. As of [            ], 20___, we held investments in HT II in [            ] companies with a fair value of approximately $[            ] million. HT II’s portfolio companies accounted for approximately [            ]% of our total portfolio at [            ], 20___. As of [            ], 20___, we held investments in HT III in [            ] companies with a fair value of approximately $[            ] million. HT III’s portfolio accounted for approximately [            ]% of our total portfolio at [            ], 20___.

In aggregate, HT II and HT III held approximately $[            ] million in assets and accounted for approximately [            ]% of our total assets prior to consolidation at [            ], 20___.

We primarily finance privately-held companies backed by leading venture capital and private equity firms and also may finance certain select publicly-traded companies that lack access to public capital or are sensitive to equity ownership dilution. As of [            ], 20___, our proprietary SQL-based database system included over [            ] technology-related companies and approximately [            ] venture capital, private equity sponsors/investors, as well as various other industry contacts. Our principal executive office is located in Silicon Valley, and we have additional offices in Boston, MA, Boulder, CO and McLean, VA. Our goal is to be the leading structured debt financing provider of choice for venture capital and private equity backed technology-related companies requiring sophisticated and customized financing solutions. Our strategy is to evaluate and invest in a broad range of ventures active in the technology, clean technology and life science industries and to offer a full suite of growth capital products up and down of the capital structure. We invest primarily in structured debt and, to a lesser extent, in senior debt and equity investments. We use the term “structured debt with warrants” to refer to any debt investment, such as a senior or subordinated secured loan, that is coupled with an equity component, including warrants, options or rights to purchase common or preferred stock. Our structured debt with warrants investments will typically be secured by select or all of the assets of the portfolio company.

We focus our investments in companies active in technology industry sub-sectors characterized by products or services that require advanced technologies, including, but not limited to, computer software and hardware, networking systems, semiconductors, semiconductor capital equipment, information technology infrastructure or services, Internet consumer and business services, telecommunications, telecommunications equipment, media and


life sciences. Within the life sciences sub-sector, we focus on medical devices, bio-pharmaceutical, drug discovery, drug delivery, health care services and information systems companies. Within the clean technology sub-sector, we focus on sustainable and renewable energy technologies and energy efficiency and monitoring technologies. We refer to all of these companies as “technology-related” companies and intend, under normal circumstances, to invest at least 80% of the value of our assets in such businesses.

Our primary business objectives are to increase our net income, net operating income and net asset value by investing in structured debt with warrants and equity of venture capital and private equity backed technology-related companies with attractive current yields and the potential for equity appreciation and realized gains. Our structured debt investments typically include warrants or other equity interests, giving us the potential to realize equity-like returns on a portion of our investments. Our equity ownership in our portfolio companies may represent a controlling interest. In some cases, we receive the right to make additional equity investments in our portfolio companies in connection with future equity financing rounds. Capital that we provide directly to venture capital and private equity backed technology-related companies is generally used for growth, and general working capital purposes as well as in select cases for acquisitions or recapitalizations.

Our portfolio is comprised of, and we anticipate that our portfolio will continue to be comprised of, investments in technology-related companies at various stages of development. Consistent with regulatory requirements, we invest primarily in United States based companies and to a lesser extent in foreign companies. See “Regulation—Qualifying Assets” in the accompanying prospectus. Since 2007, our investing emphasis has been primarily on private companies following or in connection with a subsequent institutional round of equity financing, which we refer to as expansion-stage companies and private companies in their later rounds of financing and certain public companies, which we refer to as established-stage companies and lower middle market companies. We have also historically focused our investment activities in private companies following or in connection with the first institutional round of financing, which we refer to as emerging-growth companies.

Beginning in the fall of 2008, the global economy entered a financial crisis and recession. Volatile capital and credit markets, declining business and consumer confidence and increased unemployment precipitated a continuing economic slowdown. Although there have been signs of recovery in many regions, economic weakness could continue or worsen. For example, the current U.S. debt ceiling and budget deficit concerns, together with signs of deteriorating sovereign debt conditions in Europe, have increased the possibility of credit-rating downgrades and economic slowdowns. Although U.S. lawmakers passed legislation to raise the federal debt ceiling, Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating on the United States from “AAA” to “AA+” on August 5, 2011. The impact of this or any further downgrades to the U.S. government’s sovereign credit rating, or its perceived creditworthiness, and the impact of the current crisis in Europe with respect to the ability of certain European Union countries to continue to service their sovereign debt obligations is inherently unpredictable and could adversely effect the U.S. and global financial markets and economic conditions. During market distruptions, we may have difficulty raising debt or equity capital especially as a result of regulatory constraints. There can be no assurance that governmental or other measures to aid economic recovery will be effective.

As of [            ], 20___, our investment professionals, including Manuel A. Henriquez, our co-founder, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, are currently comprised of [            ] professionals who have, on average, more than [            ] years of experience in venture capital, structured finance, commercial lending or acquisition finance with the types of technology-related companies that we are targeting. We believe that we can leverage the experience and relationships of our management team to successfully identify attractive investment opportunities, underwrite prospective portfolio companies and structure customized financing solutions.

Our Market Opportunity

We believe that technology-related companies compete in one of the largest and most rapidly growing sectors of the U.S. economy and that continued growth is supported by ongoing innovation and performance improvements in technology products as well as the adoption of technology across virtually all industries in response to competitive pressures. We believe that an attractive market opportunity exists for a specialty finance company focused primarily on investments in structured debt with warrants in technology-related companies for the following reasons:


   

Technology-related companies have generally been underserved by traditional lending sources;

 

   

Unfulfilled demand exists for structured debt financing to technology-related companies as the number of lenders has declined due to the recent financial market turmoil; and

 

   

Structured debt with warrants products are less dilutive and complement equity financing from venture capital and private equity funds.

Technology-Related Companies are Underserved by Traditional Lenders.  We believe many viable technology-related companies backed by financial sponsors have been unable to obtain sufficient growth financing from traditional lenders, including financial services companies such as commercial banks and finance companies, particularly due to the recent credit market dislocation and because traditional lenders have continued to consolidate and have adopted a more risk-averse approach to lending. More importantly, we believe traditional lenders are typically unable to underwrite the risk associated with financial sponsor-backed emerging-growth or expansion-stage companies effectively.

The unique cash flow characteristics of many technology-related companies include significant research and development expenditures and high projected revenue growth thus often making such companies difficult to evaluate from a credit perspective. In addition, the balance sheets of emerging-growth and expansion-stage companies often include a disproportionately large amount of intellectual property assets, which can be difficult to value. Finally, the speed of innovation in technology and rapid shifts in consumer demand and market share add to the difficulty in evaluating technology-related companies.

Due to the difficulties described above, we believe traditional lenders are generally refraining from entering the structured mezzanine marketplace, instead preferring the risk-reward profile of asset based lending. Traditional lenders generally do not have flexible product offerings that meet the needs of technology-related companies. The financing products offered by traditional lenders typically impose on borrowers many restrictive covenants and conditions, including limiting cash outflows and requiring a significant depository relationship to facilitate rapid liquidation.

Unfulfilled Demand for Structured Debt Financing to Technology-Related Companies.  Private debt capital in the form of structured debt financing from specialty finance companies continues to be an important source of funding for technology-related companies. We believe that the level of demand for structured debt financing is a function of the level of annual venture equity investment activity. In the first [            ] months of 20___, venture capital-backed companies received, in approximately [            ] transactions, equity financing in an aggregate amount of approximately $[            ] billion, representing a [            ]% increase from the same period of the preceding year, as reported by Dow Jones VentureSource. In addition, overall, the median round size during the three-month periods ended [            ], 20___ and 20___ was approximately $[            ] million and $[            ] million, respectively. We believe the larger number of companies provides us a greater opportunity to provide debt financing to these venture backed companies. Overall, seed- and first-round deals made up [            ]% of the deal flow in the three months ended [            ], 20___ and later-stage deals made up roughl y[            ]% of the deal activity in the quarter.

We believe that demand for structured debt financing is currently under served, in part because of the credit market collapse in 2008 and the resulting exit of debt capital providers to technology-related companies. The venture capital market for the technology-related companies in which we invest has been active and is continuing to show signs of increased investment activity. In addition, lending requirements of traditional lenders have recently become more stringent due to the significant write-offs in the financial services sector, the re-pricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated market and the financial turmoil affecting the banking system and financial market, which have negatively impacted the debt and equity capital market in the United States and most other markets. At the same time, the venture capital market for the technology-related companies in which we invest has continued to be active. Therefore, to the extent we have capital available, we believe this is an opportune time to be active in the structured lending market for technology-related companies.

Structured Debt with Warrants Products Complement Equity Financing From Venture Capital and Private Equity Funds.  We believe that technology-related companies and their financial sponsors will continue to view structured debt securities as an attractive source of capital because it augments the capital provided by venture capital and private equity funds. We believe that our structured debt with warrants product provides access to


growth capital that otherwise may only be available through incremental investments by existing equity investors. As such, we provide portfolio companies and their financial sponsors with an opportunity to diversify their capital sources. Generally, we believe emerging-growth and expansion-stage companies target a portion of their capital to be debt in an attempt to achieve a higher valuation through internal growth. In addition, because financial sponsor-backed companies have potentially reached a more mature stage prior to reaching a liquidity event, we believe our investments provide the debt capital needed to grow or recapitalize companies during the extended period prior to liquidity events.

Our Business Strategy

Our strategy to achieve our investment objective includes the following key elements:

Leverage the Experience and Industry Relationships of Our Management Team and Investment Professionals.  We have assembled a team of experienced investment professionals with extensive experience as venture capitalists, commercial lenders and originators of structured debt and equity investments in technology-related companies. Our investment professionals have, on average, more than [            ] years of experience as equity investors in, and/or lenders to, technology-related companies. Our team members have originated structured debt, structured debt with warrants and equity investments in over [            ] technology-related companies, representing over $[            ] billion in commitments from inception through [            ], 20___ and have developed a network of industry contacts with investors and other participants within the venture capital and private equity communities. In addition, members of our management team also have operational, research and development and finance experience with technology- related companies. We have established contacts with leading venture capital and private equity fund sponsors, public and private companies, research institutions and other industry participants, which should enable us to identify and attract well-positioned prospective portfolio companies.

We concentrate our investing activities generally in industries in which our investment professionals have investment experience. We believe that our focus on financing technology-related companies will enable us to leverage our expertise in structuring prospective investments, to assess the value of both tangible and intangible assets, to evaluate the business prospects and operating characteristics of technology-related companies and to identify and originate potentially attractive investments with these types of companies.

Mitigate Risk of Principal Loss and Build a Portfolio of Equity-Related Securities.  We expect that our investments have the potential to produce attractive risk adjusted returns through current income, in the form of interest and fee income, as well as capital appreciation from equity-related securities. We believe that we can mitigate the risk of loss on our debt investments through the combination of loan principal amortization, cash interest payments, relatively short maturities, security interests in the assets of our portfolio companies, and, on select investments, covenants requiring prospective portfolio companies to have certain amounts of available cash and the continued support from a venture capital or private equity firm at the time we make our investment.

Historically our structured debt investments to technology-related companies, typically include warrants or other equity interests, giving us the potential to realize equity-like returns on a portion of our investment. In addition, in some cases, we receive the right to make additional equity investments in our portfolio companies in connection with future equity financing rounds. We believe these equity interests will create the potential for meaningful long-term capital gains in connection with the future liquidity events of these technology-related companies.

Provide Customized Financing Complementary to Financial Sponsors’ Capital.  We offer a broad range of investment structures and possess expertise and experience to effectively structure and price investments in technology-related companies. Unlike many of our competitors that only invest in companies that fit a specific set of investment parameters, we have the flexibility to structure our investments to suit the particular needs of our portfolio companies. We offer customized financing solutions ranging from senior debt to equity capital, with a focus on structured debt with warrants.

We use our relationships in the financial sponsor community to originate investment opportunities. Because venture capital and private equity funds typically invest solely in the equity securities of their portfolio companies, we believe that our debt investments will be viewed as an attractive and complementary source of capital, both by the portfolio company and by the portfolio company’s financial sponsor. In addition, we believe that many venture


capital and private equity fund sponsors encourage their portfolio companies to use debt financing for a portion of their capital needs as a means of potentially enhancing equity returns, minimizing equity dilution and increasing valuations prior to a subsequent equity financing round or a liquidity event.

Invest at Various Stages of Development.  We provide growth capital to technology-related companies at all stages of development, from emerging-growth companies, to expansion-stage companies and established-stage companies, including select publicly listed companies and select lower middle market companies. We believe that this provides us with a broader range of potential investment opportunities than those available to many of our competitors, who generally focus their investments on a particular stage in a company’s development. Because of the flexible structure of our investments and the extensive experience of our investment professionals, we believe we are well positioned to take advantage of these investment opportunities at all stages of prospective portfolio companies’ development.

Benefit from Our Efficient Organizational Structure.  We believe that the perpetual nature of our corporate structure enables us to be a long-term partner for our portfolio companies in contrast to traditional mezzanine and investment funds, which typically have a limited life. In addition, because of our access to the equity markets, we believe that we may benefit from a lower cost of capital than that available to private investment funds. We are not subject to requirements to return invested capital to investors nor do we have a finite investment horizon. Capital providers that are subject to such limitations are often required to seek a liquidity event more quickly than they otherwise might, which can result in a lower overall return on an investment.

Deal Sourcing Through Our Proprietary Database.  We have developed a proprietary and comprehensive structured query language-based (SQL) database system to track various aspects of our investment process including sourcing, originations, transaction monitoring and post-investment performance. As of [            ], 20___, our proprietary SQL-based database system included over [            ] technology-related companies and over [            ] venture capital, private equity sponsors/investors, as well as various other industry contacts. This proprietary SQL system allows us to maintain, cultivate and grow our industry relationships while providing us with comprehensive details on companies in the technology-related industries and their financial sponsors.

Recent Developments

[Insert description of recent developments at time of offering.]


THE OFFERING

 

Warrants Offered by Us    , excluding warrants issuable pursuant to the over-allotment option granted to the underwriters.
Warrants Outstanding After this

Offering

   , excluding warrants issuable pursuant to the over-allotment option granted to the underwriters.
Exercisability    Each warrant is exercisable for [number] [type of security].
Exercise Price    $[     ]
Exercise Period    The warrants will be exercisable beginning on         ,         and will expire on , or earlier upon redemption. However, the warrants will only be exercisable if a registration statement relating to the [type of security] issuable upon exercise of the warrants is effective and current. We have agreed to use our best efforts to have an effective registration statement cover the [type of security] issuable upon exercise of the warrants from the date the warrants become exercisable and to maintain a current prospectus relating to such [type of security] until the warrants expire or are redeemed.
Redemption    At any time while the warrants are exercisable, we may redeem the outstanding warrants:
  

•    in whole and not in part;

  

•    at a price of $         per warrant;

  

•    upon a minimum of         days’ prior written notice of redemption; and

  

•    if, and only if, the last sales price of our common stock equals or exceeds $         per share for any         trading days within a trading day period ending business days before we send the notice of redemption,

   provided that we have an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, covering the [type of security] issuable upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available on the date we give notice of redemption and during the entire period thereafter until the time we redeem the warrants.
Use of Proceeds    We intend to use the net proceeds from selling our securities for general corporate purposes, which includes investing in debt and equity securities, repayment of any outstanding indebtedness and other general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” in this prospectus supplement for more information.


FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table is intended to assist you in understanding the various costs and expenses that an investor in our securities will bear directly or indirectly. However, we caution you that some of the percentages indicated in the table below are estimates and may vary. Except where the context suggests otherwise, whenever this prospectus contains a reference to fees or expenses paid by “you” or “us” or that “we” will pay fees or expenses, stockholders will indirectly bear such fees or expenses as investors in the Company.

 

Stockholder Transaction Expenses

  

Sales Load (as a percentage of offering price)

     —   % (1)

Offering Expenses (as a percentage of offering price)

     —   % (2)

Dividend Reinvestment Plan Fees

     —   % (3)

Debt Securities and/or Preferred Stock Offering Expenses Borne by Holders of Common Stock

     —   % (4)
  

 

 

 

Total Stockholder Transaction Expenses (as a percentage of offering price)

     —   % (4)
  

 

 

 

Annual Expenses (as a Percentage of Net Assets Attributable to Common Shares) (11)

  

Operating Expenses

        % (5)(6)

Interest Payments on Borrowed Funds

        % (7)

Fees paid in connection with borrowed funds

        % (8)  

Acquired fund fees and expenses

        % (9)

Cost of Servicing Debt Securities and/or Preferred Stock

     —   %    
  

 

 

 

Total Annual Expenses

        % (10)
  

 

 

 

 

(1) The underwriting discounts and commissions with respect to the shares sold in this offering, which is a one-time fee, is the only sales load paid in connection with this offering.

 

(2) Amount reflects estimated offering expenses of $ and is based on the offering of shares at the public offering price of $ per share.

 

(3) The expenses of the dividend reinvestment plan are included in “Other Expenses.” See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” in the accompanying prospectus.

 

(4) The prospectus supplement corresponding to each offering will disclose the applicable offering expenses and total stockholder transaction expenses.

 

(5) “Operating expenses” represent our estimated operating expenses for the year ending December 31, [ ] including income tax expense (benefit) including excise tax, excluding interests and fees on indebtedness. This percentage for the year ended December 31, [ ] was [ ] %. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis and Results of Operations,” “Management,” and “Compensation of Executive Officers and Directors.”

 

(6) We do not have an investment adviser and are internally managed by our executive officers under the supervision of our Board of Directors. As a result, we do not pay investment advisory fees, but instead we pay the operating costs associated with employing investment management professionals..

 

(7) “Interest payments on borrowed funds” represents estimated interest payments on borrowed funds for 20[ ] including [ ]. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this prospectus supplement. For purposes of this section, we have computed interest expense assuming that: (i) we maintain no cash or cash equivalents, (ii) borrow for investment purposes an amount equal to % of our total assets ($___ million out of total assets of $ ___ million) and (iii) the annual interest rate, representing interest and credit facility fees and amortization of debt issuance costs, is ___%. Total assets of $___ million assumes full utilization of the $200 million under our shelf registration statement.


(8) “Fees paid in connection with borrowed funds” represents estimated fees paid in connection with borrowed funds for [ ] including [ ]. This percentage for the year ended December 31, [ ] was approximately [ ]%.

 

(9) For the year ended December 31, [ ], we [did not] have any investments in shares of Acquired Funds that are not consolidated and, as a result, we did not directly or indirectly incur any fees from Acquired Funds.

 

(10) “Total annual expenses” is the sum of “operating expenses,” “interest payments on borrowed funds” and “fees paid in connection with borrowed funds.”

 

(11) “Average net assets attributable to common stock” equals the weighted estimated average net assets for [ ] which is $[ ].

Example

The following example demonstrates the projected dollar amount of total cumulative expenses that would be incurred over various periods with respect to a $1,000 hypothetical investment in our common stock, assuming a 5% annual return. These amounts are based upon our payment of annual operating expenses at the levels set forth in the table above and assume no additional leverage.

 

     1 Year      3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  

You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return

   $         $         $         $     

The example and the expenses in the tables above should not be considered a representation of our future expenses, and actual expenses may be greater or lesser than those shown. Moreover, while the example assumes, as required by the applicable rules of the SEC, a 5% annual return, our performance will vary and may result in a return greater or lesser than 5%. In addition, while the example assumes reinvestment of all dividends and distributions at net asset value, participants in our dividend reinvestment plan may receive shares valued at the market price in effect at that time. This price may be at, above or below net asset value. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” in the accompanying prospectus for additional information regarding our dividend reinvestment plan.

This example and the expenses in the table above should not be considered a representation of our future expenses as actual expenses (including the cost of debt, and other expenses) may be greater or less than those shown.


RISK FACTORS

Investing in our securities involves a number of significant risks. Before you invest in our securities, you should be aware of various risks, including those described below and those set forth in the accompanying prospectus. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, before you decide whether to make an investment in our securities. The risks set out below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or not presently deemed material by us may also impair our operations and performance. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected. In such case, our net asset value and the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. The risk factors described below, together with those set forth in the accompanying prospectus, are the principal risk factors associated with an investment in us as well as those factors generally associated with an investment company with investment objectives, investment policies, capital structure or trading markets similar to ours.

If you exercise your warrants, you may be unable to sell any [securities] you purchase at a profit.

The public trading market price of our [type of security] may decline after you elect to exercise your warrants. If that occurs, you will have committed to buy [type of securities] at a price above the prevailing market price and you will have an immediate unrealized loss. Moreover, we cannot assure you that following the exercise of warrants you will be able to sell your [type of securities] at a price equal to or greater than the exercise price.

The exercise price is not necessarily an indication of our value.

The exercise price of the warrants does not necessarily bear any relationship to any established criteria for valuation of business development companies. You should not consider the exercise price an indication of our value or any assurance of future value. After the date of this prospectus supplement, our [type of security] may trade at prices above or below the exercise price.

[Insert any additional relevant risk factors not included in base prospectus.]


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The matters discussed in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, as well as in future oral and written statements by management of Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., that are forward-looking statements are based on current management expectations that involve substantial risks and uncertainties which could cause actual results to differ materially from the results expressed in, or implied by, these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements relate to future events or our future financial performance. We generally identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar words. Important assumptions include our ability to originate new investments, achieve certain margins and levels of profitability, the availability of additional capital, and the ability to maintain certain debt to asset ratios and our outlook on the economy and its effect on venture capital. In light of these and other uncertainties, the inclusion of a projection or forward-looking statement in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus should not be regarded as a representation by us that our plans or objectives will be achieved. The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus include statements as to:

 

   

our future operating results;

 

   

our business prospects and the prospects of our prospective portfolio companies;

 

   

the impact of investments that we expect to make;

 

   

the impact of a protracted decline in the liquidity of credit markets on our business;

 

   

our informal relationships with third parties including in the venture capital industry;

 

   

the expected market for venture capital investments and our addressable market;

 

   

the dependence of our future success on the general economy and its impact on the industries in which we invest;

 

   

our ability to access debt markets and equity markets;

 

   

the ability of our portfolio companies to achieve their objectives;

 

   

our expected financings and investments;

 

   

our regulatory structure and tax status;

 

   

our ability to operate as a business development company, SBIC and a RIC;

 

   

the adequacy of our cash resources and working capital;

 

   

the timing of cash flows, if any, from the operations of our portfolio companies;

 

   

the timing, form and amount of any dividend distributions;

 

   

the impact of fluctuations in interest rates on our business;

 

   

the valuation of any investments in portfolio companies, particularly those having no liquid trading market; and

 

   

our ability to recover unrealized losses.


For a discussion of factors that could cause our actual results to differ from forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, please see the discussion under “Risk Factors” in both this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. The forward-looking statements contained herein are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933.

This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus contain third-party estimates and data regarding valuations of venture capital-backed companies. This data was reported by Dow Jones VentureSource, an independent venture capital industry research company which we refer to as VentureSource. VentureSource is commonly relied upon as an information source in the venture capital industry. Although we have not independently verified any such data, we believe that the industry information contained in such releases and data tables and included in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus is reliable.

We have compiled certain industry estimates presented in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus from internally generated information and data. While we believe our estimates are reliable, they have not been verified by any independent sources. The estimates are based on a number of assumptions, including increasing investment in venture capital and private equity-backed companies. Actual results may differ from projections and estimates, and this market may not grow at the rates projected, or at all. If this market fails to grow at projected rates, our business and the market price of our common stock could be materially adversely affected.


USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of         our warrants in this offering will be $         after deducting estimated offering expenses of approximately $         payable by us.

We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund investments in debt and equity securities in accordance with our investment objective and for other general corporate purposes.

We anticipate that substantially all of the net proceeds from this offering will be used as described above within twelve months, but in no event longer than two years. Pending such uses and investments, we will invest the net proceeds primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment. Our ability to achieve our investment objective may be limited to the extent that the net proceeds of any offering, pending full investment, are held in lower yielding short-term instruments.


DESCRIPTION OF THE WARRANTS

[No] warrants are currently outstanding. Once issued, each warrant will entitle the registered holder to purchase [one] share of [type of security] at a price of $         per [security], subject to adjustment as discussed below, at any time commencing [            ].

The warrants will be exercisable beginning on             , and will expire on             , or earlier upon redemption. However, the warrants will be exercisable only if a registration statement relating to the [type of security] issuable upon exercise of the warrants is effective and current. We have agreed to use our best efforts to have an effective registration statement covering [type of security] issuable upon exercise of the warrants from the date the warrants become exercisable and to maintain a current prospectus relating to such [type of security] until the warrants expire or are redeemed.

At any time while the warrants are exercisable, we may redeem the outstanding warrants:

 

   

in whole and not in part;

 

   

at a price of $         per warrant;

 

   

upon not less than         days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder; and

 

   

if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the [type of security] equals or exceeds $         per [type of security], for any trading days within a trading day period ending on the             business day prior to the notice of redemption to warrant holders,

provided that we have an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the [type of security] issuable upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available on the date we give notice of redemption and during the entire period thereafter until the time we redeem the warrants.

We have established the above conditions to our exercise of redemption rights with the intent of:

 

   

providing warrant holders with adequate notice of redemption, and allowing them to exercise their warrants prior to redemption at a time when there is a reasonable premium to the warrant exercise price; and

 

   

providing a sufficient differential between the then prevailing [type of security] price and the warrant exercise price so there is a buffer to absorb any negative market reaction to our redemption of the warrants.

The right to exercise will be forfeited unless they are exercised prior to the date specified in the notice of redemption. On and after the redemption date, a record holder of a warrant will have no further rights except to receive the redemption price for such holder’s warrant upon surrender of such warrant.

The warrants will be issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between , as warrant agent, and us. You should review a copy of the warrant agreement, which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, for a complete description of the terms and conditions applicable to the warrants.

The exercise price and number of [type of security] issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances, including in the event of a stock dividend, or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. [However, the exercise price and number of [type of security] issuable upon exercise of the warrants will not be adjusted for issuances of [type of security] at a price below the warrant exercise price.

The warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the warrant agent, with the exercise form on the reverse side of the warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price, by certified or official bank check payable to us, for the number of warrants being exercised. The warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of [type of security] or any voting rights until they exercise their warrants and receive [type of security]. After the issuance of [type of security] upon exercise of the warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each [type of security] held of record on all matters to be voted on by [security holder].


No warrants will be exercisable and we will not be obligated to issue [type of security] unless at the time a holder seeks to exercise such warrant, a registration statement relating to the [type of security] issuable upon exercise of the warrants is effective and current and the [type of security] has been registered or qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the holder of the warrants. Under the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed to use our best efforts to meet these conditions and to maintain a current prospectus relating to the [type of security] issuable upon exercise of the warrants until the expiration of the warrants. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so and, if we do not maintain a current prospectus relating to the common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, holders will be unable to exercise their warrants and we will not be required to settle any such warrant exercise. If the prospectus relating to the [type of security] issuable upon the exercise of the warrants is not current or if the [type of security] is not qualified or exempt from qualification in the jurisdictions in which the holders of the warrants reside, we will not be required to net cash settle or cash settle the warrant exercise, the warrants may have no value, the market for the warrants may be limited and the warrants may expire worthless.

No fractional [type of security] will be issued upon exercise of the warrants. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a [type of security], we will, upon exercise, round up or down to the nearest whole number the number of [type of security] to be issued to the warrant holder.

We are not generally able to issue and sell our common stock, or warrants to purchase common stock, at a price below our net asset value per share unless we have stockholder approval.


CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth (i) our actual capitalization as of         , 20 , and (ii) our capitalization as adjusted to give effect to he sale of         our warrants in this offering and our receipt of the estimated net proceeds from that sale.

 

     As of         , 20      
     Actual
(in thousands)
     Pro Forma
(in thousands)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $         $     

Investments at fair value

   $         $     

Other assets

   $         $     

Total assets

   $         $     

Liabilities:

     

Credit facilities payable

   $         $     

Other Liabilities

   $         $     

Total Liabilities

   $         $     

Stockholders’ equity:

     

Common stock, par value $0.001 per share; 100,000,000 shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding,         shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted, respectively

      $     

Capital in excess of par value

      $     

Total stockholders’ equity

     


PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “HTGC.” Our common stock began trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on April 22, 2010.

The following table sets forth the range of high and low sales prices of our common stock as reported on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the sales price as a percentage of net asset value and the dividends declared by us for each fiscal quarter. The stock quotations are interdealer quotations and do not include markups, markdowns or commissions.

 

            Price
Range
            Premium/
Discount
of High Sales
Price to NAV
    Premium/
Discount
of Low Sales
Price to NAV
    Cash
Dividend
per Share (2)
 
     NAV (1)      High      Low         

2009

               

First quarter

   $ 10.94       $ 8.62       $ 3.93         78.8 %     31.2 %   $ 0.320   

Second quarter

   $ 10.27       $ 8.89       $ 4.76         86.6 %     46.3 %   $ 0.300   

Third quarter

   $ 10.37       $ 10.35       $ 8.33         99.8 %     80.3 %   $ 0.300   

Fourth quarter

   $ 10.29       $ 11.22       $ 8.96         109.0 %     87.1 %   $ 0.340   

2010

               

First quarter

   $ 10.11       $ 11.15       $ 9.16         110.3 %     90.6 %   $ 0.200   

Second quarter

   $ 9.80       $ 11.50       $ 8.62         117.3 %     88.0 %   $ 0.200   

Third quarter

   $ 9.36       $ 10.57       $ 9.13         112.9 %     97.5 %   $ 0.200   

Fourth quarter

   $ 9.50       $ 10.91       $ 9.87         114.8 %     103.8 %   $ 0.200   

2011

               

First quarter

   $ 9.20       $ 11.40       $ 10.42         123.9 %     113.3 %   $ 0.220   

Second quarter

   $ 9.67       $ 11.36       $ 10.09         117.5     104.3 %   $ 0.220   

Third quarter

   $ 9.61       $ 10.75       $ 8.51         111.9     88.6   $ 0.220   

Fourth quarter

     *       $ 9.99       $ 8.20         *        *      $ 0.220   

2012

               

First quarter (through _____, 2012)

      $         $           *        *      $ —     

 

(1) NAV per share is determined as of the last day in the relevant quarter and therefore may not reflect the NAV per share on the date of the high and low sales prices. The NAVs shown are based on outstanding shares at the end of each period.
(2) Calculated as of the respective high or low closing sales price divided by NAV. A percentage above 100% equals a premium to NAV; a percentage below 100% equals a discount to NAV.
* NAV for this period has not been determined.

The last reported price for our common stock on [            ], 20__ was $[            ] per share.

Shares of business development companies may trade at a market price that is less than the value of the net assets attributable to those shares. The possibility that our shares of common stock will trade at a discount from net asset value or at premiums that are unsustainable over the long term are separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value will decrease. At times, our shares of common stock have traded at a premium to net asset value and at times our shares of common stock have traded at a discount to the net assets attributable to those shares. It is not possible to predict whether the shares offered hereby will trade at, above, or below net asset value.


Dividends

The following table summarizes our dividends declared and paid or to be paid on all shares, including restricted stock, to date:

 

Date Declared

   Record Date    Payment Date    Amount Per Share  

October 27, 2005

   November 1, 2005    November 17, 2005    $ 0.025   

December 9, 2005

   January 6, 2006    January 27, 2006      0.300   

April 3, 2006

   April 10, 2006    May 5, 2006      0.300   

July 19, 2006

   July 31, 2006    August 28, 2006      0.300   

October 16, 2006

   November 6, 2006    December 1, 2006      0.300   

February 7, 2007

   February 19, 2007    March 19, 2007      0.300   

May 3, 2007

   May 16, 2007    June 18, 2007      0.300   

August 2, 2007

   August 16, 2007    September 17, 2007      0.300   

November 1, 2007

   November 16, 2007    December 17, 2007      0.300   

February 7, 2008

   February 15, 2008    March 17, 2008      0.300   

May 8, 2008

   May 16, 2008    June 16, 2008      0.340   

August 7, 2008

   August 15, 2008    September 19, 2008      0.340   

November 6, 2008

   November 14, 2008    December 15, 2008      0.340   

February 12, 2009

   February 23, 2009    March 30, 2009      0.320

May 7, 2009

   May 15, 2009    June 15, 2009      0.300   

August 6, 2009

   August 14, 2009    September 14, 2009      0.300   

October 15, 2009

   October 20, 2009    November 23, 2009      0.300   

December 16, 2009

   December 24, 2009    December 30, 2009      0.040   

February 11, 2010

   February 19, 2010    March 19, 2010      0.200   

May 3, 2010

   May 12, 2010    June 18, 2010      0.200   

August 2, 2010

   August 12, 2010    September 17, 2010      0.200   

November 4, 2010

   November 10, 2010    December 17, 2010      0.200   

March 1, 2011

   March 10, 2011    March 24, 2011      0.220   

May 5, 2011

   May 11, 2011    June 23, 2011      0.220   

August 4, 2011

   August 15, 2011    September 15, 2011      0.220   

November 3, 2011

   November 14, 2011    November 29, 2011      0.220   
        

 

 

 
         $ 6.685   
        

 

 

 

 

 

* Dividend paid in cash and stock.

Our Board of Directors maintains a variable dividend policy with the objective of distributing four quarterly distributions in an amount that approximates 90—100% of our taxable quarterly income or potential annual income for a particular year. In addition, at the end of the year, we may also pay an additional special dividend or fifth dividend, such that we may distribute approximately all of our annual taxable income in the year it was earned, while maintaining the option to spill over our excess taxable income.

Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits would generally be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. The determination of the tax attributes of our distributions is made annually as of the end of our fiscal year based upon our taxable income for the full year and distributions paid for the full year, therefore a determination made on a quarterly basis may not be representative of the tax attributes of our          distributions to stockholders. If we had determined the tax attributes of our distributions year-to-date as of                     ,         , approximately     % would be from ordinary income and spillover earnings from 20    , and     % would be a return of capital.


We intend to distribute quarterly dividends to our stockholders. In order to avoid certain excise taxes imposed on RICs, we currently intend to distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of our ordinary income for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of our capital gains in excess of capital losses for the one year period ending on October 31 of the calendar year, and (3) any ordinary income and net capital gains for the preceding year that were not distributed during such year. We will not be subject to excise taxes on amounts on which we are required to pay corporate income tax (such as retained net capital gains). In order to obtain the tax benefits applicable to RICs, we will be required to distribute to our stockholders with respect to each taxable year at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses.

We can offer no assurance that we will achieve results that will permit the payment of any cash distributions and, if we issue senior securities, we will be prohibited from making distributions if doing so causes us to fail to maintain the asset coverage ratios stipulated by the 1940 Act or if distributions are limited by the terms of any of our borrowings. See “Regulation” in the accompanying prospectus.

We maintain an “opt-out” dividend reinvestment plan for our common stockholders. As a result, if we declare a dividend, cash dividends will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock unless the stockholder specifically “opts out” of the dividend reinvestment plan and chooses to receive cash dividends. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” in the accompanying prospectus.

Our ability to make distributions will be limited by the asset coverage requirements under the 1940 Act.


UNDERWRITING

We are offering the warrants described in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus through a number of underwriters. and are acting as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus supplement, the number of warrants listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Underwriter

   Number of
Warrants

Total

  

The underwriters are committed to purchase all of the warrants offered by us if they purchase any warrants. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or this offering may be terminated.

[Overallotment Option

The underwriters have an option to buy up to         additional warrants from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of warrants specified in the table above. The underwriters have days from the date of this prospectus supplement to exercise this overallotment option. If any warrants are purchased with this overallotment option, the underwriters will purchase warrants in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional warrants are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.]

The underwriters propose to offer the warrants directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus supplement and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per warrant. Any such dealers may resell warrants to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $         per warrant from the public offering price. After the public offering of the warrants the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of warrants made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. The representatives have advised us that the underwriters do not intend to confirm discretionary sales in excess of % of the warrants offered in this offering.

Commissions and Discounts

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per warrant less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $ per share. The following table shows the per warrant and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional warrants.

 

     Per warrant      Total  
     Without
Over-
Allotment
     Without
Over-
Allotment
     With
Over-
Allotment
 

Public offering price

   $         $         $     

Sales load (underwriting discounts and commissions)

   $         $         $     

Proceeds before expenses

   $         $         $     


We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            , or approximately $             per warrant excluding the overallotment and approximately $             per warrant including the overallotment.

[Lock-Up Agreements

During the period from the date of this prospectus supplement continuing through the date days after the date of this prospectus, we, our officers and directors have agreed with the representatives of the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to:

 

(1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or

 

(2) enter into any swap or other agreement, arrangement or transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any common stock.

Moreover, if (1) during the last 17 days of such             -day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of such             -day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results or become aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of such             -day restricted period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as the case may be, unless the representatives of the underwriters waive, in writing, such extension.]

Price Stabilizations and Short Positions

In connection with this offering,             and             , on behalf of the underwriters, may purchase and sell securities in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, syndicate covering transactions and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve sales by the underwriters of common stock in excess of the number of securities required to be purchased by the underwriters in the offering, which creates a syndicate short position. “Covered” short sales are sales of securities made in an amount up to the number of securities represented by the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Transactions to close out the covered syndicate short involve either purchases of such securities in the open market after the distribution has been completed or the exercise of the over-allotment option. In determining the source of securities to close out the covered syndicate short position, the underwriters may consider the price of securities available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase securities through the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also make “naked” short sales, or sales in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing securities in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the securities in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of bids for or purchases of securities in the open market while this offering is in progress for the purpose of fixing or maintaining the price of the securities.

The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from an underwriter or syndicate member when the underwriters repurchase securities originally sold by that underwriter or syndicate member in order to cover syndicate short positions or make stabilizing purchases.

Any of these activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the securities or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the securities. As a result, the price of the securities may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions             on or otherwise. Neither we nor any of the underwriters makes any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our securities. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters makes any representation that the underwriters will engage in these transactions. If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.


In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in passive market making transactions in our securities on         in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of securities and extending through the completion of distribution. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, that bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded.

Additional Underwriter Compensation

Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have from time to time performed and may in the future perform various commercial banking, financial advisory and investment banking services for us and our affiliates for which they have received or will receive customary compensation. [Describe any specific transactions and compensation related thereto to the extent required to be disclosed by applicable law or regulation.]

Sales Outside the United States

No action has been taken in any jurisdiction (except in the United States) that would permit a public offering of our warrants, or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus supplement or accompanying prospectus or any other material relating to us or the warrants in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, our warrants may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and none of this prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with our warrants may be distributed or published, in or from any country or jurisdiction except in compliance with any applicable rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.

Each of the underwriters may arrange to sell our warrants offered hereby in certain jurisdictions outside the United States, either directly or through affiliates, where it is permitted to do so.

[Insert applicable legends for jurisdictions in which offers and sales may be made.]

Electronic Delivery

The underwriters may make this prospectus supplement and accompanying prospectus available in an electronic format. The prospectus supplement and accompanying prospectus in electronic format may be made available on a website maintained by any of the underwriters, and the underwriters may distribute such documents electronically. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a limited number of securities for sale to their online brokerage customers. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations.

We estimate that our share of the total expenses of this offering, excluding underwriting discounts, will be approximately $            .

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The addresses of the underwriters are: .


LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters in connection with the securities offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP, Washington, DC. Certain legal matters in connection with the securities offered hereby will be passed upon for the underwriters by .

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The financial statements as of                     , 20     and for the year ended December 31, 20    , included in this prospectus, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 20     have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein.

Certain of our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance upon the report of Ernst & Young LLP, our former independent registered public accountants. Ernst & Young LLP’s principal business address is 560 Mission Street, San Francisco, CA 94105.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-2, together with all amendments and related exhibits, under the Securities Act, with respect to our shares of common stock offered by this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. The registration statement contains additional information about us and our shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.

We are required to file with or submit to the SEC annual, quarterly and current periodic reports, proxy statements and other information meeting the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. You may inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information, as well as the registration statement and related exhibits and schedules, at the Public Reference Room of the SEC in Washington, D.C. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information filed electronically by us with the SEC which are available on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of these reports, proxy and information


statements and other information may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing to the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549. The information is available free of charge by contacting us at Hercules Technology Growth Capital, Inc., 400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310, Palo Alto, CA 94301, or by calling us collect at (650) 289-3060 or on our website at www.herculestech.com.